1117715-Tecpetrol Sa CD

TECPETROL S.
A
LEASE/LOCATION: DELLA PAOLERA 299
1117715
(2) 30" HORIZONTAL 3-PHASE SEPARATOR

CALCUALTIONS
Hanover
2207 FM 949
Alleyton, Texas 78935-2034
COMPRESS Pressure Vessel Design Calculations
Customer: HANOVER
Shop Order: STOCK
30" OD X 10'-0" S/S @ 1440# HORIZONTAL 3 PHASE
Vessel Description:
SEPARATOR
Drawing Number: D-HANO-481530025
Vessel Tag Number:
Date: Wednesday, July 26, 2006
Loadings of UG-22 (a) thru (i) are considered and those not listed are deemed not applicable.
Deficiencies Summary
Warnings Summary
Warnings for 30" OD 2:1 LEFT HEAD

UCS-79: The extreme fiber elongation exceeds 5 percent and the thickness exceeds 5/8 inch;. Heat treatment per
UCS-56 is required if fabricated by cold forming. (warning)
Warnings for 30" OD 2:1 RIGHT HEAD

UCS-79: The extreme fiber elongation exceeds 5 percent and the thickness exceeds 5/8 inch;. Heat treatment per
UCS-56 is required if fabricated by cold forming. (warning)
Warnings for SADDLE

There is possible interference between saddle 'SADDLE (Other saddle)' and nozzle 'N15 18" 600 RF HBN MANWAY
(N15)' at elevation 98.50". (warning)
1/106
Nozzle Schedule
Materials
Nozzle Service Size
mark Fine Fine
Nozzle Impact Norm Pad Impact Norm Flange
Grain Grain
4.00 LWN A105 Class

N1 N1 4" 600# RF LWN INLET SA-105 No No No N/A N/A N/A N/A
IDx1.00 600
2.00 LWN A105 Class

N10A N10A 2" 600# RF LWN DRAIN SA-105 No No No N/A N/A N/A N/A
IDx0.65 600
2.00 LWN A105 Class

N10B N10B 2" 600# RF LWN DRAIN SA-105 No No No N/A N/A N/A N/A
IDx0.65 600
2.00 LWN A105 Class

N10C N10C 2" 600# RF LWN DRAIN SA-105 No No No N/A N/A N/A N/A
IDx0.65 600
N14 6" 600# RF LWN 6.00 LWN A105 Class

N14 SA-105 No No No N/A N/A N/A N/A
HANDHOLE IDx1.38 600
18.00 SA-350 LF2 HB A350 LF2 Cl.1

N15 N15 18" 600 RF HBN MANWAY No No No N/A N/A N/A N/A
IDx2.60 Cl 1 Class 600
N2 4" 600# RF LWN GAS 4.00 LWN A105 Class

OUTLET IDx1.00 600
2.00 LWN A105 Class

N3 N3 2" 600# RF LWN OIL OUT SA-105 No No No N/A N/A N/A N/A
IDx0.65 600
N4 2" 600# RF LWN WATER 2.00 LWN A105 Class

OUT IDx0.65 600
N5A 2" 600# RF LWN OIL LVL 2.00 LWN A105 Class
N5A SA-105 No No No N/A N/A N/A N/A
CONTROL IDx0.65 600
N5B 2" 600# RF LWN OIL LVL 2.00 LWN A105 Class
N5B SA-105 No No No N/A N/A N/A N/A
CONTROL IDx0.65 600
N6A 2" 600# RF LWN WTR LVL 2.00 LWN A105 Class
CONTROL IDx0.65 600
N6B 2" 600# RF LWN WTR LVL 2.00 LWN A105 Class
N6B SA-105 No Yes Yes N/A N/A N/A N/A
CONTROL IDx0.65 600
N7A 2" 600# RF LWN LSL/LSL 2.00 LWN A105 Class

BRIDLE IDx0.65 600
N7B 2" 600# RF LWN LSL/LSL 2.00 LWN A105 Class

BRIDLE IDx0.65 600
N8A 2" 600# RF LWN WATER 2.00 LWN A105 Class

LSL/LG IDx0.65 600
N8B 2" 600# RF LWN WATER 2.00 LWN A105 Class

LSL/LG IDx0.65 600
N9A 2" 600# RF LWN RELIEF 2.00 LWN A105 Class

VALVE IDx0.65 600
N9B 2" 600# RF LWN RELIEF 2.00 LWN A105 Class

VALVE IDx0.65 600
2/106
Nozzle Summary
Reinforcement
Shell
Nozzle OD t Req t Pad Corr A /A
n n A1? A2? a r
mark (in) (in) (in) (in) (%)
Nom t Design t User t Width t
pad
(in) (in) (in) (in) (in)
N1 6.00 1.0000 0.3075 Yes Yes 1.1250* 1.0073 1.1250 N/A N/A 0.0625 123.1
N10A 3.31 0.6550 0.2515 Yes Yes 1.1250 N/A N/A N/A 0.0625 Exempt
N10B 3.31 0.6550 0.2515 Yes Yes 1.1250 N/A N/A N/A 0.0625 Exempt
N10C 3.31 0.6550 0.2515 Yes Yes 1.1250 N/A N/A N/A 0.0625 Exempt
N14 8.75 1.3750 0.2930 Yes Yes 1.1250 1.1123 N/A N/A 0.0625 106.2
N15 23.19 2.5950 0.7445 Yes Yes 1.1250 1.1123 N/A N/A 0.0625 101.1
N2 6.00 1.0000 0.3075 Yes Yes 1.1250 1.1123 N/A N/A 0.0625 103.7
N3 3.31 0.6550 0.2515 Yes Yes 1.1250 N/A N/A N/A 0.0625 Exempt
N4 3.31 0.6550 0.2515 Yes Yes 1.1250 N/A N/A N/A 0.0625 Exempt
N5A 3.31 0.6550 0.2515 Yes Yes 1.1250 1.1123 N/A N/A 0.0625 308.2
N5B 3.31 0.6550 0.2515 Yes Yes 1.1250 1.1124 N/A N/A 0.0625 294.8
N6B 3.31 0.6550 0.2515 Yes Yes 1.1250 1.1125 N/A N/A 0.0625 222.1
N8A 3.31 0.6550 0.2515 Yes Yes 1.1250* N/A 1.1250 N/A N/A 0.0625 Exempt
N8B 3.31 0.6550 0.2515 Yes Yes 1.1250* N/A 1.1250 N/A N/A 0.0625 Exempt
tn: Nozzle thickness

Req tn: Nozzle thickness required per UG-45/UG-16
Nom t: Vessel wall thickness
Design t: Required vessel wall thickness due to pressure + corrosion allowance per UG-37
User t: Local vessel wall thickness (near opening)
Aa: Area available per UG-37, governing condition
Ar: Area required per UG-37, governing condition
Corr: Corrosion allowance on nozzle wall
* Head minimum thickness after forming
3/106
Pressure Summary
Pressure Summary for Chamber bounded by 30" OD 2:1 RIGHT HEAD and 30" OD 2:1 LEFT HEAD
P T Total Corrosion
Identifier MDMT MDMT Impact
Design Design (°F) Exemption Allowance Test
( psi) (°F) (in)
30" OD 2:1 LEFT HEAD 1440.0 120.0 25.4 Note 1 0.063 No
Straight Flange on 30" OD 2:1 LEFT HEAD 1440.0 120.0 25.4 Note 2 0.063 No
30" OD X 10'-0" LG SHELL 1440.0 120.0 35.8 Note 3 0.063 No
Straight Flange on 30" OD 2:1 RIGHT HEAD 1440.0 120.0 25.4 Note 2 0.063 No
30" OD 2:1 RIGHT HEAD 1440.0 120.0 25.4 Note 4 0.063 No
SADDLE 1440.0 120.0 N/A N/A N/A N/A
N1 4" 600# RF LWN INLET (N1) 1440.0 120.0 -22.7 Note 5 0.063 No
N10A 2" 600# RF LWN DRAIN (N10A) 1440.0 120.0 -22.7 Note 5 0.063 No
N10B 2" 600# RF LWN DRAIN (N10B) 1440.0 120.0 -22.7 Note 5 0.063 No
N10C 2" 600# RF LWN DRAIN (N10C) 1440.0 120.0 -22.7 Note 5 0.063 No
N14 6" 600# RF LWN HANDHOLE (N14) 1440.0 120.0 35.8 Note 6 0.063 No
N15 18" 600 RF HBN MANWAY (N15) 1440.0 120.0 -55.0 Note 7 0.063 No
N2 4" 600# RF LWN GAS OUTLET (N2) 1440.0 120.0 -22.7 Note 5 0.063 No
N3 2" 600# RF LWN OIL OUT (N3) 1440.0 120.0 -22.7 Note 5 0.063 No
N4 2" 600# RF LWN WATER OUT (N4) 1440.0 120.0 -22.7 Note 5 0.063 No
N5A 2" 600# RF LWN OIL LVL CONTROL (N5A) 1440.0 120.0 -22.7 Note 5 0.063 No
N5B 2" 600# RF LWN OIL LVL CONTROL (N5B) 1440.0 120.0 -22.7 Note 5 0.063 No
N6A 2" 600# RF LWN WTR LVL CONTROL (N6A) 1440.0 120.0 -22.7 Note 5 0.063 No
N6B 2" 600# RF LWN WTR LVL CONTROL (N6B) 1440.0 120.0 -22.7 Note 5 0.063 No
N7A 2" 600# RF LWN LSL/LSL BRIDLE (N7A) 1440.0 120.0 -22.7 Note 5 0.063 No
N7B 2" 600# RF LWN LSL/LSL BRIDLE (N7B) 1440.0 120.0 -22.7 Note 5 0.063 No
N8A 2" 600# RF LWN WATER LSL/LG (N8A) 1440.0 120.0 -22.7 Note 5 0.063 No
N8B 2" 600# RF LWN WATER LSL/LG (N8B) 1440.0 120.0 -22.7 Note 5 0.063 No
N9A 2" 600# RF LWN RELIEF VALVE (N9A) 1440.0 120.0 -22.7 Note 5 0.063 No
N9B 2" 600# RF LWN RELIEF VALVE (N9B) 1440.0 120.0 -22.7 Note 5 0.063 No
Chamber design MDMT is 43.00°F

Chamber rated MDMT is 35.80°F @ 1440.00 psi
Chamber Design MAWP hot & corroded is 1440.00 psi
This pressure chamber is not designed for external pressure.
Notes for Maximum Pressure Rating:
Note # Details
1. Option to calculate MAP was not selected. See 'Set Mode => Calculation' dialog.
2. Option to calculate MAWP was not selected. See 'Set Mode => Calculation' dialog.
4/106
Notes for MDMT Rating:
Note # Exemption Details
1. Straight Flange governs MDMT
Material impact test exemption temperature from Fig UCS-66 Curve B = 37 °F

2. UCS-66 governing thickness = 1.125 in
Fig UCS-66.1 MDMT reduction = 11.6 °F, (coincident ratio = 0.8842819)

3. UCS-66 governing thickness = 1.125 in
4. Straight Flange governs MDMT
5. Flange rating governs: UCS-66(b)(1)(b)
Nozzle impact test exemption temperature from Fig UCS-66 Curve B = 37 °F

6. UCS-66 governing thickness = 1.125 in.
7. Nozzle is impact tested to -55 °F (UCS-66(g)) UCS-66 governing thickness = 1.125 in.
Design notes are available on the Settings Summary page.
5/106
Revision History
No. Date Operator Notes
0 6/23/2004 rneuendorf Import COMPRESS 5 file: J:\HS-STD\VESSEL_00\CALC\SEPH3PHH\81530025.VSL.

Converted from ASME Section VIII Division 1, 1998 Edition, A00 Addenda to ASME
Section VIII Division 1, 2001 Edition, A03 Addenda. During the conversion, changes
1 6/23/2004 rneuendorf
may have been made to your vessel (some may be listed above). Please check your
vessel carefully.
Converted from ASME Section VIII Division 1, 2001 Edition, A03 Addenda to ASME
Section VIII Division 1, 2004 Edition, A05 Addenda. During the conversion, changes
2 7/26/2006 rneuendorf
may have been made to your vessel (some may be listed above). Please check your
vessel carefully.
6/106
Settings Summary
COMPRESS Build 6258
Units: U.S. Customary
Datum Line Location: 3.00" from right seam
Design
ASME Section VIII Division 1, 2004 Edition, A05 Addenda
Design or Rating: Get Thickness from Pressure

Minimum thickness: 1/16" per UG-16(b)
Design for cold shut down only: No
Design for lethal service (full radiography required): No
Design nozzles for: Design P only
Corrosion weight loss: 100% of theoretical loss
UG-23 Stress Increase: 1.20
Skirt/legs stress increase: 1.2
Minimum nozzle projection: 5.0000"
Juncture calculations for α > 30 only: Yes
Preheat P-No 1 Materials > 1.25&#34 and <= 1.50" thick: Yes
Butt welds are tapered per Figure UCS-66.3(a).
Hydro/Pneumatic Test
Shop Hydrotest Pressure: 1.3 times design P

Test liquid specific gravity: 1.00
Field Hydrotest Pressure: 1.3 times design P
Wind load present @ field: 33% of design
Maximum stress during test: 90% of yield
Required Marking - UG-116
UG-116 (e) Radiography: RT2

UG-116 (f) Postweld heat treatment: None
Code Cases\Interpretations
Use Code Case 2547: No

Apply interpretation VIII-1-83-66: Yes
Apply interpretation VIII-1-04-08: No
Disallow UG-20(f) exemptions: No
7/106
UG-22 Loadings
UG-22 (a) Internal or External Design Pressure : Yes

UG-22 (b) Weight of the vessel and normal contents under operating or test conditions: Yes
UG-22 (c) Superimposed static reactions from weight of attached equipment (external loads): No
UG-22 (d)(2) Vessel supports such as lugs, rings, skirts, saddles and legs: Yes
UG-22 (f) Wind reactions: No
UG-22 (f) Seismic reactions: No
Note: UG-22 (b),(c) and (f) loads only considered when supports are present.
8/106
Thickness Summary
Component Material Diameter Length Nominal t Design t Joint Load

Identifier (in) (in) (in) (in) E
30" OD 2:1 LEFT HEAD SA-516 70 30.00 OD 8.06 1.1250* 1.0715 1.0000 Internal
Straight Flange on 30" OD 2:1 LEFT HEAD SA-516 70 30.00 OD 2.00 1.2500 1.1126 1.0000 Internal
30" OD X 10'-0" LG SHELL SA-516 70 30.00 OD 120.00 1.1250 1.1126 1.0000 Internal
Straight Flange on 30" OD 2:1 RIGHT HEAD SA-516 70 30.00 OD 2.00 1.2500 1.1126 1.0000 Internal
30" OD 2:1 RIGHT HEAD SA-516 70 30.00 OD 8.06 1.1250* 1.0715 1.0000 Internal
Nominal t: Vessel wall nominal thickness

Design t: Required vessel thickness due to governing loading + corrosion
Joint E: Longitudinal seam joint efficiency
* Head minimum thickness after forming
Load
internal: Circumferential stress due to internal pressure governs
external: External pressure governs
Wind: Combined longitudinal stress of pressure + weight + wind governs
Seismic: Combined longitudinal stress of pressure + weight + seismic governs
9/106
Weight Summary
Weight ( lb) Contributed by Vessel Elements

Component
Metal Metal Insulation & Piping Operating Test
Lining
New* Corroded* Supports + Liquid Liquid Liquid
30" OD 2:1 LEFT HEAD 366.87 348.52 0.00 0.00 0.00 66.19 146.51
30" OD X 10'-0" LG SHELL 3,267.48 3,093.03 0.00 0.00 0.00 1,212.76 2,670.23
30" OD 2:1 RIGHT HEAD 370.39 351.85 0.00 0.00 0.00 66.85 145.00
SADDLE 212.00 212.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
TOTAL: 4,216.73 4,005.41 0.00 0.00 0.00 1,345.81 2,961.74
* Shells with attached nozzles have weight reduced by material cut out for opening.
Weight ( lb) Contributed by Attachments

Component Nozzles &
Body Flanges Packed Trays & Rings & Vertical
Flanges
Beds Supports Clips Loads
New Corroded New Corroded
30" OD 2:1 LEFT HEAD 0.00 0.00 78.90 76.66 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
30" OD X 10'-0" LG SHELL 0.00 0.00 2,558.43 2,520.13 27.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
30" OD 2:1 RIGHT HEAD 0.00 0.00 46.40 44.45 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
TOTAL: 0.00 0.00 2,683.73 2,641.23 27.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
Vessel operating weight, Corroded: 8,019 lb

Vessel operating weight, New: 8,273 lb
Vessel empty weight, Corroded: 6,674 lb
Vessel empty weight, New: 6,927 lb
Vessel test weight, New: 9,889 lb
Vessel center of gravity location - from datum - lift condition
Vessel Lift Weight, New: 6,900 lb

Center of Gravity: 60.43"
Vessel Capacity
Vessel Capacity** (New): 349 US gal

Vessel Capacity** (Corroded): 352 US gal
**The vessel capacity does not include volume of nozzle, piping or other attachments.
10/106
Hydrostatic Test
Shop test pressure determination for Chamber bounded by 30" OD 2:1 RIGHT HEAD and 30" OD 2:1 LEFT
HEAD based on design P per UG-99(b)
Shop hydrostatic test gauge pressure is 1,872 psi at 70 °F (the chamber design P = 1,440 psi)
The shop test is performed with the vessel in the horizontal position.
Local test Test liquid UG-99 UG-99

Identifier pressure static head stress pressure
psi psi ratio factor
30" OD 2:1 LEFT HEAD (1) 1,873.295 1.295 1 1.30
Straight Flange on 30" OD 2:1 LEFT HEAD 1,873.29 1.291 1 1.30
30" OD X 10'-0" LG SHELL 1,873.295 1.295 1 1.30
Straight Flange on 30" OD 2:1 RIGHT HEAD 1,873.29 1.291 1 1.30
30" OD 2:1 RIGHT HEAD 1,873.295 1.295 1 1.30
N1 4" 600# RF LWN INLET (N1) 1,872.65 0.65 1 1.30
N10A 2" 600# RF LWN DRAIN (N10A) 1,873.552 1.552 1 1.30
N10B 2" 600# RF LWN DRAIN (N10B) 1,873.552 1.552 1 1.30
N10C 2" 600# RF LWN DRAIN (N10C) 1,873.552 1.552 1 1.30
N14 6" 600# RF LWN HANDHOLE (N14) 1,872.902 0.902 1 1.30
N15 18" 600 RF HBN MANWAY (N15) 1,873.114 1.115 1 1.30
N2 4" 600# RF LWN GAS OUTLET (N2) 1,872.253 0.253 1 1.30
N3 2" 600# RF LWN OIL OUT (N3) 1,873.552 1.552 1 1.30
N4 2" 600# RF LWN WATER OUT (N4) 1,873.552 1.552 1 1.30
N5A 2" 600# RF LWN OIL LVL CONTROL (N5A) 1,872.595 0.596 1 1.30
N5B 2" 600# RF LWN OIL LVL CONTROL (N5B) 1,873.101 1.101 1 1.30
N6A 2" 600# RF LWN WTR LVL CONTROL (N6A) 1,872.722 0.722 1 1.30
N6B 2" 600# RF LWN WTR LVL CONTROL (N6B) 1,873.227 1.227 1 1.30
N7A 2" 600# RF LWN LSL/LSL BRIDLE (N7A) 1,872.253 0.253 1 1.30
N7B 2" 600# RF LWN LSL/LSL BRIDLE (N7B) 1,873.552 1.552 1 1.30
N8A 2" 600# RF LWN WATER LSL/LG (N8A) 1,872.614 0.614 1 1.30
N8B 2" 600# RF LWN WATER LSL/LG (N8B) 1,873.191 1.191 1 1.30
N9A 2" 600# RF LWN RELIEF VALVE (N9A) 1,872.253 0.253 1 1.30
N9B 2" 600# RF LWN RELIEF VALVE (N9B) 1,872.253 0.253 1 1.30
11/106
Notes:
(1) 30" OD 2:1 LEFT HEAD limits the UG-99 stress ratio.
(2) The zero degree angular position is assumed to be up, and the test liquid height is assumed to the top-most
flange.
The test temperature of 70 °F is warmer than the minimum recommended temperature of 65.8 °F so the brittle
fracture provision of UG-99(h) has been met.
Field test pressure determination for Chamber bounded by 30" OD 2:1 RIGHT HEAD and 30" OD 2:1 LEFT
HEAD based on design P per UG-99(b)
Field hydrostatic test gauge pressure is 1,872 psi at 70 °F (the chamber design P = 1,440 psi)
Local test Test liquid UG-99 UG-99

Identifier pressure static head stress pressure
psi psi ratio factor
30" OD 2:1 LEFT HEAD (1) 1,873.295 1.295 1 1.30
Straight Flange on 30" OD 2:1 LEFT HEAD 1,873.29 1.291 1 1.30
30" OD X 10'-0" LG SHELL 1,873.295 1.295 1 1.30
Straight Flange on 30" OD 2:1 RIGHT HEAD 1,873.29 1.291 1 1.30
30" OD 2:1 RIGHT HEAD 1,873.295 1.295 1 1.30
N1 4" 600# RF LWN INLET (N1) 1,872.65 0.65 1 1.30
N10A 2" 600# RF LWN DRAIN (N10A) 1,873.552 1.552 1 1.30
N10B 2" 600# RF LWN DRAIN (N10B) 1,873.552 1.552 1 1.30
N10C 2" 600# RF LWN DRAIN (N10C) 1,873.552 1.552 1 1.30
N14 6" 600# RF LWN HANDHOLE (N14) 1,872.902 0.902 1 1.30
N15 18" 600 RF HBN MANWAY (N15) 1,873.114 1.115 1 1.30
N2 4" 600# RF LWN GAS OUTLET (N2) 1,872.253 0.253 1 1.30
N3 2" 600# RF LWN OIL OUT (N3) 1,873.552 1.552 1 1.30
N4 2" 600# RF LWN WATER OUT (N4) 1,873.552 1.552 1 1.30
N5A 2" 600# RF LWN OIL LVL CONTROL (N5A) 1,872.595 0.596 1 1.30
N5B 2" 600# RF LWN OIL LVL CONTROL (N5B) 1,873.101 1.101 1 1.30
N6A 2" 600# RF LWN WTR LVL CONTROL (N6A) 1,872.722 0.722 1 1.30
N6B 2" 600# RF LWN WTR LVL CONTROL (N6B) 1,873.227 1.227 1 1.30
N7A 2" 600# RF LWN LSL/LSL BRIDLE (N7A) 1,872.253 0.253 1 1.30
N7B 2" 600# RF LWN LSL/LSL BRIDLE (N7B) 1,873.552 1.552 1 1.30
N8A 2" 600# RF LWN WATER LSL/LG (N8A) 1,872.614 0.614 1 1.30
N8B 2" 600# RF LWN WATER LSL/LG (N8B) 1,873.191 1.191 1 1.30
N9A 2" 600# RF LWN RELIEF VALVE (N9A) 1,872.253 0.253 1 1.30
N9B 2" 600# RF LWN RELIEF VALVE (N9B) 1,872.253 0.253 1 1.30
Notes:
(1) 30" OD 2:1 LEFT HEAD limits the UG-99 stress ratio.
(2) The zero degree angular position is assumed to be up, and the test liquid height is assumed to the top-most
flange.
The test temperature of 70 °F is warmer than the minimum recommended temperature of 65.8 °F so the brittle
12/106
fracture provision of UG-99(h) has been met.
13/106
30" OD X 10'-0" LG SHELL
Component: Cylinder
Material specification: SA-516 70 (II-D p. 14, ln. 20)
UCS-66 governing thickness = 1.125 in
Internal design pressure: P = 1440 psi @ 120°F
Static liquid head:
Ps =0.4528 psi (SG=0.9000, Hs=13.9375" Operating head)

Pth =1.2950 psi (SG=1.0000, Hs=35.8750", Horizontal test head)
Corrosion allowance: Inner C = 0.0625" Outer C = 0.0000"
Design MDMT = 43.00°F No impact test performed

Rated MDMT = 35.80°F Material is not normalized
Material is not produced to Fine Grain Practice
PWHT is not performed
Radiography: Longitudinal joint - Full UW-11(a) Type 1

Left circumferential joint - Spot UW-11(a)(5)b Type 1
Right circumferential joint - Spot UW-11(a)(5)b Type 1
Estimated weight: New = 3465.7087 lb corr = 3280.2544 lb

Capacity: New = 314.1848 gal corr = 317.0216 gal
OD = 30.0000"
Length Lc = 120.0000"
t = 1.1250"
Design thickness, (at 120.00°F) Appendix 1-1
t = P*Ro/(S*E + 0.40*P) + Corrosion

= 1440.45*15.0000/(20000*1.00 + 0.40*1440.45) + 0.0625
= 1.1126"
% Extreme fiber elongation - UCS-79(d)
= (50 * t / Rf) * (1 - Rf / Ro)

= (50 * 1.1250 / 14.4375) * (1 - 14.4375 / ∞)
= 3.8961 %
Allowable Compressive Stress, Hot and Corroded- ScHC, (table CS-2)

A = 0.125 / (Ro / t)
= 0.125 / (15.0000 / 1.0625)
= 0.008854
B = 17340.9727 psi
S = 20000.0000 / 1.0000
= 20000.0000 psi
ScHC = 17340.9727 psi
14/106
Allowable Compressive Stress, Hot and New- ScHN, (table CS-2)
A = 0.125 / (Ro / t)
= 0.125 / (15.0000 / 1.1250)
= 0.009375
B = 17355.1367 psi
S = 20000.0000 / 1.0000
= 20000.0000 psi
ScHN = 17355.1367 psi
Allowable Compressive Stress, Cold and New- ScCN, (table CS-2)

A = 0.125 / (Ro / t)
= 0.125 / (15.0000 / 1.1250)
= 0.009375
B = 17355.1367 psi
S = 20000.0000 / 1.0000
= 20000.0000 psi
ScCN = 17355.1367 psi
Allowable Compressive Stress, Cold and Corroded- ScCC, (table CS-2)

A = 0.125 / (Ro / t)
= 0.125 / (15.0000 / 1.0625)
= 0.008854
B = 17340.9727 psi
S = 20000.0000 / 1.0000
= 20000.0000 psi
ScCC = 17340.9727 psi
Allowable Compressive Stress, Vacuum and Corroded- ScVC, (table CS-2)

A = 0.125 / (Ro / t)
= 0.125 / (15.0000 / 1.0625)
= 0.008854
B = 17340.9727 psi
S = 20000.0000 / 1.0000
= 20000.0000 psi
ScVC = 17340.9727 psi
15/106
30" OD 2:1 LEFT HEAD
ASME Section VIII, Division 1, 2004 Edition, A05 Addenda
Component: Ellipsoidal Head

Material Specification: SA-516 70 (II-D p.14, ln. 20)
Straight Flange governs MDMT
Internal design pressure: P = 1,440 psi @ 120 °F
Static liquid head:
Ps= 0.4528 psi (SG=0.9, Hs=13.9375" Operating head)

Pth= 1.295 psi (SG=1, Hs=35.875" Horizontal test head)
Corrosion allowance: Inner C = 0.0625" Outer C = 0"
Design MDMT = 43°F No impact test performed

Material is not produced to fine grain practice
Do not Optimize MDMT / Find MAWP
Radiography: Category A joints - Seamless No RT

Head to shell seam - Spot UW-11(a)(5)(b) Type 1
Estimated weight*: new = 366.9 lb corr = 348.5 lb

Capacity*: new = 17.3 US gal corr = 17.5 US gal
* includes straight flange
Outer diameter = 30"

Minimum head thickness = 1.125"
Head ratio D/2h = 2 (new)
Head ratio D/2h = 1.9911 (corroded)
Straight flange length Lsf = 2"
Nominal straight flange thickness tsf = 1.25"
Results Summary
The governing condition is internal pressure.

Minimum thickness per UG-16 = 0.0625" + 0.0625" = 0.125"
Design thickness due to internal pressure (t) = 1.0715"
K (Corroded)
K=(1/6)*[2 + (D / (2*h))2]=(1/6)*[2 + (27.875 / (2*7))2]=0.994061
K (New)
K=(1/6)*[2 + (D / (2*h))2]=(1/6)*[2 + (27.75 / (2*6.9375))2]=1
Design thickness for internal pressure, (Corroded at 120 °F) Appendix 1-4(c)
t = P*Do*K / (2*S*E + 2*P*(K - 0.1)) + Corrosion

= 1,440.45*30*0.994061 / (2*20,000*1 + 2*1,440.45*(0.994061 - 0.1)) + 0.0625
16/106
= 1.0715"
The head internal pressure design thickness is 1.0715".
= (75*t / Rf)*(1 - Rf / Ro)

= (75*1.25 / 5.3425)*(1 - 5.3425 / ∞)
= 17.548%
The extreme fiber elongation exceeds 5 percent and the thickness exceeds 5/8 inch;. Heat treatment per UCS-56 is
required if fabricated by cold forming.
17/106
Straight Flange on 30" OD 2:1 LEFT HEAD
Component: Straight Flange

Static liquid head:


Radiography: Longitudinal joint - Seamless No RT

Circumferential joint - Spot UW-11(a)(5)b Type 1

OD = 30.0000"
Length Lc = 2.0000"
t = 1.2500"

= 1440.45*15.0000/(20000*1.00 + 0.40*1440.45) + 0.0625
= 1.1126"
= (50 * t / Rf) * (1 - Rf / Ro)

= (50 * 1.2500 / 14.3750) * (1 - 14.3750 / ∞)
= 4.3478 %

A = 0.125 / (Ro / t)
= 0.125 / (15.0000 / 1.1875)
= 0.009896
B = 17368.5449 psi
S = 20000.0000 / 1.0000
= 20000.0000 psi
ScHC = 17368.5449 psi
18/106
A = 0.125 / (Ro / t)
= 0.125 / (15.0000 / 1.2500)
= 0.010417
B = 17381.2754 psi
S = 20000.0000 / 1.0000
= 20000.0000 psi
ScHN = 17381.2754 psi

A = 0.125 / (Ro / t)
= 0.125 / (15.0000 / 1.2500)
= 0.010417
B = 17381.2754 psi
S = 20000.0000 / 1.0000
= 20000.0000 psi
ScCN = 17381.2754 psi

A = 0.125 / (Ro / t)
= 0.125 / (15.0000 / 1.1875)
= 0.009896
B = 17368.5449 psi
S = 20000.0000 / 1.0000
= 20000.0000 psi
ScCC = 17368.5449 psi

A = 0.125 / (Ro / t)
= 0.125 / (15.0000 / 1.1875)
= 0.009896
B = 17368.5449 psi
S = 20000.0000 / 1.0000
= 20000.0000 psi
ScVC = 17368.5449 psi
19/106
Straight Flange on 30" OD 2:1 RIGHT HEAD
Component: Straight Flange

Static liquid head:


Radiography: Longitudinal joint - Seamless No RT

Circumferential joint - Spot UW-11(a)(5)b Type 1

OD = 30.0000"
Length Lc = 2.0000"
t = 1.2500"

= 1440.45*15.0000/(20000*1.00 + 0.40*1440.45) + 0.0625
= 1.1126"
= (50 * t / Rf) * (1 - Rf / Ro)

= (50 * 1.2500 / 14.3750) * (1 - 14.3750 / ∞)
= 4.3478 %

A = 0.125 / (Ro / t)
= 0.125 / (15.0000 / 1.1875)
= 0.009896
B = 17368.5449 psi
S = 20000.0000 / 1.0000
= 20000.0000 psi
ScHC = 17368.5449 psi
20/106
A = 0.125 / (Ro / t)
= 0.125 / (15.0000 / 1.2500)
= 0.010417
B = 17381.2754 psi
S = 20000.0000 / 1.0000
= 20000.0000 psi
ScHN = 17381.2754 psi

A = 0.125 / (Ro / t)
= 0.125 / (15.0000 / 1.2500)
= 0.010417
B = 17381.2754 psi
S = 20000.0000 / 1.0000
= 20000.0000 psi
ScCN = 17381.2754 psi

A = 0.125 / (Ro / t)
= 0.125 / (15.0000 / 1.1875)
= 0.009896
B = 17368.5449 psi
S = 20000.0000 / 1.0000
= 20000.0000 psi
ScCC = 17368.5449 psi

A = 0.125 / (Ro / t)
= 0.125 / (15.0000 / 1.1875)
= 0.009896
B = 17368.5449 psi
S = 20000.0000 / 1.0000
= 20000.0000 psi
ScVC = 17368.5449 psi
21/106
30" OD 2:1 RIGHT HEAD
ASME Section VIII, Division 1, 2004 Edition, A05 Addenda
Component: Ellipsoidal Head

Material Specification: SA-516 70 (II-D p.14, ln. 20)
Straight Flange governs MDMT
Internal design pressure: P = 1,440 psi @ 120 °F
Static liquid head:
Ps= 0.4528 psi (SG=0.9, Hs=13.9375" Operating head)

Pth= 1.295 psi (SG=1, Hs=35.875" Horizontal test head)
Corrosion allowance: Inner C = 0.0625" Outer C = 0"
Design MDMT = 43°F No impact test performed

Material is not produced to fine grain practice
Do not Optimize MDMT / Find MAWP
Radiography: Category A joints - Seamless No RT

Head to shell seam - Spot UW-11(a)(5)(b) Type 1
Estimated weight*: new = 370.4 lb corr = 351.9 lb

Capacity*: new = 17.3 US gal corr = 17.5 US gal
* includes straight flange
Outer diameter = 30"

Minimum head thickness = 1.125"
Head ratio D/2h = 2 (new)
Head ratio D/2h = 1.9911 (corroded)
Straight flange length Lsf = 2"
Nominal straight flange thickness tsf = 1.25"
Results Summary
The governing condition is internal pressure.

Minimum thickness per UG-16 = 0.0625" + 0.0625" = 0.125"
Design thickness due to internal pressure (t) = 1.0715"
K (Corroded)
K=(1/6)*[2 + (D / (2*h))2]=(1/6)*[2 + (27.875 / (2*7))2]=0.994061
K (New)
K=(1/6)*[2 + (D / (2*h))2]=(1/6)*[2 + (27.75 / (2*6.9375))2]=1
Design thickness for internal pressure, (Corroded at 120 °F) Appendix 1-4(c)
t = P*Do*K / (2*S*E + 2*P*(K - 0.1)) + Corrosion

= 1,440.45*30*0.994061 / (2*20,000*1 + 2*1,440.45*(0.994061 - 0.1)) + 0.0625
22/106
= 1.0715"
The head internal pressure design thickness is 1.0715".
= (75*t / Rf)*(1 - Rf / Ro)

= (75*1.25 / 5.3425)*(1 - 5.3425 / ∞)
= 17.548%
The extreme fiber elongation exceeds 5 percent and the thickness exceeds 5/8 inch;. Heat treatment per UCS-56 is
required if fabricated by cold forming.
23/106
N1 4" 600# RF LWN INLET (N1)
tw(lower) = 1.125 in
Leg41 = 0.375 in
Leg43 = 0.375 in
hnew = 0.375 in
Note: round inside edges per UG-76(c)
Located on: 30" OD 2:1 LEFT HEAD

Liquid static head included: 0 psi
Nozzle material specification: SA-105 (II-D p. 14, ln. 6)
Nozzle longitudinal joint efficiency: 1
Flange description: 4 inch Class 600 LWN A105
Bolt Material: SA-193 B7 Bolt <= 2 1/2 (II-D p. 382, ln. 33)
Flange rated MDMT: -22.7°F
(UCS-66(b)(1)(b))
Liquid static head on flange: 0 psi
ASME B16.5 flange rating MAWP: 1454 psi @ 120°F
ASME B16.5 flange rating MAP: 1480 psi @ 70°F
ASME B16.5 flange hydro test: 2225 psi @ 70°F
Nozzle orientation: 0°
Calculated as hillside: yes
User input vessel thickness: 1.125 in
End of nozzle to datum line: 134 in
Nozzle inside diameter, new: 4 in
Nozzle nominal wall thickness: 1 in
Nozzle corrosion allowance: 0.0625 in
Opening chord length: 4.2432 in
Projection available outside vessel, Lpr: 5.3504 in
Projection available outside vessel to flange face, Lf: 7.1004 in
Distance to head center, R: 6 in
24/106
Reinforcement Calculations for Internal Pressure
UG-45
Nozzle Wall
UG-37 Area Calculation Summary (in2) Thickness
For P = 1440 psi @ 120 °F Summary
The opening is adequately reinforced
(in)
The nozzle
passes UG-45
A A A
A1 A2 A3 A5 treq tmin
required available welds
4.0089 4.9356 0.4995 3.667 0.5469 -- 0.2222 0.3075 1
Weld Failure Path Analysis Summary

The nozzle is exempt from weld strength
calculations per UW-15(b)(1)
UW-16 Weld Sizing Summary

Required weld Actual weld
Weld description Status
throat size (in) throat size (in)
Nozzle to shell fillet (Leg 41) 0.25 0.2625 weld size is adequate
Calculations for internal pressure 1440 psi @ 120 °F
Nozzle is impact test exempt to -155 °F per UCS-66(b)(3) (coincident ratio = 0.16555).
Nozzle UCS-66 governing thk: 1 in

Nozzle rated MDMT: -155 °F
Limits of reinforcement per UG-40
Parallel to the vessel wall: d = 4.2432 in

Normal to the vessel wall outside: 2.5*(tn - Cn) + te = 2.3438 in
Normal to the vessel wall inside: 2.5*(tn - Cn - C) = 2.1875 in
Nozzle required thickness per UG-27(c)(1)
trn = P*Rn/(Sn*E - 0.6*P)

= 1,440*2.0625/(20,000*1 - 0.6*1,440)
= 0.1552 in
Required thickness tr from UG-37(a)(c)
tr = P*K1*Do/(2*S*E + 0.8*P)
= 1,440*0.9*30/(2*20,000*1 + 0.8*1,440)
= 0.9448 in
25/106
Area required per UG-37(c)
Allowable stresses: Sn = 20,000, Sv = 20,000 psi
fr1 = lesser of 1 or Sn/Sv = 1

A = d*tr*F + 2*tn*tr*F*(1 - fr1)

= 4.2432*0.9448*1 + 2*0.9375*0.9448*1*(1 - 1)
= 4.0089 in2
Area available from FIG. UG-37.1
A1 = larger of the following= 0.4995 in2
= d*(E1*t - F*tr) - 2*tn*(E1*t - F*tr)*(1 - fr1)

= 4.2432*(1*1.0625 - 1*0.9448) - 2*0.9375*(1*1.0625 - 1*0.9448)*(1 - 1)
= 0.4995 in2
= 2*(t + tn)*(E1*t - F*tr) - 2*tn*(E1*t - F*tr)*(1 - fr1)

= 2*(1.0625 + 0.9375)*(1*1.0625 - 1*0.9448) - 2*0.9375*(1*1.0625 - 1*0.9448)*(1 - 1)
= 0.4708 in2
A2 = smaller of the following= 3.667 in2
= 5*(tn - trn)*fr2*t
= 5*(0.9375 - 0.1552)*1*1.0625
= 4.156 in2
= 5*(tn - trn)*fr2*tn
= 5*(0.9375 - 0.1552)*1*0.9375
= 3.667 in2
= 5*t*ti*fr2
= 5*1.0625*0.875*1
= 4.6484 in2
= 5*ti*ti*fr2
= 5*0.875*0.875*1
= 3.8281 in2
= 2*h*ti*fr2
= 2*0.3125*0.875*1
= 0.5469 in2
A41 = Leg2*fr2
= 0.3752*1
= 0.1406 in2
26/106
A43 = Leg2*fr2
= 0.28572*1
= 0.0816 in2
Area = A1 + A2 + A3 + A41 + A43

= 0.4995 + 3.667 + 0.5469 + 0.1406 + 0.0816
= 4.9356 in2
As Area >= A the reinforcement is adequate.
UW-16(c) Weld Check
Fillet weld: tmin = lesser of 0.75 or tn or t = 0.75 in

tc(min) = lesser of 0.25 or 0.7*tmin = 0.25 in
tc(actual) = 0.7*Leg = 0.7*0.375 = 0.2625 in
The fillet weld size is satisfactory.
Weld strength calculations are not required for this detail which conforms to Fig. UW-16.1, sketch (c-e).
UG-45 Nozzle Neck Thickness Check
Interpretation VIII-1-83-66 has been applied.
Wall thickness per UG-45(a): tr1 = 0.2177 in (E =1)

Wall thickness per UG-45(b)(1): tr2 = 1.0712 in
Wall thickness per UG-16(b): tr3 = 0.125 in
Standard wall pipe per UG-45(b)(4): tr4 = 0.3075 in
The greater of tr2 or tr3: tr5 = 1.0712 in
The lesser of tr4 or tr5: tr6 = 0.3075 in
Required per UG-45 is the larger of tr1 or tr6 = 0.3075 in
Available nozzle wall thickness new, tn = 1 in
The nozzle neck thickness is adequate.
27/106
N10A 2" 600# RF LWN DRAIN (N10A)
Leg41 = 0.375 in
Located on: 30" OD X 10'-0" LG SHELL

Liquid static head included: 0.4873 psi
(UCS-66(b)(1)(b))
Liquid static head on flange: 0.6822 psi
Local vessel minimum thickness: 1.125 in
Nozzle center line offset to datum line: 2 in
End of nozzle to shell center: 21 in
Nozzle nominal wall thickness: 0.655 in
Projection available outside vessel to flange face, Lf: 6 in
28/106
UG-45 Nozzle
UG-37 Area Calculation Summary Wall
(in2) Thickness
For P = 1440.49 psi @ 120 °F Summary (in)
The nozzle passes
UG-45
A A A
This nozzle is exempt from area

0.2515 0.655
calculations per UG-36(c)(3)(a)


Calculations for internal pressure 1440.49 psi @ 120 °F
Nozzle UCS-66 governing thk: 0.655 in

Parallel to the vessel wall: (Rn + tn + t )= 2.7175 in


= 1,440.487*1.0625/(20,000*1 - 0.6*1,440.487)
= 0.08 in
Required thickness tr from UG-37(a)
tr = P*Ro/(S*E + 0.4*P)
= 1,440.487*15/(20,000*1 + 0.4*1,440.487)
= 1.0501 in
This opening does not require reinforcement per UG-36(c)(3)(a)
29/106
UW-16(c) Weld Check

tc(actual) = 0.7*Leg = 0.7*0.375 = 0.2625 in

Available nozzle wall thickness new, tn = 0.655 in
30/106
N10B 2" 600# RF LWN DRAIN (N10B)
Leg41 = 0.375 in

(UCS-66(b)(1)(b))
31/106
UG-45 Nozzle
(in2) Thickness
The nozzle passes
UG-45
A A A

0.2515 0.655





= 1,440.487*1.0625/(20,000*1 - 0.6*1,440.487)
= 0.08 in
tr = P*Ro/(S*E + 0.4*P)
= 1,440.487*15/(20,000*1 + 0.4*1,440.487)
= 1.0501 in
32/106
UW-16(c) Weld Check

tc(actual) = 0.7*Leg = 0.7*0.375 = 0.2625 in

33/106
N10C 2" 600# RF LWN DRAIN (N10C)
Leg41 = 0.375 in

(UCS-66(b)(1)(b))
34/106
UG-45 Nozzle
(in2) Thickness
The nozzle passes
UG-45
A A A

0.2515 0.655





= 1,440.487*1.0625/(20,000*1 - 0.6*1,440.487)
= 0.08 in
tr = P*Ro/(S*E + 0.4*P)
= 1,440.487*15/(20,000*1 + 0.4*1,440.487)
= 1.0501 in
35/106
UW-16(c) Weld Check

tc(actual) = 0.7*Leg = 0.7*0.375 = 0.2625 in

36/106
N14 6" 600# RF LWN HANDHOLE (N14)
Leg41 = 0.375 in
Leg43 = 0.375 in
hnew = 0.375 in

(UCS-66(b)(1)(b))
37/106
UG-45
Nozzle Wall
(in)
The nozzle
passes UG-45
A A A
6.4298 6.8296 0.078 5.7481 0.7813 -- 0.2222 0.293 1.375


Nozzle impact test exemption temperature from Fig UCS-66 Curve B = 37 °F

Fig UCS-66.1 MDMT reduction = 1.2 °F, (coincident ratio = 0.98802).

Nozzle rated MDMT: 35.8 °F

Normal to the vessel wall outside: 2.5*(t - C) = 2.6563 in
Normal to the vessel wall inside: 2.5*(t - C) = 2.6563 in

= 1,440*3.0625/(20,000*1 - 0.6*1,440)
= 0.2305 in
tr = P*Ro/(S*E + 0.4*P)
= 1,440*15/(20,000*1 + 0.4*1,440)
= 1.0498 in
38/106

A = d*tr*F + 2*tn*tr*F*(1 - fr1)

= 6.125*1.0498*1 + 2*1.3125*1.0498*1*(1 - 1)
= 6.4298 in2

= 6.125*(1*1.0625 - 1*1.0498) - 2*1.3125*(1*1.0625 - 1*1.0498)*(1 - 1)
= 0.078 in2

= 2*(1.0625 + 1.3125)*(1*1.0625 - 1*1.0498) - 2*1.3125*(1*1.0625 - 1*1.0498)*(1 - 1)
= 0.0605 in2
= 5*(1.3125 - 0.2305)*1*1.0625
= 5.7481 in2
= 5*(1.3125 - 0.2305)*1*1.3125
= 7.1006 in2
= 5*t*ti*fr2
= 5*1.0625*1.25*1
= 6.6406 in2
= 5*ti*ti*fr2
= 5*1.25*1.25*1
= 7.8125 in2
= 2*h*ti*fr2
= 2*0.3125*1.25*1
= 0.7813 in2
A41 = Leg2*fr2
= 0.3752*1
39/106
= 0.1406 in2
A43 = Leg2*fr2
= 0.28572*1
= 0.0816 in2
Area = A1 + A2 + A3 + A41 + A43

= 0.078 + 5.7481 + 0.7813 + 0.1406 + 0.0816
= 6.8296 in2
UW-16(c) Weld Check

tc(actual) = 0.7*Leg = 0.7*0.375 = 0.2625 in
UG-45 Nozzle Neck Thickness Check (Access Opening)
Wall thickness req'd per UG-45(a): tr1 = 0.293 in (E =1)

40/106
N15 18" 600 RF HBN MANWAY (N15)
Leg41 = 0.375 in
Leg43 = 0.375 in
hnew = 1.875 in

Nozzle material specification: SA-350 LF2 Cl 1 (II-D p. 14, ln. 11)
Flange description: 18 inch Class 600 HB A350 LF2 Cl.1 (Nut Stop)
Flange rated MDMT: -55°F
(UG-84 provisions apply)
(Flange impact tested to -55°F (UCS-66(g)))
Offset from center, Lo: 0.125 in
Nozzle wall thickness, tn: 2.595 in
Nozzle minimum wall thickness: 2.4075 in
41/106
UG-45 Nozzle
UG-37 Area Calculation Summary (in2) Wall
For P = 1440 psi @ 120 °F
Thickness
The opening is adequately reinforced Summary (in)
The nozzle passes
UG-45
A A A
9.5141 28.7517 9.7449 9.8308 8.9538 -- 0.2222 0.7445 2.4075


Nozzle is impact tested to -55 °F (UCS-66(g)).



= 1,440*9.0625/(20,000*1 - 0.6*1,440)
= 0.682 in
tr = P*Ro/(S*E + 0.4*P)
= 1,440*15/(20,000*1 + 0.4*1,440)
= 1.0498 in
42/106

A = d*tr*F + 2*tn*tr*F*(1 - fr1)

= 18.1261*1.0498*0.5 + 2*2.5325*1.0498*0.5*(1 - 1)
= 9.5141 in2

= 18.1261*(1*1.0625 - 0.5*1.0498) - 2*2.5325*(1*1.0625 - 0.5*1.0498)*(1 - 1)
= 9.7449 in2

= 2*(1.0625 + 2.5325)*(1*1.0625 - 0.5*1.0498) - 2*2.5325*(1*1.0625 - 0.5*1.0498)*(1 - 1)
= 3.8655 in2
= 5*(2.5325 - 0.682)*1*1.0625
= 9.8308 in2
= 5*(2.5325 - 0.682)*1*2.5325
= 23.432 in2
= 5*t*ti*fr2
= 5*1.0625*2.47*1
= 13.1219 in2
= 5*ti*ti*fr2
= 5*2.47*2.47*1
= 30.5045 in2
= 2*h*ti*fr2
= 2*1.8125*2.47*1
= 8.9538 in2
A41 = Leg2*fr2
= 0.3752*1
= 0.1406 in2
43/106
A43 = Leg2*fr2
= 0.28572*1
= 0.0816 in2
Area = A1 + A2 + A3 + A41 + A43

= 9.7449 + 9.8308 + 8.9538 + 0.1406 + 0.0816
= 28.7517 in2
UW-16(c) Weld Check

tc(actual) = 0.7*Leg = 0.7*0.375 = 0.2625 in

Check the opening per Appendix 1-7
Area required within 75 percent of the limits of reinforcement

= 2/3 * A = (2/3)*9.5141 = 6.3427 in2
Area that is within 75 percent of the limits of reinforcement is:
A1 = larger of 3.8655 or
= (2*limits - d)*(E1*t - F*tr) - 2*tn*(E1*t - F*tr)*(1 - fr1)

= (2*13.5946 - 18.1261)*(1*1.0625 - 1*1.0498) - 2*2.5325*(1*1.0625 - 1*1.0498)*(1 - 1)
= 4.8724 in2
Area = A1 + A2 + A3 + A41 + A42 + A43 + A5

= 4.8724 + 9.8308 + 8.9538 + 0.1406 + 0 + 0.0816 + 0
= 23.8792 in2
44/106
The area placement requirements of Appendix 1-7 are satisfied.
The opening is not within the size range defined by 1-7(b)(1)(a) and (b) so it is exempt from the requirements of
1-7(b)(2),(3) and (4).
Rn/R ratio does not exceed 0.7 so a U-2(g) analysis is not required per 1-7(b)(1)(c).
Reinforcement check in the plane parallel to the longitudinal axis
UG-45 Nozzle
For P = 1440 psi @ 120 °F
Thickness
The nozzle passes
UG-45
A A A
19.0271 19.2375 0.2307 9.8308 8.9538 -- 0.2222 0.7445 2.4075




= 1,440*9.0625/(20,000*1 - 0.6*1,440)
= 0.682 in
tr = P*Ro/(S*E + 0.4*P)
= 1,440*15/(20,000*1 + 0.4*1,440)
= 1.0498 in
45/106

A = d*tr*F + 2*tn*tr*F*(1 - fr1)

= 18.125*1.0498*1 + 2*2.5325*1.0498*1*(1 - 1)
= 19.0271 in2

= 18.125*(1*1.0625 - 1*1.0498) - 2*2.5325*(1*1.0625 - 1*1.0498)*(1 - 1)
= 0.2307 in2

= 2*(1.0625 + 2.5325)*(1*1.0625 - 1*1.0498) - 2*2.5325*(1*1.0625 - 1*1.0498)*(1 - 1)
= 0.0915 in2
= 5*(2.5325 - 0.682)*1*1.0625
= 9.8308 in2
= 5*(2.5325 - 0.682)*1*2.5325
= 23.432 in2
= 5*t*ti*fr2
= 5*1.0625*2.47*1
= 13.1219 in2
= 5*ti*ti*fr2
= 5*2.47*2.47*1
= 30.5045 in2
= 2*h*ti*fr2
= 2*1.8125*2.47*1
= 8.9538 in2
A41 = Leg2*fr2
= 0.3752*1
46/106
= 0.1406 in2
A43 = Leg2*fr2
= 0.28572*1
= 0.0816 in2
Area = A1 + A2 + A3 + A41 + A43

= 0.2307 + 9.8308 + 8.9538 + 0.1406 + 0.0816
= 19.2375 in2

Check the opening per Appendix 1-7
Area required within 75 percent of the limits of reinforcement

= 2/3 * A = (2/3)*19.0271 = 12.6847 in2
Area that is within 75 percent of the limits of reinforcement is:
A1 = larger of 0.0915 or
= (2*limits - d)*(E1*t - F*tr) - 2*tn*(E1*t - F*tr)*(1 - fr1)

= (2*13.5938 - 18.125)*(1*1.0625 - 1*1.0498) - 2*2.5325*(1*1.0625 - 1*1.0498)*(1 - 1)
= 0.1154 in2
Area = A1 + A2 + A3 + A41 + A42 + A43 + A5

= 0.1154 + 9.8308 + 8.9538 + 0.1406 + 0 + 0.0816 + 0
= 19.1222 in2
The area placement requirements of Appendix 1-7 are satisfied.
The opening is not within the size range defined by 1-7(b)(1)(a) and (b) so it is exempt from the requirements of
1-7(b)(2),(3) and (4).
Rn/R ratio does not exceed 0.7 so a U-2(g) analysis is not required per 1-7(b)(1)(c).
47/106
N2 4" 600# RF LWN GAS OUTLET (N2)
Leg41 = 0.375 in
Leg43 = 0.375 in
hnew = 0.375 in

(UCS-66(b)(1)(b))
Nozzle nominal wall thickness: 1 in
48/106
UG-45
Nozzle Wall
(in)
The nozzle
passes UG-45
A A A
4.3303 4.4886 0.0525 3.667 0.5469 -- 0.2222 0.3075 1


Nozzle UCS-66 governing thk: 1 in



= 1,440*2.0625/(20,000*1 - 0.6*1,440)
= 0.1552 in
tr = P*Ro/(S*E + 0.4*P)
= 1,440*15/(20,000*1 + 0.4*1,440)
= 1.0498 in
49/106

A = d*tr*F + 2*tn*tr*F*(1 - fr1)

= 4.125*1.0498*1 + 2*0.9375*1.0498*1*(1 - 1)
= 4.3303 in2

= 4.125*(1*1.0625 - 1*1.0498) - 2*0.9375*(1*1.0625 - 1*1.0498)*(1 - 1)
= 0.0525 in2

= 2*(1.0625 + 0.9375)*(1*1.0625 - 1*1.0498) - 2*0.9375*(1*1.0625 - 1*1.0498)*(1 - 1)
= 0.0509 in2
= 5*(0.9375 - 0.1552)*1*1.0625
= 4.156 in2
= 5*(0.9375 - 0.1552)*1*0.9375
= 3.667 in2
= 5*t*ti*fr2
= 5*1.0625*0.875*1
= 4.6484 in2
= 5*ti*ti*fr2
= 5*0.875*0.875*1
= 3.8281 in2
= 2*h*ti*fr2
= 2*0.3125*0.875*1
= 0.5469 in2
A41 = Leg2*fr2
= 0.3752*1
= 0.1406 in2
50/106
A43 = Leg2*fr2
= 0.28572*1
= 0.0816 in2
Area = A1 + A2 + A3 + A41 + A43

= 0.0525 + 3.667 + 0.5469 + 0.1406 + 0.0816
= 4.4886 in2
UW-16(c) Weld Check

tc(actual) = 0.7*Leg = 0.7*0.375 = 0.2625 in

Available nozzle wall thickness new, tn = 1 in
51/106
N3 2" 600# RF LWN OIL OUT (N3)
Leg41 = 0.375 in
Leg43 = 0.375 in
hnew = 0.375 in

(UCS-66(b)(1)(b))
52/106
UG-45 Nozzle
(in2) Thickness
The nozzle passes
UG-45
A A A

0.2515 0.655





= 1,440.487*1.0625/(20,000*1 - 0.6*1,440.487)
= 0.08 in
tr = P*Ro/(S*E + 0.4*P)
= 1,440.487*15/(20,000*1 + 0.4*1,440.487)
= 1.0501 in
53/106
UW-16(c) Weld Check

tc(actual) = 0.7*Leg = 0.7*0.375 = 0.2625 in

54/106
N4 2" 600# RF LWN WATER OUT (N4)
Leg41 = 0.375 in
Leg43 = 0.375 in
hnew = 0.375 in

(UCS-66(b)(1)(b))
55/106
UG-45 Nozzle
(in2) Thickness
The nozzle passes
UG-45
A A A

0.2515 0.655





= 1,440.487*1.0625/(20,000*1 - 0.6*1,440.487)
= 0.08 in
tr = P*Ro/(S*E + 0.4*P)
= 1,440.487*15/(20,000*1 + 0.4*1,440.487)
= 1.0501 in
56/106
UW-16(c) Weld Check

tc(actual) = 0.7*Leg = 0.7*0.375 = 0.2625 in

57/106
N5A 2" 600# RF LWN OIL LVL CONTROL (N5A)
Leg41 = 0.375 in
Leg43 = 0.375 in
hnew = 0.375 in

(UCS-66(b)(1)(b))
End of nozzle to shell center: 19.5185 in
Offset from center, Lo: -6.5 in
58/106
UG-45 Nozzle
For P = 1440 psi @ 120 °F
Thickness
The nozzle passes
UG-45
A A A
1.2496 3.8513 1.7795 1.5183 0.3313 -- 0.2222 0.2515 0.655





= 1,440*1.0625/(20,000*1 - 0.6*1,440)
= 0.08 in
tr = P*Ro/(S*E + 0.4*P)
= 1,440*15/(20,000*1 + 0.4*1,440)
= 1.0498 in
59/106

A = d*tr*F + 2*tn*tr*F*(1 - fr1)

= 2.3808*1.0498*0.5 + 2*0.5925*1.0498*0.5*(1 - 1)
= 1.2496 in2

= 2.3808*(1*1.0625 - 0.5*1.0498) - 2*0.5925*(1*1.0625 - 0.5*1.0498)*(1 - 1)
= 1.28 in2

= 2*(1.0625 + 0.5925)*(1*1.0625 - 0.5*1.0498) - 2*0.5925*(1*1.0625 - 0.5*1.0498)*(1 - 1)
= 1.7795 in2
= 5*(0.5925 - 0.08)*1*1.0625
= 2.7227 in2
= 5*(0.5925 - 0.08)*1*0.5925
= 1.5183 in2
= 5*t*ti*fr2
= 5*1.0625*0.53*1
= 2.8156 in2
= 5*ti*ti*fr2
= 5*0.53*0.53*1
= 1.4045 in2
= 2*h*ti*fr2
= 2*0.3125*0.53*1
= 0.3313 in2
A41 = Leg2*fr2
= 0.3752*1
= 0.1406 in2
60/106
A43 = Leg2*fr2
= 0.28572*1
= 0.0816 in2
Area = A1 + A2 + A3 + A41 + A43

= 1.7795 + 1.5183 + 0.3313 + 0.1406 + 0.0816
= 3.8513 in2
UW-16(c) Weld Check

tc(actual) = 0.7*Leg = 0.7*0.375 = 0.2625 in

61/106
UG-45 Nozzle
(in2) Thickness
For P = 1440 psi @ 120 °F Summary (in)
The nozzle passes
UG-45
A A A

0.2515 0.655




= 1,440*1.0625/(20,000*1 - 0.6*1,440)
= 0.08 in
tr = P*Ro/(S*E + 0.4*P)
= 1,440*15/(20,000*1 + 0.4*1,440)
= 1.0498 in
62/106

63/106
N5B 2" 600# RF LWN OIL LVL CONTROL (N5B)
Leg41 = 0.375 in
Leg43 = 0.375 in
hnew = 0.375 in

(UCS-66(b)(1)(b))
Offset from center, Lo: 7.5 in
64/106
UG-45 Nozzle
For P = 1440.24 psi @ 120 °F
Thickness
The nozzle passes
UG-45
A A A
1.3065 3.851 1.7792 1.5183 0.3313 -- 0.2222 0.2515 0.655





= 1,440.244*1.0625/(20,000*1 - 0.6*1,440.244)
= 0.08 in
tr = P*Ro/(S*E + 0.4*P)
= 1,440.244*15/(20,000*1 + 0.4*1,440.244)
= 1.0499 in
65/106

A = d*tr*F + 2*tn*tr*F*(1 - fr1)

= 2.4887*1.0499*0.5 + 2*0.5925*1.0499*0.5*(1 - 1)
= 1.3065 in2

= 2.4887*(1*1.0625 - 0.5*1.0499) - 2*0.5925*(1*1.0625 - 0.5*1.0499)*(1 - 1)
= 1.3378 in2

= 2*(1.0625 + 0.5925)*(1*1.0625 - 0.5*1.0499) - 2*0.5925*(1*1.0625 - 0.5*1.0499)*(1 - 1)
= 1.7792 in2
= 5*(0.5925 - 0.08)*1*1.0625
= 2.7227 in2
= 5*(0.5925 - 0.08)*1*0.5925
= 1.5183 in2
= 5*t*ti*fr2
= 5*1.0625*0.53*1
= 2.8156 in2
= 5*ti*ti*fr2
= 5*0.53*0.53*1
= 1.4045 in2
= 2*h*ti*fr2
= 2*0.3125*0.53*1
= 0.3313 in2
A41 = Leg2*fr2
= 0.3752*1
= 0.1406 in2
66/106
A43 = Leg2*fr2
= 0.28572*1
= 0.0816 in2
Area = A1 + A2 + A3 + A41 + A43

= 1.7792 + 1.5183 + 0.3313 + 0.1406 + 0.0816
= 3.851 in2
UW-16(c) Weld Check

tc(actual) = 0.7*Leg = 0.7*0.375 = 0.2625 in

67/106
UG-45 Nozzle
(in2) Thickness
The nozzle passes
UG-45
A A A

0.2515 0.655




= 1,440.244*1.0625/(20,000*1 - 0.6*1,440.244)
= 0.08 in
tr = P*Ro/(S*E + 0.4*P)
= 1,440.244*15/(20,000*1 + 0.4*1,440.244)
= 1.0499 in
68/106

69/106
N6A 2" 600# RF LWN WTR LVL CONTROL (N6A)
Leg41 = 0.375 in
Leg43 = 0.375 in
hnew = 0.375 in

(UCS-66(b)(1)(b))
Offset from center, Lo: -3 in
70/106
UG-45 Nozzle
(in2) Thickness
The nozzle passes
UG-45
A A A

0.2515 0.655





= 1,440*1.0625/(20,000*1 - 0.6*1,440)
= 0.08 in
tr = P*Ro/(S*E + 0.4*P)
= 1,440*15/(20,000*1 + 0.4*1,440)
= 1.0498 in
71/106
UW-16(c) Weld Check

tc(actual) = 0.7*Leg = 0.7*0.375 = 0.2625 in

72/106
UG-45 Nozzle
(in2) Thickness
The nozzle passes
UG-45
A A A

0.2515 0.655




= 1,440*1.0625/(20,000*1 - 0.6*1,440)
= 0.08 in
tr = P*Ro/(S*E + 0.4*P)
= 1,440*15/(20,000*1 + 0.4*1,440)
= 1.0498 in
73/106

74/106
N6B 2" 600# RF LWN WTR LVL CONTROL (N6B)
Leg41 = 0.375 in
Leg43 = 0.375 in
hnew = 0.375 in

Nozzle material specification: SA-105 (II-D p. 14, ln. 6) (normalized)
(UCS-66(b)(1)(b))
Offset from center, Lo: 11 in
75/106
UG-45 Nozzle
For P = 1440.36 psi @ 120 °F
Thickness
The nozzle passes
UG-45
A A A
1.7342 3.8509 1.7791 1.5183 0.3313 -- 0.2222 0.2515 0.655





= 1,440.357*1.0625/(20,000*1 - 0.6*1,440.357)
= 0.08 in
tr = P*Ro/(S*E + 0.4*P)
= 1,440.357*15/(20,000*1 + 0.4*1,440.357)
= 1.05 in
76/106

A = d*tr*F + 2*tn*tr*F*(1 - fr1)

= 3.3032*1.05*0.5 + 2*0.5925*1.05*0.5*(1 - 1)
= 1.7342 in2

= 3.3032*(1*1.0625 - 0.5*1.05) - 2*0.5925*(1*1.0625 - 0.5*1.05)*(1 - 1)
= 1.7754 in2

= 2*(1.0625 + 0.5925)*(1*1.0625 - 0.5*1.05) - 2*0.5925*(1*1.0625 - 0.5*1.05)*(1 - 1)
= 1.7791 in2
= 5*(0.5925 - 0.08)*1*1.0625
= 2.7227 in2
= 5*(0.5925 - 0.08)*1*0.5925
= 1.5183 in2
= 5*t*ti*fr2
= 5*1.0625*0.53*1
= 2.8156 in2
= 5*ti*ti*fr2
= 5*0.53*0.53*1
= 1.4045 in2
= 2*h*ti*fr2
= 2*0.3125*0.53*1
= 0.3313 in2
A41 = Leg2*fr2
= 0.3752*1
= 0.1406 in2
77/106
A43 = Leg2*fr2
= 0.28572*1
= 0.0816 in2
Area = A1 + A2 + A3 + A41 + A43

= 1.7791 + 1.5183 + 0.3313 + 0.1406 + 0.0816
= 3.8509 in2
UW-16(c) Weld Check

tc(actual) = 0.7*Leg = 0.7*0.375 = 0.2625 in

78/106
UG-45 Nozzle
(in2) Thickness
The nozzle passes
UG-45
A A A

0.2515 0.655




= 1,440.357*1.0625/(20,000*1 - 0.6*1,440.357)
= 0.08 in
tr = P*Ro/(S*E + 0.4*P)
= 1,440.357*15/(20,000*1 + 0.4*1,440.357)
= 1.05 in
79/106

80/106
N7A 2" 600# RF LWN LSL/LSL BRIDLE (N7A)
Leg41 = 0.375 in
Leg43 = 0.375 in
hnew = 0.375 in

(UCS-66(b)(1)(b))
81/106
UG-45 Nozzle
(in2) Thickness
The nozzle passes
UG-45
A A A

0.2515 0.655





= 1,440*1.0625/(20,000*1 - 0.6*1,440)
= 0.08 in
tr = P*Ro/(S*E + 0.4*P)
= 1,440*15/(20,000*1 + 0.4*1,440)
= 1.0498 in
82/106
UW-16(c) Weld Check

tc(actual) = 0.7*Leg = 0.7*0.375 = 0.2625 in

83/106
N7B 2" 600# RF LWN LSL/LSL BRIDLE (N7B)
Leg41 = 0.375 in
Leg43 = 0.375 in
hnew = 0.375 in

(UCS-66(b)(1)(b))
84/106
UG-45 Nozzle
(in2) Thickness
The nozzle passes
UG-45
A A A

0.2515 0.655





= 1,440.487*1.0625/(20,000*1 - 0.6*1,440.487)
= 0.08 in
tr = P*Ro/(S*E + 0.4*P)
= 1,440.487*15/(20,000*1 + 0.4*1,440.487)
= 1.0501 in
85/106
UW-16(c) Weld Check

tc(actual) = 0.7*Leg = 0.7*0.375 = 0.2625 in

86/106
N8A 2" 600# RF LWN WATER LSL/LG (N8A)
Leg41 = 0.375 in
Leg43 = 0.375 in
hnew = 0.375 in
Located on: 30" OD 2:1 RIGHT HEAD

(UCS-66(b)(1)(b))
End of nozzle to datum line: -18 in
87/106
UG-45 Nozzle
(in2) Thickness
The nozzle passes
UG-45
A A A

0.2515 0.655





= 1,440*1.0625/(20,000*1 - 0.6*1,440)
= 0.08 in
Required thickness tr from UG-37(a)(c)
tr = P*K1*Do/(2*S*E + 0.8*P)
= 1,440*0.9*30/(2*20,000*1 + 0.8*1,440)
= 0.9448 in
88/106
UW-16(c) Weld Check

tc(actual) = 0.7*Leg = 0.7*0.375 = 0.2625 in

89/106
N8B 2" 600# RF LWN WATER LSL/LG (N8B)
Leg41 = 0.375 in
Leg43 = 0.375 in
hnew = 0.375 in
Located on: 30" OD 2:1 RIGHT HEAD

(UCS-66(b)(1)(b))
End of nozzle to datum line: -18 in
90/106
UG-45 Nozzle
(in2) Thickness
The nozzle passes
UG-45
A A A

0.2515 0.655





= 1,440.325*1.0625/(20,000*1 - 0.6*1,440.325)
= 0.08 in
tr = P*Do*K / (2*S*E + 2*P*(K - 0.1))

= 1,440.33*30*0.994061 / (2*20,000*1 + 2*1,440.33*(0.994061 - 0.1))
= 1.0089"
91/106
UW-16(c) Weld Check

tc(actual) = 0.7*Leg = 0.7*0.375 = 0.2625 in

92/106
N9A 2" 600# RF LWN RELIEF VALVE (N9A)
Leg41 = 0.375 in
Leg43 = 0.375 in
hnew = 0.375 in

(UCS-66(b)(1)(b))
93/106
UG-45 Nozzle
(in2) Thickness
The nozzle passes
UG-45
A A A

0.2515 0.655





= 1,440*1.0625/(20,000*1 - 0.6*1,440)
= 0.08 in
tr = P*Ro/(S*E + 0.4*P)
= 1,440*15/(20,000*1 + 0.4*1,440)
= 1.0498 in
94/106
UW-16(c) Weld Check

tc(actual) = 0.7*Leg = 0.7*0.375 = 0.2625 in

95/106
N9B 2" 600# RF LWN RELIEF VALVE (N9B)
Leg41 = 0.375 in
Leg43 = 0.375 in
hnew = 0.375 in

(UCS-66(b)(1)(b))
96/106
UG-45 Nozzle
(in2) Thickness
The nozzle passes
UG-45
A A A

0.2515 0.655





= 1,440*1.0625/(20,000*1 - 0.6*1,440)
= 0.08 in
tr = P*Ro/(S*E + 0.4*P)
= 1,440*15/(20,000*1 + 0.4*1,440)
= 1.0498 in
97/106
UW-16(c) Weld Check

tc(actual) = 0.7*Leg = 0.7*0.375 = 0.2625 in

98/106
SADDLE
Saddle material: SA-516-70

Saddle construction is: Web at edge of rib
Saddle allowable stress: Ss = 20,000psi
Saddle yield stress: Sy = 38,000psi
Saddle distance to datum: 18.5 in
Tangent to tangent length: L = 124 in
Saddle separation: Ls = 77 in
Vessel radius: R = 15 in
Tangent distance left: Al = 23.5 in
Tangent distance right: Ar = 23.5 in
Saddle height: Hs = 39 in
Saddle contact angle: θ = 120 °
Web plate thickness: ts = 0.375 in
Base plate length: E = 26 in
Base plate width: F= 4 in
Base plate thickness: tb = 0.375 in
Number of stiffener ribs: n= 2
Largest stiffener rib spacing: di = 25.625in
Stiffener rib thickness: tw = 0.375 in
Saddle width: B= 4 in
Anchor bolt size & type: 0.75 inch coarse threaded
Anchor bolt material: SA-307
Anchor bolt allowable shear: 15,000psi
Anchor bolt corrosion allowance: 0 in
Anchor bolts per saddle: 2
Base coefficient of friction: µ = 0.45
Weight on left saddle: operating corr =4,053 lb, test new =4,988 lb
Weight on right saddle: operating corr =3,755 lb, test new =4,689 lb
Weight of saddle pair =212 lb
99/106
Notes:
(1) Saddle calculations are based on the method presented in "Stresses in Large Cylindrical Pressure Vessels on
Two Saddle Supports" by L.P. Zick.
Bending + pressure Bending + pressure at

between saddles the saddle
Vessel
Load
condition (psi) (psi)
S1 allow S1 allow S2 allow S2 allow

(+) (+) (-) (-) (+) (+) (-) (-)
Weight Operating 9,480 20,000 33 17,341 9,730 20,000 282 17,341
Weight Test 11,590 34,200 38 17,341 11,883 34,200 331 17,341
Stress
Tangential Circumferential over Splitting
Load
Vessel shear (psi) stress (psi) saddle (psi)
condition (psi)
S4 allow
S3 allow S5 allow S6 allow
(horns) (+/-)
Weight Operating 181 16,000 -378 30,000 439 18,540 440 13,333
Weight Test 210 27,360 -419 34,200 497 34,200 541 34,200
Load Case 1: Weight ,Operating
Longitudinal stress between saddles (Weight ,Operating, left saddle loading and geometry govern)
S1 = +- 3*K1*Q*(L/12) / (π*R2*t)
= 3*0.1813*4,053*(124/12) / (π*14.46882*1.0625)
= 33 psi
Sp = P*R/(2*t)
= 1,440.45*13.9375/(2*1.0625)
= 9,448 psi
Maximum tensile stress S1t = S1 + Sp = 9,480 psi

Maximum compressive stress (shut down) S1c = S1 = 33 psi
Tensile stress is acceptable (<=1*S*E = 20,000 psi)

Compressive stress is acceptable (<=1*Sc = 17,341 psi)
Longitudinal stress at the left saddle (Weight ,Operating)
Le = 2*(Left head depth)/3 + L + 2*(Right head depth)/3

= 2*8.0625/3 + 124 + 2*8.0625/3
= 134.75 in
w = Wt/Le = 7,808/134.75 = 57.94 lb/in
Bending moment at the left saddle:
100/106
Mq = w*(2*H*Al/3 + Al2/2 - (R2 - H2)/4)
= 57.94*(2*8.0625*23.5/3 + 23.52/2 - (152 - 8.06252)/4)
= 21,001.3 lb-in
S2 = +- Mq*K1'/ (π*R2*t)
= 21,001.3*9.3799/ (π*14.46882*1.0625)
= 282 psi
Sp = P*R/(2*t)
= 1,440.45*13.9375/(2*1.0625)
= 9,448 psi

Tensile stress is acceptable (<=1*S = 20,000 psi)

Tangential shear stress in the shell (left saddle, Weight ,Operating)
Qshear = Q - w*(a + 2*H/3)

= 4,053 - 57.94*(23.5 + 2*8.0625/3)
= 2,379.86 lbf
S3 = K2.2*Qshear/(R*t)
= 1.1707*2,379.86/(14.4688*1.0625)
= 181 psi
Tangential shear stress is acceptable (<= 0.8*S = 16,000 psi)
Circumferential stress at the left saddle horns (Weight ,Operating)
S4 = -Q/(4*t*(b+1.56*Sqr(Ro*t))) - 3*K3*Q/(2*t2)
= -4,053/(4*1.0625*(4+1.56*Sqr(15*1.0625))) - 3*0.0529*4,053/(2*1.06252)
= -378 psi
Circumferential stress at saddle horns is acceptable (<=1.5*Sa = 30,000 psi)
Ring compression in shell over left saddle (Weight ,Operating)
S5 = K5*Q/((t)*(ts + 1.56*Sqr(Ro*tc)))
= 0.7603*4,053/((1.0625)*(0.375 + 1.56*Sqr(15*1.0625)))
= 439 psi
Ring compression in shell is acceptable (<= 0.5*Sy = 18,540 psi)
Saddle splitting load (left, Weight ,Operating)
Area resisting splitting force = Web area + wear plate area
Ae = Heff*ts + tp*Wp
= 5*0.375 + 0*0
= 1.875 in2
S6 = K8*Q / Ae
= 0.2035*4,053 / 1.875
= 440 psi
101/106
Stress in saddle is acceptable (<= (2/3)*Ss = 13,333 psi)
Load Case 2: Weight ,Test
Longitudinal stress between saddles (Weight ,Test, left saddle loading and geometry govern)
S1 = +- 3*K1*Q*(L/12) / (π*R2*t)
= 3*0.1813*4,988*(124/12) / (π*14.43752*1.125)
= 38 psi
Sp = P*R/(2*t)
= 1,873.29*13.875/(2*1.125)
= 11,552 psi

Tensile stress is acceptable (<= 0.9*Sy = 34,200 psi)

Longitudinal stress at the left saddle (Weight ,Test)
Le = 2*(Left head depth)/3 + L + 2*(Right head depth)/3

= 2*8.0625/3 + 124 + 2*8.0625/3
= 134.75 in
w = Wt/Le = 9,677/134.75 = 71.81 lb/in
Bending moment at the left saddle:
Mq = w*(2*H*Al/3 + Al2/2 - (R2 - H2)/4)

= 71.81*(2*8.0625*23.5/3 + 23.52/2 - (152 - 8.06252)/4)
= 26,028.3 lb-in
S2 = +- Mq*K1'/ (π*R2*t)
= 26,028.3*9.3799/ (π*14.43752*1.125)
= 331 psi
Sp = P*R/(2*t)
= 1,873.29*13.875/(2*1.125)
= 11,552 psi

Tensile stress is acceptable (<= 0.9*Sy = 34,200 psi)

Tangential shear stress in the shell (left saddle, Weight ,Test)
Qshear = Q - w*(a + 2*H/3)

= 4,988 - 71.81*(23.5 + 2*8.0625/3)
= 2,914.36 lbf
S3 = K2.2*Qshear/(R*t)
= 1.1707*2,914.36/(14.4375*1.125)
102/106
= 210 psi
Tangential shear stress is acceptable (<= 0.8*(0.9*Sy) = 27,360 psi)
Circumferential stress at the left saddle horns (Weight ,Test)
S4 = -Q/(4*t*(b+1.56*Sqr(Ro*t))) - 3*K3*Q/(2*t2)
= -4,988/(4*1.125*(4+1.56*Sqr(15*1.125))) - 3*0.0529*4,988/(2*1.1252)
= -419 psi
Circumferential stress at saddle horns is acceptable (<= 0.9*Sy = 34,200 psi)
Ring compression in shell over left saddle (Weight ,Test)
S5 = K5*Q/((t)*(ts + 1.56*Sqr(Ro*tc)))
= 0.7603*4,988/((1.125)*(0.375 + 1.56*Sqr(15*1.125)))
= 497 psi
Ring compression in shell is acceptable (<= 0.9*Sy = 34,200 psi)
Saddle splitting load (left, Weight ,Test)
Area resisting splitting force = Web area + wear plate area
Ae = Heff*ts + tp*Wp
= 5*0.375 + 0*0
= 1.875 in2
S6 = K8*Q / Ae
= 0.2035*4,988 / 1.875
= 541 psi
Stress in saddle is acceptable (<= 0.9*Sy = 34,200 psi)
Shear stress in anchor bolting, one end slotted
Maximum seismic or wind base shear = 0 lbf
Thermal expansion base shear = W*µ = 4,159 * 0.45= 1,871.55 lbf
Corroded root area for a 0.75 inch coarse threaded bolt = 0.302 in2 ( 2 per saddle )
Bolt shear stress = 1,871.55/(0.302*2) = 3,099 psi
Anchor bolt stress is acceptable (<= 15,000 psi)
Web plate buckling check (Escoe pg 251)
Allowable compressive stress Sc is the lesser of 20,000 or 7,185 psi: (7,185)
Sc = Ki*π2*E/(12*(1 - 0.32)*(di/tw)2)
= 1.28*π2*29E+06/(12*(1 - 0.32)*(25.625/0.375)2)
= 7,185 psi
Allowable compressive load on the saddle
be = di*ts/(di*ts + 2*tw*(b - 1))
103/106
= 25.625*0.375/(25.625*0.375 + 2*0.375*(4 - 1))
= 0.8103
Fb = n*(As + 2*be*tw)*Sc
= 2*(1.3594 + 2*0.8103*0.375)*7,185
= 28,266.53 lbf
Saddle loading of 5,094 lbf is <= Fb; satisfactory.
Primary bending + axial stress in the saddle due to end loads (assumes one saddle slotted)
σb = V * (Hs - xo)* y / I + Q / A
= 0 * (39 - 12.4049)* 2.877 / 8.8 + 4,053 / 12.4615
= 325 psi
The primary bending + axial stress in the saddle <= 20,000 psi; satisfactory.
Secondary bending + axial stress in the saddle due to end loads (includes thermal expansion, assumes one
saddle slotted)
σb = V * (Hs - xo)* y / I + Q / A
= 1,871.55 * (39 - 12.4049)* 2.877 / 8.8 + 4,053 / 12.4615
= 16,595 psi
The secondary bending + axial stress in the saddle < 2*Sy= 76,000 psi; satisfactory.
Saddle base plate thickness check (Roark sixth edition, Table 26, case 7a)
where a = 25.625, b = 3.625 in
tb = (β1*q*b2/(1.5*Sa))0.5
= (3*49*3.6252/(1.5*20,000))0.5
= 0.2537 in
The base plate thickness of 0.375 in is adequate.
Foundation bearing check
Sf = Qmax / (F*E)
= 5,094 / (4*26)
= 49 psi
Concrete bearing stress < 750 psi ; satisfactory.
104/106
Liquid Level bounded by 30" OD 2:1 RIGHT HEAD
Location from Center Line 0.0000"
Operating Liquid Specific Gravity 0.9000

Test liquid specific gravity 1.0000
105/106
VANE MEX
Distance from bottom of bed to datum: 54.00"

Bed depth: 8.00"
Bed diameter: 27.25"
Bed density: 10.00 lb/ft3
Liquid holdup: 0.00% of dry weight
Estimated bed weight, Empty: 27.00 lb

Estimated bed weight, Operating 27.00 lb
Included in vessel lift weight: No

Present when vessel is empty: Yes
Present during hydrotest: Yes
106/106
S/N 06-524
S/N 06-525
S/O 511716
S/O 521197
Standard Welding Procedures with Supporting PQR's
Stainless Steel
Case Gauges
ITH
NOW W
™
PPerLfoUrmSan!ce
BULLETIN SS-1
2
Introduction
Ashcroft® Stainless Steel Case Pressure Gauges
For demanding applications where We offer our stainless steel case standard with a 3/2/3% ASME Grade B
corrosion resistance and reliable opera- pressure gauges in a selection of accu- accuracy.
tion are critical, look to Ashcroft® stain- racies, materials and sizes to meet the Dial size — Available in 21⁄2˝ through 6˝
less steel case pressure gauges to fulfill wide-ranging requirements of the indus- and 40mm through 100mm dial sizes,
your requirements. These designs per- trial marketplace. When selecting an Ashcroft selection of stainless steel
form well in many applications where Ashcroft stainless steel case gauge, gauge case sizes is unsurpassed.
vibration, pulsation and mechanical consider the following: Connections — 1⁄8 NPT, 1⁄4 NPT,
1
shock are present. Offered in stainless Process media — Ashcroft stainless ⁄2 NPT, JIS, BSP, and automotive
steel, including a stainless steel case, steel case gauges are available in a connections available.
bourdon tube, socket and movement, broad range of bourdon tube and sock- Mounting requirements — Ashcroft
these gauges meet the needs of many et materials to suit your product needs. stainless steel case gauges are avail-
corrosive environments. Pressure gauge range — A wide able for stem, surface or flush mounting.
Stainless steel gauges ensure long selection of ranges from vacuum
service life in the harshest, most through 15,000 psi (up to 30,000 psi on Dresser Instrument offers two series
demanding environments. Applications 41⁄2˝ and 6˝ 1009) including compound of Ashcroft gauges — Type 1008 and
where Ashcroft stainless steel case and metric ranges are available. 1009 to meet your stainless steel case
gauges are typically used for their last- Operating environment — All Ashcroft requirements.
ing performance include process and stainless steel case gauges have a 304
chemical plants, petrochemical refiner- series stainless steel case and ring and
ies, pharmaceutical, food and beverage are available hermetically sealed or
processing, and pulp and paper mills. weatherproof. They are also available
Ashcroft stainless steel case gauges liquid filled with a built-in throttle plug to
will perform well: help protect the gauge against pressure
surges or spikes.
• In applications where vibration, pulsa- Accuracy requirements — Ashcroft
tion and mechanical shock are major Type 1009 gauges come standard with
factors. 1% full scale ASME Grade 1A accuracy.
• In corrosive environments when a Ashcroft Type 1008 gauges come
stainless steel case and ring are
required.
CONTENTS
Page
2&3 Introduction
4&5 Features & Benefits
6&7 Other Stainless Steel Case Gauges
Warranty and Movement
8&9 Specification Matrix
10 & 11 Product Selection and
Media Application
12 & 13 1008 Range Tables
14 1009 Range Tables
15 Options
16 How to Order
17 1008 General Dimensions
18 & 19 1009 General Dimensions
3
Introduction
Ashcroft Stainless Steel Case Pressure Gauges
®
4
4
Features & Benefits

Ashcroft® Stainless Steel Case 1008 Pressure Gauges
Type 1008 Stainless Steel Case • Because weld nuts are standard on all Features of the 40mm and 50mm
Gauge — 63mm and 100mm back-connect gauges, you will enjoy 1008 gauges include:
Case Sizes the flexibility to panel mount any back- • Stainless steel case and ring for maxi-
These stainless steel case gauges connect gauge. mum resistance to corrosion.
offer reliable performance under the • The date of manufacture is coded on • 316 stainless steel bourdon tube and
most demanding applications where the socket of each gauge for quality socket for maximum resistance to
vibration and pulsation dominate the assurance.* corrosion.
operating conditions. They are offered • We ship all gauges in a unique car- • Available with front flange or U-clamp
in a selection of metric case sizes in ton-within-carton package, so your for panel mounting.
stem, surface or panel mounting to gauges arrive in good condition. • Available with PLUS!™ or liquid fill in
meet a variety of requirements. • These Ashcroft gauges are made in lower or back connections for better
63mm and 100mm Type 1008 pres- the USA — for the best availability and performance and longer gauge life in
sure gauge ranges, with the patented quality! Need it now? Ashcroft Gold pulsating and vibrating applications.
PowerFlex™ movement, are designed Service offers 2-5 day shipment. • Ranges from vacuum through
for maximum life under pulsating ser- 40mm and 50mm Case Sizes 15,000 psi, including compound.
vice conditions. The 40mm and 50mm sizes of our Type
The 63mm and 100mm sizes of our 1008 gauges share some of their own Type 1009 Stainless Steel Case
Type 1008 gauges share some unique unique features. These gauges bring all Gauge —21⁄2˝ and 31⁄2˝ Case Sizes
features that offer benefits not available stainless steel construction (case, ring, The Type 1009 Duralife® gauge in
elsewhere. bourdon tube and socket) to the 21⁄2˝ and 31⁄2˝ case sizes represents
• Because the socket of the 1008S is requirement for smaller dial diameters. another technological breakthrough in
welded to the case, the gauge is gauge manufacture. Duralife® 1009
stronger and more durable, with less gauges provide significant features and
risk of liquid-filled gauges leaking. And benefits for many applications and are
because there are no screws needed offered in stem, surface or panel mount
to hold the system in place, we elimi- configurations.
nate leak paths when the gauge is The combination of features in the
liquid filled. 1009 Ashcroft Duralife® gauge reflects
• The patented PowerFlex™ movement the finest in gauge technology for
offers superior shock, vibration and
pulsation performance.
• True Zero™ indication with no stop pin
– a unique safety benefit.
Type 1008 shown
*Excludes 1008A
5
5
Features & Benefits

Ashcroft Stainless Steel-Case 1009 Pressure Gauges
®
vibration, shock and pulsation applica- • The patented PowerFlex™ movement • Type 1009S Duralife® gauges are all-
tions. Pressure ranges from vacuum offers superior shock, vibration and stainless steel construction for maxi-
through 15,000 psi, including com- pulsation performance, resulting in mum resistance to corrosion.
pound, are available. Metric ranges are outstanding durability. • Because these gauges are fully
also offered. All 21⁄2˝ and 31⁄2˝ Duralife® • The True Zero™ indication with no recalibratable, there is no need to pur-
gauges are manufactured to ASME stop pin is a unique safety benefit. chase a new gauge if recalibration is
Grade 1A accuracy of 1% over the • With weld nuts standard on all back- needed — this benefit includes zero
entire dial arc. They offer zero and span connect gauges, you have the flexi- and span adjustments. (Consult
adjustments and can be recalibrated in bility to panel mount any back- ASME B40.1 for gauge life and
the field. connect gauge. recalibration.)
The 21⁄2˝ and 31⁄2˝ Type 1009 Duralife® • An optional external adjust or Easy • Five-Year Warranty gives you the best
gauges share some unique features that Zero™ feature on the 31⁄2˝ 1009 is total value.
offer benefits not available elsewhere. offered on both dry and liquid filled • Ashcroft Duralife® gauges are made
• Because the socket is welded to the versions. Adjustment tolerances are in the USA — for the best availability
case, the gauge is stronger and more ±5% of full scale range. and quality!
durable, with less risk of liquid-filled • Each gauge is date coded on the 41⁄2˝ & 6˝ Case Sizes
leaking since there are no screws socket for quality assurance. The 41⁄2˝ and 6˝ sizes of our Type
needed to hold the system in place. • We ship all gauges in a unique 1009 gauges share some of their own
Potential leak paths are eliminated. carton-within-carton package, so your unique features. Built for long life and
gauges arrive in good condition — far sustained accuracy under the most
fewer gauges are received out of cali- adverse operating conditions, these
bration with our “leading-edge” pack- gauges are available with many fea-
aging method. tures that offer benefits you won’t find
elsewhere:
• Stainless steel case and ring for
maximum resistance to corrosion.
• Adjustable micrometer pointer for field
recalibration.
• Rotary geared movement for field
linearity adjustment.
• Variety of bourdon tube materials to
meet many different application
requirements.
• Available liquid filled in lower or back
connections for better performance
and longer gauge life in pulsating and
vibrating applications.
• Pressure ranges from vacuum
through 30,000 psi.
Type 1009 shown

6
Other Stainless Steel Case Gauges

PLUS!™ Performance Hydraulic Gauges Refrigeration Gauges Liquid-Filled Gauges

An exclusive, new, option- These gauges are espe- Available with 63mm and Constant lubrication of the
al feature provides virtually cially suitable for applications 100mm Type 1008 gauges movement minimizes wear
liquid-filled performance in a on hydraulic presses, pumps and 21⁄2" through 6" Type on all moving gauge parts.
dry gauge. and systems using high- 1009 gauges, these Ashcroft The liquid fill, usually glyc-
The Ashcroft PLUS!™ fea- pressure hydraulic fluids. gauges have corresponding erin or silicone, acts as a
ture is a patent-pending 41⁄2˝ and 6˝ Type 1009 temperature scales for refrig- dampening agent for the
design incorporated into the gauges for this application erants 11, 12, 22, 114, 123, bourdon tube and move-
industry-standard Ashcroft are offered with a throttle 134A, 500, 502 and ammo- ment, thus reducing gauge
pressure gauge. plug and slotted link to pro- nia. To meet the stringent pointer flutter. Under
Historically, pulsation and tect the movement and sys- requirements of an ammonia adverse environmental con-
vibration have reduced tem of the gauge from refrigeration system, a ditions, corrosive elements
gauge life and made gauges severe pressure spikes and gauge with a stainless steel may attack internal parts
difficult to read. surges. A liquid-filled gauge tube and socket is recom- and shorten gauge service
Customers have had no is also available to help pro- mended. Both 41⁄2˝ and 6˝ life. Liquid filling a gauge
alternative to liquid-filled tect internal moving parts of Type 1009 gauges can be helps prevent corrosive
gauges to solve vibration and the gauge. furnished with a stainless effects caused by adverse
pulsation problems, until now! The 63mm and 100mm steel tube and a steel or environments. All liquid-filled
Advantages Versus Type 1008 gauges and 21⁄2˝ stainless steel socket. gauges 30 psi and above
Liquid-Filled Gauges and 31⁄2˝ Type 1009 gauges Ashcroft stainless steel are fitted with throttle plugs
• Saves money employing the unique Power case refrigeration gauges to provide additional
- Lower purchase price Flex™ movement and a throt- come equipped with all the dampening.
versus liquid-filled gauges tle plug are ideally suited for features made available on Ashcroft stainless steel
- Eliminates costly specialty hydraulic applications where the standard product. case gauges with dial sizes
fills severe service is a considera- Receiver Gauges from 40mm through 100mm
- Allows easy standardiza- tion. Available in dry PLUS!™ Used in conjunction with and 21⁄2˝ through 6˝ are avail-
tion to reduce misapplica- or liquid-filled versions, these pneumatic transmitters, able liquid filled or field liquid
tions gauges will meet your severe Ashcroft® receiver gauges fillable. Simply specify XLJ to
• Reduces possibility of leaks application needs. indicate pressure, tempera- order a stainless steel-case
• Lighter weight…easier to ture, flow or any information gauge that can be filled in
handle that can be transmitted by the field. Gauge accuracy on
• Eliminates liquid-fill lines… proportional variations in air liquid filled Type 1009
easier to read pressure. gauges with 21⁄2˝, 31⁄2˝ or
• Easy recalibration For information concern- 100mm dial size is up to
• Wider ambient temperature ing other receiver gauges 1.5% full scale.
range than glycerin offered, consult Customer
• Eliminates disposal and Service, Stratford, CT.
environmental issues
Advantages Versus
Dry Gauges
• Steady pointer…same as
liquid-filled gauges
• 100% longer life gauges…
reduces gauge usage 50%!
7
Warranty &
Movement
Duralife® 21⁄2,̋ 31⁄2,̋ 100mm
Type 1009 gauges
Panel Gauges The patented pressure system con-

Ashcroft stainless steel case sists of a PowerFlex™ movement and
panel mounted gauges with unitized bourdon tube assembly that
back connections are avail- provides increased gauge life and sta-
able with a three hole front bility. This truly unique design has a
flange or a U-clamp. Gener- stainless steel movement suspended
ally, a front flange is used between the bourdon tube and socket
when there is limited access with a link wire. This spring suspension
to the back of the panel. significantly reduces the level of forces
A U-clamp is the most com- transmitted to the precision moving
mon method of panel parts, greatly extending the wear life in
mounting when there is applications where vibration and pulsa-
access to the back of the tion are constant factors. Since the
panel. Ashcroft back con- system is welded to the case, there are
nect stainless steel gauges no screws to loosen under conditions of
are available for panel pulsation and vibration.
mounting with dial sizes from
40mm through 100mm and
21⁄2˝ thru 6˝. The back con-
nect 21⁄2˝ and 31⁄2˝ Duralife
1009 gauges and the 63mm
and 100mm 1008 gauges
come standard with weld
nuts on the back of the case.
This feature allows for easy
conversion to panel mount-
ing with either a U-clamp or
front flange. The 21⁄2˝ and
31⁄2˝ 1009 lower connect
gauges are also available for
wall mounting with an avail-
able back flange.
Duralife C tube with Helical tube with

PowerFlex™ movement PowerFlex™ movement
furnished with ranges to furnished with ranges
600 psi. from 800 psi and above.
All 21⁄2˝, 31⁄2˝ and 100mm Type 1009

Duralife gauges come standard with a
limited five year warranty. For a copy of
our warranty call or write:
Dresser Instrument
Dresser, Inc.
250 East Main Street
Stratford, CT 06614-5145
203-378-8281
Ask for Customer Service

8
Specification Matrix
Specifications Type 1008, 40mm Type 1008, 50mm Type 1008A, 63-100mm Type 1008S
Accuracy 3-2-3% ASME Grade B 3-2-3% ASME Grade B 3-2-3% ASME Grade B 3-2-3% AS
Case Style Open Front Open Front Open
Case Material 304 Stainless Steel 304 Stainless Steel 304 Stain
Dial Size (Code) 40mm (40) 50mm (50) 63mm (63), 100mm (10) 63mm (63),
Dial Material & Color Aluminum, white background w/black markings
Ring Type 304 Stainless Steel Push-In 304 Stainless Steel Crimped 304 Stainless
Bourdon Tube (Code) 316 Stainless Steel (S) Bronze (A) 316 Stainle
Socket Material 316 Stainless Steel Brass (socket O ring standard) 316 SS, Socke
Range Limits Vac/15,000 psi-(40mm) Vac/15,000 psi-(50mm) Vac/6000 psi Vac/15
Connection Size (Code) 1

⁄8 NPT (01) ⁄8 NPT (01) 1⁄4 NPT (02)
1 1
⁄4 NPT (02) ⁄4 NPT (02),
1
Connection Location Lower (L), Back (B) Lower (L), Back (B) Lower (L)
Mounting Stem, Flush Stem, Flush Stem,

Brass (PowerFlex™) 300 Series SS
Movement 300 Series SS (conventional) with polyester segment with polyest
Pointer Nonadjustable (Aluminum) Nonadjustable (Aluminum) Nonadjustable
Window Glass Polycarbonate Polycar
Warranty One Year One Year One

Options Code
PLUS!™ Performance (LL) N/A N/A Avai
Glycerin Fill (L) Standard Standard Stan
Silicone Fill (GV) N/A Available Avai
Halocarbon Fill (GX) N/A N/A Avai
Weatherproof, hermetic seal (LJ) Available Available Avai
U-Clamp (UC) Available Available Avai
Front Flange Ring (FF) Available Available Avai
Retrofit Flange (RF) N/A Available Avai
Back Flange (FW) N/A N/A N/
Wall Mounting Bracket (BF) N/A N/A N/
Acrylic Window (PD) N/A N/A N/
Polycarbonate Window (PD) Standard on liquid filled gauge Standard Stan
Shatterproof Glass (SG) Available N/A N/

9
, 63-100mm Type 1009, 21⁄2"-31⁄2" Type 1009, 100mm (XMG) Type 1009, 41⁄2" Type 1009, 6"
ME Grade B 1% ASME Grade A 1% ASME Grade A 1% ASME Grade A 1% ASME Grade A
Front Open Front Open Front Open Front Open Front
nless Steel 304 Stainless Steel 304 Stainless Steel 304 Stainless Steel 304 Stainless Steel
100mm (10) 21⁄2" (25), 31⁄2" (35) 100mm (10) 41⁄2" (45) 6" (60)
Aluminum, white background
Brushed Aluminum, w/black markings w/black markings Brushed Aluminum, w/black markings
Steel Crimped 304 Stainless Steel Bayonet 304 Stainless Steel Bayonet 304 Stainless Steel Bayonet 304 Stainless Steel Bayonet
ss Steel (S) 316 Stainless Steel 316 Stainless Steel (SW) Bronze Tube, Brass Socket (A) 4130 Alloy Steel Tube & Socket (B)
316 SS Tube, Steel Socket (R) 316 SS Tube & Socket (S)
Monel Tube & Socket (P)

Bronze, Socket Weld to Case (AW)
et Weld to Case 316 SS, Socket Weld to Case (SW) 316 SS, Socket Welded to Case
000 psi Vac/15,000 psi Vac/15,000 psi Vac/30,000 psi Vac/30,000 psi
⁄2 NPT (04)*
1
⁄4 NPT (02), 1⁄2 NPT (04)*
1 1
⁄2 NPT (04) ⁄4 NPT (02), 1⁄2 NPT (04)
1 1
⁄4 NPT (02), 1⁄2 NPT (04)
), Back (B) Lower (L), Back (B) Lower (L) Lower (L), Back (B) Lower (L), Back (B)
Flush Stem, Surface, Flush Stem, Surface Stem, Surface, Flush Stem, Surface, Flush
S (PowerFlex™)
ter segment 300 Series SS (PowerFlex ) ™ 300 Series SS (PowerFlex )
™ 400 Series SS (Conventional) 400 Series SS (Conventional)
e (Aluminum) Adjustable (Aluminum) Micrometer Adjustable (Aluminum) Micrometer Adjustable (Aluminum) Micrometer Adjustable (Aluminum)
rbonate Polycarbonate Shatterproof Glass Glass Glass
Year Five Years Five Years One Year One Year
lable Available Available Available Available
ndard Standard Standard Standard Standard

1
lable Available (3 ⁄2˝) N/A Available N/A
/A Available Available N/A N/A
/A N/A N/A Available Available
/A N/A N/A Available Available
ndard Standard Available N/A N/A
/A Available Standard Available Available

1
* 3 ⁄ ˝ or 100mm lower only.
2
10
Product Selection Information

Pressure Relief Case

Disk
Power Flex™ Movement

Ring
Bourdon Tube
Socket Dial Pointer
Gasket
(21⁄2˝ 1009SW Shown ) Window
Consult ASME B40.1 for guidance in (that are not liquid filled) can withstand weatherproof or liquid fillable. Specify
gauge selection continuous ambient temperatures as the XLJ variation. With the exception of
high as 250°F. Liquid-filled gauges can 40mm and 50mm 1008 gauges, all dry
WARNING: To prevent misapplication, withstand ambient temperatures up to stainless steel gauges come standard
pressure gauges should be selected 200°F. Accuracy will be affected by with a vented pressure relief disc.These
considering media and ambient operat- approximately 1.5% per 100°F. gauges with the vented plug are not
ing conditions. Improper application can Gauges with welded joints will with- weatherproof or hermetically sealed. If
be detrimental to the gauge, causing stand 750°F (450°F with silver brazed a weatherproof or hermetically sealed
failure and possible personal injury or joints) for short times without rupture, gauge is required, specify the XLJ vari-
property damage. The information con- although other parts of the gauge will ation and your gauge will be shipped
tained in this catalog is offered as a be destroyed and calibration will be lost. with a solid nonventing plug.
guide to assist in making the proper Proper selection of the bourdon sys- Rings:
selection of a pressure gauge. Addition- tem material is dependent on the The ring, which retains the window, is
al information is available from Dresser process fluid to which the system will be push-in, crimped or bayonet (cam)
Instrument Division or www.ashcroft.com. subjected. If the correct material is not depending on the type number.
Pressure Ranges: available, the use of a diaphragm seal Movements:
As recommended by ASME B40.1, may be necessary to protect the sys- Movements are designed and materials
select a gauge with a full scale pressure tem from the process fluid. Liquid filled of construction selected to reduce fric-
range of approximately twice the nor- gauges with throttle plugs are recom- tion and extend wear life.
mal operating pressure. The maximum mended for the discharge side of posi- Dials:
operating pressure should not exceed tive displacement pumps. Dials are uniformly graduated and have
approximately 75% of the full scale Pressure Elements: highly legible black markings. All 1009
range. Failure to select a gauge range Available in a wide variety of materials, gauges, with the exception of 1009 XMG,
within these criteria may ultimately re- including: phosphor bronze, alloy steel, have a brushed aluminum dial with
sult in fatigue failure of the bourdon tube. 316 stainless steel and K Monel. black markings. Type 1008 gauges
Operating Conditions: Cases: have a white dial with black markings.
The operating conditions to which a Ashcroft stainless steel case gauges Windows:
gauge will be subjected must be con- have 304 stainless steel cases. The Depending on the size and type,
sidered. If the gauge will be subjected 21⁄2˝, 31⁄2˝, 100mm 1009 and the 63mm Ashcroft stainless steel case gauges are
to severe vibration or pressure pulsa- and 100mm 1008 are field convertible. available with polycarbonate, acrylic,
tion, liquid filling the gauge will be nec- These gauges can be converted to her- shatterproof glass or glass windows.
essary to obtain normal product life. metically sealed, weatherproof or liquid Pointers:
Other than discoloration of the dial filled by changing the fill plug and Depending on the type, Ashcroft stain-
and hardening of the gasketing that adding a throttle plug. The 40mm and less steel gauges are available with
may occur as ambient temperatures 50mm 1008 gauges can be furnished adjustable or fixed pointers.
exceed 150°F, stainless steel gauges from the factory hermetically sealed,
11
Media Application Table

®
The media being measured must be assumes the media temperature is other conditions beyond our control.
compatible with the wetted parts of the below 200°F. PLUS! option, throttling Consult Stratford, CT Customer Service
pressure instrument. To use the chart devices and/or a liquid-filled instrument for specific applications and for any
below, locate the media whose pressure are recommended in applications with media not listed. More complete corro-
is to be measured and select a suitable pulsation or vibration. These recommen- sion guide available on our website at
material from those available. Diaphragm dations are only a guide, as service life is www.ashcroft.com in the Application
seal information is contained in Bulletin dependent on temperature, concentra- Data Section.
DS-1. This is a simplified chart and tions, catalysts that may be added, or
Pressure Instrument Pressure Instrument Pressure Instrument

Material Material Material
Media Media Media
Diaphragm seals*
Diaphragm seals*
Diaphragm seals*
Application Application Application
Brass or bronze
Brass or bronze
Brass or bronze
Stainless steel
Stainless steel
Stainless steel
Monel
Monel
Monel
Steel
Steel
Steel
Acetone • • • Crude Oil (Sour) • Oxalic Acid •
Acetic Acid <40% • Crude Oil (Sweet) • • Oxygen (Gas)❷ • •
Acetic Anhydride • Ethyl Acetate • Palmitic Acid >99% •
Acetylene (Dry) • • Ethylene Oxide >99% • • • Phosphoric Acid <80% •
Acrolein 100% • Ferric Chloride <40% • Picric Acid <10% •
Air • • • • Ferric Sulfate <10% • Propane (Dry) • • •
Alcohol, Ethyl • • • Ferrous Chloride <30% • Sea Water (Flowing) •
Alum. Chloride >10% • Ferrous Sulfate <50% • Silver Nitrate <70% •
Alum. Sulfate 10-50% • Fluorine Gas (Dry) • Sodium Bicarbonate <20% • •
Ammonia Gas (Dry) • • Formaldehyde <95% • Sodium Bisulfate <30% •
Ammonium Chloride <40% • Formic Acid • Sodium Carbonate <40% • •
Ammonium Nitrate <50% • Freons • • Sodium Chromate <60% • • • •
Ammonium Sulfate <60% • Furfural <10% • Sodium Cyanide • •
Aniline>99% • Gasoline • Sodium Hydroxide < 40% •
Argon • • • • Glycerin >99% • • • • Sodium Hypochlorite <25% •
Beer • Hydrobromic Acid • Sodium Phosphate, Tri <60% • • •
Benzidine >99% • Hydrochloric Acid • Sodium Silicate <50% • • •
Benzene <50% • • Hydrofluoric Acid • Sodium Sulfide <50% •
Benzoic Acid <70% • Hydrofluosilic Acid • Stannous Chloride <10% •
Boric Acid <25% • Hydrogen ❶ • • Steam (Use siphon) • • • •
Bromine (Dry) • Hydrogen Peroxide <50% • Stearic Acid •
Butane • • • • Kerosene • • • • Sulfur Dioxide (Dry) >99% •
Butyric Acid <10% • Lactic Acid <70% • Sulfur Trioxide (Dry) >99% •
Calcium Chloride <80% • Magnesium Chloride <40% • Sulfuric Acid •
Calcium Hydroxide <50% • Mercuric Chloride <60% • Tannic Acid <80% • • •
Carbon Dioxide • • • • Mercury >99% • Tartaric Acid <50% • •
Carbon Monoxide >99% • • • • Milk • Tin Chloride (ous) <10% •
Chlorine (Dry) • Naphtha >99% • • • • Toluene >99% • • • •
Chlorine (Moist) • Naphthalene >99% • • Turpentine >98% • • • •
Chloroform (Dry) • • Nickel Chloride >99% • Water (Tap) • • •
Chromic Acid • Nitric Acid <95% • Whiskey •
Citric Acid 10-50% • Nitrogen • • • • Zinc Chloride <25% •
Corn Oil • Oleic Acid • Zinc Sulphate <40% •
❶ Over 1000 psi – entire system must be 316 stainless steel. Any standard Bourdon tube material may be used in conjunction with a diaphragm
Applicable only to hydrogen.
*
seal, but the gauge selection should take into consideration the corrosive environment
❷ Monel and 316 stainless steel are acceptable for oxygen service, provided the in which it is to operate. For diaphragm seals see Bulletin DS-1.
instrument has been cleaned for oxygen service and is free from oil.
12
Range Tables
Ashcroft® 1008 Stainless Steel Case, Dual and Single Scale
40mm, and 50mm Pressure Gauges
Standard Single Scale Ranges Metric & psi Dual Scale Ranges*
Pressure – Single Scale psi Pressure – Dual Scale
Range Figure interval Minor graduation Range Figure interval Minor graduation
0/15 3 0.5 (outer scale is psi) kg/cm2 psi kg/cm2 psi
0/30 5 0.5 0/1 kg/cm2-15 psi 0.2 3 0.02 0.5
0/60 10 1
0/2 kg/cm2-30 psi 0.5 5 0.05 0.5
0/100 20 2
0/160 20 2 0/4 kg/cm2-60 psi 1 10 0.1 1
0/200 40 5 0/7 kg/cm2-100 psi 1 20 0.2 2
0/300 50 5 0/11 kg/cm2-160 psi 2 20 0.2 2
0/400 50 5 0/14 kg/cm2-200 psi 2 40 0.5 5
0/600 100 10 0/21 kg/cm2-300 psi 5 50 0.5 5
0/800 200 20
0/1000 200 20 0/28 kg/cm2-400 psi 5 50 0.5 5
0/1500 300 50 0/42 kg/cm2-600 psi 10 100 1 10
0/2000 400 50 0/50 kg/cm2-800 psi 10 200 1 20
0/3000 500 50 0/70 kg/cm2-1000 psi 10 200 2 20
0/5000 1000 100 0/105 kg/cm2-1500 psi 20 300 2 50
0/6000 1000 100
0/7500 1000 100 0/140 kg/cm2-2000 psi 20 400 2 50
0/10,000 2000 200 0/210 kg/cm2-3000 psi 50 500 5 50
0/15,000 3000 500 0/350 kg/cm2-5000 psi 50 1000 10 100
Compound – Single Scale 0/420 kg/cm2-6000 psi 100 1000 10 100
Figure interval Minor graduation 0/500 kg/cm2-7500 psi 100 1000 10 100
Range 0/700 kg/cm2-10,000 psi 100 2000 20 200
in. Hg psi in. Hg psi
0/1050 kg/cm2-15,000 psi 200 3000 20 500
30˝ Hg/15 psi 5 3 1 0.5
30˝ Hg/30 psi 10 5 1 0.5 Figure interval Minor graduation
Range
30˝ Hg/60 psi 10 10 2 1 bar psi bar psi
30˝ Hg/100 psi 30 20 5 2
0/1 bar-15 psi 0.2 3 0.02 0.5
30˝ Hg/150 psi 30 30 15 5
30˝ Hg/300 psi 30 50 30 5 0/2 bar-30 psi 0.5 5 0.05 0.5
0/4 bar-60 psi 1 10 0.1 1
Vacuum – Single Scale
0/7 bar-100 psi 1 20 0.2 2
Range Figure interval Minor graduation
0/10 bar-160 psi 2 20 0.2 2
30/0 in Hg 5 in. 0.5 in. 0/14 bar-200 psi 2 40 0.5 5
Metric Single Scale Ranges 0/20 bar-300 psi 5 50 0.5 5
0/27 bar-400 psi 5 50 0.5 5
Pressure – Single Scale kg/cm2, bar, kPa
0/40 bar-600 psi 10 100 1 10
Range Figure Minor Range Figure Minor 0/55 bar-800 psi 10 200 1 20
kg/cm2 bar interval grads. kPa interval grads. 0/70 bar-1000 psi 10 200 2 20
0-1 0-1 0.2 0.02 0-100 20 2 0/100 bar-1500 psi 20 300 2 50
0-2 0-2 0.2 0.02 0-160 20 2 0/140 bar-2000 psi 20 400 2 50
0-2.5 0-2.5 0.5 0.05 0-250 50 5 0/200 bar-3000 psi 50 500 5 50
0-4 0-4 0.5 0.05 0-400 50 5
0-6 0-6 1 0.1 0-600 100 10 0/340 bar-5000 psi 50 1000 10 100
0-10 0-10 2 0.2 0-1000 200 20 0/400 bar-6000 psi 100 1000 10 100
0-16 0-16 2 0.2 0-1600 200 20 0/500 bar-7500 psi 100 1000 10 100
0-25 0-25 5 0.5 0-2500 500 50 0/700 bar-10,000 psi 100 2000 20 200
0-40 0-40 5 0.5 0-4000 500 50 0/1000 bar-15,000 psi 200 3000 20 500
0-60 0-60 10 1 0-6000 1000 100
0-100 0-100 20 2 0-10,000 2000 200 Figure interval Minor graduation
Range
0-160 0-160 20 2 0-16,000 2000 200 kPa psi kPa psi
0-250 0-250 50 5 0-25,000 5000 500
0-400 0-400 50 5 0-40,000 5000 500 0/100 kPa-15 psi 20 3 2 0.5
0-600 0-600 100 10 0-60,000 10,000 1000 0/200 kPa-30 psi 50 5 5 0.5
0-1000 0-1000 200 20 0-100,000 20,000 2000 0/400 kPa-60 psi 100 10 10 1
0-1600 0-1600 200 20 0-160,000 20,000 2000 0/700 kPa-100 psi 100 20 20 2
Compound – Single Scale kg/cm2, bar, kPa 0/1000 kPa-160 psi 200 20 20 2
0/1400 kPa-200 psi 200 40 50 5
Range Figure Minor Range Figure Minor
interval grads. kPa interval grads. 0/2000 kPa-300 psi 500 50 50 5
kg/cm2 bar
0/2700 kPa-400 psi 500 50 50 5
–1/0/1 –1/0/1 0.2 0.02 –100/100 20 2 0/4000 kPa-600 psi 1000 100 100 10
–1/0/1.5 –1/0/3 0.5 0.05 –100/150 50 5
–1/0/3 –1/0/3 0.5 0.05 –100/300 50 5 0/5500 kPa-800 psi 1000 200 100 20
–1/0/5 –1/0/5 1 0.1 –100/500 100 10 0/7000 kPa-1000 psi 1000 200 200 20
–1/0/9 –1/0/9 2 0.2 –100/900 200 20 0/10,000 kPa-1500 psi 2000 300 200 50
–1/0/15 –1/0/15 3 0.5 –100/1500 300 50 0/14,000 kPa-2000 psi 2000 400 200 50
–1/0/24 –1/0/24 5 0.5 –100/2400 500 50 0/20,000 kPa-3000 psi 5000 500 500 50
Vacuum – Single Scale kg/cm2, bar, kPa 0/34,000 kPa-5000 psi 5000 1000 1000 100
Range Figure Minor Range Figure Minor 0/40,000 kPa-6000 psi 10,000 1000 1000 100
kg/cm2 bar interval grads. kPa interval grads. 0/50,000 kPa-7500 psi 10,000 1000 1000 100
0/70,000 kPa-10,000 psi 10,000 2000 2000 200
-1/0 -1/0 0.2 0.02 -100/0 20 2
0/100,000 kPa-15,000 psi 20,000 3000 2000 500
*Inner scale is dominant

13
Range Tables
Ashcroft 1008 Stainless Steel Case, Dual and Single Scale
®
63mm and 100mm Pressure Gauges
Metric & psi Dual Scale Ranges* Standard Single Scale Ranges
Pressure Pressure Compound
Units of Measurement Figure Minor Units Figure Minor Figure interval
Units
inner psi outer kg/cm2 outer bar outer kPa interval graduation psi intterval graduation in. Hg psi
0/15 1 1 100 1 0.2 0/15 3 0.5 30˝ Hg/15 psi 5 3
0/30 2 2 200 5 0.5 0/30 5 0.5 30˝ Hg/30 psi 10 5
0/60 4 4 400 5 1 0/60 10 1 30˝ Hg/60 psi 10 10
0/100 7 7 700 20 2 0/100 20 2 30˝ Hg/100 psi 30 10
0/160 11 10 1100 20 2 0/160 20 2 30˝ Hg/150 psi 30 20
0/200 14 14 1400 20 2 0/200 40 5 30˝ Hg/300 psi 30 50
0/300 21 20 2000 30 5 0/300 50 5
0/400 28 27 2800 50 10 0/400 50 5
0/600 42 42 4000 100 10 0/600 100 10
0/800 50 50 5500 100 20 0/800 100 10
0/1000 70 70 7000 100 10 0/1000 200 10
0/1500 105 100 10,000 200 20 0/1500 200 20
0/2000 140 140 14,000 200 20 0/2000 400 20
0/3000 210 200 20,000 300 50 0/3000 500 50
0/5000 350 320 34.000 500 50 0/5000 1000 100
0/6000 420 400 40,000 1000 100 0/6000 1000 100
0/7500 520 520 50,000 1000 100 0/7500 1000 100
0/10,000 700 700 70,000 1000 100 0/10,000 2000 100
0/15,000 1050 1050 100,000 2000 200 0/15,000 2000 200
*Inner scale is dominant Vacuum
Units Figure Minor
in. Hg int. grad.
30/0 5 in. 0.5 in.
Metric Single Scale Ranges

Pressure
Units of Measurement Unit of measure
Figure Minor Figure Minor
kg/cm2 bar interval graduation kPa interval graduation
0/1 0/1 0.1 0.01 0/100 10 1
0/1.6 0/1.6 0.2 0.02 0/160 20 2
0/2.5 0/2.5 0.5 0.05 0/250 50 5
0/4 0/4 0.5 0.05 0/400 50 10
0/6 0/6 0.5 0.1 0/600 50 10
0/10 0/10 1 0.1 0/1000 100 10
0/16 0/16 2 0.2 0/1600 200 20
0/25 0/25 5 1 0/2500 500 50
0/40 0/40 5 1 0/4000 500 100
0/60 0/60 5 1 0/6000 500 100
0/100 0/100 20 2 0/10,000 1000 100
0/160 0/160 20 2 0/16,000 2000 200
0/250 0/250 50 5 0/25,000 5000 500
0/400 0/400 50 10 0/40,000 5000 1000
0/600 0/600 50 10 0/60,000 5000 500
0/1000 0/1000 100 10 0/100,000 10,000 1000
0/1600 0/1600 200 20 0/160,000 20,000 2000
Vacuum
–1/0 –1/0 0.1 0.01 –100/0 10 1
Compound
–1/0/1.5 –1/0/1.5 0.2 0.02 –100/0/150 50 5
–1/0/3 –1/0/3 0.5 0.05 –100/0/300 50 5
–1/0/5 –1/0/5 0.5 0.1 –100/0/500 50 10
–1/0/9 –1/0/9 1 0.1 –100/0/900 100 10
–1/0/15 –1/0/15 2 0.2 –100/0/1500 200 20
–1/0/24 –1/0/24 5 0.5 –100/0/2400 500 50
14
Range Tables
Ashcroft® 1009 Stainless Steel Case
21⁄2˝, 31⁄2˝, 41⁄2˝, 6˝ and 100mm Pressure Gauges
Standard Ranges
Pressure Compound
psi Figure interval Minor graduation Figure interval Minor graduation
0/15 1 0.2 Range
in. Hg psi in. Hg psi
0/30 5 0.5
30˝ Hg/15 psi 5 3 1 0.5
0/60 5 1
0/100 10 1 30˝ Hg/30 psi 10 5 1 1
0/160 20 2 30˝ Hg/60 psi 10 10 2 1
0/200 20 2 30˝ Hg/100 psi 10 10 2 1
0/300 30 5 30˝ Hg/150 psi 10 20 5 2
0/400 50 5
30˝ Hg/300 psi 30 25 5 5
0/600 50 10
0/800 100 10 Vacuum
0/1000 100 10 Range Figure interval Minor graduation
0/1500 200 20 30/0 in. Hg 5 in. 0.5 in.
0/2000 200 20
0/3000 300 50
0/5000 500 50
0/6000 1000 100
0/7500 1000 100
0/10,000 1000 100
0/15,000 2000 200
0/20,000 2000 200
0/30,000 3000 500
Metric Ranges
Pressure
kg/cm2 psi
(kilograms per Figure Minor kPa Figure Minor outer scale of
sq. centimeter) bar interval graduation (kilopascal) interval graduation dual range*
0/1 0/1 0.1 0.01 0/100 10 1 0/14
0/1.6 0/1.6 0.2 0.02 0/160 20 2 0/22
0/2.5 0/2.5 0.5 0.05 0/250 50 5 0/35
0/4 0/4 0.5 0.05 0/400 50 5 0/55
0/6 0/6 0.5 0.1 0/600 50 10 0/85
0/10 0/10 1 0.1 0/1000 100 10 0/140
0/16 0/16 2 0.2 0/1600 200 20 0/220
0/25 0/25 5 0.5 0/2500 500 50 0/350
0/40 0/40 5 0.5 0/4000 500 50 0/550
0/60 0/60 5 1 0/6000 500 100 0/850
0/100 0/100 10 1 0/10,000 1000 100 0/1400
0/160 0/160 20 2 0/16,000 2000 200 0/2200
0/250 0/250 50 5 0/25,000 5000 200 0/3500
0/400 0/400 50 5 0/40,000 5000 500 0/5500
0/600 0/600 50 10 0/60,000 5,000 500 0/8500
0/1000 0/1000 100 10 0/100,000 10,000 1000 0/14,000
0/1600 0/1600 200 20 0/160,000 20,000 2000 0/22,000
Vacuum
–1/0 –1/0 0.1 0.01 –100/0 10 1 30˝ Hg
Compound
–1/0/1.5 –1/0/1.5 0.05 0.05 –100/0/150 50 5 30˝ Hg/0/20
–1/0/3 –1/0/3 0.05 0.05 –100/0/300 50 5 30˝ Hg/0/40
–1/0/5 –1/0/5 0.5 0.1 –100/0/500 50 10 30˝ Hg/0/70
–1/0/9 –1/0/9 1 0.1 –100/0/900 100 10 30˝ Hg/0/125
–1/0/15 –1/0/15 2 0.2 –100/0/1500 200 20 30˝ Hg/0/215
–1/0/24 –1/0/24 5 0.2 –100/0/2400 500 20 30˝ Hg/0/340
*Inner scale is dominant
15
Options
®
Case and ring options Code Comments

Hermetically Sealed or Weatherproof Liquid-Fillable Case LJ Gauge furnished dry or for liquid filling. Includes a solid fill plug and throttle plug for
ranges 30 psi and above.
U-Clamp UC Used for panel mounting back-connect gauges.
Front Flange FF Includes 3 holes for panel mounting gauges (back-connect only).
Wall Mounting Bracket BF Available on 41⁄2˝ 1009 lower or back-connect.˝
Back Flange for Wall Mounting FW Available on 21⁄2˝ and 31⁄2˝ 1009 lower or back-connect.
Retrofit Flange RF Available on 63mm and 100mm 1008 back-connect gauges for panel mounting. (Includes U-clamp.)
Metric Gauge MG Available on 31⁄2˝ 1009 with 1⁄2 NPT lower connection. Gauge supplied with micrometer pointer,
white dial and safety glass.
Bourdon tube and system assembly options
SS Throttle Plug – (restrictor) Push-in Design TU SS push-in type with a 0.013" orifice for 21⁄2˝, 31⁄2˝, 100mm 1009, 63mm, 100mm 1008. Throttle
plug standard on all 21⁄2˝, 31⁄2˝ 1009, 40mm thru 100mm 1008 liquid filled gauges 30 psi-1000 psi
SS Throttle Plug (restrictor) Helical Design TS Standard on all 21⁄2˝, 31⁄2˝, 100mm 1009s, 40mm, thru 100mm 1008 liquid filled gauges with ranges
of 1500 psi and above. 41⁄2˝, 6˝ 1009 furnished with thread-in design with a .031˝ orifice.
Liquid Filled Gauge Without Throttle Plug WP Required when the process may clog a throttle plug on the gauge.
Cleaning for Gaseous Oxygen 6B If gauge is liquid filled specify Halocarbon as the fill or utilize PLUS! Performance (LL).
Liquid filling options
Silicone Fill GV Not available on 40mm and 50mm 1008 gauges.
Halocarbon Fill GX Not available on 40mm and 50mm 1008. For oxidizing media. Examples; chlorine, oxygen, nitric
acid and sulfuric acid.
Pointer options
Red Set-Hand (Single) SH Available on 1009 only. Single stationary set-hand used to indicate a specific pressure.
Red Set-Hand (Double) SJ Available on 1009 only. Double stationary set-hand used to indicate 2 specific pressures.
Red Set-Hand (Adjustable) EU Available on 1009 only.
Maximum Pointer EP Available on 41⁄2˝ and 6˝ 1009 only. Externally reset by a knob on outside of an acrylic window.
Minimum Pointer EQ Available on 41⁄2˝ and 6˝ 1009 only. Externally reset by a knob on outside of an acrylic window.
Window options
Polycarbonate Window PD Ambient temperature limits –50/270°F. 40mm, 50mm 1008 and 100mm 1009 only.
XPD standard on 21⁄2˝, 31⁄2˝ 1009 and 63mm and 100mm 1008.
Acrylic Window PD 41⁄2˝ and 6˝ 1009 only. Ambient temperature limits –50/180°F.
Shatterproof Glass SG Not available on 63mm, 100mm 1008. Ambient temperature limits –50/200°F.
External Zero Adjustable Pointer (Easy Zero™) EA Available in 31⁄2˝ 1009 with 1⁄4 NPT only. Dry or liquid filled.
Marking and tagging options
Dial Marking DA Service marking printed on dial.
Paper Tagging of Carton and Gauge NN Tag is bonded to gauge case and carton.
Stainless Steel Tagging of Gauge Case NH 300 series stainless steel tag is wired to gauge case.
Calibration options
Accuracy 0.5% full scale AN 41⁄2˝ and 6˝ 1009 only.
Test and certificate options
Certificate of Conformance CD-1 Conformance to specifications and/or drawings.
Individual Certified Calibration Chart CD-4
Special connection options
1
⁄8 NPT 01 Available on 21⁄2˝, 31⁄2˝ 1009SW.
SAE 7⁄16˝ and 20 straight thread RW Not available on 40mm, 50mm 1008
. 7⁄16˝ and 20 UNF-3A 37° Flare EJ Not available on 40mm, 50mm 1008
1
⁄4˝ straight JIS, BSP KJ Not available on 40mm, 50mm 1008
1
⁄4˝ tapered JIS, BSP KA Not available on 40mm, 50mm 1008
3
⁄8˝ straight JIS, BSP KP 31⁄2,̋ 100mm 1009SW lower connection only
1
⁄2˝ straight JIS, BSP KN 31⁄2,̋ 100mm 1009SW lower connection only
3
⁄8˝ tapered JIS, BSP KR 31⁄2,̋ 100mm 1009SW lower connection only
1
⁄2˝ tapered JIS, BSP KQ 31⁄2,̋ 100mm 1009SW lower connection only
G 1⁄4˝ DIN 13 Not available on 40mm, 50mm 1008
16
How to Order
Ashcroft® Stainless Steel Case Pressure
Table A – Case selection and mounting

Case: Finish & Ring: Style,
Dial Size Ordering Case Material Finish & Mounting/Connection
Code Type Material
21⁄2˝, 31⁄2˝ (25) (35) 1009 Polished 304 SS Bayonet, Lock ring Stem – Lower or back
100mm (10) 1009 Polished 304 SS Polished 304 SS Surface – Lower or back: specify (XFW) back flange
Flush – Back: specify front flange (FF) or U-clamp (UC)
41⁄2˝, 6˝ (45) (60) 1009 Polished 304 SS Bayonet, Lock ring Stem – Lower or back
Polished 304 SS Surface –Lower or back, wall mount bracket (BF)
Flush – Back: specify front flange (FF) or U-clamp (UC)
40mm, 50mm (40) (50) 1008 Polished 304 SS Push-In, Polished Stem – Lower or back
304 SS Flush – Back: specify front flange (FF) or U-clamp (UC)
63mm 100mm (63) (10) 1008 304 SS Crimped 304 SS Stem – Lower or back
Flush – Back: specify front flange (FF), U-clamp (UC) or
retrofit flange (RF)
Table B – System, connection and location
Dial Size Case Type Tube and Tube and Socket Material NPT Conn. Range Selection
Socket Code Conn. Location Limits (psi)
and Code and Code
(21⁄2˝, 31⁄2˝ (AW) Welded 316 SS tube, bronze socket (02) 1⁄4 std. Vac/1000
100mm) (SW) Welded 316 SS tube and socket (04) 1⁄2 opt.(1) Vac/15,000
(A) Grade A phosphor bronze tube, brass tip
Vac/1000
1009 silver brazed brass socket
(02) 1⁄4 std. (L) lower
(41⁄2˝, 6˝) (B) 4130 alloy steel tube, 1019 steel socket Vac/5000
(04) 1⁄2 opt. (B) back
(R) 316 SS tube, 1019 steel socket Vac/20,000
(S) 316 SS tube and socket Vac/20,000
(01) 1⁄8 std., 40mm(2)
(40/50mm) (S) 316 SS tube and socket Vac/15,000
(02) 1⁄4 std., 50mm
1008 (A) Phosphor bronze tube, brass socket, soldered (02) 1⁄4 std. Vac/6000
(63/100mm) 1
(02) ⁄4 std.
(S) Welded 316 SS tube and socket Vac/15,000
(04) 1⁄2 opt.(1)
NOTES:
(1) 31⁄2˝/100mm 1009SW, 100mm 1008S lower connect only
(2) Not available with 1⁄4 NPT
To order an Ashcroft Stainless Steel Case Pressure Gauge (sample coding shown)
Select: 25 1009 SWL 02L XGV 160 psi
1. Dial size – 21⁄2˝
2. Case type – 1009
3. Bourdon tube and socket 316SS
4. Connection – 1⁄4 NPT Lower
5. Optional features – Silicone filled
6. Pressure range (see range tables on pages 12 through 14)
17
Dimensions
®
Case Type 1008 – 40mm & 50mm Case Type 1008 – 63mm & 100mm
B
HH B
B S
/ (3)
18
S S
H
C C C C
A
A A
14 / NPT G
I G
9/16-(14) #8 - 32 THD I I
ACROSS 2 PLACES 9 16/ (14) ACROSS FLATS 9/16 (14)
FLATS H ACROSS FLATS

7/16
/ NPT
14
(11)
D
40/50mm lower and back connection 63/100mm 1008A/AL back connection 63/100mm1008A/AL lower connection
B
S B
111/32 FF
HH B (34) S
/
18 1 / NPT
S (25)
14
(3)
C M
/ (6)
14 PANEL
A CUTOUT
C C
± 1/32
A
DD
A
G-1
14 / NPT
I
/ NPT
14 HH I 7/16 (11)
/ (14)
9 16
13/8
#8 - 32 THD I DD1 ACROSS FLATS
/
1 16 1/4 (35)
ACROSS FLATS 2 PLACES 7 16/ (11) ACROSS FLATS (2) TO (6) #8-32 LOCKWASHER
/
15 32
(12) CUST. PANEL NUT 3/8 (10) HEX
63/100mm 1008S/SL lower connection 63/100mm 1008S/SL back connection 63/100mm 1008A/AL back connection (XUC) U-clamp
3X 5/32 (4) HOLES B

3X 5/32 (4) HOLES B
111/32 #6 FILISTER HEAD S H B
#6 FILISTER HEAD S I 9/16 (14)
(34) SCREWS & NUTS S H
SCREWS & NUTS ACROSS FLATS
HH
14 / NPT
M
M PANEL
PANEL M
C CUTOUT C-1 PANEL
C CUTOUT
C-1
C-1 ± 1/32 C CUTOUT
±1/32 ± 1/32
E E
A A DD
A
/ NPT
14 / NPT
14
1/16 1/4
1/16 1/4 I 9/16 (14) #8-32 LOCKWASHER
(2) TO (6) I 7/16 (11) (2) TO (6) DD1 NUT 3/8 (10) HEX
ACROSS FLATS CUST. PANEL ACROSS FLATS /
1 16 1/4
CUST. PANEL (2) TO (6)
CUST. PANEL
63/100mm 1008S/SL back connection (XFF) Front Flange 63/100mm 1008A/AL back connection (XFF) Front Flange 63/100mm 1008A/AL back connection (XRF) Retrofit Front Flange
Case Type 1008S – 100mm with 1⁄2 NPT

B B B
111/32 111/32 S
S I 7/16 (11) S (34) I 7/16 (11)
(34)
ACROSS FLATS ACROSS FLATS
HH HH
/ NPT
14 / NPT
14
M M
PANEL PANEL C
C-1
C CUTOUT C CUTOUT
± 1/32 ± 1/32
DD DD
A A
DD1 DD1 I 5/8 (16)

#8-32 LOCKWASHER #8-32 LOCKWASHER
1/16 1/4 1/16 1/4 ACROSS / NPT
12
(2) TO (6) NUT 3/8 (10) HEX (2) TO (6) NUT 3/8 (10) HEX FLATS
CUST. PANEL CUST. PANEL
D
63/100mm 1008S/SL back connection (XRF) Retrofit Front Flange 63/100mm 1008S back connection (XUC) U-clamp 100mm 1008S/SL lower connection
Gauge Weight
Size A A-1 B C C-1
D DD DD1 E FF G G-1 H HH I J L S M Dry LF
(40) (41) (25) (42) (10) (43) (20) (14) (8) .08kg .10kg
11⁄2 15⁄8 31
⁄32 121⁄32 3
⁄8 111⁄16 25
⁄32 9
⁄16 5
⁄16 .17# .22#
(50) (52) (29) (53) (10) (48) (24) (14) (10) .12kg .17kg
2 21⁄16 11⁄8 23⁄32 3
⁄8 17⁄8 15
⁄16 9
⁄16 3
⁄8 .26# .37#
(63) (63) (31) (69) (86) (19) (29) (73) (79) (46) (55) (64) (23) (49) (11) (4) (71) (64) (6) .11kg .21kg
21⁄2 21⁄2 17⁄32 223⁄32 33⁄8 3
⁄4 11⁄8 27⁄8 31⁄8 113⁄16 25⁄32 21⁄2 29⁄32 115⁄16 7⁄16 5
⁄32 23⁄16 217⁄32 1⁄4 .25# .47#
(100) (100) (94) (31) (106) (133) (22) (29) (106) (116) (46) (86) (81) (86) (76) (11) (6) (97) (101) (6) .18kg .42kg
31⁄2 315⁄16 323⁄32 17⁄32 45⁄32 57⁄32 7⁄8 11⁄8 43⁄16 49⁄16 113⁄16 33⁄8 33⁄16 33⁄8 3 7
⁄16 1
⁄4 33⁄16 331⁄32 1⁄4 .40# .94#
(100) (100) (39) (106) (94) (92) (16) (6) .23kg .45kg
1
⁄2 NPT 315⁄16 117⁄32 45⁄32 311⁄16 35⁄8 5
⁄8 1
⁄4 .50# .97#
Note: Dimensions in brackets ( ) are millimeters.
18
Dimensions
Case Type 1009 – 21⁄2 & 31⁄2,

B B
S 17/16 FF
B S
(35) 13/8
S (35)
C / NPT
14
M
/ (6)
14
PANEL
A C C CUTOUT
± 1/32
A
DD
A
G
I
7/16 (11)
I 7/16 (11)
ACROSS FLATS HH 13/8 ACROSS FLATS
I 7/16 (11) / NPT (02L)
14
/
1 16 1/4 (35)
ACROSS FLATS (2) TO (6)
/ NPT (02L)
14 /
7 16
8-32 LOCKWASHER
(11) CUST. PANEL
/ NPT (01L)
18
NUT 3/8 (10) HEX
21⁄2˝ & 31⁄2˝ 1009 lower connected 21⁄2˝ & 31⁄2˝ 1009 back connected 21⁄2˝ & 31⁄2˝ 1009 back connected (XUC)
3X L ON EQUALLY 3X L ON EQUALLY
3X L ON EQUALLY B
SPACED ON A E BC B SPACED ON A E BC SPACED ON A E BC B H
S 13/8
S S
(35)
/ NPT
14
M
C PANEL C
C-1 C
C-1 CUTOUT
± 1/32 C-1
G
14 / NPT (02L)
I I 7/16 (11)
/ (11)
7 16 I 7/16 (11)
J ACROSS FLATS
J ACROSS FLATS J
ACROSS FLATS 1/16 1/4
/ NPT (02L)
14 (2) TO (6) CUST. PANEL
D
21⁄2˝ & 31⁄2˝ 1009 lower connected (XFW) 21⁄2˝ & 31⁄2˝ 1009 back connected (XFF) 21⁄2˝ & 31⁄2˝ back connected (XFW)
Case Type 1009 – 100mm

3X L ON EQUALLY
SPACED ON A E BC B
B
S
S
C
C
A
C-1
G G
I 5/8 (16)
I / (16)
58 ACROSS FLATS
ACROSS FLATS J
7/16
1
/ NPT (04L)
12 /2 NPT (04L) (11)
D
100mm 1009 lower connected (XFW) 100mm 1009 lower connection
Gauge Weight
Size A B C C-1 D DD E FF G H HH I J L M S Dry LF
21⁄2 221⁄32 13⁄16 27⁄8 311⁄16 3
⁄4 11⁄8 31⁄8 111⁄16 29⁄16 13⁄32 21⁄16 7⁄16 1⁄16 5
⁄32 211⁄16 3
⁄8 .26# .50#
(63) (67) (30) (73) (94) (19) (29) (79) (43) (65) (28) (52) (11) (2) (4) (68) (10) .12kg .32kg
31⁄2 319⁄32 19⁄32 331⁄32 57⁄32 7
⁄8 11⁄32 49⁄16 129⁄32 3 3 213⁄32 7⁄16 5
⁄32 7
⁄32 321⁄32 15
⁄32 .44# .88#
(100) (91) (33) (100) (133) (22) (26.4) (106) (48) (76) (76) (61) (11) (4) (6) (93) (12) .20kg .40kg
319⁄32 119⁄32 331⁄32 57⁄32 7
⁄8 49⁄16 311⁄16 5⁄8 5
⁄32 7
⁄32 15
⁄32 .50# .97#
(100) (91) (40) (100) (133) (22) (116) (94) (16) (4) (6) (12) .23kg .45kg

19
Dimensions
®
Case Type 1009 – 41⁄2 & 6

PRESSURE RELIEF PLUG
B (DRY GAUGES 41/2˝)
#10-32 THD.
FF /
3 8 HEXNUTS B TOP FILL PLUG
S S (LIQUID FILLED GAUGES
HH B HH
41/2˝ AND 6˝)
GG
U
5/8 WRENCH
NUTS NOT C-1
FLATS
FURNISHED C
C BY DRESSER C
A
DD
M 15/8 (41)
#10-32 UNF-3
THD. F PANEL A
F
CUTOUT
± 1/32
G
/ DIA
78
H I / (0.8)
1 32
119/32
/
1 16 1/4 /
1 16 /
14 5/8 (16) (40)
(2) TO (6)
ZZ (2) TO (6) ZZ ACROSS FLATS
CUST. PANEL / or / NPT
14 12 CUST. PANEL / or 1/2 NPT
14 14 / or 1/2 NPT D
41⁄2˝ & 6˝ 1009 back connected, wall mounting bracket (XBF) 41⁄2˝ & 6˝ 1009 back connected U-clamp (XUC) 41⁄2˝ 1009 lower or back connected
PRESSURE RELIEF PLUG PRESSURE RELIEF PLUG

B (DRY GAUGES 41/2˝) (DRY GAUGES 41/2˝)
PRESSURE RELIEF PLUG TOP FILL PLUG TOP FILL PLUG
J B B
3X L ON EQUALLY (DRY GAUGES 41/2˝) (LIQUID FILLED GAUGES (LIQUID FILLED GAUGES
SPACED ON A E BC S TOP FILL PLUG S S
41/2˝ AND 6˝) / (0.8)
1 32 41/2˝ AND 6˝) / (0.8)
1 32
(LIQUID FILLED GAUGES
41/2˝ AND 6˝)
M I 5/8 (16)
C-1 PANEL C ACROSS C
FLATS
CUTOUT
± 1/32
C A
F A A
G
119/32 (40) I 5/8 (16)
/ or 1/2 NPT
14 / or 1/2 NPT
14
ACROSS FLATS
/
1 16 1/4 H
(2) TO (6) I 5/8 (16)
ACROSS FLATS / or 1/2 NPT (-02L)
14 D
CUST. PANEL
41⁄2˝ & 6˝ 1009 back connected, front flange (XFF) 6˝ 1009 back connected 6˝ 1009 lower connected
STD. Gauge Weight

Size A B C D F G I S Dry LF
41⁄2 423⁄32 21⁄16 53⁄32 15⁄16 15⁄8 315⁄16 5⁄8 15
⁄32 1.75# 2.40#
(100) (120) (52) (129) (24) (41) (100) (16) (12) .79kg 1.1kg
6 65⁄16 2 621⁄32 27⁄32 15⁄8 413⁄16 5⁄8 13
⁄32 2.25# 4.12#
(160) (160) (51) (169) (22) (41) (122) (16) (10) 1kg 1.85k
XFF Gauge Weight

Size A B C C-1 E I J L M S Dry LF
41⁄2 423⁄32 21⁄16 53⁄32 69⁄32 511⁄16 5⁄8 5
⁄32 7
⁄32 415⁄16 15⁄32 1.75# 2.40#
(100) (120) (52) (129) (160) (144) (16) (4) (6) (125) (12) .79kg 1.1kg
6 65⁄16 2 621⁄32 75⁄8 71⁄32 5
⁄8 1
⁄16 1
⁄4 67⁄16 13⁄32 2.25# 4.12#
(160) (160) (51) (169) (194) (179) (16) (2) (6) (163) (10) 1kg 1.85k
XBF Gauge Weight

Size A B C F GG HH U ZZ Dry LF
41⁄2 423⁄32 21⁄16 53⁄32 15⁄8 3
⁄16 3 17⁄16 17⁄16 1.75# 2.40#
(100) (120) (52) (129) (41) (5) (76) (37) (37) .79kg 1.1kg
6 65⁄16 2 621⁄32 15⁄8 3
⁄16 41⁄2 17⁄16 17⁄16 2.25# 4.12#
(160) (160) (51) (169) (41) (5) (114) (37) (37) 1kg 1.85k
XUC Gauge Weight

Size A B C DD F FF H HH I M S ZZ Dry LF
41⁄2 423⁄32 21⁄16 53⁄32 1 15⁄8 25⁄16 15⁄8 3 5
⁄8 413⁄16 15⁄32 39⁄32 1.75# 2.40#
(100) (120) (52) (129) (25) (41) (59) (41) (76) (16) (122) (12) (83) .79kg 1.1kg
6 65⁄16 2 621⁄32 1 15⁄8 25⁄8 15⁄8 41⁄2 5
⁄8 67⁄16 13⁄32 33⁄16 2.25# 4.12#
(160) (160) (51) (169) (25) (41) (67) (41) (114) (16) (163) (10) (81) 1kg 1.85k
Instrument Division Sales and Customer Service Locations
U.S. & International U.S. Sales Offices International Operations Korea
Headquarters Dresser International, S.A
Chicago, Illinois Brazil #2015 Kuk Dong Bldg.
Stratford, Connecticut Midwest Region Dresser Industria e 60-1, 3-KA, Choongmu-Ro,
250 E. Main Street 400 W. Lake Street Comercio Ltda. Chung-ku, Seoul, Korea 100-705
Stratford, CT 06614-5145 Suite 318 Rua Senador Vergueiro #433 Tel: 82-2-2274-0792
Tel: (203) 378-8281 Roselle, IL 60172-3573 09521-320 Sao Caetano do Sul Fax: 82-2-2274-0794
Fax: (203) 385-0357 Tel: (630) 980-9030 Sao Paulo, Brazil E-Mail: dkisjlee@chollian.net
Fax: (630) 980-9440 Tel: 55-11-4224-7400
U.S. Operations Fax: 55-11-4224-7477 Mexico
Houston, Texas E-Mail: Dresser Instruments S.A. De C.V.
Industrial Instrument Southwest Region vendas.instrumentos@dresser.com Mexico Operations
Operations 605 Bel Air Blvd. Henry Ford No. 114
Stratford, Connecticut Suite 10 Brazil (Jacarei) Esq. Foulton Fracc.
250 E. Main Street Mobile, AL 36606 Dresser Industria e Comercio Ltda. Industrial San Nicolas
Stratford, CT 06614-5145 Tel: (251) 473-1692 Divisao Masoneilan 54030 Tlalnepantla,
Tel: (203) 378-8281 Fax: (251) 473-1782 Rua Particular– Estrada Edo De Mexico
Fax: (203) 381-9042 Velha Rio De Janeiro – Tel: (52)55-53-10-72-17
Mobile, Alabama Sao Paulo, KM 101Jacarei, (52)55-53-10-89-83
APG Operations Southeast Region Sao Paulo Caixa (52)55-53-10-28-29
(Control, Transducer and 605 Bel Air Blvd. Postal 167, CEP 12305-330 (52)55-53-10-28-75
Precision Instruments) Suite 10 Tel: 55-11-3958-2011 Fax: (52)55-53-10-26-08
Shelton, Connecticut Mobile, AL 36606 Fax: 55-11-3958-2670 E-Mail: mendiet@avantel.net
Two Research Drive Tel: (251) 473-1692 E-Mail: dresserjac@uol.com.br
Shelton, CT 06484 Fax: (251) 473-1782 Saudi Arabia
Tel: (203) 925-4000 Canada Dresser Al Rushaid Valve &
Fax: (203) 925-4010 Stratford, Connecticut Dresser Canada, Inc. Instrument Co. (DARVICO)
Northeast Region 2135 Meadowpine Blvd. P.O. Box 10145
Commercial 250 E. Main Street Mississauga, Jubail Industrial City
Instrument Operations Stratford, CT 06614-5145 Ontario L5N 6L5 Canada Saudi Arabia 31961
Berea, Kentucky Tel: (203) 385-0670 Tel: 905-826-8411 Tel: 966-3-341-0278
200 Harrison Road Fax: (203) 385-0756 Fax: 905-826-9106 Fax: 966-3-341-7624
Berea, KY 40403 E-Mail: Lance_Barette@dresser.com E-Mail: bill_dumasia@darvico.com
Tel: (859) 986-9333 Stratford, Connecticut E-Mail: sam_dastur@darvico.com
Fax: (859) 986-7676 Pacific Region China
250 E. Main Street Dresser Industries, Inc. Singapore
Stratford, CT 06614-5145 Room #2404, Capital Mansion Dresser Singapore
Tel: (203) 385-0399 No. 6 Xin Yuan Nan Road Beijing, Instrument Operations
Fax: (203) 385-0402 People’s Republic of China 100004 Block 1004 Toa Payoh North
Tel: 86-10-84862440/1/2/3/4 #07-15/17 Singapore 318995
Fax: 86-10-84862445 Tel: 65-252-6602
E-Mail: dresser@public3.bta.net.cn Fax: 65-252-6603
E-Mail: john.wong@dresser.com
France
Dresser Europe GmbH United Kingdom
74, Rue d’Arceuill Dresser Europe GmbH
F 95478, France East Gillibrands, Skelmersdale
Tel: 33 (0) 1 60372530 Lancashire, WN8 9TU
Fax: 33 (0) 1 60372539 United Kingdom
E-Mail: dresser.europe@wanadoo.fr Tel: 14-16-95-52600
Fax: 14-16-95-52693
Germany E-Mail: Johanna.Gribben@dresser-
Dresser Europe GmbH instrument.co.uk
Postfach 11 20 Max-Planck-Str. 1 E-Mail: sales@dresser-instrument.co.uk
D-52499 Baesweiler, Germany
Tel: 49-24-01-8080 Venezuela
Fax: 49-24-01-7027 Manufactures Petroleras
E-Mail: jbiermans@dresserbae.de Venezolanas (M.P.V.)
KM 7 Carretera A El Mojan Calle 18,
Germany #15B355 ZONA Ind. Norte Sector
Ebro Electronic GmbH Canchancha Maracaibo Edo
Peringerstr 10D-85055 Zulia Venezuela
Ingolstadt, Germany Tel: 58-61-579-762/070
Tel: 49-84-1-95478-0 Fax: 58-61-579-461
Fax: 49-84-1-95478-80 E-Mail: contactenos@
E-Mail: info@ebro.de mapvensa.com
E-Mail: ventasmpv@
Japan telcel.net.ve
Dresser Japan Ltd.
Room 818, Shin Tokyo Building
3-1 Marunouchi 3-Chome,
Chiyoda-ku, Tokyo, Japan
Tel: 813-3201-1501
Visit our web site Fax: 813-3213-6567
www.ashcroft.com E-Mail: yuichi.yamamoto@
dresserjapan.co.jp
© Dresser Instrument, Dresser Measurement, Dresser, Inc. 11/01 20MSWP-2/02-1P1/97

All specifications are subject to change without notice. All sales subject to standard terms and conditions.
81
Stainless Steel-Case Gauges
Type 1008, ASME B 40.1
Grade B (±3-2-3% of span)
• 40mm and 50mm sizes Ashcroft® 40mm and 50mm all

stainless steel pressure gauges help
• All-stainless steel construction
to complete our full-line product offer-
• Dry or liquid-filled versions ing of stainless steel gauges with
dial sizes from 40mm to 100mm.
• Lower or back connect
These smaller size gauges are used
• Glass window standard whenever space limitations and atmo-
spheric and process corrosion exist.
• Front flange or U-clamp available
for flush mounting
STANDARD RANGES SPECIFICATIONS

Pressure Ranges – Single Scale Dial size: 40mm (11 ⁄ 2˝ ) and 50mm (2˝ )
psi kg/cm2 kPa Accuracy: ASME B 40.1 Grade B
0/15 0-1 0-100 (±3-2-3% of span)
0/30 0-2 0-200 Optional: ASME B 40.1 Grade 1A
0/60 0-2.5 0-250 (±1% of span)
0/100 0-4 0-400
0/160 0-6 0-600 Case: 304 stainless steel with 304
stainless steel polished ring
0/200 0-10 0-1000
0/300 0-16 0-2000 Bourdon Tube
0/400 0-25 0-2500 and Socket: 316 stainless steel
0/600 0-40 0-4000 Movement: Stainless steel
0/800 0-60 0-6000
0/1000 0-100 0-10,000 Standard
0/1500 0-160 0-20,000 connections: 1
⁄ 8 NPT standard for 40mm,
1
⁄4 NPT standard for 50mm
0/2000 0-250 0-25,000
0/3000 Dial: Aluminum, white background
0/5000 with black markings.
Pressure range: Vac. through
Compound Ranges – Single Scale 15,000 psi including compound
psi kg/cm2 kPa
Pointer: Aluminum
30 in.Hg/15 psi –1/0/1 –100/0/100
30 in.Hg/30 psi –1/0/3 –100/0/300 Window: Glass
30 in.Hg/60 psi –1/0/5 –100/0/500
30 in.Hg/100 psi –1/0/9 –100/0/900
30 in.Hg/150 psi –1/0/15 –100/0/1500
30 in.Hg/300 psi –1/0/25 –100/0/2500
Vacuum Ranges – Single Scale
psi kg/cm2
30/0 in.Hg –1/0
TO ORDER THIS 1008 PRESSURE GAUGE:

Select: 40 1008 S (L) 01L 1000#
1. Dial size–40mm or 50mm
2. Case type–1008
3. Tube and socket material
4. Liquid filled (glycerin), leave blank if dry
5. Connection size–1⁄8 (01), 1⁄4 (02)
6. Connection location–Lower (L), Back (B)
7. Standard pressure range–1000 psi
Consult factory for guidance in product selection

Phone (203) 385-0217, Fax (203) 385-0602 or
visit our web site at www.ashcroft.com
82
Stainless Steel-Case Gauge
Type 1008S, ASME B 40.1
Grade B (±3-2-3% of span)
DESIGNED FOR SAFETY AND • True Zero™ pointer indication – no

LONGER LIFE stop pin to mask false zero reading
• Patented PowerFlex™ movement – ensures safety and process control
isolates movement from shock and
vibration for longer life OTHER FEATURES:
• All stainless, all-welded construc- Available in 63mm and 100mm dials
tion for long life
sizes, 1008S pressure gauges are field
• New PLUS!™ Performance Option: liquid fillable and field convertible for
- Liquid-filled performance in a dry panel mounting. ASME Grade B, 3-2-3%
gauge accuracy is standard. The gauge is
- Fights vibration and pulsations available dry, liquid-filled weatherproof
without liquid-fill headaches or hermetically sealed and now with
- See pages 6-7 for details PLUS!™ performance option.
- Order as option XLL
STANDARD RANGES
Single-Scale Dial Dual-Scale Dial
psi psi Inner Arc kPa Outer Arc
0/15 0/15 0/100
0/30 0/30 0/200
0/60 0/60 0/400
DUAL-SCALE AMMONIA RANGES
0/100 0/100 0/700
Compound in Hg/psi °F Outer Arc
0/160 0/160 0/1100
0/200 0/200 0/1400 Vac/150 –40/84°F
0/300 0/300 0/2000 Vac/300 –40/125°F
0/400 0/400 0/2800
0/600 0/600 0/4000
Vacuum in.Hg in.Hg Vacuum BOURDON SYSTEM SELECTION(1)
30/0 30/0 –100/0
Ordering Bourdon Tube Socket Tube Range Selection NPT
Comp. in.Hg/psi in.Hg/psi kPa Code & Tip Material(1) Material Type Limits (psi) Conn.(3)
30/15 30/15 –100/100
S 316 stainless steel 316 stainless steel C-Tube Vac/800 1
⁄4 , 1⁄2 & 1⁄8(2)
30/30 30/30 –100/200
S 316 stainless steel 316 stainless steel Helical 1000/15,000 ⁄4 , 1⁄2 & 1⁄8(2)
1
30/60 30/60 –100/400
30/100 30/100 –100/700 (1) For selection of the correct Bourdon system material, see the media application table on page 243.
(2) 1⁄2 NPT available 100mm lower only.
30/150 30/150 –100/1000 (3) 1⁄4" JIS, BSP or DIN threads available.
30/300 30/300 –100/2000
psi psi Inner Arc kPa Outer Arc
0/1000 0/1000 0/7000
0/1500 0/1500 0/10,000
0/2000 0/2000 0/14,000
0/3000 0/3000 0/20,000
0/5000 0/5000 0/34,000
0/6000 0/6000 0/40,000
0/7500 0/7500 0/50,000
0/10,000 0/10,000 0/70,000
0/15,000 0/15,000 0/100,000
TO ORDER THIS 1008 PRESSURE GAUGE:

Select: 63 1008 S (L) 02L XXX 1000#
1. Dial size–63mm or 100mm
2. Case type–1008
3. Tube and socket material
4. Liquid filled (glycerin), leave blank if dry
5. Connection size–1⁄8 (01), 1⁄4 (02), 1⁄2 (04)
6. Connection location–Lower (L), Back (B)
7. Optional Features–see page 176
8. Standard pressure range–1000 psi

Phone (203) 385-0217, Fax (203) 385-0602 or
visit our web site at www.ashcroft.com
Receiver Gauges
Type 1008 Stainless Steel
40mm, 50mm, 63mm and 100mm
Case Type 1008 – 40mm & 50mm Case Type 1008 – 63mm & 100mm
B
B HH B S
S / (3)
18
S
H
C C
A C C A
A
I G G
9/16-(14)
/ NPT
14
I
ACROSS
FLATS / (14)
9 16
H ACROSS FLATS
#8 - 32 THD I
2 PLACES /
9 16 (14) ACROSS FLATS 7/16
D / NPT
14
(11)
40/50mm lower and back connection 63/100mm 1008A/AL back connection 63/100mm1008A/AL lower connection
B
B
S 111/32
HH B (34)
FF
/18 S
S 1 / NPT
14
(3) (25)
M
C / (6)
14 PANEL
CUTOUT
C
A C ± 1/32
A DD
A
G
/ NPT
14
HH I 7/16 (11)
I 13/8 ACROSS FLATS
/ NPT
14 DD1 / 1/4 (35)
/ (14)
9 16
I
1 16
#8 - 32 THD (2) TO (6) #8-32 LOCKWASHER
ACROSS FLATS 15/32
2 PLACES /
7 16 (11) ACROSS FLATS CUST. PANEL NUT 3/8 (10) HEX
(12)
63/100mm 1008S/SL lower connection 63/100mm 1008S/SL back connection 63/100mm 1008A/AL back connection (XUC) U-clamp
3X 5/32 (4) HOLES B B
3X / (4) HOLES
5 32 B
111/32 #6 FILISTER HEAD S H I 9/16 (14)
#6 FILISTER HEAD S S H
(34) SCREWS & NUTS ACROSS FLATS
HH
/
14
M M
M
PANEL C-1 PANEL
PANEL
C CUTOUT
C CUTOUT C CUTOUT
C-1 C-1 ± 1/32 ± 1/32
±1/32
E E DD
A A A
/
14 / NPT
14
#8-32 LOCKWASHER
ASHE
1/16 1/4
1/16 1/4
I 7/16 (11) I 9/16 (14) DD1 / 1/4 NUT 3/8 (10) HEX
(2) TO (6)
1 16
(2) TO (6) (2) TO (6)
CUST. PANEL ACROSS FLATS CUST. PANEL ACROSS FLATS
CUST. PANEL
63/100mm 1008S/SL back connection (XFF) Front Flange 63/100mm 1008A/AL back connection (XFF) Front Flange 63/100mm 1008A/AL back connection (XRF) Retrofit Front Flange
B B Case Type 1008S – 100mm with 1⁄2 NPT

111/32 111/32
S (34) I 7/16 (11) S (34) I 7/16 (11)
B
ACROSS FLATS ACROSS FLATS
HH HH S
/
14 / NPT
14
M M
C-1 PANEL PANEL
C CUTOUT C CUTOUT C
± 1/32 ± 1/32
DD DD
A A
DD1 DD1 I 5/8 (16)

1/16 1/4
#8-32 LOCKWASHER 1/16 1/4
#8-32 LOCKWASHER
(2) TO (6) NUT 3/8 (10) HEX (2) TO (6) NUT 3/8 (10) HEX ACROSS / NPT
12
FLATS
CUST. PANEL CUST. PANEL
D
63/100mm 1008S/SL back connection (XRF) Retrofit Front Flange 63/100mm 1008S back connection (XUC) U-clamp 100mm 1008S/SL lower connection
Gauge Weight
Size A A-1 B C C-1 D DD DD1 E FF G G-1 H HH I J L S M Dry LF
(40) (41) (25) (42) (10) (43) (20) (14) (8) .08kg .10kg
11⁄2 15⁄8 31
⁄32 121⁄32 3
⁄8 111⁄16 25
⁄32 9
⁄16 5
⁄16 .17# .22#
(50) (52) (29) (53) (10) (48) (24) (14) (10) .12kg .17kg
2 21⁄16 11⁄8 23⁄32 3
⁄8 17⁄8 15
⁄16 9
⁄16 3
⁄8 .26# .37#
(63) (63) (31) (69) (86) (19) (29) (73) (79) (46) (55) (64) (23) (49) (11) (4) (71) (64) (6) .11kg .21kg
21⁄2 21⁄2 17⁄32 223⁄32 33⁄8 3
⁄4 11⁄8 27⁄8 31⁄8 113⁄16 25⁄32 21⁄2 29⁄32 115⁄16 7⁄16 5
⁄32 23⁄16 217⁄32 1⁄4 .25# .47#
(100) (100) (94) (31) (106) (133) (22) (29) (106) (116) (46) (86) (81) (86) (76) (11) (6) (97) (101) (6) .18kg .42kg
31⁄2 315⁄16 323⁄32 17⁄32 45⁄32 57⁄32 7⁄8 11⁄8 43⁄16 49⁄16 113⁄16 33⁄8 33⁄16 33⁄8 3 7
⁄16 1
⁄4 33⁄16 331⁄32 1⁄4 .40# .94#
(100) (100) (31) (106) (91) (16) (6) .23kg .45kg
315⁄16 17⁄32 45⁄32 35⁄8 5
⁄8 1
⁄4 .50# .97#
www.dresser.com/instruments
© Dresser Instrument Division 6/97
PRESSURE GAUGE
INSTALLATION,
OPERATION AND
MAINTENANCE
I&M012-10098-5/02 (250-1353H)
ii
CONTENTS
1.0 Selection and Application Page

1.1 Range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1
1.2 Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1
1.3 Media . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1
1.4 Oxidizing media . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1
1.5 Pulsation/Vibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1
1.6 Gauge fills . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1
1.7 Mounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2
2.0 Temperature
2.1 Ratings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2
2.2 Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2
2.3 Steam service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2
2.4 Hot or very cold media . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2
2.5 Diaphragm seals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2
2.6 Autoclaving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2
3.0 Installation
3.1 Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3
3.2 Gauge reuse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3
3.3 Tightening of gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3
3.4 Process isolation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3
3.5 Surface mounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3
3.6 Flush mounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3
4.0 Operation
4.1 Frequency of inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3
4.2 In-service inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3
4.3 When to check accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4
4.4 When to recalibrate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4
4.5 Other considerations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4
4.6 Spare parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4
5.0 Gauge Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4
6.0 Accuracy: Procedures/Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-5

6.1 Calibration - Rotary movement gauges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7
6.2 Calibration - 1009 Duralife® Pressure Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7
6.3 Positive Pressure Ranges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-10
iii
CONTENTS
Page
7.0 Diaphragm Seals

7.1 General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12
7.2 Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12
7.3 Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12
7.4 Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12
7.5 Failures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12
8.0 Dampening Devices

8.1 General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13
8.2 Throttle Screws & Plugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13
8.3 Ashcroft Gauge Saver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13
8.4 Ashcroft Pulsation Dampener . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13
8.5 Ashcroft Pressure Snubber . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13
8.6 Campbell Micro-Bean® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13
8.7 Ashcroft Needle Valves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13
8.8 Chemiquip® Pressure Limiting Valves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13
9.0 Resources
9.1 Training Videos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14
9.2 Pressure Instrument Testing Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14
9.3 Tools & Tool Kits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14
9.4 Sales Bulletins . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14
Cover photo courtesy of Johnson/Yokogawa Co.
Campbell Micro-Bean® is a registered trademark of J.A. Campbell Co.
Chemiquip® is a registered trademark of Chemiquip Products Co. Inc.
iv
1.0 SELECTION & APPLICATION or Dresser Instrument Division. Use of a dia-
phragm seal with the gauge is recommended for
process media that (a) are corrosive to the
Users should become familiar with ASME
process sensing element; (b) contain heavy par-
B40.1 (Gauges – Pressure Indicating Dial
ticulates (slurries) or (c) are very viscous includ-
Type – Elastic Element) before specifying
ing those that harden at room temperature.
pressure measuring instruments. That docu-
ment – containing valuable information 1.4 Oxidizing media – Gauges for direct use
regarding gauge construction, accuracy, safety, on oxidizing media should be specially
selection and testing – may be ordered from: cleaned. Gauges for oxygen service should be
ordered to variation X6B and will carry the
ASME International
ASME required dial marking “USE NO OIL”
Three Park Avenue
in red letters. Gauges for direct use on other
New York, N.Y. 10016-5990
oxidizing media may be ordered to variation
800-843-2763 (US/Canada)
X6W. They will be cleaned but carry no dial
95-800-843-2763 (Mexico)
marking. Plus!® gauges or Halocarbon filled
973-882-1167 outside North America
gauge or diaphragm fill is required for use
Email: infocentral@asme.org
with oxidizing media; order variation XCF.
WARNING: To prevent misapplication, pres- See page 4 of the text of the Ashcroft
sure gauges should be selected considering Corrosion Guide mentioned in paragraph 1.4
media and ambient operating conditions. above for more information.
Improper application can be detrimental to the
gauge, causing failure and possible personal 1.5 Pulsation/Vibration – Pressure pulsation
injury, property damage or death. The infor- can be dampened by several mechanisms; the
mation contained in this manual is offered as patented PLUS! Performance gauge will han-
a guide in making the proper selection of a dle the vast majority of applications. One
pressure gauge. Additional information is exception to this is high frequency pulsation
available from Dresser Instrument Division. which is difficult to detect. The only indication
may be an upscale zero shift due to movement
The following is a highlight of some of the more wear. These applications should be addressed
important considerations: with a liquid filled gauge, or in extreme cases,
a remotely mounted liquid filled gauge con-
1.1 Range – The range of the instrument nected with a length of capillary line. The
should be approximately twice the maximum small diameter of the capillary provides excel-
operating pressure. Too low a range may lent dampening, but can be plugged. The
result in (a) low fatigue life of the elastic ele- Ashcroft 1106 pulsation dampener and 112
ment due to high operating stress and (b) sus- snubber are auxiliary devices which dampen
ceptibility to overpressure set due to pressure pulsation with less tendency to plug.
transients that exceed the normal operating
pressure. Too high a range may yield insuffi- 1.6 Gauge fills. – Once it has been determined
cient resolution for the application. that a liquid filled gauge is in order, the next
step is selecting the type of fill. Glycerin sat-
1.2 Temperature – Refer to page 2 of this isfies most applications. While being the least
manual for important information concerning expensive fill, its usable temperature range is
temperature related limitations of pressure 20/250°F. Silicone filled gauges have a
gauges, both dry and liquid filled. broader service range: –40/250°F. Oxidizing
1.3 Media – The material of the process sensing media require the use of Halocarbon, with a
element must be compatible with the process service range of –50/250°F. Pointer motion
media. Consult the Corrosion Guide available will be slowed at the low end of the low end of
on the website: www.dresserinstruments.com these temperature ranges.
1
1.7 Mounting – Users should predetermine gauges is 0.5% of full scale change for every
how the gauge will be mounted in service: 40°F change from 75°F. Double that allowance
stem (pipe), wall (surface) or panel (flush). for gauges with hermetically sealed or liquid
Ashcroft wall or panel mounting kits should be filled cases, except for Duragauge® gauges
ordered with the gauge. See paragraph 3 where no extra allowance is required due to
Installation. the elastomeric, compensating back. Above
250°F there may exist very significant errors
in indication.
2.0 TEMPERATURE
2.3 Steam service – In order to prevent live
2.1 Ambient Temperature – To ensure long steam from entering the bourdon tube, a
life and accuracy, pressure gauges should siphon filled with water should be installed
preferably be used at an ambient tempera- between the gauge and the process line.
ture between –20 and +150F (–30 to +65C). At Siphons can be supplied with ratings up to
very low temperatures, standard gauges may 4,000 psi. If freezing of the condensate in the
exhibit slow pointer response. Above 150F, the loop of the siphon is a possibility, a diaphragm
accuracy will be affected by approximately seal should be used to isolate the gauge from
1.5% per 100F. Other than discoloration of the the process steam. Siphons should also be
dial and hardening of the gasketing, non-liq- used whenever condensing, hot vapors (not
uid filled type 1279 (phenolic case) and 1379 just steam) are present. Super heated steam
(aluminum case) Duragauges, with standard should have enough piping or capillary line
glass windows, and Duralife gauges types ahead of the siphon to maintain liquid water
1008 and 1009, can withstand continuous in the siphon loop.
operating temperatures up to 250F. Liquid
filled gauges can withstand 200F but glycerin 2.4 Hot or very cold media – A five foot capil-
fill and the acrylic window of Duragauges will lary line assembly will bring most hot or cold
tend to yellow. Silicone fill will have much less process media within the recommended gauge
tendency to yellow. Low pressure, liquid filled ambient temperature range. For media above
types 1008 and 1009 gauges may have some 750F (400C) the customer should use his own
downscale errors caused by liquid fill expan- small diameter piping to avoid possible corro-
sion. This can be alleviated by “burping” the sion of the stainless steel. The five foot capillary
gauge by gently pushing the top fill plug to will protect the gauges used on the common
one side to admit air to the case. cryogenic (less than –300F (200C) gases, liquid
argon, nitrogen, and oxygen. The capillary and
Although the gauge may be destroyed and cal- gauge must be cleaned for oxygen service. The
ibration lost, gauges can withstand short media must not be corrosive to stainless steel,
times at the following temperatures: gauges and must not plug the small bore of the capillary.
with all welded pressure boundary joints,
750F (400C); gauges with silver brazed joints, 2.5 Diaphragm seals – As mentioned above, a
450F (232C) and gauges with soft soldered diaphragm seal should be used to protect
joints, 250F (121C). For expected long term gauges from corrosive media, or media that
service below –20F (–30C) Duragauges and will plug the instrument. Diaphragm seals
41⁄2˝ 1009 gauges should be hermetically are offered in a wide variety of designs and
sealed and specially lubricated; add “H” to the corrosion resistant materials to accommodate
product code for hermetic sealing. Add varia- almost any application and most connections.
tion XVY for special lubricant. Standard Request bulletin OH-1 for details. Recom-
Duralife gauges may be used to –50F (–45C) mended materials for corrosive service may
without modification. be found in the Corrosion Guide available at
www.dresserinstruments.com.
2.2 Accuracy – Heat and cold affect accuracy
of indication. A general rule of thumb for dry 2.6 Autoclaving – Sanitary gauges with
2
clamp type connections are frequently steam and subsequent inaccurate readings. Always
sterilized in an autoclave. Gauges equipped apply torque only to the wrench flats on the
with polysulfone windows will withstand lower seal housing when installing filled,
more autoclave cycles than those equipped diaphragm seal assemblies or removing same
with polycarbonate windows. Gauges from process lines.
equipped with plain glass or laminated safety
glass should not be autoclaved. Gauge 3.4 Process isolation – A shut-off valve
cases should be vented to atmosphere (remov- should be installed between the gauge and
ing the rubber fill/safety plug if necessary) the process in order to be able to isolate the
before autoclaving to prevent the plastic gauge for inspection or replacement without
window from cracking or excessively distort- shutting down the process.
ing. If the gauge is liquid filled, the fill should 3.5 Surface mounting – Also known as wall
also be drained from the case and the front ring mounting. Gauges should be kept free of piping
loosened before autoclaving. strains. The gauge case mounting feet, if applic-
able, will ensure clearance between the pres-
3.0 INSTALLATION sure relieving back and the mounting surface.
3.6 Flush mounting – Also known as panel
3.1 Location – Whenever possible, gauges mounting. The applicable panel mounting
should be located to minimize the effects of cutout dimensions can be found in Ashcroft
vibration, extreme ambient temperatures and sales bulletins – see item 9.4 RESOURCES
moisture. Dry locations away from very high on page 14 of this manual. These dimensions
thermal sources (ovens, boilers etc.) are pre- are also on Ashcroft® gauge general dimension
ferred. If the mechanical vibration level is drawings which can be obtained from the
extreme, the gauge should be remotely locat- Customer Service department in Stratford,
ed (usually on a wall) and connected to the Connecticut.
pressure source via flexible tubing.
3.2 Gauge reuse – ASME B40.1 recommends
that gauges not be moved indiscriminately 4.0 OPERATION
from one application to another. The cumula-
4.1 Frequency of inspection – This is quite
tive number of pressure cycles on an in-service
subjective and depends upon the severity of
or previously used gauge is generally
the service and how critical the accuracy of
unknown, so it is generally safer to install a
the indicated pressure is. For example, a
new gauge whenever and wherever possible.
monthly inspection frequency may be in order
This will also minimize the possibility of a
for critical, severe service applications.
reaction with previous media.
Annual inspections, or even less frequent
3.3 Tightening of gauge – Torque should schedules, are often employed in non-critical
never be applied to the gauge case. Instead, applications.
an open end or adjustable wrench should 4.2 In-service inspection – If the accuracy of
always be used on the wrench flats of the the gauge cannot be checked in place, the user
gauge socket to tighten the gauge into the fit- can at least look for (a) erratic or random
ting or pipe. NPT threads require the use of a pointer motion; (b) readings that are suspect
suitable thread sealant, such as pipe dope or – especially indications of pressure when the
teflon tape, and must be tightened very user believes the true pressure is 0 psig. Any
securely to ensure a leak tight seal. gauge which is obviously not working or indi-
CAUTION: Torque applied to a diaphragm cating erroneously, should be immediately
seal or its attached gauge, that tends to loosen valved-off or removed from service to avoid a
one relative to the other, can cause loss of fill possible pressure boundary failure.
3
4.3 When to check accuracy – Obviously any than 25%. It is likely the bourdon tube has
suspicious behavior of the gauge pointer war- seen significant overpressure leaving
rants a full accuracy check be performed. residual stresses that may be detrimental
Even if the gauge is not showing any symp- to the application.
toms of abnormal performance, the user may
want to establish a frequency of bench type c. Gauges which have accumulated over
inspection. 1,000,000 pressure cycles with significant
pointer excursion.
4.4 When to recalibrate – This depends on the
criticality of the application. If the accuracy of d. Gauges showing any signs of corrosion
a 3-2-3% commercial type gauge is only 0.5% and/or leakage of the pressure system.
beyond specification, the user must decide e. Gauges which have been exposed to high
whether it’s worth the time and expense to temperature or simply exhibit signs of
bring the gauge back into specification. having been exposed to high temperature
Conversely if the accuracy of a 0.25% test – specifically 250°F or greater for soft sol-
gauge is found to be 0.1% out of specification dered systems; 450°F or greater for brazed
then obviously the gauge should be recalibrat- systems; and 750°F or greater for welded
ed. systems.
4.5 Other considerations – These include (a)
f. Gauges showing significant friction error
bent or unattached pointers due to extreme
and/or wear of the movement and linkage.
pressure pulsation; (b) broken windows which
should be replaced to keep dirt out of the g. Gauges having damaged sockets, especially
internals; (c) leakage of gauge fill; (d) case damaged threads.
damage – dents and/or cracks; (e) any signs of
service media leakage through the gauge h. Liquid filled gauges showing loss of case
including its connection; (f) discoloration of fill.
gauge fill that impedes readability. NOTE: ASME B40.1 does not recommend
4.6 Spare parts – As a general rule it is rec- moving gauges from one application to anoth-
ommended that the user maintain in his er. This policy is prudent in that it encourages
parts inventory one complete Ashcroft instru- the user to procure a new gauge, properly tai-
ment for every ten (or fraction thereof) of that lored by specification, to each application that
instrument type in service. arises.
6.0 ACCURACY:
5.0 GAUGE REPLACEMENT PROCEDURES/DEFINITIONS
It is recommended that the user stock one Accuracy inspection – Readings at approxi-
complete Ashcroft instrument for every ten mately five points equally spaced over the
(or fraction thereof) of that instrument type in dial should be taken, both upscale and down-
service. With regard to gauges having a ser- scale, before and after lightly rapping the
vice history, consideration should be given to gauge to remove friction. A pressure standard
discarding rather than repairing them. with accuracy at least 4 times greater than
Gauges in this category include the following: the accuracy of the gauge being tested is rec-
a. Gauges that exhibit a span shift greater ommended.
than 10%. It is possible the bourdon tube Equipment – A finely regulated pressure sup-
has suffered thinning of its walls by corro- ply will be required. It is critical that the pip-
sion. ing system associated with the test setup be
leaktight. The gauge under test should be
b. Gauges that exhibit a zero shift greater
4
positioned as it will be in service to eliminate Span – A span error exists when the error at
positional errors due to gravity. full scale pressure is different from the error
at zero pressure. This error is often propor-
Method – ASME B40.1 recommends that
tional to the applied pressure. Most Ashcroft
known pressure (based on the reading from
gauges are equipped with an internal, adjust-
the pressure standard used) be applied to the
ing mechanism with which the user can cor-
gauge under test. Readings including any
rect any span errors which have developed in
error from the nominal input pressure, are
service.
then taken from the gauge under test. The
practice of aligning the pointer of the gauge Linearity – A gauge that has been properly
under test with a dial graduation and then spanned can still be out of specification at
reading the error from the master gauge intermediate points if the response of the
(“reverse reading”) can result in inconsistent gauge as seen in Figure 1 on page 6 is not lin-
and misleading data and should NOT be used. ear. The Ashcroft Duragauge® is equipped
with a rotary movement feature which per-
Calibration chart – After recording all of the
mits the user to minimize this class of error.
readings it is necessary to calculate the errors
Other Ashcroft gauge designs (e.g., 1009
associated with each test point using the fol-
Duralife®) require that the dial be moved left
lowing formula: ERROR in percent = 100
or right prior to tightening the dial screws.
times (TRUE VALUE minus READING) ÷
RANGE. Plotting the individual errors Hysteresis – Some bourdon tubes have a
(Figure 1 on page 6) makes it possible to visu- material property known as hysteresis. This
alize the total gauge characteristic. The plot material characteristic results in differences
should contain all four curves: upscale – between the upscale and downscale curves.
before rap; upscale – after rap; downscale – This class of error can not be eliminated
before rap; downscale – after rap. Rap means by adjusting the gauge movement or dial
lightly tapping the gauge before reading to position.
remove friction as described in ASME B40.1.
Friction – This error is defined as the differ-
Referring to Figure 1 on page 6, several class- ence in readings before and after lightly tap-
es of error may be seen: ping the gauge case at a check point. Possible
causes of friction are burrs or foreign materi-
Zero – An error which is approximately equal
al in the movement gearing, “bound” linkages
over the entire scale. This error can be mani-
between the movement and the bourdon tube,
fested when either the gauge is dropped or
or an improperly tensioned hairspring. If cor-
overpressured and the bourdon tube takes a
recting these potential causes of friction does
permanent set. This error may often be cor-
not eliminate excessive friction error, the
rected by simply repositioning the pointer.
movement should be replaced.
Except for test gauges, it is recommended
that the pointer be set at midscale pressure to (Continued on page 7)
“split” the errors.
5
TYPICAL CALIBRATION CHART
INDICATED VALUE (PSI)
True Value – Increasing – Increasing – Decreasing – Decreasing –
PSI Without RAP With RAP Without RAP With RAP
0 –.4 0 –.4 0
40 +.8 +1.0 +1.4 +1.1
80 +.4 +.5 +1.2 +1.0
120 –.4 –1.0 +.8 +.6
160 –.8 –.5 +.6 +.4
200 +.4 +.8 +.4 +.4
ERROR (% OF FULL SCALE)

True Value – Increasing – Increasing – Decreasing – Decreasing –
% of Range Without RAP With RAP Without RAP With RAP
0 –.20 0 –.20 0
20 +.40 +.50 +.70 +.55
40 +.20 +.25 +.60 +.50
60 –.20 –.05 +.40 +.30
80 –.40 –.25 +.30 +.20
100 +.20 +.40 +.20 +.20
1.0
Fig. 1

0.5

Error (% of Full Scale)

0.0

upscale – without rap
–0.5
upscale – with rap
downscale – without rap
downscale – with rap
–1.0
0 20 40 60 80 100
% of Range
6
6.1 Calibration – Rotary Movement Gauges movement should be rotated counter clock-
– Inspect gauge for accuracy. Many times wise. Rotating the movement one degree
gauges are simply “off zero” and a simple will change this error by approximately
pointer adjustment using the micrometer 0.25%. Rotating the movement often
pointer is adequate. If inspection shows the affects span and it should be subsequently
gauge warrants recalibration to correct span rechecked and readjusted if necessary
and/or linearity errors, proceed as follows: according to step 6.1e and 6.1f.
a. Remove ring, window and, if solid front h. While recalibrating the gauge, the friction
case, the rear closure assembly. error – difference in readings taken with
b. Pressurize the gauge once to full scale and and without rap – should be noted. This
back to zero. error should not exceed the basic accuracy
of the gauge. If the friction error is exces-
c. Refer to Figure 2 on page 8 for a view of a sive, the movement should be replaced.
typical Ashcroft system assembly with One possible cause of excessive friction is
component parts identified. improper adjustment of the hairspring.
The hairspring torque,or tension, must be
d. For solid front gauges, adjust the microme- adequate without being excessive. The
ter pointer so that it rests at the true zero hairspring should also be level, unwind
position. For open front gauges the pointer evenly (no turns rubbing) and it should
and dial must also be disassembled and never tangle.
the pointer should then be lightly pressed
onto the pinion at the 9:00 o’clock position. NOTES:
1 For operation of test gauge external zero
e. Apply full scale pressure and note the reset, refer to Figure 3 on page 8.
magnitude of the span error. With open 2 For test gauge calibration procedure,
front gauges, ideal span (270 degrees) will refer to Figure 4 on page 9.
exist when at full scale pressure the point-
er rests exactly at the 6:00 o’clock position. 6.2 Calibration – 1009 Duralife® Gauge –
Inspect gauge for accuracy. Many times
f. If the span has shifted significantly (span gauges are simply “off zero” and a simple
error greater than 10%), the gauge should pointer adjustment using the adjustable
be replaced because there may be some pointer is adequate. If the inspection shows
partial corrosion inside the bourdon tube that the gauge warrants recalibration to cor-
which could lead to ultimate failure. If the rect span and/or linearity errors, proceed as
span error exceeds 0.25%, loosen the lower follows:
link screw and move the lower end of the
link toward the movement to increase Remove ring, window, gasket and pointer
span or away to decrease span. An adjust- using Ashcroft tool kits 1205T and 1206T.
ment of 0.004 inch will change the span by
6.3 Positive Pressure Ranges –
approximately 1%. This is a repetitive pro-
cedure which often requires more than one a. Remove dial and lightly press pointer onto
adjustment of the link position and the pinion at 9:00 o’clock position.
subsequent rechecking of the errors at zero
b. Apply full scale pressure and rotate span
and full scale pressure.
block as shown in Figure 5a on page 11
g. Apply midscale pressure and note error in until pointer rests at 6:00 o’clock position.
reading. Even though the gauge is accu-
c. Fully exhaust pressure and check that
rate at zero and full scale, it may be inac-
pointer still is at 9:00 o’clock position. If
curate at the midpoint. This is called lin-
not repeat steps 1 and 2 until span is
earity error and is minimized by rotating
correct.
the movement. If the error is positive, the
(Continued on page 10)
7
Fig. 2 ASHCROFT SYSTEM ASSEMBLY
SEGMENT BOURDON TUBE
TIP HAIRSPRING
LINK PINION
ROTARY MOVEMENT
BACKPLATE
SOCKET
Fig. 3 TYPE 1082 EXTERNAL ZERO ADJUST FEATURE*
B RING
A
INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE:

LOOSEN RING LOCKING SCREW “A’’
OBTAIN REQUIRED ADJUSTMENT BY ROTATING
KNOB “B’’ CLOCKWISE OR COUNTER-CLOCKWISE.
TIGHTEN SCREW “A’’ DOWN ON KNOB “B.’’
*Applicable only for test gauge with hinged ring design.

8
Fig. 4 TYPE 1082 TEST GAUGE CALIBRATION PROCEDURE
9
d. Remove pointer and reassemble dial and h. Repeat steps 4 through 8 until span is
dial screws (finger tight). correct.
e. Lightly press pointer onto pinion. i. Remove the pointer.
f. Check accuracy at full scale. If error exceeds j. With 25 inches of Hg vacuum applied,
1% return to step 1, otherwise proceed. reassemble dial, dial screws (finger tight)
and pointer.
g. Check accuracy at midscale. If error exceeds
1% slide dial left or right to compensate. k. Apply 15 inches of Hg vacuum and note
accuracy of indication. If required, slide dial
h. Continue at * below. left or right to reduce error to 1% maximum.
Vacuum range – l. Continue at * below.
a. Using a pencil, refer to dial and mark the
0 and 25 inch of Hg positions on the case
*Now complete calibration of the gauge as
follows:
flange.
a. Firmly tighten dial screws.
b. Remove the dial.
b. Firmly tap pointer onto pinion, using brass
c. Apply 25 inches of Hg vacuum. back-up tool from Ashcroft kit 1205T if
d. Lightly press pointer onto pinion carefully gauge has rear blow-out plug. If gauge has
aligning it with the 25 inch of Hg vacuum top fill hole no back-up is required.
mark on case flange. c. Recheck accuracy at zero, midscale and full
e. Release vacuum fully. scale points (Figures 5a & 5b on page 11).
f. Note agreement of pointer to zero mark on d. Reassemble window, gasket and ring.
case flange.
g. If span is high or low, turn span block as
shown in Figure 5b on page 11.
10
1009 DURALIFE® PRESSURE GAUGE CALIBRATION
1009 DURALIFE CALIBRA

TION
PRESSURE VACUUM
Pencil marks on case flange
Start at 9:00 o’clock
25
25
Span Block
7/64 Open End Wrench

0
Decrease Increase Increase
Decrease
End at 6:00 o’clock
Mid-scale mark
15
25
Full scale mark

Zero box
Dial screws
Fig. 5a Fig. 5b
11
7.0 DIAPHRAGM SEALS filled prior to being placed in service. Ashcroft
diaphragm seal assemblies should only be
7.1 General – A diaphragm seal (isolator) is a filled by a seal assembler certified by Dresser
device which is attached to the inlet connec- Industries. Refer to section 3.3 for a caution-
tion of a pressure instrument to isolate its ary note about not applying torque on either
measuring element from the process media. the instrument or seal relative to the other.
The space between the diaphragm and the 7.3 Operation – All Ashcroft diaphragm seals,
instrument’s pressure sensing element is with the exception of Type 310 mini-seals, are
solidly filled with a suitable liquid. continuous duty. Should the pressure instru-
Displacement of the liquid fill in the pressure ment fail, or be removed accidentally or delib-
element, through movement of the erately, the diaphragm will seat against a
diaphragm, transmits process pressure matching surface preventing damage to the
changes directly to a gauge, switch or any diaphragm or leakage of the process fluid.
other pressure instrument. When diaphragm
seals are used with pressure gauges, an addi- 7.4 Maintenance – Clamp type diaphragm
tional 0.5% tolerance must be added to the seals – Types 100, 200 and 300 – allow for
gauge accuracy because of the diaphragm replacement of the diaphragm or diaphragm
spring rate. capsule, if that ever becomes necessary. The
Type 200 top housing must also be replaced
Used in a variety of process applications with the diaphragm. With all three types the
where corrosives, slurries or viscous fluids clamping arrangement allows field disassem-
may be encountered, the diaphragm seal bly to permit cleaning of the seal interior.
affords protection to the instrument where:
7.5 Failures – Diaphragm failures are gener-
• The process fluid being measured would ally caused by either corrosion, high tempera-
normally clog the pressure element. tures or fill leakage. Process media build-up
• Pressure element materials capable of on the process side of the diaphragm can also
withstanding corrosive effects of certain require seal cleaning or replacement. Consult
fluids are not available. Customer Service, Stratford CT for advice on
seal failures and/or replacement. Refer also to
• The process fluid might freeze due to Product Information page ASH/PI-14C con-
changes in ambient temperature and dam- taining drawing 96A121 Corrosion Data
age the element. Guide.
7.2 Installation – Refer to sales bulletin OH-1 WARNING: All seal components should be
for information regarding (a) seal configura- selected considering process and ambient
tions; (b) filling fluids; (c) temperature range operating conditions to prevent misapplica-
of filling fluids; (d) diaphragm material pres- tion. Improper application could result in fail-
sure and temperature limits; (e) bottom hous- ure, possible personal injury, property
ing material pressure and temperature lim- damage or death.
its; (f) pressure rating of seal assembly; (g)
accuracy/temperature errors of seal assembly;
(h) diaphragm seal displacement. The volu-
8.0 DAMPENING DEVICES
metric displacement of the diaphragm must
8.1 General – Some type of dampening device
at least equal the volumetric displacement of
should be used whenever the pressure gauge
the measuring element in the pressure
may be exposed to repetitive pressure fluctu-
instrument to which the seal is to be attached.
ations that are fairly rapid, high in magni-
It is imperative that the pressure instru- tude and especially when transitory pressure
ment/diaphragm seal assembly be properly spikes exceeding the gauge range are present
(as with starting and stopping action of
12
valves and pumps). A restricted orifice of restrict the flow of glycerin through an orifice
some kind is employed through which pres- and thus provide a degree of dampening. The
sure fluctuations must pass before they reach greater the compression of the felts the
the bourdon tube. The dampener reduces the greater the degree of dampening.
magnitude of the pressure pulse thus extend-
ing the life of the bourdon tube and move- 8.4 Ashcroft Pulsation Dampener – Type
ment. This reduction of the pressure pulsa- 1106 Ashcroft Pulsation Dampener is a mov-
tion as “seen” by the pressure gauge is gener- ing pin type in which the restricted orifice is
ally evidenced by a reduction in the pointer the clearance between the pin and any one of
travel. If the orifice is very small the pointer five preselected hole diameters. Unlike a sim-
may indicate the average service pressure, ple throttle screw/plug, this device has a self-
with little or no indication of the time varying cleaning action in that the pin moves up and
component of the process pressure. down under the influence of pressure fluc-
tuations.
Commonly encountered media (e.g. – water
and hydraulic oil) often carry impurities 8.5 Ashcroft Pressure Snubber – The heart
which can plug the orifice over time thus ren- of the Type 1112 pressure snubber is a thick
dering the gauge inoperative until the damp- porous metal filter disc. The disc is available
ener is cleaned or replaced. in four standard porosity grades.
Highly viscous media and media that tend to 8.6 Campbell Micro-Bean® – Type 1110
periodically harden (e.g., asphalt) require a Micro-Bean is a precision, stainless steel, nee-
diaphragm seal be fitted to the gauge. The dle valve instantly adjustable to changing
seal contains an internal orifice which damp- conditions of flow and viscosity. A very slight
ens the pressure fluctuation within the fill taper on the valve stem fits into tapered hole
fluid. in the body. The degree of dampening is easi-
ly adjusted by turning the valve handle. A fil-
8.2 Throttle Screws & Plugs – These acces- ter is built into the Micro-Bean to help pre-
sories provide dampening for the least cost. vent plugging.
They have the advantage of fitting completely
within the gauge socket and come in three 8.7 Ashcroft Needle Valves – Type 7001 thru
types: (a) a screwed-in type which permits 7004 steel needle valves provide varying
easy removal for cleaning or replacement; (b) degrees of dampening similar to the Campbell
a pressed in, non-threaded design and (c) a Micro-Bean but with a less precise and less
pressed in, threaded design which provides a costly adjustability. Like the Micro-Bean
highly restrictive, helical flow path. Not all these devices, in the event of plugging, can
styles are available on all gauge types. easily be opened to allow the pressure fluid to
clear away the obstruction.
8.3 Ashcroft Gauge Saver – Type 1073
Ashcroft Gauge Saver features an elastomer- 8.8 Chemiquip® Pressure Limiting Valves –
ic bulb that fully isolates the process media Model PLV-255, PLV-2550, PLV-5460, PLV-
from the bourdon tube. In addition to provid- 5500 and PLV-6430, available with and with-
ing dampening of pressure pulses, the bour- out built-in snubbers, automatically “shut off”
don tube is protected from plugging and cor- at adjustable preset values of pressure to pro-
rosion. The space between the bulb and bour- tect the gauge from damage to overpressure.
don tube is completely filled with glycerin. They are especially useful on hydraulic sys-
Felt plugs located between the bulb and bour- tems wherein hydraulic transients (spikes)
don tube are first compressed some amount to are common.
13
9.0 RESOURCES
9.1 Training Videos
9.1.1 Test gauge calibration
9.1.2 1009 Duralife® calibration
9.1.3 Duragauge® calibration
9.1.4 Diaphragm seal filling
9.2 Pressure Instrument Testing Equipment

9.2.1 Type 1305D Deadweight Tester
9.2.2 Type 1327D Pressure Gauge Comparator
9.2.3 Type 1327CM “Precision” Gauge Comparator
9.3 Tools & Tool Kits

9.3.1 Type 2505 universal carrying case for 1082 test gauge
9.3.2 Type 266A132-01 span wrench for 1082 test gauge
9.3.3 Type 1280 conversion kit for 41⁄2˝ lower connect 1279/1379
9.3.4 Type 1283 conversion kit for 41⁄2˝ back connect 1279/1379
9.3.5 Type 1284 conversion kit for 6˝ lower & back connect
9.3.6 Type 1281 socket O-Ring kit for 1279/1379 lower connect
9.3.7 Type 1285 41⁄2˝ ring wrench for 1279/1379 lower & back connect
9.3.8 Type 1286 6˝ ring wrench for 1379 lower & back connect
9.3.9 Type 1287 cone tool for installing diaphragm & spring on 1279/1379 back connect
9.3.10 Type 1105T calibration tool kit (all gauges except 1009 Duralife®)
9.3.11 Type 3220 pointer puller (all gauges except 1009 Duralife®)
9.3.12 Type. 3530 pinion back-up tool for 1009 Duralife®
9.3.13 Type 1230 throttle plug insertion (1⁄4 NPT) for 1009 Duralife®
9.3.14 Type 1231 throttle plug insertion (1⁄2 NPT) for 1009 Duralife® (body only)
9.3.15 Type 1205T calibration hand tools for 1009 Duralife®
9.3.16 Type 1206T ring removal & assembly tools for 1009 Duralife®
9.4 Sales Bulletins

9.4.1 Pressure Instrument Testing Equipment – Bulletin TE-1
9.4.2 Type 1327CM Portable Precision Gauge Comparator – Bulletin TE-2
9.4.3 Test Gauges – Bulletin TG-2
9.4.4 Duragauge® Pressure Gauges – Bulletin DU-1
9.4.5 General Service Gauges – Bulletin IG-1
9.4.6 Type 1009 Duralife® Industrial Gauges – Bulletin SS-1
9.4.7 Type 1008 Metric Case Gauges – Bulletin SS-1
9.4.8 Duralife® Metric Process Gauges – Bulletin SS-1
9.4.9 Type 1032 Sanitary Pressure Gauges – Bulletin SG-2
9.4.10 Special Service Gauges – Bulletin IG-1
9.4.11 Diaphragm Seals – Bulletin OH-1
14
Instrument Division Sales and Customer Service Locations
U.S. & International U.S. Sales Offices International Operations Japan

Headquarters Dresser Japan Ltd.
Midwest Region Brazil Room 818, Shin Tokyo Building
Stratford, Connecticut Chicago, Illinois Dresser Industria e 3-1 Marunouchi 3-Chome,
250 E. Main Street 400 W. Lake Street Comercio Ltda. Chiyoda-ku, Tokyo, Japan
Stratford, CT 06614-5145 Suite 318 Rua Senador Vergueiro #433 Tel: 813-3201-1501
Tel: (203) 378-8281 Roselle, IL 60172-3573 09521-320 Sao Caetano do Sul Fax: 813-3213-6567
Fax: (203) 381-9042 Tel: (630) 980-9030 Sao Paulo, Brazil E-Mail: yuichi.yamamoto@
Fax: (630) 980-9440 Tel: 55-11-4224-7400 dresserjapan.co.jp
Fax: 55-11-4224-7477
Southeast Region E-Mail: vendas.instrumentos@ Korea
Mobile, Alabama dresser.com Dresser International, S.A
605 Bel Air Blvd. Room 2107
Suite 10 Brazil (Jacarei) #2015 Kuk Dong Bldg.
Mobile, AL 36606 Dresser Industria e Comercio Ltda. 60-1, 3-KA, Choongmu-Ro,
Tel: (251) 473-1692 Divisao Masoneilan Chung-ku, Seoul, Korea 100-705
Fax: (251) 473-1782 Rua Particular– Estrada Tel: 82-2-2274-0792
Velha Rio De Janeiro – Fax: 82-2-2274-0794
Northeast Region Sao Paulo, KM 101Jacarei, E-Mail: dkisjlee@chollian.net
Stratford, Connecticut Sao Paulo Caixa
250 E. Main Street Postal 167, CEP 12305-330 Mexico
Stratford, CT 06614-5145 Tel: 55-11-3958-2011 Dresser Instruments S.A. De C.V.
Tel: (203) 385-0670 Fax: 55-11-3958-2670 Mexico Operations
Fax: (203) 385-0756 E-Mail: dresserjac@uol.com.br Henry Ford No. 114
Esq. Foulton Fracc.
Pacific Region Canada Industrial San Nicolas
Stratford, Connecticut Dresser Canada, Inc. 54030 Tlalnepantla,
250 E. Main Street 2135 Meadowpine Blvd. Edo De Mexico
Stratford, CT 06614-5145 Mississauga, Tel: (52)55-53-10-72-17
Tel: (203) 385-0399 Ontario L5N 6L5 Canada (52)55-53-10-89-83
Fax: (203) 385-0402 Tel: 905-335-3529 (52)55-53-10-28-29
Fax: 905-826-9106 (52)55-53-10-28-75
E-Mail: Lance_Barette@dresser.com Fax: (52)55-53-10-26-08
E-Mail: mendiet@avantel.net
China
Dresser Industries, Inc. Saudi Arabia
Room #2404, Capital Mansion Dresser Al Rushaid Valve &
No. 6 Xin Yuan Nan Road Beijing, Instrument Co. (DARVICO)
People’s Republic of China 100004 P.O. Box 10145
Tel: 86-10-84862440/1/2/3/4 Jubail Industrial City
Fax: 86-10-84862445 Saudi Arabia 31961
E-Mail: dresser@public3.bta.net.cn Tel: 966-3-341-0278
Fax: 966-3-341-7624
France E-Mail: bill_dumasia@darvico.com
Dresser Europe GmbH E-Mail: sam_dastur@darvico.com
Dresser Instrumentation
206 ZA Le Mandinet Singapore
Rue des Campanules Dresser Singapore
F 77185 Lognes, France Instrument Operations
Tel: 33-1-60372530 Block 1004 Toa Payoh North
Fax: 33-1-60372539 #07-15/17 Singapore 318995
E-Mail: europe@wanadoo.fr Tel: 65-6252-6602
Fax: 65-6252-6603
Germany E-Mail: john.wong@dresser.com.sg
Dresser Europe GmbH
Postfach 11 20 Max-Planck-Str. 1 United Kingdom
D-52499 Baesweiler, Germany Dresser Europe GmbH
Tel: 49-24-01-8080 East Gillibrands, Skelmersdale
Fax: 49-24-01-7027 Lancashire, WN8 9TU
E-Mail: jbiermans@dresserbae.de United Kingdom
Tel: 44-16-95-52600
Germany Fax: 44-16-95-52693
Ebro Electronic GmbH E-Mail: sales@dresser-instrument.co.uk
Peringerstr 10D-85055
Ingolstadt, Germany Venezuela
Tel: 49-84-1-95478-0 Manufactures Petroleras
Fax: 49-84-1-95478-80 Venezolanas (M.P.V.)
E-Mail: info@ebro.de KM 7 Carretera A El Mojan Calle 18,
#15B355 ZONA Ind. Norte Sector
Canchancha Maracaibo Edo
Zulia Venezuela
Tel: 58-261-757-9070
Visit our web site www.ashcroft.com Fax: 58-261-757-9561
E-Mail: contactenos@mapvensa.com
© Dresser, Inc., Dresser Instruments, 250 East Main Street, Stratford, CT 06614, E-Mail: ventasmpv@telcel.net.ve
203-378-8281, 203-378-0499 Fax, www.ashcroft.com
All sales subject to standard terms and conditions of sale. I&M012-10098-5/02 (250-1353H) GBE 5M DPS 4P7/2003
Direct Reading PENBERTHY
10/05
08/01
2000
2100
Replaces
Section
Bulletin
Liquid Level Gages and Gagecocks

Issued
3
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Flat Glass Gages
Flat Glass Gages Overview ..................................................................................4-7
Low Pressure Flat Glass Gages: Models RL & TL ....................................................8
Medium Pressure Flat Glass Gages: Models RM & TM, RMR & TMR ........................9
High Pressure Flat Glass Gages: Models RH & TH, RHR & THR ..............................10
Large Chamber Flat Glass Gages: Models RLC & TLC ............................................11
Weld Pad Flat Glass Gages: Models RMW & TMW..................................................12
Dimensions for Process Glass................................................................................13
Ultra High Pressure Flat Glass Gages: Model TU ....................................................14
Steam/Water Flat Glass Gages: Models TSL, TSL-F, TSM, TSM-F ..........................15
Offshore Gage Glasses
Table of Contents
Offshore Glass Gages Overview ......................................................................16-17
Tubular Glass Gages

Tubular Glass Gages Overview ........................................................................18-19
Gagecocks
Gagecocks Overview........................................................................................20-21
Flat Glass Gagecocks: Series 100, 200..................................................................22
Flat Glass Gagecocks: Series 300, 400..................................................................23
Flat Glass Gagecocks: Series 500..........................................................................24
OS&Y Fugitive Emission Gagecocks: Series 550, 750 ............................................26
Tubular Glass Gagecocks: Series N2, K2................................................................28
Tubular Glass Gagecocks: Series K3 ......................................................................29
Tubular Glass Gagecocks: Series N6......................................................................30
Tubular Glass Gagecocks: Series N7......................................................................31
Accessories
Graph-a-BondTM Gaskets ......................................................................................32
Flat Glass Frost-Proof Illuminators ........................................................................33
Protectors, Illuminators, Extensions,
Heating & Cooling Devices, Valves & Fittings ........................................................34
© 2005 Tyco Valves & Controls, L.P. Prophetstown, All Rights Reserved
4
Armored Cover
Flat Glass
Gages
Flat glass gages provide direct
observation of liquid level in a process Gasket
vessel. The process liquid level and
liquid characteristics can be observed
through the glass as it rises and falls in
the gage chamber.
Glass
The six basic components of flat glass
gages are as follows:
Chamber
Pressure retaining element which
Flat Glass Gages Overview
provides rigidity to the gage assembly

and a means to connect the gage to
isolation gagecocks or other vessel Bolts
connections.
Penberthy’s standard chambers have a
flat gasket seat to allow for easy
removal of gasket residue and
fragments. Because the chamber does Cushion
not have a recessed face, the gasket
may be removed quickly with a flat
blade.
Penberthy has an optional chamber with mechanical integrity along the length of Gasket
a recessed gasket seating surface to the chamber. Seals the gap and prevents leaking
meet customer requirements. The cross tie provides a higher strength between the glass and the chamber.
Slots are machined into Penberthy’s chamber due to the reduction of Glass
transparent gage chambers rather than unsupported beam length. Chambers are Contains the process liquid and provides
continuous vision slots. These cross available with PFA (Teflon®), PECTFE the viewing window to the process liquid
ties between vision slots increase the (Halar®), and PETFE (Tefzel®) lining. level.
Cushion
Protects the glass from mechanical stress
points by acting as a buffer between the
glass and cover.
Cover
Protects the glass from mechanical
Standard impact along the sides of the chamber
Gasket Recessed and provides a compression surface for
Chamber Gasket the bolts/studs/nuts to hold the gasket
Chamber and glass tightly against the chamber.
Bolts/Studs/Nuts
Properly torqued gage bolting applies a
uniform compressive load to the gage
assembly for pressure retaining purposes.
Reflex Transparent
5
Multiple Section
Gages
To meet visible glass lengths greater
than Size 9 glass (12.625” [321 mm]),
Penberthy stacks covers along the
length of the single chamber. The
maximum operating pressure and
temperature ordinarily determine the
largest glass size that can be used.
Vision slots are cut according to the
size of the glass used and the
number of sections necessary to
meet the desired vision length or
minimum center to center (vessel
connections). Support brackets
should be attached to larger gages to

support the weight of the gage 3-section gage Continuous vision Multiple
assembly. on continuous single-section gages section gages
The maximum number of sections chamber on standpipe on standpipe
(covers) that can be used on a single
gage chamber is ten. If the required
liquid level vision length extends Gage Connections
beyond 139.750” [3550 mm], multiple
section gages may be bridled to a End, side and back (typically reflex distance and/or the optimum vision
standpipe or alternately top-bottom only) connections can be machined position for liquid level viewing.
side connected. into the gage chamber to provide end Connections include NPT, BSP, ANSI
users with desired center to center flanged, DIN flanged and socketweld.
Gage Connections
Side Back Connect End

Connect Connect
6
Reflex and
Transparent Gages
Reflex gages have a single vision slot
in which light can enter the gage
chamber to determine liquid level.
Above the liquid level, glass prisms
reflect the surrounding light. Below
the liquid level the liquid fills the Reflex
prisms causing the glass to become
relatively transparent.
Light striking the area of glass
covered by transparent liquid is Transparent
allowed to pass through to the
interior of the gage along the entire
length of the covered prism. The light
is reflected from the back of the
chamber to the observer. Typically

the chamber appears dark. An
opaque liquid such as milk would
directly reflect the light at the
surface of the prisms, where it
appears as a solid column of white.
Light striking the area of the glass
above the liquid level experiences
internal reflection. Internal reflection
will occur when light attempts to
move from a medium having a given
index of refraction to one having a
lower index of refraction.
through the prism angle), it reflects rather The interface between the liquid and
When the light attempts to move than passes through to the back of the gas occurs where the silvery and
from a higher index of refraction chamber. Except for a focused line of light dark/opaque area intersect.
(glass – 1.47 index of refraction) along the apex of the prism, the
to a lower index of refraction Transparent gages have a vision slot on
surrounding light reflects back to the
(air – 1.00 index of refraction both sides of the chamber. Light enters
observer appearing silvery.
the gage from the side opposite the
observer so that both the level of a
liquid and its characteristics can be seen.
For easier liquid observation in dark
environments, illuminators are available
for use with transparent gages.
Transparent gages may be used for
interface applications.
7
Armored Gages
Armored flat glass gages give users Borosilicate Glass, Aluminosilicate
the ability to visually inspect liquid
characteristics (color, particulate, Glass and Quartz
striations, turbulence) and monitor
relative fill or drain rates in a variety of Borosilicate glass is the most Materials other than quartz limit
applications where vibration, common type of optic material used a gage assembly’s maximum
temperature and/or pressure extremes in Penberthy gages. Borosilicate operating temperature.
rule out level technologies. glass offers good resistance to most
Penberthy offers quartz in its model
End users interested in establishing a chemicals at temperatures at or
TH only. The physical properties of
reliable, easy-to-understand level below 600˚F [316˚C].
quartz require an extremely flat
reference often use flat glass gages to Penberthy uses tempered seating surface. Flatness tolerance
verify electronic level device output at borosilicate glass in its gages to of gasket and cushion seating
plant start-up or routine maintenance improve thermal shock resistance. surfaces on chambers and covers
(especially pressure vessels). The tempering process involves must be maintained to avoid
Other distinct advantages: heating the glass to a glassy torsional or point stresses on the

transition point and rapidly cooling quartz.
• They require no electrical power. the glass to create compressive
Level can be monitored in remote Shields (e.g., PCTFE, Mica) can be
stress in the outer 1/6 of thickness.
locations where no power is installed to prolong the life of
available. In event of a power failure, Aluminosilicate glass has a higher transparent flat glass in corrosive or
the flat glass gage is not effected. viscosity and a lower thermal erosive environments such as
expansion coefficient compared to hydrofluoric acid, sodium hydroxide
• They are not dependent on most or steam.
liquid properties. Multiple liquids can borosilicate glass. Aluminosilicate
be processed through the same glass is commonly used where
vessel without concerns for density, process temperatures are greater
surface turbulence, di-electric, than 600˚F [316˚C] but are at or
conductivity, etc. below 800˚F [427˚C].
• They’re suitable for vacuum Fused quartz is made from
application. crystalline silica with few impurities
• They provide a near-unlimited length (50 ppm by weight). The highest
of measure. temperature rating, 1000ºF [538ºC],
is achieved by using quartz.
• They’re non-intrusive.
Temperature Ranges for Commonly Used Optical Material
Illuminator Assembly
(see p. 33 for more information)
8
Low Pressure Flat Glass Gages
for less demanding Model RL – Model TL –
process conditions... Reflex Low Pressure Transparent Low Pressure
Penberthy’s low pressure gages are
designed to maximize the mechanical
and economical advantages of ductile
iron covers.
All materials in low pressure gages
conform to ASTM specifications.
RL gages can achieve pressures to
2400 psig [16550 kPa] @ 100ºF
[38ºC] and TL gages can achieve
Low Pressure Flat Glass Gages
pressures to 2000 psig [13790 kPa]

@ 100ºF [38ºC] when manufactured
with size 1 glass – see ratings
table below.
Penberthy does not recommend
low pressure gages for
steam/water applications.
Model RL
Pressure/Temperature
Standard/Optional Features
CONNECTION TYPE STANDARD OPTIONAL
End Connections
Threaded
1/2” NPTF X
Model TL 3/4” NPTF X
Pressure/Temperature Socketweld
1/2” female X
3/4” female X
Flanged X
Side or Back (typically reflex only) Connections
Threaded
1/2” NPTF X
3/4” NPTF X
Socketweld
1/2” female X
3/4” female X
Flanged X
NOTE: Pressure/Temperature ratings shown for standard

gasket, otherwise see chart on page 13.
9
Medium Pressure Flat Glass Gages
for most common Model RM – Model TM –
process conditions... Relfex Medium Pressure Transparent Medium Pressure
Strength and versatility make
Penberthy’s medium pressure gages
ideal for most common process
conditions. Offshore specification
2600.1 is preferred with medium
pressure gages in offshore and other
corrosive environments.
Medium Pressure Flat Glass Gages

All materials in medium pressure gages
RM gages can achieve pressures to
3000 psig [20680 kPa] @ 100˚F [38˚C]
and TM gages can achieve pressures to
2500 psig [17240 kPa] @ 100˚F [38˚C]
when manufactured with size 1 glass –
see ratings table below.
Although not designed for thermal
cycling, Penberthy allows use of
medium pressure gages for steam/
water applications due to historical
precendence - see Application Report
2781 in Penberthy Catalog.
Model RM
End Connections
Threaded
1/2” NPTF X
3/4” NPTF X
Socketweld
1/2” female X
Model TM 3/4” female X
Pressure/Temperature Flanged X
Threaded
1/2” NPTF X
3/4” NPTF X
Socketweld
1/2” female X
3/4” female X
Flanged X
Chambers
Recessed Gasket X
*Gages with recessed gaskets are designed with the
NOTE: Pressure/Temperature ratings shown for standard letter R at the end of the Model Number (i.e. RMR)
For environmental Nace MR0175 &/or MR0103 gages, pressure © 2005 Tyco Valves & Controls, L.P. Prophetstown, All Rights Reserved
de-rating is required
10
High Pressure Flat Glass Gages
Heavy duty Model RH – Model TH –
construction for high Reflex High Pressure Transparent High Pressure
pressure resistance...
Penberthy engineers its high pressure
cover to allow maximum rated
pressure regardless of glass size.
High pressure gages resist torsional
stresses exceptionally well to provide
a process gage for the most
demanding applications.
High Pressure Flat Glass Gages
All materials in high pressure gages

RH gages can achieve pressures to
4000 psig [27580 kPa] @100˚F [38˚C]
and TH gages can achieve pressures
to 3000 psig [20680 kPa] @ 100˚F
[38˚C] for all glass sizes – see ratings
table below.
Penberthy does not recommend high
pressure gages for steam/water
applications. They are designed for high
pressure, but low thermal cycle duty.
Model RH
End Connections
Threaded
1/2” NPTF X
3/4” NPTF X
Socketweld
Model TH
1/2” female X
Pressure/Temperature 3/4” female X
Flanged X
Threaded
1/2” NPTF X
3/4” NPTF X
Socketweld
1/2” female X
3/4” female X
Flanged X
Chambers
gasket, otherwise see chart on page 13. Recessed Gasket* X
For environmental Nace MR0175 &/or MR0103 gages, pressure *Gages with recessed gaskets are designed with the
de-rating is required letter R at the end of the Model Number (i.e. RHR) © 2005 Tyco Valves & Controls, L.P. Prophetstown, All Rights Reserved
11
Large Chamber Flat Glass Gages
for turbulent surface Model RLC – Model TLC –
or extremely Reflex Large Chamber Transparent Large Chamber
transparent liquids...
Combining high pressure covers and a
large cylindrical chamber, these gages can
improve accuracy in determining turbulent
vessel liquid levels. In addition to
simulating the function of a stilling well and
providing a liquid column approximately
four times the diameter of standard gages,
Large Chamber Flat Glass Gages

large chamber gages can provide end
connections up to 2” NPTF that can
accommodate various instrumentation.
All materials in large chamber gages
RLC gages can achieve pressures to
2400 psig [16550 kPa] @ 100˚F [38˚C]
and TLC gages can achieve pressures to
1580 psig [10890 kPa] @ 100˚ F [38˚C]
for all glass sizes – see ratings table below.
Penberthy does not recommend large
chamber gages for steam/water
applications.
Model RLC
End Connections
Threaded
Model TLC 1/2” NPTF X
Pressure/Temperature 3/4”-2” NPTF X
Socketweld
1/2”-2” female X
Flanged X
Threaded
1/2” NPTF X
3/4” NPTF X
Socketweld
1/2” female X
3/4” female X
X
gasket, otherwise see chart on page 13. Flanged
For environmental Nace MR0175 &/or MR0103 gages, pressure
de-rating is required © 2005 Tyco Valves & Controls, L.P. Prophetstown, All Rights Reserved
12
Weld Pad Flat Glass Gages
for direct mounting to Model RMW – Model TMW –
vessel wall... Reflex Medium Weld Pad Transparent Medium Weld Pad
For application involving high vibration,
highly viscous liquids or liquids with
considerable amounts of solids,
Penberthy offers end users a flat or
radius weld pad gage. Because there
are no nipples through which the
process liquid enters the gage,
clogging potential is eliminated.
When welding the gage to a vessel, it is
extremely important to take proper
Weld Pad Flat Glass Gages
precautions to prevent warpage of the

chamber. Penberthy strongly
recommends the use of an optional
steel spacer for welding.
After welding, it is important to check
the flatness of all glass seating surfaces
as described in Penberthy’s Installation,
Operation, and Maintenance manual.
All materials in weld pad gages conform
to ASTM specifications. RMW and TMW
gages can achieve pressures to 2000 psig
[13790 kPa] @ 100˚F [38˚C] –when
manufactured with size 1 glass
– see table below.
FEATURE STANDARD OPTIONAL
Flat Pad X
Radius Pad
2” [51 mm] min. radius through
12” [305 mm] max. radius X
Isolable Gagecocks X
Isolable
Gagecocks – Model RMW Model TMW
Weld Pad Pressure/Temperature Pressure/Temperature
Gage
Integral gagecocks can be added to

Penberthy’s weld pad gages. These
gagcocks allow the gage to be isolated for
maintenance without lowering the liquid
level below the gage.
Penberthy does not recommend weld
pad gages for steam/water applications.
NOTE: Pressure/Temperature ratings shown for standard gasket, otherwise see chart on page 13.
For environmental Nace MR0175 &/or MR0103 gages, pressure de-rating is required
13
Dimensions for Process Gages
5 Section Gage End Connected
Sections Model Glass Size Visible Length Overall Length
Size 9 Glass inch mm inch mm
1 RL/TL 1 3.750 95 5.250 133
1 RM(R)/TM(R) 2 4.750 121 6.250 159
1 RMW/TMW 3 5.750 146 7.250 184
1 4 6.750 171 8.250 210
1 5 7.875 200 9.375 238
1 6 9.125 232 10.625 270
1 7 10.250 260 11.750 298
1 8 11.875 302 13.375 340
1 9 12.625 321 14.125 359
Dimensions for Process Gages

2 4 15.000 381 16.500 419
2 5 17.250 438 18.750 476
2 6 19.750 502 21.250 540
2 RL 7 22.000 559 23.500 597
2 TL 8 25.250 641 26.750 679
2 RM 9 26.750 679 28.250 718
3 RMR 6 30.375 772 31.875 810
3 TM 7 33.750 857 35.250 895
3 TMR 8 38.625 981 40.125 1019
3 RH 9 40.875 1038 42.375 1076
4 RHR 7 45.500 1156 47.000 1194
4 TH 8 52.000 1321 53.500 1359
4 THR 9 55.000 1397 56.500 1435
5 RLC 7 57.250 1454 58.750 1492
5 TLC 8 65.375 1661 66.875 1699
5 RMW 9 69.125 1756 70.625 1794
6 TMW 8 78.750 2000 80.250 2038
6 9 83.250 2115 84.750 2153
7 8 92.125 2340 93.625 2378
7 9 97.375 2473 98.875 2511
8 8 105.500 2680 107.000 2718
8 9 111.500 2832 113.000 2870
9 8 118.875 3019 120.375 3058
9 9 125.625 3191 127.125 3229
Pressure/Temperature 10 8 132.250 3359 133.750 3397
De-Rating for Material 10 9 139.750 3550 141.250 3588
Other Than Standard
Gasket Maximum Pressure at specified temperature psig [kPa]
Material 100˚F [38˚C] 250˚F [121˚C] 300˚F [149˚C] 400˚F [204˚C] 500˚F [260˚C]
Buna-N 300 [2070] 225 [1550] – – – – – –
EPDM 300 [2070] 225 [1550] 210 [1450] – – – –
Neoprene 300 [2070] 225 [1550] 210 [1450] – – – –
Viton® (FKM) 300 [2070] 225 [1550] 210 [1450] 180 [1240] – –
Daikin® (PCTFE) 300 [2070] 225 [1550] 210 [1450] 180 [1240] – –
Teflon® (PTFE) 300 [2070] 225 [1550] 210 [1450] 180 [1240] 150 [1030]
Graphite ribbon (Grafoil®) and non-asbestos (Nobestos D-7301®) gasket ratings

are derived from performance curves. © 2005 Tyco Valves & Controls, L.P. Prophetstown, All Rights Reserved
14
Ultra-High Pressure Flat Glass Gages
for extraordinary Model TU -

pressure and vapor Transparent Ultra High
requirements... Pressure
The method of clamping and sealing
the glass differs from other gages in
that the glass does not experience
stress concentrations imposed by
bolting. The glass becomes a
floating member between two solidly
Ultra-High Pressure Flat Glass Gages
bolted blocks of rigid plate.

The pressure activated seal principle
provides a self adjusting means of
maintaining a tight joint between
glass and liquid chamber. The
gasket system compensates for
machining variations. CONNECTION TYPE STANDARD OPTIONAL
Because glass can take a End Connections
tremendous amount of evenly loaded Threaded
compression, the gage can withstand 1/2” NPTF X
3/4” NPTF X
extremely demanding pressure
Socketweld
requirements.
1/2” female X
All materials in TU gages conform to 3/4” female X
ASTM specifications. TU gages can Flanged X
achieve pressures to 6000 psig Side Connections
[41370 kPa] @ 250˚F [121˚C]. Threaded
Pressure rating is not glass size 1/2” NPTF X
dependent. A higher temperature 3/4” NPTF X
rating 400˚F [204˚C] @ 6000 psig Socketweld
[41370 kPa] can be achieved by 1/2” female X
using Viton®. Teflon® can achieve 3/4” female X
500˚F [260˚C] @ 6000 psig Flanged X
[41370 kPa].
Penberthy does not recommend Dimensions
ultra-high pressure gages for
steam/water applications. Glass End Connected
Visible Length Overall Length
Sections Model
Size
Model TU inch mm inch mm
1 TU 1 3.531 90 6.500 165
Pressure/Temperature 1 TU 3 5.531 140 8.500 216
1 TU 4 6.531 166 9.500 241
1 TU 5 7.656 194 10.625 270
1 TU 7 10.031 255 13.000 330
2 TU 1 8.875 225 11.750 298
2 TU 3 12.875 327 15.750 400
2 TU 4 14.875 378 17.750 451
2 TU 5 17.125 435 20.000 508
2 TU 7 21.875 556 24.750 629
3 TU 3 20.219 514 23.094 587
3 TU 4 23.219 590 26.094 663
3 TU 5 26.594 675 29.469 749
NOTE: Pressure/Temperature ratings shown for standard 3 TU 7 33.719 856 36.594 929
15
Steam/Water Flat Glass Gages
for dynamic thermal TSL Configurations
environments... TSL TSL TSL TSL-F TSL-F TSL-F
1 section 2 section 3 section 1 section 2 section 3 section
Designed to expand and contract
during dynamic thermal conditions,
these steam/water gages have extra-
heavy construction incorporating a
wide chamber. Thermally induced
gage stresses are absorbed by the
linear expansion within the stuffing
box or the expansion loop.
TSL stuffing box or TSL-F flanged
Steam/Water Flat Glass Gages

configurations can be used for
steam/water service at or below 650 TSM Configurations
psig [4480 kPa]. TSM stuffing box or TSM TSM TSM TSM-F TSM-F TSM-F
1 section 2 section 3 section 1 section 2 section 3 section
TSM-F flanged configurations can be
used at or below 1500 psig
[10340 kPa] steam/water service.
Mica shields and Belleville washers
are standard to improve the long term
sealing of the gage. All materials
conform to ASME/ASTM specifications.
The following gagecocks are suggested
for use with steam/water gages:
Model 730 OS&Y - for Model TSL
and TSM gage having flanged gage Standard/Optional Features
connections;
FEATURE TSL TSL-F TSM TSM-F
Model 780 OS&Y - for Model TSL Std Opt Std Opt Std Opt Std Opt
and TSM gage having stuffing box Connections
connections. Stuffing box nipple 3/4” dia. X X
Flanged X X
Model TSL, TSL-F, TSM, TSM-F Expansion Loop X X
Pressure/Temperature Mica Shields X X X X
1500
1400 TSM, TSM - F =

1300
1200
TSL, TSL - F = Dimensions
1100 Sections Model Glass Visible Length
1000 Size inch mm
Pressure psig
900
800 1 6 9.000 229

700
1 7 10.125 257
600
500
1 TSL 9 12.500 318
400 2 TSL-F 6 17.000 432
300
2 TSM 7 19.250 489
200
100
2 TSM-F 9 24.000 610
0 3 6 25.000 635 Stuffing Box
200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700
Temperature ºF
3 7 28.375 721 Nipple
3 9 35.500 902
NOTE: Pressure/ Temperature ratings shown for standard gasket.
16
Offshore Gage Glasses
1 2 3 After experiencing a problem on
one of their offshore rigs, a
major oil company requested that
Tyco initiate a research program
to develop better corrosion protection
for offshore gage glass. To assess
the relative strengths and
weaknesses of various coatings and
materials commonly used as
“offshore protection,” we subjected a
number of our own gages as well as
competitive models to an accelerated
Offshore Gage Glass Overview
corrosion/weathering test (ASTM

1 Two years actual 2&3 Two years offshore exposure simulated in lab B117). While the tests were
offshore exposure
performed in a controlled laboratory
environment, the exposure to over
4 5 6 2500 hours of heat and salt spray
provided a corrosive environment that
was judged to be comparable to two
years of actual offshore use.
Above left is a Penberthy gage
(figure 1) which was used offshore for
two years in the Gulf of Mexico. It
was prepared according to an
industry-accepted specification which
the oil company had established for
its offshore equipment. Badly
corroded and potentially dangerous,
4 Flourocarbon and Moly 5 Three-part coating 6 Three-part coating as this gage establishes a benchmark
DiSulfide coatings too easliy applied to individual parts applied by Penberthy for the kind of corrosion and
penetrated prior to gage assembly provides true “offshore
controls corrosion-except protection” deterioration that typically occurs
on hardware
Competitive comparison shows the need for concern

in selecting a gage with “offshore” design
As important as coatings are in making minor abrasions can cause the The following diagrams illustrate the
a gage corrosion-resistant, their value tempered gage glass to lose most relative vulnerability of the glass on
can be rendered useless if the glass is of its pressure containing ability. competitive models.
left vulnerable to other types of
Exposed Glass Exposed Glass Exposed Glass Exposed Glass
damage. The total protection of gage
glass is critical in complementing the
effectiveness of offshore coatings.
The Penberthy offshore gage design is
unique in its ability to completely
isolate the gage glass from abrasive
forces. This complete protection is
important because even seemingly Other U.S. European Japanese Latin American
Manufacturer Manufacturer Manufacturer Manufacturer
17
during two years of actual offshore

use. Corrosion on interior surfaces Durable coatings complement the
has put stress on the glass, making it effectiveness of inorganic zinc
vulnerable to failure. Also, the heavily
Polyurethane Top-Coat
corroded bolts cannot be retorqued in (2 to 3 mil)
routine maintenance. Its glossy tile-like finish dramatically upgrades
the weather resistance of the layered coatings.
As a result of these tests, Tyco Provides excellent added protection from
chemicals and abrasion as well.
has developed a unique three-part
coating, applied to the components Epoxy Tie-Coat (4 to 8 mil)
before the gage is assembled, to Epoxy polyamide complements the zinc primer
by providing added abrasion resistance and
provide unprecedented gage
Offshore Gage Glasses Overview

protection from weathering. Also provides an
protection in offshore application. effective base for the topcoat.
The Penberthy gage also includes a Inorganic Zinc Primer (2.5 to 3 mil)
variety of unique design features to This self-curing coating produces a tight bond to
further extend gage life. prepare surfaces and protects steel galvanically.
Meets performance requirements of
ANSI N 101.2-1972 and N 5.12-1974.
Three Protective Coatings

First, and prior to assembly, all metal
parts are coated with a layer of
sacrificial inorganic zinc. Then, after
assembly, they are sprayed with an
epoxy tie coat and urethane finish.
Stainless Steel Hardware

Nuts, bolts and washers are stainless
steel to assure that they will never rust
and that nuts can be periodically
retorqued, as required. Washers,
in turn, prevent the protective
coatings on the cover from being
scraped off.
Tough PMMA Panel

Attached with a durable silicone sealant,
this strong clear polymethylmethacrylate
panel fully protects the glass front from
flying sand and debris.
Deep Wall Cover

Gage cover extends the full depth
of the glass and protects it laterally from
sandblasting and other abrasives from
nearby installation and maintenance
operations.
18
Tubular Glass Gages
for cost effective
level indication...
Penberthy Tubular Glass Gages are
used to register liquid levels in low to
medium pressure applications. They
are externally mounted to the vessel
and use tubular glass to provide
direct visual verification of the liquid
level present. The transparent glass
also provides an excellent means to
optically inspect fluid characteristics.
Tubular Glass Gages Overview
Liquid enters the gage through the

lower tank connection. The meniscus
present in the glass tube corresponds
to the liquid level in the tank.
Available accessories allow you to Wire Refractive Refractive Sheet
customize each gage to your specific Guard Rod Protector Protector Metal
application requirements. These (Glass Union) Protector
options can also provide enhanced
level indication and protection for the the gage fills, liquid passes in front of
tubular glass. the stripes. The refractive nature of
the liquid changes the stripe angle
Protectors showing the highly visible contrast
Tubular glass is susceptible to between liquid presence and
accidental breakage. To counteract absence.
this condition, Penberthy offers a
If water is the liquid used, the stripes
variety of protectors. These
become horizontal. Liquids with a
protectors prevent damage to the
refractive index less than water will
glass, but do not restrict level
alter the angle less, higher indexes
indication capability. In some cases
will alter the angles more. The
the protector actually enhances it.
refractive protector is designed for use Plastic
Protectors can be adapted to fit most Protector
with standard tubular glass.
major manufacturers’ gagecocks.
Guard Rods – Two or four metallic Internal Tubes
rods placed next to the glass tube. A stainless steel internal heating or
cooling tube that passes through the Wire Glass
Plastic or Wire Glass – A transparent length of the tubular glass can be used Protector
box surrounding the tubular glass in conjunction with an offset pattern
constructed from either clear plastic or gagecock and high pressure glass.
wire glass.
Glass Union
Sheet Metal – Two pieces of sheet Intended for use in gages over 48” in
metal formed to protect both sides of height. It allows you to join two pieces
the tubular glass. The front and back of glass within the same gage. This
are left open to facilitate easy viewing. increases the length of the gage, yet
Refractive – An extruded aluminum maintains the same pressure/
channel with your choice of either a temperature rating as the individual
polymer or glass cover. The interior pieces of glass. Glass unions should
is a white anodized finish with 45º be used in conjunction with the
angle red stripes on the back wall. As refractive protector to provide Glass Union
mechanical stability.
19
Pressure/Temperature Ratings for Gages with a Single Piece of Tubular Glass (Both 5/8” and 3/4”)
Center to Center No Corrosion up to 150ºF [66ºC] Steam Boiler Service Up to 425ºF [218ºC]
Distance For Vessel High Heavy Red High Heavy Red
Connections Pressure Wall Line Pressure Wall Line
Inches [mm] Psig [kPa] Psig [kPa]
10 [ 254] 410 [2830] 600 [4140] 340 [2340] 310 [2140] 345 [2380] 275 [1900]
15 [ 381] 385 [2650] 600 [4140] 310 [2140] 280 [1930] 325 [2240] 265 [1830]
20 [ 508] 355 [2450] 600 [4140] 285 [1960] 265 [1830] 315 [2170] 260 [1790]
25 [ 635] 300 [2070] 580 [4000] 260 [1790] 250 [1720] 300 [2070] 250 [1720]
30 [ 762] 275 [1900] 550 [3790] 230 [1590]
35 [ 889] 240 [1650] 500 [3450] 200 [1380]
40 [1016] 210 [1450] 420 [2890] 180 [1240]
45 [1143] 200 [1380] 360 [2480] 170 [1170] NOT RECOMMENDED
50 [1270] 180 [1240] 340 [2340] 160 [1100]
Tubular Glass Gages Overview

55 [1397] 150 [1030] N/A 140 [ 970]
60 [1524] 140 [ 970] N/A 120 [ 830]
65 [1651] 125 [ 860] N/A 100 [ 690]
70 [1778] 100 [ 690] N/A 90 [ 620]
Using secured Glass Unions and multiple pieces of tubular glass will increase the pressure/temperature rating over that of an
equivalent length of single glass.
Temperature Ratings for Typical Packing Material Material Specifications for Glass Unions and Hydraulic Adapters
Maximum Temperature Part Steel Brass 316 STS
Packing Type
Rating ºF [ºC] Glass Union X X X
Grafoil ® (Standard) 425 [218] Hydraulic Adapters X X X
Teflon ® 425 [218]
Neoprene ® 300 [149]
Viton ® 400 [204]
Options Available for the Different Types of Tubular Glass

OPTIONS
Glass Type Gagecocks Hydraulic Guard Plastic or Wire Sheet Refractive Internal
(Both 5/8” and 3/4”) Adapters Rods Glass Protector Metal Protector Tube
High Pressure X X X X X X X
Heavy Wall X X X X X
Red Line X X X X X
Glass Union X X X X
Hydraulic Adapters
Hydraulic Adapters are used in place
of gagecocks for connecting the gage to
your vessel. They attach directly to
the ends of the tubular glass,
providing a 1/2” NPT male
connection. This allows you to
incorporate most standard hydraulic
connections currently available.
Hydraulic Adapter
20
Gagecocks:
Flat Glass and Tubular Glass
Offset and straight Gagecock Connections
pattern designs for
flat glass and tubular Spherical
glass gages Union
Penberthy offers offset and straight
pattern gagecocks that isolate the gage
chamber from the liquid contents of
Flanged Solid
the vessel. Shank
Offset gagecocks have an advantage
of permitting the inside of the gage Socket
glass to be cleaned easily with a Weld
minimum of disassembly. By
removing the vent and drain plugs
Union
Gagecocks Overview
(or other connection), a straight

NPT-M
passage through the gage chamber
is opened. A brush can be inserted
through the gagecock vent and drain Gagecock Bodies
for glass cleaning.
OFFSET STRAIGHT
To prevent rapid loss of fluid in the
event of accidental glass breakage,
Penberthy supplies its gagecocks with
automatic ball check shut-off. Should
the glass break, the pressure drop
causes the ball checks to seat to
prevent loss of tank contents.
To unseat these ball checks during
the liquid level readings, the tip of the (x)30 Series (x)20 Series Offset
gagecock stem has an extension that Offset Pattern and Straight Pattern
pushes the ball away from its seat
while allowing the gage column to fill DIMENSIONS (Flat Glass)
as liquid contents pass around the
To obtain the maximum length permissible for given vessel center-to-center
ball. Stainless steel retainers prevent
dimension using 1/2” nipples:
reverse seating of balls or loss of
balls during installation. Maximum Gage Length =
(Gagecock Center-to Center Dimension) - (Dimension X)
Both upper and lower gagecocks in each
set are equipped with horizontal ball To determine the overall length of nipples needed to make up a gage set for
checks. Balls are located on the vessel fixed vessel center-to-center dimension using 1/2” nipples:
side of the gagecock seats.
Combined Nipple Length =
Gagecocks with ball checks omitted (Gagecock Center-to-Center Dimension) - (Gage Length + Dimension Y)
meet ASME boiler requirements. As an
Overall nipple length can be divided between nipples to suit the application.
alternative method to ASME boiler
Minimum length required for each nipple is: 1-1/8” for 1/2” NPT nipple;
requirements, the lower gagecock is
1-3/8” for 3/4” NPT nipple.
available with an optional vertical rising
ball check located in the offset portion of Penberthy Floating Shank union vessel connection permits gagecock
the gagecock body, and the upper center-to-center dimension to vary 3/8” [9.5 mm] total from actual vessel
gagecock has a leaky seat. center-to-center dimension.
21
Series 100, 200, 300, 400 Standard Gagecock

and 600 Gagecocks
These gagecocks have inside screw
threads that are wetted by the liquid.
They are offered with a wide range of
features in both straight and offset
pattern designs (600 Series - offset only).
Series 500 and 700
Gagecocks - OS&Y
These are outside screw and yoke
gagecocks that are used for high
temperature or corrosive-liquid
applications. The OS&Y design
isolates the stem threads from the Vacuum Seat
liquid. The stem seats in a reciprocative
Gagecocks Overview
instead of a rotary fashion.
Series N2, K2, K3, N6 and
N7 Gagecocks
Penberthy tubular glass gagecocks
are for use in lower pressure
applications. They are available with
many of the same combinations of
features described above for a range
of uses, including union or solid
shank vessel connections and a
choice of stuffing box sizes for Backseating Stem
various glass diameters. All stuffing (Union Bonnet Gagecocks only)
box connections are designed for
positive seal with minimum radial
compression. Both straight and
offset pattern gagecocks are offered.
Vertically Rising
Ball Check
DIMENSIONS (Tubular Glass)

To obtain the length of glass tubing needed to make up gage set for given
vessel center-to-center dimension:
Glass Tubing Length =
(Vessel Center-to-Center Dimension) - (Dimension X)
To obtain the length of guard rods for given gagecock center-to-center
dimension:
Guard Rod Length =
(Gagecock Center-to-Center Dimension) - (Dimension Y)
22
Straight Pattern Flat Glass Gagecocks
1500 lb. ANSI rating – Pressures to Series 100 Series 200
4000 psi @ +100ºF [27580 kPa
@ +38ºC]
Temperature Ranges from
-300ºF to +750ºF [-184ºC to +399ºC]
130 230
Design Features
The 100 and 200 series includes Standard/Optional Features
Straight Pattern Flat Glass Gagecocks
models 120/220 and 130/230 120 220 130 230

with these standard features: FEATURE Std Opt Std Opt Std Opt Std Opt
Pattern
• Straight pattern Straight X X X X
Bonnet
• Integral bonnet (100 series) Integral X X
• Union bonnet (200 series) Union X X
Gage Connection
• Union Vessel connection Union 1/2” NPTF X X
1/2” NPTM X X
• Gage connection 3/4” NPTF X X
Model 120/220 - Union 3/4” NPTM X X
Rigid 1/2” NPTF X X
Model 130/230 - Rigid 3/4” NPTF X X
Socketweld 1/2” Female X X X X
• Ball Check Shutoff 1/2” Male X X
• Integral seat (100 series) 3/4” Male X X
3/4” Female X X
Threaded renewable seat (200 series) Flanged X X X X
Spherical Union 1/2” NPTF X X
A variety of optional features are 1/2” NPTM X X
3/4” NPTM X X
available when specified. Vessel Connection
Union 1/2” NPTF X X X X
Optional materials can be specified for 1/2” NPTM X X X X
the gagecock body and trim. (Trim consists 3/4” NPTM X X X X
1” NPTM (non floating) X X X X
of the stem, stem packing retainer, ball Solid Shank 1/2” NPTM X X X X
3/4” NPTM X X X X
check, and seat (200 series only)). Standard 1” NPTM X X X X
and optional materials conform to ASTM Socketweld 1/2” Male X X X X
3/4” Male X X X X
Specifications. 1” Male X X X X
Flanged X X X X
ASME Boiler Code Spherical Union 1/2” NPTF
1/2” NPTM
X X X
X
X
X X X
Series 100 and 200 gagecock sets that 3/4”NPTM X X X X
are acceptable for ASME Boiler Code are Vent/Drain Connection
1/2” NPTF X X X X
supplied with ball check shut-offs 3/4” NPTF X X X X
omitted. Ball Check Shut-Off
Horizontal Lower and Upper Gagecocks X X X X
Center-to-Center Omitted *
Vacuum - Horizontal Upper and Lower
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Dimensions (see p. 20) Seat

Integral X X
Threaded (Renewable) X X
Model Dimension X Dimension Y Backseating Stem X X
inches [cm] inches [cm]
Handwheel
120/220 5-5/8 [14.9] 3-3/8 [9.2] w/ Standard Pitch Threads X X X X
w/ Quick Closing Thread X X X X
130/230 2-5/8 [7.3] 3/8 [1.6] Lever
w/ Quick Closing Thread (1/4 turn) X X X X
* Acceptable for ASME Service
Maximum working pressure, psi [kPa] at temperatures to-
Construction -300ºF [-184ºC] -150ºF [-101ºC] -20ºF [-29ºC] 100ºF [38ºC] 200ºF [93ºC] 300ºF [149ºC] 400ºF [204ºC] 500ºF [260ºC] 550ºF [288ºC] 750ºF [399ºC]
psi [kPa] psi [kPa] psi [kPa] psi [kPa] psi [kPa] psi [kPa] psi [kPa] psi [kPa] psi [kPa] psi [kPa]
Forged Steel 4000 [27580] 4000 [27580] 3900 [26890] 3815 [26300] 3730 [25720] 3525 [24300] 3355 [23130] 2620 [18060]
Stainless Steel 4000 [27580] 4000 [27580] 4000 [27580] 4000 [27580] 3900 [26890] 3815 [26300] 3730 [25720] 3525 [24300] 3355 [23130] 2755 [18990]
23
Offset Pattern Flat Glass Gagecocks
1500 lb. ANSI rating – Pressures to Series 300 Series 400
4000 psi @ +100ºF [27580 kPa
@ +38ºC]
-300ºF to +750ºF [-184ºC to +399ºC]
330 430
Design Features
The 300 and 400 series includes
models 320/420 and 330/430 Standard/Optional Features
with these standard features:
320 420 330 430

FEATURE Std Opt Std Opt Std Opt Std Opt
• Offset pattern Pattern
• Integral bonnet (300 series) Offset X X X X
Bonnet
• Union bonnet (400 series) Integral X X
• Union vessel connection Union X X
Gage Connection
• Gage connection Union 1/2” NPTF X X
Model 320/420 - Union 1/2” NPTM X X
3/4” NPTF X X
Model 330/430 - Rigid 3/4” NPTM X X
Rigid 1/2” NPTF X X
• Ball Check Shutoff 3/4” NPTF X X
Socketweld 1/2” Female X X X X
• Integral seat (300 series) 1/2” Male X X
Threaded renewable seat (400 series) 3/4” Male X X
3/4” Female X X
A Variety of optional features are Flanged X X X X
Spherical Union 1/2” NPTF X X
available when specified. 1/2” NPTM X X
3/4” NPTM X X
Optional materials can be specified for Vessel Connection
the gagecock body and trim. (Trim consists Union 1/2” NPTF X X X X
1/2” NPTM X X X X
of the stem, stem packing retainer, ball 3/4” NPTM X X X X
check, and seat (400 series only)). Standard 1” NPTM (non floating) X X X X
and optional materials conform to ASTM Solid Shank 1/2” NPTM X X X X
3/4” NPTM X X X X
Specifications. 1” NPTM X X X X
Socketweld 1/2” Male X X X X
ASME Boiler Code 3/4” Male
1” Male
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Series 300 and 400 gagecock sets that are Flanged X X X X
acceptable for ASME Boiler Code are available Spherical Union 1/2” NPTF X X X X
1/2” NPTM X X X X
as an option. Model 320/420 gagecock sets 3/4”NPTM X X X X
with this option can be supplied either with Vent/Drain Connection
1/2” NPTF X X X X
ball check shutoffs or with them omitted. 3/4” NPTF X X X X
Model 330/430 gagecock sets with this option Ball Check Shut-Off
have the ball check shutoffs omitted. Horizontal Lower and Upper Gagecocks X X X X
Vertical Lower/Horizontal Upper Gagecock * X X
Omitted * X X X X
Center-to-Center Vacuum - Horizontal Upper and Upper X X X X
Dimensions (see p. 20)

Seat
Integral X X
Threaded (Renewable) X X
Model Dimension X Dimension Y Backseating Stem X X
inches [cm] inches [cm] Handwheel
w/ Standard Pitch Threads X X X X
320/420 5-5/8 [14.9] 3-3/8 [9.2]
w/ Quick Closing Thread X X X X
330/430 2-5/8 [7.3] 3/8 [1.6] Lever
w/ Quick Closing Thread (1/4 turn) X X X X
Pressure/Temperature * Acceptable for ASME Service

Construction -300ºF [-184ºC] -150ºF [-101ºC] -20ºF [-29ºC] 100ºF [38ºC] 200ºF [93ºC] 300ºF [149ºC] 400ºF [204ºC] 500ºF [260ºC] 550ºF [288ºC] 750ºF [399ºC]
psi [kPa] psi [kPa] psi [kPa] psi [kPa] psi [kPa] psi [kPa] psi [kPa] psi [kPa] psi [kPa] psi [kPa]
Forged Steel 4000 [27580] 4000 [27580] 3900 [26890] 3815 [26300] 3730 [25720] 3525 [24300] 3355 [23130] 2620 [18060]
Stainless Steel 4000 [27580] 4000 [27580] 4000 [27580] 4000 [27580] 3900 [26890] 3815 [26300] 3730 [25720] 3525 [24300] 3355 [23130] 2755 [18990]
24
Straight Pattern/OS&Y Flat Glass Gagecoks
1500 lb. ANSI rating – Pressures to Series 500

4000 psi @ +100ºF [27580 kPa
@ +38ºC]
-20ºF to +750ºF [-29ºC to +399ºC]
Straight Pattern/OS&Y Flat Glass Gagecocks
Design Features
The 500 series includes models
520 and 530 with these
standard features:
• Straight pattern
530
• Outside screw and yoke
• Solid shank vessel connection
• Gage connection
Model 520 - Union
520 530
Model 530 - Rigid FEATURE Std Opt Std Opt
• Ball Check Shutoff Pattern
Straight X X
• Threaded renewable seat OS&Y
• Backseating stem OS&Y X X
Gage Connection
A variety of optional features are Union 1/2” NPTF X
1/2” NPTM X
available when specified. 3/4” NPTF X
3/4” NPTM X
Optional materials can be specified for Rigid 1/2” NPTF X
3/4” NPTF X
the gagecock body and trim. (Trim consists Socketweld 1/2” Female X X
of the stem, stem packing retainer, ball 1/2” Male X
3/4” Male X
check, and seat.) Standard and optional 3/4” Female X
materials conform to ASTM Specifications. Flanged X X
Spherical Union 1/2” NPTF X
1/2” NPTM X
ASME Boiler Code 3/4” NPTM X
Series 500 gagecock sets that are Vessel Connection
Solid Shank 1/2” NPTM X X
acceptable for ASME Boiler Code are 3/4” NPTM X X
available as an option. Gagecock sets 1” NPTM X X
Socketweld 1/2” Male X X
with this option are supplied with ball 3/4” Male X X
1” Male X X
check shut-offs omitted. Flanged X X
Vent/Drain Connection
Center-to-Center
1/2” NPTF X X
3/4” NPTF X X
Ball Check Shut-Off
Dimensions (see p. 20) Horizontal Lower and Upper Gagecocks
Omitted *
X
X
X
X
Model Dimension X Dimension Y Seat
inches [cm] inches [cm] Threaded (Renewable) X X
Backseating Stem X X
520 6-3/8 [16.8] 4-1/8 [11.1] Handwheel
530 4-3/8 [11.7] 2-1/8 [6.0] w/ Standard Pitch Threads X X
w/ Quick Closing Thread (1/4 turn) X X

Construction -20ºF [-29ºC] 100ºF[38ºC] 200ºF [93ºC] 300ºF [149ºC] 400ºF [204ºC] 500ºF [260ºC] 550ºF [260ºC] 750ºF [399ºC]
psi [kPa] psi [kPa] psi [kPa] psi [kPa] psi [kPa] psi [kPa] psi [kPa] psi [kPa]
Forged Steel 4000 [27580] 4000 [27580] 3900 [26890] 3815 [26300] 3730 [25720] 3525 [24300] 3355 [23130] 2620 [18060]
Stainless Steel 4000 [27580] 4000 [27580] 3900 [26890] 3815 [26300] 3730 [25720] 3525 [24300] 3355 [23130] 2755 [18990]
25
Offset Pattern/OS&Y Flat Glass Gagecocks
1500 lb. ANSI rating - Pressures to Series 700
4000 psi @ +100ºF [27580 kPa
@ +38ºC]
-20ºF to +750ºF [-29ºC to +399ºC]
Design Features
Offset Pattern/OS&Y Flat Glass Gagecocks

The 700 series includes models
720, 730 and 780 with these
standard features:
• Offset pattern
• Outside screw and yoke 730
• Solid shank vessel connection
• Gage connection
Model 720 - Union
720 730 780
Model 730 - Rigid FEATURE Std Opt Std Opt Std Opt
Model 780 - Stuffing Box Pattern
• Ball Check Shutoff Offset X X X
OS&Y
• Threaded renewable seat OS&Y X X X
• Backseating Stem Gage Connection
Union 1/2” NPTF X
A Variety of optional features are 1/2” NPTM X
3/4” NPTF X
available when specified. 3/4” NPTM X
Rigid 1/2” NPTF X
Optional materials can be specified for 3/4” NPTF X
Socketweld 1/2” Female X X
the gagecock body and trim. (Trim consists 1/2” Male X
of the stem, stem packing retainer, ball 3/4” Female X
3/4” Male X
check and seat.) Standard and optional Flanged X X
materials conform to ASTM Spherical Union 1/2” NPTF X
1/2” NPTM X
Specifications. 3/4” NPTM X
Stuffing Box 3/4” Adapter Diameter X
ASME Boiler Code Vessel Connection
Series 700 gagecock sets that are Solid Shank 1/2” NPTM X X X
3/4” NPTM X X X
acceptable for ASME Boiler Code are 1” NPTM X X X
available as an option. Ball check Socketweld 1/2” Male X X X
3/4” Male X X X
shut-offs can be omitted; or the Model 1” Male X X
X
720 and 780 can have a vertical Flanged X X X
rising lower ball check and horizontal, Vent/Drain Connection
1/2” NPTF X X X
leaky upper ball check. 3/4” NPTF X X X
Center-to-Center
Ball Check Shut-Off
Horizontal Lower and Upper Gagecocks X X X
Vertical Lower/Horizontal Upper Gagecocks*
Dimensions (see p. 20)
X X
Omitted * X X X
Seat
Model Dimension X Dimension Y Threaded (Renewable) X X
X
inches [cm] inches [cm] Backseating Stem X X
X
Handwheel
720 6-3/8 [16.8] 4-1/8 [11.1] X X
w/ Standard Pitch Threads X
730 4-3/8 [11.7] 2-1/8 [6.0] w/ Quick Closing Thread (1/4 turn) X X X

Construction -20ºF [-29ºC] 100ºF[38ºC] 200ºF [93ºC] 300ºF [149ºC] 400ºF [204ºC] 500ºF [260ºC] 550ºF [260ºC] 750ºF [399ºC]
Forged Steel 4000 [27580] 4000 [27580] 3900 [26890] 3815 [26300] 3730 [25720] 3525 [24300] 3355 [23130] 2620 [18060]
Stainless Steel 4000 [27580] 4000 [27580] 3900 [26890] 3815 [26300] 3730 [25720] 3525 [24300] 3355 [23130] 2755 [18990]
26
OS&Y Fugitive Emission Gagecocks
1500 lb. ANSI rating – Pressures to Series 550/750
4000 psi @ +100ºF [27580 kPa
@ +38ºC]
-20ºF to +400ºF [-29ºC to +204ºC]
The “Arrestor” Fugitive
Emission Gagecock
Environmental pollution is a global
OS&Y Fugitive Emission Gagecocks
issue. Environmental regulations

impacting plant operations include
gagecocks. The “ARRESTOR” OS&Y 750
gagecock is utilized with gage glass,
mag gage or other apparatus when
process fluid vapors or gases are
considered to be environmentally harmful. Standard/Optional Features
Penberthy’s “ARRESTOR” gagecocks are 550/551 750/751
FEATURE Std Opt Std Opt
individually serialized and tested to Pattern
meet EPA emission test requirements. Straight X
Offset X
Each (550/750 gagecock) is shipped OS&Y
with its individual test report OS&Y X X
that certifies less than 5 ppm methane Gage Connection
Socketweld 1/2” Female X X
equivalent leak rates using Kalrez® 3/4” Female X X
packing. Kalrez®/Zymaxx™, API 607 Rigid 1/2” NPTF X X
3/4” NPTF X X
III Edition Fire Test qualified, is a Flanged X X
packing material option. Vessel Connection
3/4” Male X X
Models 551/751 are available with 1” Male X X
type-accepted packing, rated to leak Solid Shank 1/2” NPTM X X
3/4” NPTM X X
rates of 500 ppm methane equivalent. 1” NPTM X X
Flanged X X
Optional materials of construction can Vent/Drain Connection
be specified for the gagecock body and Socketweld 1/2” Female X X
3/4” Female X X
trim. (Trim consists of the stem, stem Threaded 1/2” NPTF X X
packing retainer, ball and seat.) 3/4” NPTF X X
Ball Check Shut-Off
Reference Penberthy Material Horizontal Lower and Upper Gagecocks X X
Specification sheets for optional Ball Checks Omitted X X
Seat
materials. Threaded (Renewable) X X
Handwheel
w/ Standard Pitch Threads X X
w/ Quick Closing Thread (1/4 turn) X X
Construction -20ºF [-29ºC] 100ºF[38ºC] 200ºF [93ºC] 300ºF [149ºC] 400ºF [204ºC]
psi [kPa] psi [kPa] psi [kPa] psi [kPa] psi [kPa]
Forged Steel 4000 [27580] 4000 [27580] 3900 [26890] 3815 [26300] 3730 [25720]
Stainless Steel 4000 [27580] 4000 [27580] 3900 [26890] 3815 [26300] 3730 [25720]
27
Pressures to 6000 psi @ +250ºF Series 600
[41370 kPa @ +121ºC]
-50ºF to +250ºF [-46ºC to +121ºC]
Design Features
The 600 series includes model 630
• Offset pattern

• Union bonnet
• Union vessel connection
• Rigid gage connection
• Ball Check Shutoff
• Threaded renewable seat
• Backseating Stem Standard/Optional Features
630
A Variety of optional features are FEATURE Std Opt
available when specified. Pattern
Straight X
Optional materials can be specified Bonnet
for the gagecock body and trim. (Trim Union X
consists of the stem, stem packing Gage Connection
Rigid 1/2” NPTF X
retainer, ball check and seat.) 3/4” NPTF X
Standard and optional materials Socketweld 1/2” Female X
3/4” Female X
conform to ASTM Specifications. Flanged X
Vessel Connection
Pressure/Temperature Union 1/2” NPTM X
3/4” NPTM X
Range 1” NPTM X
Model 630 gagecocks are rated for Solid Shank 1/2” NPTM X
3/4” NPTM X
pressures up to 6000 psi [41370 kPa] 1” NPTM X
over a temperature range of -50ºF to Socketweld 1/2” Male X
3/4” Male X
+250ºF [-46ºC to +121ºC]. Optional 1” Male X
o-ring materials for vessel tailpipe Flanged X
can be used to increase temperature Vent/Drain Connection
3/8” NPTF X
capability. 1/2” NPTF X
3/4” NPTF X
Ball Check Shut-Off
Horizontal Lower and Upper Gagecocks X
Center-to-Center Omitted *
Seat
X
Dimensions (see p. 20) Threaded (Renewable)

Backseating Stem
X
X
Lever
Model Dimension X Dimension Y
w/ Standard Pitch Threads X
w/ Quick Closing Thread (1/4 turn) X
630 3-1/8 [8.6] 7/8 [2.9] * Acceptable for ASME Service
28
Offset Pattern Tubular Glass Gagecocks
300 lb. ANSI rating - Pressures to Series N2 Series K2
750 psi @ +100ºF [5170 kPa
@ +38ºC]
-300ºF to +750ºF [-184ºC to +399ºC]
Design Features
The N2 and K2 series include models
N2A/K2A, N2B/K2B and N2C/K2C with

these standard features:
N2A K2A N2B K2B N2C K2C
• Offset Pattern FEATURE Std Opt Std Opt Std Opt Std Opt Std Opt Std Opt
Pattern
• Integral bonnet (N2 series) Offset X X X X X X
Bonnet
Union bonnet (K2 series) Integral X X X
• Union vessel connection Union X X X
Gage Connection
• Stuffing Box gage connection Stuffing Box 5/8” Glass Diameter X X
3/4” Glass Diameter X X X X
• Ball check shutoff Vessel Connection
• Integral seat (N2 series) Union 1/2” NPTM X X

3/4” NPTM X X
Threaded renewable seat (K2 series) 1” NPTM (non-floating) X X
Solid Shank 1/2” NPTM X X X X X X
A variety of optional features are 3/4” NPTM X X X X X X
available when specified. 1”NPTM X X X X X X
Optional materials can be specified for 3/4” Male X X
the gagecock body and trim. (Trim con- 1” Male X X
sists of the stem, stem packing retainer, Flanged X X X X X X
ball check, and seat (K2 series only)). Spherical Union 1/2” NPTM X X
3/4” NPTM X X
Standard and optional materials conform Vent Connection
to ASTM Specifications. 3/4” NPTF X X X X X X
Drain Connection
ASME Boiler Code 1/2” NPTF X X X X X X
Ball Check Shut-Off
Series N2 and K2 gagecock sets that are
Horizontal Lower and Upper Gagecocks X X X X X X
acceptable for ASME Boiler Code are Vertical Lower/Horizontal Upper Gagecocks* X X X X X X
available as an option. Omitted* X X X X X X
Vacuum - Horizontal Upper and Lower X X X X X X
For steam/water service in excess of 350 Seat
psi [2400 kPa], transparent flat glass Integral X X X
gages with tubular adapters and shields Threaded (Renewable) X X X
are recommended. Handwheel
w/Standard Pitch Threads X X X X X X
w/Quick Closing Threads X X X X X X
Center-to-Center and Lever
w/Quick Closing Thread (1/4 turn) X X X X X X
Guard Rod Dimensions Guard Rods (4 per gagecock set)
1/4” [6.4 mm] diameter X X X X X X
(see p. 21)
Model Dimension X Dimension Y * Acceptable for ASME Service
All Models 1-7/8 [4.8] 2-3/8 [6.0]
Pressure/Temperature (Subject to limitations of tubular glass)

MODEL -300˚F [-184˚C] -20˚F [-29˚C] 100˚F [38˚C] 300˚F [149˚C] 400˚F [204˚C] 500˚F [260˚C] 750˚F [399˚C]
psi [kPa] psi [kPa] psi [kPa] psi [kPa] psi [kPa] psi [kPa] psi [kPa]
Steel & 316 STS

N2A/K2A 675 [4650] 675 [4650] 675 [4650] 610 [4210] 590 [4070] 555 [3830] 400 [2760]
Steel & 316 STS
N2B/K2B, N2C/K2C 750 [5170] 750 [5170] 750 [5170] 675 [4650] 655 [4520] 610 [4210] 450 [3100]
29
300 lb. ANSI rating – Pressures to Series K3
500 psi @ +100ºF [3450 kPa
@ +38ºC]
Temperature Range from
-20ºF to +550ºF [-29ºC to +288ºC]
Design Features
The K3 series include models K3A

(150 lb. ASA) and K3B (300 lb. ASA) with
these standard features:
• Offset pattern
• Union bonnet
• Rigid vessel connection
• Stuffing box gage connection
• Ball check shutoff
• Backseating stem Standard/Optional Features
• Drain cock furnished K3A K3B
A variety of optional features are avail- Pattern
Offset X X
able when specified. Bonnet
Union X X
Optional materials can be specified for Gage Connection
the gagecock trim. (Trim consists of the Stuffing Box 5/8” Glass Dia. X
3/4” Glass Dia. X
stem, stem packing retainer and ball Vessel Connection
check.) Standard and optional materials Solid Shank 1/2” NPTM X
conform to ASTM Specifications. 3/4” NPTM X
Socketweld 1/2” Male X
X
ASME Boiler Code Flanged
3/4” Male
X X
Series K3 gagecock sets that are accept- Drain Connection
3/8” NPTF X X
able for ASME Boiler Code are available Ball Check Shut-Off
as an option. These gagecock valve sets Horizontal Lower and Upper Gagecocks X X
have a vertical rising ball check shut-off Vertical Lower/Horizontal Upper Gagecock* X X
Omitted* X X
in the lower gagecock and a horizontal Seat
leaky ball seat in the upper gagecock. Integral X X
Handwheel
Center-to-Center and w/Quick Closing Threads (1/4 turn) X X
Guard Rod Dimensions Lever

Lever X X
(see p. 21)
Drain Cock
Model Dimension X Dimension Y Furnished X X
inches [cm] inches [cm] Guard Rods (4 per gagecock set)
1/4” [6.4 mm] diameter X X
All Models 2 [5.1] 2-1/8 [5.4]

MODEL -20˚F [-29˚C] 100˚F [38˚C] 200˚F [93˚C] 300˚F [149˚C] 400˚F [204˚C] 500˚F [260˚C] 550˚F[288ºC] Max. Steam Pressure
K3A 225 [1550] 225 [1550] 215 [1480] 190 [1310] 170 [1170] 150 [1030] 175 [1210]
K3B 500 [3450] 500 [3450] 475 [3270] 425 [2930] 375 [2580] 325 [2240] 300 [2070] 360 [2480]
30
Straight Pattern Tubular Glass Gagecocks
125 lb. ANSI rating – Pressures to
200 psi @ +100ºF [1380 kPa @ Series N6
+38ºC]
-20ºF to +400ºF [-29ºC to +204ºC]
Design Features
The N6 series consists of model N6A

• Integral bonnet
• Rigid vessel connection
• Stuffing box gage connection
• Ball check shutoff
• Drain cock furnished
A variety of optional features are
N6A
available when specified. FEATURE Std Opt
Pattern
Optional materials can be specified for Straight X
Bonnet
the gagecock trim. (Trim consists of the X
Intergral
stem, stem packing retainer and ball Gage Connection
check.) Standard and optional materials Stuffing Box 5/8” Glass Dia. X
Vessel Connection
conform to ASTM Specifications. Solid Shank 1/2” NPTM X
Socketweld 1/2” Male X
Steam Service Flanged X
Drain Connection
Series N6 gagecock sets for steam X
3/8” NPTF
service are available as an option. Ball Check Shut-Off
Verticle Lower/Horizontal Upper Gagecock X
Vertical Lower/Horizontal Upper (Steam service Seat)* X
Center-to-Center and Omitted*

Seat
X
Guard Rod Dimensions Integral

Handwheel
X
(see p. 21)
w/Standard Pitch thread X
Model Dimension X Dimension Y Drain Cock
inches [cm] inches [cm] Furnished X
Guard Rods (2 per gagecock set)
N6A 1-5/8 [4.1] + 1/2 [1.3] 3/16” [4.8mm] diameter X

MODEL WITH STANDARD NEOPRENE GLASS PACKING WITH OPTIONAL TEFLON GLASS PACKING
-20˚F [-29˚C] 100˚F [38˚C] 200˚F [93˚C] 300˚F [149˚C] 400˚F [204˚C] Max. Steam Pressure
psi [kPa] psi [kPa] psi [kPa] psi [kPa] psi [kPa] psi [kPa]
N6A 200 [1380] 200 [1380] 190 [1310] 165 [1100] 125 [860] 125 [860]
31
Pressures to 500 psi @ +100ºF Series N7
[3450 kPa @ +38ºC]
-20ºF to +500ºF [-29ºC to +260ºC]
Design Features
The N7 series include models N7A and
N7B with these design features:

• Integral bonnet
• Rigid vessel connection Standard/Optional Features
• Stuffing box gage connection N7A N7B
• Ball check shutoff Pattern
• Integral drain cock Straight X X
Bonnet
A variety of optional features are available Intergral X X
when specified. Gage Connection
Stuffing Box 5/8” Glass Dia. X
Combinations of optional features and 3/4” Glass Dia. X
materials are available. Each combination Vessel Connection
Solid Shank 1/2” NPTM X
is designated by the model number in the 3/4” NPTM X
Features table. Optional materials can be Socketweld 1/2” Male X
specified for the gagecock body and trim. 3/4” Male X
Flanged X X
(Trim consists of the stem, stem packing Drain Connection
retainer and ball check.) Standard and 3/8” NPTF X X
optional materials are available for service Ball Check Shut-Off
Horizontal Lower and Upper Gagecocks (Iron, STL, STS) X X
as described by ASTM Specifications. Vertical Lower/Horizontal Upper (Bronze) X X
ASME Boiler Code Vertical Lower/Horizontal Upper *
Omitted*
X
X
X
X
Series N7 gagecock sets that are accept- Ball Inspection Plug**
able for ASME Boiler Code are available as Furnished X X
Omitted X X
an option. These gagecock sets have a Seat
vertical rising ball check shut-off in the Integral X X
lower gagecock and a horizontal ball in Handwheel
w/Standard Pitch Thread (Iron, STL, STS) X X
the upper gagecock. w/Quick Closing Threads (Bronze) X X
Drain Cock
Center-to-Center and Integral
Polished Body
X X
Guard Rod Dimensions Bronze X X

(see p. 21) Guard Rods (4 per gagecock set)
3/16” [4.8 mm] diameter X X
Model Dimension X Dimension Y
inches [cm] inches [cm] * Acceptable for ASME Service **Required for ASME Service
All Models 2 [5.1] 3/4 [1.9]
MODEL WITH STANDARD NEOPRENE GLASS PACKING WITH OPTIONAL TEFLON GLASS PACKING
-20˚F [-29˚C] 100˚F [38˚C] 200˚F [93˚C] 300˚F [149˚C] 400˚F [204˚C] 450˚F [232˚C] 500˚F [204˚C] Max. Steam Pressure
Bronze
N7A 200 [1380] 200 [1380] 190 [1310] 165 [1140] 125 [860] 125 [860]
N7B 400 [2760] 400 [2760] 385 [2650] 335 [2310] 250 [1720] 250 [1720]
Ducille Iron
N7A, N7B 500 [3450] 500 [3450] 460 [3170] 375 [2580] 290 [2000] 250 [1720] 350 [2410]
STL, STS
N7A, N7B 500 [3450] 500 [3450] 500 [3450] 500 [3450] 500 [3450] 500 [3450] 500 [3450] 350 [2410]
32
!
EW
N
Introducing the Graph-a-BondTM

gasket: superior strength and
better adhesion
Frustrated with GRAFOIL® gasket folding,
flecking, denting and slipping? Penberthy
has the answer – a graphite composite
gasket that provides both superior strength
to resist gasket deformation and better
surface adhesion than commonly used
graphite gaskets. (Concept is
covered by US Pat# 5,895,058, other
patents and proprietary data may pertain).
Graph-a-BondTM Gaskets
Penberthy has combined the grip of fibrous
gasketing with the superior sealing and Cross-section of gasket, showing
physical attributes of graphite to create a fibrous laminate providing
Graph-a-BondTM gasket. It provides: stiffness and better handling
characteristics
• Excellent chemical resistance
• Efficient conduction of thermal energy The laminate bonding is crucial to
• Stability at high temperatures the success of this gasket form. It
• Extremely low microporosity (leakage) is a very thin combination of
• “Springback” resilience to conform to acrylonitrile and phenolic polymers.
curved and flat surfaces The acrylonitrile, a thermoplastic,
• Reduced gasket blow-out provides the initial bonding at
relatively low temperatures and
Penberthy has also attached a fibrous
during the heated pressure roller
gasket (elastomeric binder) to the
initial laminating phase. As
otherwise exposed graphite material to
negate its natural lubricity and difficulty in temperature is increased during
handling. As a result, handling Penberthy’s application, the acrylonitrile
Graph-a-Bond gasket is much easier than carbonizes and the phenolic, a
conventional graphite gaskets, helping to thermosetting polymer, becomes
eliminate the possibility of damage during the bonding agent. At extreme
gage assembly. The fibrous laminate also temperatures, the entire seal
gives the graphite a higher degree of (binders, adhesives, etc.) turns
stiffness to resist deformation or bending carbonaceous with high bonding
better than graphite gaskets with polyester strength to the sealed members
or metal inserts. (the so-called “frying-on”). Once
The Penberthy gasket is also ideal to carbonaceous an effective seal can
retrofit onto aged chambers that have be maintained until such time as
experienced rebuilds over the years and excessive mechanical shifting of
may leak if conventional graphite the elements (due to pipe stresses,
gaskets are used. Note that the Penberthy thermally induced movement, etc.)
gasket fits any manufacturer’s standard- occurs.
size flat glass gage. Gasket material can be
manufactured for use with other fittings
including flanges.
33
!
EW
Flat Glass Illuminators for
N
Explosion-Proof applications -
indoor or outdoor!
The absence of a watertight seal on
conventional gage illuminators has been
an ongoing problems for users seeking
illumination in XP or cryogenic applications
in an outdoor environment. Now,
Penberthy has introduced the first standard
lamp illuminator with a watertight seal,
enabling users to get flat glass gage
illumination outdoors with a product that’s
impervious to the elements and can
operate maintenance free and reliably for
Flat Glass Illuminators
years.
These new flat glass gage
illuminators are available in single section
units, double section units and in
combinations for three or more section
gages.
FM approved CSA certified Ex d
Approvals
Division 1 and 2 Division 1 and 2
The standard illuminator rating is 60 watts Class I, B,C,D Class I, B,C,D
at 115Vac. Other illuminators are listed in Class II, E,F,G Class II, E,F,G
the Optional Models Structure table below. Class III, Type 4, T4 Class III, Type 4, T4
UNITS ARE EXPLOSION-PROOF! CENELEC
EExd IIB + H2 T4, IP66
Optional Model Structure

EXAMPLE: Standard illuminator for doulble section size 7 flat glass gage (2TM7) with 60 watt lamp and 115 volt service
I D S N 7 N 1 6
I = Illuminator 2 = 25w - pigtail leads
3 = 25w - terminal block
S = single section flat glass 6 = 60w - pigtail leads
D = double section flat glass 7 = 60w - terminal block
L = LED single sect flat glass
M = magnetic gage (inch incr) 1 = 115 Vac standard thread 1” NPTF
N = LED magnetic gage A = 115 Vac ISO thread
2 = 230 Vac standard thread 1” NPTF
S = standard extension B = 230 Vac ISO thread
F = frost extension 4 = 24 Vdc standard thread 1” NPTF
D = 24 Vdc ISO thread
2, 4, 6, 8, A(10), C(12), N (Not applicable -
standard indicator) = WEDGE DEPTH (inch)
N (not applicable-if flat glass); MAG GAGE
INDICATOR LENGTH (unit digit of inches;
GLASS SIZE (1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,); e.g., 24 inches use “4”, max. 48 inches)
MAG GAGE INDICATOR LENGTH
(tens digit of inches; e.g., 24 inches use “2”, max. 48 inches)
34
Other Accessories . . .
An internal heating or cooling tube is Frost-proof extensions are clear plastic Drain valves, drain cocks and try cocks
offered for tubular and flat glass gages. The windows that fit over the visible part of the are used in the drain or vent connection of
tube passes through the inside of the gage glass in flat glass gages. In low temperature flat glass liquid level gages.
and is in direct contact with the liquid. applications, they prevent build-up of frost
over the visible part of the gage resisting An extended packing nut is recommended
Double-and single-sided external heating obstruction of the view of liquid level. for accommodating gagecocks with protectors
and cooling chambers are offered for L and and gage scales for tubular gagecocks.
M series gages. External chambers do not Frost-Free Sizing
contact the liquid inside the gage. Gage scales are constructed of corrosion-
Lowest Temperature Size resistant materials.
Lightweight, flexible, silicon-impregnated,
-30º F [-35º C] 2” PENGAGETM Selection software allows for
fiberglass insulation is available for a wide
variety of gagecocks, gages and other -94º F [-70º C] 4” fast, accurate and simple gage/gagecock
instrumentation. Reduces heat or cold loss -148º F [-100º C] 6” specification.
at temperatures from -65ºF to +1000ºF -211º F [-135º C] 8” Many other accessories are available.
{-55ºC to +540ºC}. Penberthy insulating -274º F [-170º C] 10” See your representatives for details.
covers can also be used with frost proof -328º F [-200º C] 12”
extensions and illuminators.
Tubular gages and end connect & side connect flat glass gages with Reflex gage with external chamber Transparent gage with single Insulation Blanket
offset pattern gagecocks, internal tube and packing adapters mounted to back and jacketed gagecocks external chamber
Try cock Extending Packing Nut
NPT
Style 1/8” 1/4” 3/8”
Single male X X X
Male/male X X
Male/female X X
Female/female X X
Frost-proof extensions Drain cocks Drain valve Gage scale
ISO 9001:2000
Certification Number 30053
TYCO VALVES & CONTROLS, L.P. Represented By:

320 Locust St. • Prophetstown, IL 61277
Tel. (815) 537-2311 • Fax (815) 537-5764
Email: gagevalveteam@tycovalves.com
Website: www.penberthy-online.com
Section: 2000
I.O.M.: 2950L
Issued: 08/05
Replaces: 01/05
PENBERTHY®
Flat
Glass Gages
Series L
Installation, Operation and Maintenance Instructions

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Product Warranty . . . . . . . . . iii
1.0 About the Manual . . . . . . . . . 1
2.0 Introduction . . . . . . . . . 1
2.1 System Description . . . . . . . 1
3.0 Available Models . . . . . . . . 2

3.1 Design Ratings at Max. & Min. Operating Temperatures . . . . 2,3
4.0 Inspection . . . . . . . . . . 3
4.1 Glass Inspection . . . . . . . . 3
4.2 User Rating Inspection . . . . . . . 3,4
5.0 Installation . . . . . . . . . . 4
5.1 Piping Strain . . . . . . . . 4
5.2 Differential Thermal Expansion . . . . . . 4
5.3 Mirror Viewing . . . . . . . . 4
5.4 Nut Retorquing . . . . . . . . 4,5
5.5 Belleville Washers . . . . . . . . 5
6.0 Operation . . . . . . . . . . 6
6.1 Hydrostatic Test . . . . . . . . 6
7.0 Maintenance . . . . . . . . . 6,7

7.1 Maintenance Procedures. . . . . . . . 7
7.2 Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . 7
8.0 Removal - Disassembly - Reassembly . . . . . . 8

8.1 Disassembly . . . . . . . . 8
8.2 Inspection of Glass Seating Surfaces . . . . . 9
8.3 Reassembly . . . . . . . . 9,10
9.0 Disposal at End of Useful Life . . . . . . . 10
10.0 Telephone Assistance . . . . . . . . 11
11.0 Exploded Parts Drawing . . . . . . . . 12
TABLES AND FIGURES page
Table 1 Design Ratings of RL Gage . . . . . . 2

Table 2 Design Ratings of TL Gage . . . . . . 2
Table 3 Bolt Torque Values . . . . . . . 5
Figure 1 Nut Tightening Sequence . . . . . . 4

Figure 2 Belleville Washer Position . . . . . . 5
Figure 3 Nut Loosening Sequence . . . . . . 8
Figure 4 Exploded Parts Drawing of Transparent Gage . . . . 12
Figure 5 Exploded Parts Drawing of Reflex Gage . . . . . 12
ii
PENBERTHY PRODUCT WARRANTY
Tyco Gagecocks & Controls Prophetstown warrants its Penberthy products as designed and
manufactured by TV&C Prophetstown to be free of defects in the material and workmanship for a
period of one year after the date of installation or eighteen months after the date of manufacture,
whichever is earliest. TV&C Prophetstown will, at its option, replace or repair any products which fail
during the warranty period due to defective material or workmanship.
Prior to submitting any claim for warranty service, the owner must submit proof of purchase to TV&C
Prophetstown and obtain written authorization to return the product. Thereafter, the product shall be
returned to TV&C in Prophetstown, Illinois, with freight paid.
This warranty shall not apply if the product has been disassembled, tampered with, repaired or
otherwise altered outside of TV&C Prophetstown factory, or if it has been subject to misuse, neglect or
accident.
The responsibility of TV&C Prophetstown hereunder is limited to repairing or replacing the product at
its expense. TV&C Prophetstown shall not be liable for loss, damage or expenses related directly or
indirectly to the installation or use of its products, or from any other cause or for consequential
damages. It is expressly understood that TV&C Prophetstown is not responsible for damage or injury
caused to other products, buildings, personnel or property, by reason of the installation or use of its
products.
THIS IS TV&C PROPHETSTOWN’S SOLE WARRANTY AND IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER

WARRANTIES, EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED WHICH ARE HEREBY EXCLUDED, INCLUDING IN
PARTICULAR ALL WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
PURPOSE.
This document and the warranty contained herein may not be modified and no other warranty,
expressed or implied, shall be made by or on behalf of TV&C Prophetstown unless made in writing
and signed by the General Manager or Director of Engineering of TV&C Prophetstown.
iii
INSTALLATION, OPERATION and MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FOR PENBERTHY SERIES L FLAT GLASS GAGES
1.0 About the Manual
This manual has been prepared as an aid and guide for personnel involved installation or
maintenance. All instructions must be read and understood thoroughly before attempting any
installation, operation or maintenance.
SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS
Penberthy does not have any control over the manner in which its liquid level gage is handled,
installed or used. Penberthy cannot and will not guarantee that a liquid level gage is suitable
or compatible for the user's specific application.
WARNING
v
Contained fluids may be pressurized and can unexpectedly exit vessel connections due to
apparatus or material failure. Safety glasses should be worn when installing a liquid level
gage. Failure to follow instructions could result in serious physical injury or property damage.
2.0 Introduction
Penberthy liquid level gages are used to allow direct visualization of liquid level in vessels. By peering
through the glass, it is possible to monitor color, clarity and level of a gas/liquid interface. Gages are
available in varying lengths and configurations (end connect, side connect, multiple sections, NPT or
flange connections, etc.). Visual indication can be enhanced by using reflex glass or illuminators
(accessory).
2.1 System Description
Penberthy gages are comprised of six basic components. Each component may vary slightly,
depending on the desired physical and mechanical properties for the gage. Use the exploded
parts view in Section 11.0 as additional reference material.
Chamber- provides a pressure retaining metallic channel for the liquid to enter and
be viewed. Slot(s) are machined into the chamber to provide direct
visualization of the process fluid.
Gaskets- seal the gap and prevent leakage between the chamber and the glass.
Gaskets are available in a variety of materials for compatibility with the
media in the gage.
Glass- allows for visual observation of the process fluid in the chamber.
Cushion- acts as a protective buffer between the glass and the cover. For proper
sealing, cushions must be as hard as or harder than the gasket material.
Cover- protects the glass assembly from external hits and provides a flat, rigid
surface that is used to evenly compress the gage assembly.
Bolting- compresses the components between the covers (transparent gages) or

cover and chamber (reflex gages).
Shield - (optional on transparent gages) used to prevent the process media from
contacting the glass.
1
3.0 Available Models
Penberthy low pressure (Series L) liquid level gages are designed for applications other than
steam/water where the physical and mechanical properties of a ductile iron cover are sufficient to
meet the pressure and temperature needs of the application.
3.1 Design Ratings at Maximum and Minimum Operating Temperatures
Glass Model RL Reflex

Gasket Material
Size Wetted Parts Material Steel or Stainless Steel w/B7 Bolting
-20°F [-29°C] to 100°F [38°C] 600°F [316°C]
1 2400 psig [16550 kPa] 1780 psig [12270 kPa]
®
2 2335 psig [16100 kPa] 1720 psig [11860 kPa]
Grafoil 3 2250 psig [15510 kPa] 1670 psig [11510 kPa]
(standard) 4 2175 psig [15000 kPa] 1600 psig [11030 kPa]
or 5 2100 psig [14480 kPa] 1550 psig [10690 kPa]
Non-Asbestos 6 2025 psig [13960 kPa] 1500 psig [10340 kPa]
7 1950 psig [13440 kPa] 1440 psig [ 9930 kPa]
8 1875 psig [12930 kPa] 1390 psig [ 9580 kPa]
9 1800 psig [12410 kPa] 1340 psig [ 9240 kPa]
1 2400 psig [16550 kPa]
2 2335 psig [16100 kPa]
3 2250 psig [15510 kPa]
4 2175 psig [15000 kPa]
Top-Chem 2000® 100 psig [690 kPa] at 500°F [260°C]
5 2100 psig [14480 kPa]
6 2025 psig [13960 kPa]
7 1950 psig [13440 kPa]
8 1875 psig [12930 kPa]
9 1800 psig [12410 kPa]
25% glass filled PTFE 1-9 650 psig [4480 kPa] at -20°F [-29°C] to 100°F [38°C] 150 psig [1030 kPa] at 500°F [260°C]
NBR/Buna N 1-9 300 psig [2070 kPa] at -20°F [-29°C] to 100°F [38°C] 225 psig [1550 kPa] at 250°F [121°C]
FKM/Viton® 1-9 300 psig [2070 kPa] at -20°F [-29°C] to 100°F [38°C] 180 psig [1240 kPa] at 400°F [204°C]
PTFE/Teflon® 1-9 300 psig [2070 kPa] at -20°F [-29°C] to 100°F [38°C] 150 psig [1030 kPa] at 500°F [260°C]
Table 1
Glass Model TL Transparent

Gasket Material
Size Wetted Parts Material Steel or Stainless Steel w/B7 Bolting
-20°F (-29°C) to 100°F (38°C) 600°F (316°C)
1 2000 psig [13790 kPa] 1480 psig [10200 kPa]
2 1815 psig [12510 kPa] 1340 psig [ 9240 kPa]
®
Grafoil 3 1630 psig [11240 kPa] 1210 psig [ 8340 kPa]
(standard) 4 1440 psig [ 9930 kPa] 1060 psig [ 7310 kPa]
or 5 1250 psig [ 8620 kPa] 920 psig [ 6340 kPa]
Non-Asbestos 6 1065 psig [ 7340 kPa] 790 psig [ 5450 kPa]
7 875 psig [ 6030 kPa] 645 psig [ 4450 kPa]
8 690 psig [ 4760 kPa] 510 psig [ 3520 kPa]
9 500 psig [ 3450 kPa] 370 psig [ 2550 kPa]
1 2000 psig [13790 kPa]
2 1815 psig [12510 kPa]
3 1630 psig [11240 kPa]
4 1440 psig [ 9930 kPa]
Top-Chem 2000® 100 psig [690 kPa] at 500°F [260°C]
5 1250 psig [ 8620 kPa]
6 1065 psig [ 7340 kPa]
7 875 psig [ 6030 kPa]
8 690 psig [ 4760 kPa]
9 500 psig [ 3450 kPa]
25% glass filled PTFE 1-9 650 psig [4480 kPa] at -20°F [-29°C] to 100°F [38°C] 150 psig [1030 kPa] at 500°F [260°C]
NBR/Buna N 1-9 300 psig [2070 kPa] at -20°F [-29°C] to 100°F [38°C] 225 psig [1550 kPa] at 250°F [121°C]
FKM/Viton® 1-9 300 psig [2070 kPa] at -20°F [-29°C] to 100°F [38°C] 180 psig [1240 kPa] at 400°F [204°C]
PTFE/Teflon® 1-9 300 psig [2070 kPa] at -20°F [-29°C] to 100°F [38°C] 150 psig [1030 kPa] at 500°F [260°C]
PCTFE/(Kel-F®) Shields
1-9 300 psig [2070 kPa] at -20°F [-29°C] to 100°F [38°C] 180 psig [1240 kPa] at 400°F [204°C]
0.063" (1.6mm) thick
Table 2
The pressure and temperature ratings may deviate from the previous tables if the gasketing
materials of construction and/or bolting are other than those specified.
2
To determine the maximum allowable working pressure for a specific temperature within the
design limits stated in the tables, the user should refer to Penberthy application reports, or
when provided, the specifically stated design limits on a Penberthy product proposal.
NOTE: under no circumstances should shields be used in reflex style gages. Installation of
shields in reflex style gages will keep the liquid from coming in contact with the refractive
prisms, thereby prohibiting visualization of the liquid level in the gage.
DANGER
NEVER exceed these design ratings or application data. Exceeding design ratings or
application data may result in mechanical failure of gage components resulting in death,
serious personal injury or property damage.
4.0 Inspection
Upon receipt of a liquid level gage, check all components carefully for damage incurred in shipping. If
damage is evident or suspected, do not attempt installation. Notify carrier immediately and request
damage inspection.
Penberthy's standard 1 section TL gage consists of: (1) chamber, (2) gaskets, (2) borosilicate flat
glass, (2) rubber bands, (2) cushions, (2) covers, (1) washer, (1) nameplate and (6-14) bolting sets,
depending on the size.
4.1 Glass Inspection
The self stick caution tape was applied at the factory to protect the glass during shipping,
handling and installation. Do not remove the tape from the glass until all installation
procedures have been completed, except during receiving inspection to momentarily inspect
glass for shipping damage. Glass that is not protected will be vulnerable to dust, grit, tools
and any other objects which may scratch, chip or break the glass.
WARNING
DO NOT use glass that is chipped or even slightly scratched. Glass surface defects weaken
the glass, which may result in glass breakage and fluid loss under pressure resulting in
serious personal injury and property damage.
4.2 User Rating Inspection
The user should confirm that:
1. the Series L liquid level gage model and assembly number stamped on the
nameplate conforms to the description on the user's purchase order,
2. the operating conditions described in the purchase order agree with the actual
operating conditions at the installation site,
3. the actual operating conditions at the installation site are within the application
data shown on the Penberthy Technical Data Bulletin or product proposal referred
to above, and
4. the materials of construction of the liquid level gage are compatible with both the
contained media and surrounding atmosphere in the specific application.
3
SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS
If the size, model or performance data of the liquid level gage as received does not conform
with any of the criteria above, do not proceed with installation. Contact an authorized
Penberthy distributor for assistance. The incorrect gage can result in unacceptable
performance and potential damage to the gage.
5.0 Installation
Installation should only be undertaken by qualified, experienced personnel who are familiar with
equipment of this type. They should have read and understood all of the instructions in this manual.
The user should refer to Penberthy dimension sheets or Penberthy product proposal to obtain
dimensional information for the specific size and model liquid level gage.
Penberthy recommends that all liquid level gage installations be provided with gagecock sets equipped
with ball check shut-off. Gagecock sets are designed to isolate the gages from the pressure vessel
when it becomes necessary to drain or service the gages. The ball check shut-off is designed to
retard leakage of the contained fluid in the event of gage glass breakage. Ball checks are available for
both positive and negative vessel pressures.
The number of different types of gage and gagecock installations is too great to adequately detail in an
installation manual. It is, therefore, the user's responsibility to assure that the knowledgeable
installation personnel plan and carry out the installation in a safe manner. The following procedures
are some of the installation guidelines that should be employed.
5.1 Piping Strain
The gage should be mounted and connected so that is does not support any piping weight.
Piping not properly supported, independent of the gage, may subject the gage to stresses that
can cause leaks or glass breakage. Support brackets are available as an accessory.
5.2 Differential Thermal Expansion
High mechanical loads may be imposed on a gage by expanding and contracting pipes due to
hot or cold service. Such mechanical loads on the gage must be minimized by the use of
expansion loops in the system. Failure to allow for expansion or contraction can result in
leaks or glass breakage.
5.3 Mirror Viewing
For added safety, a system of indirect viewing by means of mirrors should be installed to
protect personnel from the hazards of possible gage failure.
5.4 Nut Retorquing
Nut retorque is vital to the operation of a liquid level gage

because gaskets take permanent set under initial bolt loading
at assembly. Tightening of nuts before installation to values
specified in Table 3 is necessary to insure pressure retaining
capabilities of liquid level gage to specific design ratings. The
user must refer to the liquid level gage model and assembly
number and to the purchase order or tag to determine
materials of construction.
Nut Tightening Sequence

Figure 1
4
SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS
Before placing liquid level gage into initial operation, torque values must be verified. From
factory testing to installation, gasketing may take “set” reducing closure force. Retorquing
before operation reduces chance of leakage or gasket “blow out”.
BOLT TORQUE VALUES

GAGE MODELS & GASKET MATERIAL ft·lb N·m
RL, TL w/Grafoil® (standard) 20 to 25 27 to 34
RL, TL w/Non-asbestos (optional) 25 to 30 34 to 41
Top-Chem 2000® 20 to 25 27 to 34
25% glass filled PTFE 19 to 22 26 to 30
PTFE and PCTFE (Kel-F®) 20 to 25 27 to 34
All models with Viton® or elastomeric (optional) 10 to 15 14 to 20
TL with PCTFE(Kel-F®) Shields (optional) 0.063" [1.6 mm] 20 to 25 27 to 34
Table 3
Using a torque wrench, tighten nuts in 5 ft·lb (7 N·m) increments following the "Z" pattern
sequence in Figure 1, until the torque values shown in Table 3 above for the specific liquid
level gage are reached. For multiple section gages, torque the center section(s) and
progressively work toward the ends of the gage.
If bolting, gasketing or glass on any or repaired section of a multi-section gage is disturbed, all
sections must be checked for integrity and retorqued as necessary.
WARNING
n
Failure to comply with the proper torquing sequence or force value can lead to leakage, gasket
blow-out or glass breakage resulting in gage failure, serious injury or property damage.
NOTE: Depending on gage size there may be less bolting than shown in Figure 1. Start at the
center and follow "Z" pattern outward to the limit of bolting on a specific gage.
5.5 Belleville Washers
Belleville washers are used to reduce the need to retorque nuts. This is especially important
for gages subject to pressure and/or thermal cycling. The conical washers allow for material
expansion and contraction while maintaining axial bolt loading and, therefore, compression on
the gasket.
Model RL gages require 3 washers per nut, model TL gages require 2 washers per nut (4 per
bolt). Washers should be assembled with the cupped side facing the gage cover. Refer to
Figure 2 for proper washer assembly.
Note: the following procedure is to be done on only one side of a transparent gage.
Using a torque wrench, tighten nuts in 5 ft·lb (7 N·m) increments following the "Z" pattern
sequence in Figure 1 until the torque values shown in Table 3 are reached.
Belleville Washer Position

Figure 2
5
6.0 Operation
Before initializing liquid level gage operation, check that all installation procedures have been
completed. Use only qualified experienced personnel who are familiar with liquid level gage
equipment and thoroughly understand the implications of the tables and all the instructions. Check to
determine that all connections are pressure tight. Assure that nuts have been retorqued to their
proper values as specified in Table 3. Remove self stick caution tape from the glass and inspect to be
sure that glass is clean and free of any damage such as cracks, scratches, pits and chips.
6.1 Hydrostatic Test
DANGER
Liquid level gage installations should be brought into service slowly to avoid excessive shock
or stress on the glass. Rapid pressurization or sudden changes in temperature may cause
glass breakage. To avoid excessive thermal shock or mechanical stress on glass, the
connecting gagecocks should be opened slightly, and the gage temperature and pressure
allowed to slowly equalize. If the gagecocks are equipped with ball checks, the gagecocks
must be opened all the way after the pressure and temperature have equalized to permit
operation of the automatic ball checks in the event of failure. Failure to follow the
recommended operating procedures can result in death, severe personal injury and/or
property damage.
Take all precautions necessary to handle the possibility of leakage during the test.
Hydrostatically pressure test all installations to at least 100 psig (690 kPa) but less than the
design pressure and correct any leakage before proceeding.
7.0 Maintenance
WARNING
m
Use only qualified experienced personnel who are familiar with liquid level gage equipment
and thoroughly understand the implications of the tables and all the instructions. DO NOT
proceed with any maintenance unless the liquid level gage has been relieved of all pressure or
vacuum, has been allowed to reach ambient temperature and has been drained or purged of all
fluids. Failure to follow instructions can cause serious personal injury and property damage.
The rate at which components degrade is dependent upon a variety of conditions. Pressure,
temperature and process media all influence the rate at which gage components deteriorate. Higher
temperatures can accelerate the deterioration of gaskets, cushions, glass and metals. Acids and
similar chemicals can break down the integrity of almost any material. Concentration of chemicals can
accelerate the corrosion rate. Penberthy cannot create a blanket maintenance schedule for every
application.
The end user is the most familiar with the process media and conditions and must be responsible for
creating a maintenance schedule. The user must create maintenance schedules, safety manuals and
inspection details for each liquid level gage. Realistic maintenance schedules can only be determined
with full knowledge of the services and application situations involved. These will be based upon the
user's own operating experience with their specific application.
If bolting, gasketing or glass on any section of a multi-section gage is disturbed, all sections must be
checked for integrity and retorqued or repaired as necessary.
6
On all installations the following items should be regularly evaluated by the user for purposes of
maintenance:
1. glass, for cleanliness and signs of damage or wear,

2. shields, if used, for signs of clouding, wear or deterioration,
3. gage, for signs of leakage around gaskets or at connections and
4. gage, for signs of internal or external corrosion.
7.1 Maintenance Procedures
GLASS should be given regular and careful attention. Keep glass clean using a commercial
glass cleaner and a soft cloth. Inspect the surface of the glass for any clouding, etching or
scratching or physical damage such as bruises, checks or corrosion. Glass that is damaged
is weakened and may break under pressure. Shining a light at approximately a 45° angle will
aid in detecting some of these conditions. Typical damaged areas will glisten more brightly
than the surrounding glass because the light is reflected.
Detection of any damage, problem areas or surface wear is sufficient evidence to take the
liquid level gage out of service. DO NOT proceed with operation of the liquid level gage until
the glass has been replaced with a glass replacement kit following the disassembly -
reassembly instructions in Section 8.0.
SHIELDS showing any signs of clouding, wear or deterioration are an indication that the gage
glass has been exposed, or could soon be exposed to the contained fluid. Immediately take
liquid level gage out of service. DO NOT proceed with operation of the liquid level gage until
shields and glass have been replaced by following the disassembly-reassembly instructions in
Section 8.0.
GASKET LEAKS must be repaired immediately. DO NOT proceed with operation of a liquid
level gage until gaskets have been replaced by following Section 8.0 disassembly-reassembly
instructions.
CONNECTION LEAKS at a flanged or threaded connection should be corrected by tightening

the bolting at the connection or by taking the liquid level gage out of service and wrapping the
connection threads with Teflon® tape on all male pipe threads.
CORROSION may occur if the user has selected an improper material for the liquid level gage
application. It is the responsibility of the user to choose a material of construction compatible
with both the contained fluid and the surrounding environment. If internal or external corrosion
is present, an investigation must immediately be performed by the user. It may be necessary
to contact an authorized Penberthy distributor to better determine the origin of the corrosion.
7.2 Troubleshooting
Problem: glass becomes prematurely etched or clouded in service
Cause: fluid being handled is not compatible with the glass or shields
Solution: replace the glass and install shields which will not be affected by contained fluid
Problem: glass continually breaks in service despite careful attention to maintenance
procedures
Cause: thermal shock, hydraulic shock, mechanical loads, exceeding design ratings or a
combination of these
Solution: check entire system to determine possible sources of loads. Check application to
determine actual operating conditions and contact an authorized Penberthy
distributor on how to proceed.
7
8.0 Removal - Disassembly - Reassembly
WARNING
Use only qualified experienced personnel who are familiar with liquid level gage equipment
and thoroughly understand the implications of the tables and all the instructions. DO NOT
proceed with any maintenance unless the liquid level gage has been relieved of all pressure or
fluids. Failure to follow instructions can cause serious personal injury and property damage.
8.1 Disassembly
Secure workbench longer than the liquid level gage, and

sufficiently wide to lay out parts as they are removed.
1. Lay gage on bench so nut side of fastener is up.
2. Hold gage firmly; loosen nuts starting at both ends of each
section and then proceeding from both ends to the center of
each section as shown in Figure 3.
3. Nut Loosening Sequence
-remove nuts, washer, belleville washers (if any) and
nameplate
-tap covers with rubber hammer as needed to loosen and
remove
-for belleville washer assemblies: to remove covers, studs
may need to be removed by laying the assembly on its side
and knocking the stud/U-bolts through the cover with a
hammer and punch
-remove cushions, glass, shields (if any) and gaskets
-tap liquid chamber or remaining covers as necessary with
rubber hammer to break loose and remove remaining
Nut Loosening Sequence
components
Figure 3
-remove, destroy and dispose of all glass, cushions,
gaskets and shields. Under no circumstances should
these components be re-used or installed on a gage.
NOTE: If size of gage is smaller than shown, follow spiraling sequence from the ends until all
bolting is loosened.
WARNING
m
Once used, cushions, gaskets and shields are permanently deformed by compression and if
re-used, may cause leaks and high stress points resulting in glass breakage. Glass may
contain hidden damage and internal stresses caused by previous usage. If re-used, the glass
may break under pressure causing severe personal injury or property damage.
8
8.2 Inspection of Glass Seating Surfaces
Clean the glass seating surfaces on the liquid chamber and cover with a soft metal scraper
(preferably brass) to remove all burrs, rust and remnants of the previous gaskets and
cushions. Exercise extreme care to avoid gouging or scarring gasket and cushion seating
surfaces.
Use a known flat piece of metal the same approximate length as the glass or a new piece of
glass and a thickness gage to check flatness of each glass seating surface on liquid chamber
and under cover. Surface must be flat within 0.002 inch (0.05 mm). If any one surface is
found to be beyond a tolerance of 0.002 inch (0.05 mm), the entire gage must be disposed of
and replaced. Gasket seating surface must have a final surface finish of 450 to 500 AARH.
WARNING
m
Flatness of glass seating surfaces outside 0.002 inch (0.05 mm) tolerance specified is an
indication of the gage having been overstressed through repeated exposure to mechanical,
thermal or hydraulic shock during its previous service. Operation of a liquid level gage which
has been overstressed will result in abnormal stresses on the glass which may cause glass to
break. If surface finish is not in the 450-500 AARH range, gasket may extrude under pressure
with resulting sudden release of pressure, leakage of contained fluid, serious personal injury
or property damage.
Glass seating surfaces should NOT be machined to achieve seating tolerance. The chamber
and cover are designed for a critical thickness to achieve the pressure/temperature ratings.
Machining glass seating surfaces may result in non-compliance to the necessary critical
thickness due to material removal.
8.3 Reassembly
If all glass seating surfaces are found to be within the 0.002 inch (0.05 mm) tolerance
described in the previous section, proceed to obtain new glass, gaskets, cushions and shields
(if used) and proceed to reassemble as follows (refer to exploded parts view in Section 11.0 if
needed):
1. Clean threads on bolt and nuts to remove all paint, rust and scale. Apply a light
coat of oil to the threads.
2. For transparent gages, insert bolts through half the cover and lay out covers along
the bench, side by side, with the liquid chamber. Use chamber to space covers
and line them up with vision slots.
3. For reflex style and belleville reflex style gages, lay out covers along bench, side
by side, with liquid chamber. Use chamber to space covers and line them up with
vision slots.
4. For transparent belleville style gages, thread nuts on stud, place two belleville
washers under nut with pointed end toward the nut (see Figure 2), insert stud
through each cover and lay out covers along bench, side by side, with liquid
chamber. Use chamber to space covers and line them up with vision slots.
5. Install one cushion inside each cover.
9
WARNING
m
Separate installation instructions are supplied with replacement glass. All instructions
supplied with the glass must be followed, as there are precautions to be taken when handling
gage glass. Among the precautions is avoidance of bumping or sliding glass against any
surface and inspection of individual pieces. Failure to follow any of the replacement gage
glass installation instructions could result in glass breakage with resulting sudden release of
pressure, severe personal injury or property damage.
6. Install rubber band around each piece of glass, then place glass centered inside
each cover.
7. Install shields, if used, and gasket on glass being careful to keep components
centered.
8. Place liquid chamber on the gaskets making sure all components are aligned with
vision slot.
9. For reflex gage, install U-bolts in place by tapping as needed with rubber hammer,
being careful not to lose alignment with vision slot.
10. For reflex gage, quickly turn over assembly onto backside of U-bolts. Assemble
nameplate, washer and nuts to U-bolts. Tighten nuts with fingers. Using a torque
wrench, tighten nuts in 5 ft·lb (7 N·m) increments, following the sequence in
Figure 1 until the torque values shown in Table 3 are reached.
NOTE: Depending on gage size there may be less bolting than shown in Figure 1. Start at the
center and follow "Z" pattern outward to the limit of bolting on a specific gage.
11. For transparent gage, install gaskets and shields, if used, centered on vision slot.
12. Install rubber band around each piece of glass, then place glass centered on
gasket or shields, if used.
13. Install one cushion on each piece of glass.
14. Install covers in place being careful to maintain components alignment inside.
15. Install nameplate, washer and nuts to bolts. Tighten nuts with fingers. Using a
torque wrench, tighten nuts in 5 ft·lb (7 N·m) increments, following the sequence
in Figure 1 until the torque values shown in Table 3 are reached.
15A. For transparent belleville style gages: install nameplate and two belleville washers
under each nut with pointed end toward the nut (see Figure 2). Finger tighten
nuts.
NOTE: the following procedure is to be done on only one side of the gage.
15B. For reflex belleville style gages: install nameplate and three belleville washers
under each nut with pointed end toward the nut (see Figure 2). Finger tighten
nuts.
16. Using a torque wrench, tighten nuts in 5 ft·lb (7 N·m) increments, following the
sequence in Figure 1, until the torque values shown in Table 3 are reached.
Refer to Section 5.0 for installation and Section 6.0 for operation of liquid level gage when
returning to service.
9.0 Disposal at End of Useful Life
Penberthy gages are used in a variety of fluid applications. By following the appropriate federal and
industry regulations, the user must determine the extent of preparation and treatment the gage must
incur before its disposal. A Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) may be required before disposal
services accept certain components.
Metal, glass and polymers should be recycled whenever possible. Refer to order and TV&C -
Prophetstown Material Specification sheets for materials of construction.
10
10.0 Telephone Assistance
If you are having difficulty with your liquid level gage, contact your local Penberthy distributor. You
may also contact the factory direct at (815) 537-2311 and ask for an applications engineer. So that we
may assist you more effectively, please have as much of the following information available as
possible when you call:
Model #
Name of the company from whom you purchased your liquid level gage
Invoice # and date
Process conditions (pressure, flow rates, tank shape, etc)
A brief description of the problem
Trouble shooting procedures that failed
If attempts to solve your problem fail, you may request to return your liquid level gage to the factory for
intensive testing. You must obtain a Return Authorization (R.A.) number from TV&C Prophetstown
before returning anything. Failure to do so will result in the unit being returned to you without being
tested, freight collect. To obtain an R.A. number, the following information (in addition to that above) is
needed:
Reason for return

Person to contact at your company
“Ship To” address
There is a minimum charge for evaluation of non-warranty units. You will be contacted before any
repairs are initiated should the cost exceed the minimum charge. If you return a unit under warranty,
but is not defective, the minimum charge will apply.
Grafoil® is a registered trademark of Graftech, Inc.

Top Chem 2000® is a registered trademark of Klinger
Viton® and Teflon® are registered trademarks of E.I. du Pont de Nemours and Company
®
PCTFE (formerly known as Kel-F , a registered trademark of 3M) is manufactured by Daikin
11
11.0 Exploded Parts Drawing
Recommended Spare Parts
REF # ITEM QTY.
100 Bolt/U-bolt 2/1 per sect.
4 Nut 2 per sect.
48 Glass 1
7 Gasket 2
8 Cushion 2
9 Shield (if used) 2
Transparent Reflex
1 Cover
2 Chamber
4 Nut
48 Glass
7 Gasket
8 Cushion
9 Shield
100 Bolt/U-Bolt
125 Washer
163 Nameplate
331 Band
Figure 4 Figure 5
NOTE: size 9 shown - actual gage may be shorter and require fewer bolting components.
12
PENBERTHY
DECLARATION of CONFORMITY
In conformance with ISO/IEC Guide 22 - 96

LLG.DC r C
Manufacturer's Name: Tyco Valves & Controls

Manufacturer's Address: 320 Locust Street
Prophetstown, IL 61277-1147 U.S.A.
Product:
Type of Equipment: Pressure Vessel - Liquid Level Gage Glass
Equipment Class: Industrial Instrumentation - Hazardous Area
Model Designations: RL, TL, RM, RMR, TM, TMR, RH, RHR, TH, THR, RMW, TMW,
RLC, TLC
The product described above is in conformity with:

92/59/EEC General product safety 1992
87/404/EEC Simple pressure vessel 1987
89/392/EEC Machinery 1989
EN 10213-1:4 Technical delivery conditions for steel castings 1996
ISO 7-1 Pipe threads where pressure-tight joints are made 1996
BS 10 Flanges and bolting for pipes, gagecocks and fittings 1962
BS 21 Pipe threads for tubes and fittings where pressure tight 1985
BS 759 Gagecocks, gauges and other safety fittings for 1984
application
BS 970 Part 1 Wrought steels for mechanical and allied engineering 1996
BS 970 Part 3 Wrought steel for mechanical and allied engineering 1991
BS 1501 Part 3 Steels for pressure purposes 1990
BS 1502 Steels for fired and unfired pressure vessels 1982
BS 1506 Carbon, low alloy and stainless steel bars and billets 1990
BS 1560 Circular flanges for pipes, gagecocks and fittings 1989
BS 1640 Part 1 Steel butt-welding pipe fittings 1962
BS 1640 Part 2 Steel butt-welding pipe fittings 1962
BS 1965 Butt-welding pipe fittings 1963
BS 3076 Nickel and nickel alloys: bar 1989
BS 3463 Observation and gauge glasses for pressure vessels 1975
BS 3602 Part 1 Steel pipes and tubes for pressure purposes 1987
BS 3605 Austenitic stainless steel pipes and tubes 1991
BS 3643 ISO metric screw threads 1981
BS 3799 Steel pipe fittings, screwed and socket-welding 1974
BS 4504 Circular flanges for pipes, gagecocks and fittings 1989
ASME B&PV Code Rules for construction of pressure vessels 1995
Section VIII
ANSI/ASME B1.1 Unified screw inch threads un and unr thread form 1982
ANSI/ASME B1.20.1 Pipe threads, general purpose (inch) 1983
ANSI/ASME B16.5 Pipe flanges and flanged fittings 1988
ANSI/ASME B18.2.1 Square and hex nuts and screw inch series 1981
ANSI/ASME B18.2.2 Square and hex nuts 1972
ANSI/ASME B31.3 Process piping 1996
Date: 28 May 2004 Signature: _________________________

Prophetstown, IL U.S.A. Name: David J. Williams, C.Q.E.
Position: Quality Assurance Manager
Technical Construction File is available at stated address. Signatory is contact person.
13
NOTES
14
NOTES
15
NOTES
16
Tyco Valves & Controls, L.P. Prophetstown
320 Locust St., Prophetstown, Illinois 61277
Phone: 815-537-2311
FAX: 815-537-5764
Printed in USA
Part No. 18R65-009
17
Section: 2000
I.O.M.: 2960
Issued: 08/05
Replaces: 04/05
PENBERTHY®
Armored
Gagecocks
Series 100, 200, 300 and 400

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Product Warranty . . . . . . . . . iii
1.0 About the Manual . . . . . . . . . 1
2.0 Introduction . . . . . . . . . 1
2.1 System Description . . . . . . . 2
3.0 Available Models . . . . . . . . . 2,3

3.1 Design Ratings at Max. and Min. Operating Temperatures . . 3
3.2 Steam Application . . . . . . . . 3
4.0 Inspection . . . . . . . . . . 4
4.1 User Rating Inspection . . . . . . . 4
5.0 Installation . . . . . . . . . . 4
5.1 Piping Strain . . . . . . . . 4
5.2 Differential Thermal Expansion . . . . . . 4
5.3 Mounting . . . . . . . . . 5
6.0 Operation . . . . . . . . . . 5
6.1 Hydrostatic Test . . . . . . . . 5
7.0 Maintenance . . . . . . . . . 6
7.1 Preventative Maintenance . . . . . . . 6
7.2 Ball Check Shut-Off . . . . . . . 6,7
7.3 Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . 7
8.0 Removal - Disassembly and Reassembly . . . . . . 8

8.1 Disassembly . . . . . . . . 8
8.2 Reassembly . . . . . . . . 8
9.0 Disposal at End of Useful Life . . . . . . . 8
10.0 Telephone Assistance . . . . . . . . 9
11.0 Exploded Parts Drawing . . . . . . . . 10
TABLES AND FIGURES page
Table 1 Armored Gagecock Standard Features . . . . 2

Table 2 Armored Gagecock Standard Features . . . . 3
Table 3 Design Ratings for Threaded or Welded Connections . . . 3
®
Figure 1 Teflon Tape Wrapping . . . . . . 5
Figure 2 Exploded Parts Drawing . . . . . . 10
Figure 3 Optional Gasket Union Connection . . . . . 10
ii
PENBERTHY PRODUCT WARRANTY
Tyco Valves & Controls Prophetstown warrants its Penberthy products as designed and manufactured
by TV&C Prophetstown to be free of defects in the material and workmanship for a period of one year
after the date of installation or eighteen months after the date of manufacture, whichever is earliest.
TV&C Prophetstown will, at its option, replace or repair any products which fail during the warranty
period due to defective material or workmanship.
Prior to submitting any claim for warranty service, the owner must submit proof of purchase to TV&C
Prophetstown and obtain written authorization to return the product. Thereafter, the product shall be
returned to TV&C in Prophetstown, Illinois, with freight paid.
This warranty shall not apply if the product has been disassembled, tampered with, repaired or
otherwise altered outside of TV&C Prophetstown factory, or if it has been subject to misuse, neglect or
accident.
The responsibility of TV&C Prophetstown hereunder is limited to repairing or replacing the product at
its expense. TV&C Prophetstown shall not be liable for loss, damage or expenses related directly or
indirectly to the installation or use of its products, or from any other cause or for consequential
damages. It is expressly understood that TV&C Prophetstown is not responsible for damage or injury
caused to other products, buildings, personnel or property, by reason of the installation or use of its
products.
THIS IS TV&C PROPHETSTOWN’S SOLE WARRANTY AND IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER

WARRANTIES, EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED WHICH ARE HEREBY EXCLUDED, INCLUDING IN
PARTICULAR ALL WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
PURPOSE.
This document and the warranty contained herein may not be modified and no other warranty,
expressed or implied, shall be made by or on behalf of TV&C Prophetstown unless made in writing
and signed by the General Manager or Director of Engineering of TV&C Prophetstown.
iii
INSTALLATION, OPERATION and MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FOR PENBERTHY SERIES 100, 200, 300 and 400 GAGECOCKS
1.0 About the Manual
This manual has been prepared as an aid and guide for personnel involved installation or
maintenance. All instructions must be read and understood thoroughly before attempting any
installation, operation, or maintenance.
SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS
Penberthy does not have any control over the manner in which its gagecocks are handled,
installed or used. Penberthy cannot and will not guarantee that a gagecock is suitable or
compatible for the user's specific application.
WARNING
Vessel fluids may be pressurized and can unexpectedly exit vessel connections due to
apparatus or material failure. Safety glasses should be worn when installing a gagecock.
Failure to follow any instruction could possibly result in a malfunction of the gagecock with
resulting sudden release of pressure, severe physical injury or property damage.
2.0 Introduction
Penberthy armored gagecocks are used to isolate gage glass, magnetic gages or other apparatus
from the holding or pressure vessel when it becomes necessary to drain and service the gage.
Penberthy Series 100, 200, 300 and 400 gagecocks are supplied in pairs, (upper and lower), and are
available with socketweld, flanged and NPT connections.
These gagecocks are equipped, as a standard feature, with a floating shank union vessel connection,
which permits up to 3/8" (10 mm) variation in center to center distance and with ball check shut-offs to
prevent leakage of contained fluid in case of accidental gage glass breakage.
Series 100, 200, 300 and 400 gagecocks for process use should include ball check shut-off feature.
Gagecocks without the ball check shut-off feature will not automatically stop leakage of contained fluid
in the event of accidental gage glass breakage.
1
2.1 System Description
Penberthy armored gagecocks are comprised of six basic components. Each component
may vary slightly, depending on the desired physical and mechanical properties for the
gagecock. Use the exploded parts view in Section 11.0 as additional reference material.
Body- a pressure retaining structure through which liquid passes to enter a gage glass or
other apparatus. Provides a rigid, union, or spherical union connection to the vessel and
seating surfaces for most gagecock components. Series 100 and 200 are straight pattern
bodies; Series 300 and 400 are offset pattern bodies.
Ball Checks- sphere installed loosely within the body of the gagecock that seats to prevent
significant leakage when a differential pressure surge occurs (e.g., mechanical failure). Ball
checks for ASME steam service incorporate a vertically rising lower and leaky horizontal upper
or omit ball checks completely. "Reverse acting” ball checks are available for vacuum service.
Trim- wetted parts that mechanically control the liquid path from the vessel to the gage glass
or other apparatus. The ball and stem act to seal and release the liquid. In the event of
mechanical failure, the ball will seat to prevent large quantities of the contained fluid from
exiting the vessel. Liquid is allowed to exit the vessel into the gage glass or other apparatus
when the stem is screwed away from its seated position. The liquid is sealed when the stem
is screwed into its seated position.
The stem packing retainer provides a compression surface between the process liquid and
the stem packing. A stem packing gland is used to compress the packing against the retainer
and around the stem to prevent leakage.
Stem Packing- under compression the stem packing is forced to mold around the stem and
prevent leakage of media during operation.
Gage Connection- provides connection between the gagecock and the gage glass or other
apparatus. A union, spherical union or rigid connection may be used. A union connection can
move in a plane parallel to the vessel connection.
Handwheel/Lever- rotated to engage threads and provide screw action of stem.
3.0 Available Models
Armored gagecock standard features are listed in chart below.
Model Number
Features
120 130 220 230 320 330 420 430
Straight Pattern x x x x
Offset Pattern x x x x
Integral Bonnet x x x x
Union Bonnet x x x x
Union Gage Connection x x x x
Rigid Gage Connection x x x x
Union Vessel Connection x x x x x x x x
Screwed in Seat x x x x
Table 1
2
Additional gagecock models are available with gasketed union connections. The gaskets are a spiral
wound style, stainless steel/graphite, which are inserted into the body at the union connection to
provide a gasketed seal between the body and tailpipe as opposed to the standard metal-to-metal
joint. These gaskets provide a seal even with small angular misalignments and with less closure force
than the standard metal-to-metal seals.
Model Number
Features
121 122 123 131 221 222 223 231 321 322 323 331 421 422 423 431
Straight Pattern x x x x x x x x
Offset Pattern x x x x x x x x
Integral Bonnet x x x x x x x x
Union Bonnet x x x x x x x x
Metal Union Gage Connection x x x x
Rigid Gage Connection x x x x
Metal Union Vessel Connection x x x x
Screwed in Seat x x x x x x x x
Gasket Union Gage Connection x x x x x x x x
Gasket Union Vessel Connection x x x x x x x x x x x x
Table 2
3.1 Design Ratings at Maximum and Minimum Operating Temperatures
To determine the maximum allowable working pressure for a specific temperature within the
design limits stated below, the user must refer to Penberthy Application Reports, or when
provided, the specifically stated design limits on a Penberthy product proposal.
DESIGN RATINGS FOR THREADED OR WELDED CONNECTIONS

Gagecock Material of Maximum Allowable Working Pressure
Series Construction Teflon® packing Grafoil® packing
4000 psig [27580 kPa] at -20°F [-29°C] to +100°F [38°C] 4000 psig [27580 kPa] at -20°F [-29°C] to +100° [38°C]
Carbon Steel
3525 psig [24300 kPa] at 500°F [260°C] 2620 psig [18060 kPa] at 750°F [399°C]
100 200
300 400 316 STS 4000 psig [27580 kPa] at -300°F [-184°C] to +100°F [38°C] 4000 psig [27580 kPa] at -300°F [-184°C] to +100°F [38°C]
Construction 3525 psig [24300 kPa] at 500°F [260°C] 2755 psig [18990 kPa] at 750°F [399°C]
For other materials or connections consult factory
Table 3
WARNING
NEVER exceed these design ratings or application data. Exceeding design ratings or
application data may result in mechanical failure of gagecock components resulting in serious
personal injury or property damage.
3.2 Steam Application
Penberthy series 100, 200, 300 and 400 gagecocks are designed for process conditions.
In low pressure steam/water applications (< 350 psig [2410 kPa] at 434°F [223°C]), Penberthy
allows the use of 300 and 400 series gagecocks because the potential mechanical stress
imposed on the gagecock assembly by the thermodynamic steam environment is relatively
small. Request Penberthy Application Reports for more detailed information.
3
4.0 Inspection
Upon receipt of a gagecock set, check all components carefully for damage incurred in shipping. If
damage is evident or suspected, do not attempt any installation. Notify carrier immediately and
request damage inspection. Refer to exploded view drawing in Section 11.0 to inventory parts.
4.1 User Rating Inspection
The user should confirm that:
1. The gagecock set model number and pressure/temperature rating stamped on nameplate
conforms to the description on the user's purchase order
2. The operating conditions described in the purchase order agree with the actual operating
conditions at the installation site
3. The actual operating conditions at the installation site are within the application data
shown on the Penberthy Technical Data Bulletin or product proposal referred to previously
4. The materials of construction of the gagecock set are compatible with both the contained
fluid and the surrounding atmosphere in the specific application.
SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS
If the size, model or performance data of the gagecock set as received does not conform with
any of the criteria above, do not proceed with installation. Contact an authorized Penberthy
distributor for assistance. The incorrect gagecock can result in unacceptable performance
and potential damage to the gage.
5.0 Installation
Installation should only be undertaken by qualified personnel who are familiar with this equipment.
They should have read and understood all of the instructions in this manual. The user should refer to
Penberthy dimension sheets or Penberthy product proposal to obtain dimensional information for
specific size and model gagecock.
Penberthy recommendations on gagecock installations are not necessarily related to the installation of
flat glass liquid level gages. The number of different types of gage and gagecock installations is too
great to adequately explain in an installation manual. Therefore, it is the user's responsibility to assure
that knowledgeable installation personnel plan and carry out the installation in a safe manner. The
following procedures are some of the guidelines that should be employed.
5.1 Piping Strain
The gagecock should be mounted and connected so that it can support the gage without
binding. Torsional stresses can make it difficult or impossible to seal tailpipes. Although union
connections will allow marginal errors in piping alignment, misalignment can still create
unusual strain on connectors. Gages not properly supported by brackets may subject the
gagecock to stresses that can cause leaks or mechanical failure. Typical gage load should
NOT exceed 50 lbs (22.7kg) per gagecock.
5.2 Differential Thermal Expansion
High mechanical loading may be imposed on a gagecock by expanding and contracting gages
due to hot or cold service. Such mechanical loads on the gagecock must be minimized by
controlling process conditions in the system or by using expansion loops.
4
5.3 Mounting
1. Prior to installation, turn the handwheel of each gagecock clockwise until the stem
closes against the seat.
2. Remove union vessel connections from gagecocks, where applicable, and apply
heavy grease (where allowable) to tailpipe seat. (The grease minimizes galling of
the seat surfaces when tightening the coupling nuts.)
3. Wrench tighten tailpipes of upper and lower gagecocks to the vessel using
®
Teflon tape, or equivalent, on all male tapered pipe thread connections as shown
in Figure 1. If the gagecock is flanged or weld mount, use proper industry
standard procedures.
4. If installing with a flat glass gage, follow all installation instructions for the specific
liquid level gage as there are many points to consider on gage installation; among
them, piping strain, differential thermal expansion, weight and bolt torque.
5. Install gage tailpipes to union gage connections, where applicable, making sure
that the coupling nuts are in place.
Figure 1
6.0 Operation
Before initializing gagecock operation, check that all installation procedures have been completed.
Use only qualified experienced personnel who are familiar with gagecock equipment and thoroughly
understand the implications of the tables and all the instructions. Check to determine that all
connections are pressure tight.
WARNING
Gagecock installations should be brought into service slowly. Gagecocks should be opened
slightly, and the gagecock assembly temperature and pressure allowed to slowly equalize. If
the gagecocks are equipped with ball checks, the gagecocks must be opened all the way after
the pressure and temperature have equalized to permit operation of the automatic ball check in
the event of gage glass failure. Failure to follow the recommended operating procedures can
result in severe personal injury or property damage.
6.1 Hydrostatic Test
Take all precautions necessary to handle the possibility of leakage during the test.
Hydrostatic pressure test all installations to 100 psig (690 kPa) and correct any leakage before
proceeding.
5
7.0 Maintenance
WARNING
Use only qualified experienced personnel who are familiar with gagecock equipment and
thoroughly understand the implications of the tables and all the instructions. DO NOT proceed
with any maintenance unless the gagecock assembly has been relieved of all pressure or
fluids. Failure to do so can cause serious personal injury and property damage.
The user must create maintenance schedules, safety manuals and inspection details for each
gagecock. These will be based upon the users own operating experience with their specific
application. Realistic maintenance schedules can only be determined with full knowledge of the
services and application situations involved.
During system shutdown, the gagecocks should be left open to permit the gage to lose pressure and
cool with the rest of the system. Failure to leave the gagecock open during system shutdown may trap
high-pressure fluid in the gage.
7.1 Preventative Maintenance
On all installations the following items should be regularly evaluated by the user for purposes
of maintenance:
1. Leakage around stem area

2. Internal stem leak
3. Leakage around union connections
4. Internal or external corrosion
The user must determine, upon evaluation of his or her own operating experience, an
appropriate maintenance schedule necessary for his or her own specific application. Realistic
maintenance schedules can only be determined with full knowledge of the services and
application situation involved.
7.2 Ball Check Shut-Off
SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS
Ball checks, when installed, may fail to seat due to corrosion of the ball or seat, foreign
material in ball chamber or viscous material in the ball chamber. A routine operational test of
the ball check can prevent significant seepage of liquid in the event of glass breakage.
An operational check can be performed on the gagecock ball check by closing both the upper
and lower gagecock stems completely. Drain contents from and relieve pressure on liquid
gage to an appropriate safe container/area. NOTE: Some loss of process fluid to the drain
line is expected with this test procedure.
6
WARNING
m
vacuum, has been allowed to reach ambient temperature, and has been drained or purged of
all fluids. Failure to do so can cause serious personal injury and property damage.
With drain line in place, open BOTTOM gagecock as rapidly as possible. Listen for "click"
sound, which will indicate that the ball has seated. If possible, observe the quantity of flow
from the drain line. Flow should either stop completely or be no greater than single drips (no
solid stream). Close lower gagecock. Repeat above procedure for UPPER gagecock. There
must be a pressure differential of at least 5 psig (35 kPa) for the above procedure to work
properly.
If the above procedure is not successful, the only alternative is to isolate the gage and
gagecock assembly from the vessel or to shut the process down completely. Disassemble
the gagecock as outlined in section 8.1 using the exploded parts drawing in Section 11.0 as a
reference. Visibly inspect ball check and ball seats in the gagecock body. Remove any
foreign matter and/or replace with new ball checks if inspection indicates this is required. If
the ball seat is damaged, consider replacing the gagecock or the seat (if it is removable).
Reassemble gagecocks as outlined in Section 8.2.
7.3 Troubleshooting
STEM PACKING LEAKAGE can often be stopped by tightening the stem packing nut. If leak
persists, the stem packing should be replaced by following steps 1) through 5) of the
Disassembly and 1) through 7) of the Reassembly instructions
INTERNAL SEAT LEAKAGE is an indication of a worn or damaged stem or seat. To replace

the stem follow steps 1) through 5) of the Disassembly and 1) through 7) of the Reassembly
instructions. To renew the seat surface, follow steps 1) and 2) of the Disassembly
instructions. Renew the seats by using a fine lapping compound and a mandrel the same
size, shape and seat angle as the stem. Flush the gagecock body clean and reassemble by
following steps 4) and 5) of the Reassembly instructions.
Renewable Threaded Sheets (Series 200 and 400). Remove the seat by inserting a 1/4"
(6 mm) square driver in the seat and turning it counterclockwise. Install the new seat by
turning it clockwise using the square driver, making sure that the ball check, if used, is
replaced in the body. Tighten the seat in place.
LEAKAGE AROUND UNION connections can often be stopped by tightening union coupling
nut or remake connection using Teflon® tape, or equivalent on all male pipe threads as shown
in Figure 1.
INTERNAL OR EXTERNAL CORROSION could be an indication of a misapplication. An

investigation should immediately be carried out to determine the cause of the problem. It is
the user's responsibility to choose a material of construction compatible with both the
contained fluid and the surrounding atmosphere.
7
8.0 Removal - Disassembly - Reassembly
WARNING
fluids. Failure to do so can cause serious personal injury and property damage.
8.1 Disassembly
Refer to the exploded parts drawing in Section 11.0 for additional reference during
disassembly and reassembly of the gagecocks.
1) Remove handwheel nut (30), nameplate (163) and handwheel (28) or lever (261)
from stem.
2) Loosen and remove stem packing nut (26)
3) Remove stem by turning counterclockwise, along with stem packing gland (19),
stem packing (25) and stem packing retainer (18).
4) Slip the stem packing gland (19), stem packing (25) and stem packing retainer
(18) off stem (17).
5) On Series 200 and 400 gagecocks, remove bonnet nut (21) and bonnet (20).
6) To replace seat on Series 200 and 400 gagecocks, follow instructions as
described in maintenance procedures, section 7.3.
8.2 Reassembly
Refer to the exploded parts drawing in Section 11.0 for additional reference during
disassembly and reassembly of the gagecocks.
1) Prepare for installation of new packing by cleaning all packing chambers and
glands of upper and lower gagecocks.
2) On Series 200 and 400 gagecocks, replace bonnet (20) and bonnet nut (21) and
tighten securely in place.
3) Slip packing retainer (18) on stem (17)
4) Install new stem packing (25) and stem packing gland (19)
5) Thread stem assembly into gagecock by turning clockwise until stem seats and
then back off one turn (1/8 turn with quick close stem)
6) Assemble stem packing nut (26) and tighten in place
7) Assemble handwheel (28) or lever (261), nameplate (163) and handwheel nut
(30) on stem and tighten securely in place.
8) Close both gagecocks by turning handwheel or lever clockwise until stem seats.
Refer to Section 6.0 for operation of the gagecock when returned to service.
9.0 Disposal at End of Useful Life
Penberthy Series 100, 200, 300 and 400 gagecocks are used in a variety of fluid applications. By
following the appropriate federal and industry regulations, the user must determine the extent of
preparation and treatment the Series 100, 200, 300 and 400 gagecocks must incur before their
disposal. A Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) may be required before disposal services accept
certain components.
Metal, glass and polymers should be recycled whenever possible. Refer to order and TV&C -
Prophetstown Material Specification sheets for materials of construction.
8
10.0 Telephone Assistance
If you are having difficulty with your Penberthy Series 100, 200, 300 and 400 gagecocks, contact your
local Penberthy distributor. You may also contact the factory direct at (815) 537-2311 and ask for an
applications engineer. So that we may assist you more effectively, please have as much of the
following information available as possible when you call:
Model #
Name of the company from whom you purchased the Penberthy Series 100, 200, 300 and 400
gagecocks
Invoice # and date
Process conditions (pressure, flow rates, tank shape, etc)
A brief description of the problem
Trouble shooting procedures that failed
If attempts to solve your problem fail, you may request to return your Penberthy Series 100, 200, 300
and 400 gagecocks to the factory for intensive testing. You must obtain a Return Authorization (R.A.)
number from TV&C Prophetstown before returning anything. Failure to do so will result in the unit
being returned to you without being tested, freight collect. To obtain an R.A. number, the following
information (in addition to that above) is needed:
Reason for return
Person to contact at your company
“Ship To” address
There is a minimum charge for evaluation of non-warranty units. You will be contacted before any
repairs are initiated should the cost exceed the minimum charge. If you return a unit under warranty,
but is not defective, the minimum charge will apply.
®
Teflon is a registered trademark of E. I. duPont de Nemours and Company
Grafoil® is a registered trademark of Graftech, Inc.
9
11.0 Exploded Parts Drawing
SPARE PARTS
Ref. No. Item Min. Qty.
18 Retainer, Stem Packing 1
19 Gland, Stem Packing 1
25 Packing, Stem 1
30 Nut, Handwheel 1
RECOMMENDED MAXIMUM QUANTITIES SHOULD
PROVIDE SPARE PARTS FOR 10% OF THE
GAGECOCKS IN SERVICE
Figure 2
7 Gasket
11 Body
12 Tailpipe
13 Nut, Vessel Coupling
14 Retainer, Ball Check
15 Ball
16 Seat
17 Stem
18 Retainer, Stem Packing
19 Gland, Stem Packing
20 Bonnet
21 Nut, Bonnet
25 Packing, Stem
26 Nut, Stem Packing
28 Handwheel
30 Nut, Handwheel
31 Tailpipe, Gage
32 Nut, Gage Coupling
163 Nameplate
261 Lever
Note: Seat (16), Bonnet (20) and Nut (21)

are to be used on Series 200 and 400
gagecocks only.
Figure 3
(Optional gasketed union)
10
NOTES
11
NOTES
12
Tyco Valves & Controls, L.P. Prophetstown
320 Locust St., Prophetstown, Illinois 61277
Phone: 815-537-2311
FAX: 815-537-5764
Printed in USA
Part No. 14912-009
13
Daniel®
Liquid
Measurement
Catalog
Measurement
Products, Systems
and Services
Daniel® Company Overview
For more than 75 years, Daniel Measurement and Control, Inc. has
delivered best-in-class natural gas and liquid flow measurement
products, systems and services to the oil and gas industry to ensure
Is accurate fiscal custody transfer. All Daniel products meet or exceed
unaccounted international hydrocarbon measurement standards. Known around the
world, the Daniel name is synonymous with quality products, industry
hydrocarbon expertise and innovative engineering.
draining As Daniel continues to innovate and build its product technology

your and global organization, you can be confident that Daniel is stronger
than ever. We’re part of the Emerson Process Management group of
bottom companies and its nearly $20 billion parent company, Emerson Electric
line? Co., (NYSE: EMR), so we have the financial strength and staying
power to go with our proven track record. Most importantly, your bottom
line is our bottom line—we enable our customers to achieve their
business objectives by providing them with better service, reducing
When the stakes are their costs and adding value to their business.
high, any amount of
unaccounted
hydrocarbon drains Throughout the worldwide oil and gas industry, Daniel liquid flow
the bottom line. measurement products and systems have proven their value in a
That’s why companies range of demanding measurement applications.
like yours count on
proven measurement
technology and
industry expertise Fiscal custody transfer metering
from Daniel to improve
service, reduce costs and
across the oil and gas industry
add value. Around the world, from crude to refined products, and across
every stage of the oil and gas value chain—from production to
transportation to distribution—Daniel liquid measurement products
and systems are delivering vital metering solutions. Our products
and systems are commonly found in onshore and offshore
production facilities, refining and storage locations, crude oil and
refined product transportation pipelines, as well as in all types of
distribution facilities such as load racks and marketing terminals.
Regardless of the specifics of your facility, Daniel can provide a

comprehensive range of proven liquid measurement solutions,
along with the expertise to install, maintain and troubleshoot them
for accurate and cost-effective long-term performance.
Page
Daniel® Liquid Ultrasonic Flow Meters
Liquid Ultrasonic Meters are rapidly becoming the technology of choice for
measuring a wide range of fluids. With no moving parts and no impediments
to flow, ultrasonic meters virtually eliminate pressure loss common to other
types of measurement technologies. The technology can be applied to
custody transfer, allocation measurement, check metering, leak detection,
and inventory control applications. With no moving parts, the meter is ideal
for bi-directional measurement as it provides accurate measurement of both
upstream and downstream transit times.
Daniel® Model 3804 Liquid Ultrasonic Flow Meter

Daniel® Model 3804 Liquid Ultrasonic Flow Meter
The Daniel Model 3804 Liquid Ultrasonic Flow Meter is designed to
accurately measure liquid products in applications where reliable
performance is critical. It increases your profitability with exceptional
repeatability and linearity throughout the flow range reducing lost and
unmeasured liquid products.
The Daniel Model 3804 Ultrasonic Flow Meter is the first in the Daniel Series
3800 family of liquid meters. The Daniel Model 3804 is a four-path, in-line
ultrasonic meter that measures transit times of ultrasonic pulses passing
through the liquid on four parallel planes. Each of the four paths has two
integrally mounted ultrasonic transducers. The pair of transducers act
alternately as transmitter and receiver. The difference in transit times of the
downstream-directed pulses and the upstream-directed pulses is directly
proportional to the measured fluid velocity.
Key hardware features and benefits:

Reduce unaccounted fluid loss with +/- 0.15% linearity using a transit
time, four path chordal design
Increase energy savings with low pressure drop design resulting in
reduced pumping costs
Explosion proof electronics, and intrinsically safe transducers
Reduce meter runs and lower capital costs with > 20:1 rangeability
Reduce maintenance costs with the ability to replace transducers in
approximately 2 minutes
Reduce inventory costs through the use of common components
between sizes
Key software features and benefits:

Reduce start-up time configuring your meter with Daniel Customer
Interface (CUI) software
Improve uptime with real-time data and comprehensive meter health
diagnostics
Reduce field technician costs with remote communications and
automated one page inspection reports
Optimize meter operation with field upgradeable firmware and “Playback
and Capture” function
Page
Daniel® Turbine Flow Meters
Turbine meter technology is a proven, reliable and accurate method of flow
measurement. Now, through technical advancements, turbine meters can
provide solutions to many of the challenges facing the petroleum industry.
Daniel’s turbine meters address the requirements of petroleum production,
transportation and terminal marketing applications.
Daniel® Series 1200 Turbine Flow Meter

Well-suited for light hydrocarbon load rack applications, the Daniel Series
1200 Liquid Turbine Meter is available in 1, 1.5, 2, 3 and 4-inch line sizes
and offers reliable, accurate performance in load racks in the downstream
terminal market segment.
The Daniel Series 1200 Liquid Turbine Meter installs vertically or horizontally
to meet various installation requirements. With a built-in flow conditioning
plate, the meter is suitable for installation in confined areas such as load
rack skids. The Series 1200 meter is available with stainless steel ball
bearings on all sizes, and tungsten carbide journal bearings on the 3 and
4-inch meters.
The Series 1200 is designed for use within the guidelines of API standards,
Chapter 5.3. Offered with one or two pickoffs and a dual channel
preamplifier in a single housing, which may also be used to mount local
totalizers, the unit is typically used in distribution applications such as load
racks, as part of a terminal automation system, and is ideally suited to the
demands of such applications.
Features and benefits:

Output linear with flow rate
Rangeability of 10 to 1
Horizontal or vertical installation
Available in 1 to 4-inch sizes
Superior accuracy and repeatability
High frequency pulse resolution
Uniform pulse signal output
Universal Mounting Box (UMB) housing dual
channel preamplifier and 4 or 2 pickoffs
Improved serviceability allows easy access
to pickoffs and reduces installation costs
Field mountable pickoffs require no interruption
of conduit lines for maintenance
Explosion proof / weather proof housing
Page

The Daniel Series 1500 Liquid Turbine Flow Meter is a volumetric flow
metering and transmitting device, and is used extensively in the petroleum
industry for accurate measurement of liquid hydrocarbon and other process
fluids. The Daniel Series 1500 Liquid Turbine Flow Meter utilizes advanced
turbine meter technology to assure high flow rates, extended flow range
and sustained performance.
The meter’s proven design elements provide reliability and up-time

availability to help provide continuous 24/7 pipeline operation. It is
designed for use within the guidelines of API Standards, Chapter 5.3 (The
Measurement of Liquid Hydrocarbons by Turbine Meter Systems) and the
test procedures of API Standards, Chapter 4 (Prover Systems).
The Series 1500 Liquid Turbine Flow Meter incorporates rugged internals,
and has been proven over years of varied demanding applications.
Tungsten carbide journal bearings and upstream and downstream supports
with a self-centering mechanism provide a measuring system capable
of reliable high accuracy performance in a wide range of applications,
including crude oil. The Daniel Series 1500 includes the Daniel Universal
Mounting Box (UMB) housing with up to 4 or 2 pickoffs and a dual channel
preamplifier.
For complete redundancy, meters of 2-inch size and larger may be supplied
with dual UMBs. In line sizes 3-inches and larger, this provides up to
four pickoffs and two dual channel preamplifiers. This design feature
allows multiple combinations of pulse outputs for metering, proving and
redundancy. The 2-inch dual UMB unit may be used with 2 pickoffs only.

Output linear with flow rate
Rangeability of 10 to 1
Bi-directional flow models available
Tungsten carbide bearings
Universal Mounting Box (UMB) housing dual channel preamplifier and
4 or 2 pickoffs
Single or dual UMB options
Up to 4 outputs in 2 pairs, each pair 90º electrically out of phase
Improved serviceability allows easy access to pickoffs and reduces
installation costs
Field mountable pickoffs require no interruption of conduit lines for
maintenance
Explosion proof / weather proof housing
Rimmed or bladed rotor options (dependent on size)
Stainless or carbon steel body construction with stainless steel internals
High resolution rotor option
Page
Daniel® Control Valves
The transfer and processing of liquid hydrocarbons require measurement and
control. The controlling elements in flow are valves. Daniel control valves are
used to control flow rate, line pressure, differential pressure or to offer surge
and pressure relief functions.
Daniel® Series 500 Control Valve

These valves are ideal for use where minimum pressure drop is required
and can be used for applications where it is not practical to use the flowing
stream as the power medium to operate a valve. Because the main piston
is controlled externally and because of the 45º body design, pressure drop
through this valve is extremely low.
Both compressed air, line medium or other hydraulic sources may be used
to actuate the power cylinder. Various pilot configurations are available to
allow the use of these valves in a number of different applications.
The Daniel Series 500 Control Valve is well suited for fire control, tank
safety, remote on-off control, bypass control and with distribution systems.
This valve is also commonly used for automatic drainage from storage, on-
off manifold control, emergency shut-off on loading and unloading lines and
digital control when used with Daniel presets.

Fail safe on loss of power medium
Modular construction - all internal parts including the seat ring can be
removed as a cartridge assembly without disturbing line connections
Linear control characteristics with uniform speed of response
Positive (bubble-tight) shut-off
45º body design assures high capacity
Extremely low pressure drop which conserves power consumption
Atmospheric vent positively prevents mixing of line fluid and power
cylinder operating fluid
Page

Daniel Series 600 Control Valves are designed for use in aircraft refueling
applications. These safe, fast and economical valves are suitable for
fueling trucks and service carts.

Accurate control for flow rates up to 1200 gpm (272 m3/hr)
Meets or exceeds fueling safety requirements
Protects the aircraft fuel system by holding surge pressures at the wing
manifold below 120psi (827kPa)
Victaulic end connections, anodized aluminum valve body, cover and
piston
All other parts stainless steel
Fast, safe operation
Precise, tight shut-off
One moving part - excellent reliability
Compact design
Page
Daniel 700 Series valves are self-contained, balanced piston, pilot operated
valves that can be configured to perform a wide range of control functions.
They are hydraulically operated, and use the flowing stream as the power
medium. Closing rate and sensitivity control is achieved through the use of a
needle valve located in the pilot supply line.
Applications include load rack terminals, aircraft terminals, pipelines, flow

rate control, on-off control, pressure control, pump control, and tank safety
applications.

Fail safe on loss of power medium
Modular construction - all internal parts including the seat ring can be
removed as a cartridge assembly without disturbing line connections
Linear control characteristics with uniform speed of response
Positive (bubble-tight) shut-off
45º body design assures high capacity
A single valve can incorporate one or multiple control functions

including:
On-off
Pressure reducing
Differential pressure
Back pressure
Pressure relief
Gas loaded relief
Float operated level control
Reverse flow check
Digital control
Two-stage control
Hydraulic or pneumatic on/off
Available in 2 to 16-inch sizes for most models
Page
Daniel® DanLoad 6000™ Electronic Preset
Daniel® DanLoad 6000™ Electronic Preset
The Daniel DanLoad 6000 Preset incorporates modern technology in a
cost-effective, self-contained enclosure providing computer accuracy and
reliability.
The Daniel Danload 6000 Electronic Preset is a dual microprocessor-based

batch controller for liquid product distribution at loading facilities. Applications
include truck, rail, marine, aviation and pipeline. Designed to deliver precise
preset amounts of product from tank storage or pipeline, to vehicle or vessel,
the DanLoad 6000 Preset is user configurable to support a wide variety of
functions required for today’s market.
The Daniel DanLoad 6000 Preset can be used with the Daniel control valve,
turbine meter, additive injector panels, and teminal automation software as
part of the Daniel “Total System Solution”.
A generic single-version product, the DanLoad 6000 Preset controls straight

or blended product loading, with or without multiple additives and dyes.
Blending operations can be configured as sequential or in-line, using both
proportional and integral algorithms, essential for accurate flow measurement
and control with the fluctuating flow conditions found at the load rack. The
standard temperature conversion algorithms for petroleum products are
included, and the unit is weights and measures approved for custody transfer.
The open Modbus RTU communications interface means that the DanLoad
6000 Preset can operate as a stand-alone unit, or be integrated with any
terminal automation system.

Open communications interface using Modbus RTU protocol (DanLoad
interface driver must be used)
Two communication ports
Self-contained NEMA 4 or NEMA 7 enclosure
Configurable flow control operations and alarms
Sequential and in-line blending capability
Sidestream blending capability
Easy to configure
Large text / graphics display
Multi-language capability
CALMON calibration monitoring feature for
use with turbine meters
Additive control and accounting
Temperature and pressure compensation per
API, IP or linear equation methods
Over 2000 load transactions stored
Status LEDs on front panel indicating alarm,
operation mode and permissive power
User configurable transaction archiving
and data logging
Multiple calibration settings
Multi-point meter linearization
Digital and two-stage valve control
Page
Brooks® Compact Prover™ by Daniel®
Brooks® Compact Prover™ by Daniel®
The Brooks Compact Prover is a small volume prover that uses double
chronometry pulse interpolation for flowmeter (Turbine, Positive
Displacement, Coriolis and Liquid Ultrasonic Meters) calibration and
verification in both laboratory and field conditions.
Because of its small size and ease of operation, The Brooks Compact
Prover is ideal for truck or trailer mounting. One single prover can be used
in several locations for various meter sizes and flow conditions. The Brooks
Compact Prover also reduces cost of field calibration, disposal cost, reduces
cross-product contamination, and minimizes product degradation. It is
available in sizes ranging from 8 to 40-inches for capacities from 0.357 bph
to 25,000 bph (.057 m3/hr to 3,972 m3/h).

Repeatability of 0.02% (Waterdraw)
Audit trail traceable to NIST
Recognized by API (Chapter 4)
Volume or mass proving (using integral densitometer)
Can be configured for proving Coriolis or Liquid Ultrasonic Meters using
integral master meter
Automatic operation without chains, clutches or intermittent mechanical
drives
Global weights and measures approvals
Global hazardous area approvals
Compact and portable - may be trailer mounted
Horizontal, vertical or vertical lift configurations
Capacity to prove across the range of 0.357 bph to 25,000 bph (.057
m3/hr to 3,972 m3/h)
Page
Daniel® Pipe Prover
Daniel® Pipe Prover
Daniel provides pipe provers with 4 to 42-inch measuring sections, flow rates
from 100 bph to 42,000 bph (15.89 m3/hr to 6.674 m3/hr) and suitable for
temperatures from -50ºF to 190ºF. The provers are ball type bi-directional,
as well as uni-directional and piston-type for low temperature. These prover
designs comply with the recommendations of API Chapter 4 and individual
application specifications.

Precise on-site meter calibration saves money by minimizing uncertainty
of metered volumes
Automated operation and data logging reduces labor cost and possibility
of operator error
Repeatability of 0.02% (waterdraw)
Page 10
Daniel® Engineered Systems
Daniel Measurement and Control, Inc. is the industry leader in designing,
constructing and commissioning of complex oil and gas metering systems
to exacting standards.
This global organization offers decades of fiscal petroleum flow

measurement application experience. Customers rely on Daniel’s
Engineered Systems Group’s international fabrication facilities, customized
engineering and success in field-testing and support. From the simplest
single-stream skid to complex on-site installations, Daniel delivers both
natural gas and liquid petroleum turn-key applications. The Daniel
Engineered Systems team designs, constructs and commissions the
metering project, blending up-to-the minute technology with decades of
understanding what customers need and expect.
Components of a Daniel Engineered System installation typically includes

meters, valves, provers, flow-control instruments, instrumentation and
read-out equipment, and process management components. Computer
software and hardware are integrated with the measurement system.
Standard calculation methods include AGA3 (now API-MPMS-14.3), ISO
5167, AGA5/7/8, AGA9 and the API Manual for Petroleum Measurement
Standards.
Daniel Supervisory Control Systems utilizes a sophisticated Graphical User

Interface, database server, and a dedicated PLC for the metering skid/MOV
interface. Redundancy is often used for custody transfer systems and/or
when system integrity is essential.
A dedicated Project Manager and Project Team are assigned to each

measurement system project. This team is responsible for overall system
design and project construction from start-to-finish. A separate internal
QA/QC group reviews all design details, inside and outside fabrication,
assembly and system testing.
Whether it is a pipeline, offshore production facility, or a loading facility for

ocean-going tankers, Daniel Engineered Systems is a proven, single-source
solution for customers throughout the world.
Page 11
Daniel® Mesurement Services
Daniel Measurement Services (Daniel) takes pride in providing the
right solution for customers with gas and liquid fiscal flow measurement
applications.
Around the clock and around the world, Daniel Measurement Services has
experienced, highly qualified measurement specialists prepared to help
customers who need assistance with:
Start-up and commissioning

Product upgrades
Product repair
Maintenance contracts
Meter tube inspection
Educational services
Remote diagnostics
At Daniel, we are focused on providing superior customer service.

Through our ongoing practices of continuous improvement, training and
development, and solicitation of customer feedback, Daniel Measurement
Services is committed to being the world’s leading provider of
value–added measurement services.
Page 12
Emerson Process Management Daniel Measurement and Control, Inc. and Daniel Measurement Services, Inc.
Daniel Measurement and Control, Inc., (collectively ”Daniel”) are a wholly owned subsidiary of Emerson Electric Co., and a
World Area Headquarters division of Emerson Process Management. The Daniel logo is a registered trademark
of Daniel Industries, Inc. The Emerson logo is a registered trademark and service
Houston, Texas, USA mark of Emerson Electric Co. The contents of this publication are presented for
T: 713-467-6000, F: 713-827-3880 informational purposes only, and while every effort has been made to ensure their
USA Toll Free 1-888-FLOW-001 accuracy, they are not to be construed as warranties or guarantees, express or
www.daniel.com implied, regarding the products or services described herein or their use or
applicability. We reserve the right to modify or improve the designs or specifications
Calgary, Alberta, Canada of such products at any time. Daniel does not assume responsibility for the selection,
T: 403-279-1879, F: 403-236-1337 use or maintenance of any product. Responsibility for proper selection, use and
Alberta Toll Free 1-800-242-3197 maintenance of any Daniel product remains solely with the purchaser and end-user.
Sales@Danielind-can.com
Service@Danielind-can.com
Stirling, Scotland - Europe, Middle East, Africa

T: +44 (0) 1786 433400, F: +44 (0) 1786 433401
Singapore - Asia Pacific

Emerson Process Management Asia Pacific Private Limited
T: +65-6777-8211, F: +65-6770-8001
©2006 Daniel Measurement and Control, Inc., All Rights Reserved. Printed in the USA. DAN-LIQ-CAT-0906
Fundamentals
of
Orifice Meter
Measurement
Measurement and Control

Western Hemisphere
P.O.Box 19097
Houston, Texas 77224 U.S.A.
Phone: (713) 467-6000 Fax: (713) 827-3880
Fundamentals of Orifice Meter Measurement
Fluid meters are divided into two functional groups -
One measures quantity (Positive Displacement); the other measures rate of flow (Inferential.)
All fluid meters, however, consist of two distinct parts, each of which has different functions to perform.
The first is the primary element, which is in contact with the fluid, resulting in some form of interaction.
This interaction may be that of imparting motion to the primary element; the fluid may be accelerated etc.
The second or secondary element translates the interaction between fluid and primary element into a
signal that can be converted into volume, weights or rates of flow and indicates or records the results.
For example, a weigher uses weighing tanks as its primary element and a counter for recording
the number of fillings and dumpings as its secondary element. In an orifice meter, the orifice together with
the adjacent part of the pipe and the pressure connections, constitute the primary element, while the
secondary element consists of a differential pressure device together with some sort of mechanism for
translating a pressure difference into a rate of flow and indicating the result, in some cases also recording
it graphically and integrating with respect to the time. This same combination of primary and secondary
elements will be observed in almost all other types of meters.
Positive Displacement (Quantity Meters) - Some of the more common positive displacement
meters are: Weighers, Reciprocating Piston, Rotating Piston, Nutating Disk, Sliding and Rotating Vanes,
Gear and Lobed Impeller, and the meter most commonly used to sell small quantities of gas at relatively
low flow rates, the Bellows meter.
Inferential (Rate Meters) - (a) Orifice Plates - The most commonly used rate or inferential meter
is the thin-plate, concentric orifice; a detailed discussion is covered in later paragraphs.
(b) Flow Nozzles & Venturi Tubes - Flow Nozzles and Venturi Tubes are primary rate devices
which will handle about 60% more flow than an orifice plate for the same bore under the same conditions,
and can therefore handle higher velocity flows. If a differential limit is chosen, then a smaller bore nozzle
or Venturi may be used to measure the same flow. They are more expensive to install and do not lend
themselves to as easy size change or inspection as orifice plates.
(c) Pitot Tubes - A Pitot or impact tube makes use of the difference between the static and kinetic
pressures at a single point. A similar device which is in effect a multiple pitot tube, averages the flow
profile.
(d) Turbine Meters - A Turbine meter is one in which the primary element is kept in rotation by the
linear velocity of the stream in which it is immersed. The number of revolutions the device makes is
proportional to the rate of flow.
(e) Swirlmeters, Vortex Shedding Meters, Rotometers, Mass Flow Meters, etc. - These are
devices that have applications in flow measurement. The manufacturers should be contacted for detailed
information.
© 1997 Daniel Measurement and Control Is aregistered trademark
Page 1
What is an Orifice Meter?
An orifice meter is a conduit and a restriction to create a pressure drop. An hour glass is a form
of orifice. A nozzle, venturi or thin sharp edged orifice can be used as the flow restriction. In order to use
any of these devices for measurement it is necessary to empirically calibrate them. That is, pass a known
volume through the meter and note the reading in order to provide a standard for measuring other
quantities. Due to the ease of duplicating and the simple construction, the thin sharp edged orifice has
been adopted as a standard and extensive calibration work has been done so that it is widely accepted
as a standard means of measuring fluids. Provided the standard mechanics of construction are followed
no further calibration is required. An orifice in a pipeline is shown in figure 1 with a manometer for
measuring the drop in pressure (differential) as the fluid passes thru the orifice. The minimum cross
sectional area of the jet is known as the “vena contracta.”
How does it work?
As the fluid approaches the orifice the pressure increases slightly and then drops suddenly as the
orifice is passed. It continues to drop until the “vena contracta” is reached and then gradually increases
until at approximately 5 to 8 diameters downstream a maximum pressure point is reached that will be
lower than the pressure upstream of the orifice. The decrease in pressure as the fluid passes thru the
orifice is a result of the increased velocity of the gas passing thru the reduced area of the orifice. When
the velocity decreases as the fluid leaves the orifice the pressure increases and tends to return to its
original level. All of the pressure loss is not recovered because of friction and turbulence losses in the
stream. The pressure drop across the orifice ( P in Fig. 1) increases when the rate of flow increases.
When there is no flow there is no differential. The differential pressure is proportional to the square of the
velocity, it therefore follows that if all other factors remain constant, then the differential is proportional to
the square of the rate of flow.
Orifice Flow Measurement - History
The first record of the use of orifices for the measurement of fluids was by Giovanni B. Venturi, an
Italian Physicist, who in 1797 did some work that led to the development of the modern Venturi Meter by
Clemons Herschel in 1886. It has been reported that an orifice meter, designed by Professor Robinson
of Ohio State University was used to measure gas near Columbus, Ohio, about 1890. About 1903 Mr. T.B.
Weymouth began a series of tests in Pennsylvania leading to the publication of coefficients for orifice
meters with flange taps. At the same time Mr. E.O. Hickstein made a similar series of tests at Joplin,
Missouri, from which he developed data for orifice meters with pipe taps.
A great deal of research and experimental work was conducted by the American Gas Association
and the American Society of Mechanical Engineers between 1924 and 1935 in developing orifice meter
coefficients and standards of construction for orifice meters. In 1935 a joint A.G.A. - A.S.M.E. report was
issued title “History of Orifice Meters and The Calibration, Construction, and Operation of Orifices For
Metering.” This report is the basis for most present day orifice meter measurement installation. An
updated version of this standard based on new data was issued in early 1991 by A.P.I. titled: Manual of
Petroleum Measurement Standards, Chapter 14, Section 3, Parts 1-4. Several additional publications are
available to simplify measurement by orifice meters. These are: ASME Fluid Meters 6th Edition, ASME
Power Test Code, Chapter 4 on Flow Measurement and Flow Measurement Engineering Handbook by
R.W. Miller.
Page 2
Typical Orifice Flow Pattern
Flange Taps Shown
Note: See pressure recovery curves on page 7
Fundamental Gas Laws
All matter is composed of exceedingly tiny particles called molecules A molecule is defined as
the smallest particle which can exist in the free and undecomposed state, i.e., natural gas is composed
of molecules of methane, ethane, etc. These molecules are in constant motion and it is the impact of
these molecules on the sides of a container which is measured as pressure. Temperature regulates
the speed of the molecules and therefore, an increase in temperature increases the motion of the
molecules which in turn increases the pressure.
As decreased temperature and pressure causes decreased motion of the molecules, it follows
there must be some point where there is no molecular activity. The points where there is no molecular
activity are absolute zero temperature (approximately -460°F) and absolute zero pressure
(approximately 14.7 pounds per square inch below atmospheric pressure). Absolute pressure is equal
to gauge pressure plus atmospheric pressure (14.7 p.s.i.). Absolute temperature is equal to degrees
Fahrenheit (°F) plus 459.67° and is called degrees Rankin.
Boyles Law states that in an ideal gas the volume is inversely proportional to the absolute
pressure. If a cylinder has a volume of gas at an absolute pressure of 14.7 and a piston was to
displace the volume in the cylinder until the pressure reached 29.4 p.s.i., then the cylinder would
contain one-half of its original volume.
Charles Law states that the volume of an ideal gas is directly proportional to the absolute
temperature. If a cylinder has a volume of gas at 60°F or 514.67° Rankin (absolute) and a piston was
used to displace the volume so as to maintain a constant pressure while the temperature was doubled
to the 580°F or 1039.67° Rankin (absolute) the cylinder would contain twice its original volume.
Page 3
The combined ideal Boyles and Charles Law is commonly written in the form of the equation:
P1 V1 P2 V2
=
T1 T2
Where:
P = Pressure at Condition 1 or 2 1 = Flowing Conditions
V = Volume at Condition 1 or 2 2 = Base Conditions
T = Temperature at Condition 1 or 2
When discussing a quantity of gas it is necessary to define it. We could use weight such as
pounds or ounces but it is difficult for most people to think of gas as having weight. So, the common
definition is a cubic foot at some base pressure and base temperature. The base conditions used by
most areas of the United States are 14.73 p.s.i.a. and 60°F. See USEFUL FORMULAS on page 15.
ORIFICE GAS FLOW EQUATION
Qv = 218.527*Cd*Ev*Y1*(d 2)*[Tb/Pb]*[(Pf1*Zb*hw)/(Gr*Zf1*Tf)]0.5 (3-6)
Where
Cd = Orifice plate coefficient of discharge
d = Orifice plate bore diameter calculated at flowing temperature (Tf) - in.
Gr = Real gas relative density (specify gravity)

hw = Orifice differential pressure in inches of water at 60 degF
Ev = Velocity of approach factor
Pb = Base pressure - psia
Pf1 = Flowing pressure (upstream tap - psia
Qv = Standard volume flow rate - SCF/hr.
Tb = Base temperature - degR
Tf = Flowing temperature - degR
Y2 = Expansion factor (downstream tap)
Zb = Compressibility at base conditions (Pb,Tb)
Zf1 = Compressibility (upstream flowing conditions - Pf1, Tf)
Orifice Plate Coefficient of Discharge - Cd
This has been empirically determined for flange-tapped orifice meters. To accurately use these
coefficients, the orifice meter must be manufactured to the specifications of Chapter 14 - Natural Gas
Fluids Measurement of the manual of Petroleum Measurement Standards Section 3 Concentric, Square-
edge Orifice Meters Part 2 Specifications and Installation Requirements (Also referenced as AGA Report
No. 3, Part 2 and GPA 8185-9, Part 2). Basically, the coefficient of discharge depends on the Reynolds
number, sensing tap location, meter tube diameter and orifice diameter with some other smaller influences.
Page 4
Each coefficient of discharge applies to the Reynolds number at which it is calculated.
Orifice Plate Bore Diameter - d
This bore must represent the bore at flowing conditions so corrections to account for the effects of
temperature must be made if the temperature at which the plate was miked is different from the flowing
temperature.
Real Gas Relative Density (Specific Gravity) - Gr
This is the normal specific gravity obtained from a specific gravity test or recording instrument and
represents the ratio of the relative densities of the gas, divided by air at the same conditions. With a given
applied force to a gas, a larger quantity of .25 specific gravity gas can be passed through an orifice than
a 1.00 specific gravity gas. Since flow varies as the square root of one over the specific gravity twice as
much gas will flow with the lighter gas,
(I.e. 1/.252, 1/11.0

)
Orifice Differential Pressure in Inches of Water at 60 degF - hw
This is a measure of the pressure drop across the orifice and is measured in inches of water. (Note:
Approximately 27.7 inches of water is equal to one pound drop.)
Velocity of Approach Factor - Ev
This factor corrects for the change in velocity between the upstream meter tube and the velocity in the
orifice bore. This factor varies with the beta ratio.
Base Pressure (psia) - Pb
To define the quantity of a gas measured, the base pressure must be defined. This is set by contract,
governmental law or agreement by the two parties to the measurement. The AGA-3 used 14.73 psia as
its base pressure.
Flowing Pressure (psia) Pf1 or 2
The pressure is measured at either the upstream (1) or downstream (2) tap. It has been common in
the natural gas business to use the downstream tap. Pressure has two effects on volume. The higher
pressure makes the gas denser so less volume flows through the meter. However, when the volume is
expanded to base pressure, the volume is increased.
Base Volume Flow Rate - Qr
The standard equation calculates an hourly volume rate which must be multiplied by time to get total
volume. The volume is expressed at the base conditions of temperature and pressure.
Base Temperature in Degrees Rankin - Tb
Page 5
The base temperature is defined by the contract, governmental law or agreement by the two parties
to the measurement. To correct degrees Fahrenheit to degrees Rankin, 459.67 degrees is added. Most
natural gas uses 519.67°R (i.e. 60°F + 459.67°) as the base temperature.
Flowing Temperature in Degrees Rankin - Tf
The flowing temperature is normally measured downstream from the orifice and must represent the
average temperature of the flowing stream in degrees Rankin. Temperature has two effects on volume.
A higher temperature means a less dense gas and higher flows, but when this higher flow is corrected to
base temperature, the base flow is less.
Expansion Factor - Y1 or 2
The expansion factor corrects for the density change between the measured tap density and the
density at the plane of the orifice face. Since the common static pressure tap used in natural gas
measurement is the downstream factor Y2; this factor is smaller than the Y1 correction.
Compressibility at Base Conditions (P b T b)
This correction is very close to one so in the past it has been ignored. However, since 1985 it has been
required to correct for the gas compressibility from the base pressure to absolute zero pressure at 60° F.
Compressibility Flowing conditions (Pf and Tf) Zf 1 or 2
The real gases compress more than the ideal gas law predicts and this must be corrected for when
gas is measured at high pressure and temperatures other than 60°F mathematically reduced to base
conditions. This correction, when applied outside of the square root radical is called supercompressibility.
In round numbers at ambient temperature the compressibility affects volume by 0.5 percent per 100 psi
of pressure.
Critical Flow
The above square root flow formula applies to subsonic flow only. Sonic or critical flow occurs when
the velocity of the gas or vapor reaches the speed of sound (approx. 700 miles per hour in air). A gas
cannot be made to travel any faster and remain in the same state.
A rule of thumb to use in gas flow is that critical flow is reached when the downstream pipe tap
registers an absolute pressure of approximately 50% or less than the upstream pipe tap.
Major Advantage of Orifice Meter Measurement
Flow can be accurately determined without the need for actual fluid flow calibration. Well established
procedures convert the differential pressure into flow rate, using empirically derived coefficients. These
coefficients are based on accurately measurable dimensions of the orifice plate and pipe diameters as
defined in standards, combined with easily measurable characteristics of the fluid, rather than on fluid flow
calibrations.
With the exception of the orifice meter, almost all flow meters require a fluid flow calibration at flow and
temperature conditions closely approximating service operation in order to establish accuracy.
Page 6
In addition to not requiring direct fluid flow calibration, orifice meters are simple, rugged, widely
accepted, reliable and relatively inexpensive.
No moving parts!
BETA RATIO is the ratio of orifice plate bore divided by pipe I.D. is referred to as the Beta Ratio or d/D
where d is the plate bore and D is the pipe I.D.
THE THREE “R’s”
Reliability (uncertainty/accuracy)
The coefficients calculated for flange taps by the equations in AGA Report No. 3 (API 14.3) are subject
to an uncertainty of approximately + .5 percent when the beta ratio is between 0.20 and 0.70. When the
beta ratio is between 0.10 & 0.20 and .70 & .75, the uncertainty may be greater. Minimum uncertainty
occurs between 0.2 and 0.6 beta ratios. Below 1,000,000 Reynolds number there will be some small
increase in uncertainty with the minimum Reynolds number of 4,000 being the limit of the standard.
Rangeability
Sometimes called “turn-down” is the ratio of maximum flow to minimum flow throughout which a stated
accuracy is maintained. For example, if an orifice meter installation is said to be accurate to + 1% from
600,000 SCFH to 200,000 SCFH, the rangeability would be 3 to 1.
Repeatability
T h e ability of a flow
meter to indicate the
s a m e readings each
time the same flow
conditions exist. These
readings may or may
not be accurate, but
will repeat. This capability
is important when a flow
meter is used for flow
control.
PRESSUR E LOSS
CHARACT ERISTICS OF
PRIMARY DEVICES
Page 7
It should be noted that total system pressure loss should be based on amount of differential created at
a given beta ratio for a given flow. Devices having a lower coefficient of discharge may not have a lower
permanent loss for the same flow.
THE ORIFICE PLATE
The orifice plate bore can be made in many configurations to handle various flow measurement jobs.
The flowing conditions should be checked to see which of the configurations is suitable for each
measurement job.
a. The Thin Plate, Concentric Orifice
In the design and use of orifice plates, several basic factors must be followed to assure accurate and
reliable measurement.
The upstream edge of the orifice must be sharp and square. Minimum plate thickness based on pipe
I.D., orifice bore, etc. is standardized. The plate should not depart from flatness along any diameter by
more than 0.01 inch per inch of the dam height (D-d)/2. To conform with recommended practices, the
orifice-to-pipe diameter ration d/D (called Beta ratio), must not exceed recommended limits.
b. Eccentric Orifice Plates
The eccentric plate has a round opening (bore) tangent to the inside wall of the pipe. This type of plate
is most commonly used to measure fluids which carry a small amount of non-abrasive solids, or gases with
small amounts of liquid, since with the opening at the bottom of the pipe, the solids and liquids will carry
through, rather than collect at the orifice plate.
c. Segmental Orifice Plates
The opening in a segmental orifice plate is comparable to a partially opened gate valve. This plate is
generally used for measuring liquids or gases which carry non-abrasive impurities such as light slurries
or exceptionally dirty gases. Predictable accuracy of both the eccentric and segmental plate is not as good
as the concentric plate.
d. Quadrant Edge Plate
The quarter-circle or quadrant orifice is used for fluids of high viscosity. The orifice incorporates a
Page 8
rounded edge of definite radius which is a particular function of the orifice diameter.
e. Conic Edge Plate
The conic edge plate has a 45° bevel facing upstream into the flowing stream. It is useful for even
lower Reynolds numbers than the quadrant edge.
METER TAP LOCATION
a. Flange Taps
These taps are located one inch from the upstream face of the orifice plate and one inch from the
downstream face with a + 1/64 to +1/32 tolerance.
b. Pipe Taps
These taps are located 2½ pipe diameters upstream and 8 pipe diameters downstream (point of
maximum pressure recovery). Flange taps are almost universally used in the United States with some
older meter stations still using pipe taps.
c. Vena - Contracta Taps
These taps are located one pipe diameter upstream and at the point of minimum pressure downstream
(this point is called the vena-contracta). This point, however, varies with the Beta ratio and they are seldom
used in other than plant measurement where flows are relatively constant and plates are not changed.
Exact dimensions are given in appropriate tables.
d. Corner Taps
These taps are located immediately adjacent to the plate faces, upstream and downstream. Corner
taps are most widely used in Europe, in line sizes less than 2 inches they are used with special honed flow
meter tubes for low flow rates.
THE PRIMARY ELEMENT
Orifice Flanges
Page 9
The most elementary device used to hold an orifice plate in place is the orifice flange union. Orifice
flanges have been used for a great many years but gained in importance during the 1920's, when the
petroleum industry began making extensive use of orifice measurement. It did not take many years to
discover that the orifice flange, in spite of simplicity, had many shortcomings in certain applications. It was
apparent that it could not be conveniently used for wide variations of flow, dirty fluids requiring frequent
plate cleanings, or in services where flow interruptions are expensive. Therefore, it was often necessary
to bypass the flow so that the orifice plate could be inspected or changed as conditions warranted.
The Senior® Orifice Fitting
Changing plates in orifice flanges is time consuming and expensive. It is evident that operating
personnel are in need of some device which would make the operation of plate changing or inspection less
tedious. Therefore, the first significant type of orifice fitting is known as the Senior type, having a design
permitting the change or the removal of a plate under flowing conditions.
The Senior® Orifice Fitting is a dual chambered fitting allowing the removal of an orifice plate under flow
conditions. The lower chamber, which holds the orifice plate in the fluid flow, is bolted to an upper
chamber. Separating the two chambers is a slide valve that opens/closes with a gear shaft. Opening the
slide valve allows elevation of the plate carrier and orifice plate into the top chamber. Once the slide valve
is closed again and pressure bled from the top chamber, the plate carrier/plate can be removed to the
atmosphere.
The Junior Orifice Fitting
Some time after the development of the Senior Orifice Fitting, attention was given to the problem of
changing orifice plates when a bypass was in existence, or where two or more meter tubes were joined
by common headers. Since orifice flanges are not convenient and require a considerable amount of time
when used, thought was turned to developing a simple fitting for speedy operating. The result was the
Junior type fitting. The Junior Fitting is much like the Senior, except the Junior does not have a slide valve
and a top chamber. The Junior fitting requires only the following steps to remove an orifice plate from the
line:
1. Shut in meter tube.
2. Depressure tube.
3. Loosen set screws, remove top clamping bar, sealing bar, and gasket.
4. Turn shaft, elevating orifice plate out of the fitting.
The procedure is reversed to install an orifice plate.
The Junior Fitting is currently available in line sizes 10" through 34" and for special applications, has
Page 10
been manufactured in larger sizes up to 48".
The Simplex® Orifice Plate Holder
The Simplex Orifice Plate Holder is the third basic type of orifice fitting, and was developed specifically
to provide an economical, accurate replacement for conventional orifice flanges where plate changings
are infrequent and orifice flange unions are too cumbersome. The Simplex is basically the same as the
Junior except you do not elevate the orifice plate with a shaft and pinion gear. Since the Simplex is made
in sizes
1½ “ thru 8" only, the plate and plate carrier can easily be removed by hand.
Page 11
DANIEL SENIOR® ORIFICE FITTINGS
Daniel Senior ® Orifice Fittings are made to provide the best possible conditions for orifice metering
accuracy and convenience. They also meet AGA/API recommendations for sizes and tolerances, pressure
ratings and tap locations Senior Orifice Fittings have the dual chamber design that permits the orifice plate
to be removed from pressurized lines safely and quickly. For operators, this means considerable savings.
Regular inspection and replacement of orifice plates results in higher accuracy and more economy.
Senior Orifice fittings are available in line sizes from 2" through 48" and pressure ratings up to 10,000 PSI
WOG.
DANIEL JUNIOR ORIFICE FITTINGS
On line sizes of 10" to 48", where line by-pass or pressure shut-down is permitted, Junior Orifice Fittings
are advantageous to use. The Junior is a single chamber fitting with all of the qualities of Senior Fittings
except plate removal under pressure. To raise the plate carrier a operatin g shaft is provided. Designed
for large volume meter stations, the Junior fittings saves the time and trouble of breaking apart large orifice
flanges. All Juniors are made to AGA/API recommendations.
Page 12
DANIEL SIMPLEX® ORIFICE PLATE HOLDERS
On line sizes of 1½” through 8", where line by-pass or pressure shut-down is permitted, Simplex Orifice
Plate Holders offer more convenience and operating economy than orifice flanges. First, Universal Size
plates are used instead of more expensive paddle-type plates. Secondly, plate removal is faster, safer and
simpler. Finally, the line does not have to be jacked apart nor liquid product spilled. Four types of end
connections (body styles) are available. All Simplex Plate Holders are made to AGA/API
recommendations. Pressure ratings are available to 10,000 PSI.
DANIEL ORIFICE METER TUBES
All Daniel Meter tubes are manufactured to meet or exceed the recommendations of AGA, API and other
societies. Tubing is made to Daniel specifications at the mill to guarantee uniform roundness, wall
thickness and strength. Automatic welding, and special internal alignment methods are employed. Extra
pipe connections are available. All critical location welds are ground internally and all others where
possible. X-ray and hydrostatic testing are available.
Orifice fittings and orifice flanges are available in a wide variety of end connections and care is taken to
ensure against steps or offsets in the line bore between tube and fitting.
For bore inspection, the “Flangnek” body style of fitting is recommended because the down stream tube
section can be unbolted at the flange, inspection made and the important upstream alignment left
undisturbed.
Daniel bolts together all meter tubes before shipment when length permits.
Page 13
Meter Tubes
In recent years many companies have joined with industry to study the effects of the upstream and the
downstream pipe immediately adjacent to the orifice plate. These lengths of pipe are known as meter
tubes, meter runs, flow sections, meter sections, etc.; however, the most generally accepted terminology
is meter tubes. It has been clearly demonstrated by tests that the length and the condition of the pipe
used in meter tubes has a very important bearing on the overall accuracy of the measurement. The proper
manufacture of orifice meters and orifice fittings is a highly developed technology.
Visual Manometers
A manometer in its simplest form is a glass tube bent in the form of the letter “U” and partially filled with
some liquid. If both ends of the “U” are open to atmosphere, the pressure on each side would be alike,
and the column of liquid on the one side of the “U” tube will exactly balance the column of liquid on the
other side, and the surface of the two heights will be on the same level. If one leg of the “U” is connected
to a supply pipe in which the pressure is a little greater than the other leg, then the column of liquid will be
down on the high pressure side and up on the low pressure side, and the difference in height is a true
measure of the difference in pressure (pressure drop) in the two legs of the manometer. Because the
visual manometer is basic in calibration, friction-free, and simple, it is used in field and laboratory
calibrations of primary devices.
Bellows or Dry Type Differential Meter
This type meter uses concentrically corrugated diaphragms or bellows. Modern designs use two
bellows with the space between filled with liquid. This liquid prevents deformation at high over-range
conditions and makes it possible to install an adjustable damping device between the two bellows.
Differential Pressure (DP) Cells
The DP transducer measures the differential pressure and converts the reading to an electrical signal
for input into a flow computer. The latest DP’s are “smart transducers” that correct for the effects of
temperature and pressure and are more stable than the standard DP’s.
Recording Charts
Most orifice meter recording charts are circular and will revolve one revolution every 1 hour, 24 hours,
Page 14
7 days, 8 days, or any other pre-determined length of time. The chart should be replaced when the time
period is completed. This is done either manually or by automatic chart changers.
R
e
c
or
di
n
g
or
ifi
ce meters come equipped with one, two or three pens. For liquid measurement a single pen for differential
pressure is all that is required. For gas, two pens are required in order
to account for changes in static pressure. If significant temperature
changes are anticipated, a third pen or a separate recorder is used.
In order to know which pen line is which, Red ink is normally used for
differential pressure and Blue or Black for static pressure. There is no
set color for temperature.
To facilitate the estimation of flow at any point in time, orifice charts

may be graphed on a square root scale rather than a liner scale. The
following comparison graph shows the relationship of these two scales.
General Installation Recommendations
1) Meter manifold piping should always be installed to enable

calibration as well as to protect the differential element against overange.
2) The meter should be installed as close as possible to the orifice fitting.
3) Always slope the manifold lines gently from the orifice fitting to the meter to eliminate any high
or low points in the manifold lines.
4) Use condensate chambers or air traps to remove either liquid from a gas system or gas from a
liquid system if lows or highs in the manifold piping cannot be avoided.
It is important when pressurizing or depressurizing differential measuring devices to apply or release

pressure to or from the high and low meter chambers uniformly, so as not to impose excessive
overange.
Page 15
PRESSURIZE
A) Be sure (1) & (2) are closed (if not, USEFUL FORMULAS
follow depressure procedure).
B) Open (3), (4), (5), & (6) and close (7).
C) Slowly open (1) & (2).
D) Close (5) & (6) and open (7).
DEPRESSURIZE
A) Close (7).
B) Open (5) & (6).
C) Close (3)& (4) (or (1) & (2) if checking

piping for leakage).
D) Slowly open (7) (this will evenly vent hi &

low sides).
Pressure correction
Absolute pressure = gage pressure + 14.73 = psia
P2
Q new = P1old Where P 1 = Old psia
XQ
P2 = New psia
Example: if Q old = 100,000 SCFH @ 100 psig (old)

What would flow be at 200 psig (new)
100 psig = 114.73 psia
200 psig = 214.73 psia
214.73
Q new = X 100,000 = 136,800 SCFH
114.73
Page 16
Temperature correction
Absolute temperature = °F + 460 = °R (Rankin)
T1
Q new = T2 X Q old Where T1 = Old absolute temp.
T2 = New absolute temp.
Example: if Q old = 100,000 SCFH @ 60°F

What would flow be at 70°F
60°F = 520°R
70°F = 530°R
520
Q new = 530 X 100,000 = 99,052 SCFH
Page 17
Meter Tubes
Accurate, Quality Instruments for
Natural Gas and Oil Measurement Solutions
EMERSON. CONSIDER IT SOLVED.

Accurate Instruments or Fabricated Pipe?
The difference is ...... Daniel Meter Tubes
Instruments You Can Trust
Daniel Meter Tubes are more than just fabricated pipe with an orifice fitting. They are accurate,
dependable instruments because of Daniel’s dedicated approach to quality. Extra steps taken during
every phase of meter tube design and production separate Daniel Meter Tubes from all the rest.
Experience
Experienced "code qualified" welders, use internal jigs to insure smooth inlet and outlet surfaces, and
expert grinding by quality oriented craftsmen all contribute to the highest quality on each and every
meter tube order.
Design
Experience and expertise in designing a wide variety of applications insures that the proper length of
tube, type of flow conditioner and orifice fitting will be exactly what is needed for accurate flow
measurement.
Knowledge
Individuals from Daniel sit on the boards of more
professional standards organizations than any other
manufacturer in the oil and gas transmission industry.
What is a Meter Tube?

A Meter Tube consist of an Orifice Fitting (Daniel Senior,
Junior, Simplex or Orifice Flange Union), a length of pipe
upstream of the fitting and a corresponding length of pipe
downstream of the fitting. There is also, in most cases, a
flow conditioner (Daniel Flow Conditioning Plate or 19
Tube Concentric Bundle) upstream of the orifice as
well. When fluid (gas or liquid) flows through
the orifice opening, a pressure drop
occurs. Flow rate is proportional to
the square root of pressure
differential. Flow volume is
determined by integrating flow
rate, and is typically corrected
to “standard conditions”
with an associated flow
computer.
Daniel 2 Section Meter Tube Daniel Meter Tube
with Tube Bundle Flow Straightener with Daniel Flow Conditioner
All Daniel standard two section meter tubes are available The three section meter tube with Daniel Flow
with any style Senior or Junior orifice fitting, Simplex plate Conditioner contains an inlet spool of the minimum
holder or orifice flange union. Each tube contains an length determined during testing to the API 14.3
upstream of the minimum length prescribed by API 14.3, standard. The flange union between the first and
with a line mounted 19 tube concentric tube bundle flow second sections contains the Flow Conditioner and a
straightener per the standard. Each downstream has one ½" thick spacer plate to facilitate tube removal for
each ½" and ¾" branch connection for thermowell or inspection. The outer end of section 2 contains the
other uses. Upstream lengths are the minimum orifice flange or fitting. The third or downstream
recommended by 14.3 table 2-8b for use with plates up to section follows and contains 2 branch connections.
.67 beta ratio for installation in any piping configuration. Other or additional connections can be supplied in
The downstream is extra long to allow for the installation this section on request. The upstream lengths were
of additional branch connections in the field, if desired. established during testing of the device in accordance
Beveled ends are standard. Optional ends available on with the 14.3 test requirements. These meter tubes
request. are for use in any piping configuration with beta ratios
to .67. Downstream sections are extra long to allow
for the addition of extra branch connections in the
Daniel 3 Section Meter Tube field, if desired. The standard meter tube has beveled
with Tube Bundle Flow Straightener outer ends. Flanges or other end connections are
available on request.
The 3-section assembly contains an inlet spool of the
minimum length prescribed by the 14.3 standard. The
second section begins with a concentric, flange mounted
tube bundle meeting the 2000 API 14.3 requirements and
a ½" thick spacer plate to ease tube removal for The Basics
inspection. The outer end of section 2 contains the orifice Daniel’s Meter Tube Instrumentation:
flange or fitting. The third or downstream section follows Alignment - Meter tubes using Senior or
and contains 2 branch connections. Other or additional Junior orifice fittings and Simplex plate holders
connections can be supplied in this section on request. in 150 and 300# ANSI ratings are supplied with
The upstream lengths are in compliance with API 14.3 a dowel pin alignment feature at the fitting to
table 2-8b minimum for up to .67 beta ratio and can be meter tube connection. 600# and higher rated
used in any piping configuration. Downstream sections tubes use a special, close tolerance large
are extra long to allow for the addition of extra branch male/female flange alignment method. Either
connections in the field, if desired. The standard meter method insures that the bores of both tube
tube has flanged outer ends. Other end connections are sections are matched without offsets. Tubes
available on request. using orifice flanges utilize a knock-out dowel
pin feature to align both pipe sections and
center the orifice plate within the flanges.
Connections - Each meter tube is supplied
Typical Meter Tube with one ½" and one ¾" branch connection on
the downstream for thermowell or other uses.
Additional connections are available on
request.
Daniel Flow Conditioner
+ 1/2” spacer plate Testing - Each meter tube is hydrostatically
tested after manufacture. Each orifice fitting is
tested for tap hole and orifice plate seal
Line Model Tube integrity after the meter tube has been
Bundle Vane
1/2” 3/4” pressure tested.
Material Selection: Daniel uses special cold
drawn seamless tubing or honed pipe in
the fabrication of meter tubes. The strict
requirements for internal roundness and surface
Senior, Junior or
Flange Model Tube Bundle Vane Simplex Orifice
finish preclude the use of standard commercial
+ 1/2” spacer plate Fitting pipe in most cases. Daniel maintains a large
inventory of this special pipe to rapidly complete
your order.
Orifice Fitting Styles Daniel Flow Conditioning Plate
The Daniel FLow Conditioning Plate has been tested and
shown to be in full compliance with the requirements of
API 14.3 April 2000. The Profiler both removes swirl and
creates a fully developed
flow profile at the
orifice. Use of
this unit allows
shortened
upstream
straight pipe
lengths of 17
diameters.
Beta ratio limit is
.67 as with the
Flanged tube bundle. Available in
flange mounted model only.
19 Tube Concentric Bundle

Available in either line mounted or
flange mounted styles. These
units effectively remove swirl
Flangnek that has been introduced
by upstream piping
components. Individual
tubes and bundle diameter
are sized to meet the
requirements of API 14.3 April
2000. These units allow the use of
Weldnek a 29D upstream meter tube section in any piping
configuration with a .67 beta ratio limit.
Inspection: Daniel maintains rigid inspection
procedures during manufacturing of meter tubes. Meter Tube End Modifications
Micrometer and internal surface roughness readings are Several common and frequently used end modifications
recorded and supplied with each meter tube. Customer are shown here to illustrate
or third party inspectors are welcome to verify these types available. Daniel
readings. Radiography of welds is available on request. will custom build
risers, flanges,
Packing/Shipping: Daniel bolts together all meter ells, reducers and
tubes, when size permits, before shipment. This saves couplings, expertly
the user time and field labor costs. Fittings are fabricated to meet your
protected by heavy lumber, and the tube flanges by specifications. When
special-cut protectors. ordering special end
tube modfications,
A SPECIAL NOTE: The use of genuine Daniel parts will please specify full
assure your Senior, Junior and Simplex Orifice fittings will information for both upstream and
stay within original specifications and operate properly. downstream tube sections.
Daniel Division Headquarters

Houston, Texas, USA, T: (713) 467-6000, F: (713) 827-3880
Calgary, Alberta, Canada, T: (403) 279-1879, F: (403) 236-1337
Stirling, Scotland - UK, Mid-East & Africa,T: +44 01786 433400, F: +44 01786 433401
Singapore - Asia Pacific, T: +65-6777-8211, F: +65-6770-8001
USA Toll Free 1-888-FLOW-001 www.daniel.com
Daniel is a wholly owned subsidiary of Emerson Electric Co., and a division of Emerson Process Management
The Daniel logo is a registered trademark of Daniel Industries, Inc. The Emerson logo is a registered trademark and service mark of Emerson Electric Co.
2002 Daniel Measurement and Control, Inc., all rights reserved. Printed in USA , DAN-1867-5M-05/02
DAN-3MT-3M-08/01
May, 2002
3 Section and Flow Conditioning Plate Meter Tubes
Instruments You Can Trust

Daniel Meter Tubes are more than just fabricated pipe
with an orifice fitting. They are accurate, dependable
instruments because of Daniel’s dedicated approach to
quality. Extra steps taken during every phase of meter
tube design and production separate Daniel Meter
Tubes from all the rest.
The Daniel 3 section meter tube is available with any

style Senior or Junior orifice fitting, Simplex plate holder
or orifice flanges. The assembly contains an inlet spool
of the minimum length prescribed by the 14.3 standard.
The second section begins with a concentric, flange
mounted tube bundle meeting the 2000 API 14.3
requirements and a ½" thick spacer plate to ease tube
removal for inspection. The outer end of section 2 con-
tains the orifice flange or fitting. The third or downstream Features:
section follows and contains 2 branch connections and • Dowel pin alignment, close tolerance male/female
is extra long to allow for the addition of extra branch con- flange or knock out dowel pins insure that the bores
nections in the field, if desired. The standard meter tube of sections two and three are matched without
has flanged outer ends (beveled shown). Other end offsets.
connections are available on request.
• One ½" and one ¾" branch connection on the
downstream for thermowell or other uses standard.
Inspection/Testing: Daniel maintains rigid inspection
procedures during manufacturing of meter tubes. • Beveled, flanged or reduced ends as well as any
Micrometer and internal surface roughness readings are available weld fitting can be furnished on the ends of
recorded and supplied with each meter tube. Customer the tubes.
or third party inspectors are welcome to verify these
readings. Radiography of welds is another service that is • Hydrostatically tested after manufacture.
available.
• Each orifice fitting is tested for tap hole and orifice
plate seal integrity after the meter tube has been
Fabrication: Fabrication of your instrument includes pressure tested.
attaching the orifice fitting to the meter tube to make an
integral primary measuring element. For welding opera-
tions, Daniel uses automatic welding machines and rotat- Material Selection: Daniel uses special cold drawn
ing positioners. Highly skilled, "code qualified" welders seamless tubing or honed pipe in the fabrication of
are employed to turn out highest quality on each job. meter tubes. The strict requirements for internal round-
Special internal jigs and fixtures are used to insure ness and surface finish preclude the use of standard
smooth inlet and outlet surfaces without steps or offsets. commercial pipe in most cases. Daniel maintains a
All welds receive expert grinding by experienced crafts- large inventory of this special pipe to rapidly complete
men. your order.
DAN-3MT-3M-08/01
May, 2002
3 Section Meter Tube Catalog Numbers

2”-12” with Senior Fitting 10” & 12” with Junior Fitting
Pressure Flange by Flange by Weld by Flange by Flange by Weld by
Rating Weld Flange Weld Weld Flange Weld
(Flangnek) (Flanged) (Weldnek)* (Flangnek) (Flanged) (Weldnek)*
150# 3M-011 3M-101 N/A 3M-021 3M-201 N/A
300# 3M-013 3M-103 N/A 3M-023 3M-203 N/A
600# 3M-015 3M-105 3M-185 3M-025 3M-205 3M-285
High Pressure 3 Section Meter Tubes
900# 3M-016 3M-106 3M-186 3M-026 3M-206 3M-286
1500# 3M-017 3M-107 3M-187 3M-027 3M-207 3M-287
2500# 3M-018 3M-108 3M-188 3M-028 3M-208 3M-288
2”-8” with Simplex 2”-12” with Orifice Flanges

Pressure Flange by
Rating Weld Weld by Weld Raised Face Weldneck
(Flangnek) (Weldnek)*
150# 3M-071 N/A N/A
300# 3M-073 N/A 3M-30RW
600# 3M-075 3M-705 3M-60RW
High Pressure High Pressure
900# 3M-076 3M-706 3M-90RW
1500# 3M-077 3M-707 3M-150RW
2500# 3M-078 3M-708 3M-250RW
*Two Section Meter Tubes When Using Weldnek Fittings
Senior and Simplex fittings are also available in 10,000 psi rating in some sizes. All units are also available with Ring
Type Joint (RTJ) flanges on request. Sizes larger than 12” available on request.
Packing/Shipping: Daniel bolts together all meter A SPECIAL NOTE: The use of factory original Daniel
tubes, when size permits, before shipment. This saves parts will assure your Senior, Junior and Simplex Orifice
the user time and field labor costs. Fittings are protect- fittings will stay within original specifications and operate
ed by heavy lumber, and the tube flanges by special-cut properly.
protectors.
Painting/Coating: The Daniel standard paint is a

basic enamel type. Special coatings such as multi-coat
offshore systems are available on request.
3-Section Meter Tube with Tube Bundle
U V D
1/2” 3/4”
Senior, Simplex,
Flange model tube bundle vane Junior Orifice Fitting
plus 1/2” thick spacer plate or Orifice Flange
Standard Lengths
Size “U” Upstream “D” Downstream “V” (vane location)
2* N/A N/A N/A
3 7’-5” 4’-0” 13 D
4 9’-9” 4’-0” 13 D
6 14’-8” 5’-0” 13 D
8 19’-8” 5’-0” 13 D
10 24’-10” 6’-0” 13 D
12 29’-8” 7’-0” 13 D
Note: Straightening vanes are not available in 2" line size (See Daniel Profiler
DAN-1852-2M)
Lengths shown are suitable for any piping configuration To specify a 3 section meter tube, use the designation
and up to .67 beta ratio. Daniel meter tubes can be sup- "3M" followed by the type orifice holding device. Ex. 4"
plied in many combinations and configurations. Any of 600# 3 section meter tube with flanged ends using a
the orifice fittings, plate holders or orifice flanges can be Senior fitting, flangneck style is specified as 4"-3M-015.
included in a meter tube. Each 3 section standard meter The same unit with a weldneck style Simplex is specified
tube is equipped with a flange mounted tube bundle as 4"-3M-705. When ordering, specify pipe schedule
straightener* in accordance with April 2000 API 14.3 and and end configuration. Larger size and custom meter
a ½" thick spacer to facilitate tube removal for inspection. tube designs are available on request.
Downstreams are longer than minimum required to allow
for field installation of additional branch connections if
required.
*Not available in some sizes/schedules.

The Daniel Flow Conditioning Plate three section lows and contains 2 branch connections. Other or addi
meter tube is available with any style Senior or Junior ori- tional connections can be supplied in this section on
fice fitting, Simplex plate holder or orifice flanges. The request. These meter tubes are for use in any piping con-
assembly contains an inlet spool of the minimum length figuration with beta ratios to .67. Downstream sections
determined during testing to the API 14.3 standard. The are extra long to allow for the addition of extra branch
flange union between the first and second sections con- connections in the field, if desired. The standard meter
tains the ProfilerTM and a ½" thick spacer plate to facilitate tube has beveled outer ends. Flanges or other end con-
tube removal for inspection. The outer end of section 2 nections are available on request.
contains the orifice flange or fitting. The third or down-
stream section fol
Flow Conditioning Plate Meter Tube Catalog Numbers

2”-12” with Senior Fitting 10” & 12” with Junior Fitting
Flange by Flange by Weld by Flange by Flange by Weld by
Pressure
Weld Flange Weld Weld Flange Weld
Rating
(Flangnek) (Flanged) (Weldnek)* (Flangnek) (Flanged) (Weldnek)*
150# 3MP-011 3MP-101 N/A 3MP-021 3MP-201 N/A
300# 3MP-013 3MP-103 N/A 3MP-023 3MP-203 N/A
600# 3MP-015 3MP-105 3MP-185 3MP-025 3MP-205 3MP-285
2”-8” with Simplex 2”-12” with Orifice Flanges

Flange by Weld by
Pressure
Weld Weld Raised Face Weld Neck
Rating
(Flangnek) (Weldnek)*
150# 3MP-071 N/A N/A
300# 3MP-073 N/A 3MP-30RW
600# 3MP-075 3MP-705 3MP-60RW
*Two Section Meter Tube When Using Weldnek Fittings
Consult Factory for High Pressure Applications
Daniel Flow Conditioning Plate

The Daniel Flow Conditioning Plate has been tested and
shown to be in full compliance with the requirements of
API 14.3 April 2000. The Flow
Conditioning Plate both
removes swirl and
creates a fully
developed flow
profile at the
orifice. Use of
this unit allows
shortened
upstream straight
pipe lengths of 17
diameters. Beta ratio
limit is .67 as with the tube
bundle. Available in flange mounted model only. Also
available in RTJ style on request.
3-Section Meter Tube With Daniel
Flow Conditioning Plate
U D
P
1/2” 3/4”
Senior, Simplex,
Daniel Flow Conditioning Plate Junior Orifice Fitting
plus 1/2” spacer plate or Orifice Flange
Standard Lengths
Size “U” Upstream “D” Downstream "P" Profiler Locations
2 3’-0” 3’-0” 7.5 D
3 4’-5” 4’-0” 7.5 D
4 5’-9” 4’-0” 7.5 D
6 8’-8” 5’-0” 7.5 D
8 11’-7” 5’-0” 7.5 D
10 14’-7” 6’-0” 7.5 D
12 17’-5” 7’-0” 7.5 D
Lengths shown are suitable for any piping configuration To specify a 3 section Flow Conditioning Plate meter
and up to .67 beta ratio. Reference API 14.3, April 2000. tube, use the designation "3MP" followed by the type ori-
Daniel meter tubes can be supplied in many combina- fice holding device. Example 4" 600# 3 section meter
tions and configurations. Any Senior, Junior, Simplex or tube with beveled ends using a Senior fitting, flangneck
orifice flange can be included in a meter tube. Each Flow style is specified as 4"-3MP-015. The same unit with a
Conditioning Plate meter tube is equipped with a flange weldneck style Simplex is 4"-3MP-705. When ordering,
mounted Conditioning Plate and a ½" thick spacer* to specify pipe schedule and end configuration. Larger
facilitate tube removal for inspection. Upstream lengths size, higher pressure rating and custom meter tube
shown are minimum, but can be increased any amount designs are available on request.
to meet installation requirements. Downstreams are
longer than minimum to allow for field installation of addi-
tional branch connections if required.
*Not used with RTJ Style

DAN-3MT-3M-08/01
May, 2002
Orifice Fitting Styles Meter Tube End Modifications

Several common and frequently used end modifications
are shown here to illustrate
types available. Daniel
will custom build
risers, flanges,
ells, reducers and
couplings, expertly fab-
ricated to meet your
specifications. When
ordering special end
tube modfications,
please specify full
information for both upstream and
downstream tube sections.
Flanged
19 Tube Concentric Bundle
Available in either line mounted or
flange mounted styles. These
units effectively remove swirl
that has been introduced by
upstream piping
components. Individual
tubes and bundle diameter
are sized to meet the
requirements of API 14.3 April
2000. These units allow the use of
Flangnek a 29D upstream meter tube section in any piping
configuration with a .67 beta ratio limit.
Weldnek
Daniel Division Headquarters

Houston, Texas, USA, T: (713) 467-6000, F: (713) 827-3880
Calgary, Alberta, Canada, T: (403) 279-1879, F: (403) 236-1337
Stirling, Scotland - UK, Mid-East & Africa,T: +44 01786 433400, F: +44 01786 433401
Singapore - Asia Pacific, T: +65-6777-8211, F: +65-6770-8001
USA Toll Free 1-888-FLOW-001 www.daniel.com
Daniel is a wholly owned subsidiary of Emerson Electric Co., and a division of Emerson Process Management
The Daniel logo is a registered trademark of Daniel Industries, Inc. The Emerson logo is a registered trademark and service mark of Emerson Electric Co.
2002 Daniel Measurement and Control, Inc., all rights reserved. Printed in USA , DAN-3MT-5M-05/02
Senior® Orifice Fitting Brochure
Overview
Styles of Fittings
Catalog Numbering System
Standard Specifications
Special Features
Installation
Removing/Replacing the Plate

Representative Operating Sequence
Maintenance
Seals
Drawings
Raised Face Flangnek 2"-14" Class 150-900
Ring Joint Flangnek 2"-14" Class600/900, 2"-6"

Class 1500, 2500
Raised Face Flanged 2"-14" Class 150-900,

2"-12" Class 1500, 2"-6" Class 2500
Ring Joint Flanged 2"-14" Class 600/900, 2"-12"

Class 1500, 2"-6" Class 2500
Weldnek 2"-14" Class 600/900, 2"-12" 1500,

2"-6" Class 2500
Dimensions
Flangnek Raised Face Class 150, 300, 600, 900,
1500, 2500
Flangnek Ring Joint Class 600, 900, 1500, 2500
Flanged Raised Face Class 150, 300, 600, 900,

1500, 2500
Flanged Ring Joint Class 600, 900, 1500, 2500
Weldneck Class 600, 900, 1500, 2500
Parts
2"-14" Class 150-900
2"-12"' Class 1500
2"-6" Class 2500

Product Overview
SENIOR ORIFICE FITTING
Allows plate changing under flow conditions.
When Paul Daniel developed his first orifice fitting in the early
1930's, he knew that he had a good idea and a sound
design. But he could not have realized that 60-plus years
later there would be hundreds of thousands of Senior Orifice
Fittings in use worldwide and that Daniel Industries would be
the world leader in the manufacture of orifice measurement
equipment.
Today, the Senior Orifice Fitting is only one of the many

measurement products supplied by Daniel Industries, Inc.
And, because of Daniel's commitment to high quality
View of Early Daniel Plant manufacturing and service, the Senior Orifice Fitting is
accepted as the industry standard and is much preferred for
a wide range of applications.
Since its original development, the Senior Orifice Fitting product line has grown enormously to include
applications for pipeline sizes from 2" to 48" and pressure ratings up to 10,000 pounds per square inch. In
addition, the use of corrosion-resistant and special materials make these products suitable for sour service
and other special applications.
The many outstanding features found only in Daniel Senior Fittings are the result of many years of
experience and research into flow measurement. In fact, the term "Senior" applied to an orifice fitting
specifically denotes the Daniel designed Dual-chamber Orifice Fitting. This fitting provides a fast, safe and
extremely simple method of changing orifice plates under pressure without interrupting the flow and
eliminates costly by-passes, valves and other fittings required with conventional orifice flange installations.
Daniel's most popular Senior Orifice Fitting, the "Flangnek," has a
weldneck inlet and a flanged outlet. Daniel fittings meet or exceed
API Chapter 14, Section 3, Part 2 (14.3/AGA 3) and ASME code
requirements. They are usually furnished with Daniel Meter Tubes,
which are designed and manufactured under a controlled
fabrication environment to assure that customer/code specifications
are met.
Daniel Industries has been a stable, growing company since Paul

Daniel started it moving in the 30's. The multifaceted company has
been expanding into high-tech electronics to complement its
time-proven flow measurement devices and other flow control
products. This expanded product line, combined with the solid
Daniel reputation, ensures our customers that Daniel is committed Daniel's Katy Road Flow Products
to producing the very best in flow control systems and individual Facility
compatible components.
1. One person can operate the Daniel Senior Orifice fitting.
2. Available in 2" thru 48" line size up to ANSI 2500, API 10,000
psi.
3. Accomodates a wide variety of fluid flows with selected plate
seal designs and materials.
Styles of Fittings
● CONTROLLED FABRICATION ENVIRONMENT
● ASME-QUALIFIED WELDERS
● AVAILABLE OPTIONS:
● RADIOGRAPHY
● SPECIAL PAINT SYSTEMS
● FLOW CALIBRATION
MEETS OR EXCEEDS API CHAPTER 14, SECTION 3, PART 2 (14.3/AGA 3)

Daniel Senior Orifice Fitting Catalog Numbering System
6" (6.065) 01 5 DS "A"

Code Explanation/Example
6" Nominal Line Size
(6.065) Internal Diameter
01 Fitting Style
01 Raised Face Flangnek
10 Raised Face Flanged
18 Weldneck
014 Ring Joint Flangnek
14 Ring Joint Flanged
5 Pressure Rating ANSI
1 150#
3 300#
5 600#
6 900#
7 1500#
8 2500#
DS Orifice Plate Seal Material
DS Removable Dual Seal (up to 10")
DVS Dual Vulcanized Seal (12" and up)
TS Removable Teflon Seal (up to 24")
MS Removable Metal Seal (up to 24")
SN Removable Snap Seal* (up to 20")
"A" Internal Trim Material
"A" Standard
"AASG" Sour Gas/Corrosive Service
NACE
WHEN ORDERING, PLEASE SPECIFY:

1. Catalog Number
2. Plate Material
3. Plate Bore(s)
4. Quantity
*Patented
Note: All products and components are subject to change without notice in a continuing effort of product
improvement.
Standard Specifications
METER TAPS: All Daniel Orifice Fittings are provided with two sets of "Flange Taps," located in accordance
with latest ANSI/API 2530 (AGA #3) recommendations.
FLANGE TAP SPECIFICATIONS: Flange tap meter connections are 1/2" NPT. Internal tap hole sizes follow
latest ANSI/API 2530 (AGA #3) recommendations. Internal edges of tap holes are free from burrs and square
edged.
LINE BORE TOLERANCES: 2-inch and 3-inch sizes, plus or minus .003"; 4-, 6-, 8-, and 10-inch sizes, plus or
minus .004"; 12-inch and larger sizes, plus or minus .005". Unless otherwise specified, all fittings are furnished
with standard internal line bore as listed in dimensional tables.
OPERATING SHAFTS: On sizes 2-inch to 14-inch inclusive, single operating shafts are standard on left side of
fitting when looking downstream. On sizes 16-inch and larger, operating shafts on both sides of fitting are
standard.
The Senior Orifice Fitting is composed of two independent compartments separated by a hardened stainless
steel slide valve.
Side sectional view below left shows the slide valve in closed position and orifice plate concentric in line of flow.
Slide valve cannot be closed unless orifice is concentric to bore of fitting.
Photo, below right, shows the Daniel top closure in opened position with plate carrier in place for change or
inspection of orifice plate. Only a few turns of the speed wrench are required to loosen screws to remove or
replace clamping and sealing bars. Set screws always remain in clamping bar. This feature adds greatly to
speed and ease of operation.
Plate carrier is raised and lowered by double rack and pinion mechanism with power applied through speed
wrench. This method provides the quickest means of operation with the least amount of effort and assures
positive control of plate carrier at all times.
All parts, including the essential slide valve assembly, may be replaced or repaired without removing fitting from
line.
TEMPERATURE UNITS: Standard trim fittings Class 150-900 are suitable for -20 to +450ºF service. Class
1500 and 2500 are suitable for service in -20 to +275ºF. However, the Orifice Plate Seal used may limit the
service temperatures. See document entitled "Orifice Plate Sealing Units" for details. Special trims and seals
are available for higher or lower temperature service. Please consult factory.
INDICATOR PLATE: Standard on all Senior Orifice Fittings, this plate clearly shows the direction of the open
and closed position of the Slide Valve.
OPERATING WRENCH: A speed wrench is provided with each fitting for quick operation of the shaft and
pinions.
HYDROSTATIC TESTING: All Daniel Senior Orifice Fittings are hydrostatically tested in accordance with ANSI
B16.34.
PLATE ALIGNMENT: The plate carriers in all Senior fittings are centered using a fixed three point positioning
system. This assures concentricity within the fitting in accordance with the latest ANSI/API 2530 (A.G.A. Report
#3).
...........................
Orifice Plate Sealing Units
The Daniel Dual Seal is the most simple and practical orifice plate
sealing device for normal flowing streams. It is precision molded
from 70-80 shore nitrile synthetic rubber** and provides four
rubber-to-metal sealing surfaces 360º around the plate. The units
positively seal against both outer faces of the plate and against
both seats of the orifice fitting to prevent leakage.
On request, a special metallic-oxide lubricant coated "DSC" seal is

available. In 1-1/2" to 10" sizes, the "DSC" is interchangeable with
Daniel "TSC" and "MSC" seal units. In 12" sizes and up, the seal is
bonded from 80-90 shore rubber directly to the outer edge of the
orifice plate at the factory. If damaged, the "DVSC" seal and plate
may be returned to the factory for revulcanizing. The "DSC" and
"DVSC" seals are used in pressure ratings to 600 lbs. ANSI, in
temperatures from -20ºF to +275ºF.
"DSC" in 2"-8", "DS" in 10" *US Patent # 5085250. **Also available in Viton.
The Daniel Snap Seal Ring is a removable orifice plate holder
designed for use in services where elastomer seal swelling is a
problem. Certain media, such as ethylene or carbon dioxide may
cause seal swelling when other type holders are removed from
high-pressure service.
The Snap Seal Ring unit consists of two symmetrical metal rings,
each one having an O-ring on both sides for a positive seal on the
plate side and the fitting side of the ring. These rings center and
secure the orifice plate between them. The assembled unit provides
a full 360º rubber-to-metal seal around both sides, even in the
absence of any pressure differential. No special tools are required
for assembly or disassembly.
The Snap Seal Ring is designed for service temperatures ranging

from -20ºF to +275ºF (standard O-rings) to -67ºF to +437ºF (Viton
O-rings). It is available for line sizes of 2" through 16". When
ordering, please specify nominal line size, schedule, plate
thickness, and flowing media or material choice. The unit is
available in 316 stainless steel and cadmium-plated carbon steel.
"SSRC" 2"-8", "SSR" 10" & up *US Patent # 4,478,251.
The Daniel Teflon Seal is a superior orifice plate sealing unit for
difficult, corrosive flows and for higher temperatures than the "DSC"
unit can handle. The "TSC" has proven effective in such flows as
dilute sulphuric acid, fuming nitric acid, hydrazine, liquid oxygen
and other unusual flows, from -65ºF to +500ºF.
The two-piece unit consists of an inlet ring which fits around the
plate outer diameter, and a downstream ring fitted with metal clips
for assembling the unit. A special lip on this ring plus an annular
groove* provide compression to effectively seal off the plate. The
"TSC" unit can be assembled or taken apart by hand and is
interchangeable in 1 1/2" to 10" sizes with Daniel "DSC" and "MSC"
seal units.
The Teflon seal is recommended for services with pressure ratings

of 900 lbs. ANSI to 2500 lbs. ANSI or lower pressure services
where rubber seals may not be satisfactory. Size 14" and larger
now have graphite added for lubricity and ease of movement.
"TSC" 2"-8", "TS" 10" & up *This groove should be spread by inserting a blunt object such as
screw driver and rotating 360º to reengage the spring lip after each
use.
The Daniel Metal Seal is a stainless or cadmium-plated carbon
steel clip-ring assembly recommended for high pressures and for
temperatures up to 1200ºF. The assembly consists of an upstream
and a downstream ring. The upstream ring has a recessed groove
into which a thin leaf-spring is inserted. When the plate is clamped
between the rings, the spring provides the necessary compression
to seat the plate against the downstream ring and effect a seal.
"MSC" Seal Units of cadmium-plated carbon steel are

recommended for services to +600ºF, standard 316 stainless steel
units to +1000ºF, and 316 stainless steel units with an iconel spring
"MSC" 2"-8", "MS" 10" & up to +1200ºF. The "MSC" seal unit can be assembled or taken apart
by hand and is interchangeable in 1-1/2" to 12" sizes with Daniel
"DSC" and "TSC" seal units.
...........................
Special Features
ORIFICE PLATE SEALING UNITS, designed and patented by Daniel, give positive seal between orifice plate
and body seats. Available for a variety of services.
PLATE CARRIER protects orifice plate at all times while inserting or removing from fitting.
TOP OUTSIDE GUIDE BRACKETS with pinion and roller assembly are standard equipment on 18-inch and
larger Senior Fittings. Orifice plates can be inspected or changed without disengaging plate carrier from
pinions.
INDICATOR PLATE clearly shows the position of the slide valve within the fitting.
TEFLON SHAFT PACKING AND CENTERING RINGS are standard equipment on all Daniel Senior Orifice
Fittings in all sizes and ratings.
FITTINGS up to and including 12" line size can operate in a vertical up flow condition or positioned in horizontal
flow for side opening.
COMPACT DESIGN requires minimum operating space.
ALL DANIEL SENIOR ORIFICE FITTINGS are designed and manufactured to meet latest ANSI/API/AGA
recommendations, and in strict accordance with latest A.S.T.M. specifications.
HIGH PRESSURE FITTINGS

Class 1500
Class 2500 (See Note A)
The drawing above shows in detail the extra-heavy construction of the wall sections and essential parts on the
Class 1500 Senior Orifice Fitting.
NOTE: Body/Top Gasket--peroxide cured nitrile O-ring for Class 1500 fittings. Male and female gasket joint with
Parker seal gaskets for Class 2500 Orifice Fitting.
"TS" (All-Teflon) Orifice Plate Sealing Unit is standard in Class 900, 1500, and 2500 fittings.
Daniel Method of Aligning Meter Tube Flange to Orifice Fitting Flange

On all sizes, ANSI Class 300 or under, three dowel pin flange-alignment holes are drilled in the flanges.
Class 400 or higher, flanges are manufactured with close-tolerance, square-shouldered, large male
flange-facing on fitting and large female flange-facing on meter tube to assure proper internal alignment. Flange
gaskets are precision-cut so that under compression they will not extend into internal bore of fitting. Refer to
engineering drawing above.
SLIDE VALVE DETAIL
In Daniel Senior Orifice Fittings, the valve seat (Part No. 18) is a part of the upper chamber. The valve strip
(Part No. 3) moves underneath this seat, thus utilizing line pressure to effect a positive seal. The valve strip is
maintained in "floating" position by minimum spring pressure.
Before slide valve is opened, it is lubricated through grease gun, No. 23. Pressure is then equalized throughout
the entire fitting by operation of the equalizer valve, No. 1. Equalized pressure on both sides of the valve strip
allows slide valve to move freely without wear. Valve seat and valve strip are ground for tight shut-off and are
easily removable for grinding if required.
Installation
1. Remove all foreign matter such as dirt, sediment or scale from fitting surfaces, connections and internal
cavities which may have collected between factory inspection and delivery. Gasket the line flanges and
install or weld the fitting in line, making sure flow arrow cast on body corresponds to flow direction.
2. Install Bleeder Valve (Part No. 10B) and Grease Gun (Part No. 23) to connections provided on fitting
which are shipped separately.
3. The standard Senior® Orifice Fitting is assembled with the gear shafts located on the left side of the
fittings as you are facing the fitting looking downstream. For this standard arrangement, rotate the Slide
Valve Gear Shaft (lower upstream shaft) clockwise until it stops to open the Slide Valve. Place Slide
Valve Indicator Plate (shipped separately) stamped "LH" on the Slide Valve Gear Shaft with the word
OPEN at the 12 o'clock position. Tighten the set screw (shipped separately) to fix the Plate on the Shaft.
Use two drive screws (shipped separately) to install the Indicator Pointer on the fitting body so that it
points to the world OPEN on the Plate. The Senior Orifice Fitting may have the optional "reversed
shafts" arrangement where the gear shafts are located on the right side of the fitting as you are facing
the fitting looking downstream. In that case, rotate the Slide Valve Gear Shaft (lower upstream shaft)
counterclockwise until it stops to open the Slide Valve. Place the Slide Valve Indicator Plate stamped
"RH" on the Slide Valve Gear Shaft with the word OPEN at the 12 o'clock position. Tighten the set screw
to fix the Plate on the Shaft. Use two drive screws to install the Indicator Pointer on the fitting body so
that it points to the word OPEN on the plate.
4. When fitting is shipped, the Plate Carrier (Part No. 8DM) is enclosed inside the fitting and the Orifice
Plate is packaged separately.
5. After installation, remove Drain Plugs (Part No. 30). Check for any foreign matter that may have become
trapped in fitting cavities. Install full-opening valves for blow-down operation.
Removing/Replacing Orifice Plate
TO REMOVE ORIFICE PLATE TO REPLACE ORIFICE PLATE
1. Open Equalizer Valve 1. Close Bleeder Valve (No.
(No. 1) Max two turns 10B)
only 2. Rotate Upper Plate Carrier
2. Open Slide Valve (No. Gear Shaft (No. 7) slowly
5) until Plate Carrier is clear of
3. Rotate Lower Plate Sealing Bar and Gasket
Carrier Gear Shaft (No. level. Do not lower Plate
6) Carrier onto Slide Valve.
4. Rotate Upper Plate 3. Replace Sealing Bar Gasket
Carrier Gear Shaft (No. (No. 9A), Sealing Bar (No.
7) 9), and Clamping Bar (No.
12).
5. Close Slide Valve (No.
5) 4. Tighten Clamping Bar
Screws (No. 11)
6. Close Equalizer Valve
(No. 1) 5. Open Equalizer Valve (No.
1)
7. Open Bleeder Valve
(No. 10B)* 6. Open Slide Valve (No. 5)
8. Lubricate Thru Grease 7. Rotate Upper Plate Carrier
Gun (No. 23) Gear Shaft (No. 7)
9. Loosen Clamping Bar 8. Rotate Lower Plate Carrier
Screws (No. 11); DO Gear Shaft (No. 6)
NOT Remove Clamping 9. Close Slide Valve (No. 5)
Bar (No. 12) 10. Close Equalizer Valve (No.
10. Rotate Upper Plate 1)
Carrier Gear Shaft (No. 11. Open Bleeder Valve (No.
7) to free Sealing Bar 10B)*
(No. 9) and Sealing Bar
Gasket (No. 9A) 12. Lubricate Thru Grease Gun
(No. 23)
11. Remove Clamping Bar
(No. 12), Sealing Bar 13. Close Bleeder Valve (No.
(No. 9), and Sealing Bar 10B)
Gasket (No. 9A)
*When venting upper chamber through bleeder valve (#10B), direct fluid to a safe area using the threaded connection
at the valve discharge point.
CAUTION: Daniel Senior Orifice Fittings are operated under pressurized line conditions. Proper precautions must be
exercised to protect personnel. Always read and follow OPERATING instructions and avoid placing any part of the
body in front of the top opening when the clamping bar is removed.
Representative Operational Sequence
OPERATION OF A DANIEL SENIOR ORIFICE FITTING
The valve seat and the valve strip are field replaceable or repairable (re-lapping) without removing the
fitting from the line, reducing down-time.
Caution: This operational sequence is representational only and it not intended for use as a field guide
to operations. Always read and follow the detailed operating instructions provided with each fitting
before attempting to operate.
Maintenance
1. It is recommended that all Senior Orifice Fittings be operated once every thirty days. Slide valve should
be opened and closed and lubricant should be applied through grease gun.
2. If plate inspection is not required, rotate operating shafts anyway.
3. In conditions where foreign matter accumulates, blow-down valves (as per installation instructions, Step
No. 5) should be used to clear dirt from fittings as often as required. Plate Carrier should always be
raised into upper chamber before blowing or cleaning through blow-down valves.
4. When pigging the line, a pigging ring is recommended to prevent dirt from being forced into the plate
carrier cavity.
5. Following the pigging operation, the blow-down valve(s) should be opened to clear out any accumulation
of dirt which may have been forced into the plate carrier cavity.
Dimensional Diagrams
FLANGNEK - RAISED FACE
2" Thru 14"
Class 150-900
2" Thru 12" Class 1500

FLANGNEK - RING JOINT
2" Thru 14"
Class 600 & 900

FLANGED - RAISED FACE
2" Thru 14"
Class 150-900

FLANGED - RING JOINT
2" Thru 14"
Class 600 & 900

WELDING NECK
2" Thru 14"
Class 600 and 900

ANSI 150 Class
Catalog NO. 011DS--Class 150 (295 P.S.I.G.) C.W.P.--Dual Seal

Size 2 3 4 6 8 10 12 14
Diam. Internal Line Bore A 2.067 3.068 4.026 6.065 8.071 10.136 12.090 13.250
Upstream Face of Orifice B 5 1/4 5 5/16 5 7/16 5 9/16 6 3/16 6 7/16 7 3/8 7 3/8
Plate to Face of End
Downstream Face of C 5 1/4 5 5/16 5 7/16 5 9/16 6 3/16 6 7/16 6 3/8 7 3/8
Orifice Plate to Face of
End
Overall Face to Face D 10 5/8 10 3/4 11 11 1/4 12 1/2 13 14 15
Operating Clearance From F 12 7/8 13 3/4 14 1/8 15 1/2 16 1/2 17 3/8 18 7/8 20 1/8
Center
Body Clearance From G 4 1/4 5 3/8 5 7/8 6 3/4 8 9 10 3/4 11
Center
Centerline to Bottom H 3 3/4 4 4 1/2 5 1/2 6 3/4 8 9 1/2 10 1/2
Centerline to Top I 13 1/4 14 1/2 15 3/4 18 3/4 21 3/4 24 7/8 28 31 5/8
Clearance for Plate I1 5 9/16 6 1/16 7 9 11 13 1/8 15 17 9/16
Changing
Diameter of Flange J 6 7 1/2 9 11 13 1/2 16 19 21
Diameter of Bolt Circle K 4 3/4 6 7 1/2 9 1/2 11 3/4 14 1/4 17 18 3/4
Diameter of Raised Face L 3 5/8 5 6 3/16 8 1/2 10 5/8 12 3/4 15 16 1/4
+.000 -.005
Height of Raised Face M 1/16 1/16 1/16 1/16 1/16 1/16 1/16 1/16
Flange Thickness N 3/4 15/16 15/16 1 1 1/8 1 3/16 1 1/4 1 3/8
Number and Diameter of 4- 5/8 4- 5/8 8- 5/8 8- 3/4 8- 3/4 12- 7/8 12- 7/8 12-1
Bolts or Studs (Per
Flange)
Length of Bolts (Sq. head 2 3/4 3 3 3 1/4 3 1/2 3 3/4 4 4 1/4
with Hex. Nut)
Length of Bolt-Studs with 2 3 1/4 3 3/4 3 3/4 4 4 1/4 4 3/4 4 3/4 5 1/2
Hex. Nuts
Diameter of Hub at Point O 2.375 3.500 4.500 6.625 8.625 10.750 12.750 14.000
of Welding
Size of Drain Plugs P 1/2 1/2 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4
Orifice Plate Thickness R 1/8 1/8 1/8 1/8 1/8 1/4 1/4 1/4
Approximate Weight 100 140 185 265 345 465 655 945
(Pounds)
Size 2 3 4 6 8 10 12 14
Sizes 12" and 14" up to Class 900 contain "DVS" Seal Vulcanized to plate.
ANSI 300 Class
Catalog No. 013DS--Class 300 (740 P.S.I.G.) C.W.P.--Dual Seal

Size 2 3 4 6 8 10 12 14
End
Overall Face to Face D 10 5/8 11 1/8 12 14 14 15 1/2 17 19
Center
Body Clearance From G 4 1/4 5 3/8 5 7/8 7 8 9 10 3/4 11
Center
Centerline to Bottom H 3 3/4 4 1/8 5 6 1/4 7 1/2 8 3/4 10 1/4 11 1/2
Changing
Diameter of Flange J 6 1/2 8 1/4 10 12 1/2 15 17 1/2 20 1/2 23
Diameter of Bolt Circle K 5 6 5/8 7 1/8 10 5/8 13 15 1/4 17 3/4 20 1/4
+.000 -.005
Flange Thickness N 7/8 1 1/8 1 1/4 1 7/16 1 5/8 1 7/8 2 2 1/8
Number and Diameter of 8- 5/8 8- 3/4 8- 3/4 12- 3/4 12- 7/8 16-1 16-1 1/8 20-1 1/8
Bolts or Studs (Per
Flange)
Length of Bolts (Sq. head 3 3 1/2 3 3/4 4 1/4 4 3/4 5 1/4 5 3/4 6
with Hex. Nut)
Length of Bolt-Studs with 2 3 1/2 4 1/4 4 1/2 5 3/4 5 1/2 6 1/4 6 3/4 7
Hex. Nuts
of Welding
(Pounds)
Size 2 3 4 6 8 10 12 14
ANSI 600 Class

Size 2 3 4 6 8 10 12 14
Upstream Face of Orifice B 5 1/4 6 15/16 6 9/16 7 15/16 8 11/16 9 9 13/16 10 1/4
Downstream Face of C 5 1/4 6 15/16 6 9/16 7 15/16 8 11/16 8 8 13/16 10 1/4
End
Overall Face to Face D 10 5/8 14 13 1/4 16 17 1/2 17 1/4 18 7/8 20 3/4
Center
Center
Centerline to Bottom H 3 3/4 4 1/8 5 3/8 7 8 1/4 10 11 11 7/8
Changing
Diameter of Flange J 6 8 1/4 10 3/4 14 16 1/2 20 22 23 3/4
Diameter of Bolt Circle K 5 6 5/8 8 1/2 11 1/2 13 3/4 17 19 1/4 20 3/4
Diameter of Raised Face L 3.625 5.000 6.188 8.500 10.625 12.750 15.000 16.250
+.000 -.005
Flange Thickness N 1 1/4 1 1/2 1 3/4 2 1/8 2 7/16 2 3/4 2 7/8 3
Number and Diameter of 8- 5/8 8- 3/4 8- 7/8 12-1 12-1 1/8 16-1 1/4 20-1 1/4 20-1 3/8
Bolts or Studs (Per
Flange)
Length of Bolts (Sq. head --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
with Hex. Nut)
Length of Bolt-Studs with 2 4 1/4 5 5 3/4 6 3/4 7 3/4 8 1/2 8 3/4 9 1/2
Hex. Nuts
of Welding
(Pounds)
Size 2 3 4 6 8 10 12 14
ANSI 900 Class
Catalog No. 016TS--Class 900 (2220 P.S.I.G.) C.W.P.--Teflon Seal

Size 2 3 4 6 8 10 12 14
Diam. Internal Line Bore A ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ?
End
Overall Face to Face D 14 14 15 16 5/8 18 3/8 21 7/8 23 3/8 22 3/8
Operating Clearance From F 12 7/8 13 3/4 14 1/8 15 1/2 17 1/4 18 3/8 20 3/8 21
Center
Body Clearance From G 5 3/4 5 3/8 6 1/8 7 9 1/8 11 12 12 3/8
Center
Centerline to Bottom H 4 1/4 4 3/4 5 3/4 7 1/2 9 1/4 10 3/4 12 12 13/16
Changing
Diameter of Flange J 8 1/2 9 1/2 11 1/2 15 18 1/2 21 1/2 24 25 1/4
Diameter of Bolt Circle K 6 1/2 7 1/2 9 1/4 12 1/2 15 1/2 18 1/2 21 22
+.000 -.005
Flange Thickness N 1 3/4 1 3/4 2 2 7/16 2 3/4 3 3 3/8 3 5/8
Number and Diameter of 8- 7/8 8- 7/8 8-1 1/8 12-1 1/8 12-1 3/8 16-1 3/8 20-1 3/8 20-1 1/2
Bolts or Studs (Per
Flange)
with Hex. Nut)
Length of Bolt-Studs with 2 5 3/4 5 3/4 6 3/4 7 3/4 8 3/4 9 1/4 10 11 1/4
Hex. Nuts
of Welding
(Pounds)
Size 2 3 4 6 8 10 12 14
?To be specified by purchaser.

ANSI 1500 Class

Size 2 3 4 6 8 10 12
Diam. Internal Line Bore A ? ? ? ? ? ? ?
Upstream Face of Orifice B 6 15/16 8 3/16 8 3/8 10 3/4 11 25/32 12 3/8 13 5/16
Downstream Face of C 6 15/16 7 11/16 7 7/8 10 3/16 11 7/32 12 3/8 13 5/16
End
Overall Face to Face D 14 16 16 3/8 21 1/16 23 1/8 24 7/8 26 7/8
Operating Clearance From F 12 7/8 13 3/4 15 16 17 1/4 18 3/8 20 1/4
Center
Body Clearance From G 5 3/4 5 5/8 6 1/2 7 3/4 9 3/4 11 12 3/8
Center
Centerline to Bottom H 4 1/4 5 1/4 6 1/8 7 3/4 9 1/2 11 1/2 13 1/4
Centerline to Top I 13 3/4 14 7/8 16 1/8 19 1/8 22 1/8 26 28 1/4
Clearance for Plate I1 5 9/16 6 1/16 7 9 11 13 1/8 15
Changing
Diameter of Flange J 8 1/2 10 1/2 12 1/4 15 1/2 19 23 26 1/2
Diameter of Bolt Circle K 6 1/2 8 9 1/2 12 1/2 15 1/2 19 22 1/2
Diameter of Raised Face L 3.625 5.000 6.188 8.500 10.625 12.750 15.000
+.000 -.005
Height of Raised Face M 1/4 1/4 1/4 1/4 1/4 1/4 1/4
Flange Thickness N 1 3/4 2 1/8 2 3/8 3 1/2 3 7/8 4 1/2 5 1/8
Number and Diameter of 8- 7/8 8-1 1/8 8-1 1/4 12-1 3/8 12-1 5/8 12-1 7/8 16-2
Bolts or Studs (Per
Flange)
Length of Bolt-Studs with 2 5 3/4 7 7 3/4 10 1/4 11 1/2 13 1/4 14 3/4
Hex. Nuts
Diameter of Hub at Point O 2.375 3.500 4.500 6.625 8.625 10.750 12.750
of Welding
Size of Drain Plugs P 1/2 1/2 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4
Orifice Plate Thickness R 1/8 1/8 1/8 1/8 1/8 1/4 1/4
Approximate Weight 205 275 445 710 1240 1745 2805
(Pounds)
Size 2 3 4 6 8 10 12

ANSI 2500 Class

Size 2 3 4 6
Diam. Internal Line Bore A ? ? ? ?
Upstream Face of Orifice B 8 5/8 9 9/16 10 1/2 12 1/2
Downstream Face of C 8 5/8 9 9/16 10 1/2 12 1/2
End
Overall Face to Face D 17 3/8 19 1/4 21 1/8 25 1/8
Operating Clearance From F 15 1/8 15 1/8 16 1/4 17 1/2
Center
Body Clearance From G 7 1/4 7 1/4 7 3/4 9 1/2
Center
Centerline to Bottom H 6 6 7 9 1/2
Centerline to Top I 16 7/8 16 7/8 17 19 1/8
Clearance for Plate I1 7 7 7 3/8 9
Changing
Diameter of Flange J 9 1/4 12 14 19
Diameter of Bolt Circle K 6 3/4 9 10 3/4 14 1/2
Diameter of Raised Face L 3.625 5.000 6.188 8.500
+.000 -.005
Height of Raised Face M 1/4 1/4 1/4 1/4
Flange Thickness N 2 1/4 2 7/8 3 1/4 4 1/2
Number and Diameter of 8-1 8-1 1/4 8-1 1/2 8-2
Bolts or Studs (Per
Flange)
Length of Bolt-Studs with 2 7 8 3/4 10 13 3/4
Hex. Nuts
Diameter of Hub at Point O 2.375 3.500 4.500 6.625
of Welding
Size of Drain Plugs P 1/2 1/2 3/4 3/4
Orifice Plate Thickness R 1/8 1/8 1/8 1/8
Approximate Weight 520 575 715 1195
(Pounds)
Size 2 3 4 6

ANSI 600 Class

Size 2 3 4 6 8 10 12 14
A.P.I. Ring Number R-23 R-31 R-37 R-45 R-49 R-53 R-57 R-61
Upstream Face of Orifice B 5 5/16 7 6 5/8 8 8 3/4 9 1/8 9 7/8 10 5/16
Downstream Face of C 5 5/16 7 6 5/8 8 8 3/4 8 1/8 8 7/8 10 5/16
End
Overall Face to Face D 10 3/4 14 1/8 13 3/8 16 1/8 17 5/8 17 3/8 19 20 7/8
Center
Body Clearance From G 4 1/4 5 3/8 6 1/8 7 8 9 10 3/4 11 7/8
Center
Changing
Diameter of Flange J 6 1/2 8 1/4 10 3/4 14 16 1/2 20 22 23 3/4
Pitch Diameter of Ring and L2 3 1/4 4 7/8 5 7/8 8 5/16 10 5/8 12 3/4 15 16 1/2
Groove
Depth of Groove M1 5/16 5/16 5/16 5/16 5/16 5/16 5/16 5/16
Width of Groove M2 15/32 15/32 15/32 15/32 15/32 15/32 15/32 15/32
Flange Thickness N1 1 5/16 1 9/16 1 13/16 2 3/16 2 1/2 2 13/16 2 15/16 3 1/16
Bolt--Studs (Per Flange)
Length of Bolt-Studs with 2 4 1/2 5 1/4 6 7 8 8 3/4 9 9 3/4
Hex. Nuts
of Welding
(Pounds)
Size 2 3 4 6 8 10 12 14
ANSI 900 Class

Size 2 3 4 6 8 10 12 14
Upstream Face of Orifice B 7 7 7 7/8 8 5/8 9 3/16 10 7/8 11 5/8 11 1/16
Downstream Face of C 7 7 7 1/8 8 9 3/16 10 7/8 11 5/8 11 1/4
End
Overall Face to Face D 14 1/8 14 1/8 15 1/8 16 3/4 18 1/2 22 23 1/2 22 9/16
Center
Body Clearance From G 5 3/4 5 3/8 6 1/8 7 9 1/8 11 12 1/4 12 1/8
Center
Changing
Groove
Depth of Groove M1 5/16 5/16 5/16 5/16 5/16 5/16 5/16 7/16
Width of Groove M2 15/32 15/32 15/32 15/32 15/32 15/32 15/32 21/32
Length of Bolt-Studs with 2 6 6 7 8 9 9 1/2 10 1/4 11 3/4
Hex. Nuts
of Welding
(Pounds)
Size 2 3 4 6 8 10 12 14

ANSI 1500 Class

Size 2 3 4 6 8 10 12
A.P.I. Ring Number R-24 R-35 R-39 R-46 R-50 R-54 R-58
Upstream Face of Orifice B 7 8 1/4 8 7/16 10 7/8 11 31/32 12 9/16 13 5/8
Downstream Face of C 7 7 3/4 7 15/16 10 5/16 11 13/32 12 9/16 13 5/8
End
Overall Face to Face D 14 1/8 16 1/8 16 1/2 21 9/16 23 1/2 25 1/4 27 1/2
Operating Clearance From F 12 7/8 13 3/4 15 16 1/8 17 1/4 18 3/8 20 1/4
Center
Center
Changing
Pitch Diameter of Ring and L2 3 3/4 5 3/8 6 3/8 8 5/16 10 5/8 12 3/4 15
Groove
Depth of Groove M1 5/16 5/16 5/16 3/8 7/16 7/16 9/16
Width of Groove M2 15/32 15/32 15/32 17/32 21/32 21/32 29/32
Flange Thickness N1 1 13/16 2 3/16 2 7/16 3 5/8 4 1/16 4 11/16 5 7/16
Length of Bolt-Studs with 2 6 7 1/4 8 10 1/2 12 13 3/4 15 1/4
Hex. Nuts
of Welding
(Pounds)
Size 2 3 4 6 8 10 12
ANSI 2500 Class

Size 2 3 4 6
A.P.I. Ring Number R-26 R-32 R-38 R-47
End
Center
Center
Changing
Pitch Diameter of Ring and L2 4 5 6 3/16 9
Groove
Depth of Groove M1 5/16 3/8 7/16 1/2
Width of Groove M2 15/32 17/32 21/32 25/32
Flange Thickness N1 2 5/16 3 3 7/16 4 3/4
Length of Bolt-Studs with 2 7 1/4 9 10 1/2 14 1/4
Hex. Nuts
of Welding
(Pounds)
Size 2 3 4 6

ANSI 150 Class
Catalog NO. 101DS--Class 150 (295 P.S.I.G.) C.W.P.--Dual Seal

Size 2 3 4 6 8 10 12 14
End
Overall Face to Face D 10 5/8 10 3/4 11 11 1/4 12 1/2 13 14 15
Center
Body Clearance From G 4 1/4 5 3/8 5 7/8 6 3/4 8 9 10 3/4 11
Center
Centerline to Bottom H 3 3/4 4 4 1/2 5 1/2 6 3/4 8 9 1/2 10 1/2
Changing
Diameter of Flange J 6 7 1/2 9 11 13 1/2 16 19 21
Diameter of Bolt Circle K 4 3/4 6 7 1/2 9 1/2 11 3/4 14 1/4 17 18 3/4
+.000 -.005
Flange Thickness N 3/4 15/16 15/16 1 1 1/8 1 3/16 1 1/4 1 3/8
Number and Diameter of 4- 5/8 4- 5/8 8- 5/8 8- 3/4 8- 3/4 12- 7/8 12- 7/8 12-1
Bolts or Studs (Per
Flange)
Length of Bolts (Sq. head 2 3/4 3 3 3 1/4 3 1/2 3 3/4 4 4 1/4
with Hex. Nut)
Length of Bolt-Studs with 2 3 1/4 3 3/4 3 3/4 4 4 1/4 4 3/4 4 3/4 5 1/2
Hex. Nuts
(Pounds)
Size 2 3 4 6 8 10 12 14
ANSI 300 Class

Size 2 3 4 6 8 10 12 14
End
Overall Face to Face D 10 5/8 11 1/8 12 14 14 15 1/2 17 19
Center
Center
Centerline to Bottom H 3 3/4 4 1/8 5 6 1/4 7 1/2 8 3/4 10 1/4 11 1/2
Changing
Diameter of Flange J 6 1/2 8 1/4 10 12 1/2 15 17 1/2 20 1/2 23
Diameter of Bolt Circle K 5 6 5/8 7 1/8 10 5/8 13 15 1/4 17 3/4 20 1/4
+.000 -.005
Flange Thickness N 7/8 1 1/8 1 1/4 1 7/16 1 5/8 1 7/8 2 2 1/8
Number and Diameter of 8- 5/8 8- 3/4 8- 3/4 12- 3/4 12- 7/8 16-1 16-1 1/8 20-1 1/8
Bolts or Studs (Per
Flange)
Length of Bolts (Sq. head 3 3 1/2 3 3/4 4 1/4 4 3/4 5 1/4 5 3/4 6
with Hex. Nut)
Length of Bolt-Studs with 2 3 1/2 4 1/4 4 1/2 5 5 1/2 6 1/4 6 3/4 7
Hex. Nuts
(Pounds)
Size 2 3 4 6 8 10 12 14
ANSI 600 Class

Size 2 3 4 6 8 10 12 14
End
Center
Center
Changing
Diameter of Flange J 6 8 1/4 10 3/4 14 16 1/2 20 22 23 3/4
+.000 -.005
Flange Thickness N 1 1/4 1 1/2 1 3/4 2 1/8 2 7/16 2 3/4 2 7/8 3
Bolts or Studs (Per
Flange)
with Hex. Nut)
Length of Bolt-Studs with 2 4 1/4 5 5 3/4 6 3/4 7 3/4 8 1/2 8 3/4 9 1/2
Hex. Nuts
(Pounds)
Size 2 3 4 6 8 10 12 14
ANSI 900 Class

Size 2 3 4 6 8 10 12 14
End
Center
Body Clearance From G 5 3/4 5 3/8 6 1/8 7 9 1/8 11 12 12 3/8
Center
Changing
+.000 -.005
Flange Thickness N 1 3/4 1 3/4 2 2 7/16 2 3/4 3 3 3/8 3 5/8
Bolts or Studs (Per
Flange)
with Hex. Nut)
Length of Bolt-Studs with 2 5 3/4 5 3/4 6 3/4 7 3/4 8 3/4 9 1/4 10 11 1/4
Hex. Nuts
(Pounds)
Size 2 3 4 6 8 10 12 14

ANSI 1500 Class

Size 2 3 4 6 8 10 12
End
Center
Center
Changing
Diameter of Raised Face L 3.625 5.000 6.188 8.500 10.625 12.750 15.000
+.000 -.005
Height of Raised Face M 1/4 1/4 1/4 1/4 1/4 1/4 1/4
Flange Thickness N 1 3/4 2 1/8 2 3/8 3 1/2 3 7/8 4 1/2 5 1/8
Bolts or Studs (Per
Flange)
Length of Bolt-Studs with 2 5 3/4 7 7 3/4 10 1/4 11 1/2 13 1/2 14 3/4
Hex. Nuts
(Pounds)
Size 2 3 4 6 8 10 12

ANSI 2500 Class

Size 2 3 4 6
End
Center
Center
Changing
Diameter of Raised Face L 3.625 5.000 6.188 8.500
+.000 -.005
Height of Raised Face M 1/4 1/4 1/4 1/4
Flange Thickness N 2 1/4 2 7/8 3 1/4 4 1/2
Bolts or Studs (Per
Flange)
Length of Bolt-Studs with 2 7 8 3/4 10 13 3/4
Hex. Nuts
(Pounds)
Size 2 3 4 6

ANSI 600 Class

Size 2 3 4 6 8 10 12 14
Upstream Face of Orifice B 5 5/16 7 6 5/8 8 8 3/4 9 1/8 9 7/8 10 5/16
Downstream Face of C 5 5/16 7 6 5/8 8 8 3/4 8 1/8 8 7/8 10 5/16
End
Overall Face to Face D 10 3/4 14 1/8 13 3/8 16 1/8 17 5/8 17 3/8 19 20 7/8
Center
Center
Changing
Diameter of Flange J 6 1/2 8 1/4 10 3/4 14 16 1/2 20 22 23 3/4
Groove
Depth of Groove M1 5/16 5/16 5/16 5/16 5/16 5/16 5/16 5/16
Width of Groove M2 15/32 15/32 15/32 15/32 15/32 15/32 15/32 15/32
Length of Bolt-Studs with 2 4 1/2 5 1/4 6 7 8 8 3/4 9 9 3/4
Hex. Nuts
(Pounds)
Size 2 3 4 6 8 10 12 14
ANSI 900 Class

Size 2 3 4 6 8 10 12 14
Upstream Face of Orifice B 7 7 7 7/8 8 5/8 9 3/16 10 7/8 11 5/8 12 15/16
Downstream Face of C 7 7 7 1/8 8 9 3/16 10 7/8 11 5/8 12 15/16
End
Overall Face to Face D 14 1/8 14 1/8 15 1/8 16 3/4 18 1/2 22 23 1/2 26 1/8
Center
Center
Changing
Groove
Depth of Groove M1 5/16 5/16 5/16 5/16 5/16 5/16 5/16 7/16
Width of Groove M2 15/32 15/32 15/32 15/32 15/32 15/32 15/32 21/32
Number and Diameter of 8- 7/8 8- 7/8 8-1 1/8 12-1 1/8 12-1 3/8 16-1 3/8 20 1 3/8 20-1 1/2
Length of Bolt-Studs with 2 6 6 7 8 9 9 1/2 10 1/4 11 3/4
Hex. Nuts
(Pounds)
Size 2 3 4 6 8 10 12 14

ANSI 1500 Class

Size 2 3 4 6 8 10 12
A.P.I. Ring Number R-24 R-35 R-39 R-46 R-50 R-54 R-58
Upstream Face of Orifice B 7 8 1/4 8 7/16 10 7/8 11 31/32 12 9/16 13 5/8
Downstream Face of C 7 7 3/4 7 15/16 10 5/16 11 13/32 12 9/16 13 5/8
End
Overall Face to Face D 14 1/8 16 1/8 16 1/2 21 5/16 23 1/2 25 1/4 27 1/2
Operating Clearance From F 12 7/8 13 3/4 15 16 1/8 17 1/4 18 3/8 20 1/4
Center
Center
Changing
Pitch Diameter of Ring and L2 3 3/4 5 3/8 6 3/8 8 5/16 10 5/8 12 3/4 15
Groove
Depth of Groove M1 5/16 5/16 5/16 3/8 7/16 7/16 9/16
Width of Groove M2 15/32 15/32 15/32 17/32 21/32 21/32 29/32
Flange Thickness N1 1 5/16 2 3/16 2 7/16 3 5/8 4 1/16 4 11/16 5 7/16
Length of Bolt-Studs with 2 6 7 1/4 8 10 1/2 12 13 3/4 15 1/4
Hex. Nuts
(Pounds)
Size 2 3 4 6 8 10 12

ANSI 2500 Class

Size 2 3 4 6
A.P.I. Ring Number R-26 R-32 R-38 R-47
End
Center
Center
Changing
Pitch Diameter of Ring and L2 4 5 6 3/16 9
Groove
Depth of Groove M1 5/16 3/8 7/16 1/2
Width of Groove M2 15/32 17/32 21/32 25/32
Flange Thickness N1 2 5/16 3 3 7/16 4 3/4
Length of Bolt-Studs with 2 7 1/4 9 10 1/2 14 1/4
Hex. Nuts
(Pounds)
Size 2 3 4 6

ANSI 600 Class
WELDING NECK

Size 2 3 4 6 8 10 12 14
Upstream Face of Orifice B 5 1/4 6 15/16 7 3/16 7 15/16 8 11/16 9 9 13/16 10 1/4
Downstream Face of C 5 1/4 6 15/16 7 3/16 7 15/16 8 11/16 8 8 13/16 10 1/4
End
Center
Center
Changing
of Welding
(Pounds)
Size 2 3 4 6 8 10 12 14
ANSI 900 Class
WELDING NECK

Size 2 3 4 6 8 10 12 14
End
Center
Center
Changing
of Welding
(Pounds)
Size 2 3 4 6 8 10 12 ?14

ANSI 1500 Class
WELDING NECK

Size 2 3 4 6 8 10 12
End
Center
Center
Changing
of Welding
(Pounds)
Size 2 3 4 6 8 10 12

ANSI 2500 Class
WELDING NECK

Size 2 3 4 6
End
Center
Center
Changing
of Welding
(Pounds)
Size 2 3 4 6

Sizes 2"-14", ANSI Classes 150, 300, 600 & 900
?NOTE: Fittings manufactured after July 1986 use these stuffing box and bearing plug parts. The parts are interchangeable in prior dated fittings, but may require minor
field modification (shortening) of the sleeves only.
ALL PARTS ON DANIEL SENIOR ORIFICE FITTING MAY BE REPLACED OR REPAIRED WITHOUT REMOVING FITTING FROM THE LINE.
PARTS AND MATERIALS NUMBER REQUIRED
SIZE
Part No. DESCRIPTION MATERIAL 2" 3" 4" 6" 8" 10" 12" 14"
1* Equalizer Valve
(Complete)
1G* Stem 316 Stainless 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Steel
1H* Packing Nut CS (CP) 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1D* Ball Chrome-Steel 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1K* Packing Washer 316 Stainless 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Steel
1J* Packing Ring Teflon 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
2* Operating Ductile Iron 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Wrench
3 Slide Valve Strip Type 410 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Stainless Steel
4 Body Cast Carbon 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Steel
(Class 150, 300,
600, 900)
5 Slide Valve Gear CS (CP) 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Shaft
5A* Slide Valve Cast Aluminum 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Indicator Plate
5B* Slide Valve Stainless Steel 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Indicator Pointer
6 Lower Plate CS (CP) 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Carrier Gear
Shaft
7 Upper Plate CS (CP) 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Carrier Gear
Shaft
8DM Plate Carrier CS (CP) 1 1 1 1 1
316 SS 1 1 1
8E Orifice Plate Nitrile 1 1 1 1 1 1 --- ---
Sealing Unit (Removeable)
Class 150-600 12" up--Nitrile 1 1
Bonded to Both
Sides of Orifice
Plate
8TS Orifice Plate Teflon 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Sealing Unit
(Complete):
Class 150-2500
Alternate Seals
Avail.
See
Catalog--#500
9 Sealing Bar CS (CP) 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
9A Sealing Bar Graphite 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Gasket Asbestos
10B* (1) Bleeder Valve
(Complete):
10C* Body CS (CP) 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
10D* Needle 316 Stainless 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Steel
10E* "O" Ring Synthetic Rubber 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
10G* Set Screw Alloy Steel 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
11* Clamping Bar Alloy Steel CL 4 4 5 6 7 8 10 11
Screw 150 to 600
Alloy Steel CL 4 4 5 6 8 8 10 22
900
12 Clamping Bar CS (CP) 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
13 Orifice Plate Type 304 or 316 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Stainless Steel
14 Top Cast Carbon 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Steel
(Class 150, 300,
600, 900)
15* Slide Valve 316 Stainless 4 4 4 6 6 6 7 8
Springs Steel
16* Slide Valve 316 Stainless 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Carrier Guide Steel
17 Slide Valve Carbon Steel 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Carrier
17A* Slide Valve Carbon Steel 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Carrier Stop Pin (CP)
18 Slide Valve Seat Alloy Iron 1 1 1 1 1 1** 1** 1**
18A Slide Valve Seat Graphite 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
& Top Gskt Asbestos
18B* Slide Valve Seat Alloy Steel 8 10 11 14 16 18 20 24
Screw Phosphate
Coated
19 Bearing Plug CS (CP) 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
(Upper)
20* Stuffing Box CS (CP) 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
(Upper)
21 Stuffing Box CS (CP) 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
(Lower)
(Lower)
22A* Bearing Plug & Stainless Steel 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6
Stuffing Box
Gasket
23* Grease Gun CS (CP) 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
(Complete)
23A* Grease Gun CS (CP) 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Stem
23B* Grease Gun CS (CP) 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Body
24* Grease Seal 316 Stainless 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Double Ball Steel with
Check Valve Chrome-Steel
Balls
25* Packing Nut CS (CP) 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
25A* Packing Ring Teflon Varies with Size of Fitting
and Pressure Rating
25B* Bearing Plug and Teflon 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15
Stuffing Box
Centering Ring
26* Stuffing Box 316 Stainless 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
Gland Steel
28A* Packing Bushing 316 Stainless 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
and Retainer Steel
30* Drain Valve Plug CS (CP) 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
31* 1/2" NPT Plug CS (Chemically 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
for Pressure Treated)
Meter Tap
32 Hex. Nut CS -- Class 150 14 15 15 18 19 22 22 24
to 600 Incl.
CS -- Class 900 14 15 15 18 20 22 22 24
33 Stud Alloy Steel CL 14 15 15 18 19 22 22 24
150 to 600 Incl.
Alloy Steel CL 14 15 15 18 20 22 22 24
900
34* Bearing Plug CS (CP) 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Body (Upper)
35* Bearing Plug CS (CP) 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Body (Lower)
Body (Upper)
Body (Lower)
Sleeve (Upper)
Sleeve (Lower)
Sleeve (Upper)
Sleeve (Lower)
25* Packing Nut CS (CP) 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
25A* Packing Ring Teflon 3/8" Thick 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9
25B* Centering Ring Teflon 3/16" 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9
Thick
26* Stuffing Box 316 S.S. 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
Gland
*Indicates Part Interchangeable in 2 inch thru 14 inch sizes.

**10", 12" and 14" Class 900 are Cast Stainless Steel
NOTE: Available in other materials upon specification. CS (Carbon Steel), CP (Cadmium Plated)
Various Part Materials are changed for "AASG" Trim Fittings
IN ORDERING PARTS, PLEASE SPECIFY:

1. Catalog number
2. Size
3. Serial number and date of the original purchase
4. Part number
5. Material
6. Quantity of parts required.
(1)When venting upper chamber through bleeder valve (#10B), direct fluid to a safe area using the threaded connection at the valve discharge port.
Sizes 2"-12", ANSI Class 1500 & Sizes 2"-6", Class 2500
?NOTE: Fittings manufactured after July 1986 use these stuffing box and bearing plug parts. The parts are interchangeable in prior dated fittings, but may require
minor field modification (shortening) of the sleeves only.
ALL PARTS ON DANIEL SENIOR ORIFICE FITTING MAY BE REPLACED OR REPAIRED WITHOUT REMOVING FITTING FROM THE LINE.
PARTS AND MATERIALS NUMBER REQUIRED
SIZE
Part No. DESCRIPTION MATERIAL 2" 3" 4" 6" 8" 10" 12"
1* Equalizer Valve
(Complete)
1G* Stem 316 Stainless Steel 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1H* Packing Nut CS (CP) 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1D* Ball Chrome-Steel 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1K* Packing Washer 316 Stainless Steel 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1J* Packing Ring Teflon 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
2* Operating Wrench Ductile Iron 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
3 Slide Valve Strip Stainless Steel 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
4 Body Cast Carbon Steel 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
5 Slide Valve Gear Shaft CS (CP) 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
5A* Slide Valve Indicator Plate Cast Aluminum 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
5B* Slide Valve Indicator Stainless Steel 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Pointer
6 Lower Plate Carrier Gear CS (CP) 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Shaft
7 Upper Plate Carrier Gear CS (CP) 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Shaft
8DM Plate Carrier CL 1500 - 316 Stainless 1 1 1
Steel
CL 1500 - CS (CP) 1 1 1 1
CS 2500 - CS (CP) 1 1 1 1
8TS Orifice Plate Sealing Unit Teflon 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
(Without Orifice Plate)
9HP Sealing Bar CS (CP) 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
9A Sealing Bar Gasket Synthetic Composition 1 1
9CF "Compoflex" Sealing Bar Synthetic Composition 1 1 1 1 1
Gasket
10B* (1) Bleeder Valve (Complete): CS (CP)
10C* Body CS (CP) 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
10D* Needle 316 Stainless Steel 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
10E* "O" Ring Synthetic Rubber 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
10G* Set Screw Alloy Steel 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
11* Clamping Bar Screw Alloy Steel -- CL 1500 (CP) 10 10 12 14 16 16 20
Alloy Steel -- CL 2500 (CP) 10 10 12 14
12HP Clamping Bar CS (CP) 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
13 Orifice Plate Type 304 or 316 Stainless 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Steel
14 Top Cast Carbon Steel 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
14CF Body-Top "O" Ring Special Compound 1 1 1 1 1
Synthetic Rubber CL 1500
14CF-C Body-Top Gasket Parker Seal Synthetic 1 1 1 1
(Male-Female Joint) Rubber Gasket CL 2500
Not Illustrated
15* Slide Valve Springs 316 Stainless Steel 4 4 4 6 6 6 7
16* Slide Valve Carrier Guide 316 Stainless Steel 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
17 Slide Valve Carrier Carbon Steel 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
17A* Slide Valve Carrier Stop Carbon Steel (CP) 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Pin
18 Slide Valve Seat Stainless Steel 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
18A Slide Valve Seat Gasket Synthetic Comp. - CL 1500 1 1 1 1 1
Synthetic Comp. - CL 2500 1 1 1 1
Slide Valve Seat/Top Synthetic Comp. - CL 1500 1 1
Gasket (Not Illustrated)
18B* Slide Valve Seat Screw Alloy Steel CL 1500 Phos 8 10 11 14 16 18 20
Coat
Alloy Steel CL 2500 Phos 10 10 11 14
Coat
19 Bearing Plug (Upper) CS CL 1500 (CP) 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
19HP Bearing Plug (Upper) CS CL 2500 (CP) 1 1 1 1
20 Stuffing Box (Upper) CS CL 1500 (CP) 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
20HP Stuffing Box (Upper) CS CL 2500 (CP) 1 1 1 1
21 Stuffing Box (Lower) CS CL 1500 (CP) 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
21HP Stuffing Box (Lower) CS CL 2500 (CP) 2 2 2 2
22 Bearing Plug (Lower) CS CL 1500 (CP) 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
22HP Bearing Plug (Lower) CS CL 2500 (CP) 2 2 2 2
22A* Bearing Plug & Stuffing 316 Stainless Steel CL 6 6 6 6 6 6 6
Box Gasket 1500
22A-HP* Bearing Plug & Stuffing 316 Stainless Steel CL 6 6 6 6
Box Gasket 2500
22B* Bearing Plug & Stuffing Synthetic Rubber CL 2500 6 6 6 6
Box O-Ring Seal
23* Grease Gun (Complete) CS (CP) 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
24* Grease Seal Double Ball 316 Stainless Steel with 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Check Valve Chrome-Steel Balls
25* Packing Nut CS CL 1500 (CP) 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
25HP* Packing Nut CS CL 2500 (CP) 3 3 3 3
25A* Packing Ring Teflon CL 1500 Varies with Size of Fitting
25A-HP* Packing Ring Teflon CL 2500 and Pressure Rating
25B* Bearing Plug Centering Teflon CL 1500 & 2500 9 9 9 9 9 9 9
Ring
25B* Stuffing Box Centering Teflon CL 1500 6 6 6 6 6 6 6
Ring
25B-HP* Stuffing Box Centering Teflon CL 2500 6 6 6 6 6 6 6
Ring
26* Stuffing Box Gland 316 Stainless Steel CL 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
1500
26B* External Stuffing Box 316 Stainless Steel CL 3 3 3 3
Gland with "O" Ring 2500
Groove
26E* Internal Stuffing Box Gland 316 Stainless Steel CL 3 3 3 3
with "O" Ring Groove 2500
26C* "O" Ring Synthetic Rubber CL 2500 3 3 3 3
26D* "O" Ring Synthetic Rubber CL 2500 6 6 6 6
28A* Packing Bushing and Stainless Steel CL 1500 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
Retainer
30* Drain Valve Plug CS 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
31* 1/2" NPT Plug for CS 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
Pressure Meter Tap
32 Hex. Nut CS -- Class 1500 14 14 16 18 18 22 22
CS -- Class 2500 16 16 16 18
33 Stud Alloy Steel -- CL 1500 14 14 16 18 18 22 22
Alloy Steel -- CL 2500 16 16 16 18
POST JULY 1986 CL 1500
STUFFING BOX AND BEARING PLUG:
34* Bearing Plug Body (Upper) CS (CP) 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
35* Bearing Plug Body (Lower) CS (CP) 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
36* Stuffing Box Body (Upper) CS (CP) 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
37* Stuffing Box Body (Lower) CS (CP) 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
38 Bearing Plug Sleeve CS (CP) 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
(Upper)
39 Bearing Plug Sleeve CS (CP) 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
(Lower)
40 Stuffing Box Sleeve CS (CP) 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
(Upper)
41 Stuffing Box Sleeve CS (CP) 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
(Lower)
25* Packing Nut CS (CP) 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
25A* Packing Ring Teflon 3/8" Thick 9 9 9 9 9 9 9
25B* Centering Ring Teflon 3/16" Thick 9 9 9 9 9 9 9
26* Packing Gland 316 S.S. 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
*Indicates Part Interchangeable in 2 inch thru 12 inch sizes.

CS (Carbon Steel), CP (Cadmium Plated).
NOTE: Some Materials changed for "AASG" Trim. Other Materials available upon specification.
IN ORDERING PARTS, PLEASE SPECIFY:

1. Catalog number
2. Size
3. Serial number and date of the original purchase
4. Part number
5. Material
6. Quantity of parts required.
(1)When venting upper chamber through bleeder valve (#10B), direct fluid to a safe area using the threaded connection at the valve discharge port.
®
fluoroelastomers
®
Viton® is a registered trademark of DuPont Performance Elastomers.
Product Overview
ORIFICE FLANGES
CATALOG SECTION P
How Daniel Orifice Flanges Provide Better Measurement

Orifice flanges are one of the most economical means of measuring flow, and Daniel Orifice Flanges are
manufactured to be the most accurate. Automatic machine tools enable Daniel to meet the most stringent of
tolerances and recommendations for flanges as specified in ANSI B16.36, STEEL ORIFICE FLANGES, and
ANSI/API 2530 (AGA #3), ORIFICE METERING OF NATURAL GAS, with careful attention given to tap
location, bore smoothness, bolt and flange facings. Daniel Orifice Flanges are made of forged steel, A.S.T.M.
A-105. Other materials are available on special order.
FEATURES AND ADVANTAGES
Bore Tolerances are well within the latest recommendations of the American Gas Association for .75 Beta
ratio.
Pressure Tap Hole Location is closely controlled. Tap hole centers are 15/16" from bearing faces of flanges,
placing their centerline 1" from the face of the orifice plate when 1/16" gasket thickness is included. For 3" and
smaller flanges: tap hole location tolerance is ± 1/64"; for 4" and larger flanges, the location tolerance is ± 1/32".
Pressure Tap Holes -- Tap hole edges on the flange bore surface are carefully inspected to be free from burrs.
All roughness is eliminated. Sizes are shown in the dimensional tables for this product.
Flange Tap Connections -- Standard connections are 1/2" N.P.T. Other sizes on request.
Raised Face -- Daniel Raised Face Orifice Flanges are made to conform to the standard raised face
dimensions in accordance with the A.N.S.I. B16.5 Flange Piping Code for all pressure ranges.
Gaskets -- Two 1/16" thick precision die-cut asbestos gaskets are furnished with all Raised Face Orifice
Flanges. Non asbestos gaskets are available on request. Note: When specified gasket thickness is other than
1/16", flange pressure tap location will change.
Daniel offers orifice flanges/plates to meet the tolerances specified in API Chapter 14, Section 3, Part 2 (14.3).
These flanges will be the units shown with precision located knock out type dowel pins as shown in "DOWEL
PINS" section below. Due to the strict orifice to flange bore concentricity requirements of API 14.3, the
accompanying 520 paddle type orifice plates must also have similarly close tolerance machined O.D.'s.
It should be noted that due to the 14.3 concentricity requirements, slip-on and threaded orifice flanges cannot
be offered to this standard.
STAGGERED TAP HOLES: Daniel Orifice Flanges with staggered tap

holes are available on request. These locations provide convenient
clearance for instrument piping when valves must be installed
adjacent to orifice flanges. Extra tap holes at bottom facilitate drainage
where condensate is present.
DOWEL PINS: Alignment dowel pins of the knock-out type are

furnished on request on all Raised Face Orifice Flanges. These dowel
pins assure correct alignment of the flange bores as well as centering
the orifice plate within the flange bore.
METER TUBES: Daniel Orifice Flanges may be purchased complete with meter tubes which meet A.G.A.,
A.N.S.I., and A.S.M.E. requirements. These precision built metering units provide reliable flow measurement
in most any application. For details see Daniel Meter Tube Catalog.
...........................
RAISED FACE WELD NECK ORIFICE FLANGES
ANSI 300 Class
CATALOG NO. 30 RW--CLASS 300 (740 P.S.I.G. C.W.P.)

Size in Inches 1/2 3/4 1 1 1/2 2 2 1/2
Diam. Internal Line Bore & A .622 ± .022 .824 ± .022 1.049 ± .003 1.610 ± .003 2.067 ± .003 2.469 ± .003
Tolerance
Diam. of Flange J 3 3/4 4 5/8 4 7/8 6 1/8 6 1/2 7 1/2
Minimum Flange Thickness N* 1 1/2 1 1/2 1 1/2 1 1/2 1 1/2 1 1/2
Diam. of Raised Face 1 3/8 1 11/16 2 2 7/8 3 5/8 4 1/8
Length Through Hub C* 3 3 1/8 3 1/4 3 3/8 3 3/8 3 1/2

Hub Diam. at Base H 1 1/2 1 7/8 2 1/8 2 3/4 3 5/16 3 15/16
Diam. of Hub at Point of Welding O 0.84 1.05 1.32 1.90 2.38 2.88
Pressure Tap Hole Size X 1/4 1/4 1/4 1/4 3/8 3/8
Flange Drilling Template: 2 5/8 3 1/4 3 1/2 4 1/2 5 5 7/8
Diam. of Bolt Circle
Flange Drilling Template: 9/16 11/16 11/16 13/16 11/16 13/16
Diam. of Holes
Flange Drilling Template: 4 4 4 4 8 8
Number of Holes
Flange Drilling Template: 1/2 x 4 3/4 5/8 x 5 5/8 x 5 3/4 x 5 1/4 5/8 x 5 3/4 x 5 1/4
Size & Length of Studs
Jackscrew Size & Length 1/2 x 3 1/2 x 3 5/8 x 3 5/8 x 3 5/8 x 3 5/8 x 3
Approx. Weight (Pounds) 10 10 18 25 27 35
Size in Inches 3 4 6 8 10 12
Diam. Internal Line Bore & A 3.068 ± .003 4.026 ± .004 6.065 ± .004 ? ± .004 ? ± .005 ? ± .005
Tolerance
Diam. of Flange J 8 1/4 10 12 1/2 15 17 1/2 20 1/2
Minimum Flange Thickness N* 1 1/2 1 1/2 1 1/2 1 5/8 1 7/8 2
Diam. of Raised Face 5 6 3/16 8 1/2 10 5/8 12 3/4 15
Length Through Hub C* 3 1/2 3 5/8 3 15/16 4 3/8 4 5/8 5 1/8

Hub Diam. at Base H 4 5/8 5 3/4 8 1/8 10 1/4 12 5/8 14 3/4
Flange Drilling Template: 6 5/8 7 7/8 10 5/8 13 15 1/4 17 3/4
Flange Drilling Template: 13/16 13/16 7/8 1 1 1/8 1 1/4
Diam. of Holes
Number of Holes
Flange Drilling Template: 3/4 x 5/14 3/4 x 5 1/4 3/4 x 5 1/4 7/8 x 5 3/4 1 x 6 1/2 1 1/8 x 7 1/4
Jackscrew Size & Length 3/4 x 3 3/4 x 3 3/4 x 3 3/4 x 3 1 x 4 1/2 1 x 4 1/2
Size in Inches 14 16 18 20 24
Diam. Internal Line Bore & A ? ± .005 ? ± .005 ? ± .007 ? ± .007 ? ± .007
Tolerance
Diam. of Flange J 23 25 1/2 28 30 1/2 36
Minimum Flange Thickness N* 2 1/8 2 1/4 2 3/8 2 1/2 2 3/4
Diam. of Raised Face 16 1/4 18 1/2 21 23 27 1/4
Length Through Hub C* 5 5/8 5 3/4 6 1/4 6 3/8 6 5/8

Hub Diam. at Base H 16 3/4 19 21 23 1/8 27 5/8
Diam. of Hub at Point of Welding O 14.00 16.00 18.00 20.00 24.00
Pressure Tap Hole Size X 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2
Flange Drilling Template: 20 1/4 22 1/2 24 3/4 27 32
Flange Drilling Template: 1 1/4 1 3/8 1 3/8 1 3/8 1 5/8
Diam. of Holes
Flange Drilling Template: 20 20 24 24 24
Number of Holes
Flange Drilling Template: 1 1/8 x 7 1/2 1 1/4 x 8 1 1/4 x 8 1/4 1 1/4 x 8 1/2 1 1/2 x 9 1/2
Jackscrew Size & Length 1 x 4 1/2 1 x 4 1/2 1 x 4 1/2 1 x 4 1/2 1 x 5 1/2
Approx. Weight (Pounds) 448 596 741 887 1311
*Class 300 Flanges C and N dimensions include 1/16" Raised Face.

NOTE: 1/2" and 3/4" 30 RW orifice flanges are not recognized by ANSI B16.36.
ANSI 400 Class
CATALOG NO. 40 RW--CLASS 400 (990 P.S.I.G. C.W.P.)?

Diam. Internal Line Bore & A 4.026 ± .004 6.065 ± .004 ? ± .004 ? ± .005 ? ± .005
Tolerance
Diam. of Flange J 10 12 1/2 15 17 1/2 20 1/2
Diam. of Raised Face 6 3/16 8 1/2 10 5/8 12 3/4 15
Length Through Hub C* 3 1/2 4 1/16 4 5/8 4 7/8 5 3/8

Hub Diam. at Base H 5 3/4 8 1/8 10 1/4 12 5/8 14 3/4
Flange Drilling Template: 7 7/8 10 5/8 13 15 1/4 17 3/4
Flange Drilling Template: 1 1 1 1/8 1 1/4 1 3/8
Diam. of Holes
Number of Holes
Flange Drilling Template: 7/8 x 5 3/4 7/8 x 6 1/4 1x7 1 1/8 x 8 1 1/4 x 8 1/2
Jackscrew Size & Length 3/4 x 4 3/4 x 4 3/4 x 4 1/2 1 x 4 1/2 1 x 4 1/2
Tolerance
Diam. of Flange J 23 25 1/2 28 30 1/2 36
Minimum Flange Thickness N* 2 3/8 2 1/2 2 5/8 2 3/4 3
Length Through Hub C* 5 7/8 6 6 1/2 6 5/8 6 7/8

Hub Diam. at Base H 16 3/4 19 21 23 1/8 27 5/8
Flange Drilling Template: 20 1/4 22 1/2 24 3/4 27 32
Flange Drilling Template: 1 3/8 1 1/2 1 1/2 1 5/8 1 7/8
Diam. of Holes
Number of Holes
Flange Drilling Template: 1 1/4 x 8 3/4 1 3/8 x 9 1/2 1 3/8 x 9 3/4 1 1/2 x 10 1/4 1 3/4 x 11 1/2
Jackscrew Size & Length 1 x 4 1/2 1 x 5 1/2 1 x 5 1/2 1 x 5 1/2 1 x 6 1/2
*4" and larger Class 400-600 Flanges C and N dimensions do not include 1/4" Raised Face.
?3" and smaller, same as class 300.
ANSI 600 Class

Diam. Internal Line Bore & A 4.026 ± .004 6.065 ± .004 ? ± .004 ? ± .005 ? ± .005
Tolerance
Diam. of Flange J 10 3/4 14 16 1/2 20 22
Diam. of Raised Face 6 3/16 8 1/2 10 5/8 12 3/4 15
Length Through Hub C* 4 4 5/8 5 1/4 6 6 1/8

Hub Diam. at Base H 6 8 3/4 10 3/4 13 1/2 15 3/4
Flange Drilling Template: 8 1/2 11 1/2 13 3/4 17 19 1/4
Flange Drilling Template: 1 1 1/8 1 1/4 1 3/8 1 3/8
Diam. of Holes
Number of Holes
Flange Drilling Template: 7/8 x 6 1x7 1 1/8 x 8 1 1/4 x 8 3/4 1 1/4 x 9
Jackscrew Size & Length 3/4 x 4 3/4 x 4 3/4 x 4 1/2 1 x 5 1/2 1 x 5 1/2
Tolerance
Diam. of Flange J 23 3/4 27 29 1/4 32 37
Minimum Flange Thickness N* 2 3/4 3 3 1/4 3 1/2 4
Length Through Hub C* 6 1/2 7 7 1/4 7 1/2 8

Hub Diam. at Base H 17 19 1/2 21 1/2 24 28 1/4
Flange Drilling Template: 20 3/4 23 3/4 25 3/4 28 1/2 33
Flange Drilling Template: 1 1/2 1 5/8 1 3/4 1 3/4 2
Diam. of Holes
Number of Holes
Flange Drilling Template: 1 3/8 x 9 3/4 1 1/2 x 10 3/4 1 5/8 x 11 1/2 1 5/8 x 12 1 7/8 x 13 3/4
Jackscrew Size & Length 1 x 5 1/2 1 x 5 1/2 1 x 6 1/2 1 x 6 1/2 1x8
*4" and larger Class 400-600 Flanges C and N dimensions do not include 1/4" Raised Face.
?3" and smaller, same as class 300.
ANSI 900 Class

Diam. Internal Line Bore & A ? ± .003 ? ± .004 ? ± .004 ? ± .004 ? ± .005 ? ± .005
Tolerance
Diam. of Flange J 9 1/2 11 1/2 15 18 1/2 21 1/2 24
Diam. of Raised Face 5 6 3/16 8 1/2 10 5/8 12 3/4 15

Hub Diam. at Base H 5 6 1/4 9 1/4 11 3/4 14 1/2 16 1/2
Flange Drilling Template: 7 1/2 9 1/4 12 1/2 15 1/2 18 1/2 21
Flange Drilling Template: 1 1 1/4 1 1/4 1 1/2 1 1/2 1 1/2
Diam. of Holes
Number of Holes
Flange Drilling Template: 7/8 x 6 1 1/8 x 7 1 1/8 x 8 1 3/8 x 9 1 3/8 x 9 3/4 1 3/8 x 10 1/2
Jackscrew Size & Length 3/4 x 4 3/4 x 4 3/4 x 4 1/2 1 x 5 1/2 1 x 5 1/2 1 x 5 1/2
*Does not include 1/4" Raised Face.

?2 1/2" and smaller, same as class 1500.
ANSI 1500 Class

Size in Inches 1 1 1/2 2 2 1/2 3 4
Tolerance
Diam. of Flange J 5 7/8 7 8 1/2 9 5/8 10 1/2 12 1/4
Diam. of Raised Face 2 2 7/8 3 5/8 4 1/8 5 6 3/16
Length Through Hub C* 3 1/4 3 1/2 4 4 1/8 4 5/8 4 7/8

Hub Diam. at Base H 2 1/16 2 3/4 4 1/8 4 7/8 5 1/4 6 3/8
Flange Drilling Template: 4 4 7/8 6 1/2 7 1/2 8 9 1/2
Flange Drilling Template: 1 1 1/8 1 1 1/8 1 1/4 1 3/8
Diam. of Holes
Number of Holes
Flange Drilling Template: 7/8 x 6 1 x 6 1/4 7/8 x 6 1 x 6 1/2 1 1/8 x 7 1/4 1 1/4 x 8
Jackscrew Size & Length 5/8 x 4 5/8 x 4 5/8 x 4 5/8 x 4 3/4 x 4 3/4 x 4 1/2
Size in Inches 6 8 10 12
Diam. Internal Line Bore & A ? ± .004 ? ± .004 ? ± .005 ? ± .005

Tolerance
Diam. of Flange J 15 1/2 19 23 26 1/2
Minimum Flange Thickness N* 3 1/4 3 5/8 4 1/4 4 7/8
Diam. of Raised Face 8 1/2 10 5/8 12 3/4 15
Length Through Hub C* 6 3/4 8 3/8 10 11 1/8

Hub Diam. at Base H 9 11 1/2 14 1/2 17 3/4
Diam. of Hub at Point of Welding O 6.63 8.63 10.75 12.75
Pressure Tap Hole Size X 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2
Flange Drilling Template: 12 1/2 15 1/2 19 22 1/2
Flange Drilling Template: 1 1/2 1 3/4 2 2 1/8
Diam. of Holes
Flange Drilling Template: 12 12 12 16
Number of Holes
Flange Drilling Template: 1 3/8 x 10 3/4 1 5/8 x 12 1 7/8 x 14 2 x 15 3/4
Jackscrew Size & Length 3/4 x 5 1/2 1x7 1x8 1x9
Approx. Weight (Pounds) 407 675 1099 1706

ANSI 2500 Class

Size in Inches 1 1 1/2 2 2 1/2 3 4
Tolerance
Diam. of Flange J 6 1/4 8 9 1/4 10 1/2 12 14
Minimum Flange Thickness N* 1 1/2 1 3/4 2 2 1/4 2 5/8 3
Diam. of Raised Face 2 2 7/8 3 5/8 4 1/8 5 6 3/16
Length Through Hub C* 3 5/8 4 3/8 5 5 5/8 6 5/8 7 1/2

Hub Diam. at Base H 2 1/4 3 1/8 3 3/4 4 1/2 5 1/4 6 1/2
Flange Drilling Template: 1 1 1/4 1 1/8 1 1/4 1 3/8 1 5/8
Diam. of Holes
Number of Holes
Flange Drilling Template: 7/8 x 6 1 1/8 x 7 1 x 7 1/4 1 1/8 x 8 1 1/4 x 9 1/4 1 1/2 x 10 1/2
Jackscrew Size & Length 5/8 x 4 3/4 x 4 3/4 x 4 3/4 x 4 1/2 3/4 x 5 1/2 3/4 x 5 1/2
Size in Inches 6 8 10 12
Diam. Internal Line Bore & A ? ± .004 ? ± .004 ? ± .005 ? ± .005

Tolerance
Diam. of Flange J 19 21 3/4 26 1/2 30
Minimum Flange Thickness N* 4 1/4 5 6 1/2 7 1/4
Diam. of Raised Face 8 1/2 10 5/8 12 3/4 15
Length Through Hub C* 10 3/4 12 1/2 16 1/2 18 1/4

Hub Diam. at Base H 9 1/4 12 14 3/4 17 3/8
Diam. of Hub at Point of Welding O 6.63 8.63 10.75 12.75
Pressure Tap Hole Size X 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2
Flange Drilling Template: 14 1/2 17 1/4 21 1/4 24 3/8
Flange Drilling Template: 2 1/8 2 1/8 2 5/8 2 7/8
Diam. of Holes
Flange Drilling Template: 8 12 12 12
Number of Holes
Flange Drilling Template: 2 x 14 1/4 2 x 15 3/4 2 1/2 x 20 2 3/4 x 22
Jackscrew Size & Length 3/4 x 8 1x9 1 x 11 1 x 12
Approx. Weight (Pounds) 756 1152 2136 3216

RING-TYPE JOINT WELD NECK ORIFICE FLANGES
ANSI 300 Class
RING-TYPE JOINT WELD NECK ORIFICE FLANGES
CATALOG NO. 30 JW--CLASS 300 (740 P.S.I.G. C.W.P.)

Size in Inches 1/2 3/4 1 1 1/2 2 2 1/2
A.P.I. Ring Numbers R-11 R-13 R-16 R-20 R-23 R-26
Diam. Internal Line Bore & A .622 ± .002 .824 ± .002 1.049 ± .003 1.610 ± .003 2.067 ± .003 2.469 ± .003
Tolerance
Diam. of Flange J 3 3/4 4 5/8 4 7/8 6 1/8 6 1/2 7 1/2
Hub Diam. at Base H 1 1/2 1 7/8 2 1/8 2 3/4 3 5/16 3 15/16
Pitch Diam. of Ring and Groove L2 1 11/32 1 11/16 2 2 11/16 3 1/4 4
Depth of Groove M1 7/32 1/4 1/4 1/4 5/16 5/16
Flange Drilling Template: 5/8 3/4 3/4 7/8 3/4 7/8
Diam. of Holes
Number of Holes
Flange Drilling Template: 1/2 x 5 1/2 5/8 x 5 3/4 5/8 x 5 1/2 3/4 x 5 3/4 5/8 x 5 1/2 3/4 x 6 1/4
Jackscrew Size & Length 1/2 x 3 1/2 x 3 1/2 5/8 x 4 5/8 x 4 5/8 x 4 5/8 x 4
A.P.I. Ring Numbers R-31 R-37 R-45 R-49 R-53 R-57
Diam. Internal Line Bore & A 3.068 ± .003 4.026 ± .004 6.065 ± .004 ? ± .004 ? ± .005 ? ± .005
Tolerance
Diam. of Flange J 8 1/4 10 12 1/2 15 17 1/2 20 1/2
Minimum Flange Thickness N* 1 1/2 1 1/2 1 7/16 1 5/8 1 7/8 2
Length Through Hub C* 3 1/2 3 5/8 3 7/8 4 3/8 4 5/8 5 1/8
Hub Diam. at Base H 4 5/8 5 3/4 8 1/8 10 1/4 12 5/8 14 3/4
Pitch Diam. of Ring and Groove L2 4 7/8 5 7/8 8 5/16 10 5/8 12 3/4 15
Depth of Groove M1 5/16 5/16 5/16 5/16 5/16 5/16
Flange Drilling Template: 6 5/8 7 7/8 10 5/8 13 15 1/4 17 3/4
Flange Drilling Template: 7/8 7/8 7/8 1 1 1/8 1 1/4
Diam. of Holes
Honed Flow Sections Brochure
Overview
Catalog Numbers
How to Order
Specifications
Dimensional Information
Flow Coefficients
Product Overview
HONED FLOW SECTIONS
CATALOG H-1900
AVAILABLE IN 1/2" THROUGH 1 1/2" LINE SIZES 600-2500 LB. ANSI
The Daniel Honed Orifice Flange Flow Section is used in areas requiring high accuracy in measurement of
small flows. The units have been successfully applied in metering oxygen, nitrogen, helium and other critical
fluids. Daniel has developed empirical coefficient data and these units need no flow calibration to assure
accuracy of "3/4%. With calibration, Daniel Honed Flow Sections have flow coefficient accuracy of "1/4% or
better.

H-19 -- 0 -- 5 -- W -- 1/2"
Code Explanation/Example
H-19 Honed Flow Section
0 Flange Facing
0 Raised Face (600#-900# only)
4 Ring Joint (1500#-2500# only)
5 ANSI Rating
5 600# ANSI
6 900# ANSI
7 1500# ANSI
8 2500# ANSI
W End Connections
W Beveled for Welding
T Threaded
F Flanged
1/2" Nominal Line Size
Ordering Information
TO ORDER, PLEASE SPECIFY:
1. Catalog No.
2. Nominal Line Size
3. Orifice Bore
4. Flow Conditions
5. Outer End Connections
6. Quantity
Specifications
CODES:
Meets specified requirements of ASME Fluid Meters, 6th Edition. Meets or exceeds all requirements of ANSI
B31.3. Final wall thickness after honing is in excess of that required by ANSI B31.3.
ORIFICE PLATES:
Tolerances in strict accordance with AGA Gas Measurement Report #3. ANSI/API #2530, ISA, ISO and ASME
Fluid Meters.
TAPS:
All Honed Flow Sections have corner taps. They are tapped 3/8" NPT using 1/8" tap holes.
MATERIALS:
Honed Flow Sections are entirely 316 S.S., in all sizes and pressure ranges.
TOLERANCES:
The entire Flow Section (tubes & flanges) is bored and honed to 5-10 microinch roughness. Tube I.D. tolerance
is ".001".
OUTER END CONNECTIONS:

Tube ends are furnished beveled for welding as standard. Threaded ends are available at no extra cost. Outer
end flanges are available at additional cost.
Dimensional Information
HONED ORIFICE FLANGE FLOW SECTIONS
NPS ANSI NOMINAL HONED UPSTREAM DOWNSTREAM TYPE OF APPROX.
RATING SCHEDULE I.D. LENGTH* LENGTH* PLATE WEIGHT
(LBS.)
H-1905 1/2 600 80 .570 12 6 F-50 7 1/2
H-1906 900 80 .570 12 6 F-50 13
H-1947 1500 160 .495 12 6 560 (R-12) 14
H-1948 2500 XXH .290 12 6 560 (R-13) 17 1/2
H-1905 3/4 600 80 .765 24 12 F-50 13 1/2
H-1906 900 80 .765 24 12 F-50 20
H-1947 1500 160 .640 24 12 560 (R-14) 22 1/2
H-1948 2500 XXH .475 24 12 560 (R-16) 25 1/2
H-1905 1 600 80 .985 24 12 F-50 16 1/2
H-1906 900 80 .985 24 12 F-50 21 1/2
H-1947 1500 160 .850 24 12 560 (R-16) 34 1/2
H-1948 2500 XXH .645 24 12 560 (R-18) 40
H-1905 1 1/4 600 80 1.308 28 12 F-50 23
H-1906 900 80 1.308 28 12 F-50 34 1/2
H-1947 1500 160 1.195 28 12 560 (R-18) 40
H-1948 2500 XXH .945 28 12 560 (R-21) 55
H-1905 1 1/2 600 80 1.530 28 12 F-50 26
H-1906 900 80 1.530 28 12 F-50 40
H-1947 1500 160 1.376 28 12 560 (R-20) 44 1/2
H-1948 2500 XXH 1.150 28 12 560 (R-23) 71 1/2
ALL DIMENSIONS IN INCHES.

*END TO FLANGE FACE.
ORIFICE PLATES AND HOLDERS
#F-50 ORIFICE PLATES 600-900 # ANSI

LINE SIZE A B
1/2" 2.125" 1/8"
3/4" 2.125" 1/8"
1" 3.000" 1/8"
1 1/4" 3.000" 1/8"
1 1/2" 3.750" 1/8"
#560 INTEGRAL PLATE & SEAL

1500 # ANSI 2500 # ANSI
RING NO. A B RING NO. A B
R-12 1" 4 1/4" R-13 1" 4 1/4"
R-14 1" 4 1/4" R-16 1" 4 1/4"
R-16 1" 4 1/4" R-18 1" 4 1/4"
R-18 1" 4 1/4" R-21 1" 4 1/4"
R-20 1" 4 1/4" R-23 1 1/16" 5 1/4"
Flow Coefficients, K
As referenced in ASME Fluid Meters, 6th Edition, 1971, the flow coefficient, K, may be computed using the
following equation:
where:
K = Flow coefficient
D = Inside diameter of meter tube (in.)
RD = Pipe Reynolds number
Rd = Orifice Reynolds number
b = Ratio, (orifice diameter)/(tube diameter)
l = 1000/square root of RD = 1000/square root of bRd
This formula will yield coefficients to within ±.75 percent of the values obtained from a calibration when using
corner taps to measure pressure. This is true when
● 0.5 in. # D # 1.5 in.,
● 0.1 < b < 0.8, and
● RD > 1000.
For plate sizing and application information, call the Daniel calculations department.
Straightening Vane Brochure
Overview
Uses
Bundle Types
Carbon Steel Vanes

Size and Type of Installation
Line Type Vane Dimensions
Flanged Type Vane Dimensions
Stainless Steel Vanes

Size and Type of Installation
Line Type Vane Dimensions
Flanged Type Vane Dimensions
Installing a Line Type Vane

Product Overview
STRAIGHTENING VANES
CATALOG 1100
REDUCE FLOW DISTURBANCE AND IMPROVE YOUR ORIFICE METERING CONDITIONS

Daniel Straightening Vanes are installed in the upstream
section of meter tubes to reduce flow disturbance
preceding the orifice plate. Disturbance is often created by
complex piping or valves which precede the orifice
metering section. As flow passes through the vane bundle,
the disturbance is straightened and smoothed to a normal
flow pattern. Straightening Vanes are economical because
their use often allows sufficient reduction of upstream
meter tube length, so that a smaller building or enclosure
is possible. (See Daniel Meter Tube Catalog Section "D"
for meter tube lengths.)
Daniel Straightening Vanes are manufactured in a variety

of sizes, in carbon steel and stainless steel. They are in
accordance with recommendations of the A.G.A. and
A.S.M.E., as well as numerous other societies and
associations. Three standard vane bundles are shown in
the document entitled "Standard Straightening Vane
Bundles." Each type bundle is available in a Flange Model
and a Line Model.
The tubes in each Daniel vane bundle are welded at both

ends at each point of tangency. Tube inlets and outlets are
reamed to permit minimum pressure drop. Special spacer
lugs on each vane bundle assure a perfect fit in the meter
tube.
The Flange Model is held in the line by a flange ring which

is clamped between two pipe line flanges.
Straightening Vane Uses (Stainless Steel)
Daniel Stainless Steel Straightening Vanes
Stainless steel vanes are particularly useful in meter tubes handling corrosive flows, in buried meter tubes, or in
tubes having condensate problems. The standard material for these Daniel vanes is 304 stainless steel.
Standard Straightening Vane Bundles

CROSS-SECTION END VIEW
Size and Type of Vane Installation (Carbon
Steel)
Carbon Steel Straightening Vanes
NOTE: Ring Flange Model is same O.D. dimension as raised face of flange.
For RTJ Flanges, ring fits inside standard ring gasket.
Specify Flange Rating.
Line Model Straightening Vane (Carbon Steel)
#1100L -- Line Type
Line Bundle Line A B O.D. of Wall Number of Number and Approx.
Size Type** I.D. Length of O.D. of Tubes Thickness Tubes Size Weight
Vane? Vane of Tubes of Screws
inches inches inches inches inches inches inches lbs.
2 I 2.067 6 1 31/32 21/32 .095 7 1--3/8 x 3/4 2
I 1.939 6 1 7/8* 21/32 .095 7 1--3/8 x 3/4 2
3 II 3.068 8 2 7/8 19/32 .049 19 1--3/8 x 3/4 3
II 2.900 8 2 3/4 9/16 .049 19 1--3/8 x 1 3
4 II 4.026 10 3 31/32 13/16 .049 19 1--3/8 x 1 6 1/2
III 3.826 10 3 3/4 3/4 .049 19 1--3/8 x 1 1/4 6 1/2
6 III 6.065 12 5 15/16 1 3/16 .049 19 1--1/2 x 1 1/4 18 1/2
III 5.761 12 5 5/8 1 1/8 .049 19 1--1/2 x 1 1/4 18 1/2
8 II 8.071 16 7 29/32 1 5/8 .065 19 1--1/2 x 1 34 1/2
II 7.981 16 7 29/32 1 5/8 .065 19 1--1/2 x 1 1/4 34 1/2
10 III 10.136 20 10 2 .083 19 1--1/2 x 1 1/4 53 1/2
II 10.020 20 9 3/4 2 .083 19 1--1/2 x 1 1/4 53 1/2
12 III 12.090 24 11 7/8 2 3/8 .083 19 2--1/2 x 1 1/2 77
III 12.000 24 11 7/8 2 3/8 .083 19 2--1/2 x 1 1/2 77
II 11.938 24 11 9/16 2 3/8 .083 19 2--1/2 x 1 1/4 77
14 III 13.250 28 13 1/8 2 5/8 .083 19 2--1/2 x 1 1/2 100
II 13.000 28 12 3/4 2 5/8 .083 19 2--1/2 x 1 1/2 100
16 III 15.250 32 15 3 .188 19 2--1/2 x 1 3/4 268
II 15.500 32 14 19/32 3 .188 19 2--1/2 x 1 1/2 268
18 II 17.250 36 17 1/32 3 1/2 .188 19 2--1/2 x 1 1/4 378
20 II 19.250 40 18 27/32 3 7/8 .188 19 2--1/2 x 1 1/4 468
24 II 23.250 48 23 1/8 4 3/4 .188 19 2--1/2 x 1 1/4 693
26 III 25.250 52 25 5 .188 19 2--1/2 x 1 1/2 796
30 III 29.250 60 28 3/4 5 3/4 .188 19 2--1/2 x 1 1/2 1273
34 II 33.250 68 32 13/16 6 3/4 .250 19 2--1/2 x 1 1/2 1860
36 III 35.250 72 35 7 .188 19 2--1/2 x 1 1/2 1559
*O.D. has been turned down on lathe.

?Bundle length for Flange and Line Model is the same.
**Bundle type is determined by tubing size availability and is not optional.
NOTE: Other sizes, materials, shapes, and types of Vanes can be supplied at extra cost.
Prices and specifications on request.
ABOVE SPECIFICATIONS ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE.
When Ordering, Please Specify:

1. Catalog Number
2. Line I.D.
3. Quantity
Flange Model Straightening Vane (Carbon
Steel)
#1100F -- Flange Type
Line Bundle Line A B O.D. of Wall Number of Approx.
Size Type** I.D. Length of O.D. of Tubes Thickness Tubes Weight
Vane? Vane of Tubes
inches inches inches inches inches inches lbs.
2 I 2.067 6 1 31/32 21/32 .095 7 2 1/2
I 1.939 6 1 7/8* 21/32 .095 7 2 1/2
3 II 3.068 8 2 7/8 19/32 .049 19 4
II 2.900 8 2 3/4 9/16 .049 19 4
4 II 4.026 10 3 31/32 13/16 .049 19 7 1/2
III 3.826 10 3 3/4 3/4 .049 19 7 1/2
6 III 6.065 12 5 15/16 1 3/16 .049 19 20 1/2
III 5.761 12 5 5/8 1 1/8 .049 19 20 1/2
8 II 8.071 16 7 29/32 1 5/8 .065 19 37
II 7.981 16 7 29/32 1 5/8 .065 19 37
10 III 10.136 20 10 2 .083 19 57
II 10.020 20 9 3/4 2 .083 19 57
12 III 12.090 24 11 7/8 2 3/8 .083 19 81
III 12.000 24 11 7/8 2 3/8 .083 19 81
II 11.938 24 11 9/16 2 3/8 .083 19 81
14 III 13.250 28 13 1/8 2 5/8 .083 19 105
II 13.000 28 12 3/4 2 5/8 .083 19 105
16 III 15.250 32 15 3 .188 19 274
II 15.500 32 14 19/32 3 .188 19 274
18 II 17.250 36 17 1/32 3 1/2 .188 19 386
20 II 19.250 40 18 27/32 3 7/8 .188 19 477
24 II 23.250 48 23 1/8 4 3/4 .188 19 704
26 III 25.250 52 25 5 .188 19 814
30 III 29.250 60 28 3/4 5 3/4 .188 19 1295
34 II 33.250 68 32 13/16 6 3/4 .250 19 1880
36 III 35.250 72 35 7 .188 19 1582
*O.D. has been turned down on lathe.
**Bundle type is determined by tubing size availability and is not optional.

1. Catalog Number
2. Line I.D.
3. Quantity
Size and Type of Vane Installation (Stainless
Steel)
Daniel Stainless Steel Straightening Vanes
NOTE: Ring Flange Model is same O.D. dimension as raised face of flange.
For RTJ Flanges, ring fits inside standard ring gasket.
Specify Flange Rating.
Line Model Straightening Vane (Stainless Steel)
#1104L -- Line Type
Line Bundle Line A B O.D. of Wall Number of Number and Approx.
Size Type I.D. Length of O.D. of Tubes Thickness Tubes Size Weight
Vane? Vane of Tubes of Screws
inches inches inches inches inches inches inches lbs.
2 I 2.067 6 1.875 .625 .083 7 1--3/8 x 3/4 1
3 III 3.068 8 2.815 .563 .049 19 1--3/8 x 3/4 2 3/4
4 II 4.026 10 3.952 .813 .049 19 1--3/8 x 1 1/4 4 1/4
6 III 6.065 12 5.940 1.188 .049 19 1--1/2 x 1 1/4 7 3/4
8 II 8.071 16 7.904 1.625 .065 19 1--1/2 x 1 28
II 7.981 16 7.904 1.625 .065 19 1--1/2 x 1 1/4 28
10 II 10.020 20 9.727 2 .065 19 1--1/2 x 1 1/4 43

1. Catalog Number
2. Line I.D.
3. Quantity
Flange Model Straightening Vane (Stainless
Steel)
#1104F -- Flange Type
Line Bundle Line A B O.D. of Wall Number of Approx.
Size Type I.D. Length of O.D. of Tubes Thickness Tubes Weight
Vane? Vane of Tubes
inches inches inches inches inches inches lbs.
2 I 2.067 6 1.875 .625 .083 7 1 1/2
3 III 3.068 8 2.815 .563 .049 19 3 3/4
4 II 4.026 10 3.952 .813 .049 19 5 1/4
6 III 6.065 12 5.940 1.188 .049 19 9 3/4
8 II 8.071 16 7.904 1.625 .065 19 31
II 7.981 16 7.904 1.625 .065 19 31
10 II 10.020 20 9.727 2 .065 19 46

1. Catalog Number
2. Line I.D.
3. Quantity
Method of Installing Line Model Vane
As shown in the cross-section view below, the Line Model vane is first located in the pipe with its welded pad
squarely beneath the tapped hole. An Allenhead set screw is installed so that it seats into a counter sunk hole
in the welded pad. The screw is tightened to exert pressure on the welded pad, clamping the vane bundle
securely in the line. To seal off the tapped hole in the pipe, a half-coupling is located over the set screw and a
steel pipe plug inserted and tightened. The 3/8" set screw is 3/8" -- 16 N.C., and the 1/2" set screw is 1/2" -- 13
N.C. A nominal charge is made for factory installation of Line Model vanes. These vanes are intended for
horizontal installation only. For vertical service, contact factory.
METER TUBE CALIBRATION
MEASUREMENT SYSTEMS
NUFLO™
Liquid Turbine
Flowmeters
Accurate Flow Measurement
In 1957, this flowmeter was developed with a tungsten-carbide shaft and bearing to withstand the rugged conditions of the oil
field. Over the years, it has earned an unsurpassed reputation for withstanding severe punishment while maintaining operational
and measurement integrity. Today, it remains a bestseller among Cameron’s NuFlo liquid measurement products.
NuFlo turbine flowmeters indicate flow rate and measure total throughput of a liquid line. As liquid flows through the meter and
over the rotor, the rotor turns at a speed that is directly proportional to the flow rate. A magnetic pickup senses the rotor blades as
they pass and generates an electrical (sine wave) signal. These electrical pulses are then transmitted to the flow measurement
readout equipment.
First Class Design Delivers First Class Performance
4 2 1
3 5 6 8 7
1. Permanent conduit connection is standard. 6. ROTOR SHAFT, BEARINGS, AND THRUST BALL are made of
2. ROTOR is pitched and pre-calibrated to determine accuracy. tungsten carbide for long service without lubrication other
3. END CONNECTIONS available, flanged or threaded, than by the liquid being measured.
standard or special. 7. RETAINING RINGS make disassembly easy.
4. FLOW VANES increase performance at low rates. 8. FLOWMETER BODY is sturdy, one-piece construction,
5. FLOW VANE HUB supports rotor assembly. precision finished.
Applications for applications where higher accuracy is not required. For

higher accuracy applications, an Industrial Grade meter can be
Cameron offers turbine flowmeters in a variety of end
used. Such meters can achieve even greater accuracy if the
connections and accuracy levels. Typical applications are:
range of the flow through the meter is specified.
• Water-injection measurement
• Heater treaters
Meter Grade Linearity Repeatability
• Test and production separators
• Disposal wells Standard* ± 1% of reading ± 0.05%
• CO2 injection Industrial* ± 0.5% of reading ± 0.02%
• Steam generator fuel and feed water Enhanced accuracy Consult factory Consult factory
• Metering liquid fertilizer * For 3/8 in. meters, linearity is ± 2% of reading (standard) and ± 1% of
• Water, fuel, and chemical measurement in plant settings reading (industrial).
• Chemical tank loading and unloading
• Measuring liquid propane Temperature Range (magnetic pickup)
• Insitu mining and leaching Temperature Range Flowmeter Size
Standard -67 to 225°F -55 to 107°C 3/8 in. through 3/4 in.
Accuracy Standard -67 to 250°F -55 to 121°C 7/8 in. through 8 in.
NuFlo meters are classified as Standard Grade and Industrial Medium -67 to 450°F -55 to 232°C all sizes
Grade, based on the linearity of the meter. The Standard
Note: Consult Cameron's Measurement Systems division for any use of turbine
Grade meter provides a cost-effective measurement solution flowmeters above 450˚F (232˚C).
2
MEASUREMENT SYSTEMS
Compliances Benefits
• CSA certified for hazardous areas, Class I, Div. 1, • Accurate and repeatable measurement
Groups A, B, C, D • An economical solution for turbine flowmeter applications
• EZ-IN® meters and 1502 WECO® union meters available • Easy installation and a variety of end connections
with CE mark for Pressure Equipment Directive • Minimum maintenance required
(PED, 97/23/EC) • Long service life even in severe applications
Materials of Construction Meter Size Selection

• Meter Body (Standard) Grade 316L stainless steel*
Flowmeter size selection should be based on the instantaneous
• Meter Body (High Pressure) A286 stainless steel*
flow rate of the line into which the meter will be mounted.
• Vanes Grade 316L stainless steel
Meter size should never be based on the nominal piping size
• Rotor CD-4MCu of the installation. Refer to the Linear Flow Range chart below
• Shaft & Bearings Tungsten Carbide for meter size selection. The meter will remain accurate at flow
* Traceability of pressure-containing components available on request.. rates higher than its rating, but bearing wear and pressure
drop across the meter can shorten the life span of the meter.
Optional Materials NuFlo flowmeters can be over-ranged by 10% for short
• Shaft Binderless carbide for periods without damage.
enhanced corrosion resistance
to selected chemicals Installation
• Shaft & Bearings Silver brazing to withstand • The meter should be installed with the arrow on the meter
temperatures to 550˚F and body corresponding to flow direction of the line.
chemicals that attack epoxy • A 10-diameter length of straight unrestricted pipe must be
bonding bearing materials upstream and a 5-diameter length of straight unrestricted
• Rotor Nickel plating for enhanced pipe must be downstream of the flowmeter. Both pipe
corrosion resistance to selected sections should be the same nominal pipe size as the
chemicals (especially acids that flowmeter’s end connection.
corrode ferrous materials) • Throttling/control valves should be located downstream of
the flowmeter.
Linear Flow Range (1, 2, 3)

Nominal (2) Maximum ΔP at Maximum
Flow- Calibration Factor Output Flow (2)
meter mm GPM m /HR
3
BPD Frequency
size (3) Pulses Pulses x psi kPa
Gallon 1000/m3 Pulses/Sec
3/8 10 0.3 - 3 0.068 - 0.68 10 - 100 22000 (5812) 1100 4.0 28
1/2 13 0.75 - 7.5 0.17 - 1.70 25 - 250 14500 (3830) 1815 12.0 83
3/4 19 2 - 15 0.45 - 3.41 68 - 515 2950 (780) 740 18.0 124
7/8 22 3 - 30 0.68 - 6.81 100 - 1000 2350 (621) 1175 20.0 138
1 25 5 - 50 1.14 - 11.36 170 - 1700 900 (238) 750 20.0 138
1-1/2 38 15 - 180 3.41 - 40.88 515 - 6000 325 (86) 975 16.0 110
2 51 40 - 400 9.09 - 90.85 1300 - 13000 55 (14.5) 365 22.0 152
3 76 80 - 800 18.16 - 181.66 2750 - 27500 57 (15.2) 760 20.0 138
4 102 100 - 1200 22.71 - 272.55 3400 - 41000 30 (7.9) 600 10.0 69
6 152 250 - 2500 56.78 - 567.82 8600 - 86000 7 (1.8) 290 10.0 6
8 203 350 - 3500 79.49 - 794.94 12000 - 120000 3 (.8) 175 6.0 41
1. The linear flow range of liquids with non-lubricating characteristics is limited to the upper 60% of rating.
2. Based on water.
3. Consult Cameron's Measurement Systems division for engineering assistance with applications involving liquids of viscosities greater than 5 centistokes on 3/8-in. through
3/4-in. meters.
3
Conduit Thread Data Threaded (NPT) End Connection
• Conduit threads are 1 in. NPT and are rated for -20°F to • Threaded meter sizes range from 3/8-in. to 2-in.
450°F (-28.8°C to 232°C). • Meter sizes from 3/8-in. to 1-in. pipe all have 1-in. NPT end
• Consult Cameron's Measurement Systems division for connections to simplify meter size changes.
turbine flowmeter applications requiring temperatures • All meter sizes other than the 2-in. have male threads.
above 450°F (232°C).
Flowmeter Size x Length Working Pressure
End Connection Size in. mm psi MPa
End Connections
3/8 x 1 in. 4.0 102 7500 51.7
NuFlo flowmeters are available in a variety of end connections:
1/2 x 1 in. 4.0 102 7500 51.7
• threaded • grooved • flanged
3/4 x 1 in. 4.0 102 7500 51.7
• EZ-IN® • WECO® 1502
7/8 x 1 in. 4.0 102 5000 34.5
1 x 1 in. 4.0 102 5000 34.5
1-1/2 x 1-1/2 in. 6.0 152 5000 34.5
1-1/2 x 2 in. 6.0 152 5000 34.5
2 x 2 in. 10.0 254 5000 34.5
Flanged End Connection Flowmeter Size x Length

End Connection Size in. mm
Turbine flowmeters with flanged end connections are available
in both raised-face (RF) models and ring-type joint (RTJ) 3/8 x 1/2 in.* 5.0 127.0
models. Flanged materials can be carbon steel or stainless 1/2 x 1/2 in.* 5.0 127.0
steel. All flanged NuFlo meters are equipped with slip-on 3/4 x 3/4 in.* 5.0 127.0
flanges, which are then welded to the outside of the meter 7/8 x 1 in. 6.0 152.4
rather than being welded to the end of the meter body. 1 x 1 in. 6.0 152.4 * 3/8 in. through
3/4 in. 900#,
Thus, the flange never comes into contact with the fluid 1-1/2 x 1-1/2 in. 7.0 177.8 1500#, 2500#
being measured. The flanges are designed to mate with is 6-1/4 in.
2 x 2 in. 8.5 215.9
ANSI B16.5 flanges. (158.8 mm)
3 x 3 in.** 10.0 254.0
** 3 in. 2500# is
4 x 4 in. 12.0 304.8 12 in. (304.8 mm)
6 x 6 in.*** 12.0 304.8 *** 6 in. and 8 in.

2500# is 14 in.
8 x 8 in.*** 12.0 304.8
(355.6 mm)
Flange Pressure Rating
CS = Carbon Steel SS = Stainless Steel
Flange Classification 150 # 300 # 600 # 900 # 1500 # 2500 #

Flange Material CS SS CS SS CS SS CS SS CS SS CS SS
Design-Operating Temperature Range
-20 to 100˚ F Max psi 285 275 740 720 1480 1440 2220 2160 3705 3600 6170 6000
(-28.8 to Working
37.7˚ C ) Pressure mPa 1.96 1.89 5.10 4.96 10.2 9.92 15.3 14.9 25.5 24.8 42.5 41.3
-20 to 200˚ F Max psi 260 235 675 620 1350 1240 2025 1860 3375 3095 5625 5160
(-28.8 to Working
93.3˚ C ) Pressure mPa 1.79 1.62 4.65 4.27 9.31 8.54 13.9 12.8 23.2 21.3 38.8 35.5
-20 to 400˚ F Max psi 200 195 635 515 1270 1030 1900 1540 3170 2570 5280 4280
(-28.8 to Working
204.4˚ C ) Pressure mPa 1.38 1.34 4.38 3.55 8.76 7.09 13.1 10.6 21.8 17.7 36.4 29.5
-20 to 450˚ F Max psi 185 181 614 499 1226 998 1835 1494 3061 2491 5100 4150
(-28.8 to Working
232˚ C ) Pressure mPa 1.28 1.25 4.23 3.44 8.46 6.87 12.65 10.29 21.05 17.15 35.15 28.60
Test Pressure: 1.5 times maximum working pressure at -20 to 100˚ F (-28.8 to 37.7˚ C)
4
MEASUREMENT SYSTEMS
Grooved End Connection WECO® 1502 Union End Connection

Flowmeters with grooved end connections are available in Flowmeters with 1502 end connections are commonly used
7/8-in. through 8-in. sizes. in high-pressure oilwell service applications. Meter sizes 1”,
11/2” and 2” have 2” union end connections with a wing nut
Flowmeter Size x Length Working Pressure on one end and thread on the other end. The 3" meters have
3" union end connections with the option of a wing nut on
7/8 x 1 in. 4.0 102 1000 6.9
one end and thread on the other, or threads on both ends.
1 x 1 in. 4.0 102 1000 6.9 All 1502 union end meters have two pickup adapters.
1-1/2 x 1-1/2 in. 6.0 152 1000 6.9
1-1/2 x 2 in. 6.0 152 1000 6.9 Flowmeter Size x Length Working Pressure
1-1/2 x 2 in. 6.0 152 2500 17.2
1 x 2 in. 8.00 203.3 15000 103
2 x 2-1/2 in. 10.0 254 1000 6.9
1-1/2 x 2 in. 8.60 218.4 15000 103
3 x 3 in. 12.5 318 1000 6.9
2 x 2 in. 9.00 228.6 15000 103
4 x 4 in. 12.0 305 1000 6.9
3 x 3 in. 13.0 330.2 15000 103
6 x 6 in. 12.0 305 800 5.5
WECO is a federally registered trademark of FMC Technologies, Inc.
®
8 x 8 in. 12.0 305 800 5.5
EZ-IN® End Connection Flowmeter Size x Raised Face Flange Lengths, in. (mm)
End Connection Size 1 in. 2 in. 3 in. 4 in. 6 in. 8 in.
Series BF turbine flowmeters with EZ-IN
connections provide a cost-effective 3/8 x 1 in. 4.0 (102) –– –– –– –– ––
alternative to typical flanged-meter 3/8 x 2 in. –– 2.5 (63.5) –– –– –– ––
applications. Series BF meters with 1/2 x 1 in. 4.0 (102) –– –– –– –– ––

EZ-IN connections offer the accuracy, 1/2 x 2 in. –– 2.5 (63.5) –– –– –– ––
rugged construction, and maintenance- 3/4 x 1 in. 4.0 (102) –– –– –– –– ––
free operation of conventional NuFlo 3/4 x 2 in. –– 2.5 (63.5) –– –– –– ––
flowmeters plus the following
7/8 x 1 in. 4.0 (102) –– –– –– –– ––
advantages:
7/8 x 2 in. –– 2.5 (63.5) –– –– –– ––
• Lower installation cost.
1 x 1 in. 4.0 (102) –– –– –– –– ––
• Less expensive than a conventional,
1 x 2 in. –– 2.5 (63.5) –– –– –– ––
flanged meter.
• Spreader nuts enable easy removal 1-1/2 x 2 in. –– 2.5 (63.5) –– –– –– ––
and inspection. 2 x 2 in. –– 2.5 (63.5) –– –– –– ––
• The raised-face EZ-IN meter will 3 x 3 in. –– –– 4.25 (108) –– –– ––

mate to any flange rated ANSI 150# 4 x 4 in. –– –– –– 5.0 (127) –– ––
to 1500#. The ring-joint (RTJ) 6 x 6 in. –– –– –– –– 5.75 (146.1) ––
version will mate to ANSI 900#,
8 x 8 in. –– –– –– –– –– 6.25 (158.8)
1500# or 2500# RTJ flange. Specify
flange type when ordering. Ring Joint Flange Lengths, in. (mm)
• CE-marked 8 x 8-in. EZ-IN RF 1 x 2 in. –– 3.5 (88.9) –– –– –– ––

requires special centering rings. 1-1/2 x 2 in. –– 3.5 (88.9) –– –– –– ––
2 x 2 in. –– 3.5 (88.9) –– –– –– ––
Specialized Flowmeters 3 x 3 in. –– –– 4.25 (108) –– –– ––
• High-pressure • Nitrogen 4 x 4 in. –– –– –– 5.0 (127) –– ––
• CO2 • Cement-slurry 6 x 6 in. –– –– –– –– 5.75 (146.1) ––
• Corrosive-service • Drilling fluids
8 x 8 in. –– –– –– –– –– 6.25 (158.8)
Contact Cameron's Measurement
Systems division for application
assistance.
5
6
7
MEASUREMENT SYSTEMS
Pressure Drop Curve for NuFlo Turbine Flowmeters
Flow Rate -BPD

5 10 50 100 500 1,000 5,000 10,000 50,000 100,000
30
(206.84)
10
(68.95)
5
(34.47)
Pressure Drop - PSI (kPa)
1
(6.90)
0.5
(3.45) 3/ 4"
7/ 8" 1 "
2"
11/ 2" 3"
0.1
(.690) 1/ 2"
4"
0.05
(.345) 6" 8"
3/ 8"
0.01
(.069) 0.1 0.5 1 5 10 50 100 500 1000 5000
(.02) (.11) (.23) (1.14) (2.27) (11.36) (22.71) (113.6) (227.1) (1136.4)
Flow Rate - GPM (m3/hr)

(Fluid is water @ 68˚F)
Companion readout
instruments for NuFlo turbine
flowmeters are also available.
MEASUREMENT SYSTEMS
Formerly: NuFlo Measurement Systems • Barton Instrument Systems • Caldon, Inc.
HOUSTON 281.582.9500 NORTH 1.800.654.3760 ASIA 603.2287.1039 EUROPE, 44.1243.826741

HEAD OFFICE AMERICA PACIFIC MIDDLE EAST
ms-us @ c-a-m.com ms-asiapacific@c-a-m.com & AFRICA ms-uk@c-a-m.com
USA • CANADA • UK • SCOTLAND • CHINA • UAE • ALGERIA • M A L AY S I A • SINGAPORE • w w w. c - a - m . c o m / f l o
TUR-LIQ NF00001 0708

NuFlo™
Gas Turbine
Flowmeters
Accurate Gas Flow Measurement
Single gas turbine

flowmeter handles
wide range of
flow rates
Rugged carbide
bearing design
eliminates need for
lubrication and
withstands difficult
service conditions
Low inertia rotor

design provides
quick response to
flow rate changes
Two-bladed rotor offers

large unobstructed
flow area
Electrical output
signal adapts readily
to a variety of
readout devices
The NuFlo Gas Turbine Flowmeter Easily serviced –

introduces a new concept in accurate gas flow measurement. low cost precalibrated
replacement turbine
It features a transducer that utilizes a lightweight, low inertia rotor to sense gas cartridge available
velocity. It offers an output frequency that has a linear relationship to gas velocity over a wide flow range.
The meter tracks the flow rate continuously, offers little resistance to flow and has a unique cartridge design
that allows removal of all internal parts as one assembly.
The meter exhibits little sensitivity to gas density above two atmospheres pressure. The low inertia of the rotor
and vee bearings allows overranging of the meter to twice its rated capacity without damage for intermittent
flow variations.
Designed for maximum life, carbide rotor shaft and bearings require no lubrication. The cartridge assembly
makes replacement and inspection of parts easy. The meter is designed for installation between two flanges.
The digital pulse output generated by the Gas Turbine Flowmeter can be fed to companion readout devices
capable of providing direct measurement of flow rate and accumulated throughput. These measurements can be
automatically pressure-and/or temperature-compensated to obtain volumetric measurements in standard units.
Gas Turbine Flowmeter
Gas Meter Flow Rate Graph

(SCFM) MCFD FLOW RATE CU. M/DAY
(69444.4) 100000 2832000
(34722.2) 50000 1416000
(13888.9) 20000 566400
(6944.4) 10000 283200
(3472.2) 5000 141600
(1388.9) 2000 56640
(694.4) 1000 28320
(347.2) 500 14160
(138.9) 200 5664
(69.4) 100 2832
(34.7) 50 1416
(13.9) 20 566.4
(6.9) 10 283.2
(3.5) 5 141.6
(1.4) 2 56.6
(0.7) 1 28.3
1 2 5 10 20 50 100 200 500 1000 2000
(6.9) (13.8) (34.5) (69) (138) (345) (690) (1380) (3450) (6900) (13800)
FLOWING PRESSURE - PSIG (kPa)
High Range To determine the capacity for other gases use:

Standard Range 0.6
Q (g) = Q (0.6) G where:
Low Range
Q (0.6) = flow rate on graph
Flow rates are at standard conditions of 14.73 psia and 60° F G = Sp. Gr. of other gas
and are based on 100% methane gas @ 0.6 s.g. Q (g) = flow rate for other gas
2
Specifications
Size: 2 in. (50.8 mm) Conduit Connection: 1-in. (25.4 mm)
Flow Range: 10:1 to 15:1 (see graph) Pressure Tap: 1/8 in. NPT (3.2 mm)
End Connections: Flowmeter installs between Compliances: CSA Certified Hazardous locations
two raised face flanges Class I, Group A, B, C, D, Div. 1
Working Pressure: 0 to 2220 psig (15,306 kPa) Body materials comply with
Test Pressure: 3330 psig (22,960 kPa) recommendations of NACE MR01-75
Nominal Calibration Factor: Materials of Construction:

Low Range 325 p/ACF (16600 p/m3) Body and Cartridge: Grade 316L stainless steel
Standard Range 125 p/ACF (4415 p/m3) Bearing Mounts: Grade 304 stainless steel
High Range 70 p/ACF (2472 p/m3) Bearings: Tungsten Carbide
Output Frequency: 5 to 320 Hz over rated range Rotor: Grade 455 stainless steel
Output Voltage: 30 mV peak to peak at 5 Hz Rotor Shaft: Tungsten Carbide
900 mV peak to peak at 320 Hz Pickup Extender: Grade 430 stainless steel
Pressure Drop: Less than 1-in. (24.5 mm) water Set Screws: Grade 304 stainless steel
column at maximum rated flow Pressure Port Plug: Grade 304 stainless steel
Linearity: +/- 2% of reading Flow Straightener
Repeatability: +/- 0.5% of reading Tube Bundle (optional): Grade 321 stainless steel,
Temperature: 0˚ to 225˚ F (-18˚ to 107˚ C) carbon steel, or Grade 316
Pickup Connector: Mates with AN3106A-10SL-4P stainless steel
Installation Diagram
Gasket 1.8 Gasket
10 Nominal Pipe 5 Nominal Pipe

Diameters Diameters
Temperature
Well
INLET
Straightening
Vanes
5 Nominal Pipe
Gas turbine
Diameters
Meter
Centering
Rings
3
Description Gas Turbine Flowmeter
Gas Turbine Flowmeter
Size: 2 in. (50.8mm)

Rotor: Two Bladed
Bearings: Tungsten Carbide, vee type
Accessories (optional):
A) Through bolts and centering rings (specify flange rating)
B) Stainless steel tube bundle, Grade 321
C) Upstream flow section, 2 in. (50.8mm) standard weight
pipe with flange one end (specify rating), other end
beveled for welding, carbon steel, with Grade 321
stainless steel tube bundle
D) Mating connector for pickup
Companion readout
instruments for NuFlo
turbine flowmeters are also
available.
NuFlo Measurement Systems

North America: Singapore: Bognor Regis, UK:
For representation in your area:
1.800.654.3760 65.6737.0444 44.1243.826741
nuflotech@nuflotech.com singapore@nuflotech.com uk@nuflotech.com
USA: Houston, TX • Corpus Christi, TX • Kilgore, TX • Odessa, TX • Duncan, OK

Shreveport, LA • Houma, LA • Lafayette, LA • Laurel, MS • Bakersfield, CA
Saginaw, MI • Casper, WY • Broomfield, CO • Dallas, TX • Tulsa, OK
Canada: Calgary, AB • Edmonton, AB
International: Jakarta, Indonesia • Aberdeen, Scotland • Bognor Regis, UK
Dubai, UAE • Hassi Messaoud, Algeria • Singapore
www.nuflotech.com • HOUSTON HEAD OFFICE: 281.582.9500

4 Document NF 00035 - 0509 - A
MEASUREMENT SYSTEMS
NUFLO™
Orifice Plates &

Orifice Plate Sealing Units
Specifications
Two basic styles of Orifice Plates are available: Type 500 Universal
for use in Orifice Fittings and Ring-Joint Plate Holders, and Type
520 Paddle Type for use in Orifice Flanges. Specific tolerances
which apply to all NuFlo™ Orifice Plates are as follows:
• Edges: Square and sharp, will not reflect a beam of light
when viewed without magnification.
• Finish: 20 micro-inch roughness
• Flatness: Flat within 0.010-in., per inch of dam height (dam
height = pipe diameter minus orifice diameter, divided by 2)
• Bore: Orifice bore tolerance in strict accordance with AGA
Gas Measurement Committee Report latest edition, ASME
Fluid Meters Committee Report and Measurement Canada.
• Design: Normal stocked items are the standard design used
in all industries. Special designs are available on request.
• Sizes: Orifice Plates have been furnished in line sizes from
1/2-in. to 36-in. All standard line sizes, 2-in. to 8-in. are
available from stock. Larger plates up to 60-in. line size
available upon request.
• Optional: Vent or drain holes. Available at time of order.
Gasket finished plates are also available at time of order.
Universal Orifice Plates Type 500 Universal Plates for use in RTJ Holders (no seal units included)
Type 500 Plate O.D. Plate Thickness
Line Size A B
Universal Size Orifice Plates are a standard
12 12.593 1/4
used in many industries. They can be used
in Plate Holders with NuFlo™, Daniel and 14 14.000 1/4
Superior Orifice Fittings. The universal 16 16.000 3/8

size is the most economic style of plate 18 18.000 3/8
available. Three types of sealing units 20 20.000 3/8
are used with Nuflo™ Type 500 Orifice 24 24.000 3/8
Plates. These are the ‘DS’ Dual Seal, 26 26.000 3/8
which is removable up through 10-in. 30 30.000 1/2
size and bonded to the plate in larger
sizes, the ‘TS’, Teflon® Seal, available in Plate O.D. Plate Thickness Blank Weight
1-1/2-in. to 16-in. sizes, and the ‘MS’, Line Size A W (lbs)
Metal Seal available in the 1-1/2-in. to 3/4 1.125 1/8 0.06*
12-in. sizes. The ‘TS’ and ‘MS’ units are 1 1.312 1/8 0.06
removable in all sizes. 1-1/2 2.000 1/8 0.11*
All dimensions in inches. When ordering, 2 2.437 1/8 0.17
please specify:
2-1/2 2.812 1/8 0.25
• Type Number
3 3.437 1/8 0.34
• Line Size
4 4.406 1/8 0.55
• Dimension “A”, if not listed
6 6.437 1/8 1.18
• Material
8 8.437 1/4 4.06
• Quantity
10 10.687 1/4 6.41
• Required Orifice Bore
12 13.079 1/4 9.61
• Type Seal
16 16.563 3/8 23.20
20 20.563 3/8 39.16
All dimensions in inches.
Diameter of bore to be W
specified by purchaser
A Dia.
Type 500 Orifice Plate
2
MEASUREMENT SYSTEMS
C
Paddle Type Orifice Plates types 304 and 316 Stainless Steels in
Type 520 standard thicknesses. Other sizes,
thickness and materials are available
Nuflo™ Paddle Type Orifice Plates are
upon request. Diameters of holes in B
normally used with Orifice Flange Unions.
Paddle Plate Handles are as follows:
The outer diameters are manufactured
from uniform circular discs. This results Plate Size Hole Diameter
in a high degree of concentricity of the 1/2 thru 2 1/4
orifice bore and the plate outer diameter. 2-1/2 thru 12 3/8
The plates are sanded on special machines
14 thru 24 1/2 A Dia.
to a prescribed finish. Plates with popular
26 and larger 3/4
bore sizes are stocked continuously. Each
plate is stamped on its handle with line
size, flange rating, orifice bore and plate
Diameter of bore to be W
material. Cameron maintains a stock in specified by purchaser
125 lbs. 250 lbs. For all

& 150 lbs. & 300 lbs. 400 lbs. 600 lbs. 900 lbs. 1500 lbs. 2500 lbs. Pressure Ratings
ANSI ANSI ANSI ANSI ANSI ANSI ANSI 125 to 1500 lbs. ANSI
Line Size A A A A A A A B C W*
1/2 1-7/8 2-1/8 2-1/8 2-1/8 2-1/2 2-1/2 2-3/4 4 1 1/8
3/4 2-1/4 2-5/8 2-5/8 2-5/8 2-3/4 2-3/4 3 4 1 1/8
1 2-5/8 2-7/8 2-7/8 2-7/8 3-1/8 3-1/8 3-3/8 4 1 1/8
1-1/4 3 3-1/4 3-1/4 3-1/4 3-1/2 3-1/2 4-1/8 4 1 1/8
1-1/2 3-3/8 3-3/4 3-3/4 3-3/4 3-7/8 3-7/8 4-5/8 4 1 1/8
2 4-1/8 4-3/8 4-3/8 4-3/8 5-5/8 5-5/8 5-3/4 4 1 1/8
2-1/2 4-7/8 5-1/8 5-1/8 5-1/8 6-1/2 6-1/2 6-5/8 4 1-1/4 1/8
3 5-3/8 5-7/8 5-7/8 5-7/8 6-5/8 6-7/8 7-3/4 4 1-1/4 1/8
4 6-7/8 7-1/8 7 7-5/8 8-1/8 8-1/4 9-1/4 4 1-1/4 1/8
5 7-3/4 8-1/2 8-3/8 9-1/2 9-3/4 10 11 5 1-1/2 1/8
6 8-3/4 9-7/8 9-3/4 10-1/2 11-3/8 11-1/8 12-1/2 5 1-1/2 1/8
8 11 12-1/8 12 12-5/8 14-1/8 13-7/8 15-1/4 5 1-1/2 1/8
10 13-3/8 14-1/4 14-1/8 15-3/4 17-1/8 17-/18 18-3/4 6 1-1/2 1/4
12 16-1/8 16-5/8 16-1/2 18 19-5/8 20-1/2 21-5/8 6 1-1/2 1/4
14 17-3/4 19-1/8 19 19-3/8 20-1/2 22-3/4 n/a 6 1-1/2 1/4
16 20-1/4 21-1/4 21-1/8 22-1/4 22-5/8 25-1/4 n/a 6 1-1/2 3/8
18 21-1/2 23-3/8 23-1/4 24 25 27-5/8 n/a 6 1-1/2 3/8
20 23-3/4 25-5/8 25-3/8 26-3/4 27-3/8 29-5/8 n/a 6 1-1/2 3/8
22 26 27-3/4 27-1/2 28-7/8 n/a n/a n/a 6 1-1/2 3/8
24 28-1/8 30-3/8 30-1/8 31 32-7/8 35-1/2 n/a 6 1-1/2 3/8
30 34-5/8 37-3/8 37-1/4 38-1/8 n/a n/a n/a 6 1-1/2 1/2
36 41-1/8 43-7/8 43-7/8 44-3/8 n/a n/a n/a 6 1-1/2 1/2
When ordering, please specify: • Type Number, • Size, Flange Series, • Dimension “A”, if not as listed, • Material, • Quantity, • Required Orifice Bore
3
Special Profile Orifice Bores Quarter-Round
Bore and Bevel The Quarter-Round, or Quadrant bore, is
The bore and bevel is the standard an orifice with the inlet edge rounded.
method of limiting the plate edge The radius of the quarter-circle bore is a
thickness. The bevel is machined to the function of the orifice-to-pipe ratio (d/D).
desired edge thickness. Unless otherwise Thickness at the throat is equal to the
specified, plates will be beveled to the radius. This bore is specifically designed
current accepted AGA standards. for fluids of high viscosity, such as heavy
crudes, syrups, and slurries. Quarter-
Bore and Counterbore Round bores are recommended for
The bore and counterbore is a special viscous flows having Reynolds Numbers
Segmental
method to limit the plate edge thickness. below 100,000.
Instead of beveling, the plate is counter-
bored to the desired edge thickness.
Segmental
Segmentally bored orifice plates are
provided for measurement where solids
are entrained in a gas or liquid flow
stream. The circular portion of the bore
is inscribed within a circle which is
normally 98% of the pipe diameter.
The segmental opening may be placed
either at the top or bottom of the pipe.
Industries using these bores include Bore and Bevel Eccentric
sewage treatment, steel, chemical, water
conditioning, paper and petrochemical.
Eccentric
Eccentrically bored orifice plates are plates
with the orifice off-center, or eccentric,
as opposed to concentric. The bore of
the eccentric, orifice normally is inscribed
in a circle which is 98% of the pipe
diameter, so that solids or slurries may
pass through. Eccentric orifice plates are
used in many industries including heavy
and light chemicals, steel, paper, atomic
and petrochemicals. Bore and Counterbore Quarter-Round
4
MEASUREMENT SYSTEMS
Ring Joint Orifice Plate Holders Plate O.D. Plate Thickness

NuFlo™ Ring-Joint Orifice Plate Holders are Line Size A B
fitted with Type 500 Orifice Plates and are 12 12.593 1/4
used with Ring-Joint Orifice Flanges. The 14 14.000 1/4
Oval Form is standard. Octagonal rings are 16 16.000 3/8
also available on request. Type 580 Plate 18 18.000 3/8
Holders are equipped with a steel snap- 20 20.000 3/8
ring which clamps orifice plate snugly in 24 24.000 3/8
place. Type 560 Plate holders are a one 26 26.000 3/8
piece Integral Plate seal. Type 590 Plate
30 30.000 1/2
Holders have hold down screws to keep
the plate in the holder. 2'' 2'' 2''
1/8'' 1/8'' 1/8''
1-1/4'' 1-1/4'' 1-1/4''
Orifice Plates are not included with Plate B B
B
Holders and must be ordered separately. Orifice Plate
Hold-Down
Spring
Clip Screws
The Plate Holders are available in mild
steel from 1-1/2-in. size and up. Type
304 and Type 316 Stainless Steel Plate
Holders are offered in all sizes. Dimensions Snap
Ring
are for 12-in. and larger, Type 500 Orifice A A A
Type 560 Type 580 Type 590
Plates for use in RTJ Holders. Integral Plate Seal With Snap-Ring Clip With Hold-Down Screws
300 - 600 lbs. ANSI 900 lbs. ANSI 1500 lbs. ANSI 2500 lbs. ANSI
Line API Approx. API Approx. API Approx. API Approx.
Size Ring # A B Gap* Ring # A B Gap* Ring # A B Gap* Ring # A B Gap*
1/2 R-11 29/32 4-1/4 19/32 R-12 1 4-1/4 19/32 R-12 1 4-1/4 19/32 R-13 1 4-1/4 19/32
3/4 R-13 1 4-1/4 19/32 R-14 1 4-1/4 19/32 R-14 1 4-1/4 19/32 R-16 1 4-1/4 19/32
1 R-16 1 4-1/4 19/32 R-16 1 4-1/4 19/32 R-16 1 4-1/4 19/32 R-18 1 4-1/4 19/32
1-1/2 R-20 1 4-1/4 19/32 R-20 1 4-1/4 19/32 R-20 1 4-1/4 19/32 R-23 1-1/16 5-1/4 1/2
2 R-23 1-1/16 4-1/4 19/32 R-24 1-1/16 5-1/4 5/8 R-24 1-1/16 5-1/4 1/2 R-26 1-1/16 5-1/4 1/2
2-1/2 R-26 1-1/16 5-1/4 19/32 R-27 1-1/16 5-1/4 5/8 R-27 1-1/16 5-1/4 1/2 R-28 1-13/16 5-1/4 9/16
3 R-31 1-1/16 5-1/4 19/32 R-31 1-1/16 5-1/4 17/32 R-35 1-1/16 5-1/4 1/2 R-32 1-3/16 6-1/4 9/16
3-1/2 R-34 1-1/16 4-1/4 19/32 n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a
4 R-37 1-1/16 5-1/4 19/32 R-37 1-1/16 5-1/4 17/32 R-39 1-1/16 5-1/4 1/2 R-38 1-5/16 6-1/4 19/32
5 R-41 1-1/16 6-1/4 19/32 R-41 1-1/16 6-1/4 17/32 R-44 1-1/16 6-1/4 1/2 R-42 1-7/16 7-1/4 19/32
6 R-45 1-1/16 6-1/4 19/32 R-45 1-1/16 6-1/4 17/32 R-46 1-3/16 6-1/4 9/16 R-47 1-7/16 7-1/4 19/32
8 R-49 1-1/16 6-1/4 19/32 R-49 1-1/16 6-1/4 17/32 R-50 1-35/16 6-1/4 9/32 R-51 1-9/16 8-1/4 5/8
10 R-53 1-3/16 7-1/4 23/32 R-53 1-3/16 7-1/4 21/32 R-54 1-7/16 7-1/4 23/32 R-55 2 8-1/4 1-1/16
12 R-57 1-3/16 7-1/4 23/32 R-57 1-3/16 7-1/4 21/32 R-58 1-11/16 8-1/4 3/4 R-60 2-1/8 9-1/4 7/8
14 R-61 1-3/16 7-1/4 23/32 R-62 1-7/16 7-1/4 23/32 R-63 1-7/8 8-1/4 25/32 n/a n/a n/a n/a
16 R-65 1-5/16 7-1/4 23/32 R-66 1-9/16 7-1/4 27/32 R-67 2-1/8 9-1/4 1 n/a n/a n/a n/a
18 R-69 1-5/16 7-1/4 23/32 R-70 1-11/16 7-1/4 3/4 R-71 2-1/8 9-1/4 1 n/a n/a n/a n/a
20 R-73 1-3/8 7-1/4 23/32 R-74 1-9/16 7-1/4 3/4 R-75 2-1/8 10-1/4 7/8 n/a n/a n/a n/a
24 R-77 1-7/16 7-1/4 13/16 R-78 1-7/8 9-1/4 25/32 R-79 2-5/16 11-1/4 1 n/a n/a n/a n/a
NOTE: Type 560 Plate Holders are available in all sizes and Ring Numbers. Type 580 Plate Holders are available in all API Ring Numbers from 1-1/2-in. and up.
Type 590 Plate holders are available in 2-in. size and up in all Ring Numbers except 2-in. R-23 and 2-1/2-in. R-26. Other sizes, materials, ANSI and special flange
ratings are available on special order. When ordering, please specify: • Type number, • Size, • Ring number or ANSI Flange Pressure Rating, • Material, • Quantity,
• Required orifice bore (Type 560).
* Approximate distance between flanges.
† On Type 560 Holders in 2-in. through 8-in. sizes have 1/4-in. thick plates as standard, add 1/8-in. to “Approx. Gap” dimensions.
5
MEASUREMENT SYSTEMS
Orifice Plate Sealing Units Teflon® Seal 1/8'' Orifice Plate – Type 520
1'' 1''
1/2'' NPT
Removable Seal Teflon®, an excellent corrosive resistant
Constructed of 70-80 durometer nitrile material, is used in this seal. Higher
rubber, this seal provides for a positive temperature applications are allowable
seal on four rubber to metal surfaces. with the Teflon® seal. Teflon® seals are
Both faces of the universal orifice plate widely used in acids, aggressive, base
are sealed against both seats of the compounds liquefied air products, and
orifice fitting. other chemicals from -65°F to +450°F.
An inlet retainer fits around the universal Raised Face or
1-7/8''
The removable seal is vulcanized to the Flat Face, Weldneck,
plate and an outlet retainer ring has Threaded or Slip-On
Flange (By Customer)
orifice plate in 12-in. and larger sizes. 4-1/8''
stainless steel clasps to close the assembly. Face to Face
The hycar removable seal is specially
The dimensional stack up of the unit
bonded directly to the orifice plate at
allows for compression to seal the plate.
the factory and shipped as a single unit.
Maximum pressure rating-ANSI 2500.
Removable seals are designed for use in
Orifice Holding Blocks
pressure ratings up to ANSI 600 lbs. and
have an allowable temperature range of Cameron manufactures orifice holding
-20°F to +275°F. blocks in Teflon®, PVC and other
materials suitable for use in severe or
Orifice Plate Alloys Available caustic applications. Line sizes offered
Stainless, High Temperature are from 1-in. up to 12-in., and these
and Special Alloys orifice holding blocks are used between
304 347 Hastelloy B, C 150 lbs. ANSI-rated flanges. Flange taps
304 L 410 Hastelloy X, W are standard in all sizes, and the tap
310 416 Inco 600
hole ID depends on line size.
316 430 Inco 625 For additional information or prices,

316 L A516-7N Stellite Overlay contact Cameron's
317 Monel Titanium MeasurementdSystems Division's sales
321 K-Monel Tanalum department. When ordering please
Other material available on request.
specify nominal line size, line ID, gaskets
thickness and material desired.
WARRANTY-LIMITATION OF LIABILITY: Seller warrants only title to the product, supplies, and materials and that, except to software, the same are free from defects in
workmanship and materials for a period of one (1) year from the date of delivery. Seller does not warranty that software is free from error or that software will run in an
uninterrupted fashion. Seller provides all software “as is”. THERE ARE NO WARRANTIES, EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS OR OTHERWISE WHICH
EXTEND BEYOND THOSE STATED IN THE IMMEDIATELY PRECEDING SENTENCE. Seller’s liability and Buyer’s exclusive remedy in any case of action (whether in contract, tort,
breach of warranty or otherwise) arising out of the sale or use of any product, software, supplies, or materials is expressly limited to the replacement of such products,
software, supplies, or materials on their return to Seller or, at Seller’s option, to the allowance to the customer of credit for the cost of such items. In no event shall Seller
be liable for special, incidental, indirect, punitive or consequential damages. Seller does not warranty in any way products, software, supplies, and materials not
manufactured by Seller, and such will be sold only with the warranties that are given by the manufacturer thereof. Seller will pass only through to its purchaser of such
items the warranty granted to it by the manufacturer.
MEASUREMENT SYSTEMS
Formerly: NuFlo Measurement Systems • Barton Instrument Systems • Caldon, Inc.
NORTH ASIA EUROPE, MIDDLE EAST USA: Houston, TX • Corpus Christi, TX • Kilgore, TX • Odessa, TX • Dallas, TX • Tulsa, OK
AMERICA PACIFIC & AFRICA Duncan, OK • Denver, CO • Bakersfield, CA • Shreveport, LA • Lafayette, LA
Houma, LA • Pittsburgh, PA • Laurel, MS • Dunbar, WV • Casper, WY • Charleston, WV
1.800.654.3760 65.6737.0444 44.1243.826741
CANADA: Calgary, AB • Edmonton, AB
ms-us @ c-a-m.com ms-asiapacific@c-a-m.com ms-uk@c-a-m.com
Aberdeen, Scotland • Beijing, China • Bognor Regis, UK
I N T E R N AT I O N A L :
HOUSTON HEAD OFFICE: 281.582.9500 • www.c-a-m.com/flo Dubai, UAE • Hassi Messaoud, Algeria • Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia • Singapore
OF-PLA NF00074 0612

TURBINE FLOW METER PERFORMANCE CURVES
Turbine Flow Meter Performance Curve
Customer - EXTERRAN
P.O. - Sales Order -
948
946 5.0252
944
Cal. Factor (Pulse/Gal)
16.6213
K- f a c t o r
942
Line a r
( K- a v g.)
27.2256
940
938 39.1999
49.47
936
0.0 10.0 20.0 30.0 40.0 50.0 60.0
Flow Rate (Gal/Minute)
Mean Calibration Factor: 941.5012 P/Gal Calibration Data Calibration Date: 6/15/2004
Linearity: +\- 0.49 % 6/15/2004 1STA53871
Flow Rate K-Factor K-avg.
Tag:
Flow Range: 5.03 to 49.47 GPM
5.0252 946.1221 941.50119
Serial No: 1STA53871 16.6213 943.8451 941.50119 This meter was tested in accordance with all applicable
Mat'l Number: 100003525 27.2256 940.2426 941.50119 drawings and documents to generate this Performance
The above calibration perfomed with water 39.1999 938.0811 941.50119 Curve. Test criteria and actual data that generated this
using an NIST traceable calibration stand. 49.47 936.8803 941.50119 Performance Curve are on file and available on request.
Turbine Flow Meter Performance Curve
Customer - EXTERRAN
P.O. - Sales Order -
893.5
4.8564 16.2825
893
892.5
892
Cal. Factor (Pulse/Gal)
891.5 K- f a c t o r
39.304 51.8278
891 Line a r
( K- a v g.)
890.5
890
889.5
26.1541
889
0.0 10.0 20.0 30.0 40.0 50.0 60.0
Flow Rate (Gal/Minute)
Mean Calibration Factor: 891.2441 P/Gal Calibration Data Calibration Date: 7/16/2003
Linearity: +\- 0.22 % 7/16/2003 1SBFA48171
Flow Rate K-Factor K-avg.
Tag:
Flow Range: 4.86 to 51.83 GPM
4.8564 893.1774 891.24414
Serial No: 1SBFA48171 16.2825 893.1774 891.24414 This meter was tested in accordance with all applicable
Mat'l Number: 100005114 26.1541 889.3109 891.24414 drawings and documents to generate this Performance
The above calibration perfomed with water 39.304 891.2441 891.24414 Curve. Test criteria and actual data that generated this
using an NIST traceable calibration stand. 51.8278 891.2441 891.24414 Performance Curve are on file and available on request.
Barton ®
Chart Recorders
Models 202E, 202ER, 202N, 242E, and J8A
• Chart Drive — available in battery and spring-wound

versions with a wide variety of chart speeds. All chart drives,
with simple positive chart lock hub, are interchangeable.
• NuFlo Charts — are made from “woodfree” paper – a special
low shrinkage high quality product that eliminate eccentric and
elliptical errors. Charts are shrink wrapped to help maintain
the factory default size until it is opened by the user. Once a
box of charts is opened, it can be stored in the supplied plastic
re-sealable storage bag.
• Recording Mechanism — All parts are stainless steel for
long life. The pen mount is exceptionally rugged and pen shafts
are fitted with ball pivots to minimize friction. All links are
adjustable, with micrometer adjustments for accurate
calibration. All adjustments have screwdriver slots to simplify
calibration. Disposable pens are standard.
• Pressure Elements — used in Models 202E, 242E, and J8A
are precision wound helical-type available in a variety of
materials — pressure ranges from 0-30’’ mercury vacuum
(0 - 14.7 psi/1 bar) to 0 - 30,000 psi (0 - 2,068 bar). The Model
202N uses a K-Monel element — pressure ranges from
Overview 0 - 250 psi (0 - 17 bar) to 0 - 6,000 psi (0 - 414 bar). Connections
available in 1/4’’ NPT for ranges less than 10,000 psi (689 bar).
Barton chart recorders are the industry standard for accurate,
Ranges greater than 10,000 PSI (689 bar) utilize an Aminco
reliable measurement and recording of pressure, differential
9/16–18 (1/4’’ ODT) female connection.
pressure, and temperature in a wide variety of applications. In
addition, DP models utilize Barton’s rupture-proof bellows DPU as • Thermal Systems — consist of a bourdon tube, a capillary
the actuating unit — with features like overrange protection and (w/SST armor), and a bulb (w/bendable extension). All parts
pulsation dampening (on some models). are SST. Systems available in Class V (mercury fill w/11/16"
O.D. bulb) or Class I (hydrocarbon fill w/3/8" O.D. bulb). Invar
Common Components available in Class V only. Standard temperature ranges are: 0°F
• Case — is made of rugged, lightweight die-cast aluminum to +[100, 150, 200, or 300]°F (-18°C to +[38, 66, 93, or 149]°C).
that features a built-in rain-shield. It is finished in Thermal system must have a span of more than 70°F (50°C).
polyurethane electrostatic powder paint that has a high The high temperature limit must be greater than 95°F and
resistance to weathering, scratches, and industrial fumes. (35 °C)
aircraft-type door hinge (made of 302 SST) provides excellent Class VA (self/full compensation): -40°F/°C to +1200°F
resistance to salt spray and H2S. A closed neoprene gasket, (+649°C)[self] or +600°F (+316°C)[fully]
non-absorbent to fluids and resistant to oils and most solvents, Class VB (Case compensated): -40°F/°C to +600°F (+316°C)
provides the seal between the door and the case. Class IA (full) & IB (self): -200 to +500°F (-129 to +260°C)
Optional “S” versions use a stainless steel case or a Accuracy: ±1.0% of F.S.
corrosion resistant “offshore coating” for harsh saltwater Hardware: Capillary standard length is 10 ft. with additional
environments. lengths available.
Models 202E/202ER (DP) Model 202N (DP) (NACE)
Char t Recorders
The 202E is a 12-inch chart recorder that has been widely used in The 202N is a 12-inch chart recorder designed to measure flow,
gas transmission and distribution fields – accurate calibration, static pressure, and temperature in sour
even under extreme variations in static pressure and ambient
gas applications. The 202N meets all NACE requirements for H2S
temperatures.
environments, per MR-01-75 (1991 Revision) — SWP up to
The 202E is available in 1 to 4 pen configurations (DP+3 additional 2,000 PSI (138 bar).
pens). The additional pens can be used to record temperature and
For ranges between 2,000 PSI (138 bar) and 6,000 PSI (414 bar),
supplemental pressure data.
see optional NACE version of M202E.
The unit is actuated by a Barton Model 199 DPU, with standard
The 202N is actuated by Barton’s M199 NACE DPU — see DPU PB
and NACE units available (up to 6,000 PSI/414 bar SWP) — see
for details. Static pressure measurements are provided by
DPU bulletin #21700 for details. Static pressure and temperature
precision wound K-Monel helical-type elements.
pens are actuated by precision wound elements (see page 1).
All other features and benefits are the same as the 202E.
Model 263 option uses Foxboro-type charts.
Main Components Specifications

• Safe Working Pressure up to 2,000 PSI (138 bar)
Pen Mount • DP Ranges 0-10" w.c. to 0-100 PSID
(0-25 mbar to 0-6.9 bar)
• Accuracy ±0.5% F.S.
• Temperature Limits -40°F/°C to +180°F (+82°C)
SP Element
DPU Torque
Static Pen
Tube Shaft Model 242E (Temperature/Pressure)
DP Pen The 242E is a 12-inch chart Temperature and Pressure Recorder-
Receiver designed for general pressure applications. When
Chart Drive functioning as a recorder-receiver, it uses a bellows-type element
for pneumatic transmitter or controller input.
SP Connection
An optional pen mount allows use of Foxboro-type charts.
Chart Hub Clip Receiver Bellows

Our receiver bellows are made from either phosphor bronze or
Specifications 316 stainless steel. Phosphor bronze units are assembled and
• Safe Working Pressure up to 6,000 PSI (414 bar) oven-bronzed; SST units are welded. They can receive pneumatic
output signals of 3-15 PSI (207 mbar-1 bar).
• DP Ranges 0-10" w.c. to 0-100 PSID
(0-25 mbar to 0-6.9 bar)
Specifications
• Accuracy ±0.5% F.S.
• Safe Working Pressure up to 30,000 PSI (2,068 bar)
• DP Ranges 0-10" w.c. to 0-100 PSID
Model 202ER — a reverse-acting version that sets zero on outer (0-25 mbar to 0-6.9 bar)
perimeter of the chart for more accurate integration. • Accuracy ±1.0% F.S.
2
Model J8A (Temperature/Pressure)
The J8A is a compact 8-inch chart Temperature and Pressure
Recorder designed for general pressure applications. Available as
a single or dual pen unit, it can use any combination of pressure
measuring helical elements or temperature measuring thermal
systems.
Pressure Elements – same as those supplied for 12-inch

recorders, with pressure ranges from 0-30" Hg to 30,000 PSI
(0-14.7 PSI/1 bar to 2,068 bar).
Case – a smaller version of the 242E, the J8A case is 3/16-inch

thick, with a closed cell neoprene gasket. The standard door
comes with an 8-inch square piece of glass, Plexiglas (Lexan), or
16-gauge steel plate for solid door applications.
Overall dimensions of standard unit are: 10.5" wide x 13.75" tall

x 4 5/8" deep.
Recorder Dimensions
Overall case dimensions for Models 202, 242, and 208:
14.500" 1.250"
(37 cm) (3 cm)
20.625" 18.250" 19.250" 18.250"

(52 cm) (46 cm) (49 cm) (46 cm)
9.625" 4.5625"
(24 cm) (12 cm)
Recorder Weights
202E / 202ER / 202N
Forged Steel Forged SST
Ind. Model 2500 4500 6000 1000 3000 6000
Safe Working 68 69 71 59 69 71
Pressure (psi) (31) (31) (32) (27) (31) (32)
The M242E or J8A gross weight is approx. 25 lbs (11 kg). For SST
“S” versions, add 10 lbs (6 kg) to standard weights.
3
Mounting Options
Char t Recorders
• Panel
• Wall
• Pipe mount, slip-on, non-thread (1-1/2" or 2" std. pipe)
• Portable Stand, w/handle
• Wall Shock-Mounting Kit
Ordering
When ordering recorder, please specify the following items:
• Model Number
• Housing Pressure Rating (SWP) (DPU Models)
• Housing and Bellows Materials (DPU Models)
• Process Material Contacting Bellows (DPU Models)
• Differential Pressure Range (DPU Models)
• Pressure Elements (Range, Material)
• Pens (disposable)
• Chart Drive (type and rotation)
• Thermal Systems (range, capillary length, Class)
• Mounting (pipe, wall, flush panel, portable stand) or shock mount
• Charts
NuFlo Measurement Systems

North America: Singapore: Bognor Regis, UK:
For representation in your area:
1.800.654.3760 65.6737.0444 44.1243.826741
nuflotech@nuflotech.com singapore@nuflotech.com uk@nuflotech.com
USA: Houston, TX • Corpus Christi, TX • Kilgore, TX • Odessa, TX • Duncan, OK

Shreveport, LA • Houma, LA • Lafayette, LA • Laurel, MS • Bakersfield, CA
Saginaw, MI • Casper, WY • Broomfield, CO • Dallas, TX • Tulsa, OK
Canada: Calgary, AB • Edmonton, AB
International: Jakarta, Indonesia • Aberdeen, Scotland • Bognor Regis, UK
Dubai, UAE • Hassi Messaoud, Algeria • Singapore
www.nuflotech.com • HOUSTON HEAD OFFICE: 281.582.9500

4 Document NF 00040 - 0509 - A
Bulletin 71.1:67CF
67CF Series Filter Regulators
✰ Compact and Light Weight
✰ Designed for Digital Instrumentation
✰ No Air Loss
✰ Easy Maintenance
W7426
A 67CF Series regulator used as

a pilot supply regulator for the
Type 299 pressure regulator
A 67CF Series filter

regulator shown with
optional pressure gauge
W7412
✰ High Performance
A 67CF Series regulator used

as a supply regulator for
✰ Integral Filter
digital instrumentation
✰ Internal Relief Valve
✰ Rugged Construction
D102656X012
W7423_1
02/99
Bulletin 71.1:67CF
Introduction
The 67CF Series regulators are typically used to
provide constantly controlled, reduced pressures to
pneumatic and electropneumatic controllers and other
instruments. These direct-operated regulators are
suitable for most air or gas applications. Other appli-
cations include providing reduced pressures to air
chucks, air jets, and spray guns.
Features
• Compact—The 67CF Series regulators are engi-
neered for outstanding performance in a compact,
light-weight package.
• Internal Relief—The Type 67CFR has an internal

relief valve with a soft seat for reliable shutoff with no
discernible leakage.
• Panel Mounting—Panel mount construction

includes spring case with 1/4-inch NPT vent,
handwheel adjusting screw, and mounting nut.
• Instrument Supply Regulator—Provides a clean

W7433
air supply to a variety of pneumatic and electro-
pneumatic instrumentation. INLET PRESSURE
OUTLET PRESSURE
• Digital Instrument Supply Regulator—Designed ATMOSPHERIC PRESSURE
for the accuracy, repeatability, and hysteresis de-
mands of digital instrumentation. Figure 2. 67CF Series Regulator Operational Schematic
• Pilot Supply Regulator—Improves the accuracy

of two-path control regulators by reducing inlet sensi-
tivity caused by fluctuating inlet pressures. • Rugged Construction—The 67CF Series regula-
tors are engineered for longer service life with minimal
• Pressure Loading Regulator—Provides high maintenance requirements.
accuracy and improved performance in dirty steam
service by eliminating the need for a pilot regulator • Second Outlet—Body side outlet for pressure
(see figure 2). gauge or other uses.
• Sour Gas Service Capability—NACE (MR0175) • Powder Paint Coating—Fisher products are
compliant construction available. powder paint coated, offering impact, abrasion, and
corrosion resistance.
• Integral Filter—An integral filter ensures clean
downstream air supply. • Corrosion Resistant Fasteners—Adjusting screw
and screws are double zinc-chromated for enhanced
• Ease of Maintenance—No special tools are corrosion resistance.
required to perform maintenance, and all maintenance
can be performed with the regulator in the line. Filter • Full Usable Capacity—Fisher regulators are
elements are easily replaced. The one-piece valve laboratory tested. 100 percent of the published
plug cartridge allows easy inspection and replacement. capacities can be used with confidence.
2
Bulletin 71.1:67CF
Specifications
Body Size, Inlet and Outlets Connection Style Drain Valve and Spring Case Vent Location
1/4-inch NPT screwed Aligned with inlet standard, other positions optional
Maximum Inlet Pressure (Body Rating) (1) Approximate Unit Weight
250 psig (17,2 bar) 1 pound (0,5 kg)
Outlet Pressure Ranges Construction Materials
CONTROL SPRING DATA Body, Spring Case and Dripwell: Aluminum
OUTLET PRESSURE
RANGES, PSIG (bar) Part Number Wire Diameter, (ASTM B85/Alloy 380)
Color
Inch (mm) Pusher Post: Polyester resin
0 to 20 (0 to 1,4) T14130T0012 green stripe 0.135 (3,43) Upper Spring Seat: Zinc-plated steel
0 to 35 (0 to 2,4) T14059T0012 silver 0.156 (3,96)
0 to 60 (0 to 4,1) T14058T0012 blue stripe 0.170 (4,32) Diaphragm Plate: Zinc-plated steel
0 to 125 (0 to 8,6) T14060T0012 red stripe 0.207 (5,26) Adjusting Screw: Zinc-plated steel
Maximum Emergency Outlet Pressure(1) Filter Retainer: Zinc-plated steel
50 psi (3,4 bar) over outlet pressure setting Valve Plug: Brass stem with nitrile (NBR) plug
(standard); aluminum stem with nitrile (NBR) or
Capacities fluoroelastomer (FKM) plug; or stainless steel
See table 1 stem with nitrile (NBR) or fluoroelastomer (FKM)
Wide-Open Flow Coefficients plug (optional)
Main Valve: Cg: 11.7; Cv: 0.36; C1: 32.2 Soft Seat: Nitrile (NBR) (standard), or fluoro-
Internal Relief Valve: Cg: 1.45; Cv: 0.045; C1: 32.8 elastomer (FKM) (optional)
Pressure Registration Diaphragm and O-Rings: Nitrile (NBR) (standard),
Internal fluoroelastomer (FKM), or silicone (VMQ) (optional)
Control Spring: Plated steel (standard) or
Accuracy Inconel (for 67CFR NACE)
Inlet Sensitivity: Less than 0.2 psig (0,014 bar) Valve Spring: Stainless stee (standard) or
change in outlet pressure for every 25 psig Inconel (NACE)
(1,72 bar) change in inlet pressure Drain Valve: Brass (standard), aluminum, or
Repeatability: 0.1 psig (0,0069 bar)(2) stainless steel (optional)
Air Consumption: testing repeatedly shows Filter Element: Cellulose (standard), glass fiber, or
no discernible leakage stainless steel (optional)
Type 67CFR Internal Relief Performance Options
Low capacity for minor seat leakage only; other
• Handwheel adjusting screw
overpressure protection must be provided if inlet
pressure can exceed the maximum pressure rating • NACE construction
of downstream equipment or exceeds maximum • Ammonia service construction
outlet pressure rating of the Type 67CFR • Panel mount (includes spring case with 1/4-inch
vent, handwheel, and panel mounting nut)
Filter Capabilities
• Closing cap (available on spring case with
Free Area: 12 times pipe area
1/4-inch NPT vent)
Micron Rating:
Cellulose Element: 40 microns • Aluminum or stainless steel drain valve
Glass Fiber Element: 10 microns • Fluoroelastomer (FKM) elastomers for high
Stainless Steel Element: 40 microns temperatures and/or corrosive chemicals
• Silicone (VMQ) elastomers for cold temperatures
Regulator Temperature Capabilities
• Triple scale outlet pressure gauge
With Nitrile (NBR):
(brass or stainless steel)
-40° to 180°F (-40° to 82°C)
With Fluoroelastomer (FKM): • Stainless steel stem on the valve plug
0° to 300°F (-18° to 149°C) • Fixed bleed restriction mounted in the side outlet
With Silicone (VMQ)(3): • Tire valve in second outlet
-60° to 180°F (-51° to 82°C) • Pipe plug in second outlet
1. The pressure/temperature limits in this bulletin and any applicable standard or code limitation should not be exceeded.
2. Repeatability is the measure of the regulator's ability to return to setpoint consistently when traveling from steady state to transient to steady state.
3. Silicone is not compatible with hydrocarbon gas.
3
Bulletin 71.1:67CF
67CF SERIES
FILTER REGULATOR
UPSTREAM PRESSURE
LOADING PRESSURE
W7434
DOWNSTREAM PRESSURE TYPE 92P
STEAM REGULATOR
A 67CF SERIES PRESSURE LOADING REGULATOR USED WITH THE TYPE 92P STEAM REGULATOR ELIMINATES THE NEED FOR A
PILOT REGULATOR. THIS PROVIDES HIGH ACCURACY AND IMPROVED PERFORMANCE IN DIRTY STEAM SERVICE.
Figure 3. 67CF Series Regulator Used to Pressure Load a 92P Steam Regulator
Capacity Information For critical pressure drops (absolute outlet pressure

equal to or less than one-half of absolute inlet pres-
Table 1 shows the air regulating capacities of the sure), use the following formula:
67CF Series regulators at selected inlet pressures and
Q = (P1)(Cg)
outlet pressure settings. Flows are shown in scfh
(at 60°F and 14.7 psia) and in m³/h(n) (at 0°C and where,
1,01325 bar) of air. Q = gas flow rate, scfh
P 1 = absolute inlet pressure, psia
Note (P1 gauge + 14.7)
The 67CF Series regulators may be sized For pressure drops lower than critical (absolute outlet
for 100% flow using capacities as shown pressure greater than one-half of absolute inlet pres-
in table 1. It is not necessary to reduce sure), use the following formula:
published capacities.  3417
520 ∆P 
Q= CgP1SIN   DEG
GT  C1 P1 
To determine the equivalent capacities for other gases,
multiply the table capacity by the following appropriate where,
conversion factor: 1.29 for 0.6 specific gravity natural Q = gas flow rate, scfh
gas, 0.810 for propane, 0.707 for butane, or 1.018 for G = specific gravity of the gas
nitrogen. For gases of other specific gravities, divide T = absolute temperature of gas at inlet, °Rankine
the table capacities by the square root of the appropri- Cg = gas sizing coefficient
ate specific gravity. P1 = absolute inlet pressure, psia
To find wide-open flow capacities for relief sizing at C1 = flow coefficient (Cg ÷ Cv)
any inlet pressure, perform one of the following proce- ∆P = pressure drop across the regulator, psi
dures. Then, if necessary, convert using the factors Then, if capacity is desired in normal cubic meters per
provided above. hour (at 0°C and 1,01325 bar), multiply scfh by 0.0268.
4
Bulletin 71.1:67CF
Table 1. Capacities
OUTLET PRESSURE CAPACITIES IN SCFH (m3/h(n)) OF AIR
RANGE, SPRING PART OUTLET PRESSURE, INLET PRESSURE,
NUMBER AND COLOR, PSIG (bar) PSIG (bar)
10% Droop 20% Droop
PSIG (bar)
50 (3,4) 250 (6,7) 430 (11,5)
75 (5,2) 300 (8,0) 690 (18,5)
15 (1,0) 100 (6,9) 330 (8,8) 1150 (30,8)
150 (10,3) 400 (10,7) 1600 (42,9)
250 (17,2) 450 (12,1) 1800 (48,2)
50 (3,4) 350 (9,4) 500 (13,4)
0 to 35 (0 to 2,4) 75 (5,2) 530 (14,2) 820 (22,0)
T14059T0012 20 (1,4) 100 (6,9) 750 (20,1) 1300 (34,8)
Silver 150 (10,3) 1850 (49,6) 1850 (49,6)
250 (17,2) 2800 (75,0) 3000 (80,4)
50 (3,4) 400 (10,7) 620 (16,6)
75 (5,2) 600 (16,1) 980 (26,3)
35 (2,4) 100 (6,9) 840 (22,5) 1300 (34,8)
150 (10,3) 1850 (49,6) 1850 (49,6)
250 (17,2) 3000 (80,4) 3000 (80,4)
50 (3,4) 370 (9,9) 560 (15,0)
75 (5,2) 540 (14,5) 940 (25,2)
35 (2,4) 100 (6,9) 760 (20,4) 1300 (34,8)
0 to 60 (0 to 4,1) 150 (10,3) 1360 (36,4) 1850 (49,6)
T14058T0012 250 (17,2) 3000 (80,4) 3000 (80,4)
Blue stripe 75 (5,2) 570 (15,3) 830 (22,2)
100 (6,9) 830 (22,2) 1220 (32,7)
60 (4,1)
150 (10,3) 1450 (38,9) 1850 (49,6)
250 (17,2) 2900 (77,7) 3000 (80,4)
100 (6,9) 600 (16,1) 870 (23,3)
0 to 125 (0 to 8,6) 80 (5,5) 150 (10,3) 880 (23,6) 1320 (35,4)
T14060T0012 250 (17,2) 1400 (37,5) 2500 (67)
Red stripe 150 (10,3) 960 25,7() 1400 (37,5)
125 (8,6)
250 (17,2) 1700 (45,6) 2580 (69,1)
Overpressure Protection inlet pressure can exceed the maximum pressure

rating of the downstream equipment or exceeds
The 67CF Series regulators have maximum outlet maximum outlet pressure rating of the Type 67CFR
pressure ratings that are lower than their maximum regulator.
inlet pressure ratings. A pressure relieving or pressure
limiting device is needed if inlet pressure can exceed
the maximum outlet pressure rating.
Refer to the Capacity Information section and the relief Ordering Information
sizing coefficient in the specifications table to deter-
mine the required relief valve capacity. When ordering, complete the Ordering Guide on page 8.
Refer to the Specifications on page 2. Review the
The Type 67CFR regulator has a low capacity internal description to the right of each specification and the
relief valve for minor seat leakage only. Other over- information in each referenced table or figure. Specify
pressure protection must be provided if the maximum your choice whenever a selection is offered.
5
Bulletin 71.1:67CF
4.56
(116) 2.56
3.00
(65)
(76)
1.48 0.62
(38) (16)
3.50
(89)
INLET CONNECTION OUTLET

1/4-INCH NPT CONNECTIONS
1/4-INCH NPT
0.69
OPTIONAL GAUGE (18)
MOUNTING HOLES
3.50 FOR 5/16-INCH
(89) DIAMETER BOLTS
SIDE OUTLET
1/4-INCH NPT
2.25
(57)
B2699_A INCHES 2.87

(mm) (73)
B2699_B
DIMENSIONS
FOR GAUGE OPTION STANDARD DIMENSIONS
DRAIN VALVE
GAUGE
VENT POSITION 2 POSITION 4
DRAIN VALVE
VENT POSITION 1 POSITION 1 DRAIN VALVE
VENT POSITION 3 POSITION 3
(STANDARD) (STANDARD)
INLET OUTLET
INLET OUTLET
GAUGE
VENT POSITION 4
DRAIN VALVE
POSITION 2
B2699_D
B2699_C
VENT POSITIONS DRAIN VALVE POSITIONS
Figure 4. Dimensions
6
Bulletin 71.1:67CF
4.56 2.56
(116) (65)
3.00
(76) 1.43
(36) CLOSING CAP
2.37
(60) 1.48
MAX PANEL (38)
0.12 TO 0.25 0.72-INCH (1,8 mm)
(3,0 TO 6,5) SPRING CASE
PANEL BOSS
4.78
4.69
(121)
(119)
MAX
1/4-INCH NPT VENT
2.41
(61)
MAX
1.14 INLET CONNECTION OUTLET
(29) 1/4-INCH NPT CONNECTIONS
1/4-INCH NPT
0.69
OPTIONAL GAUGE (18)
MOUNTING HOLES
3.50 FOR 5/16-INCH
(89) DIAMETER BOLTS
SIDE OUTLET TAPPED

1/4-INCH NPT
2.25
(57)
B2700_A
INCHES 2.87
(mm) (73)
B2700_B
DIMENSIONS FOR PANEL MOUNT OPTION

WITH HAND WHEEL AND 1/4-INCH SPRING CASE VENT DIMENSIONS FOR CLOSING CAP OPTION
WITH 1/4-INCH SPRING CASE VENT
Figure 4. Dimensions (continued)
SPACER
(FOR INSTALLING A 67CF SERIES
REGULATOR IN AN EXISTING
0.25
INSTALLATION IF THE MOUNTING
(6.35)
BOLTS ARE TOO LONG)
0.50 OD 0.32
(12.7) ID
(8.12)
B2697_B
SPACER OUTER DIAMETER SPACER WIDTH AND

INNER DIAMETER
B2697_A
Figure 5. Spacer Dimensions and Installation Schematic
7
Bulletin 71.1:67CF
Ordering Guide Spring Case Vent Location (Select One)
o Position 1 - Aligned with inlet (standard)***
Type (Select One) o Position 2
o Position 3
o Type 67CF (without internal relief)***
o Type 67CFR (with internal relief)*** o Position 4
Quantity (Specify) Second Outlet (Select One)

o Open (standard)***
o Plugged with pipe plug***
o Tire Valve***
Spring Case Style (Select One) o Pressure Gauge (see below)
o Standard with drilled hole vent***
o Handwheel adjusting screw*** Triple Scale Pressure Gauge (Optional)
o Panel mount (includes 1/4-inch spring case vent, handwheel Brass Gauge
adjusting screw, and mounting nut)*** o 0 to 30 psig/0 to 0.2 MPa/0 to 2 bar***
o Closing cap and 1/4-inch NPT spring case vent*** o 0 to 60 psig/0 to 0.4 MPa/0 to 4 bar***
Outlet Pressure Range (Select One) o 0 to 160 psig/0 to 1.1 MPa/0 to 11 bar***
o 0 to 20 psig (0 to 1,4 bar) (not available for NACE)*** Stainless Steel Gauge
o 0 to 35 psig (0 to 2,4 bar)*** o 0 to 30 psig/0 to 0.2 MPa/0 to 2 bar***
Diaphragm, O-Rings, and Valve Plug (Select One) NACE (MR0175) Construction (Optional)
o Nitrile (NBR) (standard)*** o Yes**
o Fluoroelastomer (FKM)**
Ammonia Service Construction (Optional)
o Silicone (VMQ) diaphragm, O-rings, and nitrile valve plug*
o Yes**
Filter Material (Select One)
Replacement Parts Kit (Optional)
o Cellulose (40 microns) (standard)***
o Yes, send one replacement parts kit to match this order.
o Glass (10 microns)***
o Stainless steel (40 microns)***
Drain Valve (Select One)

Specification Worksheet
o Brass (standard)***
Application (Please designate units):
o Aluminum***
Specific Use
o Stainless steel*** Line Size
Drain Valve Location (Select One) Gas Type and Specific Gravity
Gas Temperature
o Position 1 - Aligned with inlet (standard)***
Does the Application Require Overpressure Protection?
o Position 2
o No o Yes, if so, which is preferred:
o Position 3 o Relief Valve o Monitor Regulator o Shutoff Device
o Position 4 Is overpressure protection equipment selection assistance
desired?
Pressure (Please designate units):

Maximum Inlet Pressure (P1max)
Minimum Inlet Pressure (P1min)
Fisher Regulators Quick Order Guide Downstream Pressure Setting(s) (P2)
Maximum Flow (Qmax)
*** Standard - Readily Available for Shipment
Performance Required:
** Non-Standard - Allow Additional Time for Shipment Accuracy Requirements?
Need for Extremely Fast Response?
* Special Order, Constructed from Non-Stocked Parts.
Consult Your Fisher Sales Representative for Availability.
Other Requirements:
Availability of the product being ordered is determined by the component
with the longest shipping time for the requested construction.
Fisher, Fisher-Rosemount, and Managing The Process Better are marks owned by Fisher Controls International, Inc. or Fisher-Rosemount Systems, Inc.
All other marks are the property of their respective owners.
©Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1999; All Rights Reserved
The contents of this publication are presented for informational purposes only, and while every effort has been made to ensure their accuracy, they are not to be construed as warranties or guarantees, express
or implied, regarding the products or services described herein or their use or applicability. We reserve the right to modify or improve the designs or specifications of such products at any time without notice.
For information, contact Fisher Controls:

Marshalltown, Iowa 50158 USA
28320 Gallardon, France
Sao Paulo 05424 Brazil
Singapore 128461
Printed in U.S.A.
Instruction Manual
Form 5469 67CF Series
67CF Series Filter Regulators
Introduction
Scope of Manual
This manual provides instructions and parts lists for
67CF Series filter regulators. Instructions and parts
lists for other equipment mentioned in this instruction
manual, as well as for other 67 Series regulators, are
found in separate manuals.
Product Description
The 67CF Series direct-operated regulators are
equipped with a filter for removing particles from the
supply gas. They are typically used to provide con-
stantly controlled, reduced pressures to pneumatic
and electropneumatic controllers and other instru-
ments. These are suitable for most air or gas applica-
tions. Other applications include providing reduced W7412
pressures to air chucks, air jets, and spray guns.

The Type 67CFR regulator has an integral low-capacity Figure 1. Typical Type 67CF Filter Regulator with Optional Gauge
internal relief valve. A downstream pressure increase
above the outlet pressure setting moves the diaphragm
assembly off the soft seat, venting the excess pressure
through a hole or vent in the spring case.
Specifications Personal injury, property damage, equip-

ment damage, or leakage due to escaping
Some general 67CF Series ratings and other gas or bursting of pressure-containing
specifications are given on page 2. A label on the parts may result if this regulator is over-
spring case gives the control spring range for a given pressured or is installed where service
regulator as it comes from the factory. conditions could exceed the limits given
in the specifications, or where conditions
exceed any ratings of the adjacent piping
Installation or piping connections. To avoid such
injury or damage, provide pressure-
Note
relieving or pressure-limiting devices (as
If the regulator is shipped mounted on required by the appropriate code, regula-
another unit, install that unit according tion, or standard) to prevent service
to the appropriate instruction manual. conditions from exceeding those limits.
D102601X012
02/99
67CF Series
Specifications
Body Size, Inlet and Outlets Connection Style Type 67CFR Internal Relief Performance
1/4-inch NPT screwed Low capacity for minor seat leakage only; other
Maximum Inlet Pressure (Body Rating)(1) overpressure protection must be provided if inlet
250 psig (17,2 bar) pressure can exceed the maximum pressure rating
of downstream equipment or exceeds maximum
Outlet Pressure Ranges outlet pressure rating of the Type 67CFR
CONTROL SPRING DATA
OUTLET PRESSURE
Wire Diameter,
Filter Capabilities
RANGES, PSIG (bar) Part Number Color
Inch (mm) Free Area: 12 times pipe area
0 to 20 (0 to 1,4) T14130T0012 green stripe 0.135 (3,43) Micron Rating:
0 to 35 (0 to 2,4) T14059T0012 silver 0.156 (3,96) Cellulose Element: 40 microns
0 to 60 (0 to 4,1) T14058T0012 blue stripe 0.170 (4,32)
0 to 125 (0 to 8,6) T14060T0012 red stripe 0.207 (5,26) Glass Fiber Element: 10 microns
Stainless Steel Element: 40 microns
Maximum Emergency Outlet Pressure(1)
50 psi (3,4 bar) over outlet pressure setting Approximate Unit Weight
1 pound (0,5 kg)
Wide-Open Flow Coefficients
Main Valve: Cg: 11.7; Cv: 0.36; C1: 32.2 Options
Internal Relief Valve: Cg: 1.45; Cv: 0.045; C1: 32.8 • Handwheel adjusting screw
Pressure Registration • NACE (MR0175) compliant construction
Internal • Ammonia service construction
Accuracy • Panel mount (includes spring case with 1/4-inch
Inlet Sensitivity: Less than 0.2 psig (0,014 bar) vent, handwheel, and panel mounting nut)
change in outlet pressure for every 25 psig • Closing cap (available on spring case with
(1,72 bar) change in inlet pressure 1/4-inch NPT vent)
Repeatability: 0.1 psig (0,0069 bar)(2) • Aluminum or stainless steel drain valve
Air Consumption: testing repeatedly shows • Fluoroelastomer (FKM) elastomers for high
no discernible leakage temperatures and/or corrosive chemicals
Regulator Temperature Capabilities • Silicone (VMQ) elastomers for cold temperatures
With Nitrile (NBR): -40° to 180°F (-40° to 82°C) • Triple scale oultet pressure gauge
With Fluoroelastomer (FKM): (brass or stainless steel)
0° to 300°F (-18° to 149°C) • Stainless steel stem on the valve plug
With Silicone (VMQ)(3): -60° to 180°F (-51° to 82°C) • Fixed bleed restriction mounted in the side outlet
Drain Valve and Spring Case Vent Location • Tire valve in second outlet
Aligned with inlet, other positions optional • Pipe plug in second outlet
1. The pressure/temperature limits in this bulletin and any applicable standard or code limitation should not be exceeded.
2. Repeatability is the measure of the regulator's ability to return to setpoint consistently when traveling from steady state to transient to steady state.
3. Silicone is not compatible with hydrocarbon gas.
1. Regulator operation within ratings does not

The internal relief valve of the Type 67CFR
preclude the possibility of damage from debris in the
regulator does not provide full overpres-
lines or from external sources. Regulators should be
sure protection. The internal relief valve is
inspected for damage periodically and after any
designed for minor seat leakage only. If
overpressure condition.
maximum inlet pressure to the Type
67CFR exceeds maximum pressure 2. Only personnel qualified through training and
ratings of the downstream equipment or experience should install, operate, and maintain a
exceeds maximum allowable outlet regulator. Make sure that there is no damage to or
pressure of the Type 67CFR, additional foreign material in the regulator. Also ensure that all
overpressure protection is required. tubing and piping is free of debris.
2
67CF Series
3. Install the regulator so that flow is from the IN to Installing a 67CF Series Regulator in an
the OUT connection as marked on the regulator body.
Existing Installation
4. For best drainage, orient the drain valve (key 2) to
the lowest possible point on the dripwell (key 5). This When installing a 67CF Series regulator in an existing
orientation may be improved by rotating the dripwell installation, it may be necessary to use spacers
with respect to the body (key 1). (key 34, figure 6) to adapt the installation. If the
mounting bolts are too long, place a spacer on the bolt
(see figure 6). To be sure the regulator is secure, the
bolts should have at least two full threads of
engagement.
A regulator may vent some gas to the
atmosphere. In hazardous or flammable
gas service, vented gas may accumulate Startup and Adjustment
and cause personal injury, death, or
Key numbers are referenced in figure 2.
property damage due to fire or explosion.
Vent a regulator in hazardous gas service 1. With proper installation completed and down-
to a remote, safe location away from air stream equipment properly adjusted, slowly open the
intakes or any hazardous area. The vent upstream and downstream shutoff valve (when used)
line or stack opening must be protected while using pressure gauges to monitor pressure.
against condensation or clogging.
5. A clogged spring case vent hole may cause the

regulator to function improperly. To keep this vent hole
from being plugged (and to keep the spring case from To avoid personal injury, property
collecting moisture, corrosive chemicals, or other damage, or equipment damage caused
foreign material) orient the vent to the lowest possible by bursting of pressure containing parts
point on the spring case or otherwise protect it. or explosion of accumulated gas, never
adjust the control spring to produce an
Inspect the vent hole regularly to make sure it is not outlet pressure higher than the upper
plugged. Spring case vent hole orientation may be limit of the outlet pressure range for that
changed by rotating the spring case with respect to particular spring. If the desired outlet
the body. A 1/4-inch NPT spring case vent may be pressure is not within the range of the
remotely vented by installing obstruction-free tubing or control spring, install a spring of the
piping into the vent. Protect the remote vent by proper range according to the dia-
installing a screened vent cap on the remote end of phragm parts maintenance procedure.
the vent pipe.
6. For use in regulator shutdown, install upstream 2. If outlet pressure adjustment is necessary,
block and vent valves and downstream block and vent monitor outlet pressure with a gauge during the
valves (if required), or provide some other suitable adjustment procedure. The regulator is adjusted by
means of properly venting the regulator inlet and loosening the locknut (key 19), if used, and turning the
outlet pressures. Install a pressure gauge to monitor adjusting screw or handwheel (key 18) clockwise to
instruments on startup. increase or counterclockwise to decrease the outlet
pressure setting. Retighten the locknut to maintain the
7. Apply a good grade of pipe compound to the male adjustment position.
pipe threads before making connections, making sure
not to get the pipe compound inside the regulator.
8. Install tubing fitting or piping into the 1/4-inch NPT Shutdown
inlet connection on the body (key 1) and into the
1/4-inch NPT body outlet connection. First, close the nearest upstream block valve and then
close the nearest downstream block valve (when
9. The second 1/4-inch NPT outlet can be used for a used). Next, open the downstream vent valve. Since
gauge or other use. If not used, it must be plugged. the regulator remains open in response to the
3
67CF Series
decreasing downstream pressure, pressure between assembly may be disassembled and parts may be
the closed block valves will be released through the cleaned or replaced. If the soft seat (key 15) was
open vent valve. removed, make sure it is properly snapped into place
before installing the valve cartridge assembly.
4. Apply lubricant to the O-ring (key 14), then align
Maintenance cartridge key to keyway in body and insert. Reinstall
the gasket (key 26), filter (key 6), and filter retainer
Regulator parts are subject to normal wear and must (key 9). Reinstall the O-ring (key 4), secure the
be inspected and replaced as necessary. The dripwell with screws (key 3), and torque to 24 to
frequency of inspection and replacement of parts 36 inch-pounds (2,7 to 4,1 N´m).
depends on the severity of service conditions and
upon applicable codes and government regulations.
Open the drain valve (key 2) regularly to empty
accumulated liquid from the dripwell (key 5). Diaphragm Maintenance
Key numbers are referenced in figure 2.
Note 1. Back out the adjusting screw or handwheel (key 18)
If sufficient clearance exists, the body until compression is removed from the spring (key 17).
(key 1) may remain mounted on other 2. Remove the six spring case screws (key 3) to
equipment or in a line or panel during separate the spring case (key 7) from the body (key 1).
maintenance unless the entire regulator Remove the upper spring seat (key 20) and spring
will be replaced. (key 17).
3. Remove the diaphragm assembly (key 16), inspect
the diaphragm, and replace the assembly, if necessary.
4. Place the diaphragm assembly (key 16) on the
To avoid personal injury, property
body (key 1) as shown in figure 4. Push down on the
damage, or equipment damage caused
diaphragm assembly to make sure the valve plug
by sudden release of pressure or explo-
(key 11) strokes smoothly and approximately
sion of accumulated gas, do not attempt
1/16-inch (2 mm).
any maintenance or disassembly with-
out first isolating the regulator from
system pressure and relieving all Note
internal pressure from the regulator. In step 5, if installing a control spring of
a different range, be sure to delete the
spring range originally appearing on the
Filter Element and Trim Maintenance label and indicate the new spring range.
Key numbers are referenced in figures 2 and 3.
5. Stack the control spring (key 17) and upper spring
1. Remove four dripwell screws (key 3) from the seat (key 20) onto the diaphragm assembly (key 16).
dripwell (key 5) and separate the dripwell and O-ring
(key 4) from the body (key 1). The filter retainer (key 6. Install the spring case (key 7) on the body (key 1)
9), filter element (key 6), and gasket (key 26) may with the vent oriented to prevent clogging or entrance
come off with dripwell. If not, remove these parts. of moisture. Install the six spring case screws (key 3)
using a crisscross pattern and torque to 24 to 36 inch-
2. Inspect the removed parts for damage and debris. pounds (3 to 4 N•m).
Replace any damaged parts. If a replacement is not
available, the filter element may be cleaned. 7. When all maintenance is complete, refer to the
Startup and Adjustment section to put the regulator
3. To remove the valve cartridge assembly, grasp the back into operation and adjust the pressure setting.
end of cartridge and pull it straight out of body (key 1). Tighten the locknut (key 19) if used, and install the
Replace with new cartridge assembly. The cartridge closing cap if used.
4
67CF Series
Key Description Part Number
Parts Ordering
12(1, 2) Valve Spring
When corresponding with the Fisher Sales Office or Stainless steel T14105T0012
Sales Representative about this regulator, include the Inconel (NACE) T14116T0012
type number and all other pertinent information printed 13(1, 2) Valve Retainer T14071T0012
14(1, 2) O-Ring
on the label. Specify the eleven-character part number
Nitrile (NBR) T14063T0012
when ordering new parts from the following parts list. Fluoroelastomer (FKM) T14063T0022
Silicone (VMQ) T14063T0032
15(1, 2) Soft Seat
Parts List Fluoroelastomer (FKM) T14055T0022
16(1) Diaphragm Assembly
Key Description Part Number 67CF (without relief)
Parts Kit
Fluoroelastomer (FKM) T14119T0042
Includes valve cartridge assembly (contains
Type 67CFR (with relief)
keys 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, and 15), diaphragm
assembly (key 16), filter element (key 6), filter
Fluoroelastomer (FKM) T14119T0032
gasket (key 26), and four screws (key 3)
Silicone (VMQ) T14119T0052
Type 67CF (without relief) 17 Spring
Brass stem with nitrile plug R67CFX00012 Types 67CF and 67CFR, Plated steel (standard)
Aluminum stem with nitrile plug (NACE) R67CFX00N12 0 to 20 psig (0 to 1,4 bar), Green stripe T14130T0012
Type 67CFR (with relief) 0 to 35 psig (0 to 2,4 bar), Silver T14059T0012
Brass stem with nitrile plug R67CFRX0012 0 to 60 psig (0 to 4,1 bar), Blue stripe T14058T0012
Aluminum stem with nitrile plug (NACE) R67CFRX0N12 0 to 125 psig (0 to 8,6 bar), Red stripe T14060T0012
Type 67CFR (NACE), Inconel (NACE)
Valve Cartridge Assembly Only 0 to 35 psig (0 to 2,4 bar), Silver stripe T14113T0012
Brass stem 0 to 60 psig (0 to 4,1 bar), Blue T14114T0012
With nitrile plug T14121T0012 0 to 125 psig (0 to 8,6 bar), Red T14115T0012
With fluoroelastomer plug T14121T0022
Aluminum stem 18 Adjusting Screw
with nitrile plug T14121T0042 For standard spring case
with nitrile plug (NACE) T14121T0052 Square head (standard) T14061T0012
Handwheel T14102T0012
1 Body, Aluminum T80432T0012 Wire seal (not shown) T14104T0012
2 Drain Valve For spring case with 1/4-inch NPT vent
Brass 1K418918992 Square head for closing cap T14101T0012
Aluminum 1K4189000B2 Handwheel T14103T0012
Stainless steel AH3946X0012 19 Locknut 1A946324122
3 Flange Screw 20 Upper Spring Seat 1B798525062
Standard spring case and spring case 22 Pressure Gauge
with 1/4-inch NPT vent (10 required) T13526T0012 Brass
For wire seal 0 to 30 psig/0 to 2 bar/0 to 0,2 MPa 11B8579X022
Flange Screw (9 required) T13526T0012 0 to 60 psig/0 to 4 bar/0 to 0,4 MPa 11B8579X032
Flange Screw (1 required) 14B3987X012 0 to 160 psig/0 to 11 bar/0 to 1,1 MPa 11B8579X042
4(1) O-Ring Stainless Steel
Nitrile (NBR) T14057T0012 0 to 30 psig/0 to 2 bar/0 to 0,2 MPa 11B9639X012
Fluoroelastomer (FKM) T14057T0022 0 to 60 psig/0 to 4 bar/0 to 0,4 MPa 11B9639X022
Silicone (VMQ) T14057T0032 0 to 160 psig/0 to 11 bar/0 to 1,1 MPa 11B9639X032
5 Dripwell T21040T0012 23 1/4-Inch Pipe Plug
6(1) Filter Element Socket head, steel 1C333528992
Cellulose (40 microns) (standard) 1F257706992 Hex head, stainless steel 1A767535072
Glass fiber (10 microns) 17A1457X012 24 Tire Valve 1H447099022
Stainless steel (40 microns) 15A5967X012
26(1) Filter Gasket
7 Spring Case, Aluminum Nitrile (NBR) T14081T0012
Drilled hole vent (standard) T14070T0012 Fluoroelastomer (FKM) T14081T0022
1/4-inch NPT vent T14070T0022
31 Panel Mounting Nut 10B2657X012
9 Filter Retainer T14052T0012
32 Wire Seal (not shown) 1U7581000A2
10(1, 2) Valve Cartridge T80434T0012
33 Closing Cap 23B9152X012
11(1, 2) Valve Plug
Brass stem, nitrile (NBR) plug T14053T0012 34 Spacer T14123T0012
Aluminum stem, fluoroelastomer (FKM) plug T14053T0022 35 Mounting adaptor plate for Fisher
Aluminum stem, nitrile (NBR) plug T14053T0032 2500 Series Controler T21043T0012
1. Recommended Spare Part

2. Valve cartridge assembly includes keys 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, and 15.
5
67CF Series
B2693 B2696
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION PANEL MOUNT OPTION

(INCLUDES HANDWHEEL, MOUNTING NUT,
AND 1/4-INCH NPT SPRING CASE VENT)
VENT POSITION 2
GAUGE
DRAIN VALVE
POSITION 4
DRAIN VALVE
VENT POSITION 1 VENT POSITION 3 POSITION 1
(STANDARD)
(STANDARD) DRAIN VALVE
POSITION 3
INLET OUTLET
INLET OUTLET
GAUGE
VENT POSITION 4
B2699_D DRAIN VALVE
B2699_C POSITION 2
SPRING CASE VENT POSITIONS DRAIN VALVE POSITIONS
Figure 2. 67CF Series Assembly Drawings
6
67CF Series
SOFT SEAT
(KEY 15)
PUSHER POST
VALVE CARTRIDGE FOR TYPE 67CF
(KEY 10) (WITHOUT RELIEF)
VALVE PLUG
(KEY 11)
LOWER SPRING
RETAINING RING
SEAT
VALVE SPRING
O-RING (KEY 12) DIAPHRAGM
(KEY 14) PLATE
DIAPHRAGM
PUSHER POST
B2696 FOR TYPE 67CFR
VALVE RETAINER (WITH RELIEF)
(KEY 13)
B2695
Figure 3. Valve Cartridge Assembly Figure 4. Diaphragm Assembly (Key 16)
B2698
Figure 5. Optional Closing Cap (Only Available with the 1/4-inch Spring Case Vent)
0.25
(6.35)
SPACER
0.50 0.32
OD ID
(12.7) (8.12)
SPACER OUTER SPACER WIDTH AND

DIAMETER INNER DIAMETER
B2697
Figure 6. Spacer Diameter and Assembly

(For Installing 67CF Series Regulator in an Existing Installation if the Mounting Bolts are too Long)
7
67CF Series
Fisher, Fisher-Rosemount, and Managing The Process Better are marks owned by Fisher Controls International, Inc. or Fisher-Rosemount Systems, Inc.
All other marks are the property of their respective owners.
©Fisher Controls International, Inc., 1999; All Rights Reserved
The contents of this publication are presented for informational purposes only, and while every effort has been made to ensure their accuracy, they are not to be construed as warranties or guarantees, express or
implied, regarding the products or services described herein or their use or applicability. We reserve the right to modify or improve the designs or specifications of such products at any time without notice.
For information, contact Fisher Controls:

Marshalltown, Iowa 50158 USA
28320 Gallardon, France
Sao Paulo 05424 Brazil
Singapore 128461
Printed in U.S.A.
ES-MS_764_765M_766M_767
Models: 764, 765M*, 766M*, 767

Cast Carbon & Alloy Steel Flanged Ends
Y Strainers
Sizes: 1⁄2"– 12" (15 – 300mm)
Pressure /Temperature – Non-Shock
Typical Service
Model Material Rating
764 Carbon 1480psi @ -20°F to 406°F • Used extensively to strain foreign matter from pipelines and provide economical protection
Steel 102.04 bar @ 37.78°C for costly pumps, meters, valves, and other similar mechanical equipment.
640psi @ 850°F • These are especially critical as weld debris is often present in the pipeline.
44.13 bar @ 454.44°C
• Well suited for long service in high pressure and temperature applications.
765M Carbon 2220psi @ -20°F to 100°F
Steel 153.06 bar @ 37.78°C Features
955psi @ 850°F • Machined seats in both body and cap align and lock the screen in place
65.84 bar @ 454.44°C to stop sediment bypass.
766M Carbon 3705psi @ -20°F to 100°F • Machined seats facilitate alignment and accurate reseating after servicing.
Steel 255.45 bar @ 37.78°C
1595psi @ 850°F
109.97 bar @ 454.44°C
Construction
• Designed for high pressure and temperature services.
767 Carbon 6170psi @ -20°F to 100°F
Steel 425.41 bar @ 37.78°C • Alloy bolting for all sizes.
2655psi @ 850°F • Heavy gauge reinforced screens are used.
183.06 bar @ 454.44°C
• Flanged are back faced, or spot faced at the boltholes.
764 Chrome- 1500psi @ -20°F to 100°F
• Ring Type Joint (RTJ) flanges are available, consult factory.
Moly 103.42 bar @ 37.78°C
600psi @ 975°F
41.37 bar @ 523.89°C Self-Cleaning
• Self-cleaning is accomplished by opening the plug or valve connected
765M Chrome- 2250psi @ -20°F to 100°F to the blowoff outlet, if provided.
Moly 155.13 bar @ 37.78°C
900psi @ 975°F • Cleaning usually accomplished by shutting off line pressure and disassembling strainer.
62.05 bar @ 523.89°C
Blowoff Outlets
766M Chrome- 3750psi @ -20°F to 100°F
Moly 258.55 bar @ 37.78°C • Cover flange for 764 is furnished with blowoff tapping, not plugged.
1500psi @ 975°F • All other covers normally furnished as blind flanges. Socket weld blowoff
103.42 bar @ 523.89°C connection available, specify on order.
767 Chrome- 6250psi @ -20°F to 100°F
Moly 430.92 bar @ 37.78°C Capacity
2500psi @ 838°F • Generously proportioned bodies.
172.37 bar @ 523.89°C • Open Area Ratio much greater than pipe size, ensuring low pressure drop.
• Minimum of 4 to 1 Open Area Ratio.
764 Class 600
765M Class 900 Screens STANDARD (WATER) STEAM RECOMMENDATION
766M Class 1500 MODEL SIZES MATERIAL OPENING MATERIAL OPENING
767 Class 2500 All 1
⁄2 - 4" 304SS .062 perf 304SS .033 perf
All 5" and Up 304SS .125 perf 304SS .045 perf
Materials
764, 765M, 766M, 767
Body Carbon Steel, ASTM A216 Grade WCB
Cap Carbon Steel, ASTM A216 Grade WCB
Gasket Spiral Wound SS, Graphite Filled
ALSO AVAILABLE:
Models 764, 765M, 766M, 767 Body/Cap: Carbon-Moly ASTM A217 Gr. W1,
Chrome-Moly ASTM A217 Gr. WC6,
Chrome-Moly ASTM A217 Gr. WC9
Pressure Drop
* 765M and 766M supersede models See Pressure Drop Charts in
765/766. Consult factory. Technical Data Section in the
Mueller Steam Specialty
Engineering binder.
Dimensions and Weights
SIZE DIMENSIONS WEIGHT
A B C D
Screen
Removal
in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm lbs. kgs. A
764
1
⁄2 15 65⁄8 168 31⁄2 89 3
⁄8 10 5 130 6 2.7
3
⁄4 20 85⁄16 211 33⁄4 95 1
⁄2 15 5 130 12.3 5.5
1 25 85⁄16 211 33⁄4 95 1
⁄2 15 5 130 12.3 5.5
11⁄4 32 101⁄8 257 51⁄2 140 1
⁄2 15 8 203 19 8.6
11⁄2 40 101⁄4 260 51⁄2 140 1
⁄2 15 8 203 27 12
1
2 50 11 279 7 178 ⁄2 15 10 254 40 18
D
21⁄2 65 12 305 81⁄4 210 1 25 121⁄2 318 60 27
3 80 131⁄2 343 91⁄4 235 11⁄4 32 141⁄2 368 78 35 B
4 100 175⁄16 456 121⁄2 318 11⁄2 40 191⁄2 495 160 72.7
5 125 221⁄4 565 15 381 2 50 23 584 254 115 C
6 150 225⁄8 651 20 508 2 50 31 787 364 165
8 200 313⁄4 806 24 610 2 50 381⁄2 978 670 304 Model 764
10 250 3711⁄16 957 281⁄2 724 2 50 451⁄2 1156 1090 495
12 300 451⁄2 1156 341⁄2 876 2 50 52 1321 1558 708 A
SIZE DIMENSIONS WEIGHT
A B
in. mm in. mm in. mm lbs. kgs.
765M
1
⁄2 15 81⁄8 206 41⁄4 108 20 9
3
⁄4 20 91⁄16 230 43⁄4 121 30 13.6
B
1 25 1011⁄16 271 53⁄4 146 52 23
11⁄4 32 12 305 63⁄4 171 64.5 29
11⁄2 40 12 305 63⁄4 171 64.5 29
2 50 1315⁄16 354 71⁄2 191 93 42 Models 765M, 766M, 767
21⁄2 65 171⁄2 445 103⁄4 273 185 84
3 80 171⁄2 445 103⁄4 273 185 84 SIZE DIMENSIONS WEIGHT
4 100 231⁄4 591 15 381 250 113 A B
6 150 273⁄4 705 187⁄8 479 560 254 in. mm in. mm in. mm lbs. kgs.
8 200 331⁄4 846 237⁄8 606 1000 454 767
1
10 250 CF CF CF CF CF CF ⁄2 15 125⁄8 321 711⁄16 195 30 13.6
3
12 300 CF CF CF CF CF CF ⁄4 20 125⁄8 321 711⁄16 195 40 18
766M 1 25 125⁄8 321 711⁄16 195 65 29.5
1
⁄2 15 81⁄8 206 41⁄4 108 20 9 11⁄4 32 167⁄8 429 101⁄2 267 140 63.3
3
⁄4 20 91⁄16 230 43⁄4 121 30 13.6 11⁄2 40 167⁄8 429 101⁄2 267 140 63.6
1 25 1011⁄16 271 53⁄4 146 52 23 2 50 1815⁄16 481 121⁄2 318 240 109
11⁄4 32 12 305 63⁄4 171 64.5 29 21⁄2 65 253⁄4 654 1813⁄16 478 500 227
11⁄2 40 12 305 63⁄4 171 64.5 29 3 80 263⁄4 679 1813⁄16 478 560 254
2 50 1315⁄16 354 73⁄2 191 93 42 4 100 335⁄8 854 201⁄4 514 850 386
21⁄2 65 171⁄2 445 103⁄4 273 185 84 6 150 333⁄4 857 20 508 900 862
3 80 171⁄2 445 103⁄4 273 185 84 8 200 CF CF CF CF CF CF
4 100 231⁄4 591 15 381 334 151 10 250 CF CF CF CF CF CF
6 150 305⁄8 778 201⁄2 521 770 350 12 300 CF CF CF CF CF CF
8 200 39 991 2615⁄16 684 1200 545 Apply For Certified Drawings.
10 250 CF CF CF CF CF CF CF=Consult Factory
12 300 CF CF CF CF CF CF
Mueller Steam Specialty product specifications in U.S. customary units and metric are approximate and are provided for reference only. For precise measure-
ments, please contact Mueller Steam Specialty Technical Service. Mueller Steam Specialty reserves the right to change or modify product design, construction,
specifications, or materials without prior notice and without incurring any obligation to make such changes and modifications on Mueller Steam Specialty products
previously or subsequently sold.
A Division of Watts Water Technologies, Inc. USA: 1491 NC Hwy 20 West St. Pauls, NC 28384; www.muellersteam.com
Tel: 910-865-8241 Fax: 910-865-6220
Toll Free Phone 1-800-334-6259 Toll Free Fax: 1-800-421-6772
ES-MS-764_765M_766M_767 0715 © Mueller Steam Specialty, 2007
IOM-MS-YStrainers
Installation, Operation and Maintenance

“Y” Strainers
Typical flanged end "Y" strainer Before installing the “Y” strainer, be sure its pressure rating is correct
for the system. If the end connections are threaded or designed for sol-
dering or brazing, be sure the piping is straight and not at an angle or
offset. If the strainer has flanged ends, be sure the flanges of the con-
necting piping are square with the pipe so that no undue stresses are
put on the strainer or piping when tightening flange bolts. Tighten in
sequence, crossing to opposites.
For maximum efficiency, a differential pressure gauge installed across

the inlet and outlet will indicate pressure loss due to clogging and may
Body Cover Bolts be used as a guide to determine when cleaning is required. Normally,
when differential pressure reaches 5–10psi, screen must be cleaned. If
Screen
Cover the strainer is equipped with a blow-down valve, open and flush out
Gasket NPT tapping for drain plug until any sediment is removed. If the strainer is not fitted for blow-down
(Optional on some models) cleaning, (strainer must be off line), remove the cover or cap and clean
the screen. Reinstall the screen in the strainer in the same position as
before and tighten cover or cap. Replace the gasket if necessary.
Typical threaded "Y" strainer
Keeping a spare, clean screen will minimize shut down time.
Warning
Individuals performing removal and disassembly should be provided
with suitable protection from possibly hazardous liquids.
Note: Large size “Y” strainers are supplied with Breech-Lok screens.
To remove screen, rotate screen 45°, Breech-lok will disengage.
Body
Spare Parts
Screen To order replacement screens or gaskets, which are the only items nor-
Cap
mally required, you should specify the following:
Gasket (Tapping for NPT
drain plug optional on A. Size and model number of strainer or casting number as it appears
some sizes) on the body of the strainer
B. Specify the type of service. For example: water, steam, gas, oil, air.
The working pressure and temperature of the system and the parti-
Mounting Positions
cle size to be strained out should also be specified.
Vertical Horizontal
The cover of the "Y" side should face down
Limited Warranty: Mueller Steam Specialty warrants each product to be free from defects in material and workmanship under normal usage for a period of one year from the date of original shipment.
In the event of such defects within the warranty period, the Company will, at its option, replace or recondition the product without charge. This shall constitute the sole and exclusive remedy for breach of
warranty, and the Company shall not be responsible for any incidental, special or consequential damages, including without limitation, lost profits or the cost of repairing or replacing other property which is
damaged if this product does not work properly, other costs resulting from labor charges, delays, vandalism, negligence, fouling caused by foreign material, damage from adverse water conditions, chemi-
cal, or any other circumstances over which the Company has no control. This warranty shall be invalidated by any abuse, misuse, misapplication or improper installation of the product. THIS WARRANTY IS
IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Any implied warranties that
are imposed by law are limited in duration to one year.
Some States do not allow limitations on how long an implied warranty lasts, and some States do not allow the exclusion
or limitation of incidental or consequential damages. Therefore the above limitations may not apply to you. This Limited
Warranty gives you specific legal rights, and you may have other rights that vary from State to State. You should consult
applicable state laws to determine your rights.
USA: 1491 NC Hwy 20 West St.; Pauls, NC 28384; www.muellersteam.com A Division of Watts Water Technologies, Inc.
Tel: 910-865-8241 Fax: 910-865-6220
Toll Free Phone 1-800-334-6259 Toll Free Fax: 1-800-421-6772
IOM-MS-YStrainers 0641 EDP# 1915978 © Mueller Steam Specialty, 2006
199
Thermowells
75 W 0750 H T 260 C
Size U-Dimesion Thread Lagging Shank Type Bore Material Cap & Facing Rating Special
Chain Lagging
Length
Code Inches Code Inches Code Inches Code Type Code Type Code Rating #
50 1
⁄2 0162 15⁄8 – Without T NPT Thd. AA Brass 150 150
75 3
⁄4 0250 21⁄2 L With W Weld-in B Carbon Steel 300 300
10 1 0450 41⁄2 F Flanged C AISI 304 600 600
12 11⁄4 0750 71⁄2 V Van Stone S AISI 316 1500 1500
15 11⁄2 1050 101⁄2 S Socket 2500 2500
20 2 1350 131⁄2 Weld
30 3 1650 161⁄2 M Limited
40 4 1950 191⁄2 Space
2250 221⁄2 Threaded
G Ground
Joint
C Sanitary
Code Internal Thread Code Shank Code Diameter Code Material Code Facing
– 1
⁄2 NPSM H Tapered 260 .260˝ 1 Brass F Flat Face
S Straight 385 .385˝ 2 Stainless R Raised Face
R Stepped Steel J Ring Joint
B Built-up L Lap Joint
Type: Straight (Uniform) Shank, Threaded

Bore Size: .385
Process Conn.: 1⁄2, 3⁄4, 1 NPT, Wed-In
Materials: Brass, Carbon Steel
304 Stainless Steel, 316 Stainless Steel Standard Configuration Lagging Configuration
Type: Stepped Shank, Threaded

Bore Size: .260
Process Conn.: 1⁄2, 3⁄4, 1 NPT
Type: Tapered Shank, Threaded

Bore Size: .260, .385
Process Conn.: 1⁄2, 3⁄4, 1 NPT
Type: Socket Weld

Bore Size: .260, .385
Process Conn.: 3⁄4˝, 1˝ Pipe Size
Materials: 304 Stainless Steel, 316 Stainless Steel,
Carbon Steel Standard Configuration Lagging Configuration
Type: Van Stone

Bore Size: .260, .385
Process Conn.: 1,˝ 11⁄2˝ Pipe Size
Materials: 304 Stainless Steel, 316 Stainless Steel
Standard Configuration
Type: Weld-in
Bore Size: .260, .385
Process Conn.: 11⁄2˝ Dia.
Type: Flanged
Bore Size: 260, .385
Process Conn.: 1,˝ 11⁄2˝, 2˝ Pipe Size
Type: Sanitary
Bore Size: .260, .385
Process Conn.: Tri-Clamp connection® 1,˝ 11⁄2˝, 2˝
Standard Configuration Lagging Configuration

Phone (203) 385-0217, Fax (203) 385-0602 or
MADE IN U.S.A. visit our web site at www.ashcroft.com
AGCO FUNCTIONAL TEST REPORTS
DSI
®
®
Cast Steel
Carbon and Stainless Steel
Gate, Globe and Check Valves
Z Y - T E C H G L O B A L I N D U S T R I E S
Contents
Cast Steel Standard Features 3

Testing, Modifications and Accessories 4
Standard Product Range 4
With DSI®® Zy-Gear Bevel Gear Chart
NACE Conformance 5
And General Design Specifications
Specifying DSI®® Carbon Steel Figure Numbers 6
Specifying DSI®® Stainless Steel Figure Numbers 7
Gate Valves 8-13
Globe Valves 14-17
Swing Check Valves 18-21
Pressure Temperature Ratings 22
Warranty And Returns Policy 23
For years, DSI ® Cast Steel Valves have been
satisfying the needs of Petroleum Refineries,
Chemical Processing Plants, Power
Generating Plants, and other processing API, ASTM, ASME, ANSI and other
facilities throughout the world. recognized standards. DSI ® Cast
Our Cast Steel Valves are Steel Valves are not only character-
designed, engineered and ized by outstanding performance,
manufactured in strict reliability and quality, they’re also
conformance to known for their standard features
normally optional in other
brands. All flanged DSI ® Cast
Steel Valves come standard with
125-250 RA flange finishes.
DSI ® utilizes flexible graphite pack-
ing, a variety of gasket materials
and exacting assembly & testing
procedures to ensure compliance
with the World’s emissions control
standards. Visit our website to find
out more about Zy-Tech Global
Industries and other DSI ®
quality products.
Standard Features of DSI ® Cast Steel Valves
Low Fugitive Emission Service
DSI® standard Cast Steel Gate, Globe and Check Valves are seal area for Gate and Globe Valves and in the bonnet gasket
designed and manufactured to ensure leakage of less than 100 sealing area (cover gasket for Check Valves).
ppm (parts per million) of volatile organic compounds.
In-house testing procedure has been developed and is periodi-
Extensive base line laboratory testing (static and cycle testing) cally performed to ensure that standard product design and
has been performed establishing critical design parameters nec- manufacturing criteria consistently result in the DSI® Gate, Globe
essary to achieve low emission sealing in the DSI® stem packing and Check Valve meeting a maximum of 100 ppm VOC leakage
prior to shipment.
Critical Design and Manufacturing Controls Applied To Produce Low Emission Design Options
Low Emission Service Valves In DSI® Standard Products.
Live Load Packing
• Stem Straightness and Roundness In services requiring frequent cycling or with high pressure/
• Stem Surface Finish To Max. 32 Ra temperature variations, live loading extends the service life
• Stuffing Box Surface Finish To Max. 125 Ra between maintenance periods by requiring less frequent
• Stuffing Box and Gland Cylindricity packing gland adjustments. Belleville springs are employed
• Self Centering Gland Design to provide constant packing gland stress.
• Gland Packing: Die-formed Graphite Rings with Braided
Graphite Top and Bottom Rings. Lantern Ring and Double Packing Set
• Bonnet Gaskets: Lantern ring with leak-off fitting connection and double pack-
Class 150 Gate: 316 SS Tanged Clad Graphite ing stack is optionally available for critical services.
Class 150 Globe & Check: 316 SS Spiral Wound Grafoil®
Class 300 Valves: 316 SS Spiral Wound
Class 600 & Higher: Ring Type Joint
Packing System
DSI® Cast Steel Gate and Globe valves use a combination of die- and dimension. DSI® Gate and Globe valves are manufactured
formed flexible graphite and interbraided graphite in a prede- with stem finishes better than 32 Ra and stuffing box wall fin-
termined arrangement to ensure an effective seal. Graphite ishes for 125 Ra. In addition, stem straightness and taper are
packing achieves its maximum ability to isolate the atmosphere closely controlled.
when it is contained within a chamber that is precise in finish
Bevel
Standard Packing Live Load Packing
Packing
Lantern Ring
Packing
3
Testing, Modifications and Accessories for DSI ® Cast Steel valves
Zy-Tech Global Industries offers In-House NDE Testing, a A single warranty then applies to each modified product,
variety of Product Modifications and Accessories, saving our with each product inspected for quality and conformance to
customers time and resources by eliminating the need for our customer's specifications and industry standards.
multiple purchase orders, time and transportation costs.
Available Modifications for DSI® Cast Steel Valves • Weld End Bore Changes
• Packing and Gasket Changes • Customer Specified Coatings
• End Connection Modifications • Outside Lever and Weight for Check Valves
• Gear Operator Mounting • Slam Retarders for Check Valves
• Trim Changes • Chain Wheel Operator
• Actuation • Block and Bleed
• Cryogenic Gas Columns
• Hand Wheel Extensions NDE Testing Available (In-House)
• Teflon® Disc Inserts • Dye Penetrant Test
• Drilled & Tapped Body/Bonnet Connections • Magnetic Particle Test
• By-Pass • Radiography
• Pressure Equalizing • PMI (Positive Material Identification)
• Acid Shields • API Performance Testing
• Oxygen & Chlorine Cleaning & Packaging
DSI ® Cast Steel Valves Standard Product Range with Zy-Gear Bevel Gear Chart
DSI® offers a broad range of standard commodity Cast Steel Valves in flanged and weld end connections. The chart for Zy-
Gears is based on torque ratings for each valve at maximum differential pressure.
Valve Type Pressure Class Size Range Bonnet Disc Zy-Gear

2"-12" - 107B
150 2"-48" Bolted OS&Y Flex 14"-24" - 207B
30" & 36" - 307B
2"-10" - 107B
300 2"-30" Bolted OS&Y Flex 12"- 20" - 207B
24" & 30" - 307B
2"- 6" - 107B
Gate 600 2"-24" Bolted OS&Y Flex 8"-12" - 207B
14"-24" - 307B
2"-6" - 107B
900 2"-24" Bolted OS&Y Flex 8"-10" - 207B
12"-16" - 307B
2"-4" - 107B
Industry inter-changeable pre-drilled
1500 2"-12" Bolted OS&Y Flex 6"-8" - 207B mounting pattern per MSS SP101.
10"-12" - 307B
150 2"-14" Bolted OS&Y Plug 2"-14" - 207B
Globe 300 2"-12" Bolted OS&Y Plug 2"-8"* - 207B
600 2"-8" Bolted OS&Y Plug 2"-8" - 207B
150 2"-24" Bolted Swing n/a
Swing Check 300 2"-24" Bolted Swing n/a
Note: DSI® Cast Steel Globe and Check Valves are available in Classes 900 and 1500. Contact your DSI® salesperson for more information.
*10" & 12" standard from factory.
4
Conformance
NACE MR0175 Compliant
Over recent years the demand for valves resistant to sulfide DSI® offers three basic valves which have been proven reliable
stress cracking in facilities handling H2S bearing hydrocarbons and which fully comply with the NACE MR0175 Latest Edition
has increased dramatically. Varying concentrations of H2S, specification. The typical material configurations of the NACE
pressure, temperature and the medium itself, whether it be compliant DSI® Carbon and Low Temperature Carbon Steel
fluid, gas or multi-phase, plus other factors all have a bearing Gate Valves are shown below.
on the appropriate metallic material selection.
NACE Compliant Material Specifications for Gate Valves

LUF-N LUF-N-LCC XUF-N
Valve Parts Carbon Steel Low Temp Carbon Steel Carbon Steel Notes
Body, Bonnet ASTM A216 WCB ASTM A352 LCC ASTM A216 WCB Maximum hardness 22Rc/235HB
4"& under ASTM A182 F316 4" & under ASTM A105/
Heat affected zone and weld deposit hardnesses
Disc + Disc Faces 6" & above ASTM A216 ASTM A352 LCC/316 Stellite® 6, 6" & above
WCB/316 ASTM A216 WCB/Stellite® 6 are controlled to 22 Rc/235HB maximum
ASTM A276 T410, All from solid bar or forging, no welding,

Stem, Backseat ASTM A182 F316 ASTM A182 F316
ASTM A182 F6A maximum hardness 22Rc/235HB
Gland ASTM A182 F6A ASTM A182 F316 ASTM A182 F6A Same as above
Base material and heat affected zone hardnesses
ASTM A105 plus ASTM A352 LF2 plus
Seat + Seat Faces ® ® ASTM A105/Stellite® 6 are controlled to 22Rc/235HB maximum, Stellite® 6
Stellite 6 weld deposit Stellite 6 weld deposit
facing to NACE MR0175 Sec. 4 and Sec. 5
Materials are suitable for direct exposure
Bonnet Bolts ASTM A193 B7M ASTM A320 L7M ASTM A193 B7M to H2S, NACE MR0175 Sec. 6
Bonnet Nuts ASTM A194 2HM ASTM A194 7M ASTM A194 2HM Same as above
Note: Other trims available in NACE.
Welding Material Test Reports
Welding and weld repair operations are conducted in accor- Material test reports for DSI® Cast Steel valves are available
dance with applicable ASTM material specifications and NACE upon request. Material test reports meet the requirements of
MR0175 using procedures and personnel qualified to ASME EN 10204 3.1b
Section IX.
General Design Specifications

DSI® Cast Steel Valves are manufactured in strict accordance with the following standards:
American Standard British Standard Item Description
BS1414 (Gate Valve)
API 600 BS1873 (Globe Valve) Shell wall thickness and general valve design specifications
BS1868 (Check Valve)
ANSI B16.34 BS1560 Pressure temperature ratings
ANSI B16.10 BS2080 Face-to-face dimensions, End-to-end dimensions
ANSI B16.5* BS1560 End flange dimensions, Gasket contact facing
BS1414 (Gate Valve)
ANSI B16.25 BS1873 (Globe Valve) Welding end dimensions
BS1868 (Check Valve)
*Valves 26” and larger according to ANSI B16.47 Series A (MSS SP-44) and Series B (API 605).
DSI® Cast Steel Valves meet all essential safety requirements of the Pressures Equipment Directive 97/23/EC and may be freely marketed in the European Economic Area.
DSI® products may be used in applications requiring up to category II product.
5
Specifying DSI ® Cast Carbon Steel Valve Figure Numbers
It’s easy to specify DSI® Cast Steel Valves. Just follow the example and use the figure number chart below to specify the valve you need.
Carbon Steel Example:
10" Class 600 Gate Valve with RTJ Flanged Ends operated by a Zy-Gear Bevel Gear Operator, API Trim No. 12 with Flex Wedge,
Special NACE Design meeting NACE MR0175 Requirements, and utilizing ASTM A352 LCC for Special Body Material,
Graphoil® Packing and Gaskets.
10" G R 66 LUF* N LCC

A B C D E F G H
Size Operation End Pressure Trim Special Special Body Packing and
Connection Classes Material Design Material Gasket Material
G No Denotation for See Chart Below See Chart Below N No Symbol Required No Denotation for
Gear Operated Raised Face For API Trim No. Nace MR0175 for ASTM A216 WCB Graphoil® Packing
R *F designates LCC and Gaskets
RTJ Flanged Ends Flex Wedge ASTM A352 LCC T
FF for Gates C5 PTFE Packing
Flat Faced Ends ASTM A217 C5 and Gaskets
C12
ASTM A217 C12
WC6
ASTM A217 WC6
Valve Type Class Flanged End Welding End Symbol API Trim No. Seating* Disc/Seat Stem/Backseat
150 37 37 1/2 U 5 HF/HF 13Cr
300 23 23 1/2 XU 8 13Cr/HF 13Cr
Gate 600 66 66 1/2 AU 11 Monel/HF Monel
900 73 73 1/2 LU 12 316/HF 316
1500 77 77 1/2 L 10 316/316 316
150 133 133 1/2 LUU 16** HF/HF 316
300 141 141 1/2 A 9 Monel/Monel Monel
Globe 600 161 161 1/2 *Note: HF denotes hardfaced with Stellite® 6.
900 173 173 1/2 **Per API 600 10th Edition.
1500 179 179 1/2

150 137 137 1/2
300 149 149 1/2
Swing Check 600 165 165 1/2
900 177 177 1/2
1500 189 189 1/2
Note: All information is subject to change without notice.
6
Specifying DSI ® API 600 Cast Stainless Steel Valve Figure Numbers
It’s easy to specify DSI® API 600 Cast Steel Valves. Just follow the example and use the figure number chart below to specify the valve
you need.
Stainless Steel Example:
16" Class 600 Gate Valve with RTJ Flanged Ends, operated by a Zy-Gear Bevel Gear Operator, 316 Stainless Steel and half Stellite®
Trim, API 600 Design, utilizing CF8M Stainless Steel Body Material, and Graphoil® Packing and Gaskets.
DSI G 66 R 16 16 HFS H
A B C D E F G H I
DSI Series Operation Pressure End Body Trim Stellite® Packing and Design
Classes Connection Material Material Option Gasket Material
DSI No Denotation See Chart Below No Denotation 04 04 HFS No Denotation H
for manual for Raised Face A351 CF8 304 SS Half Stellite® for Graphoil® API 600 Design
Operation Flanged End 04L 04L Trim Packing and
G R A351 CF3 304 LSS U Gaskets
Gear Operated RTJ Flanged Ends 16 16 Full Stellite® T
FF A351 CF8M 316 SS Trim PTFE Packing
Flat Faced Ends 16L 16L and Gaskets
A351 CF3M 316L SS
17 17
A351 CG8M 317 SS
17L 17L
A351 CG3M 317L SS
47 47
A351 CF8C 347 SS
A20 A20
A351 CN7M Alloy 20
21
321 SS
Valve Type Class Flanged End Welding End

150 37 37 1/2
300 23 23 1/2
Gate 600 66 66 1/2
900 73 73 1/2
1500 77 77 1/2
150 133 133 1/2
300 141 141 1/2
Globe 600 161 161 1/2
900 173 173 1/2
1500 179 179 1/2
150 137 137 1/2
300 149 149 1/2
Swing Check 600 165 165 1/2
900 177 177 1/2
1500 189 189 1/2
Note: All information is subject to change without notice.
7
Gate Valves Class 600, 900 &1500
Class 300
Class 150
Parts And Materials • Class 150, 300, 600, 900 &1500

Item Part Name WCB LCC C5 C12 WC6 CF8M
1 Body A216 WCB A352 LCC A217 C5 A217 C12 A217 WC6 A351 CF8M
2 Bonnet A216 WCB A352 LCC A217 C5 A217 C12 A217 WC6 A351 CF8M
Flex Wedge (4" & under) A105/STL 6 A182 F316 A182 F9/STL 6 A182 F9/STL 6 A182 F6A A351 CF8M
4
Flex Wedge (6" & above) A216 WCB/STL 6 A352 LCC/F316 A217 C5/STL 6 A217 C12/STL 6 A217 WC6/13Cr A351 CF8M
5 Seat Rings* A105/STL 6 A350 LF 2/STL 6 A335-P5/STL 6 AISI 321/STL 6 A335-P5/STL 6 A240 316
6 Stem A276 410T A182 F316 A276 410T A276 410T A276 410T A479 316
7 Backseat A182 F6A A182 F316 A182 F6A A182 F6A A182 F6A A351 CF8M
8 Studs A193 B7 A320 L7M A193 B7 A193 B7 A193 B7 A193 B8
9 Stud Nuts A194 2H A194 7M A194 2H A194 2H A194 2H A194 8
Gasket Cl. 150 Graphite GHE Graphite Sheet
10 Gasket Cl. 300 Spiral Wound Metal Graphite Spiral Wound
Gasket Cl. 600 &above Ring Joint Spiral Wound
11 Handwheel A47, A356 A47, A356 A47, A356 A47, A356 A47, A356 A197
12 Gland Flange AISI 1118 AISI 1118 AISI 1118 AISI 1118 AISI 1118 A351 CF8
13 Yoke Sleeve A439 TYPE D2 A439 TYPE D2 A439 TYPE D2 A439 TYPE D2 A439 TYPE D2 A439 Type D2
14 Handwheel Nut A47 A47 A47 A47 A47 304 SS
15 Retainer Nut AISI 1118 AISI 1118 AISI 1118 AISI 1118 AISI 1118 CS 1020+Cr
16 Gland A182 F6A A182 F316 A182 F6A A182 F6A A182 F6A –
17 Spacer A182 F6A A182 F316 A182 F6A A182 F6A A182 F6A –
18 Eyebolts A193 B7 A193 B7 A193 B7 A193 B7 A193 B7 A193 B8
19 Eyebolt Pins AISI 1118 AISI 1118 AISI 1118 AISI 1118 AISI 1118 A479 304
20 Eyebolt Nuts A194 2H A194 2H A194 2H A194 2H A194 2H A194 8
21 Packing Graphite Stack (Braided and Die-Formed Graphite Rings) Pillar 6610+6528
23 Grease Fitting Commercial Commercial Commercial Commercial Commercial Commercial
24 Nameplate AISI 304 AISI 304 AISI 304 AISI 304 AISI 304 –
NPS 14" and Over (12" and Over on Stainless)
25 Yoke Bearings Commercial Commercial Commercial Commercial Commercial –
26 Studs A193 B7 A193 B7 A193 B7 A193 B7 A193 B7 A193 B8
27 Stud Nuts A194 2H A194 2H A194 2H A194 2H A194 2H A194 8
31 Yoke A216 WCB A352 LCC A216 WCB A216 WCB A216 WCB A351 CF8
NPS 36"
28 Studs A193 B7 A193 B7 A193 B7 A193 B7 A193 B7 –
29 Stud Nuts A194 2H A194 2H A194 2H A194 2H A194 2H –
30 Cover A216 WCB A352 LCC A216 WCB A216 WCB A216 WCB –
*Welded Seat Rings. Contact your DSI® salesperson for more information.
8
Class 150 Gate Valves
(37-37 1/2) Dk
11 15
14 23
H1 13
25
OPEN NPS 14"-30"
12 Ball Bearing Yoke Sleeve
20
18 16
21 19
17
H 30
7
6 2 29
28
24 8
10 NPS 36"
Ball Bearing Yoke Sleeve
9
1
4
5 26
D1
D2 31
D3
D
27
17
nxd NPS 14" And Over

2 Piece Yoke
a f
L L1
Dimensional Data (in.) and Flow Coefficient (Cv)

End Flange
Bolt Hole
Size D D1 D2 n d D3 a f L L1 H H1(open) Dk Wt. Lbs. Cv
2 2.00 6.00 4.75 4 0.75 3.62 0.63 0.06 7.00 8.50 12.80 15.63 7.87 45 298.7
2 1/2 2.50 7.00 5.50 4 0.75 4.13 0.71 0.06 7.50 9.50 15.94 19.48 9.84 57 466.7
3 3.00 7.50 6.00 4 0.75 5.00 0.75 0.06 8.00 11.12 16.93 20.55 9.84 66 694.1
4 4.00 9.00 7.50 8 0.75 6.18 0.94 0.06 9.00 12.00 19.09 23.70 9.84 103 1234
6 6.00 11.00 9.50 8 0.87 8.50 1.02 0.06 10.50 15.88 25.91 32.60 11.81 163 2873.9
8 8.00 13.50 11.75 8 0.87 10.63 1.14 0.06 11.50 16.50 30.94 39.69 15.75 273 5109.1
10 10.00 16.00 14.25 12 0.98 12.75 1.22 0.06 13.00 18.00 37.68 48.62 17.72 532 8622.6
12 12.00 19.00 17.00 12 0.98 15.00 1.26 0.06 14.00 19.75 43.70 56.70 19.69 558 12416.5
14 13.25 21.00 18.75 12 1.12 16.25 1.38 0.06 15.00 22.50 47.80 62.09 19.69 860 17651.7
16 15.25 23.50 21.25 16 1.12 18.50 1.46 0.06 16.00 24.00 54.61 71.15 22.05 1235 23055.3
18 17.25 25.00 22.75 16 1.26 21.00 1.57 0.06 17.00 26.00 61.00 79.50 24.80 1455 30603.6
20 19.25 27.50 25.00 20 1.26 23.00 1.69 0.06 18.00 28.00 66.06 86.53 24.80 1742 37782.2
24 23.25 32.00 29.50 20 1.38 27.25 1.89 0.06 20.00 32.00 78.25 102.86 27.95 2557 57349.4
30(A) 29.00 38.75 36.00 28 1.38 33.75 2.95 0.06 24.00 36.00 93.70 124.01 31.50 4674 95044
30(B) 29.00 34.94 33.31 44 0.87 32.00 1.77 0.06 24.00 36.00 93.70 124.01 31.50 4189 95044
36(A) 34.50 46.00 42.75 32 1.61 40.25 3.58 0.06 28.00 40.00 117.68 154.93 35.43 7086 146313.1
36(B) 34.50 41.62 39.75 44 0.98 38.25 2.09 0.06 28.00 40.00 117.68 154.93 35.43 6272 146313.1
9
(23-23 1/2) Dk
11
15
14
23
H1
OPEN 13 25
NPS 12"-24"
20 Ball Bearing Yoke Sleeve
12
18
16
21
19
H 17 30
6
(approx.) 7
10 29
2
24 28
8
4 NPS 30" And Over
9
Ball Bearing Yoke Sleeve
5
1
26
D1
D2 31
D3
D
27
17
NPS 12" And Over

nxd
2 Piece Yoke
a f
L L1

End Flange
Bolt Hole
2 2.00 6.50 5.71 8 0.75 3.62 0.91 0.06 8.50 8.50 14.17 17.00 7.87 60 289.8
2 1/2 2.50 7.50 5.87 8 0.75 4.13 1.02 0.06 9.50 9.50 17.13 20.56 9.84 82 452.8
3 3.00 8.25 6.61 8 0.87 5.00 1.14 0.06 11.12 11.12 18.31 21.93 9.84 98 672.1
4 4.00 10.00 7.87 8 0.87 6.18 1.26 0.06 12.00 12.00 20.47 25.08 9.84 143 1194.8
6 6.00 12.50 10.63 12 0.87 8.50 1.46 0.06 15.88 15.88 27.75 34.44 15.75 296 2776.4
8 8.00 15.00 13.00 12 1.00 10.63 1.65 0.06 16.50 16.50 34.92 44.13 17.72 500 4935.8
10 10.00 17.50 15.25 16 1.12 12.75 1.89 0.06 18.00 18.00 41.26 52.52 19.69 787 7982.9
12 12.00 20.50 17.75 16 1.26 15.00 2.00 0.06 19.75 19.75 44.09 57.09 19.69 1213 11929.4
14 13.25 23.00 20.25 20 1.26 16.25 2.13 0.06 30.00 30.00 49.00 63.29 22.05 1704 15646.6
16 15.25 25.50 22.50 20 1.38 18.50 2.28 0.06 33.00 33.00 55.79 72.33 24.80 2244 21207.8
18 17.00 28.00 24.75 24 1.38 21.00 2.40 0.06 36.00 36.00 61.00 79.50 24.80 2800 26841.1
20 19.00 30.50 27.00 24 1.38 23.00 2.52 0.06 39.00 39.00 67.68 88.15 27.95 3682 34490.3
24 23.00 36.00 32.00 24 1.61 27.25 2.75 0.06 45.00 45.00 79.92 104.53 31.50 5842 51874.4
30(A) 29.00 43.00 39.25 28 1.89 33.75 3.62 0.06 55.00 55.00 102.83 134.25 35.43 9535 85010
30(B) 29.00 39.00 36.25 36 1.50 33.25 3.70 0.06 55.00 55.00 102.83 134.25 35.43 9006 85010
36(A) 34.50 50.00 46.00 32 1.73 40.25 4.13 0.06 68.00 68.00 117.40 154.65 37.25 13029 —
36(B) 34.50 46.10 42.88 32 1.73 39.75 4.09 0.06 68.00 68.00 117.40 154.65 37.25 12346 —
10
(66-66 1/2) Dk
11 15
14 23
H1 25
OPEN 13
NPS 6" And Over
20 12 Ball Bearing Yoke Sleeve
18 16
19 17 7 26
H
21 2 31
6 10 27
24 8 17
4 9 NPS 8" And Over

2 Piece Yoke
5
D1
D2
D3
D
nxd
a f
L L1

End Flange
Bolt Hole
2 2.00 6.50 5.00 8 0.75 3.62 1.02 0.25 11.50 11.50 14.17 17.00 7.87 90 260.7
2 1/2 2.50 7.50 5.91 8 0.87 4.13 1.14 0.25 13.00 13.00 17.24 20.67 9.84 119 407.4
3 3.00 8.25 6.63 8 0.87 5.00 1.26 0.25 14.00 14.00 17.99 21.61 9.84 133 586.6
4 4.00 10.75 8.50 8 0.98 6.18 1.54 0.25 17.00 17.00 21.61 26.22 11.81 260 1068.6
6 6.00 14.00 11.50 12 1.10 8.50 1.89 0.25 22.00 22.00 31.30 38.58 19.69 719 2404.4
8 7.87 16.50 13.75 12 1.26 10.63 2.20 0.25 26.00 26.00 34.06 42.92 19.69 1025 4385.6
10 9.75 20.00 17.00 16 1.38 12.75 2.52 0.25 31.00 31.00 41.73 52.56 24.80 1709 7244.4
12 11.73 22.00 19.25 20 1.38 15.00 2.64 0.25 33.00 33.00 46.61 59.60 24.80 2271 10753
14 12.87 23.75 20.75 20 1.50 16.25 2.76 0.25 35.00 35.00 55.12 69.88 27.95 2542 15116
16 14.75 27.00 23.75 20 1.61 18.50 3.03 0.25 39.00 39.00 60.83 77.96 27.95 3164 20436.3
18 16.50 29.25 25.75 20 1.73 21.00 3.25 0.25 43.00 43.00 69.29 88.98 31.50 5331 26841.1
20 18.25 32.00 28.50 24 1.73 23.00 3.50 0.25 47.00 47.00 73.62 94.87 31.50 6554 34490.3
24 22.00 37.00 33.00 24 2.00 27.25 4.02 0.25 55.00 55.00 85.83 110.63 35.43 9057 51874.4
11
(73-73 1/2) Dk
11 15
14 23
H1 25
OPEN 13
NPS 4" And Over • Class 900
18 16
19 17 7 26
H
21 2 31
6 10 27
24 8 17
4 9 NPS 8" And Over

2 Piece Yoke
5
D1
D2
D3
D
nxd
a f
L L1

End Flange
Bolt Hole
3 2.87 9.50 7.50 8 0.98 5.00 1.54 0.25 15.00 15.00 20.43 24.43 11.81 236 560.5
4 3.86 11.50 9.25 8 1.26 6.18 1.77 0.25 18.00 18.00 23.90 28.86 15.75 379 1018.9
6 5.75 15.00 12.50 12 1.26 8.50 2.20 0.25 24.00 24.00 31.89 38.98 19.69 842 2346.5
8 7.50 18.50 15.50 12 1.50 10.63 2.52 0.25 29.00 29.00 38.39 47.45 24.80 1466 4274.6
10 9.37 21.50 18.50 16 1.50 12.75 2.75 0.25 33.00 33.00 43.31 53.56 27.95 1973 6852.5
12 11.14 24.00 21.00 20 1.50 15.00 3.12 0.25 38.00 38.00 49.37 62.37 27.95 2877 10138
12
(77-77 1/2) Dk
11 15
14 23
H1 25
OPEN 13
NPS 3" And Over • Class 1500
18 16
19 17 7 26
H
21 2 31
6 10 27
24 8 17
4 9 NPS 8" And Over

2 Piece Yoke
5
D1
D2
D3
D
nxd
a f
L L1

End Flange
Bolt Hole
2 1.97 8.50 6.50 8 0.98 3.62 1.54 0.25 14.50 14.50 18.78 21.61 9.84 188 249.1
3 2.76 10.50 8.00 8 1.26 5.00 1.89 0.25 18.50 18.50 23.43 27.05 15.75 332 537.7
4 3.62 12.25 9.50 8 1.38 6.18 2.13 0.25 21.50 21.50 24.80 29.41 17.72 495 975.5
6 5.39 15.50 12.50 12 1.50 8.50 3.27 0.25 27.75 27.75 32.68 39.88 22.05 1138 2242.2
8 7.00 19.00 15.50 12 1.73 10.63 3.62 0.25 32.75 32.75 38.98 47.64 27.95 2205 4075.6
10 8.78 23.00 19.00 12 2.00 12.75 4.25 0.25 39.00 39.00 46.57 57.36 31.50 3439 6518.1
12 10.39 26.50 22.50 16 2.13 15.00 4.88 0.25 44.50 44.50 51.18 63.78 31.50 4872 9617.8
13
Globe Valves Class 600, 900 &1500
Class 300
Class 150
Parts And Materials • Class 150, 300, 600, 900 & 1500
2 Bonnet A216 WCB A352 LCC A217 C5 A217 C12 A217 WC6 A351 CF8M
Disc A217 CA15 A351 CF8M A217 C5/STL 6 A217 C12/STL 6 A217 WC6/STL 6 A351 CF8M
4
Disc 8"-12" A216 WCB/13Cr A352 LCC/F316 A217 C5/STL 6 A217 C12/STL 6 A217 WC6/STL 6 A351 CF8M
5 Seat Ring A105/STL 6 A352 LF2/F316 A335-P5/STL 6 AISI 321/STL 6 A335-P5/STL 6 A351 CF8M
6 Stem A276 410T A182 F316 A276 410T A276 410T A276 410T A479 316
7 Backseat A182 F6A A182 F316 A182 F6A A182 F6A A182 F6A A351 CF8M
Gasket Cl. 150 Spiral Wound Graphite Graphite Sheet
10 Gasket Cl. 300 Spiral Wound Graphite Spiral Wound
Gasket Cl. 600 & above RTJ Spiral Wound
11 Stem Lock Nut A182 F6A A182 F316 A182 F6A A182 F6A A182 F6A A479 316
12 Nameplate AISI 304 AISI 304 AISI 304 AISI 304 AISI 304 –
31 Handwheel A47, A356 A47, A356 A47, A356 A47, A356 A47, A356 A197
32 Gland Flange AISI 1118 AISI 1118 AISI 1118 AISI 1118 AISI 1118 A351 CF8
33 Yoke Sleeve A439 Type D2 A439 Type D2 A439 Type D2 A439 Type D2 A439 Type D2 A439 Type D2
34 Handwheel Nut A47, A194 2H A47, A194 2H A47, A194 2H A47,A194 2H A47,A194 2H A194 8
35 Bonnet A216 WCB A216 WCB A216 WCB A216 WCB A216 WCB –
36 Gland A182 F6A A182 F316 A182 F6A A182 F6A A182 F6A A479 316
37 Spacer A182 F6A A182 F316 A182 F6A A182 F6A A182 F6A –
38 Eyebolts A193 B7 A193 B7 A193 B7 A193 B7 A193 B7 A193 B8
39 Eyebolt Pins AISI 1118 AISI 1118 AISI 1118 AISI 1118 AISI 1118 A479 304
40 Eyebolt Nuts A194 2H A194 2H A194 2H A194 2H A194 2H A194 8
41 Packing Braided and Die-Formed Graphite Rings –
43 Bearing Commercial Commercial Commercial Commercial Commercial –
44 Grease Fitting Commercial Commercial Commercial Commercial Commercial –
45 Studs A193 B7 A193 B7 A193 B7 A193 B7 A193 B7 –
46 Stud Nuts A194 2H A194 2H A194 2H A194 2H A194 2H –
47 Guide AISI 1118 AISI 1118 AISI 1118 AISI 1118 AISI 1118 –
48 Studs Commercial Commercial Commercial Commercial Commercial –
50 Pins AISI 1118 AISI 1118 AISI 1118 AISI 1118 AISI 1118 –
51 Hub A47 A47 A47 A47 A47 –
52 Washer AISI 1118 AISI 1118 AISI 1118 AISI 1118 AISI 1118 –
30 Gear Cl. 300 10" & 12" Commercial Commercial Commercial Commercial Commercial Commercial
Contact your DSI® salesperson for more information.
14
Class 150 Globe Valves
(133-133 1/2)
Dk 34
31 52
34 31 33
33 51
40 48 47 32
H1 NPS 2"-4"
OPEN 38 36 NPS 10"-12" Standard Handwheel
Guide Detail
39 41
9 2
H 35
37
8 6 43
44 45
12
46
Secured By
10
Spot Weld
NPS 10"-12"
7 Hammer-Blow Handwheel
Rising, Non-Rotating Stem
11
D1
D2
D3
D
4 Weld On
Circumference
5 4
50
1
nxd
a f NPS 10"-12"
L L1 Disc to Stem Engagement Detail

End Flange
Bolt Hole
2 2.00 6.00 4.75 4 0.75 3.62 0.63 0.06 8.00 8.00 13.58 14.96 7.87 55 46.9
2 1/2 2.50 7.00 5.50 4 .75 4.13 0.71 0.06 8.50 8.50 19.30 21.07 9.84 77 72.2
3 3.00 7.50 6.00 4 0.75 5.00 0.75 0.06 9.50 9.50 15.75 17.52 9.84 93 105.5
4 4.00 9.00 7.50 8 0.75 6.18 0.94 0.06 11.50 11.50 18.31 20.28 15.75 143 166
6 6.00 11.00 9.50 8 0.87 8.50 1.00 0.06 16.00 16.00 20.08 22.05 17.72 254 400
8 8.00 13.50 11.75 8 0.87 10.63 1.12 0.06 19.50 19.50 21.97 24.25 17.72 375 810
10 10.00 16.00 14.25 12 0.98 12.75 1.19 0.06 24.50 24.50 29.50 32.10 19.69 617 1310.5
12 12.00 19.00 17.00 12 0.98 15.00 1.25 0.06 27.50 27.50 32.48 35.75 19.69 833 1900.6
15
(141-141 1/2)
Dk 34
31 52
34 31 33 Secured 33
By Weld
33 44 30 31
H
H1 43 35 46
OPEN 45 6
45 NPS 2"-3"
48 46 32 A
36 Standard Handwheel
Axis Rising, Rotating Stem
47
41 Of Stem
H 40 31 34
37 51
38 Dk 33 52
9 39 7 34 Secured 51
By Weld
8 2 NPS 10"-12"
Hammer-Blow Handwheel With Gear
12 1 Rising, Non-Rotating Stem
Secured By NPS 4"-8"
10 Spot Weld Hammer-Blow Handwheel
Rising, Non-Rotating Stem
11
4 D1
D2
D3
D
50 Weld On
Circumference 4
5
nxd
a f NPS 8" NPS 2"-8"
L L1 Guide Detail Disc to Stem Engagement Detail

End Flange
Bolt Hole
Size D D1 D2 n d D3 a f L L1 H H1(open) Dk A Wt. Lbs. Cv
2 2.00 6.50 5.00 8 0.75 3.62 0.91 0.06 10.50 10.50 15.16 16.73 7.87 – 66 46.5
2 1/2 2.50 7.50 5.87 8 0.87 4.13 1.02 0.06 11.50 11.50 17.52 19.10 9.84 – 106 84.5
3 3.00 8.25 6.63 8 0.87 5.00 1.14 0.06 12.50 12.50 17.91 19.88 9.84 – 126 104.7
4 4.00 10.00 7.87 8 0.87 6.18 1.26 0.06 14.00 14.00 20.47 22.44 15.75 – 185 165
6 6.00 12.52 10.63 12 0.87 8.50 1.46 0.06 17.50 17.50 22.83 25.19 17.72 – 357 436.7
8 8.00 15.00 13.00 12 0.98 10.63 1.65 0.06 22.00 22.00 31.10 33.38 19.69 – 617 692.9
10 10.00 17.50 15.25 16 1.12 12.75 1.88 0.06 24.50 24.50 32.64 35.40 19.69 11.10 915 1120.6
12 12.00 20.50 17.75 16 1.26 15.00 2.01 0.06 28.00 28.00 35.35 38.58 27.95 11.10 1276 1882.4
16
(161-161 1/2)
Dk 34
31 52
34 31 Secured 33
By Weld
33 44
H1 43 35
OPEN 45 6
48 46 32 NPS 2"
36 NPS 6" Standard Handwheel
47 Guide Detail Rising, Rotating Stem
41
H 40 31 34
37
38
33 52
9 39 7
Secured 51
8 2 By Weld
12 1
Secured By NPS 3"-4"
10 Spot Weld Hammer-Blow Handwheel
Rising, Rotating Stem
11
4 D1
D2
D3
D
50 Weld On
Circumference
5 4
nxd
a f NPS 2"-8"
L L1 Disc to Stem Engagement Detail

End Flange
Bolt Hole
2 2.00 6.50 5.00 8 0.75 3.62 1.30 0.25 11.50 11.50 16.93 18.50 15.75 95 46.2
2 1/2 2.50 7.50 5.87 8 0.87 4.13 1.14 0.25 13.00 13.00 20.27 22.25 17.72 163 73.2
3 3.00 8.25 6.63 8 0.87 5.00 1.54 0.25 14.00 14.00 20.28 22.25 17.72 163 103.9
4 4.00 10.75 8.50 8 0.98 6.18 1.81 0.25 17.00 17.00 23.23 25.59 17.72 309 189.7
6 6.00 14.00 11.50 12 1.10 8.50 2.17 0.25 22.00 22.00 34.45 37.21 27.95 789 394.5
8 7.88 16.50 13.75 12 1.25 10.62 2.19 0.25 26.00 26.00 28.39 31.54 22.05 800 795.8
Contact your DSI® salesperson for Class 900 and 1500 Dimensional Data.
17
Swing Check Valves
Class 600, 900 &1500
Class 300
Class 150
Parts And Materials • Class 150, 300, 600, 900 & 1500
2 Cover A216 WCB A352 LCC A217 C5 A217 C12 A217 WC6 A351 CF8M
Disc 2"-4" A276 410T A182 F316 A182 F9/Stellite® A276 410T A276 410T A351 CF8M
3
Disc 6"-24" A216 WCB/13Cr A352 LCC/F316 A217 C5/Stellite® A217C12/13Cr A217 WC6/13Cr A351 CF8M
4 Arm A216 WCB A352 LCC A217 C5 A217 C12 A217 WC6 A351 CF8M
5 Seat Ring A105/Stellite® A350LF2/Stellite® A335-P5/Stellite®
AISI 321/Stellite® A335-P5/Stellite® A351 CF8M
6 Arm Pin A182 F6a A182 F316 A182 F6a A182 F6a A182 F6a A479 316
8 Disc Nut A182 F316 A182 F316 A182 F6a A182 F6a A182 F6a A193 B8M
Gasket Cl. 150 Spiral Wound Graphite Graphite Sheet
10 Gasket Cl. 300 Spiral Wound Graphite Spiral Wound
Gasket Cl. 600 &above RTJ Spiral Wound
13 Side Plug CSN 417041 A182 F6a A182 F6a A182 F6a A182 F6a A479 316
14 Split Pin AISI 304 AISI 304 AISI 304 AISI 304 AISI 304 A580 316
16 Side Plug Gasket A182 F316 A182 F316 A182 F316 A182 F316 A182 F316 A479 316
17 Nameplate AISI 304 AISI 304 AISI 304 AISI 304 AISI 304 SS
18 Disc Sleeve AISI 420 AISI 420 AISI 420 AISI 420 AISI 420 –
19 Arm Sleeve AISI 420 AISI 420 AISI 420 AISI 420 AISI 420 –
20 Eyebolt ASTM A105 ASTM A105 ASTM A105 ASTM A105 ASTM A105 –
Contact your DSI® salesperson for more information.
18
Class 150 Swing Check Valves
(137-137 1/2)
13
12 2 20 6" & Over
11 16
19
10
6
1
H
4
5 Hinge Pin Detail
D1
3 D2
D3
D
8
14
18
nxd
a f
L L1

End Flange
Bolt Hole
Size D D1 D2 n d D3 a f L L1 H Wt. Lbs. Cv
2 2.00 6.00 4.75 4 0.75 3.62 0.63 0.06 8.00 8.00 6.30 32 218.1
3 3.00 7.50 6.00 4 0.75 5.00 0.75 0.06 9.50 9.50 8.27 54 499.2
4 4.00 9.00 7.50 8 0.75 6.18 0.94 0.06 11.50 11.50 8.46 97 903.2
6 6.00 11.00 9.50 8 0.87 8.50 1.02 0.06 14.00 14.00 10.43 155 2032.1
8 8.00 13.50 11.75 8 0.87 10.63 1.14 0.06 19.50 19.50 12.28 245 3679
10 10.00 16.00 14.25 12 0.98 12.75 1.22 0.06 24.50 24.50 13.86 481 5857.9
12 12.00 19.00 17.00 12 0.98 15.00 1.26 0.06 27.50 27.50 15.83 593 8435.4
14 13.25 21.00 18.75 12 1.10 16.25 1.38 0.06 31.00 31.00 15.94 776 11708.8
16 15.25 23.50 21.25 16 1.10 18.50 1.46 0.06 34.00 34.00 17.91 1063 15293.2
18 17.25 25.00 22.75 16 1.26 21.00 1.57 0.06 38.50 38.50 19.69 1265 19754.5
20 19.25 27.50 25.00 20 1.26 23.00 1.69 0.06 38.50 38.50 20.69 1553 24912.9
24 23.25 32.00 29.50 20 1.38 27.25 1.89 0.06 51.00 51.00 25.59 2381 36680.8
19
(149-149 1/2)
13
12 2 20 6" & Over
11 16
19
10
6
1
H
4
5 Hinge Pin Detail
D1
3 D2
D3
D
8
14
14
18
nxd
a f
L L1

End Flange
Bolt Hole
2 2.00 6.50 5.00 8 0.75 3.62 0.88 0.06 10.50 10.50 6.29 42 211.2
1
2 /2 2.50 7.50 5.88 8 0.88 4.12 1.00 0.06 11.50 11.50 7.08 66 330
3 3.00 8.25 6.62 8 0.88 5.00 1.12 0.06 12.50 12.50 8.26 83 482.8
4 4.00 10.00 7.88 8 0.88 6.19 1.25 0.06 14.00 14.00 8.86 129 858.4
6 6.00 12.50 10.62 12 0.88 8.50 1.44 0.06 17.50 17.50 11.81 217 1963.2
8 8.00 15.00 13.00 12 1.00 10.62 1.62 0.06 21.00 21.00 13.07 400 3549.8
10 10.00 17.50 15.25 16 1.12 12.75 1.88 0.06 24.50 24.50 15.04 598 5546.6
12 12.00 20.50 17.75 16 1.25 15.00 2.00 0.06 28.00 28.00 17.79 851 8128.5
14 13.25 23.00 20.25 20 1.25 16.25 2.12 0.06 33.00 33.00 17.60 1023 11063.8
16 15.25 25.50 22.50 20 1.38 18.50 2.25 0.06 34.00 34.00 21.26 1705 14715.9
18 17.00 28.00 24.75 24 1.38 21.00 2.38 0.06 38.50 38.50 23.23 1771 18624.8
20 19.00 30.50 27.00 24 1.38 23.00 2.50 0.06 40.00 40.00 25.19 2761 23431.5
24 23.00 36.00 32.00 24 1.62 27.25 2.75 0.06 53.00 53.00 36.29 4184 33741.4
20
(165-165 1/2)
13
12 2 20 6" & Over
11 16
19
10
6
1
H
4
5 Hinge Pin Detail
D1
3 D2
D3
D
8
14
14
18
nxd
a f
L L1

End Flange
Bolt Hole
2 2.00 6.50 5.00 8 0.75 3.62 1.30 0.28 11.50 11.50 7.68 62 204.9
3 3.00 8.25 6.63 8 0.87 5.00 1.54 0.28 14.00 14.00 9.45 108 468
4 4.00 10.75 8.50 8 0.98 6.18 1.81 0.28 17.00 17.00 10.83 208 844.8
6 6.00 14.00 11.50 12 1.10 8.50 2.17 0.28 22.00 22.00 12.20 529 1900.9
8 7.87 16.50 13.75 12 1.26 10.63 2.48 0.28 26.00 26.00 14.57 743 3433.4
10 9.75 20.00 17.00 16 1.38 12.75 2.80 0.28 31.00 31.00 16.77 1296 5364.7
12 11.75 22.00 19.25 20 1.38 15.00 2.91 0.28 33.00 33.00 19.88 1649 7852.9
14 12.87 23.78 20.75 20 1.50 16.25 3.03 0.28 35.00 35.00 22.05 2013 10688.6
16 14.75 27.00 23.75 20 1.61 18.50 3.31 0.28 39.00 39.00 25.59 2260 14199.3
Contact your DSI® salesperson for Class 900 and 1500 Dimensional Data.
21
DSI ® Cast Steel Valves Pressure Temperature Ratings
Pressure temperature ratings are based on ANSI/ASME Special consideration should be given to such items as
B16.34 (1996 edition). trim, bonnet gasket material, and packing to assure that
the rating is merited in all respects.
The temperatures shown are that of the pressure-contain-
ing shell, which is considered to be the same temperature
as that of the fluid flowing within it.
Maximum Allowable Non-Shock Pressure (PSIG)

Class Class Class
Service Temperature Class 150 Class 300 Class 600
900 1500 2500
WCB LCC WC6 C5 C12 CF8M WCB LCC WC6 C5 C12 CF8M WCB LCC WC6 C5 C12 WCB WCB WCB
˚F ˚C
(a) (b) (c,d) (d) (d) (f) (a) (b) (c,d) (d) (d) (f) (a) (b) (c,d) (d) (d) (a) (a) (a)
-20 to 100 -29 to 38 285 290 290 290 290 275 740 750 750 750 750 720 1480 1500 1500 1500 1500 2220 3705 6170
200 93 260 260 260 260 260 235 675 750 750 745 750 620 1350 1500 1500 1490 1500 2025 3375 5625
300 149 230 230 230 230 230 215 655 730 720 715 730 560 1315 1455 1445 1430 1455 1970 3280 5470
400 204 200 200 200 200 200 195 635 705 695 705 705 515 1270 1410 1385 1410 1410 1900 3170 5280
500 260 170 170 170 170 170 170 600 665 665 665 665 480 1200 1330 1330 1330 1330 1795 2995 4990
600 316 140 140 140 140 140 140 550 605 605 605 605 450 1095 1210 1210 1210 1210 1640 2735 4560
650 343 125 125 125 125 125 125 535 590 590 590 590 445 1075 1175 1175 1175 1175 1610 2685 4475
700 371 110 110 110 110 110 110 535 570 570 570 570 430 1065 1135 1135 1135 1135 1600 2665 4440
750 399 95 95 95 95 95 95 505 505 530 530 530 425 1010 1010 1065 1055 1065 1510 2520 4200
800 427 80 80 80 80 80 80 410 410 510 510 510 420 825 825 1015 1015 1015 1235 2060 3430
850 454 65 65 65 65 65 65 270 270 485 485 485 420 535 535 975 965 975 805 1340 2230
900 482 50 50 50 50 50 50 170 170 450 370 450 415 345 345 900 740 900 515 860 1430
950 510 35 35 35 35 35 35 105 105 320 275 370 385 205 205 640 550 755 310 515 860
1000 538 20 20 20 20 20 20 50 50 215 200 290 350 105 105 430 400 505 155 260 430
1050 566 – – 20(e) 20(e) 20(e) 20(e) – – 145 145 190 345 – – 290 290 345 – – –
1100 593 – – 20(e) 20(e) 20(e) 20(e) – – 95 100 115 305 – – 190 200 225 – – –
1150 621 – – 20(e) 20(e) 20(e) 20(e) – – 60 60 75 235 – – 125 125 150 – – –
1200 649 – – 15(e) 15(e) 20(e) 20(e) – – 40 35 50 185 – – 75 70 105 – – –
Hydrostatic Shell Test Press. 450 1125 2225 2250 3350 5575
Valve Closure Liquid 315 320 815 825 1630 1650 2450 4080
Test Pressure Air 80 80 80 80 80
Notes:
(a) Permissible, but not recommended for prolonged exposure above about 800˚F. Upon prolonged exposure (d) Use normalized and tempered material only.
to temperatures above about 800˚F, the carbide phase of Carbon Steel may be converted to Graphite. (e) For welding end valves only. Flanged end ratings terminate at 1000˚F.
(b) Not to be used over 650˚F. (f) At temperatures over 1000˚F, use only when the Carbon content is 0.04% or higher.
(c) Not to be used over 1100˚F.
For years Industry professionals have specified DSI® valve products for their
most demanding projects, and consistently Zy-Tech Global Industries delivers
the highest performance fluid control products available anywhere.
Ask your DSI® representative about our other fine flow control products.
22
Warranty And Return Policy
Warranty
For a period of (18) months from date of purchase or for a period of (12) months from date of installation of any of
the goods described herein, whichever period comes first expires, ZY-TECH GLOBAL INDUSTRIES (Seller) war-
rants such goods shall remain free from failure due to defects in workmanship and material incorporated therein by
or for ZY-TECH GLOBAL INDUSTRIES (Seller) provided such failure shall not have been caused or contributed to,
by improper usage, service or application, improper installation, maintenance, repairs, alterations, or modifications
effected by or for the user negligence or obligations hereunder, and provided written notification of such failure shall
be immediately given to ZY-TECH GLOBAL INDUSTRIES at the following address: ZY-TECH GLOBAL INDUS-
TRIES, 10600 Corporate Drive, Stafford, TX 77477.
ZY-TECH GLOBAL INDUSTRIES agrees to repair, or at its sole option, to replace the goods sold at its sole expense.
Apart from the warranty and undertakings of above set forth, ZY-TECH GLOBAL INDUSTRIES assumes no obligation or lia-
bility for losses, expense, or damages, direct or consequential, suffered or incurred as a result of any failure of, or defect in, the
goods described herein, including but not limited to, such costs, expenses or damages as may result from the necessity
to remove, replace, restore or transport the goods from any location or service in which they may be used, regard-
less of the cause of such failure or defect.
This warranty is the only warranty made by ZY-TECH GLOBAL INDUSTRIES in connection herewith. There are not other
warranties, express or implied, of any kind given with respect to the goods, their merchantability, fitness for any particular pur-
pose or usage, or otherwise, nor is any person authorized to extend on behalf of ZY-TECH GLOBAL INDUSTRIES any form
of warranty other than that above set forth.
The goods described herein are not sold or distributed by ZY-TECH GLOBAL INDUSTRIES for personal, family or
household purposes, nor are they normally suited for use as such.
Return Goods Policy

1) Material returned to Zy-Tech Global Industries must be 5) Standard Restocking Charge for returned materials
accompanied with an authorized Return Goods is 15% with a $125.00 minimum.
Authorization (RGA).
6) Freight for material being returned to Zy-Tech Global
2) Material received with proper authorization is subject to Industries to be prepaid.
Inspection & Final Disposition by Zy-Tech Global
Industries Quality Department. 7) If clean up or re-certification is required, charges
will be deducted from the applicable credit.
3) Special items, buyouts, and modified products
are non-returnable. 8) Cancellation of orders prior to shipment and/or stock
transferred to a branch may incur a minimum
4) Returns are not accepted after sixty (60) days of shipment. 10% Cancellation Charge.
Our Quality Commitment...

Zy-Tech Global Industries, Inc. is dedicated to continually
improving their state-of-the-art engineering and manufac-
turing capabilities to improve the overall quality of their
products and customer service. Zy-Tech’s entire global net-
work of flow control experts consist of highly trained tech-
nicians, engineers, and superior testing laboratories to
ensure that all products supplied to our customers are 100%
in accordance with industry standards as well as our own Note: This catalog is for reference only. All information is
Quality Management System. subject to change without notice.
23
Contact your
local Zy-Tech
representative
for more information
about other DSI®® Brand
flow control products,
or visit our website at
www.zy-tech.com
Your Local Representative
10600 Corporate Drive, Stafford, Texas 77477

(281) 565-1010 • (800) 231-3530 • Fax (281) 565-3171
sales@zy-tech.com
©2002 Zy-Tech Global Industries, Inc. • DSI® is a registered trademark of Zy-tech Global Industries, Inc. • ZGI-DSI-CSV-5/02
Grafoil® is a registered trademark of Union Carbide Corporation. • Stellite® is a registered trademark of Stoody Deloro Stellite, Inc. • Teflon® is a registered trademark of DuPont.
ZY-TECH GLOBAL INDUSTRIES
Installation, Operation and Maintenance Instructions for
DSI Cast Steel Valves
CONTENTS
WARNING.....................................................................................................................................2
FOREWARD ................................................................................................................................................. 2
STORAGE..................................................................................................................................................... 2
INSTALLATION............................................................................................................................................. 2
OPERATION ................................................................................................................................................. 3
INSPECTION AND MAINTENANCE ............................................................................................................ 4
This manual is prepared for:
Type of Valves: Gate, globe, and swing check valves

Shell Material: Cast carbon, alloy or stainless steel
Valve Design: Bolted bonnet or cover
Outside screw and yoke
Rising stem
Rising handwheel (for globe valves)
Non-rising handwheel (for gate valves)
RF-flanged, RTJ, butt-welding ends or socket welding ends
1 Revised 3/26/07
WARNING
Keep gate and globe valves in the fully closed
1. SAFETY FIRST! FOR YOUR SAFETY, position. Swing check valves generally have a
TAKE THE FOLLOWING PRECAUTIONS block, or other device, installed to hold the disc
BEFORE REMOVING THE VALVE FROM in the closed position.
THE LINE:
End protectors are placed on the valve for
2. BE SURE YOU KNOW WHAT FLUID IS IN
protection from damage and deterioration. Do
THE LINE. IF THERE IS ANY DOUBT,
not remove the end protectors except for
CHECK WITH THE PROPER
inspection or installation.
SUPERVISOR.
3. WEAR ANY PROTECTIVE CLOTHING AND In the event of extended storage, it may be
EQUIPMENT NORMALLY REQUIRED TO necessary to periodically check for adequate
AVOID INJURY FROM THE PARTICULAR corrosion protection of valve exterior and interior
FLUID IN THE LINE. surfaces and for lubrication of exposed stem
threads and grease fittings.
4. DEPRESSURIZE THE LINE AND DRAIN
THE SYSTEM FLUID. BE SURE THERE IS
Do not remove the valve end protectors before
NO PRESSURE RETAINED IN THE VALVE
valves are ready for installation.
CAVITY.
5. REFER TO VALVE IDENTIFICATION
PLATE TO VERIFY MATERIAL
INSTALLATION
DESCRIPTION AND MAXIMUM
PRESSURE RATINGS. Prior to beginning installation of the valves,
verify the valve is correct as shown in the piping
FOREWARD arrangement. Look at identification plates, tags,
and marking on valves for size, pressure class,
Safe and efficient operation of industrial
and materials. Mount globe and check valves
installations requires not only complete
according to the flow direction marked on the
knowledge of the engineering and functioning of
body.
all machinery and equipment but their
Remove valve end protections, stem protector
continuous proper maintenance as well. To help
(gate, globe) and disc blocking device (swing
achieve trouble-free valve performance, general
check) prior to installation.
information is provided as an aid for optimum
operation and field maintenance. Observe all
safety precautions. Flanged End Valves
Confirm gasket materials and bolting material,
size and length. Clean the valve interior and
STORAGE connecting pipe completely so that the gasket
faces of end flanges are free of foreign material,
While in storage, protect valves from the affects
scratches or other irregularities that will affect
of weather. Ideally, valves should be kept
sealing performance of valves.
indoors in a clean, well ventilated area with the
temperature maintained above the dewpoint.
Align bolt holes of valve flanges and pipe
flanges, insert gasket and tighten bolts.
If valves are stored outdoors, support them off
Alignment must be accurate to prevent
the ground or pavement and provide a watertight
unbalanced tightening and subsequent
cover.
excessive stress on bolts.
Take care to avoid damage to exposed stem
Use suitable lubricants on bolt threads. Tighten
threads while handling the valves. Should the
the bolts gradually and uniformly moving
valve size necessitate handling by crane or
alternately in a cross-bolting pattern, according
forklift, sling or rig the valve carefully to avoid
to standard piping practices. The ends of the
damage. The handwheel and stem should
bolts should extend equally beyond the nuts.
never be used as lifting or rigging points.
2 Revised 3/26/07
After installing the valve, be sure to recheck all It is the end-user’s responsibility to determine
bolts and nuts of the coupled flanges and suitability of use for materials after welding and/or
retighten, if necessary. PWHT.
Any necessary post weld heat treatment
Weld End Valves should be carried out using localized high
frequency induction heating coils, minimizing
Check weld end surfaces for cleanliness. The
the heating period to the minimum to avoid
weld ends should be free from paint, oil, dust,
damage to the valve.
rust or other irregularities that will affect
subsequent welding.
WARNING
If backing rings are to be used, confirm the
material and fit. Verify valve to pipe alignment It is required after initial in-line pressure test or
and make necessary adjustments. start-up to retighten the Body/Bonnet (Cover)
bolting that compresses the seal. Same
Installation welding should be done by duly procedure is required after first temperature
qualified personnel using properly qualified and cycle.
user approved welding procedures in
accordance with the applicable codes and 14” and larger gate valves are recommend to be
jurisdictional regulations. installed with valve stem in vertical orientation
only to prevent excessive wear and galling of
Determine prescribed welding parameters (e.g., wedge/body guides.
filler metal, initial tack welding, preheat,
interpass temperatures, PWHT, etc.) and weld
OPERATION
valve in place in accordance with the approved
procedures. The valve disc should be slightly To open and close gate and globe valves, turn
opened to allow venting of gases which may the handwheel in the direction indicated.
result from welding. Movement should be neither too fast nor too
slow, and applied through the proper travel
Clean and inspect the weld. distance.
When installation is completed, the valves and In new valves, or when packing has been
pipe interiors should be flushed to remove replaced, handwheel torque may be found
foreign objects. relatively high. This, however, will be reduced
after a number of cycles. The use of levers or
Care must be taken during this procedure to wrenches to turn handwheels should be
avoid trapping debris in valve cavities or minimized as it may damage yokes and discs.
damaging seating surfaces. Manual gears or actuators are recommended for
easier operation of larger size valves.
Consult with your piping engineer to assure that
general stress of the pipeline is not concentrated Handwheel operating torque also depends on
on the valves. Check body-bonnet connection the type and size of each valve, and its opening
and packing gland bolting for any additional position as well. Note that the operating torque
adjustment as system pressure is introduced. is extremely high when fully closed valve is
opened, or when the disc comes close to the
For the valves mounted on the end of pipelines, extreme of its travel to the fully closed position.
installation of drain discharge devices is
recommended. Be sure to turn the handwheel of gate valve
back to the reverse direction by about 90 at the
It is recommended that the valve being welded not moment when the disc reaches the extreme of
be located between the hot lead and the ground
its fully closed position. This is particularly
strap of the welding equipment. Failure to do so
important in high temperature service to remove
can cause arcing across the disc/seat and the
stem/stem bushing areas, resulting in permanent
the thermal stress and make valve reopening
damage or failure of the valve to operate. easier and smoother.
Gate valves are to be used only fully opened or

closed position, since they are designed as shut-
3 Revised 3/26/07
off valves, but in no way for throttling service as or deterioration which can result in sealing
globe valves. Partial opening will vibrate the problems.
disc and cause an adverse affect on valve
performance. Pressure boundary parts and assembly joints
should be monitored. Flanged joints may
If a valve will not close, do not apply excessive require retightening of bolts either in a single
force to the handwheel. There may be foreign operation or at intervals to minimize possibility of
material in the seating area. In such a case, decreasing bolt loads due to slow creep, gasket
open the valve again to allow fluid flow and try to relaxation, or elevated temperatures.
clear the debris through the valve bore. If the
situation is not resolved, check the valve interior. Operating conditions will frequently generate
noise due to type of fluid, velocity, pressure, and
Opening gate and globe valves to the backseat temperature. Any mechanical or high intensity
can be considered a means to determine the full fluid noise noted in the valve area may be an
open position. The stem should then be backed indication of potentially serious trouble. Contact
off slightly. your piping engineer to evaluate the need for
action.
The backseat is not intended to be used as normal
operational stem sealing. If circumstances require Inspections should be conducted periodically to
the use of the backseat for stem sealing, exercise detect wear and/or corrosion of valve seats,
extreme caution. The practice of repacking discs, stems, and shell interior. Usually packing
backseated valves under pressure is not and gaskets are replaced after periodic
recommended. inspections as a part of basic maintenance
operation.
Detection of leakage during valve
operation Before removing valves from the piping system,
Tightening of the gland bolts is the usual method mark them adequately with their original
to stop stem leakage. Care should be taken to locations and positions of valve mounting to
tighten the bolts alternately and evenly to avoid avoid confusion or mistake in subsequent re-
one-sided tightening. The torque should be installation.
minimized just to stop leakage, since
overtightening may cause reduced packing Valve interiors should be cleaned thoroughly
elasticity for lower sealing performance. It may using water, steam, or suitable solvents before
be necessary to add or replace packing material. examination.
INSPECTION AND MAINTENANCE Carefully examine seating areas to detect any

damage or wear. Relap as necessary. Inspect
Daily inspection and maintenance of your valves the stuffing box and stem sealing surfaces for
is important for safe, continued operation. smoothness and correct finish.
The main items of your daily inspection are:
The body and bonnet should be examined to
1. Fluid Leakage: (gland area, flange assure there are satisfactory minimum wall
connection, threaded area, valve body thickness and corrosion allowances for
surface, and the welded area. continued service. Use appropriate
2. Generation of Abnormal Noise: (the valve, nondestructive testing methods to evaluate worn
loosened bolts, and the vibrated pipelines. or corroded sections.
3. Visual Confirmation: (correct valve
operating position, securely tightened Clean all component parts of the disassembled
bolting, and adequately fed lubricant around valve and prepare new spare parts such as
the valve stem. gland packing and gaskets before reassembly.
Be sure to remove any rust or other soil from the
Reasonable protection should be provided for seat retaining area of the valve body to have
exposed areas of the stem to minimize satisfactory sealing performance.
mechanical damage and potentially degrading
environmental exposure. Inspect the stem Each valve should be cycled fully opened and
surface in contact with the packing for damage closed to check operability. Pressure tests in
4 Revised 3/26/07
accordance with API 598 should be done to
assure satisfactory performance.
Valve assembly, inspection and repair

operations should be performed only by qualified
and approved shops.
If there are any questions or comments

regarding this product, please contact the
Quality Department at:

10600 Corporate Drive
Stafford, TX 77477
(281) 565-1010
(800) 231-3530
(800) 392-1868 (TX)
FAX: (281) 565-7942
5 Revised 3/26/07
DSI
®
®
Stainless Steel
Cast Stainless Steel
Contents
Stainless Steel Standard Features 3
For years, Zy-Tech’s DSI ®® Stainless Steel valves have been With DSI® Zy-Gear Bevel Gear Chart
satisfying the needs of Petroleum Refineries, Chemical Conformance And 5
Processing Plants, Power Generating Plants, Pulp and General Design Specifications
Paper Plants and other processing facilities throughout Metal/Alloy Designations Cryogenic Valves 6
the world for both conventional and cryogenic services. Cryogenic Valves, Features, Materials and Tables 6
®
Specifying DSI Stainless Steel Figure Numbers 7
Zy-Tech offers you a variety of Stainless Steel and High Gate Valves 8-11
Alloy valve product solutions.
Globe Valves 12-15
Zy-Tech General Terms and Conditions of Sale 21-23
DSI ® Forged Stainless Steel PBV ®®-USA Process

and High Alloy Gate, Globe, Flanged Ball Valves
and Check Valves Design Standard: API 608 (Fire
Design Standard: API 602 (NACE MR0175 2002 Edition) Safe API 607) (NACE MR0175
Pressure Classes: 150, 300, 600, 800, 1500, 2500, 2002 Edition)
(1690, 2680) Pressure Classes: 150, 300,
Size Range: 1/4" thru 2" 600 and 1500
End Connections: Flgd, Thrd, SWE, BW End, Ext. Body Size Range: 1/2" thru 12"
Available Materials: F316, F316L, F304, F304L, F321, End Connection: Flgd
F347, F347H, Duplex and HASTELLOY®®. Available Materials: CF8M, CF8, CN7M, CF3, CF3M, HASTELLOY®® B
and HASTELLOY®® C.
®
PBV ® Process Threaded
and Socket-Weld Ball Valves PBV ® Process Threaded Ball Valves
Three-Piece Bolted Body Two-Piece Threaded and Seal-Welded Body
Design Standard: ASME B16.34 (Fire Safe API 607, Design Standard: ASME B16.34 (Fire Safe API 607,
NACE MR0175 2002 Edition) NACE MR0175 2002 Edition)
Pressure Rating: 400 thru 6000 psi Pressure Rating: 2000 WOG and 2220 WOG
(ANSI 150 thru 2500) Size Range: 1/4" thru 2"
Size Range: 1/4" thru 2" End Connections: Thrd (Female, Male and Combo)
End Connections: Thrd and SWE Available Materials: CF8M
Available Materials: F316
Sign on, specify and purchase Zy-Tech’s

DSI ® Stainless Steel valve products easily
through Zy-Tech’s Z-Commerce at...
Standard Features of DSI ® Stainless Steel Valves
DSI® Stainless Steel Gate, Globe and Check Valves are designed for Gate and Globe Valves and in the bonnet gasket sealing area
and manufactured to ensure leakage of less than 100 ppm (parts (cover gasket for Check Valves).
per million) of volatile organic compounds.
In-house testing procedures have been developed and are peri-
Base line laboratory testing (static and cycle testing) has been odically performed to ensure that standard product design and
performed establishing critical design parameters necessary to manufacturing criteria consistently result in the DSI® Gate, Globe
achieve low emission sealing in the DSI® stem packing seal area and Check Valve meeting a maximum of 100 ppm VOC leakage
prior to shipment.
Live Load Packing
• Stem Straightness and Roundness For valves in service that require frequent cycling or high
• Stem Surface Finish To Maximum 32 Ra pressure/temperature variations (Graphite only), live load-
• Stuffing Box Surface Finish To Maximum 125 Ra ing can extend the service life between maintenance periods
• Stuffing Box and Gland Cylindricity by requiring less frequent packing gland adjustments.
• Self Centering Gland Design Belleville springs are employed to provide constant packing
• Gland Packing: Die-formed Graphite Rings with Braided gland stress.
Graphite Top and Bottom Wiper Rings, or Braided PTFE.
• Bonnet Gaskets:
• Class 150 Gate, Globe & Check Valves:
316 SS Tanged Clad Graphite or PTFE
• Class 300 & 600 Valves: 316 SS Spiral Wound or PTFE
Durable Bonnet Gasket Design
DSI® Stainless Steel valves are furnished with an encapsulated Oval style gaskets, while typically used industry wide, are less
(tongue and groove) body-to-bonnet joint design on class 150, durable due to differentiating radii.
300 and 600 gate, globe and check valves. Additionally, the rela- DSI® Stainless Steel valves have been designed to over come this
tively narrow ASME standard face to face dimension of class 150 problem by providing a body design that facilitates a fully sym-
flanged end gate valves presents a challenge in typical bonnet metrical, round body-to-bonnet gasket contact surface area. This
gasket designs normally resulting in the utilization of oval style round bonnet gasket design, in pressure classes 150, 300 and 600,
bonnet gaskets. is an inherently stronger gasket than a typical oval gasket.
Packing System
DSI® Stainless Steel Gate and Globe valves use a combination of in finish and dimension. DSI® Gate and Globe valves are manufac-
die-formed flexible graphite and inter-braided graphite in a tured with stem finishes better than 32 Ra and stuffing box wall
predetermined arrangement to ensure an effective seal. finishes for 125 Ra. In addition, stem straightness and taper are
Graphite packing achieves its maximum ability to isolate the closely controlled. Braided PTFE packing is also available as a
atmosphere when it is contained within a chamber that is precise DSI® standard valve packing - please specify at time of order.
Graphite Packing Braided PTFE
3
Testing, Modifications and Accessories for DSI ® Stainless/Cryogenic Service
Available Modifications for DSI® Stainless Steel Valves • Weld End Bore Changes
• End Connection Modifications • Chain Wheel Operator
• Gear Operator Mounting • Double Block and Bleed
• Trim Changes
• Actuation NDE Testing Available (In-House)
• Cryogenic Gas Columns • Dye Penetrant Test
• Hand Wheel Extensions • Radiography
• PTFE Disc Inserts • PMI (Positive Material Identification)
• Drilled & Tapped Connections • API Performance Testing
• By-Pass Installations
• Pressure Equalizing
• Acid Shields
DSI ® Stainless Steel Valves Standard Product Range with Zy-Gear Bevel Gear Chart
DSI® offers a broad range of standard commodity Stainless for Zy-Gear operators is based on torque ratings for each valve
Steel Valves in flanged and weld end connections. This chart at maximum differential pressure.

2"-12" - 107B
150 2"-48" Bolted OS&Y Flex
14"-24" - 207B
2"-10" - 107B
Gate 300 2"-30" Bolted OS&Y Flex 12"- 20" - 207B
24" - 307B
2"- 6" - 107B
600 2"-24" Bolted OS&Y Flex 8"-12" - 207B
14"-24" - 307B
150 2"-14" Bolted OS&Y Plug 2"-12" - 207B
Globe 300 2"-12" Bolted OS&Y Plug 2"-12" - 207B
600 2"-8" Bolted OS&Y Plug 2"-12" - 207B
600 2"-16" Bolted Swing n/a mounting pattern per MSS SP101.
Note: DSI® Stainless Steel Globe and Check Valves are available in Classes 900 and 1500. Contact your DSI® salesperson for more information.
4
Conformance
NACE Compliance
The demand for valves to be resistant to sulfide stress cracking,

and to perform in corrosive hydrocarbon environments, has
become commonplace. Facilities handling H2S bearing hydro-
carbons have increased dramatically over recent years.
Hydrogen sulfide concentration, total system pressure, applica-
tion temperature, existence of elemental sulfur, and chloride
content all have a bearing on appropriate material selection in
this severe environment.
All DSI® Stainless Steel gate, globe and check valves, with stan-
dard API trim, have been proven reliable, and fully comply
with NACE MR0175 2003. In order to ensure compliance with
NACE MR0175 2003, customers must provide application spe-
cific operating conditions.
In addition, all DSI® Stainless Steel gate, globe and check

valves, with standard API trim, fully comply with NACE
MR0103 2003 and MR0175 2002 Edition.
Welding
Welding and weld repair operations are conducted in accor-

dance with applicable ASTM material specifications and NACE
(MR0175 2002 Edition) using procedures and personnel qualified
to ASME Section IX.
Material Test Reports
Material test reports for DSI® Stainless Steel valves are available
upon request. Material test reports meet the requirements of
EN 10204 3.1b

DSI® Stainless Steel Valves are manufactured in strict accordance with the following standards:
• API 603/ASME B16.34 • API 600 Design
Please consult Zy-Tech Global Industries, Inc. for availability.
American Standard Item Description

API 603/API 600 Shell wall thickness and general valve design specifications
ASME B16.34 General valve design: Globe and Check valves
ASME B16.34 Pressure temperature ratings
ASME B16.10 Face-to-face dimensions, End-to-end dimensions
ASME B16.5 End flange dimensions, Gasket contact facing
ASME B16.25 Welding end dimensions
5
DSI ® Stainless Steel Metal and Alloy Designations
For Corrosion Resistant Valves
Type ASME Designation

304L A351 Grade CF3
304 A351 Grade CF8
316 A351 Grade CF8M
316L A351 Grade CF3M
317 A351 Grade CG8M
317L A351 Grade CG3M
321/347 A351 Grade CF8C
Alloy 20 A351 Grade CN7M
Duplex/Super Duplex A351 Grade CD4MCu, A890 Grade 4A or 6A
HASTELLOY® C/B A494 Grade CW12MW, A494 N12MV
Zy-Tech Valves For Cryogenic Service

Applications such as liquefied natural gas, and other low tem-
perature fluids, present special valve functionality challenges
caused by extreme temperature conditions. Zy-Tech Global
Industries’ DSI® gate, globe and check valves that are designed
for cryogenic services, are specially prepared and designed to
overcome these challenges.
Typical Gate Valve
Gas Column
Appropriate component materials such as 304 SS (CF8) and 316 Extension Feature
SS (CF8M) are normally used for body and trim, offering superi-
or impact strength, and excellent corrosion resistance and heat
loss properties. An extended bonnet and gas column design is Vapor
also normally employed to provide thermal insulation at the stem
HEAT
seal and stem packing area. At sufficient length, this design fea- Boiling Point
ture places the functionality of the stem seal in the vapor zone of
the liquid media providing safe and continuous valve operation. Liquid
A variety of body, trim, seat and seal materials are available for
use in cryogenic service. Customer specified options, such as
body cavity vent hole, special extension lengths and Kel-F
materials, are also available upon request.
Table of Liquefied Gases

Boiling
Type
Point ˚F
LNG -270
Methane, CH 4 -258
Oxygen, O 2 -296
Argon, A -303
Carbon Dioxide, CO 2 -109
Air -318
Nitrogen, N 2 -320
Hydrogen, H 2 -423 Class 300 DSI Cast
®
Class 800 DSI Forged
®
Helium, He -452 Stainless Globe Valve Stainless Gate Valve
6
Specifying DSI ® Cast Stainless Steel Valve Figure Numbers
It’s easy to specify DSI® Stainless Steel Valves. Just follow the example and use the figure number chart below to specify the valve
you need.
A 16" Gear Operated Class 150 Gate Valve with RTJ Flanged End Connections, A351 CF8M Stainless Steel Body, 316 Stainless Steel
Trim with Half Hard Faced Trim Option, Graphoil® Packing and Gaskets, API 603 Design Conformance with no Specials specified.
DSI G 37 R 16 16 HFS
A B C D E F G H I J
Pressure End Body Trim Stellite® Packing and

DSI Series Operation Specials Design
DSI No Denotation See Chart Below No Denotation 04 04 HFS No Denotation EB No Denotation
for Manual for Raised Face A351 CF8 304SS Half Hard Faced for Graphoil® Extended Bonnet for API 603
Operation and Flanged End 04L 04L Trim Packing and LD Design
Check Valves 1/2 A351 CF3 304LSS U Gaskets Locking Device H
G Weld End 16 16 Full Hard Faced T BP API 600 Design
Gear Operated R A351 CF8M 316SS Trim PTFE Packing Bypass
CW RTJ Flanged Ends 16L 16L and Gaskets N
Chain Wheel FF A351 CF3M 316LSS NACE (MR0175
Operated Flat Faced Ends 17 17 2002 Edition)
A A351 CG8M 317SS DD
Motor Operated 17L 17L Double Disc
A351 CG3M 317LSS Design
47 47 EQ
A351 CF8C 347SS Equalization
A20 A20 Line
A351 CN7M Alloy 20
Valve Type Class Code See Codes Below for Stainless Steel Check Valves
150 37
Gate 300 23 Packing
Specials Design
600 66 Material
150 133 N No Denotation No Denotation
NACE (MR0103) for Graphoil® for B16.34
Globe 300 141
NACE (MR0175 Gaskets Design
600 161 2002 Edition) T H
150 137 PTFE Gaskets API 600 Design
Swing Check 300 149
600 165
7
Gate Valves
Class 300
Class 300
Class 150
Class 150
Parts And Materials • Class 150, 300 & 600

Item Part Name CF8M 316L 317 317L 304 Alloy 20
1 Body A351-CF8M A351-CF3M A351-CG8M A351-CG3M A351-CF8 A351-CN7M
2 Bonnet A351-CF8M A351-CF3M A351-CG8M A351-CG3M A351-CF8 A351-CN7M
Solid Wedge ≤ 11/2" A351-CF8M A351-CF3M A351-CG8M A351-CG3M A351-CF8 A351-CN7M
4
Flex Wedge ≥ 2" A351-CF8M A351-CF3M A351-CG8M A351-CG3M A351-CF8 A351-CN7M
5 Seats A351 CF8M A351-CF3M A351-CG8M A351-CG3M A351-CF8 A351-CN7M
6 Stem A276-316 A276-316L A276-317 A276-317L A276-304 B473-N08020
7 Backseat A351-CF8M A351-CF3M A351-CG8M A351-CG3M A351-CF8 A351-CN7M
Studs 1/2"-12" A193-B8M A193-B8M A193-B8M A193-B8M A193-B8 A193-B8M
8
Studs ≥ 14" A193-B8 A193-B8 A193-B8 A193-B8 A193-B8 A193-B8
Stud Nuts 1/2"-12" A194-8M A194-8M A194-8M A194-8M A194-8 A194-8M
9
Stud Nuts ≥ 14" A194-8 A194-8 A194-8 A194-8 A194-8 A194-8
Gasket Cl. 150 Graphite Sheet W/ SS
10
Gasket Cl.300& Above Spiral Wound / Graphite + 316
Handwheel 1/2"-12" ASTM A536 ASTM A536 ASTM A536 ASTM A536 ASTM A536 ASTM A536
11
Handwheel ≥ 14" A216-WCB A216-WCB A216-WCB A216-WCB A216-WCB A216-WCB
12 Gland Flange A351-CF8M A351-CF3M A351-CG8M A351-CG3M A351-CF8 A351-CN7M
13 Yoke Sleeve A439 D-2 A439 D-2C A439 D-2C A439 D-2C A439 D-2C A439 D-2C
14 Handwheel Nut 1/2"-12" Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Stainless Steel
Retainer Nut 1/2"-12" Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Stainless Steel
15
Retainer Nut ≥ 14" A576-1020-Zn A576-1020-Zn A576-1020-Zn A576-1020-Zn A576-1020-Zn A576-1020-Zn
16 Gland A276-316 A276-316L A276-317 A276-317L A276-304 B473-N08020
18 Eyebolts A193-B8 A193-B8 A193-B8 A193-B8 A193-B8 A193-B8
19 Eyebolt Pins A194-8 A194-8 A194-8 A194-8 A194-8 A194-8
20 Eyebolt Nuts A194-8 A194-8 A194-8 A194-8 A194-8 A194-8
21 Packing Braided and Die-formed Graphite Rings
23 Grease Fitting Steel Steel Steel Steel Steel Steel
32 Key 2"-12" A108 A108 A108 A108 A108 A108
33 Set Pin Steel Steel Steel Steel Steel Steel
34 Washer 1/2" -1 1/2" 304SS 304SS 304SS 304SS 304SS 304SS
NPS 10" - 24"

25 Bearing 16"- 24" Steel Steel Steel Steel Steel Steel
26 Stud A193 B8M A193 B8M A193 B8M A193 B8M A193 B8M A193 B8M
27 Stud Nut A194 8M A194 8M A194 8M A194 8M A194 8M A194 8M
31 Yoke A351 CF8M A351 CF8M A351 CF8M A351 CF8M A351 CF8M A351 CF8M
8
(37-37 1/2) Dk 14 31
11 14 33
11 26
34 27
13
13 32 2
6 15 6
H1 NPS 1/2"-11/2 " NPS 10" And Over
OPEN 23
12 18
19 20
H 7 16 7
2 21
10 Separate Backseat Solid Wedge

NPS 14"-24" NPS 1/2 "-11/2 "
1 15
13
t
25
D1
D2
D3 NPS 16" And Over Flexible Wedge
D
NPS 2" And Over
4 n x ød
a f
L L1

End Flange
Bolt Hole
Size ØD ØD1 ØD2 N Ød ØD3 a f L L1 H H1 Dk t Wt. Lbs. Cv
1/2 0.50 3.50 2.38 4 0.63 1.38 0.31 0.06 4.25 4.25 6.61 7.20 3.94 0.11 5 14
3/4 0.75 3.88 2.75 4 0.63 1.69 0.34 0.06 4.62 4.62 6.65 7.64 3.94 0.12 6 22
1 1.00 4.25 3.12 4 0.63 2.00 0.38 0.06 5.00 5.00 7.01 8.35 3.94 0.16 8 34
1 1/2 1.50 5.00 3.88 4 0.63 2.88 0.50 0.06 6.50 6.50 8.90 10.55 5.51 0.19 16 110
2 2.00 6.00 4.75 4 0.75 3.62 0.56 0.06 7.00 8.50 11.56 13.89 7.87 0.22 30 200
2 1/2 2.50 7.00 5.50 4 0.75 4.12 0.62 0.06 7.50 9.50 13.70 16.54 7.87 0.22 46 260
3 3.00 7.50 6.00 4 0.75 5.00 0.69 0.06 8.00 11.12 15.14 18.50 7.87 0.22 52 460
4 4.00 9.00 7.50 8 0.75 6.19 0.88 0.06 9.00 12.00 17.48 21.76 9.84 0.25 80 825
6 6.00 11.00 9.50 8 0.87 8.50 0.94 0.06 10.50 15.88 22.80 29.06 9.84 0.28 135 2300
8 8.00 13.50 11.75 8 0.87 10.62 1.06 0.06 11.50 16.50 28.76 36.88 13.78 0.31 222 4150
10 10.00 16.00 14.25 12 1.00 12.75 1.12 0.06 13.00 18.00 34.67 45.00 17.72 0.34 224 6700
12 12.00 19.00 17.00 12 1.00 15.00 1.19 0.06 14.00 19.75 40.71 52.99 17.72 0.38 472 9700
14 13.25 21.00 18.75 12 1.12 16.25 1.31 0.06 15.00 22.50 47.80 58.54 17.72 0.41 685 16,277
16 15.25 23.50 21.25 16 1.12 18.50 1.38 0.06 16.00 24.00 54.61 66.89 19.69 0.44 1000 21,562
18 17.25 25.00 22.75 16 1.25 21.00 1.50 0.06 17.00 26.00 61.00 74.80 22.05 0.47 1300 28,715
20 19.25 27.50 25.00 20 1.25 23.00 1.62 0.06 18.00 28.00 66.06 83.46 27.95 0.51 1500 35,760
24 23.25 32.00 29.50 20 1.25 27.25 1.81 0.06 20.00 32.00 78.25 98.50 31.50 0.57 2000 52,165
9
(23-23 1/2) Dk 31
11 14 33 14
26
11
27
34
32 13
13
H1 15 2
OPEN 18 6
23 NPS 1/2 "- 3/4" NPS 10" And Over
20
14 33
12 6
11
19 16 32
H 15
8 21
13
9 7 23
NPS 14"-24" Solid Wedge
2 NPS 1/2 "-11/2 "
10
1
t
4
D1
D2
D3 Flexible Wedge
D NPS 2" And Over
n x ød
a f
L L1

End Flange
Bolt Hole
1/2 0.50 3.75 2.62 4 0.62 1.38 0.50 0.06 5.50 5.50 6.85 7.76 3.94 0.12 7 14
3/4 0.75 4.62 3.25 4 0.75 1.69 0.56 0.06 6.00 6.00 7.13 8.35 3.94 0.15 8 22
1 1.00 4.88 3.50 4 0.75 2.00 0.62 0.06 6.50 6.50 9.61 10.79 7.87 0.19 12 34
1 1/2 1.50 6.12 4.50 4 0.88 2.88 0.75 0.06 7.50 7.50 10.91 12.56 7.87 0.19 24 110
2 2.00 6.50 5.00 8 0.75 3.62 0.81 0.06 8.50 8.50 12.40 14.67 7.87 0.25 44 200
2 1/2 2.50 7.50 5.88 8 0.88 4.12 0.94 0.06 9.50 9.50 13.46 16.22 7.87 0.25 60 260
3 3.00 8.25 6.62 8 0.88 5.00 1.06 0.06 11.12 11.12 15.31 18.70 9.84 0.28 86 460
4 4.00 10.00 7.88 8 0.88 6.19 1.19 0.06 12.00 12.00 19.19 23.19 9.84 0.31 134 825
6 6.00 12.50 10.62 12 0.88 8.50 1.38 0.06 15.88 15.88 23.15 29.53 13.78 0.38 247 2300
8 8.00 15.00 13.00 12 1.00 10.62 1.56 0.06 16.50 16.50 30.57 38.82 17.72 0.44 390 4150
10 10.00 17.50 15.25 16 1.12 12.75 1.81 0.06 18.00 18.00 36.67 47.09 19.69 0.50 630 6700
12 12.00 20.50 17.75 16 1.25 15.00 1.94 0.06 19.75 19.75 42.68 55.16 19.69 0.56 880 9700
14 13.25 23.00 20.25 20 1.25 16.25 2.06 0.06 30.00 30.00 49.00 64.21 22.05 0.62 1500 16,277
16 15.25 25.50 22.50 20 1.38 18.50 2.19 0.06 33.00 33.00 55.79 66.61 24.80 0.69 1750 21,562
18 17.00 28.00 24.75 24 1.38 21.00 2.31 0.06 36.00 36.00 61.00 75.16 27.95 0.75 2200 27,889
20 19.00 30.50 27.00 24 1.38 23.00 2.44 0.06 39.00 39.00 67.68 83.43 31.50 0.81 3000 34,837
24 23.00 36.00 32.00 24 1.62 27.25 2.69 0.06 45.00 45.00 79.92 98.11 35.43 0.94 4200 51,049
10
(66-66 1/2) Dk 14 31
11 14 33
11 26
27
34
13 13
15
2
H1 18
23 6
OPEN NPS 1/2 "- 3/4" NPS 10" And Over
20
6
12 14 33
16
11
19
21 32
15
H 8 15
7 13
13
9 25
10 23
NPS 1"-4" NPS 6" And Over
2
1
t
5
D1
D2
D3 Solid Wedge Flexible Wedge
D
NPS 1/2 "-11/2 " NPS 2" And Over
n x ød
4
a f
L L1

End Flange
Bolt Hole
1/2 0.50 3.75 2.62 4 0.63 1.38 0.56 0.26 6.50 6.50 — — — 0.13 8.3 14
3/4 0.75 4.62 3.25 4 0.75 1.69 0.62 0.26 7.50 7.50 — — — 0.16 15 22
1 1.00 4.88 3.50 4 0.75 2.00 0.69 0.26 8.50 8.50 — — — 0.19 20 34
1 1/2 1.50 6.12 4.50 4 0.88 2.88 0.88 0.26 9.50 9.50 — — — 0.22 38 110
2 2.00 6.50 5.00 8 0.75 3.62 1.00 0.26 11.50 11.50 13.23 15.39 7.87 0.25 80 200
2 1/2 2.50 7.50 5.88 8 0.88 4.12 1.12 0.26 13.00 13.00 15.98 18.74 9.84 0.28 105 260
3 3.00 8.25 6.62 8 0.88 5.00 1.25 0.26 14.00 14.00 18.23 21.61 9.84 0.31 110 460
4 4.00 10.75 8.50 8 1.00 6.19 1.50 0.26 17.00 17.00 21.73 25.87 13.78 0.38 220 825
6 6.00 14.00 11.50 12 1.13 8.50 1.88 0.26 22.00 22.00 30.00 36.38 19.69 0.50 650 2300
8 7.87 16.50 13.75 12 1.26 10.62 2.19 0.26 26.00 26.00 35.55 43.86 23.62 0.62 800 4150
10 9.75 20.00 17.00 16 1.38 12.75 2.50 0.26 31.00 31.00 38.58 49.02 29.53 0.75 1400 6700
12 11.75 22.00 19.25 20 1.38 15.00 2.62 0.26 33.00 33.00 48.39 60.87 29.53 0.91 1880 9700
14 12.87 23.75 20.75 20 1.50 16.25 2.75 0.26 35.00 35.00 55.12 64.09 31.50 0.97 2110 15,367
16 14.75 27.00 23.75 20 1.63 18.50 3.00 0.26 39.00 39.00 60.83 71.06 35.43 1.09 2612 20,172
18 16.50 29.25 25.75 20 1.75 21.00 3.25 0.26 43.00 43.00 69.29 78.11 35.43 1.22 3690 26,273
20 18.25 32.00 28.50 24 1.75 23.00 3.50 0.26 47.00 47.00 73.62 79.92 42.99 1.34 4890 32,141
24 22.00 37.00 33.00 24 2.00 27.25 4.00 0.26 55.00 55.00 85.83 82.80 42.99 1.59 7810 46,707
11
Globe Valves
Class 300
Cryogenic Extended Stem
Class 300

4 Disc A351-CF8M A351-CF3M A351-CG8M A351-CG3M A351-CF8 A351-CN7M
5 Seat A351-CF8M A351-CF3M A351-CG8M A351-CG3M A351-CF8 A351-CN7M
6 Stem A276-316 A276-316L A276-317 A276-317L A276-304 B473-N08020
8 Studs A193-B8M A193-B8M A193-B8M A193-B8M A193-B8 A193-B8M
9 Stud Nuts A194-8M A194-8M A194-8M A194-8M A194-8 A194-8M
Gasket Cl. 150 GHE Graphite Sheet W/SS
10
Gasket Cl.300&Above Spiral Wound / Graphite + 316
11 Stem Lock Nut A351-CF8M A351-CF3M A351-CG8M A351-CG3M A351-CF8 A351-CN7M
31 Handwheel ASTM A536 ASTM A536 ASTM A536 ASTM A536 ASTM A536 ASTM A536
33 Yoke Sleeve A439 D-2C A439 D-2C A439 D-2C A439 D-2C A439 D-2C A439 D-2C
34 Handwheel Nut A194-8 A194-8 A194-8 A194-8 A194-8 A194-8
36 Gland A276-316 A276-316L A276-317 A276-317L A276-304 B473-N08020
52 Washer 304SS 304SS 304SS 304SS 304SS 304SS
12
(133-133 1/2) Dk
31 34 52
33
H1 TACK WELD 40
OPEN
32
7
36
8
38
9
39
H 10
21 B
2
21 A
1
6 t
11
4 TACK WELD
D1
D2
D3
D
5
n x ød
a f
L L1

End Flange
Bolt Hole
1/2 0.50 3.50 2.38 4 0.62 1.38 0.31 0.06 4.25 4.25 6.10 6.72 3.94 0.11 5 3
3/4 0.75 3.88 2.75 4 0.62 1.69 0.34 0.06 4.62 4.62 6.31 6.92 3.94 0.12 6.5 4
1 1.00 4.25 3.12 4 0.62 2.00 0.38 0.06 5.00 5.00 6.38 6.96 3.94 0.16 10 6
1 1/2 1.50 5.00 3.88 4 0.62 2.88 0.50 0.06 6.50 6.50 7.75 8.54 5.51 0.19 20 14
2 2.00 6.00 4.75 4 0.75 3.62 0.56 0.06 8.00 8.00 9.02 10.26 7.87 0.22 27 33
2 1/2 2.50 7.00 5.50 4 0.75 4.12 0.62 0.06 8.50 8.50 10.35 11.63 7.87 0.22 40 65
3 3.00 7.50 6.00 4 0.75 5.00 0.69 0.06 9.50 9.50 11.10 12.62 7.87 0.22 50 100
4 4.00 9.00 7.50 8 0.75 6.19 0.88 0.06 11.50 11.50 13.30 14.93 9.84 0.25 83 170
6 6.00 11.00 9.50 8 0.88 8.50 0.94 0.06 16.00 16.00 15.41 16.41 9.84 0.28 154 375
8 8.00 13.50 11.75 8 0.88 10.62 1.06 0.06 19.50 19.50 19.26 23.25 13.78 0.31 295 710
10 10.00 16.00 14.25 12 1.00 12.75 1.12 0.06 24.50 24.50 23.27 27.72 17.72 0.34 490 1000
12 12.00 19.00 17.00 12 1.00 15.00 1.19 0.06 27.50 27.50 26.14 31.69 17.72 0.38 715 1720
13
(141-141 1/2) Dk
31 34 52
33
H1 TACK WELD 40
OPEN
32
7
36
8
38
9
39
H 10
21 B
2
21 A
1
6 t
11
4 TACK WELD
D1
D2
D3
D
5
n x ød
a f
L L1

End Flange
Bolt Hole
1/2 0.50 3.75 2.62 4 0.63 1.38 0.50 0.06 6.00 6.00 6.85 7.36 3.94 0.12 6.5 3
3/4 0.75 4.62 3.25 4 0.75 1.69 0.56 0.06 7.00 7.00 6.85 7.36 3.94 0.15 11.3 4
1 1.00 4.88 3.50 4 0.75 2.00 0.62 0.06 8.00 8.00 7.56 8.03 5.51 0.19 13.1 6
1 1/2 1.50 6.12 4.50 4 0.87 2.88 0.75 0.06 9.00 9.00 8.90 9.61 6.30 0.19 26 14
2 2.00 6.50 5.00 8 0.75 3.62 0.81 0.06 10.50 10.50 10.33 11.28 7.87 0.25 45 33
2 1/2 2.50 7.50 5.88 8 0.87 4.12 0.94 0.06 11.50 11.50 11.46 12.72 7.87 0.25 70 65
3 3.00 8.25 6.62 8 0.87 5.00 1.06 0.06 12.50 12.50 12.57 13.85 9.84 0.28 87 100
4 4.00 10.00 7.88 8 0.87 6.19 1.19 0.06 14.00 14.00 14.75 16.29 9.84 0.31 130 170
6 6.00 12.50 10.62 12 0.87 8.50 1.38 0.06 17.50 17.50 19.25 21.63 13.78 0.38 252 375
8 8.00 15.00 13.00 12 0.98 10.62 1.56 0.06 22.00 22.00 23.50 26.96 17.72 0.44 495 710
10 10.00 17.50 15.25 16 1.13 12.75 1.81 0.06 24.50 24.50 26.02 30.47 23.62 0.50 810 1000
12 12.00 20.50 17.75 16 1.26 15.00 1.94 0.06 28.00 28.00 29.65 35.59 23.62 0.56 1060 1720
14
(161-161 1/2) Dk
31 34 52
33
H1 TACK WELD 40
OPEN
32
7
36
8
38
9
39
H 10
21 B
2
21 A
1
6 t
11
4 TACK WELD
D1
D2
D3
D
5
n x ød
a f
L L1

End Flange
Bolt Hole
1/2 0.50 3.75 2.62 4 0.63 1.38 0.56 0.26 6.50 6.50 — — — 0.13 8.5 3
3/4 0.75 4.62 3.25 4 0.75 1.69 0.62 0.26 7.50 7.50 — — — 0.16 13 4
1 1.00 4.88 3.50 4 0.75 2.00 0.69 0.26 8.50 8.50 — — — 0.19 17 6
1 1/2 1.50 6.12 4.50 4 0.88 2.88 0.88 0.26 9.50 9.50 — — — 0.22 36 14
2 2.00 6.50 5.00 8 0.75 3.62 1.00 0.26 11.50 11.50 10.33 15.43 7.87 0.25 58 33
2 1/2 2.50 7.50 5.88 8 0.87 4.12 1.12 0.26 13.00 13.00 11.46 17.00 7.87 0.28 140 65
3 3.00 8.25 6.62 8 0.87 5.00 1.25 0.26 14.00 14.00 12.57 18.82 9.84 0.31 180 100
4 4.00 10.75 8.50 8 1.00 6.19 1.50 0.26 17.00 17.00 14.75 20.91 9.84 0.38 260 170
6 6.00 14.00 11.50 12 1.13 8.50 1.88 0.26 22.00 22.00 19.25 26.57 13.78 0.50 610 375
8 7.88 16.50 13.75 12 1.25 10.62 2.19 0.26 26.00 26.00 23.50 28.39 17.72 0.62 760 710
10 9.75 20.00 17.00 16 1.38 12.75 2.50 0.26 31.00 31.00 26.02 38.27 23.62 0.75 890 1000
12 11.75 22.00 19.25 20 1.38 15.00 2.62 0.26 33.00 33.00 29.65 42.28 23.62 0.91 1290 1720
15
Swing Check Valves
Class 300

2 Cover A351-CF8M A351-CF3M A351-CG8M A351-CG3M A351-CF8 A351-CN7M
4 Arm A351-CF8M A351-CF3M A351-CG8M A351-CG3M A351-CF8 A351-CN7M
6 Arm Pin A276-316 A276-316L A276-317 A276-317L A276-304 B473-N08020
8 Disc Nut A276-316 A276-316L A276-317 A276-317L A276-304 B473-N08020
Gasket Cl. 150 Graphite Sheet W/ GHE
10
Gasket Cl.300&above Spiral Wound / Graphite + 316
13 Side Plug A276-316 A276-316L A276-317 A276-317L A276-304 B473-N08020
14 Split Pin A276-316 A276-316L A276-317 A276-317L A276-304 B473-N08020
16 Side Plug Gasket Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Stainless Steel
18 Disc Washer Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Stainless Steel
20 Eyebolt Steel Steel Steel Steel Steel Steel
16
(137-137 1/2)
NPS 6" & Over 13
16
20 11
2 12 6
10
H
1 Hinge Pin Detail
3 t
5
D1
D2
D3
D
n x ød
4 18 8 14
a f
L L1

End Flange
Bolt Hole
Size ØD ØD1 ØD2 N Ød ØD3 a f L L1 H t Wt. Lbs. Cv
1/2 0.50 3.50 2.38 4 0.63 1.38 0.31 0.06 4.25 4.25 2.72 0.11 4 9
3/4 0.75 3.88 2.75 4 0.63 1.69 0.34 0.06 4.62 4.62 2.95 0.12 6 10
1 1.00 4.25 3.12 4 0.63 2.00 0.38 0.06 5.00 5.00 3.41 0.16 8 22
1 1/2 1.50 5.00 3.88 4 0.63 2.88 0.50 0.06 6.50 6.50 3.74 0.19 15 55
2 2.00 6.00 4.75 4 0.75 3.62 0.56 0.06 8.00 8.00 4.59 0.22 21 82
2 1/2 2.50 7.00 5.50 4 0.75 4.12 0.62 0.06 8.50 8.50 5.26 0.22 30 170
3 3.00 7.50 6.00 4 0.75 5.00 0.69 0.06 9.50 9.50 5.89 0.22 43 170
4 4.00 9.00 7.50 8 0.75 6.19 0.88 0.06 11.50 11.50 6.69 0.25 68 295
6 6.00 11.00 9.50 8 0.87 8.50 0.94 0.06 16.00 16.00 10.35 0.28 128 830
8 8.00 13.50 11.75 8 0.87 10.62 1.06 0.06 19.50 19.50 12.19 0.31 226 1525
10 10.00 16.00 14.25 12 1.00 12.75 1.12 0.06 24.50 24.50 14.39 0.34 317 2400
12 12.00 19.00 17.00 12 1.00 15.00 1.19 0.06 27.50 27.50 16.13 0.38 530 3500
17
(149-149 1/2)
NPS 6" & Over 13
16
20 11
2 12 6
10
H
1 Hinge Pin Detail
3
t
5
D1
D2
D3
D
n x ød
4 18 8 14
a f
L L1

End Flange
Bolt Hole
1/2 0.50 3.75 2.62 4 0.63 1.38 0.50 0.06 6.00 6.00 3.11 0.12 12 9
3/4 0.75 4.62 3.25 4 0.75 1.69 0.56 0.06 7.00 7.00 3.35 0.15 16 10
1 1.00 4.88 3.50 4 0.75 2.00 0.62 0.06 8.50 8.50 3.62 0.19 29 22
1 1/2 1.50 6.12 4.50 4 0.87 2.88 0.75 0.06 9.50 9.50 4.17 0.19 30 55
2 2.00 6.50 5.00 8 0.75 3.62 0.81 0.06 10.50 10.50 5.61 0.25 42 82
2 1/2 2.50 7.50 5.88 8 0.87 4.12 0.94 0.06 11.50 11.50 6.10 0.25 62 170
3 3.00 8.25 6.62 8 0.87 5.00 1.06 0.06 12.50 12.50 7.01 0.28 80 170
4 4.00 10.00 7.88 8 0.87 6.19 1.19 0.06 14.00 14.00 7.82 0.31 118 295
6 6.00 12.50 10.62 12 0.87 8.50 1.38 0.06 17.50 17.50 11.42 0.38 212 830
8 8.00 15.00 13.00 12 0.98 10.62 1.56 0.06 21.00 21.00 13.70 0.44 330 1525
10 10.00 17.50 15.25 16 1.13 12.75 1.81 0.06 24.50 24.50 15.93 0.50 528 2400
12 12.00 20.50 17.75 16 1.26 15.00 1.94 0.06 28.00 28.00 18.41 0.56 802 3500
18
(165-165 1/2)
NPS 6" & Over 13
16
20 11
2 12 6
10
H
1 Hinge Pin Detail
3
t
5
D1
D2
D3
D
n x ød
4 18 8 14
a f
L L1

End Flange
Bolt Hole
1/2 0.50 3.75 2.62 4 0.63 1.38 0.56 0.26 6.50 6.50 — 0.13 10 9
3/4 0.75 4.62 3.25 4 0.75 1.69 0.62 0.26 7.50 7.50 — 0.16 18 10
1 1.00 4.88 3.50 4 0.75 2.00 0.69 0.26 8.50 8.50 — 0.19 24 22
1 1/2 1.50 6.12 4.50 4 0.87 2.88 0.88 0.26 9.50 9.50 — 0.22 40 55
2 2.00 6.50 5.00 8 0.75 3.62 1.00 0.26 11.50 11.50 7.36 0.25 53 82
2 1/2 2.50 7.50 5.88 8 0.87 4.12 1.12 0.26 13.00 13.00 7.87 0.28 69 170
3 3.00 8.25 6.62 8 0.87 5.00 1.25 0.26 14.00 14.00 8.27 0.31 88 170
4 4.00 10.75 8.50 8 1.00 6.19 1.50 0.26 17.00 17.00 10.08 0.38 170 295
6 6.00 14.00 11.50 12 1.13 8.50 1.88 0.26 22.00 22.00 12.95 0.50 400 830
8 7.87 16.50 13.75 12 1.25 10.62 2.19 0.26 26.00 26.00 14.33 0.62 610 1525
10 9.75 20.00 17.00 16 1.38 12.75 2.50 0.26 31.00 31.00 18.27 0.75 995 2400
12 11.75 22.00 19.25 20 1.38 15.00 2.62 0.26 33.00 33.00 19.13 0.91 1310 3500
19
DSI ® Stainless Steel Valves Pressure Temperature Ratings
Pressure temperature ratings are based on ASME B16.34 Special consideration should be given to such items as
(1996 edition). trim, bonnet gasket material, and packing to assure that

CF8M CF8M CF8M CF8M CF8M
Service CG8M CF8 CG8M CF8 CG8M CF8 CG8M CF8 CG8M CF8
Temperature CF3M CF3M CF3M CF3M CF3M
Temperature ˚F Class 150 Class 300 Class 600 Class 900 Class 1500
-20 to 100 275 275 720 720 1440 1440 2160 2160 3600 3600
200 235 230 620 600 1240 1200 1860 1800 3095 3000
300 215 205 560 540 1120 1080 1680 1620 2795 2700
400 195 190 515 495 1025 995 1540 1490 2570 2485
500 170 170 480 465 955 930 1435 1395 2390 2330
600 140 140 450 435 900 875 1355 1310 2255 2185
650 125 125 445 430 890 860 1330 1290 2220 2150
700 110 110 430 425 870 850 1305 1275 2170 2125
750 95 95 425 415 855 830 1280 1245 2135 2075
800 80 80 420 405 845 805 1265 1210 2110 2015
850 65 65 420 395 835 790 1255 1190 2090 1980
900 50 50 415 390 830 780 1245 1165 2075 1945
950 35 35 385 380 775 765 1160 1145 1930 1910
1000 20 20 350 320 700 640 1050 965 1750 1605
1050 20 (1) 20 (1) 345 310 685 615 1030 925 1720 1545
1100 20 (1) 20 (1) 305 255 610 515 915 770 1525 1285
1150 20 (1) 20 (1) 235 200 475 400 710 595 1185 995
1200 20 (1) 20 (1) 185 155 370 310 555 465 925 770
1250 20 (1) 20 (1) 145 115 295 225 440 340 735 565
1300 20 (1) 20 (1) 115 85 235 170 350 255 585 430
1350 20 (1) 20 (1) 95 60 190 125 290 185 480 310
1400 20 (1) 20 (1) 75 50 150 95 225 145 380 240
1450 20 (1) 15 (1) 60 35 115 70 175 105 290 170
1500 20 (1) 10 (1) 40 25 85 55 125 80 205 135
Hydrostatic Shell Test Press. 450 1125 2250 3350 5575
Valve Closure Liquid 320 825 1650 2450 4080
Note: (1) For welding end valves only. Flanged end ratings terminate at 1000˚F.
Specify Zy-Tech Global Industries’ DSI® Stainless Steel valve products for your
next project. Discover why more companies are turning to Zy-Tech for
reliable, high performance fluid control products. Visit www.zy-tech.com to
research and specify Zy-Tech products, and track & order online in real-time.
20
Zy-Tech General Terms and Conditions of Sale
By acceptance of the goods described herein, the Buyer expressly acknowledges and agrees as follows:
1. Warranty
The warranty described below applies only to new or unused goods or goods reconditioned by Zy-Tech Global Industries, Inc.
(Seller). The Seller specifically disclaims any warranty for used goods or goods sold as is.
For a period of one (1) year after date of purchase of any of the goods described herein, Seller warrants such goods shall remain
free from failure due to defects in workmanship and materials incorporated therein by or for Seller provided such failure shall
not have been caused or contributed to by improper usage, service or application, improper installation or maintenance, repairs,
alterations, or modifications effected by or for the user, misuse, negligence or accident.
In the event of failure for which Seller has assumed warranty obligations hereunder, and provided written notification of such
failure shall be immediately given to Seller, it agrees to repair, or at its option, to replace the goods sold at its sold expense.
Apart from the warranty and undertaking above set forth, or unless otherwise specifically consented to in writing by Seller, Seller
assumes no obligation or liability for losses, expense or damages, direct or consequential, suffered or incurred as a result of any
failure of, or defect in, the goods described herein, including but not limited to, such costs, expenses or damages as may result of
any failure of, or defect in, the goods described herein, including but not limited to, such costs, expenses or damages as may result
from the necessity to remove, replace, restore or transport the goods from any location or service in which they may be used,
regardless of the cause of such failure or defect.
This warranty extends only to the original Purchaser of the goods and is the only warranty made by Seller in connection there-
with. There are no other warranties, express or implied, of any kind given with respect to the goods, their merchantability, fitness
for any particular purpose or usage, or otherwise, nor is any person authorized to extend on behalf of Seller any form of war-
ranty other than that above set forth.
The goods described herein are not sold or distributed by Seller for personal, family or household purposes, nor are they nor-
mally suited for use as such.
2. Prices
Prices and other terms of sale where set forth in current price sheets are subject to change without notice. Stenographic or cleri-
cal errors are subject to correction.
3. Acceptance of Orders and Special Orders

All orders are subject to acceptance by Seller at its home office, Stafford, Texas, only. No assignment of the Purchaser’s rights may
be made without the written consent of the Seller. Orders for special materials are subject to cancellation only upon agreement to
make payment for the work performed, material used, and a reasonable profit.
4. Terms, Payment and Partial Shipment

All accounts are payable net 30 days of invoice date. One percent (1%) per month interest charged on accounts after 30 days, or
twelve percent (12%) annually. All accounts are payable in United States dollars, free of exchange, collection, or any other charges.
If in the sole discretion of Seller, the financial condition of the Purchaser at any time so requires, Seller retains the right to require
full or partial payment in advance, to set spending limits for credit accounts or to require other adequate assurances of financial
responsibility. Seller reserves the right to make partial shipments from time to time and render invoices therefore, which shall be
due and payable as provided in said invoices.
5. Freight Charges
Unless otherwise specifically noted, standard shipping charges (calculated by product weight, not including packaging) shall be
added or be in addition to the price quoted and Purchaser agrees to pay the same to Seller.
Zy-Tech Terms and Conditions of Sale continued on page 22.
21
Zy-Tech General Terms and Conditions of Sale, Continued
6. Taxes
Unless otherwise specifically noted, the amount of any sales, use, occupancy, excise tax, or other tax, of any nature, federal, state,
or local, for which Seller is legally liable, either initially or through failure of payment by Purchaser, shall be added or be in addi-
tion to the price quoted and Purchaser agrees to pay the same to Seller.
7. Unavoidable Conditions
Seller shall not be liable for failure to deliver or delays in delivery occasioned by causes beyond its control, including, without
limitation, strikes, lockouts, fires, embargoes, war or other outbreaks of hostilities, acts of God, inability to obtain shipping space,
machinery, breakdowns, delays of carriers or suppliers, and governmental acts or regulations.
8. Returns and Cancellations

No product may be returned without Seller’s prior written consent. All goods returned are subject to a handling charge plus
freight in both directions, restocking fees and charges for any required reconditioning, unless otherwise specified in writing by
Seller. Overages, shortages and incorrect material claims must be made in writing within ten (10) days of receipt of goods.
Cancellation of orders once placed with and accepted by Seller may be made only with its written consent.
9. No Waiver
Seller’s failure to insist upon any of the terms, covenants, or conditions listed herein or to exercise any right hereunder shall not
be construed as a waiver or relinquishment of the future performances of any such term, covenant or condition, or the future
exercise of such right or a waiver or relinquishment or waiver of any other term, covenant or condition or the exercise of any other
rights hereunder.
10. Drawings, Data and Confidential Information

The weights, dimensions, capacities, prices, performance ratings and other data included in catalogues, prospectuses, circulars,
advertisements, illustrated matter and price lists constitute a guide. These data shall not be binding except to the extent that they
are by reference expressly included in the purchase order.
Any drawings or technical documents intended for use in the manufacture of machinery, equipment, plants, parts, or other mate-
rial and any ancillary services associated therewith (Material), or a part thereof, and submitted to the Purchaser prior or subse-
quent to the formation of the purchase order, remain the exclusive property of the Seller. They shall not, without the Seller’s con-
sent, be utilized by the Purchaser or copied, reproduced, transmitted or communicated to an unauthorized third party, provided,
however, that the said plans and documents shall be the property of the Purchaser if it is expressly so agreed in writing.
Any drawings or technical documents intended for use in the construction of the Material or of part thereof and submitted to the
Seller by the Purchaser prior or subsequent to the formation of the purchase order remain the exclusive property of the Purchaser.
They shall not, without Purchaser's consent in writing, be utilized by the Seller or copied, reproduced, transmitted or communi-
cated to an unauthorized third party.
11. Governing Law

This contract shall be governed by, construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of Texas.
12. Totality of Agreement, Special Provisions, Modifications

This instrument constitutes the entire agreement of the parties with respect to all matters and things herein mentioned. Purchaser
warrants, represents and agrees that it has inspected the goods and otherwise made inquiry and review, upon its own behalf, con-
cerning the nature, characteristics and quality of the materials and workmanship incorporated therein at or prior to delivery, that
it is fully contented and satisfied therewith and has independently determined that the goods are in all respects fit and usable for
all purposes for which they are intended to be employed by Purchaser. It is expressly acknowledged and agreed by and between
the parties that neither party has, nor is now, relying upon any collateral, prior or contemporaneous agreement, written or oral,
assurance or assurances, representation or warranty, of any kind or nature as to or respecting the condition or capabilities of the
goods and the other matters and things, rights and responsibilities herein fixed and described. No modification, waiver or dis-
charge of any term or provision of this instrument shall be implied by law, nor shall any alteration, modification or acquittance of
any such term or provision be effective for any purpose unless in writing signed by or upon behalf of the party charged therewith.
22
12. Totality of Agreement, Special Provisions, Modifications, Continued
1. Returns are accepted within 180 days of shipment. Restocking charges for returned standard materials is 15%. Cancellation of
orders for standard materials prior to shipment may incur a 10% minimum cancellation charge. Cancellation of non-standard mate-
rial may incur up to 100% cancellation charge depending on stage of work in progress. All material returned to Zy-Tech Global
Industries must be accompanied by a prior written Returned Goods Authorization (RGA) form and freight must be prepaid. All
material is subject to inspection and final disposition by Zy-Tech Global Industries quality department. A clean up and or re-certi-
fication charge may apply to any returned materials. Special items, buyouts, and modified products are non-returnable.
2. All products are subject to prior sales.
3. All sales are subject to Zy-Tech Global Industries standard Terms & Conditions.
13. Export Regulations

Zy-Tech products can only be exported in accordance with U.S. Export Administration Regulations and other U.S. legal require-
ments. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.

23
Contact your
local Zy-Tech
representative
about other DSI® Brand
www.zy-tech.com

(281) 565-1010 • (800) 231-3530 • Fax (281) 565-3171
sales@zy-tech.com
©2004 Zy-Tech Global Industries, Inc. • DSI® is a registered trademark of Zy-tech Global Industries, Inc. • ZGI-DSI-CSSV-6/04
HASTELLOY® is a registered trademark of Haynes International, Inc.
CONTENTS
WARNING.....................................................................................................................................2
FOREWARD ................................................................................................................................................. 2
STORAGE..................................................................................................................................................... 2
INSTALLATION............................................................................................................................................. 2
OPERATION ................................................................................................................................................. 3

Rising stem
1 Revised 3/26/07
WARNING
THE LINE:
SUPERVISOR.
CAVITY.
INSTALLATION
body.
cover.
2 Revised 3/26/07
subsequent welding.
WARNING
OPERATION

3 Revised 3/26/07
action.
operation.

4 Revised 3/26/07

and approved shops.


Stafford, TX 77477
(281) 565-1010
(800) 231-3530
(800) 392-1868 (TX)
FAX: (281) 565-7942
5 Revised 3/26/07
Contents
Numerical Index by Valve Figure Number 3
Comparative Valve Figure Numbers 4
Specifying DSI Valve Figure Numbers
®
®
5
Standard Features 5
Gate Valves 7-11
Globe Valves 12-15
Check Valves 16-19
Technical Data 20
Selective Purpose Valves 21
Our Quality Commitment 21
Warranty 21
Terms of Sale 22
The DSI® Forged Steel Valve Products consist
of Gate, Globe and Check Valves to fine tune
any production system with the most
dependable valves available anywhere Zy-Tech Global Industries is known for
in the World. The DSI® Trademark providing the very best oilfield &
carries the reputation of industrial products and customer
Zy-Tech Global Industries. service the industry has ever seen.
From the design and
manufacturing process to the
computerized stocking and
inventory capabilities,
Zy-Tech continues to
lead the way as a
world supplier of
quality valves.
Numerical Index By Valve Figure Number
Gate Valves
DSI No. Class Type Page
4121/4101/4111 800 Std. Port BB-OS&Y 8
4171/4161 800 Full Port BB-OS&Y 8
4121 Cryogenic 800 Full Port BB-WB Ext. Bon. 8
6121/6101/6111 1500 Std. Port BB-OS&Y 8
6171/6161 1500 Full Port BB-OS&Y 8
4123/4103/4113 800 Std. Port WB-OS&Y 8
Every DSI®® Valve is 6123/6103/6113 1500 Std. Port WB-OS&Y 9
4125/4115 800 Std. Port UB-IS 9
designed with you in mind. 7173/7163 2500 Full Port WB-OS&Y 9
4143/4153 800/1500 Std. Port Take-Off WB-OS&Y 10
Tough as nails and 4151/4191 800 Std. Port Take-Off BB-OS&Y 10
4153CT 800/1500 Std. Port Take-Off WB-OS&Y 10
dependable like the sun. 4193/6193 800/1500 Std. Port Take-Off WB-OS&Y 10
1131 150 Std. Port Flgd. RTJ-BB-OS&Y 11
6187 1500 Full Port Flgd. RTJ-BB-OS&Y 11
When you see the 7187 2500 Full Port Flgd. RTJ-BB-OS&Y 11
DSI®® mark you

Globe Valves
know you’re using 4221/4201/4211 800 Std. Port BB-OS&Y 13
6221/6201/6211 1500 Std. Port BB-OS&Y 13
the toughest, 4223/4203/4213 800 Std. Port WB-OS&Y 13
6223/6203/6213 1500 Std. Port WB-OS&Y 13
most reliable valve 6273Y/6263Y 1500 FP Y-PAT WB-OS&Y 14
7273Y/7263Y 2500 FP Y-PAT WB-OS&Y 14
1231/2231/3231 150-600 Std. Port Flgd. BB-OS&Y 15
available anywhere 6287 1500 FP Flgd. RTJ-BB-OS&Y 15
in the World.
Check Valves
4321/4301/4311 800 Std. Port BC Piston 17
4371/4361 800 Full Port BC Piston 17
Just like you, 6321/6301/6311 1500 Std. Port BC Piston 17
4521/4501/4511 800 Std. Port BC Ball 17
the name stands 1331/2331/3331 150-600 Std. Port Flgd. BC Piston 18
6387 1500 FP Flgd. RTJ-BC-Piston 18
for quality. 4672/4662 800 Full Port Vertical Ball 19
4421/4401/4411 800 Std. Port BC Swing 19
1431/2431/3431 150-600 Flgd. BC Swing 19
Catalog is for reference use only. All information contained

within this catalog is subject to change without notice.
Consult factory for additional information.
3
Comparative Valve Figure Numbers
DSI® Vogt Smith Bonney Velan RP&C DSI® Vogt Smith Bonney Velan RP&C
1131 353 815 L1-11 F054B F158 4501 — — — —
1231 473 — L1-31 F074B F180 4503 — — — —
1331 573 — L1-41 F034B F190 4511 SWB701 SB80SW W024B —
1431 — — — — 4513 — — — —
2131 363 830 L3-11 F154B F308 4521 B701 SB80 S024B —
2231 483 G83 L3-31 F174B F380 4523 — — — —
2331 583 C83 L3-41 F134B F390 4662 SW54853 — — —
3131 373 860 L6-11 F254B F608 4672 54853 — — —
3231 493 G86 L6-31 F274B F680 6101 — — — —
3331 593 C86 L6-41 F234B F690 6103 — — — —
3431 — — — — 6111 SW15111 1500SW W3054B —
4101 TSW12111 — — — 6113 SW15801 1570SW W3054W —
4103 TSW2801 — — — 6121 15111 1500 9HL-11 S3054B —
4111 SW12111 800SW W2054B F57 6123 15801 1570 S3054W —
4113 SW2801 870SW W2054W FWB77 6143 — — — —
4115 SW59851 820SW — — 6153 — — — —
4116 SW12161 850SW W2194B F60 6153-CT — — — —
4118 SW2811 890SW W2194W FWB60 6161 SW1033 1588SW W3064B —
4121 12111 800 HL-11 S2054B F56 6163 — 1578SW W3064W —
4123 2801 870 S2054W FWB76 6171 1033 1588 S3064B —
4125 59851 820 — — 6173 — 1578 9W-11 S3064W —
4126 12161 850 S2194B F59 6187 11683 — — —
4128 2811 890 S2194W FWB59 6193 — — — —
4143 TT2801 876 MFL-11 A2184W FWB41 6201 — — — —
4153 ST2801 877 — FWB44 6203 — — — —
4153-CT CT2801 — A2184W — 6211 SW15141 G150SW W3074B —
4161 SW13111 888SW W2064B F057 6213 SW15821 G157SW W3074W —
4163 — 5870SW — — 6221 15141 G150 S3074B —
4171 13111 888 H-11 S2064B F056 6223 15821 G157 S3074W —
4173 — 5870 W-11 — — 6261 SW1023 — — —
4193 CT2901 875 — — 6263 — — — —
4201 — — — — 6263Y — — — —
4203 — — — — 6267 SW1003 — — —
4211 SW12141 G80SW W2074B F81 6271 1023 — — —
4213 SW2821 G87SW W2074W FWB87 6273 — — — —
4221 12141 G80 HL-31 S2074B F80 6273Y — — — —
4223 2821 G87 WL-31 S2074W FWB86 6277 1003 — — —
4261 SW13141 — — — 6287 10683 — — —
4263 — — — — 6301 — — — —
4271 13141 — — — 6303 — — — —
4273 — — — — 6311 SW15701 C150SW W034B —
4301 — — — — 6313 — — W034W —
4303 — — — — 6321 15701 C150 S034B —
4311 SW701 SC80SW W034B F95 6323 — — S034W —
4313 — — W034W — 6367 — — — —
4321 701 SC80 S034B F94 6377 — — — —
4323 — — S034W — 6387 — — — —
4361 SW13701 — — — 6567 — — — —
4371 13701 — — — 6577 — — — —
4411 SW74 — W114B — 7163 SW66703 — — —
4421 74 — S114B — 7173 66703 — — —
7263Y SW2510 — 25Y-32-SW — —
7267 — — — —
7273Y 2510 — 25Y-32-T — —
7277 — — — —
4
®
It’s easy to specify DSI® Forged Steel Valves. Just follow the example and use the figure number chart below to specify the valve you need.
Example valve specified:

Class 800, Gate Valve Type, Threaded (Standard) End-Port, BB-OS&Y Design Style, TFE Packing, A105N Body Material, Stellite® Seats for Trim and NACE conformance.
4A
1B
2
C
1D
T – A
E F
8 – 18
G H
Class Type End-Port Body/Bonnet Style Special Body Material Trim Other
1 • 150 1 • Gate 1 • Swe-Std 1 • BB-OS&Y/BC Y • Y-Pattern A • A105N 1 • F6a 18 • NACE
2 • 300 2 • Globe 2 • Thrd-Std 2 • UB-OS&Y/UC T • TFE Packing B • F-5 2 • F304 20 • Oxygen Clean
3 • 600 3 • Piston Check 3 • Flgd-Std 3 • WB-OS&Y/WC CT • Ext. Couplet C • F-11 5 • Full Stellite® 22 • Cryogenic
4 • 800 4 • Swing Check 4 • F. Thrd x M. Thrd 4 • PS-OS&Y/PSC BW • Buttweld Ends D • F316 8 • Stellite® Seats 24 • Bellows
5 • 900 5 • Ball Check 5 • F. Thrd x M. SWE 5 • UB-IS R • RTJ Ends E • F316L 9 • Monel 26 • Alkylation
6 • 1500 6 • Vert Ball Check 6 • SWE-Full 6 • WB-IS EB • Ext. Bonnet F • LF2 10 • F316
7 • 2500 7 • Needle/Globe 7 • Thrd-Full 7 • RTJ-BB/BC FF • Flat Faced Ends G • F-9 11 • Monel-HFS
8 • 4500 8 • Flgd-Full 8 • WB-1S H • F-22 12 • F316-HFS
9 • IREB-Std J • F-347 16 • F316L-HFS
0 • F. SWE x F. Thrd K • LF-3 17 • F321-HFS
L • F304 19 • F347-HFS
Footnotes: M • F321 20 • F317
BB • Bolted Bonnet BC • Bolted Cover N • F317L 21 • F91-HFS
WB • Welded Bonnet WC • Welded Cover P • F304L 22 • F304L
UB • Union Bonnet UC • Union Cover R • F51 51 • Duplex SS
PS • Full Penetration IS • Inside Screw S • Monel
OS&Y • Outside Screw & Yoke T • F91
IREB • Integrally Reinforced Extended Body (male couplet x female threaded)
Standard Features of DSI Forged Steel Valves ®
• All DSI® forged carbon steel valves maintain a .22 % maxi- • All flanged DSI® forged steel valves through Class 2500 are
mum carbon content and are normalized to further refine the integrally forged to avoid the potential leak path that exist
grain and homogenize the microstructure. when welding flanges onto valve bodies.
• Every valve meets NACE MR-01-75 conformance and are • Welded bonnet valves are initially joined by threading the
supplied with appropriate Class II bolting and nuts. body-bonnet joint together, then welding by automatic GMAW.
All welds are inspected after welding assuring quality control.
• DSI® forged steel valves come standard with a Stellite® #6
seating surface. The Stellite® #6 is applied by an automatic GTAW • It’s a DSI® quality standard that 10% of all forgings are subject-
process, maintaining a minimum thickness of 0.05 inches. ed to nondestructive examination, i.e., magnetic particle or liq-
uid penetrant inspection as appropriate.
• Valves are furnished with non-asbestos Grafoil® packing. The
top and bottom wiper rings are John Crane 1625G (or equiva- • DSI® forged steel valves contain no copper bearing alloys.
lent), while the four center rings are Union Carbide die-formed • Every DSI® forged steel valve is manufactured with a two-
Grafoil® containing an inorganic passivating inhibitor for cor- piece self-aligning gland flange assembly which insures even
rosion and oxidation resistance. compression of the stuffing box during assembly and repacking.
• The DSI® bolted bonnet and bolted cap valves not utilizing a • DSI® valves are supplied with Stainless Steel eye bolts, nuts
ring joint connection are fitted with a 316 Stainless Steel spiral and packing gland followers.
wound Grafoil® filled gasket that is fully contained to protect it
from over-compression and erosion. Monel trim valves are fitted
with a Monel spiral wound Grafoil® filled gasket.
Grafoil® is a registered trademark of Union Carbide Corporation. Stellite® is a registered trademark of Stoody Deloro Stellite, Inc.
5
Standard Product Range
Family of Standard Production
DSI® offers a broad range of standard commodity forged

steel Gate, Globe and Check valves in threaded and
socketweld end connections.
Size Range: 1/4" thru 2"

Class Range: 800-2500
Style: Bolted, welded or union bonnet con-
nection of either inside screw or outside
screw and yoke design.
Materials: A105N, LF2, LF3, F316,

F304, F316L, F5, F9, F11, F22
Family of Flanged End Production Valves
DSI® offers a complete line of integrally forged flanged end

Gate, Globe and Check valves.
Size Range: 1/2" thru 3" (3" Class 150 only)

Style: Bolted or welded bonnet construction of outside screw
and yoke design.
Materials: A105N, LF2, LF3, F316, F304, F316L, F5, F9,

F11, F22
Family of Take-off Type Valves
The DSI® integrally forged Take-off valves are

available from stock in a wide range of
materials and end connection
combinations.

Class Range: 800 - 1500
Style: Welded bonnet outside screw and yoke.
Materials: A105N, LF2, LF3, F316, F304, F316L,

F5, F9, F11, F22
Note: Other materials available upon request.
6
Gate Valves
Bolted, Welded & Union Bonnet • Class 150, 300, 600, 800, 1500, & 2500
17 No. Part Material
20
1 Body Carbon Steel, ASTM A105N
3 2 Bonnet Carbon Steel, ASTM A105N
10 3 Handwheel Carbon Steel
12 4 Gland Flange Carbon Steel, ASTM A105
4
5 Eyebolt Screws Zinc Plated, Carbon Steel
6 Stem Alloy Steel, ASTM A182 F6
11
7 Seats Alloy Steel, ASTM A182 F6/Stellite®-6
15 8 Wedge Alloy Steel, ASTM A182 F6
5 9 Packing Graphite Stack*
16 10 Yoke Nut Stainless Steel, AISI 416
11 Eyebolts Stainless Steel, ASTM A193-B8
9
12 Eyebolt Nuts Carbon Steel, ASTM A194 2HM
13 13 Cap Screws Alloy Steel, ASTM A193 B7M
2 14 Gasket 316 SS Spiral Wound Grafoil®
14 15 Packing Gland Stainless Steel, AISI 416
6
16 Lock Nut Washer Stainless Steel
17 Handwheel Nut Carbon Steel
1
20 Name Plate Aluminum
8
*Braided and die-formed graphite rings, John Crane 1625G (or equivalent) & Grafoil® GTK with
7 corrosion inhibitor.
DSI® valves are manufactured in strict accordance with the following standards:
API 602 Compact steel gate valves

API 598 Valve Inspection and Test
ANSI/ASME B16.34 Steel valve, flanged and butt-welding end
ANSI/ASME B16.5 Steel pipe flanges and flanged fittings
ANSI/ASME B16.10 Face-to-face and end-to-end dimensions of ferrous valves
ANSI/ASME B16.11 Forged steel fittings, socket welding and threaded
ANSI/ASME B1.20.1 Pipe threads, general purpose
ANSI/ASME B31.3 Chemical plant and petroleum refinery piping
MSS SP-25 Standard marking system for valves, fittings, flanges and unions
MSS-SP-6 Standard finishes for contact faces of pipe, flanges and connecting end flanges of valves and fittings
NACE MR-01-75 Material requirements: Sulfide stress cracking resistant metallic materials for oil field equipment.
External Material Trim Material Sealing Material

Body Bolts Gland Bolt Gland Nuts Stem Seats Wedge
ASTM Bonnet Packing Gasket
ASTM ASTM A193 ASTM A194 AISI AISI
410 410HF 410
316 316HF 316
Braided Construction Grafoil® and
A105 A105N B7M B8 2HM

410 410HF 410HF
Monel Monel Monel
die-formed Grafoil® rings
Grafoil® Sandwich Stack:
410 410HF 410

Spiral Wound Grafoil®
A350 LF2 L7M B8 7M

316 Stainless Steel
316 316HF 316

F5
F11 B16 B8 4 410 410HF 410
A182 F9
F316L 316L 316LHF 316L
B8M B8 8M
F316 316 316HF 316
NOTE: Monel trim valves are fitted with a Monel spiral wound Grafoil ® filled gasket.
7
Gate Valves
Class 800 • Standard and Full Port – Bolted Bonnet – OS&Y Threaded and Socketweld Ends
Dimensions Thrd ThrdxSWE SWE Size (in.) B
Standard Port 4121 4101 4111 — 1/2 3/4 1 11/4 11/2 2 —

Full Port 4171 — 4161 1/4 3/8 1/2 3/4 1 11/4 11/2 2
End to End A 3.19 3.19 3.46 4.33 5.04 5.04 5.51 5.94 C
Handwheel B 3.62 3.62 3.62 4.02 5.12 5.91 5.91 6.89
Center to Top C (Closed) 5.24 5.59 5.79 6.69 7.76 8.46 9.37 10.98
Port Diameter D .28 .37 .50 .71 .94 1.20 1.44 1.80 D Port
Weight Lbs. 4.19 4.19 5.73 7.94 10.58 16.53 23.59 35.27
A
Class 800 • Standard Port– Bolted & Welded Cryogenic Extended Bonnet –Threaded Ends–Min. Temp.-325˚ F
Dimensions Thrd Size (in.) B
Standard Port 4121 Cryogenic 3/8 1/2 3/4 1 11/4 11/2 2

End to End A 3.19 3.19 3.46 4.33 5.04 5.04 5.04
Handwheel B 3.62 3.62 3.62 4.02 5.12 5.91 6.89 C
Port Diameter D .28 .37 .50 .71 .94 1.20 1.44
Weight Lbs. 6.39 6.39 7.94 10.14 13.67 19.84 26.90
D Port
Standard Port 6121 6101 6111 3/8 1/2 3/4 1 11/4 11/2 2
Full Port 6171 — 6161 1/4 3/8 1/2 3/4 1 11/4 11/2
End to End A 3.19 3.46 4.33 5.04 5.04 5.51 5.94 C
Handwheel B 3.62 3.62 4.02 5.12 5.91 5.91 6.89
Center to Top C (Closed) 5.59 5.79 6.69 7.76 8.46 9.37 10.98
Port Diameter D .28 .37 .50 .71 .94 1.20 1.44 D Port
Weight Lbs. 4.19 5.73 7.94 10.58 16.53 23.59 35.27
A
Class 800 • Standard Port – Welded Bonnet – OS&Y Threaded and Socketweld Ends
Standard Port 4123 4103 4113 3/8 1/2 3/4 1 11/4 11/2 2
End to End A 3.19 3.19 3.46 4.33 5.04 5.04 5.51
Handwheel B 3.62 3.62 3.62 4.02 5.12 5.91 5.91 C
Port Diameter D .28 .37 .50 .71 .94 1.20 1.44
Weight Lbs. 3.97 3.97 4.85 6.61 9.26 14.33 20.28 D Port
8
Gate Valves
Standard Port 6123 6103 6113 3/8 1/2 3/4 1 11/4 11/2 2
End to End A 3.19 3.46 4.33 5.04 5.04 5.51 5.94
Handwheel B 3.62 3.62 4.02 5.12 5.12 5.91 6.89 C
Port Diameter D .28 .37 .50 .71 .94 1.20 1.44
Weight Lbs. 4.19 5.73 7.94 10.58 16.53 23.59 35.27 D Port
Class 800 • Standard Port – Union Bonnet – IS – Threaded and Socketweld Ends
Dimensions Thrd SWE Size (in.) B
Standard Port 4125 4115 3/8 1/2 3/4 1 11/4 11/2 2

End to End A 2.76 2.76 3.39 3.98 — 4.72 5.24
Handwheel B 3.62 3.62 3.62 4.02 — 5.12 5.91 C
Center to Top C (Closed) 5.91 5.91 5.91 7.48 — 9.45 10.63
Port Diameter D .37 .50 .50 .75 — 1.25 1.50
Weight Lbs. 3.09 3.09 3.75 6.61 — 9.26 17.20
D Port
Class 2500 • Full Port – Welded Bonnet – OS&Y Threaded and Socketweld Ends
Full Port 7173 7163 3/8 1/2 3/4 1 11/4 11/2 2

End to End A 3.46 5.04 5.04 5.04 8.27 8.27 9.45
Handwheel B 4.02 5.91 5.91 5.91 6.89 6.89 7.48 C
Port Diameter D .37 .50 .71 .94 1.20 1.44 1.80
Weight Lbs. 6.61 9.26 9.26 20.28 30.42 30.42 55.12 D Port
9
Gate Valves
Class 800/1500 • Standard Port –Take Off – Welded Bonnet – Female Thread x Male Thread Ends
Dimensions F. Thrd x M. Thrd Size (in.) B
Standard Port 4143 4153 1/2 3/4 1 11/2
End to End A 6.00 6.00 6.00 6.00 7.5 7.5 8.5 —
Center to End A1 4.41 4.41 4.27 4.27 5.41 5.41 5.45 —
C
Handwheel B 3.62 3.62 3.62 3.62 4.02 4.02 5.91 —
Center to Top C (Closed) 5.59 5.59 5.79 5.79 6.69 6.69 8.46 —
Port Diameter D .37 .37 .50 .50 .71 .71 1.20 —
Insert O.D. E .52 .52 .65 .65 .89 .89 1.42 — D Port E
Weight Lbs. 4.63 4.63 5.95 5.95 8.82 8.82 16.53 —
A1
A
Class 800 • Standard Port – Take Off – Bolted Bonnet – Female Thread x Male Socketweld Ends
Dimensions F. Thrd x M. SWE Size (in.) B
Standard Port 4151 4191 1/2 3/4 1 11/2 2

End to End A 6.00 7.56 6.00 8.23 7.50 9.23 8.50 9.98 10.35
Center to End A1 4.41 6.18 4.27 6.42 5.41 7.05 5.45 7.48 7.60 C
Handwheel B 3.62 3.62 3.62 3.62 4.02 4.02 5.91 5.91 6.89
Center to Top C (Closed) 5.59 5.47 5.79 5.63 6.69 6.42 8.46 8.39 9.29
Port Diameter D .37 .37 .50 .50 .71 .71 1.20 1.20 1.44 D Port E
Insert O.D. E .52 .69 .65 .87 .89 1.12 1.42 1.62 1.81
Weight Lbs. 4.63 5.07 5.95 7.05 8.82 11.02 16.53 19.84 28.66 A1
A
Class 800/1500 • Standard Port –Take Off – Welded Bonnet – Female Thread x Male Couplet
Dimensions F. Thrd x M. Cplt Size (in.) B
Standard Port 4153CT 1/2 3/4 1

End to End A 5.29 6.07 6.76
Center to End A1 4.38 4.38 4.76 C
Handwheel B 3.62 3.62 4.02
Center to Top C (Closed) 5.59 5.79 6.69
Port Diameter D .37 .50 .71 D Port E
Insert O.D. E .52 .65 .89
Weight Lbs. 4.63 5.95 8.16 A1
A
Class 800/1500 • Standard Port –Take Off – WeldedBonnet – Female ThreadxIntegrally Reinforced Ends
Dimensions F. Thrd x IREB Size (in.) B
Standard Port 4193 6193 1/2 3/4 1 11/2 2

End to End A 7.56 8.23 8.23 9.23 9.23 9.98 9.98 10.35 10.35
Center to End A1 6.18 6.42 6.42 7.05 7.05 7.48 7.48 7.60 7.60 C
Handwheel B 3.62 3.62 3.62 4.02 4.02 5.91 5.91 6.89 6.89
Insert O.D. E .69 .69 .87 .87 1.12 1.12 1.62 1.62 1.81
Weight Lbs. 5.07 7.05 7.05 11.02 11.02 19.84 19.84 28.66 28.66 A1
A
10
Gate Valves
Class 150 • Standard Port – Bolted Bonnet – Flanged Ends
Dimensions Flanged End Size (in.) B
Standard Port 1131 1/2 3/4 1 11/2 2 3

Face to Face A 4.25 4.61 5.00 6.50 7.01 7.99
Handwheel B 3.62 3.62 4.02 5.91 6.89 7.48 C
Center to Top C (Closed) 6.46 6.97 7.24 8.70 9.33 11.81
Port Diameter D .37 .50 .71 1.20 1.44 2.00
Weight Lbs. 6.61 10.58 13.23 22.05 35.27 55.12 D Port

Standard Port 2131 1/2 3/4 1 11/2 2

Face to Face A 5.51 5.98 6.50 7.48 8.50
Handwheel B 3.62 3.62 4.02 5.91 6.89 C
Center to Top C (Closed) 7.09 6.97 7.24 8.70 9.33
Port Diameter D .37 .50 .71 1.20 1.44
Weight Lbs. 8.81 13.23 17.64 37.48 48.50 D Port

Standard Port 3131 1/2 3/4 1 11/2 2

Face to Face A 6.50 7.48 8.50 9.49 11.54
Handwheel B 3.62 3.62 4.02 5.91 6.89 C
Port Diameter D .37 .50 .71 1.20 1.44
Weight Lbs. 10.14 13.89 18.52 38.36 50.71 D Port
Class 1500 • Full Port – RTJ– Bolted Bonnet – Flanged Ends

Full Port 6187 1/2 3/4 1 11/2 2

Face to Face A 8.50 9.02 10.00 12.01 14.49
Handwheel B 5.12 5.91 5.91 6.89 6.89 C
Port Diameter D .50 .71 .94 1.44 1.80
Weight Lbs. 22.05 35.27 44.09 83.77 119.05 D Port

Full Port 7187 1/2 3/4 1 11/2 2

Face to Face A 10.39 10.75 12.13 15.12 17.76
Handwheel B 5.91 5.91 6.89 7.48 7.48 C
Port Diameter D .50 .71 .94 1.44 1.80
Weight Lbs. 44.09 44.09 83.77 119.05 165.35 D Port
11
Globe Valves
Bolted & Welded Bonnet • Class 150, 300, 600, 800, 1500, & 2500
17
No. Part Material
20
3
1 Body ASTM A105N Carbon Steel
2 Bonnet ASTM A105N Carbon Steel
10
3 Handwheel Carbon Steel
12 4 Gland Flange ASTM A105 Carbon Steel
4 5 Eyebolt Screws Zinc Plated Carbon Steel
11 6 Stem ASTM A182 F6 Alloy Steel
7 Seat ASTM S182 F6/Stellite® 6 Facing
15
8 Disc ASTM A182 F6 Alloy Steel
5
9 Packing Graphite Stack*
16 10 Yoke Nut AISI Type 416 Stainless Steel
9 11 Eyebolts ASTM A193 B8 Stainless Steel
13 12 Eyebolt Nuts ASTM A194 2HM Carbon Steel
13 Cap Screws ASTM A193 B7M Alloy Steel
2
14 Gasket 316 SS Spiral Wound Grafoil®
14 15 Packing Gland AISI Type 416 Stainless Steel
6 16 Lock Nut Washer Stainless Steel
1 17 Handwheel Nut Carbon Steel
8
7
corrosion inhibitor.


Body Bolts Gland Bolt Gland Nuts Stem Disc Seat
ASTM ASTM A193 ASTM A194 AISI
410 410 410HF
316 316 316HF
A105 A105N B7M B8 2HM

410 410HF 410HF
Monel Monel Monel
410 410 410HF

A350 LF2 L7M B8 7M

316 Stainless Steel
316 316 316HF

F5
F11 B16 B8 4 410 410 410HF
A182 F9
F316L 316L 316L 316LHF
B8M B8 8M
F316 316 316 316HF
12
Globe Valves
Class 800 • Standard Port – Bolted Bonnet – Threaded and Socketweld Ends
Standard Port 4221 4201 4211 3/8 1/2 3/4 1 11/4 11/2 2
End to End A 3.19 3.19 3.46 4.33 6.06 6.06 6.73
Handwheel B 3.62 3.62 3.62 4.02 5.12 5.91 6.89 C
Port Diameter D .28 .39 .49 .69 .94 1.14 1.30
Weight Lbs. 4.19 4.19 5.73 7.94 14.77 14.77 26.46
D
Port A
Standard Port 6221 6201 6211 3/8 1/2 3/4 1 11/4 11/2 2
End to End A 3.19 3.46 4.33 5.04 5.04 5.51 5.94
Handwheel B 3.62 3.62 4.02 5.12 5.12 5.91 6.89 C
Port Diameter D .28 .37 .50 .71 .94 1.20 1.44
Weight Lbs. 4.19 5.73 7.94 10.58 16.53 23.59 35.27
D
Port A
Class 800 • Standard Port – Welded Bonnet – Threaded and Socketweld Ends
Standard Port 4223 4203 4213 3/8 1/2 3/4 1 11/4 11/2 2
End to End A 3.19 3.19 3.46 4.33 6.06 6.06 6.73
Handwheel B 3.62 3.62 3.62 4.02 5.12 5.91 6.89 C
Port Diameter D .28 .39 .49 .69 .94 1.14 1.30
Weight Lbs. 3.97 3.97 4.85 6.61 14.77 14.77 26.46
D
Port
A
Standard Port 6223 6203 6213 — 1/2 3/4 1 11/4 11/2 2
End to End A — 3.46 4.31 5.06 6.06 6.06 8.31
Handwheel B — 3.62 4.02 5.12 5.91 5.91 6.89 C
Center to Top C (Closed) — 6.26 7.05 8.46 8.98 9.21 12.40
Port Diameter D — .39 .50 .69 .94 1.13 1.30
Weight Lbs. — 5.95 7.94 10.58 14.77 19.84 28.66
D
Port
A
13
Globe Valves
Class 1500 • Full Port – Y Pattern – Welded Bonnet – Threaded and Socketweld Ends
Dimensions Thrd SWE Size (in.)
1/2 3/4 B
Full Port 6273Y 6263Y 1 1 1/4 1 1/2 2
End to End A 4.37 5.98 7.52 7.52 8.50 8.50
Handwheel B 4.02 5.12 6.89 6.89 6.89 6.89 C
Port Diameter D .43 .57 .75 .91 1.26 1.46
Weight Lbs. 8.37 14.33 33.07 33.07 39.68 39.68 D Port
B
Full Port 7273Y 7263Y 1/2 3/4 1 1 1/4 1 1/2 2
End to End A 5.98 7.52 7.52 8.50 8.50 8.5
Handwheel B 5.12 6.89 6.89 7.48 7.48 7.48 C

Port Diameter D .43 .57 .75 .91 1.26 1.46
Weight Lbs. 8.37 14.33 33.07 33.07 39.68 39.68 D Port
For years Industry professionals have

specified DSI® valve products for their most
demanding projects, and consistently
Zy-Tech Global Industries delivers the
highest performance fluid control products
available anywhere.
Ask your DSI® representative about our

other fine flow control products.
14
Globe Valves
Standard Port 1231 1/2 3/4 1 11/2 2

Face to Face A 4.25 4.61 5.00 6.50 8.00
Handwheel B 3.62 3.62 4.02 5.91 6.89 C
Port Diameter D .39 .49 .67 .98 1.30
Weight Lbs. 6.61 10.58 13.23 22.05 33.07
D
Port A

Standard Port 2231 1/2 3/4 1 11/2 2

Face to Face A 5.98 7.00 7.99 9.02 10.51
Handwheel B 3.62 3.62 4.02 5.91 6.89 C
Port Diameter D .39 .49 .67 .98 1.30
Weight Lbs. 9.92 12.13 17.64 26.46 37.48
D
Port A

Standard Port 3231 1/2 3/4 1 11/2 2

Face to Face A 6.50 7.50 8.50 9.50 11.50
Handwheel B 3.62 3.62 4.02 5.91 6.89 C
Port Diameter D .39 .49 .67 .98 1.30
Weight Lbs. 9.92 13.89 18.52 38.36 49.96
D
Port A
Class 1500 • Full Port – RTJ – Bolted Bonnet – Flanged Ends

Full Port 6287 1/2 3/4 1 11/2 2
Face to Face A 8.50 9.02 10.00 12.01 14.49
Handwheel B 5.12 5.91 5.91 6.89 6.89 C
Port Diameter D .43 .57 .75 1.24 1.48
Weight Lbs. 28.66 35.27 47.40 83.77 132.28
D
Port A
15
Check Valves
Bolted, Welded & Union Cap • Class 150, 300, 600, 800, 1500, & 2500
22 21 13
No. Part Material
18
Piston Style 1 Body A105N Carbon Steel
14 7 Seat ASTM A182 F6/Stellite® 6 Alloy Steel
20
8 Piston ASTM A182 F6 Alloy Steel
1 13 Cap Screws ASTM A193 B7M
18 Bolted Cover A105N Carbon Steel
7
20 Spring AISI 304 Stainless Steel
22 21 13 18 21 Name Plate Aluminum
22 Rivet Stainless Steel
14
23 Pin ASTM A182 F6 Alloy Steel
23 24 Hinge Pin Stainless Steel
24 25 Arm ASTM A182 F6 Alloy Steel
26 Retaining Nut ASTM A194 2HM
25
Swing Style 26


ASTM Body Bolts Piston or Ball Seat Gasket
Bonnet ASTM AISI
410 410HF
316 316HF
A105 A105N ASTM A193-B7M
410 410HF
Monel Monel
316 Stainless Steel
410 410HF
A350 LF2 ASTM A320-L7M
316 316HF
F5
F11 ASTM A193-B16 410 410HF
A182 F9
F316L 316L 316LHF
ASTM A193-B8M
F316 316 316HF
16
Check Valves
Class 800 • Standard and Full Port – Piston– Bolted Cover– Threaded and Socketweld Ends
Dimensions Thrd ThrdxSWE SWE Size (in.)
Standard Port 4321 4301 4311 3/8 1/2 3/4 1 11/4 11/2 2 —
Full Port 4371 — 4361 1/4 3/8 1/2 3/4 1 11/4 11/2 2 C
End to End A 3.19 3.19 3.46 4.33/5.04 6.06 6.06/6.73 6.73 8.27
Center to Top C 2.17 2.24 2.36 2.83/3.15 3.70 3.70/4.06 4.06 4.84 D Port
Port Diameter D .28 .39 .49 .69 .94 1.14 1.30 1.54
Weight Lbs. 3.09 3.09 3.97 5.73 11.24 11.24 19.84 28.66
A
Class 1500 • Standard Port – Piston – Bolted Cover – Threaded and Socketweld Ends
Standard Port 6321 6301 6311 3/8 1/2 3/4 1 11/4 11/2 2
End to End A 3.19 3.46 4.33 5.04 6.06 6.69 8.27 C
Center to Top C 2.24 2.36 2.83 3.15 3.70 4.06 4.92
Weight Lbs. 3.97 3.97 5.73 7.05 11.24 19.84 28.66
Class 800 • Standard Port – Ball – Bolted Cover– Threaded and Socketweld Ends
Standard Port 4521 4501 4511 3/8 1/2 3/4 1 11/4 11/2 2
End to End A 3.19 3.19 3.46 4.33 6.06 6.06 6.73 C
Center to Top C 2.17 2.24 2.36 2.83 3.15 3.70 4.06
Weight Lbs. 3.09 3.09 3.97 5.73 11.24 11.24 19.84
17
Check Valves
Class 150 • Standard Port – Piston – Bolted Cover – Flanged Ends
Dimensions Flanged End Size (in.)
Standard Port 1331 1/2 3/4 1 11/2 2
Face to Face A 4.25 4.61 5.00 6.50 8.00 C
Center to Top C 3.07 3.50 3.35 3.90 4.06
Port Diameter D .39 .51 .67 .98 1.30 D Port
Weight Lbs. 4.63 7.05 9.70 15.43 21.61

Standard Port 2331 1/2 3/4 1 11/2 2
Face to Face A 5.98 7.01 7.99 9.02 10.51 C
Center to Top C 3.07 3.50 3.35 3.90 4.06
Weight Lbs. 7.05 8.60 12.35 18.52 26.23

Standard Port 3331 1/2 3/4 1 11/2 2
Face to Face A 6.50 7.48 8.50 9.49 11.50 C
Center to Top C 3.07 3.50 3.35 3.90 4.06
Weight Lbs. 8.82 10.80 14.33 33.07 39.68
Class 1500 • Full Port – Piston – RTJ– Bolted Cover – Flanged Ends
Full Port 6387 1/2 3/4 1 11/2 2
Face to Face A 8.50 9.02 10.00 12.01 14.49 C
Center to Top C 5.83 6.30 6.97 7.87 8.90
D Port
Port Diameter D .43 .57 .75 1.22 1.48
Weight Lbs. 27.56 35.27 41.89 79.37 119.05
18
Check Valves
Class 800 • Full Port – Vertical Ball –Union Cap – Threaded and Socketweld Ends
Full Port 4672 4662 1/2 3/4 1 11/2 2
End to End A 3.39 3.89 5.31 5.63 6.76 C
Key C 2.12 2.56 2.83 3.94 4.33
Port Diameter D .55 .81 1.06 1.53 2.00
Weight Lbs. 2.20 3.31 5.51 9.48 17.64 D Port
Class 800 • Standard Port – Swing–Bolted Cover – Threaded and Socketweld Ends
Standard Port 4421 4401 4411 1/2 3/4 1 11/2 2
End to End A 3.19 3.46 4.33 6.06 6.73 C
Center to Top C 2.24 2.36 2.83 3.70 4.06 D Port
Port Diameter D .37 .50 .71 1.20 1.44
Weight Lbs. 3.09 3.97 5.73 11.24 19.84
A
Class 150 • Standard Port – Swing–Bolted Cover – Flanged Ends

Dimensions Flange End Size (in.)
Standard Port 1431 1/2 3/4 1 11/2 2
C
End to End A 4.25 4.61 5.00 6.50 7.99
Port Diameter D .37 .50 .71 1.20 1.44
Weight Lbs. 4.63 7.05 9.70 9.70 26.23
A

Standard Port 2431 1/2 3/4 1 11/2 2
C
End to End A 5.98 7.01 7.99 9.02 10.51
Port Diameter D .37 .50 .71 1.20 1.44
Weight Lbs. 7.05 8.60 12.35 18.52 26.23
A

Standard Port 3431 1/2 3/4 1 11/2 2
C
End to End A 6.50 7.48 8.50 9.49 11.50
Port Diameter D .37 .50 .71 1.20 1.44
Weight Lbs. 8.82 10.80 14.33 33.07 39.68
A
19
Technical Data
Pressure/Temperature Ratings
Material/Class
Temp.
A105* & A350 LF2** A182 F11*** A182 F5 A182 F9 A182 316 A182 316L
˚F
150 300 600 800 1500 800 1500 800 1500 800 1500 800 1500 800 1500
-20 to100 285 740 1480 1975 3705 2000 3750 2000 3750 2000 3750 1920 3600 1600 3000
200 260 675 1350 1800 3375 2000 3750 1985 3725 2000 3750 1655 3095 1350 2530
300 230 655 1315 1750 3280 1925 3610 1910 3580 1940 3640 1495 2795 1210 2270
400 200 635 1270 1690 3170 1850 3465 1880 3530 1880 3530 1370 2570 1100 2065
500 170 600 1200 1595 2995 1775 3325 1775 3325 1775 3325 1275 2390 1020 1910
600 140 550 1095 1460 2735 1615 3025 1615 3025 1615 3025 1205 2255 960 1800
650 125 535 1075 1430 2685 1570 2940 1570 2940 1570 2940 1185 2220 935 1750
700 110 535 1065 1420 2665 1515 2840 1515 2840 1515 2840 1160 2170 915 1715
750 95 505 1010 1345 2520 1420 2660 1410 2640 1420 2660 1140 2135 895 1680
800 80 410 825 1100 2060 1355 2540 1355 2540 1355 2540 1125 2110 875 1645
850 65 270 535 715 1340 1300 2435 1290 2415 1300 2435 1115 2090 860 1610
900 50 170 345 460 860 1200 2245 985 1850 1200 2245 1105 2075
950 35 105 205 275 515 850 1595 735 1370 1005 1885 1030 1930
1000 20 50 105 140 260 575 1080 530 995 675 1270 935 1750
1050 385 720 385 720 460 855 915 1720
1100 A350 LF2 is suitable to 255 480 265 495 300 565 815 1525
1150 -50˚F at -20˚F pressure ratings. 165 310 165 310 200 375 630 1185
1200 100 190 95 170 140 255 495 925
1250 390 735
1300 310 585
1350 255 480
1400 200 380
1450 155 290
1500 110 205
Data in table are maximum fluid pressures at temperatures shown in side Notes: *Permissible, but not recommended for prolonged use above 800˚F.
column in accordance with ANSI B16.34 and API 602. **Not to be used over 650˚F.
***Permissible, but not recommended for prolonged use above 1100˚F.
Body and Bonnet Materials
Carbon Steel LowTemp. Steel Alloy Steel ASTM A182 Austenitic SS ASTM A182
Description
ASTM A105 ASTM A350 LF2 F5 F11 F9 F316L F316
Carbon % 0.35 max. .030 max. 0.15 max. 0.10-0.20 0.15 max. .035 max. 0.08 max.
Chemical Composition
Manganese % 0.60-1.05 1.35 max. 0.30-0.60 0.30-0.80 0.30-0.60 2.0 max. 2.0 max.
Phosphorus % 0.040 max. 0.035 max. 0.030 max. 0.040 max. 0.030 max. 0.040 max. 0.040 max.
Sulphur % 0.050 max. 0.040 max. 0.030 max. 0.040 max. 0.030 max. 0.030 max. 0.030 max.
Silicon % 0.35 max. 0.15-0.30 0.50 max. 0.50-1.00 0.50-1.00 1.00 max. 1.00 max.
Nickel % — — 0.50 max. — — 10.00-15.00 10.00-14.00
Chromium % — — 4.0-6.0 1.00-1.50 8.00-10.0 16.00-18.00 16.00-18.00
Molybdenum % — — 0.44-0.65 0.44-0.65 .90-1.10 2.0-3.0 2.0-3.0
Trim Materials
Description 410 316 316L Monel Stellite® Gr. 6
Carbon % 0.15 max. .08 max. 0.030 max. 0.3 max. .70-1.40
Manganese % 1.00 max. 2.0 max. 2.0 max. 2.0 max. 2.00 max.
Phosphorus % 0.040 max. .040 max. .040 max. — —
Sulphur % 0.030 max. 0.030 max. 0.030 max. 0.024 —

Silicon % 1.00 max. 1.00 max. 1.00 max. 0.5 max. 2.00 max.
Nickel % — 10.00-14.00 10.00-15.00 63.0 min. 3.00 max.
Chromium % 12.00-14.00 16.00-18.00 16.00-18.00 — 25.0-32.0
Molybdenum % — 2.0-3.0 2.0-3.0 — 1.00 max.
Copper % — — — 28.0-34.0 —
Fe: 5.00 max.
Other Elements % — — — Fe: 2.5 max. W: 3.0-6.0
Co: balance
20
Selective Purpose Valves
Many flow applications require
equipment that is manufactured
specifically to meet the
needs of a particular
service, such as low
temperature valves for
Cryogenic systems or Bellow Seal
Valves for special service applications.
In these instances you can
rely on DSI®
selective purpose
products.
Contact your DSI®
manufacturer
representative for
your next project.

Zy-Tech Global Industries is dedicated to continually improv- engineers, and superior testing laboratories to ensure that all
ing it’s state-of -the-art engineering and manufacturing capa- products supplied to our customers are 100% in accordance
bilities to improve the overall quality of their products and with industry standards as well as our own internal Quality
customer service. Zy-Tech’s entire global network of flow con- Assurance and Quality Control procedures.
trol experts consist of highly trained technicians, qualified
Warranty
The warranty described below applies only to new or unused goods, or goods reconditioned by ZY-TECH GLOBAL
INDUSTRIES (Seller). The Seller specifically disclaims any warranty for used goods or goods sold “as is”. For a peri-
od of one (1) year after date of purchase of any of the goods described herein, Seller warrants such goods shall remain
free from failure due to defects in workmanship and materials incorporated therein by or for Seller provided such
failure shall not have been caused or contributed to, by improper usage, service or application, improper installation
or maintenance, repairs, alterations, or modifications effected by or for the user, misuse, negligence or accident.
In the event of failure for which Seller has assumed warranty obligations hereunder, and provided written notifica-
tion of such failure shall be immediately given to Seller, it agrees to repair, or at its option, to replace the goods sold
at its sold expense.
Apart from the warranty and undertakings above set forth, Seller assumes no obligation or liability for losses, expenses or dam-
ages, direct or consequential, suffered or incurred as a result of any failure of, or defect in, the goods described herein, including
but not limited to, such costs, expenses or damages as may result from the necessity to remove, replace, restore or
transport the goods from any location or service in which they may be used, regardless of the cause of such failure
or defect.
with. There are not other warranties, express or implied, of any kind given with respect to the goods, their merchantability, fit-
ness for any particular purpose or usage, or otherwise, nor is any person authorized to extend on behalf of Seller any form of
warranty other than that above set forth.
The goods described herein are not sold or distributed by Seller for personal, family or household purposes, nor are
they normally suited for use as such.
21
Terms And Conditions of Sale
Prices Returns And Cancellations
Prices and other terms of sale where set forth in current price No product may be returned without Seller’s prior written
sheets are subject to change without notice. Stenographic or consent. All goods returned are subject to a handling charge
clerical errors are subject to corrections. Prices are subject to plus freight in both directions and charges for any required
stabilization controls, if any, on or after May 1, 1974. reconditioning, unless otherwise specified in writing by Seller.
Overages, shortages and incorrect material claims must be
Acceptance of Orders And Special Orders made in writing within ten (10) days of receipt of goods.
All orders are subject to acceptance by Seller at its home office, Cancellation of orders once placed with and accepted by Seller
Stafford, Texas, only. No assignment of the Purchaser’s rights may be made only with its written consent.
may be made without the written consent of the Seller. Orders
for special material are subjet to cancellation only upon agree- No Waiver
ment to make payment for the work perormed, material used Seller’s failure to insist upon any of the terms, convenants, or
and reasonable profit. conditions listed herein or to exercise any right hereunder shall
not be construed as a waiver or relinquishment of the future
Terms, Payment And Partial Shipment performances of any such term, convenant or condition, or the
Net-10th prox. One percent (1%) per month interest charged on future exercise of such right or a waiver or relinquishment or
accounts after 30 days, or twelve percent (12%) annually. All waiver of any other term, convenant or condition or the exer-
accounts are payable in United States funds, free of exchange, cise of any other rights hereunder.
collection, or any other charges. If, in the sole discretion of
Seller, the financial condition of the Purchaser at any time so Governing Law
requires, Seller retains the right to require full or partial pay- This contract shall be governed by, construed and enforced in
ment in advance or to require other adequate advances of accordance with the laws of the State of Texas.
financial responsibility. Seller reserves the right to make partial
shipments from time to time and render invoices therefor, Totality of Agreement: Special Provisions, Modifications
which shall be due and payable as provided in said invoices. This instrument constitutes the entire agreement of the parties
with respect to all matters and things herein mentioned.
Taxes Purchaser warrants, represents and agrees that it has inspected
Unless otherwise specifically noted, the amount of any sales, the goods and has otherwise made inquiry and review on its
use, occupancy, excise tax, or other tax, of any nature, federal, own behalf, concerning the nature, characteristics and quality
state, or local, for which Seller is legally liable, either initially or of the materials and workmanship incorporated therein at or
through failure of payment by Purchaser, shall be added or be prior to delivery, that it is fully contented and satisfied there-
in addition to the price quoted and Purchaser agrees to pay the with and has independently determined that the goods are ina
same to Seller. all respects fit and usable for all purposes for which they are
intended to be employed by Purchaser. It is expressly acknowl-
Unavoidable Conditions edged and agreed by and between the parties that neither party
Seller shall not be liable for failure to deliver or delays in deliv- has, nor is now , relying upon any collateral, prior or contem-
ery occasioned by causes beyond its control, including, with- poraneous agreement, written or oral, assurance or assurances,
out limitation, strikes, lockouts, fires, embargoes, war or other representation or warranty, of any kind or nature as to or
outbreaks of hostilities, acts of God, inability to obtain ship- respecting the condition or capabilities of the goods and the
ping space, machinery, breakdowns, delays of carriers or sup- other matters and things, rights and responsibilities herein
pliers, and governmental acts or regulatons. fixed and described. No modification, waiver or discharge of
any term or provision of this instrument shall be implied by law,
nor shall any alteration, modification or acquittance of any such
term or provision be effective for any purpose unless in writing
signed by or upon behalf of the party charged therewith.
22
Contact your
local Zy-Tech
representative
about other DSI®
brand flow control
products, or visit
our website at
www.zy-tech.com
Georgia
1820 Redmond Circle, Ste. E
Rome, Georgia 30165
(706) 802-0311
(800) 241-7524
Fax (706) 802-0354
Washington
Atlanta@zy-tech.com
Columbia Business Center
Illinois 600 S.E. Maritime Avenue
Lake Center Plaza Bldg. 3, Ste. 210
1699 Wall Street, Ste. 511 Vancouver, Washington 98661
Mount Prospect, Illinois 60056 (360) 696-5838
(847) 439-9349 (800) 547-5774
(800) 323-2466 Fax (360) 696-5833
Fax (847) 439-9315 Portland@zy-tech.com Zy-Tech Global Industries
Chicago@zy-tech.com
Zy-Tech de Venezuela Corporate Office
New Jersey Av. Principal Los Robles con Calle 115 10600 Corporate Drive
Southview Industrial Park Edificio Auto Express Stafford, Texas 77477
9-A Chris Court Maracalbo, Venezuela (281) 565-1010
Dayton, New Jersey 08810 5861-357762 (800) 231-3530
(732) 329-2929 Fax 5861-357811 Fax (281) 565-3171
(800) 631-5564 apike@zy-tech.com Houston_Sales@zy-tech.com
Fax (732) 329-4579 IntSales@zy-tech.com
Canada, Pro-Tech Valve Sales
Dayton@zy-tech.com
5880-56 Ave.
Oklahoma Edmonton, Alberta T6B 3E4
Tech Ridge Office Park Canada
9717 E. 42nd Street, Ste. 220 (780) 466-4405
Tulsa, Oklahoma 74146 Fax (780) 469-1293
(918) 664-2700 marketing@pro-techvalve.com
(800) 331-3890
Fax (918) 664-2735
BrokenArrow@zy-tech.com
©2001 Zy-Tech Global Industries • DSI is a registered trademark of Zy-tech Global Industries • ZGI-FSV-1001
DSI Forged Steel Valves
CONTENTS
WARNING.....................................................................................................................................2
FOREWARD ................................................................................................................................................. 2
STORAGE..................................................................................................................................................... 2
INSTALLATION............................................................................................................................................. 2
OPERATION ................................................................................................................................................. 3

Shell Material: Forged carbon, alloy or stainless steel
Rising stem
Threaded, RF-flanged, RTJ, butt-welding ends or socket welding ends
1 Revised 12/21/05
WARNING
In the event of extended storage, it may be
1. SAFETY FIRST! FOR YOUR SAFETY, TAKE necessary to periodically check for adequate
THE FOLLOWING PRECAUTIONS BEFORE corrosion protection of valve exterior and interior
REMOVING THE VALVE FROM THE LINE: surfaces and for lubrication of exposed stem
threads.
THE LINE. IF THERE IS ANY DOUBT, Do not remove the valve end protectors before
CHECK WITH THE PROPER SUPERVISOR. valves are ready for installation.
3. WEAR ANY PROTECTIVE CLOTHING AND INSTALLATION
EQUIPMENT NORMALLY REQUIRED TO
AVOID INJURY FROM THE PARTICULAR Prior to beginning installation of the valves, verify
FLUID IN THE LINE. the valve is correct as shown in the piping
arrangement. Look at identification plates, tags,
4. DEPRESSURIZE THE LINE AND DRAIN THE and marking on valves for size, pressure class,
SYSTEM FLUID. BE SURE THERE IS NO and materials. Mount globe and check valves
PRESSURE RETAINED IN THE VALVE according to the flow direction marked on the body.
CAVITY.
Flanged End Valves
5. REFER TO VALVE IDENTIFICATION PLATE
TO VERIFY MATERIAL DESCRIPTION AND Confirm gasket materials and bolting material, size
MAXIMUM PRESSURE RATINGS. and length. Clean the valve interior and
connecting pipe completely so that the gasket
FOREWARD faces of end flanges are free of foreign material,
Safe and efficient operation of industrial sealing performance of valves.
installations requires not only complete knowledge
of the engineering and functioning of all machinery Align bolt holes of valve flanges and pipe flanges,
and equipment but their continuous proper insert gasket and tighten bolts. Alignment must be
maintenance as well. To help achieve trouble-free accurate to prevent unbalanced tightening and
valve performance, general information is provided subsequent excessive stress on bolts.
as an aid for optimum operation and field
maintenance. Observe all safety precautions. Use suitable lubricants on bolt threads. Tighten
STORAGE the bolts gradually and uniformly moving
alternately in a cross-bolting pattern, according to
While in storage, protect valves from the affects of standard piping practices. The ends of the bolts
weather. Ideally, valves should be kept indoors in should extend equally beyond the nuts.
a clean, well ventilated area with the temperature
maintained above the dewpoint. After installing the valve, be sure to recheck all
bolts and nuts of the coupled flanges and
If valves are stored outdoors, support them off the retighten, if necessary.
ground or pavement and provide a watertight
cover. Threaded End Valves
The pipe will be threaded into the valve end
Take care to avoid damage to exposed stem connections using a standard pipe wrench.
valve size necessitate handling by crane or forklift, Before assembling the pipe and valve, apply
sling or rig the valve carefully to avoid damage. thread dope to the pipe. TFE tape is not
The handwheel and stem should never be used as recommended due to its low resistance to
lifting or rigging points.
moderate or high temperatures.
Keep gate and globe valves in the fully closed Weld End Valves
position. Check valves generally have a block, or
other device, installed.
weld ends should be free from paint, oil, dust, rust
or other irregularities that will affect subsequent
welding.
protection from damage and deterioration. Do not
remove the end protectors except for inspection or
installation.
2 Revised 12/21/05
If backing rigs are to be used, confirm the material Clean and inspect the weld.
and fit. Verify valve to pipe alignment and make
necessary adjustments. When installation is completed, the valves and pipe
interiors should be flushed to remove foreign
To prevent problems with cracking of fillet welds for objects.
socketweld connections, it is recommended that
pipe be withdrawn approximately 0.06 inches away Care must be taken during this procedure to avoid
from contact with the bottom of the socket before trapping debris in valve cavities or damaging
starting weld. seating surfaces.
Installation welding should be done by duly Consult with your piping engineer to assure that
qualified personnel using properly qualified and general stress of the pipeline is not concentrated
user approved welding procedures in accordance on the valves. Check body-bonnet connection and
with the applicable codes and jurisdictional packing gland bolting for any additional adjustment
regulations. as system pressure is introduced.
It is recommended that the valve being welded not For the valves mounted on the end of pipelines,
be located between the hot lead and the ground installation of drain discharge devices is
strap of the welding equipment. Failure to do so recommended.
damage or failure of the valve to operate. WARNING
It is required after initial in-line pressure test or
It is the end-user’s responsibility to determine start-up to retighten the Body/Bonnet (Cover)
suitability of use for materials after welding and/or bolting that compresses the seal. Same
PWHT.
procedure is required after first temperature
cycle.
Determine prescribed welding parameters (e.g.,
filler metal, initial tack welding, preheat, interpass
temperatures, PWHT, etc.) and weld valve in place OPERATION
in accordance with the approved procedures. The
valve disc should be slightly opened to allow To open and close gate and globe valves, turn the
venting of gases which may result from welding. handwheel in the direction indicated. Movement
should be neither too fast nor too slow, and applied
For post weld heat treatment, the valve should be through the proper travel distance.
disassembled and the tag removed. Note the
orientation of the wedge so it can be reassembled In new valves, or when packing has been
in the same orientation. Coat the stem threads replaced, handwheel torque may be found
and wedge/disc, gland bolt threads with an anti- relatively high. This, however, will be reduced after
seize compound, reassemble the valve and close a number of cycles. The use of levers or wrenches
(hand tight only). Heat treat as required. After to turn handwheels should be minimized as it may
PWHT, disassemble the valve and clean the stem damage yokes and discs. Manual gears or
and wedge/disc seating surfaces. Clean any heat actuators are recommended for easier operation of
treating by-products from the valve. Reassemble larger size valves.
the valve, replacing new gaskets, packing, and
tags. Handwheel operating torque also depends on the
type and size of each valve, and its opening
A welded bonnet valve cannot be disassembled. It position as well. Note that the operating torque is
is suggested that the valve be fully closed (hand extremely high when fully closed valve is opened,
tight only). Coat the stem threads and gland bolt or when the disc comes close to the extreme of its
threads with an anti-seize compound. After travel to the fully closed position.
PWHT, replace packing and clean heat treating by-
products from the valve. Be sure to turn the handwheel of gate valve back
to the reverse direction by about 90 at the moment
If stuffing box area is subject to temperature above when the disc reaches the extreme of its fully
850F, the packing should be replaced. closed position. This is particularly important in
high temperature service to remove the thermal
stress and make valve reopening easier and
smoother.
3 Revised 12/21/05
Gate valves are to be used only fully opened or Pressure boundary parts and assembly joints
closed position, since they are designed as shut- should be monitored. Flanged joints may require
off valves, but in no way for throttling service as retightening of bolts either in a single operation or
globe valves. Partial opening will vibrate the disc at intervals to minimize possibility of decreasing
and cause an adverse affect on valve bolt loads due to slow creep, gasket relaxation, or
performance. elevated temperatures.
If a valve will not close, do not apply excessive Operating conditions will frequently generate noise
force to the handwheel. There may be foreign due to type of fluid, velocity, pressure, and
material in the seating area. In such a case, open temperature. Any mechanical or high intensity fluid
the valve again to allow fluid flow and try to clear noise noted in the valve area may be an indication
the debris through the valve bore. If the situation of potentially serious trouble. Contact your piping
is not resolved, check the valve interior. engineer to evaluate the need for action.
Opening gate and globe valves to the backseat Inspections should be conducted periodically to
can be considered a means to determine the full detect wear and/or corrosion of valve seats, discs,
open position. The stem should then be backed stems, and shell interior. Usually packing and
off slightly. gaskets are replaced after periodic inspections as
a part of basic maintenance operation.
The backseat is not intended to be used as normal Before removing valves from the piping system,
operational stem sealing. If circumstances require mark them adequately with their original locations
the use of the backseat for stem sealing, exercise and positions of valve mounting to avoid confusion
extreme caution. The practice of repacking or mistake in subsequent re-installation.
backseated valves under pressure is not
recommended. Valve interiors should be cleaned thoroughly using
water, steam, or suitable solvents before
Detection of leakage during valve examination.
operation
Carefully examine seating areas to detect any
Tightening of the gland bolts is the usual method to damage or wear. Relap as necessary. Inspect the
stop stem leakage. Care should be taken to stuffing box and stem sealing surfaces for
tighten the bolts alternately and evenly to avoid smoothness and correct finish.
one-sided tightening. The torque should be
minimized just to stop leakage, since The body and bonnet should be examined to
overtightening may cause reduced packing assure there are satisfactory minimum wall
elasticity for lower sealing performance. It may be thickness and corrosion allowances for continued
necessary to add or replace packing material. service. Use appropriate nondestructive testing
methods to evaluate worn or corroded sections.
INSPECTION AND MAINTENANCE
Daily inspection and maintenance of your valves is Clean all component parts of the disassembled
important for safe, continued operation. valve and prepare new spare parts such as gland
packing and gaskets before reassembly. Be sure
The main items of your daily inspection are: to remove any rust or other soil from the seat
1. Fluid Leakage: (gland area, flange connection, retaining area of the valve body to have
threaded area, valve body surface, and the satisfactory sealing performance.
welded area.
2. Generation of Abnormal Noise: (the valve, Each valve should be cycled fully opened and
loosened bolts, and the vibrated pipelines. closed to check operability. Pressure tests in
3. Visual Confirmation: (correct valve operating accordance with API 598 should be done to assure
position, securely tightened bolting, and satisfactory performance.
adequately fed lubricant around the valve
stem. Valve assembly, inspection and repair operations
Reasonable protection should be provided for should be performed only by qualified and
exposed areas of the stem to minimize mechanical approved shops.
damage and potentially degrading environmental
exposure. Inspect the stem surface in contact with
the packing for damage or deterioration which can
result in sealing problems.
4 Revised 12/21/05

Stafford, TX 77477
(281) 565-1010
(800) 231-3530
(800) 392-1868 (TX)
FAX: (281) 565-7942
5 Revised 12/21/05
Contents
Numerical Index by Valve Figure Number 3
Comparative Valve Figure Numbers 4
®
®
5
Standard Features 5
Gate Valves 7-11
Globe Valves 12-15
Check Valves 16-19
Technical Data 20
Selective Purpose Valves 21
Our Quality Commitment 21
Warranty 21
Terms of Sale 22
The DSI® Forged Steel Valve Products consist
of Gate, Globe and Check Valves to fine tune
any production system with the most
dependable valves available anywhere Zy-Tech Global Industries is known for
in the World. The DSI® Trademark providing the very best oilfield &
carries the reputation of industrial products and customer
Zy-Tech Global Industries. service the industry has ever seen.
From the design and
manufacturing process to the
computerized stocking and
inventory capabilities,
Zy-Tech continues to
lead the way as a
world supplier of
quality valves.
Numerical Index By Valve Figure Number
Gate Valves
DSI No. Class Type Page
4121/4101/4111 800 Std. Port BB-OS&Y 8
4171/4161 800 Full Port BB-OS&Y 8
4121 Cryogenic 800 Full Port BB-WB Ext. Bon. 8
6121/6101/6111 1500 Std. Port BB-OS&Y 8
6171/6161 1500 Full Port BB-OS&Y 8
4123/4103/4113 800 Std. Port WB-OS&Y 8
Every DSI®® Valve is 6123/6103/6113 1500 Std. Port WB-OS&Y 9
4125/4115 800 Std. Port UB-IS 9
designed with you in mind. 7173/7163 2500 Full Port WB-OS&Y 9
4143/4153 800/1500 Std. Port Take-Off WB-OS&Y 10
Tough as nails and 4151/4191 800 Std. Port Take-Off BB-OS&Y 10
4153CT 800/1500 Std. Port Take-Off WB-OS&Y 10
dependable like the sun. 4193/6193 800/1500 Std. Port Take-Off WB-OS&Y 10
6187 1500 Full Port Flgd. RTJ-BB-OS&Y 11
When you see the 7187 2500 Full Port Flgd. RTJ-BB-OS&Y 11
DSI®® mark you

Globe Valves
know you’re using 4221/4201/4211 800 Std. Port BB-OS&Y 13
6221/6201/6211 1500 Std. Port BB-OS&Y 13
the toughest, 4223/4203/4213 800 Std. Port WB-OS&Y 13
6223/6203/6213 1500 Std. Port WB-OS&Y 13
most reliable valve 6273Y/6263Y 1500 FP Y-PAT WB-OS&Y 14
7273Y/7263Y 2500 FP Y-PAT WB-OS&Y 14
1231/2231/3231 150-600 Std. Port Flgd. BB-OS&Y 15
available anywhere 6287 1500 FP Flgd. RTJ-BB-OS&Y 15
in the World.
Check Valves
4321/4301/4311 800 Std. Port BC Piston 17
4371/4361 800 Full Port BC Piston 17
Just like you, 6321/6301/6311 1500 Std. Port BC Piston 17
4521/4501/4511 800 Std. Port BC Ball 17
the name stands 1331/2331/3331 150-600 Std. Port Flgd. BC Piston 18
6387 1500 FP Flgd. RTJ-BC-Piston 18
for quality. 4672/4662 800 Full Port Vertical Ball 19
4421/4401/4411 800 Std. Port BC Swing 19
1431/2431/3431 150-600 Flgd. BC Swing 19
Catalog is for reference use only. All information contained

within this catalog is subject to change without notice.
Consult factory for additional information.
3
Comparative Valve Figure Numbers
DSI® Vogt Smith Bonney Velan RP&C DSI® Vogt Smith Bonney Velan RP&C
1131 353 815 L1-11 F054B F158 4501 — — — —
1231 473 — L1-31 F074B F180 4503 — — — —
1331 573 — L1-41 F034B F190 4511 SWB701 SB80SW W024B —
1431 — — — — 4513 — — — —
2131 363 830 L3-11 F154B F308 4521 B701 SB80 S024B —
2231 483 G83 L3-31 F174B F380 4523 — — — —
2331 583 C83 L3-41 F134B F390 4662 SW54853 — — —
3131 373 860 L6-11 F254B F608 4672 54853 — — —
3231 493 G86 L6-31 F274B F680 6101 — — — —
3331 593 C86 L6-41 F234B F690 6103 — — — —
3431 — — — — 6111 SW15111 1500SW W3054B —
4101 TSW12111 — — — 6113 SW15801 1570SW W3054W —
4103 TSW2801 — — — 6121 15111 1500 9HL-11 S3054B —
4111 SW12111 800SW W2054B F57 6123 15801 1570 S3054W —
4113 SW2801 870SW W2054W FWB77 6143 — — — —
4115 SW59851 820SW — — 6153 — — — —
4116 SW12161 850SW W2194B F60 6153-CT — — — —
4118 SW2811 890SW W2194W FWB60 6161 SW1033 1588SW W3064B —
4121 12111 800 HL-11 S2054B F56 6163 — 1578SW W3064W —
4123 2801 870 S2054W FWB76 6171 1033 1588 S3064B —
4125 59851 820 — — 6173 — 1578 9W-11 S3064W —
4126 12161 850 S2194B F59 6187 11683 — — —
4128 2811 890 S2194W FWB59 6193 — — — —
4143 TT2801 876 MFL-11 A2184W FWB41 6201 — — — —
4153 ST2801 877 — FWB44 6203 — — — —
4153-CT CT2801 — A2184W — 6211 SW15141 G150SW W3074B —
4161 SW13111 888SW W2064B F057 6213 SW15821 G157SW W3074W —
4163 — 5870SW — — 6221 15141 G150 S3074B —
4171 13111 888 H-11 S2064B F056 6223 15821 G157 S3074W —
4173 — 5870 W-11 — — 6261 SW1023 — — —
4193 CT2901 875 — — 6263 — — — —
4201 — — — — 6263Y — — — —
4203 — — — — 6267 SW1003 — — —
4211 SW12141 G80SW W2074B F81 6271 1023 — — —
4213 SW2821 G87SW W2074W FWB87 6273 — — — —
4221 12141 G80 HL-31 S2074B F80 6273Y — — — —
4223 2821 G87 WL-31 S2074W FWB86 6277 1003 — — —
4261 SW13141 — — — 6287 10683 — — —
4263 — — — — 6301 — — — —
4271 13141 — — — 6303 — — — —
4273 — — — — 6311 SW15701 C150SW W034B —
4301 — — — — 6313 — — W034W —
4303 — — — — 6321 15701 C150 S034B —
4311 SW701 SC80SW W034B F95 6323 — — S034W —
4313 — — W034W — 6367 — — — —
4321 701 SC80 S034B F94 6377 — — — —
4323 — — S034W — 6387 — — — —
4361 SW13701 — — — 6567 — — — —
4371 13701 — — — 6577 — — — —
4411 SW74 — W114B — 7163 SW66703 — — —
4421 74 — S114B — 7173 66703 — — —
7263Y SW2510 — 25Y-32-SW — —
7267 — — — —
7273Y 2510 — 25Y-32-T — —
7277 — — — —
4
®
It’s easy to specify DSI® Forged Steel Valves. Just follow the example and use the figure number chart below to specify the valve you need.
Example valve specified:

Class 800, Gate Valve Type, Threaded (Standard) End-Port, BB-OS&Y Design Style, TFE Packing, A105N Body Material, Stellite® Seats for Trim and NACE conformance.
4A
1B
2
C
1D
T – A
E F
8 – 18
G H
Class Type End-Port Body/Bonnet Style Special Body Material Trim Other
1 • 150 1 • Gate 1 • Swe-Std 1 • BB-OS&Y/BC Y • Y-Pattern A • A105N 1 • F6a 18 • NACE
2 • 300 2 • Globe 2 • Thrd-Std 2 • UB-OS&Y/UC T • TFE Packing B • F-5 2 • F304 20 • Oxygen Clean
3 • 600 3 • Piston Check 3 • Flgd-Std 3 • WB-OS&Y/WC CT • Ext. Couplet C • F-11 5 • Full Stellite® 22 • Cryogenic
4 • 800 4 • Swing Check 4 • F. Thrd x M. Thrd 4 • PS-OS&Y/PSC BW • Buttweld Ends D • F316 8 • Stellite® Seats 24 • Bellows
5 • 900 5 • Ball Check 5 • F. Thrd x M. SWE 5 • UB-IS R • RTJ Ends E • F316L 9 • Monel 26 • Alkylation
6 • 1500 6 • Vert Ball Check 6 • SWE-Full 6 • WB-IS EB • Ext. Bonnet F • LF2 10 • F316
7 • 2500 7 • Needle/Globe 7 • Thrd-Full 7 • RTJ-BB/BC FF • Flat Faced Ends G • F-9 11 • Monel-HFS
8 • 4500 8 • Flgd-Full 8 • WB-1S H • F-22 12 • F316-HFS
9 • IREB-Std J • F-347 16 • F316L-HFS
0 • F. SWE x F. Thrd K • LF-3 17 • F321-HFS
L • F304 19 • F347-HFS
Footnotes: M • F321 20 • F317
BB • Bolted Bonnet BC • Bolted Cover N • F317L 21 • F91-HFS
WB • Welded Bonnet WC • Welded Cover P • F304L 22 • F304L
UB • Union Bonnet UC • Union Cover R • F51 51 • Duplex SS
PS • Full Penetration IS • Inside Screw S • Monel
OS&Y • Outside Screw & Yoke T • F91
IREB • Integrally Reinforced Extended Body (male couplet x female threaded)
Standard Features of DSI Forged Steel Valves ®
• All DSI® forged carbon steel valves maintain a .22 % maxi- • All flanged DSI® forged steel valves through Class 2500 are
mum carbon content and are normalized to further refine the integrally forged to avoid the potential leak path that exist
grain and homogenize the microstructure. when welding flanges onto valve bodies.
• Every valve meets NACE MR-01-75 conformance and are • Welded bonnet valves are initially joined by threading the
supplied with appropriate Class II bolting and nuts. body-bonnet joint together, then welding by automatic GMAW.
All welds are inspected after welding assuring quality control.
• DSI® forged steel valves come standard with a Stellite® #6
seating surface. The Stellite® #6 is applied by an automatic GTAW • It’s a DSI® quality standard that 10% of all forgings are subject-
process, maintaining a minimum thickness of 0.05 inches. ed to nondestructive examination, i.e., magnetic particle or liq-
uid penetrant inspection as appropriate.
• Valves are furnished with non-asbestos Grafoil® packing. The
top and bottom wiper rings are John Crane 1625G (or equiva- • DSI® forged steel valves contain no copper bearing alloys.
lent), while the four center rings are Union Carbide die-formed • Every DSI® forged steel valve is manufactured with a two-
Grafoil® containing an inorganic passivating inhibitor for cor- piece self-aligning gland flange assembly which insures even
rosion and oxidation resistance. compression of the stuffing box during assembly and repacking.
• The DSI® bolted bonnet and bolted cap valves not utilizing a • DSI® valves are supplied with Stainless Steel eye bolts, nuts
ring joint connection are fitted with a 316 Stainless Steel spiral and packing gland followers.
wound Grafoil® filled gasket that is fully contained to protect it
from over-compression and erosion. Monel trim valves are fitted
with a Monel spiral wound Grafoil® filled gasket.
5
Standard Product Range
Family of Standard Production
DSI® offers a broad range of standard commodity forged

steel Gate, Globe and Check valves in threaded and
socketweld end connections.

Style: Bolted, welded or union bonnet con-
nection of either inside screw or outside
screw and yoke design.
Materials: A105N, LF2, LF3, F316,

F304, F316L, F5, F9, F11, F22
Family of Flanged End Production Valves
DSI® offers a complete line of integrally forged flanged end

Gate, Globe and Check valves.
Size Range: 1/2" thru 3" (3" Class 150 only)

Style: Bolted or welded bonnet construction of outside screw
and yoke design.
Materials: A105N, LF2, LF3, F316, F304, F316L, F5, F9,

F11, F22
Family of Take-off Type Valves
The DSI® integrally forged Take-off valves are

available from stock in a wide range of
materials and end connection
combinations.

Class Range: 800 - 1500
Style: Welded bonnet outside screw and yoke.
Materials: A105N, LF2, LF3, F316, F304, F316L,

F5, F9, F11, F22
Note: Other materials available upon request.
6
Gate Valves
Bolted, Welded & Union Bonnet • Class 150, 300, 600, 800, 1500, & 2500
17 No. Part Material
20
1 Body Carbon Steel, ASTM A105N
3 2 Bonnet Carbon Steel, ASTM A105N
10 3 Handwheel Carbon Steel
12 4 Gland Flange Carbon Steel, ASTM A105
4
5 Eyebolt Screws Zinc Plated, Carbon Steel
6 Stem Alloy Steel, ASTM A182 F6
11
7 Seats Alloy Steel, ASTM A182 F6/Stellite®-6
15 8 Wedge Alloy Steel, ASTM A182 F6
5 9 Packing Graphite Stack*
16 10 Yoke Nut Stainless Steel, AISI 416
11 Eyebolts Stainless Steel, ASTM A193-B8
9
12 Eyebolt Nuts Carbon Steel, ASTM A194 2HM
13 13 Cap Screws Alloy Steel, ASTM A193 B7M
14 15 Packing Gland Stainless Steel, AISI 416
6
16 Lock Nut Washer Stainless Steel
17 Handwheel Nut Carbon Steel
1
8
7 corrosion inhibitor.


Body Bolts Gland Bolt Gland Nuts Stem Seats Wedge
ASTM ASTM A193 ASTM A194 AISI AISI
410 410HF 410
316 316HF 316
A105 A105N B7M B8 2HM

410 410HF 410HF
Monel Monel Monel
410 410HF 410

A350 LF2 L7M B8 7M

316 Stainless Steel
316 316HF 316

F5
F11 B16 B8 4 410 410HF 410
A182 F9
F316L 316L 316LHF 316L
B8M B8 8M
F316 316 316HF 316
7
Gate Valves
Standard Port 4121 4101 4111 — 1/2 3/4 1 11/4 11/2 2 —

Full Port 4171 — 4161 1/4 3/8 1/2 3/4 1 11/4 11/2 2
End to End A 3.19 3.19 3.46 4.33 5.04 5.04 5.51 5.94 C
Handwheel B 3.62 3.62 3.62 4.02 5.12 5.91 5.91 6.89
Port Diameter D .28 .37 .50 .71 .94 1.20 1.44 1.80 D Port
Weight Lbs. 4.19 4.19 5.73 7.94 10.58 16.53 23.59 35.27
A
Class 800 • Standard Port– Bolted & Welded Cryogenic Extended Bonnet –Threaded Ends–Min. Temp.-325˚ F
Dimensions Thrd Size (in.) B
Standard Port 4121 Cryogenic 3/8 1/2 3/4 1 11/4 11/2 2

End to End A 3.19 3.19 3.46 4.33 5.04 5.04 5.04
Handwheel B 3.62 3.62 3.62 4.02 5.12 5.91 6.89 C
Port Diameter D .28 .37 .50 .71 .94 1.20 1.44
Weight Lbs. 6.39 6.39 7.94 10.14 13.67 19.84 26.90
D Port
Standard Port 6121 6101 6111 3/8 1/2 3/4 1 11/4 11/2 2
Full Port 6171 — 6161 1/4 3/8 1/2 3/4 1 11/4 11/2
End to End A 3.19 3.46 4.33 5.04 5.04 5.51 5.94 C
Handwheel B 3.62 3.62 4.02 5.12 5.91 5.91 6.89
Weight Lbs. 4.19 5.73 7.94 10.58 16.53 23.59 35.27
A
Standard Port 4123 4103 4113 3/8 1/2 3/4 1 11/4 11/2 2
End to End A 3.19 3.19 3.46 4.33 5.04 5.04 5.51
Handwheel B 3.62 3.62 3.62 4.02 5.12 5.91 5.91 C
Port Diameter D .28 .37 .50 .71 .94 1.20 1.44
Weight Lbs. 3.97 3.97 4.85 6.61 9.26 14.33 20.28 D Port
8
Gate Valves
Standard Port 6123 6103 6113 3/8 1/2 3/4 1 11/4 11/2 2
End to End A 3.19 3.46 4.33 5.04 5.04 5.51 5.94
Handwheel B 3.62 3.62 4.02 5.12 5.12 5.91 6.89 C
Port Diameter D .28 .37 .50 .71 .94 1.20 1.44
Weight Lbs. 4.19 5.73 7.94 10.58 16.53 23.59 35.27 D Port
Class 800 • Standard Port – Union Bonnet – IS – Threaded and Socketweld Ends
Standard Port 4125 4115 3/8 1/2 3/4 1 11/4 11/2 2

End to End A 2.76 2.76 3.39 3.98 — 4.72 5.24
Handwheel B 3.62 3.62 3.62 4.02 — 5.12 5.91 C
Center to Top C (Closed) 5.91 5.91 5.91 7.48 — 9.45 10.63
Port Diameter D .37 .50 .50 .75 — 1.25 1.50
Weight Lbs. 3.09 3.09 3.75 6.61 — 9.26 17.20
D Port
Class 2500 • Full Port – Welded Bonnet – OS&Y Threaded and Socketweld Ends
Full Port 7173 7163 3/8 1/2 3/4 1 11/4 11/2 2

End to End A 3.46 5.04 5.04 5.04 8.27 8.27 9.45
Handwheel B 4.02 5.91 5.91 5.91 6.89 6.89 7.48 C
Port Diameter D .37 .50 .71 .94 1.20 1.44 1.80
Weight Lbs. 6.61 9.26 9.26 20.28 30.42 30.42 55.12 D Port
9
Gate Valves
Class 800/1500 • Standard Port –Take Off – Welded Bonnet – Female Thread x Male Thread Ends
Dimensions F. Thrd x M. Thrd Size (in.) B
Standard Port 4143 4153 1/2 3/4 1 11/2
End to End A 6.00 6.00 6.00 6.00 7.5 7.5 8.5 —
Center to End A1 4.41 4.41 4.27 4.27 5.41 5.41 5.45 —
C
Handwheel B 3.62 3.62 3.62 3.62 4.02 4.02 5.91 —
Center to Top C (Closed) 5.59 5.59 5.79 5.79 6.69 6.69 8.46 —
Port Diameter D .37 .37 .50 .50 .71 .71 1.20 —
Insert O.D. E .52 .52 .65 .65 .89 .89 1.42 — D Port E
Weight Lbs. 4.63 4.63 5.95 5.95 8.82 8.82 16.53 —
A1
A
Class 800 • Standard Port – Take Off – Bolted Bonnet – Female Thread x Male Socketweld Ends
Dimensions F. Thrd x M. SWE Size (in.) B
Standard Port 4151 4191 1/2 3/4 1 11/2 2

End to End A 6.00 7.56 6.00 8.23 7.50 9.23 8.50 9.98 10.35
Center to End A1 4.41 6.18 4.27 6.42 5.41 7.05 5.45 7.48 7.60 C
Handwheel B 3.62 3.62 3.62 3.62 4.02 4.02 5.91 5.91 6.89
Insert O.D. E .52 .69 .65 .87 .89 1.12 1.42 1.62 1.81
Weight Lbs. 4.63 5.07 5.95 7.05 8.82 11.02 16.53 19.84 28.66 A1
A
Class 800/1500 • Standard Port –Take Off – Welded Bonnet – Female Thread x Male Couplet
Dimensions F. Thrd x M. Cplt Size (in.) B
Standard Port 4153CT 1/2 3/4 1

End to End A 5.29 6.07 6.76
Center to End A1 4.38 4.38 4.76 C
Handwheel B 3.62 3.62 4.02
Center to Top C (Closed) 5.59 5.79 6.69
Port Diameter D .37 .50 .71 D Port E
Insert O.D. E .52 .65 .89
Weight Lbs. 4.63 5.95 8.16 A1
A
Class 800/1500 • Standard Port –Take Off – WeldedBonnet – Female ThreadxIntegrally Reinforced Ends
Dimensions F. Thrd x IREB Size (in.) B
Standard Port 4193 6193 1/2 3/4 1 11/2 2

End to End A 7.56 8.23 8.23 9.23 9.23 9.98 9.98 10.35 10.35
Center to End A1 6.18 6.42 6.42 7.05 7.05 7.48 7.48 7.60 7.60 C
Handwheel B 3.62 3.62 3.62 4.02 4.02 5.91 5.91 6.89 6.89
Insert O.D. E .69 .69 .87 .87 1.12 1.12 1.62 1.62 1.81
Weight Lbs. 5.07 7.05 7.05 11.02 11.02 19.84 19.84 28.66 28.66 A1
A
10
Gate Valves
Standard Port 1131 1/2 3/4 1 11/2 2 3

Face to Face A 4.25 4.61 5.00 6.50 7.01 7.99
Handwheel B 3.62 3.62 4.02 5.91 6.89 7.48 C
Port Diameter D .37 .50 .71 1.20 1.44 2.00
Weight Lbs. 6.61 10.58 13.23 22.05 35.27 55.12 D Port

Standard Port 2131 1/2 3/4 1 11/2 2

Face to Face A 5.51 5.98 6.50 7.48 8.50
Handwheel B 3.62 3.62 4.02 5.91 6.89 C
Port Diameter D .37 .50 .71 1.20 1.44
Weight Lbs. 8.81 13.23 17.64 37.48 48.50 D Port

Standard Port 3131 1/2 3/4 1 11/2 2

Face to Face A 6.50 7.48 8.50 9.49 11.54
Handwheel B 3.62 3.62 4.02 5.91 6.89 C
Port Diameter D .37 .50 .71 1.20 1.44
Weight Lbs. 10.14 13.89 18.52 38.36 50.71 D Port

Full Port 6187 1/2 3/4 1 11/2 2

Face to Face A 8.50 9.02 10.00 12.01 14.49
Handwheel B 5.12 5.91 5.91 6.89 6.89 C
Port Diameter D .50 .71 .94 1.44 1.80
Weight Lbs. 22.05 35.27 44.09 83.77 119.05 D Port

Full Port 7187 1/2 3/4 1 11/2 2

Face to Face A 10.39 10.75 12.13 15.12 17.76
Handwheel B 5.91 5.91 6.89 7.48 7.48 C
Port Diameter D .50 .71 .94 1.44 1.80
Weight Lbs. 44.09 44.09 83.77 119.05 165.35 D Port
11
Globe Valves
Bolted & Welded Bonnet • Class 150, 300, 600, 800, 1500, & 2500
17
No. Part Material
20
3
1 Body ASTM A105N Carbon Steel
2 Bonnet ASTM A105N Carbon Steel
10
3 Handwheel Carbon Steel
12 4 Gland Flange ASTM A105 Carbon Steel
4 5 Eyebolt Screws Zinc Plated Carbon Steel
11 6 Stem ASTM A182 F6 Alloy Steel
7 Seat ASTM S182 F6/Stellite® 6 Facing
15
5
9 Packing Graphite Stack*
16 10 Yoke Nut AISI Type 416 Stainless Steel
9 11 Eyebolts ASTM A193 B8 Stainless Steel
13 12 Eyebolt Nuts ASTM A194 2HM Carbon Steel
13 Cap Screws ASTM A193 B7M Alloy Steel
2
14 Gasket 316 SS Spiral Wound Grafoil®
14 15 Packing Gland AISI Type 416 Stainless Steel
6 16 Lock Nut Washer Stainless Steel
1 17 Handwheel Nut Carbon Steel
8
7
corrosion inhibitor.


Body Bolts Gland Bolt Gland Nuts Stem Disc Seat
ASTM ASTM A193 ASTM A194 AISI
410 410 410HF
316 316 316HF
A105 A105N B7M B8 2HM

410 410HF 410HF
Monel Monel Monel
410 410 410HF

A350 LF2 L7M B8 7M

316 Stainless Steel
316 316 316HF

F5
F11 B16 B8 4 410 410 410HF
A182 F9
F316L 316L 316L 316LHF
B8M B8 8M
F316 316 316 316HF
12
Globe Valves
Standard Port 4221 4201 4211 3/8 1/2 3/4 1 11/4 11/2 2
End to End A 3.19 3.19 3.46 4.33 6.06 6.06 6.73
Handwheel B 3.62 3.62 3.62 4.02 5.12 5.91 6.89 C
Port Diameter D .28 .39 .49 .69 .94 1.14 1.30
Weight Lbs. 4.19 4.19 5.73 7.94 14.77 14.77 26.46
D
Port A
Standard Port 6221 6201 6211 3/8 1/2 3/4 1 11/4 11/2 2
End to End A 3.19 3.46 4.33 5.04 5.04 5.51 5.94
Handwheel B 3.62 3.62 4.02 5.12 5.12 5.91 6.89 C
Port Diameter D .28 .37 .50 .71 .94 1.20 1.44
Weight Lbs. 4.19 5.73 7.94 10.58 16.53 23.59 35.27
D
Port A
Standard Port 4223 4203 4213 3/8 1/2 3/4 1 11/4 11/2 2
End to End A 3.19 3.19 3.46 4.33 6.06 6.06 6.73
Handwheel B 3.62 3.62 3.62 4.02 5.12 5.91 6.89 C
Port Diameter D .28 .39 .49 .69 .94 1.14 1.30
Weight Lbs. 3.97 3.97 4.85 6.61 14.77 14.77 26.46
D
Port
A
Standard Port 6223 6203 6213 — 1/2 3/4 1 11/4 11/2 2
End to End A — 3.46 4.31 5.06 6.06 6.06 8.31
Handwheel B — 3.62 4.02 5.12 5.91 5.91 6.89 C
Center to Top C (Closed) — 6.26 7.05 8.46 8.98 9.21 12.40
Port Diameter D — .39 .50 .69 .94 1.13 1.30
Weight Lbs. — 5.95 7.94 10.58 14.77 19.84 28.66
D
Port
A
13
Globe Valves
1/2 3/4 B
Full Port 6273Y 6263Y 1 1 1/4 1 1/2 2
End to End A 4.37 5.98 7.52 7.52 8.50 8.50
Handwheel B 4.02 5.12 6.89 6.89 6.89 6.89 C
Port Diameter D .43 .57 .75 .91 1.26 1.46
Weight Lbs. 8.37 14.33 33.07 33.07 39.68 39.68 D Port
B
Full Port 7273Y 7263Y 1/2 3/4 1 1 1/4 1 1/2 2
End to End A 5.98 7.52 7.52 8.50 8.50 8.5
Handwheel B 5.12 6.89 6.89 7.48 7.48 7.48 C

Port Diameter D .43 .57 .75 .91 1.26 1.46
Weight Lbs. 8.37 14.33 33.07 33.07 39.68 39.68 D Port
For years Industry professionals have

specified DSI® valve products for their most
demanding projects, and consistently
Zy-Tech Global Industries delivers the
highest performance fluid control products
available anywhere.
Ask your DSI® representative about our

other fine flow control products.
14
Globe Valves
Standard Port 1231 1/2 3/4 1 11/2 2

Face to Face A 4.25 4.61 5.00 6.50 8.00
Handwheel B 3.62 3.62 4.02 5.91 6.89 C
Port Diameter D .39 .49 .67 .98 1.30
Weight Lbs. 6.61 10.58 13.23 22.05 33.07
D
Port A

Standard Port 2231 1/2 3/4 1 11/2 2

Face to Face A 5.98 7.00 7.99 9.02 10.51
Handwheel B 3.62 3.62 4.02 5.91 6.89 C
Port Diameter D .39 .49 .67 .98 1.30
Weight Lbs. 9.92 12.13 17.64 26.46 37.48
D
Port A

Standard Port 3231 1/2 3/4 1 11/2 2

Face to Face A 6.50 7.50 8.50 9.50 11.50
Handwheel B 3.62 3.62 4.02 5.91 6.89 C
Port Diameter D .39 .49 .67 .98 1.30
Weight Lbs. 9.92 13.89 18.52 38.36 49.96
D
Port A
Class 1500 • Full Port – RTJ – Bolted Bonnet – Flanged Ends

Full Port 6287 1/2 3/4 1 11/2 2
Face to Face A 8.50 9.02 10.00 12.01 14.49
Handwheel B 5.12 5.91 5.91 6.89 6.89 C
Port Diameter D .43 .57 .75 1.24 1.48
Weight Lbs. 28.66 35.27 47.40 83.77 132.28
D
Port A
15
Check Valves
Bolted, Welded & Union Cap • Class 150, 300, 600, 800, 1500, & 2500
22 21 13
No. Part Material
18
Piston Style 1 Body A105N Carbon Steel
14 7 Seat ASTM A182 F6/Stellite® 6 Alloy Steel
20
8 Piston ASTM A182 F6 Alloy Steel
1 13 Cap Screws ASTM A193 B7M
18 Bolted Cover A105N Carbon Steel
7
20 Spring AISI 304 Stainless Steel
22 21 13 18 21 Name Plate Aluminum
22 Rivet Stainless Steel
14
23 Pin ASTM A182 F6 Alloy Steel
23 24 Hinge Pin Stainless Steel
24 25 Arm ASTM A182 F6 Alloy Steel
26 Retaining Nut ASTM A194 2HM
25
Swing Style 26


ASTM Body Bolts Piston or Ball Seat Gasket
Bonnet ASTM AISI
410 410HF
316 316HF
A105 A105N ASTM A193-B7M
410 410HF
Monel Monel
316 Stainless Steel
410 410HF
A350 LF2 ASTM A320-L7M
316 316HF
F5
F11 ASTM A193-B16 410 410HF
A182 F9
F316L 316L 316LHF
ASTM A193-B8M
F316 316 316HF
16
Check Valves
Class 800 • Standard and Full Port – Piston– Bolted Cover– Threaded and Socketweld Ends
Standard Port 4321 4301 4311 3/8 1/2 3/4 1 11/4 11/2 2 —
Full Port 4371 — 4361 1/4 3/8 1/2 3/4 1 11/4 11/2 2 C
End to End A 3.19 3.19 3.46 4.33/5.04 6.06 6.06/6.73 6.73 8.27
Center to Top C 2.17 2.24 2.36 2.83/3.15 3.70 3.70/4.06 4.06 4.84 D Port
Port Diameter D .28 .39 .49 .69 .94 1.14 1.30 1.54
Weight Lbs. 3.09 3.09 3.97 5.73 11.24 11.24 19.84 28.66
A
Class 1500 • Standard Port – Piston – Bolted Cover – Threaded and Socketweld Ends
Standard Port 6321 6301 6311 3/8 1/2 3/4 1 11/4 11/2 2
End to End A 3.19 3.46 4.33 5.04 6.06 6.69 8.27 C
Center to Top C 2.24 2.36 2.83 3.15 3.70 4.06 4.92
Weight Lbs. 3.97 3.97 5.73 7.05 11.24 19.84 28.66
Class 800 • Standard Port – Ball – Bolted Cover– Threaded and Socketweld Ends
Standard Port 4521 4501 4511 3/8 1/2 3/4 1 11/4 11/2 2
End to End A 3.19 3.19 3.46 4.33 6.06 6.06 6.73 C
Center to Top C 2.17 2.24 2.36 2.83 3.15 3.70 4.06
Weight Lbs. 3.09 3.09 3.97 5.73 11.24 11.24 19.84
17
Check Valves
Standard Port 1331 1/2 3/4 1 11/2 2
Face to Face A 4.25 4.61 5.00 6.50 8.00 C
Center to Top C 3.07 3.50 3.35 3.90 4.06
Weight Lbs. 4.63 7.05 9.70 15.43 21.61

Standard Port 2331 1/2 3/4 1 11/2 2
Face to Face A 5.98 7.01 7.99 9.02 10.51 C
Center to Top C 3.07 3.50 3.35 3.90 4.06
Weight Lbs. 7.05 8.60 12.35 18.52 26.23

Standard Port 3331 1/2 3/4 1 11/2 2
Face to Face A 6.50 7.48 8.50 9.49 11.50 C
Center to Top C 3.07 3.50 3.35 3.90 4.06
Weight Lbs. 8.82 10.80 14.33 33.07 39.68
Class 1500 • Full Port – Piston – RTJ– Bolted Cover – Flanged Ends
Full Port 6387 1/2 3/4 1 11/2 2
Face to Face A 8.50 9.02 10.00 12.01 14.49 C
Center to Top C 5.83 6.30 6.97 7.87 8.90
D Port
Port Diameter D .43 .57 .75 1.22 1.48
Weight Lbs. 27.56 35.27 41.89 79.37 119.05
18
Check Valves
Class 800 • Full Port – Vertical Ball –Union Cap – Threaded and Socketweld Ends
Full Port 4672 4662 1/2 3/4 1 11/2 2
End to End A 3.39 3.89 5.31 5.63 6.76 C
Key C 2.12 2.56 2.83 3.94 4.33
Port Diameter D .55 .81 1.06 1.53 2.00
Weight Lbs. 2.20 3.31 5.51 9.48 17.64 D Port
Class 800 • Standard Port – Swing–Bolted Cover – Threaded and Socketweld Ends
Standard Port 4421 4401 4411 1/2 3/4 1 11/2 2
End to End A 3.19 3.46 4.33 6.06 6.73 C
Port Diameter D .37 .50 .71 1.20 1.44
Weight Lbs. 3.09 3.97 5.73 11.24 19.84
A

Standard Port 1431 1/2 3/4 1 11/2 2
C
End to End A 4.25 4.61 5.00 6.50 7.99
Port Diameter D .37 .50 .71 1.20 1.44
Weight Lbs. 4.63 7.05 9.70 9.70 26.23
A

Standard Port 2431 1/2 3/4 1 11/2 2
C
End to End A 5.98 7.01 7.99 9.02 10.51
Port Diameter D .37 .50 .71 1.20 1.44
Weight Lbs. 7.05 8.60 12.35 18.52 26.23
A

Standard Port 3431 1/2 3/4 1 11/2 2
C
End to End A 6.50 7.48 8.50 9.49 11.50
Port Diameter D .37 .50 .71 1.20 1.44
Weight Lbs. 8.82 10.80 14.33 33.07 39.68
A
19
Technical Data
Pressure/Temperature Ratings
Material/Class
Temp.
A105* & A350 LF2** A182 F11*** A182 F5 A182 F9 A182 316 A182 316L
˚F
150 300 600 800 1500 800 1500 800 1500 800 1500 800 1500 800 1500
-20 to100 285 740 1480 1975 3705 2000 3750 2000 3750 2000 3750 1920 3600 1600 3000
200 260 675 1350 1800 3375 2000 3750 1985 3725 2000 3750 1655 3095 1350 2530
300 230 655 1315 1750 3280 1925 3610 1910 3580 1940 3640 1495 2795 1210 2270
400 200 635 1270 1690 3170 1850 3465 1880 3530 1880 3530 1370 2570 1100 2065
500 170 600 1200 1595 2995 1775 3325 1775 3325 1775 3325 1275 2390 1020 1910
600 140 550 1095 1460 2735 1615 3025 1615 3025 1615 3025 1205 2255 960 1800
650 125 535 1075 1430 2685 1570 2940 1570 2940 1570 2940 1185 2220 935 1750
700 110 535 1065 1420 2665 1515 2840 1515 2840 1515 2840 1160 2170 915 1715
750 95 505 1010 1345 2520 1420 2660 1410 2640 1420 2660 1140 2135 895 1680
800 80 410 825 1100 2060 1355 2540 1355 2540 1355 2540 1125 2110 875 1645
850 65 270 535 715 1340 1300 2435 1290 2415 1300 2435 1115 2090 860 1610
900 50 170 345 460 860 1200 2245 985 1850 1200 2245 1105 2075
950 35 105 205 275 515 850 1595 735 1370 1005 1885 1030 1930
1000 20 50 105 140 260 575 1080 530 995 675 1270 935 1750
1050 385 720 385 720 460 855 915 1720
1100 A350 LF2 is suitable to 255 480 265 495 300 565 815 1525
1150 -50˚F at -20˚F pressure ratings. 165 310 165 310 200 375 630 1185
1200 100 190 95 170 140 255 495 925
1250 390 735
1300 310 585
1350 255 480
1400 200 380
1450 155 290
1500 110 205
Data in table are maximum fluid pressures at temperatures shown in side Notes: *Permissible, but not recommended for prolonged use above 800˚F.
column in accordance with ANSI B16.34 and API 602. **Not to be used over 650˚F.
***Permissible, but not recommended for prolonged use above 1100˚F.
Body and Bonnet Materials
Carbon Steel LowTemp. Steel Alloy Steel ASTM A182 Austenitic SS ASTM A182
Description
ASTM A105 ASTM A350 LF2 F5 F11 F9 F316L F316
Carbon % 0.35 max. .030 max. 0.15 max. 0.10-0.20 0.15 max. .035 max. 0.08 max.
Manganese % 0.60-1.05 1.35 max. 0.30-0.60 0.30-0.80 0.30-0.60 2.0 max. 2.0 max.
Phosphorus % 0.040 max. 0.035 max. 0.030 max. 0.040 max. 0.030 max. 0.040 max. 0.040 max.
Sulphur % 0.050 max. 0.040 max. 0.030 max. 0.040 max. 0.030 max. 0.030 max. 0.030 max.
Silicon % 0.35 max. 0.15-0.30 0.50 max. 0.50-1.00 0.50-1.00 1.00 max. 1.00 max.
Nickel % — — 0.50 max. — — 10.00-15.00 10.00-14.00
Chromium % — — 4.0-6.0 1.00-1.50 8.00-10.0 16.00-18.00 16.00-18.00
Molybdenum % — — 0.44-0.65 0.44-0.65 .90-1.10 2.0-3.0 2.0-3.0
Trim Materials
Description 410 316 316L Monel Stellite® Gr. 6
Carbon % 0.15 max. .08 max. 0.030 max. 0.3 max. .70-1.40
Manganese % 1.00 max. 2.0 max. 2.0 max. 2.0 max. 2.00 max.
Phosphorus % 0.040 max. .040 max. .040 max. — —
Sulphur % 0.030 max. 0.030 max. 0.030 max. 0.024 —

Silicon % 1.00 max. 1.00 max. 1.00 max. 0.5 max. 2.00 max.
Nickel % — 10.00-14.00 10.00-15.00 63.0 min. 3.00 max.
Chromium % 12.00-14.00 16.00-18.00 16.00-18.00 — 25.0-32.0
Molybdenum % — 2.0-3.0 2.0-3.0 — 1.00 max.
Copper % — — — 28.0-34.0 —
Fe: 5.00 max.
Other Elements % — — — Fe: 2.5 max. W: 3.0-6.0
Co: balance
20
Selective Purpose Valves
Many flow applications require
equipment that is manufactured
specifically to meet the
needs of a particular
service, such as low
temperature valves for
Cryogenic systems or Bellow Seal
Valves for special service applications.
In these instances you can
rely on DSI®
selective purpose
products.
Contact your DSI®
manufacturer
representative for
your next project.

Zy-Tech Global Industries is dedicated to continually improv- engineers, and superior testing laboratories to ensure that all
ing it’s state-of -the-art engineering and manufacturing capa- products supplied to our customers are 100% in accordance
bilities to improve the overall quality of their products and with industry standards as well as our own internal Quality
customer service. Zy-Tech’s entire global network of flow con- Assurance and Quality Control procedures.
trol experts consist of highly trained technicians, qualified
Warranty
The warranty described below applies only to new or unused goods, or goods reconditioned by ZY-TECH GLOBAL
INDUSTRIES (Seller). The Seller specifically disclaims any warranty for used goods or goods sold “as is”. For a peri-
od of one (1) year after date of purchase of any of the goods described herein, Seller warrants such goods shall remain
free from failure due to defects in workmanship and materials incorporated therein by or for Seller provided such
failure shall not have been caused or contributed to, by improper usage, service or application, improper installation
or maintenance, repairs, alterations, or modifications effected by or for the user, misuse, negligence or accident.
In the event of failure for which Seller has assumed warranty obligations hereunder, and provided written notifica-
tion of such failure shall be immediately given to Seller, it agrees to repair, or at its option, to replace the goods sold
at its sold expense.
Apart from the warranty and undertakings above set forth, Seller assumes no obligation or liability for losses, expenses or dam-
ages, direct or consequential, suffered or incurred as a result of any failure of, or defect in, the goods described herein, including
but not limited to, such costs, expenses or damages as may result from the necessity to remove, replace, restore or
transport the goods from any location or service in which they may be used, regardless of the cause of such failure
or defect.
with. There are not other warranties, express or implied, of any kind given with respect to the goods, their merchantability, fit-
ness for any particular purpose or usage, or otherwise, nor is any person authorized to extend on behalf of Seller any form of
warranty other than that above set forth.
The goods described herein are not sold or distributed by Seller for personal, family or household purposes, nor are
they normally suited for use as such.
21
Terms And Conditions of Sale
Prices Returns And Cancellations
Prices and other terms of sale where set forth in current price No product may be returned without Seller’s prior written
sheets are subject to change without notice. Stenographic or consent. All goods returned are subject to a handling charge
clerical errors are subject to corrections. Prices are subject to plus freight in both directions and charges for any required
stabilization controls, if any, on or after May 1, 1974. reconditioning, unless otherwise specified in writing by Seller.
Overages, shortages and incorrect material claims must be
Acceptance of Orders And Special Orders made in writing within ten (10) days of receipt of goods.
All orders are subject to acceptance by Seller at its home office, Cancellation of orders once placed with and accepted by Seller
Stafford, Texas, only. No assignment of the Purchaser’s rights may be made only with its written consent.
may be made without the written consent of the Seller. Orders
for special material are subjet to cancellation only upon agree- No Waiver
ment to make payment for the work perormed, material used Seller’s failure to insist upon any of the terms, convenants, or
and reasonable profit. conditions listed herein or to exercise any right hereunder shall
not be construed as a waiver or relinquishment of the future
Terms, Payment And Partial Shipment performances of any such term, convenant or condition, or the
Net-10th prox. One percent (1%) per month interest charged on future exercise of such right or a waiver or relinquishment or
accounts after 30 days, or twelve percent (12%) annually. All waiver of any other term, convenant or condition or the exer-
accounts are payable in United States funds, free of exchange, cise of any other rights hereunder.
collection, or any other charges. If, in the sole discretion of
Seller, the financial condition of the Purchaser at any time so Governing Law
requires, Seller retains the right to require full or partial pay- This contract shall be governed by, construed and enforced in
ment in advance or to require other adequate advances of accordance with the laws of the State of Texas.
financial responsibility. Seller reserves the right to make partial
shipments from time to time and render invoices therefor, Totality of Agreement: Special Provisions, Modifications
which shall be due and payable as provided in said invoices. This instrument constitutes the entire agreement of the parties
with respect to all matters and things herein mentioned.
Taxes Purchaser warrants, represents and agrees that it has inspected
Unless otherwise specifically noted, the amount of any sales, the goods and has otherwise made inquiry and review on its
use, occupancy, excise tax, or other tax, of any nature, federal, own behalf, concerning the nature, characteristics and quality
state, or local, for which Seller is legally liable, either initially or of the materials and workmanship incorporated therein at or
through failure of payment by Purchaser, shall be added or be prior to delivery, that it is fully contented and satisfied there-
in addition to the price quoted and Purchaser agrees to pay the with and has independently determined that the goods are ina
same to Seller. all respects fit and usable for all purposes for which they are
intended to be employed by Purchaser. It is expressly acknowl-
Unavoidable Conditions edged and agreed by and between the parties that neither party
Seller shall not be liable for failure to deliver or delays in deliv- has, nor is now , relying upon any collateral, prior or contem-
ery occasioned by causes beyond its control, including, with- poraneous agreement, written or oral, assurance or assurances,
out limitation, strikes, lockouts, fires, embargoes, war or other representation or warranty, of any kind or nature as to or
outbreaks of hostilities, acts of God, inability to obtain ship- respecting the condition or capabilities of the goods and the
ping space, machinery, breakdowns, delays of carriers or sup- other matters and things, rights and responsibilities herein
pliers, and governmental acts or regulatons. fixed and described. No modification, waiver or discharge of
any term or provision of this instrument shall be implied by law,
nor shall any alteration, modification or acquittance of any such
term or provision be effective for any purpose unless in writing
signed by or upon behalf of the party charged therewith.
22
Contact your
local Zy-Tech
representative
about other DSI®
brand flow control
products, or visit
our website at
www.zy-tech.com
Georgia
1820 Redmond Circle, Ste. E
Rome, Georgia 30165
(706) 802-0311
(800) 241-7524
Fax (706) 802-0354
Washington
Atlanta@zy-tech.com
Columbia Business Center
Illinois 600 S.E. Maritime Avenue
Lake Center Plaza Bldg. 3, Ste. 210
1699 Wall Street, Ste. 511 Vancouver, Washington 98661
Mount Prospect, Illinois 60056 (360) 696-5838
(847) 439-9349 (800) 547-5774
(800) 323-2466 Fax (360) 696-5833
Fax (847) 439-9315 Portland@zy-tech.com Zy-Tech Global Industries
Chicago@zy-tech.com
Zy-Tech de Venezuela Corporate Office
New Jersey Av. Principal Los Robles con Calle 115 10600 Corporate Drive
Southview Industrial Park Edificio Auto Express Stafford, Texas 77477
9-A Chris Court Maracalbo, Venezuela (281) 565-1010
Dayton, New Jersey 08810 5861-357762 (800) 231-3530
(732) 329-2929 Fax 5861-357811 Fax (281) 565-3171
(800) 631-5564 apike@zy-tech.com Houston_Sales@zy-tech.com
Fax (732) 329-4579 IntSales@zy-tech.com
Canada, Pro-Tech Valve Sales
Dayton@zy-tech.com
5880-56 Ave.
Oklahoma Edmonton, Alberta T6B 3E4
Tech Ridge Office Park Canada
9717 E. 42nd Street, Ste. 220 (780) 466-4405
Tulsa, Oklahoma 74146 Fax (780) 469-1293
(918) 664-2700 marketing@pro-techvalve.com
(800) 331-3890
Fax (918) 664-2735
BrokenArrow@zy-tech.com
©2001 Zy-Tech Global Industries • DSI is a registered trademark of Zy-tech Global Industries • ZGI-FSV-1001
DSI Forged Steel Valves
CONTENTS
WARNING.....................................................................................................................................2
FOREWARD ................................................................................................................................................. 2
STORAGE..................................................................................................................................................... 2
INSTALLATION............................................................................................................................................. 2
OPERATION ................................................................................................................................................. 3

Shell Material: Forged carbon, alloy or stainless steel
Rising stem
Threaded, RF-flanged, RTJ, butt-welding ends or socket welding ends
1 Revised 12/21/05
WARNING
In the event of extended storage, it may be
1. SAFETY FIRST! FOR YOUR SAFETY, TAKE necessary to periodically check for adequate
THE FOLLOWING PRECAUTIONS BEFORE corrosion protection of valve exterior and interior
REMOVING THE VALVE FROM THE LINE: surfaces and for lubrication of exposed stem
threads.
THE LINE. IF THERE IS ANY DOUBT, Do not remove the valve end protectors before
CHECK WITH THE PROPER SUPERVISOR. valves are ready for installation.
3. WEAR ANY PROTECTIVE CLOTHING AND INSTALLATION
EQUIPMENT NORMALLY REQUIRED TO
AVOID INJURY FROM THE PARTICULAR Prior to beginning installation of the valves, verify
FLUID IN THE LINE. the valve is correct as shown in the piping
arrangement. Look at identification plates, tags,
4. DEPRESSURIZE THE LINE AND DRAIN THE and marking on valves for size, pressure class,
SYSTEM FLUID. BE SURE THERE IS NO and materials. Mount globe and check valves
PRESSURE RETAINED IN THE VALVE according to the flow direction marked on the body.
CAVITY.
Flanged End Valves
5. REFER TO VALVE IDENTIFICATION PLATE
TO VERIFY MATERIAL DESCRIPTION AND Confirm gasket materials and bolting material, size
MAXIMUM PRESSURE RATINGS. and length. Clean the valve interior and
connecting pipe completely so that the gasket
FOREWARD faces of end flanges are free of foreign material,
Safe and efficient operation of industrial sealing performance of valves.
installations requires not only complete knowledge
of the engineering and functioning of all machinery Align bolt holes of valve flanges and pipe flanges,
and equipment but their continuous proper insert gasket and tighten bolts. Alignment must be
maintenance as well. To help achieve trouble-free accurate to prevent unbalanced tightening and
valve performance, general information is provided subsequent excessive stress on bolts.
as an aid for optimum operation and field
maintenance. Observe all safety precautions. Use suitable lubricants on bolt threads. Tighten
STORAGE the bolts gradually and uniformly moving
alternately in a cross-bolting pattern, according to
While in storage, protect valves from the affects of standard piping practices. The ends of the bolts
weather. Ideally, valves should be kept indoors in should extend equally beyond the nuts.
a clean, well ventilated area with the temperature
maintained above the dewpoint. After installing the valve, be sure to recheck all
bolts and nuts of the coupled flanges and
If valves are stored outdoors, support them off the retighten, if necessary.
ground or pavement and provide a watertight
cover. Threaded End Valves
The pipe will be threaded into the valve end
Take care to avoid damage to exposed stem connections using a standard pipe wrench.
valve size necessitate handling by crane or forklift, Before assembling the pipe and valve, apply
sling or rig the valve carefully to avoid damage. thread dope to the pipe. TFE tape is not
The handwheel and stem should never be used as recommended due to its low resistance to
lifting or rigging points.
moderate or high temperatures.
Keep gate and globe valves in the fully closed Weld End Valves
position. Check valves generally have a block, or
other device, installed.
weld ends should be free from paint, oil, dust, rust
or other irregularities that will affect subsequent
welding.
protection from damage and deterioration. Do not
remove the end protectors except for inspection or
installation.
2 Revised 12/21/05
If backing rigs are to be used, confirm the material Clean and inspect the weld.
and fit. Verify valve to pipe alignment and make
necessary adjustments. When installation is completed, the valves and pipe
interiors should be flushed to remove foreign
To prevent problems with cracking of fillet welds for objects.
socketweld connections, it is recommended that
pipe be withdrawn approximately 0.06 inches away Care must be taken during this procedure to avoid
from contact with the bottom of the socket before trapping debris in valve cavities or damaging
starting weld. seating surfaces.
Installation welding should be done by duly Consult with your piping engineer to assure that
qualified personnel using properly qualified and general stress of the pipeline is not concentrated
user approved welding procedures in accordance on the valves. Check body-bonnet connection and
with the applicable codes and jurisdictional packing gland bolting for any additional adjustment
regulations. as system pressure is introduced.
It is recommended that the valve being welded not For the valves mounted on the end of pipelines,
be located between the hot lead and the ground installation of drain discharge devices is
strap of the welding equipment. Failure to do so recommended.
damage or failure of the valve to operate. WARNING
It is required after initial in-line pressure test or
It is the end-user’s responsibility to determine start-up to retighten the Body/Bonnet (Cover)
suitability of use for materials after welding and/or bolting that compresses the seal. Same
PWHT.
procedure is required after first temperature
cycle.
Determine prescribed welding parameters (e.g.,
filler metal, initial tack welding, preheat, interpass
temperatures, PWHT, etc.) and weld valve in place OPERATION
in accordance with the approved procedures. The
valve disc should be slightly opened to allow To open and close gate and globe valves, turn the
venting of gases which may result from welding. handwheel in the direction indicated. Movement
should be neither too fast nor too slow, and applied
For post weld heat treatment, the valve should be through the proper travel distance.
disassembled and the tag removed. Note the
orientation of the wedge so it can be reassembled In new valves, or when packing has been
in the same orientation. Coat the stem threads replaced, handwheel torque may be found
and wedge/disc, gland bolt threads with an anti- relatively high. This, however, will be reduced after
seize compound, reassemble the valve and close a number of cycles. The use of levers or wrenches
(hand tight only). Heat treat as required. After to turn handwheels should be minimized as it may
PWHT, disassemble the valve and clean the stem damage yokes and discs. Manual gears or
and wedge/disc seating surfaces. Clean any heat actuators are recommended for easier operation of
treating by-products from the valve. Reassemble larger size valves.
the valve, replacing new gaskets, packing, and
tags. Handwheel operating torque also depends on the
type and size of each valve, and its opening
A welded bonnet valve cannot be disassembled. It position as well. Note that the operating torque is
is suggested that the valve be fully closed (hand extremely high when fully closed valve is opened,
tight only). Coat the stem threads and gland bolt or when the disc comes close to the extreme of its
threads with an anti-seize compound. After travel to the fully closed position.
PWHT, replace packing and clean heat treating by-
products from the valve. Be sure to turn the handwheel of gate valve back
to the reverse direction by about 90 at the moment
If stuffing box area is subject to temperature above when the disc reaches the extreme of its fully
850F, the packing should be replaced. closed position. This is particularly important in
high temperature service to remove the thermal
stress and make valve reopening easier and
smoother.
3 Revised 12/21/05
Gate valves are to be used only fully opened or Pressure boundary parts and assembly joints
closed position, since they are designed as shut- should be monitored. Flanged joints may require
off valves, but in no way for throttling service as retightening of bolts either in a single operation or
globe valves. Partial opening will vibrate the disc at intervals to minimize possibility of decreasing
and cause an adverse affect on valve bolt loads due to slow creep, gasket relaxation, or
performance. elevated temperatures.
If a valve will not close, do not apply excessive Operating conditions will frequently generate noise
force to the handwheel. There may be foreign due to type of fluid, velocity, pressure, and
material in the seating area. In such a case, open temperature. Any mechanical or high intensity fluid
the valve again to allow fluid flow and try to clear noise noted in the valve area may be an indication
the debris through the valve bore. If the situation of potentially serious trouble. Contact your piping
is not resolved, check the valve interior. engineer to evaluate the need for action.
Opening gate and globe valves to the backseat Inspections should be conducted periodically to
can be considered a means to determine the full detect wear and/or corrosion of valve seats, discs,
open position. The stem should then be backed stems, and shell interior. Usually packing and
off slightly. gaskets are replaced after periodic inspections as
a part of basic maintenance operation.
The backseat is not intended to be used as normal Before removing valves from the piping system,
operational stem sealing. If circumstances require mark them adequately with their original locations
the use of the backseat for stem sealing, exercise and positions of valve mounting to avoid confusion
extreme caution. The practice of repacking or mistake in subsequent re-installation.
backseated valves under pressure is not
recommended. Valve interiors should be cleaned thoroughly using
water, steam, or suitable solvents before
Detection of leakage during valve examination.
operation
Carefully examine seating areas to detect any
Tightening of the gland bolts is the usual method to damage or wear. Relap as necessary. Inspect the
stop stem leakage. Care should be taken to stuffing box and stem sealing surfaces for
tighten the bolts alternately and evenly to avoid smoothness and correct finish.
one-sided tightening. The torque should be
minimized just to stop leakage, since The body and bonnet should be examined to
overtightening may cause reduced packing assure there are satisfactory minimum wall
elasticity for lower sealing performance. It may be thickness and corrosion allowances for continued
necessary to add or replace packing material. service. Use appropriate nondestructive testing
methods to evaluate worn or corroded sections.
INSPECTION AND MAINTENANCE
Daily inspection and maintenance of your valves is Clean all component parts of the disassembled
important for safe, continued operation. valve and prepare new spare parts such as gland
packing and gaskets before reassembly. Be sure
The main items of your daily inspection are: to remove any rust or other soil from the seat
1. Fluid Leakage: (gland area, flange connection, retaining area of the valve body to have
threaded area, valve body surface, and the satisfactory sealing performance.
welded area.
2. Generation of Abnormal Noise: (the valve, Each valve should be cycled fully opened and
loosened bolts, and the vibrated pipelines. closed to check operability. Pressure tests in
3. Visual Confirmation: (correct valve operating accordance with API 598 should be done to assure
position, securely tightened bolting, and satisfactory performance.
adequately fed lubricant around the valve
stem. Valve assembly, inspection and repair operations
Reasonable protection should be provided for should be performed only by qualified and
exposed areas of the stem to minimize mechanical approved shops.
damage and potentially degrading environmental
exposure. Inspect the stem surface in contact with
the packing for damage or deterioration which can
result in sealing problems.
4 Revised 12/21/05

Stafford, TX 77477
(281) 565-1010
(800) 231-3530
(800) 392-1868 (TX)
FAX: (281) 565-7942
5 Revised 12/21/05
DSI
®
®
Stainless Steel
Cast Stainless Steel
Contents
Stainless Steel Standard Features 3
For years, Zy-Tech’s DSI ®® Stainless Steel valves have been With DSI® Zy-Gear Bevel Gear Chart
satisfying the needs of Petroleum Refineries, Chemical Conformance And 5
Processing Plants, Power Generating Plants, Pulp and General Design Specifications
Paper Plants and other processing facilities throughout Metal/Alloy Designations Cryogenic Valves 6
the world for both conventional and cryogenic services. Cryogenic Valves, Features, Materials and Tables 6
®
Specifying DSI Stainless Steel Figure Numbers 7
Zy-Tech offers you a variety of Stainless Steel and High Gate Valves 8-11
Alloy valve product solutions.
Globe Valves 12-15
Zy-Tech General Terms and Conditions of Sale 21-23
DSI ® Forged Stainless Steel PBV ®®-USA Process

and High Alloy Gate, Globe, Flanged Ball Valves
and Check Valves Design Standard: API 608 (Fire
Design Standard: API 602 (NACE MR0175 2002 Edition) Safe API 607) (NACE MR0175
Pressure Classes: 150, 300, 600, 800, 1500, 2500, 2002 Edition)
(1690, 2680) Pressure Classes: 150, 300,
Size Range: 1/4" thru 2" 600 and 1500
End Connections: Flgd, Thrd, SWE, BW End, Ext. Body Size Range: 1/2" thru 12"
Available Materials: F316, F316L, F304, F304L, F321, End Connection: Flgd
F347, F347H, Duplex and HASTELLOY®®. Available Materials: CF8M, CF8, CN7M, CF3, CF3M, HASTELLOY®® B
and HASTELLOY®® C.
®
PBV ® Process Threaded
and Socket-Weld Ball Valves PBV ® Process Threaded Ball Valves
Three-Piece Bolted Body Two-Piece Threaded and Seal-Welded Body
Design Standard: ASME B16.34 (Fire Safe API 607, Design Standard: ASME B16.34 (Fire Safe API 607,
NACE MR0175 2002 Edition) NACE MR0175 2002 Edition)
Pressure Rating: 400 thru 6000 psi Pressure Rating: 2000 WOG and 2220 WOG
(ANSI 150 thru 2500) Size Range: 1/4" thru 2"
Size Range: 1/4" thru 2" End Connections: Thrd (Female, Male and Combo)
End Connections: Thrd and SWE Available Materials: CF8M
Available Materials: F316
Sign on, specify and purchase Zy-Tech’s

DSI ® Stainless Steel valve products easily
through Zy-Tech’s Z-Commerce at...
Standard Features of DSI ® Stainless Steel Valves
DSI® Stainless Steel Gate, Globe and Check Valves are designed for Gate and Globe Valves and in the bonnet gasket sealing area
and manufactured to ensure leakage of less than 100 ppm (parts (cover gasket for Check Valves).
per million) of volatile organic compounds.
In-house testing procedures have been developed and are peri-
Base line laboratory testing (static and cycle testing) has been odically performed to ensure that standard product design and
performed establishing critical design parameters necessary to manufacturing criteria consistently result in the DSI® Gate, Globe
achieve low emission sealing in the DSI® stem packing seal area and Check Valve meeting a maximum of 100 ppm VOC leakage
prior to shipment.
Live Load Packing
• Stem Straightness and Roundness For valves in service that require frequent cycling or high
• Stem Surface Finish To Maximum 32 Ra pressure/temperature variations (Graphite only), live load-
• Stuffing Box Surface Finish To Maximum 125 Ra ing can extend the service life between maintenance periods
• Stuffing Box and Gland Cylindricity by requiring less frequent packing gland adjustments.
• Self Centering Gland Design Belleville springs are employed to provide constant packing
• Gland Packing: Die-formed Graphite Rings with Braided gland stress.
Graphite Top and Bottom Wiper Rings, or Braided PTFE.
• Bonnet Gaskets:
• Class 150 Gate, Globe & Check Valves:
316 SS Tanged Clad Graphite or PTFE
• Class 300 & 600 Valves: 316 SS Spiral Wound or PTFE
Durable Bonnet Gasket Design
DSI® Stainless Steel valves are furnished with an encapsulated Oval style gaskets, while typically used industry wide, are less
(tongue and groove) body-to-bonnet joint design on class 150, durable due to differentiating radii.
300 and 600 gate, globe and check valves. Additionally, the rela- DSI® Stainless Steel valves have been designed to over come this
tively narrow ASME standard face to face dimension of class 150 problem by providing a body design that facilitates a fully sym-
flanged end gate valves presents a challenge in typical bonnet metrical, round body-to-bonnet gasket contact surface area. This
gasket designs normally resulting in the utilization of oval style round bonnet gasket design, in pressure classes 150, 300 and 600,
bonnet gaskets. is an inherently stronger gasket than a typical oval gasket.
Packing System
DSI® Stainless Steel Gate and Globe valves use a combination of in finish and dimension. DSI® Gate and Globe valves are manufac-
die-formed flexible graphite and inter-braided graphite in a tured with stem finishes better than 32 Ra and stuffing box wall
predetermined arrangement to ensure an effective seal. finishes for 125 Ra. In addition, stem straightness and taper are
Graphite packing achieves its maximum ability to isolate the closely controlled. Braided PTFE packing is also available as a
atmosphere when it is contained within a chamber that is precise DSI® standard valve packing - please specify at time of order.
Graphite Packing Braided PTFE
3
Testing, Modifications and Accessories for DSI ® Stainless/Cryogenic Service
Available Modifications for DSI® Stainless Steel Valves • Weld End Bore Changes
• End Connection Modifications • Chain Wheel Operator
• Gear Operator Mounting • Double Block and Bleed
• Trim Changes
• Actuation NDE Testing Available (In-House)
• Cryogenic Gas Columns • Dye Penetrant Test
• Hand Wheel Extensions • Radiography
• PTFE Disc Inserts • PMI (Positive Material Identification)
• Drilled & Tapped Connections • API Performance Testing
• By-Pass Installations
• Pressure Equalizing
• Acid Shields
DSI ® Stainless Steel Valves Standard Product Range with Zy-Gear Bevel Gear Chart
DSI® offers a broad range of standard commodity Stainless for Zy-Gear operators is based on torque ratings for each valve
Steel Valves in flanged and weld end connections. This chart at maximum differential pressure.

2"-12" - 107B
150 2"-48" Bolted OS&Y Flex
14"-24" - 207B
2"-10" - 107B
Gate 300 2"-30" Bolted OS&Y Flex 12"- 20" - 207B
24" - 307B
2"- 6" - 107B
600 2"-24" Bolted OS&Y Flex 8"-12" - 207B
14"-24" - 307B
150 2"-14" Bolted OS&Y Plug 2"-12" - 207B
Globe 300 2"-12" Bolted OS&Y Plug 2"-12" - 207B
600 2"-8" Bolted OS&Y Plug 2"-12" - 207B
600 2"-16" Bolted Swing n/a mounting pattern per MSS SP101.
Note: DSI® Stainless Steel Globe and Check Valves are available in Classes 900 and 1500. Contact your DSI® salesperson for more information.
4
Conformance
NACE Compliance
The demand for valves to be resistant to sulfide stress cracking,

and to perform in corrosive hydrocarbon environments, has
become commonplace. Facilities handling H2S bearing hydro-
carbons have increased dramatically over recent years.
Hydrogen sulfide concentration, total system pressure, applica-
tion temperature, existence of elemental sulfur, and chloride
content all have a bearing on appropriate material selection in
this severe environment.
All DSI® Stainless Steel gate, globe and check valves, with stan-
dard API trim, have been proven reliable, and fully comply
with NACE MR0175 2003. In order to ensure compliance with
NACE MR0175 2003, customers must provide application spe-
cific operating conditions.
In addition, all DSI® Stainless Steel gate, globe and check

valves, with standard API trim, fully comply with NACE
MR0103 2003 and MR0175 2002 Edition.
Welding
Welding and weld repair operations are conducted in accor-

dance with applicable ASTM material specifications and NACE
(MR0175 2002 Edition) using procedures and personnel qualified
to ASME Section IX.
Material Test Reports
Material test reports for DSI® Stainless Steel valves are available
upon request. Material test reports meet the requirements of
EN 10204 3.1b

DSI® Stainless Steel Valves are manufactured in strict accordance with the following standards:
• API 603/ASME B16.34 • API 600 Design
Please consult Zy-Tech Global Industries, Inc. for availability.
American Standard Item Description

API 603/API 600 Shell wall thickness and general valve design specifications
ASME B16.34 General valve design: Globe and Check valves
ASME B16.34 Pressure temperature ratings
ASME B16.10 Face-to-face dimensions, End-to-end dimensions
ASME B16.5 End flange dimensions, Gasket contact facing
ASME B16.25 Welding end dimensions
5
DSI ® Stainless Steel Metal and Alloy Designations
For Corrosion Resistant Valves
Type ASME Designation

304L A351 Grade CF3
304 A351 Grade CF8
316 A351 Grade CF8M
316L A351 Grade CF3M
317 A351 Grade CG8M
317L A351 Grade CG3M
321/347 A351 Grade CF8C
Alloy 20 A351 Grade CN7M
Duplex/Super Duplex A351 Grade CD4MCu, A890 Grade 4A or 6A
HASTELLOY® C/B A494 Grade CW12MW, A494 N12MV
Zy-Tech Valves For Cryogenic Service

Applications such as liquefied natural gas, and other low tem-
perature fluids, present special valve functionality challenges
caused by extreme temperature conditions. Zy-Tech Global
Industries’ DSI® gate, globe and check valves that are designed
for cryogenic services, are specially prepared and designed to
overcome these challenges.
Typical Gate Valve
Gas Column
Appropriate component materials such as 304 SS (CF8) and 316 Extension Feature
SS (CF8M) are normally used for body and trim, offering superi-
or impact strength, and excellent corrosion resistance and heat
loss properties. An extended bonnet and gas column design is Vapor
also normally employed to provide thermal insulation at the stem
HEAT
seal and stem packing area. At sufficient length, this design fea- Boiling Point
ture places the functionality of the stem seal in the vapor zone of
the liquid media providing safe and continuous valve operation. Liquid
A variety of body, trim, seat and seal materials are available for
use in cryogenic service. Customer specified options, such as
body cavity vent hole, special extension lengths and Kel-F
materials, are also available upon request.
Table of Liquefied Gases

Boiling
Type
Point ˚F
LNG -270
Methane, CH 4 -258
Oxygen, O 2 -296
Argon, A -303
Carbon Dioxide, CO 2 -109
Air -318
Nitrogen, N 2 -320
Hydrogen, H 2 -423 Class 300 DSI Cast
®
Class 800 DSI Forged
®
Helium, He -452 Stainless Globe Valve Stainless Gate Valve
6
Specifying DSI ® Cast Stainless Steel Valve Figure Numbers
It’s easy to specify DSI® Stainless Steel Valves. Just follow the example and use the figure number chart below to specify the valve
you need.
A 16" Gear Operated Class 150 Gate Valve with RTJ Flanged End Connections, A351 CF8M Stainless Steel Body, 316 Stainless Steel
Trim with Half Hard Faced Trim Option, Graphoil® Packing and Gaskets, API 603 Design Conformance with no Specials specified.
DSI G 37 R 16 16 HFS
A B C D E F G H I J
Pressure End Body Trim Stellite® Packing and

DSI Series Operation Specials Design
DSI No Denotation See Chart Below No Denotation 04 04 HFS No Denotation EB No Denotation
for Manual for Raised Face A351 CF8 304SS Half Hard Faced for Graphoil® Extended Bonnet for API 603
Operation and Flanged End 04L 04L Trim Packing and LD Design
Check Valves 1/2 A351 CF3 304LSS U Gaskets Locking Device H
G Weld End 16 16 Full Hard Faced T BP API 600 Design
Gear Operated R A351 CF8M 316SS Trim PTFE Packing Bypass
CW RTJ Flanged Ends 16L 16L and Gaskets N
Chain Wheel FF A351 CF3M 316LSS NACE (MR0175
Operated Flat Faced Ends 17 17 2002 Edition)
A A351 CG8M 317SS DD
Motor Operated 17L 17L Double Disc
A351 CG3M 317LSS Design
47 47 EQ
A351 CF8C 347SS Equalization
A20 A20 Line
A351 CN7M Alloy 20
Valve Type Class Code See Codes Below for Stainless Steel Check Valves
150 37
Gate 300 23 Packing
Specials Design
600 66 Material
150 133 N No Denotation No Denotation
NACE (MR0103) for Graphoil® for B16.34
Globe 300 141
NACE (MR0175 Gaskets Design
600 161 2002 Edition) T H
150 137 PTFE Gaskets API 600 Design
Swing Check 300 149
600 165
7
Gate Valves
Class 300
Class 300
Class 150
Class 150

Solid Wedge ≤ 11/2" A351-CF8M A351-CF3M A351-CG8M A351-CG3M A351-CF8 A351-CN7M
4
Flex Wedge ≥ 2" A351-CF8M A351-CF3M A351-CG8M A351-CG3M A351-CF8 A351-CN7M
5 Seats A351 CF8M A351-CF3M A351-CG8M A351-CG3M A351-CF8 A351-CN7M
6 Stem A276-316 A276-316L A276-317 A276-317L A276-304 B473-N08020
Studs 1/2"-12" A193-B8M A193-B8M A193-B8M A193-B8M A193-B8 A193-B8M
8
Studs ≥ 14" A193-B8 A193-B8 A193-B8 A193-B8 A193-B8 A193-B8
Stud Nuts 1/2"-12" A194-8M A194-8M A194-8M A194-8M A194-8 A194-8M
9
Stud Nuts ≥ 14" A194-8 A194-8 A194-8 A194-8 A194-8 A194-8
Gasket Cl. 150 Graphite Sheet W/ SS
10
Gasket Cl.300& Above Spiral Wound / Graphite + 316
Handwheel 1/2"-12" ASTM A536 ASTM A536 ASTM A536 ASTM A536 ASTM A536 ASTM A536
11
Handwheel ≥ 14" A216-WCB A216-WCB A216-WCB A216-WCB A216-WCB A216-WCB
13 Yoke Sleeve A439 D-2 A439 D-2C A439 D-2C A439 D-2C A439 D-2C A439 D-2C
14 Handwheel Nut 1/2"-12" Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Stainless Steel
Retainer Nut 1/2"-12" Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Stainless Steel
15
Retainer Nut ≥ 14" A576-1020-Zn A576-1020-Zn A576-1020-Zn A576-1020-Zn A576-1020-Zn A576-1020-Zn
16 Gland A276-316 A276-316L A276-317 A276-317L A276-304 B473-N08020
23 Grease Fitting Steel Steel Steel Steel Steel Steel
32 Key 2"-12" A108 A108 A108 A108 A108 A108
33 Set Pin Steel Steel Steel Steel Steel Steel
34 Washer 1/2" -1 1/2" 304SS 304SS 304SS 304SS 304SS 304SS
NPS 10" - 24"

25 Bearing 16"- 24" Steel Steel Steel Steel Steel Steel
26 Stud A193 B8M A193 B8M A193 B8M A193 B8M A193 B8M A193 B8M
27 Stud Nut A194 8M A194 8M A194 8M A194 8M A194 8M A194 8M
31 Yoke A351 CF8M A351 CF8M A351 CF8M A351 CF8M A351 CF8M A351 CF8M
8
(37-37 1/2) Dk 14 31
11 14 33
11 26
34 27
13
13 32 2
6 15 6
H1 NPS 1/2"-11/2 " NPS 10" And Over
OPEN 23
12 18
19 20
H 7 16 7
2 21
10 Separate Backseat Solid Wedge

NPS 14"-24" NPS 1/2 "-11/2 "
1 15
13
t
25
D1
D2
D3 NPS 16" And Over Flexible Wedge
D
NPS 2" And Over
4 n x ød
a f
L L1

End Flange
Bolt Hole
1/2 0.50 3.50 2.38 4 0.63 1.38 0.31 0.06 4.25 4.25 6.61 7.20 3.94 0.11 5 14
3/4 0.75 3.88 2.75 4 0.63 1.69 0.34 0.06 4.62 4.62 6.65 7.64 3.94 0.12 6 22
1 1.00 4.25 3.12 4 0.63 2.00 0.38 0.06 5.00 5.00 7.01 8.35 3.94 0.16 8 34
1 1/2 1.50 5.00 3.88 4 0.63 2.88 0.50 0.06 6.50 6.50 8.90 10.55 5.51 0.19 16 110
2 2.00 6.00 4.75 4 0.75 3.62 0.56 0.06 7.00 8.50 11.56 13.89 7.87 0.22 30 200
2 1/2 2.50 7.00 5.50 4 0.75 4.12 0.62 0.06 7.50 9.50 13.70 16.54 7.87 0.22 46 260
3 3.00 7.50 6.00 4 0.75 5.00 0.69 0.06 8.00 11.12 15.14 18.50 7.87 0.22 52 460
4 4.00 9.00 7.50 8 0.75 6.19 0.88 0.06 9.00 12.00 17.48 21.76 9.84 0.25 80 825
6 6.00 11.00 9.50 8 0.87 8.50 0.94 0.06 10.50 15.88 22.80 29.06 9.84 0.28 135 2300
8 8.00 13.50 11.75 8 0.87 10.62 1.06 0.06 11.50 16.50 28.76 36.88 13.78 0.31 222 4150
10 10.00 16.00 14.25 12 1.00 12.75 1.12 0.06 13.00 18.00 34.67 45.00 17.72 0.34 224 6700
12 12.00 19.00 17.00 12 1.00 15.00 1.19 0.06 14.00 19.75 40.71 52.99 17.72 0.38 472 9700
14 13.25 21.00 18.75 12 1.12 16.25 1.31 0.06 15.00 22.50 47.80 58.54 17.72 0.41 685 16,277
16 15.25 23.50 21.25 16 1.12 18.50 1.38 0.06 16.00 24.00 54.61 66.89 19.69 0.44 1000 21,562
18 17.25 25.00 22.75 16 1.25 21.00 1.50 0.06 17.00 26.00 61.00 74.80 22.05 0.47 1300 28,715
20 19.25 27.50 25.00 20 1.25 23.00 1.62 0.06 18.00 28.00 66.06 83.46 27.95 0.51 1500 35,760
24 23.25 32.00 29.50 20 1.25 27.25 1.81 0.06 20.00 32.00 78.25 98.50 31.50 0.57 2000 52,165
9
(23-23 1/2) Dk 31
11 14 33 14
26
11
27
34
32 13
13
H1 15 2
OPEN 18 6
23 NPS 1/2 "- 3/4" NPS 10" And Over
20
14 33
12 6
11
19 16 32
H 15
8 21
13
9 7 23
NPS 14"-24" Solid Wedge
2 NPS 1/2 "-11/2 "
10
1
t
4
D1
D2
D3 Flexible Wedge
D NPS 2" And Over
n x ød
a f
L L1

End Flange
Bolt Hole
1/2 0.50 3.75 2.62 4 0.62 1.38 0.50 0.06 5.50 5.50 6.85 7.76 3.94 0.12 7 14
3/4 0.75 4.62 3.25 4 0.75 1.69 0.56 0.06 6.00 6.00 7.13 8.35 3.94 0.15 8 22
1 1.00 4.88 3.50 4 0.75 2.00 0.62 0.06 6.50 6.50 9.61 10.79 7.87 0.19 12 34
1 1/2 1.50 6.12 4.50 4 0.88 2.88 0.75 0.06 7.50 7.50 10.91 12.56 7.87 0.19 24 110
2 2.00 6.50 5.00 8 0.75 3.62 0.81 0.06 8.50 8.50 12.40 14.67 7.87 0.25 44 200
2 1/2 2.50 7.50 5.88 8 0.88 4.12 0.94 0.06 9.50 9.50 13.46 16.22 7.87 0.25 60 260
3 3.00 8.25 6.62 8 0.88 5.00 1.06 0.06 11.12 11.12 15.31 18.70 9.84 0.28 86 460
4 4.00 10.00 7.88 8 0.88 6.19 1.19 0.06 12.00 12.00 19.19 23.19 9.84 0.31 134 825
6 6.00 12.50 10.62 12 0.88 8.50 1.38 0.06 15.88 15.88 23.15 29.53 13.78 0.38 247 2300
8 8.00 15.00 13.00 12 1.00 10.62 1.56 0.06 16.50 16.50 30.57 38.82 17.72 0.44 390 4150
10 10.00 17.50 15.25 16 1.12 12.75 1.81 0.06 18.00 18.00 36.67 47.09 19.69 0.50 630 6700
12 12.00 20.50 17.75 16 1.25 15.00 1.94 0.06 19.75 19.75 42.68 55.16 19.69 0.56 880 9700
14 13.25 23.00 20.25 20 1.25 16.25 2.06 0.06 30.00 30.00 49.00 64.21 22.05 0.62 1500 16,277
16 15.25 25.50 22.50 20 1.38 18.50 2.19 0.06 33.00 33.00 55.79 66.61 24.80 0.69 1750 21,562
18 17.00 28.00 24.75 24 1.38 21.00 2.31 0.06 36.00 36.00 61.00 75.16 27.95 0.75 2200 27,889
20 19.00 30.50 27.00 24 1.38 23.00 2.44 0.06 39.00 39.00 67.68 83.43 31.50 0.81 3000 34,837
24 23.00 36.00 32.00 24 1.62 27.25 2.69 0.06 45.00 45.00 79.92 98.11 35.43 0.94 4200 51,049
10
(66-66 1/2) Dk 14 31
11 14 33
11 26
27
34
13 13
15
2
H1 18
23 6
OPEN NPS 1/2 "- 3/4" NPS 10" And Over
20
6
12 14 33
16
11
19
21 32
15
H 8 15
7 13
13
9 25
10 23
NPS 1"-4" NPS 6" And Over
2
1
t
5
D1
D2
D3 Solid Wedge Flexible Wedge
D
NPS 1/2 "-11/2 " NPS 2" And Over
n x ød
4
a f
L L1

End Flange
Bolt Hole
1/2 0.50 3.75 2.62 4 0.63 1.38 0.56 0.26 6.50 6.50 — — — 0.13 8.3 14
3/4 0.75 4.62 3.25 4 0.75 1.69 0.62 0.26 7.50 7.50 — — — 0.16 15 22
1 1.00 4.88 3.50 4 0.75 2.00 0.69 0.26 8.50 8.50 — — — 0.19 20 34
1 1/2 1.50 6.12 4.50 4 0.88 2.88 0.88 0.26 9.50 9.50 — — — 0.22 38 110
2 2.00 6.50 5.00 8 0.75 3.62 1.00 0.26 11.50 11.50 13.23 15.39 7.87 0.25 80 200
2 1/2 2.50 7.50 5.88 8 0.88 4.12 1.12 0.26 13.00 13.00 15.98 18.74 9.84 0.28 105 260
3 3.00 8.25 6.62 8 0.88 5.00 1.25 0.26 14.00 14.00 18.23 21.61 9.84 0.31 110 460
4 4.00 10.75 8.50 8 1.00 6.19 1.50 0.26 17.00 17.00 21.73 25.87 13.78 0.38 220 825
6 6.00 14.00 11.50 12 1.13 8.50 1.88 0.26 22.00 22.00 30.00 36.38 19.69 0.50 650 2300
8 7.87 16.50 13.75 12 1.26 10.62 2.19 0.26 26.00 26.00 35.55 43.86 23.62 0.62 800 4150
10 9.75 20.00 17.00 16 1.38 12.75 2.50 0.26 31.00 31.00 38.58 49.02 29.53 0.75 1400 6700
12 11.75 22.00 19.25 20 1.38 15.00 2.62 0.26 33.00 33.00 48.39 60.87 29.53 0.91 1880 9700
14 12.87 23.75 20.75 20 1.50 16.25 2.75 0.26 35.00 35.00 55.12 64.09 31.50 0.97 2110 15,367
16 14.75 27.00 23.75 20 1.63 18.50 3.00 0.26 39.00 39.00 60.83 71.06 35.43 1.09 2612 20,172
18 16.50 29.25 25.75 20 1.75 21.00 3.25 0.26 43.00 43.00 69.29 78.11 35.43 1.22 3690 26,273
20 18.25 32.00 28.50 24 1.75 23.00 3.50 0.26 47.00 47.00 73.62 79.92 42.99 1.34 4890 32,141
24 22.00 37.00 33.00 24 2.00 27.25 4.00 0.26 55.00 55.00 85.83 82.80 42.99 1.59 7810 46,707
11
Globe Valves
Class 300
Cryogenic Extended Stem
Class 300

6 Stem A276-316 A276-316L A276-317 A276-317L A276-304 B473-N08020
Gasket Cl. 150 GHE Graphite Sheet W/SS
10
Gasket Cl.300&Above Spiral Wound / Graphite + 316
11 Stem Lock Nut A351-CF8M A351-CF3M A351-CG8M A351-CG3M A351-CF8 A351-CN7M
31 Handwheel ASTM A536 ASTM A536 ASTM A536 ASTM A536 ASTM A536 ASTM A536
33 Yoke Sleeve A439 D-2C A439 D-2C A439 D-2C A439 D-2C A439 D-2C A439 D-2C
34 Handwheel Nut A194-8 A194-8 A194-8 A194-8 A194-8 A194-8
36 Gland A276-316 A276-316L A276-317 A276-317L A276-304 B473-N08020
52 Washer 304SS 304SS 304SS 304SS 304SS 304SS
12
(133-133 1/2) Dk
31 34 52
33
H1 TACK WELD 40
OPEN
32
7
36
8
38
9
39
H 10
21 B
2
21 A
1
6 t
11
4 TACK WELD
D1
D2
D3
D
5
n x ød
a f
L L1

End Flange
Bolt Hole
1/2 0.50 3.50 2.38 4 0.62 1.38 0.31 0.06 4.25 4.25 6.10 6.72 3.94 0.11 5 3
3/4 0.75 3.88 2.75 4 0.62 1.69 0.34 0.06 4.62 4.62 6.31 6.92 3.94 0.12 6.5 4
1 1.00 4.25 3.12 4 0.62 2.00 0.38 0.06 5.00 5.00 6.38 6.96 3.94 0.16 10 6
1 1/2 1.50 5.00 3.88 4 0.62 2.88 0.50 0.06 6.50 6.50 7.75 8.54 5.51 0.19 20 14
2 2.00 6.00 4.75 4 0.75 3.62 0.56 0.06 8.00 8.00 9.02 10.26 7.87 0.22 27 33
2 1/2 2.50 7.00 5.50 4 0.75 4.12 0.62 0.06 8.50 8.50 10.35 11.63 7.87 0.22 40 65
3 3.00 7.50 6.00 4 0.75 5.00 0.69 0.06 9.50 9.50 11.10 12.62 7.87 0.22 50 100
4 4.00 9.00 7.50 8 0.75 6.19 0.88 0.06 11.50 11.50 13.30 14.93 9.84 0.25 83 170
6 6.00 11.00 9.50 8 0.88 8.50 0.94 0.06 16.00 16.00 15.41 16.41 9.84 0.28 154 375
8 8.00 13.50 11.75 8 0.88 10.62 1.06 0.06 19.50 19.50 19.26 23.25 13.78 0.31 295 710
10 10.00 16.00 14.25 12 1.00 12.75 1.12 0.06 24.50 24.50 23.27 27.72 17.72 0.34 490 1000
12 12.00 19.00 17.00 12 1.00 15.00 1.19 0.06 27.50 27.50 26.14 31.69 17.72 0.38 715 1720
13
(141-141 1/2) Dk
31 34 52
33
H1 TACK WELD 40
OPEN
32
7
36
8
38
9
39
H 10
21 B
2
21 A
1
6 t
11
4 TACK WELD
D1
D2
D3
D
5
n x ød
a f
L L1

End Flange
Bolt Hole
1/2 0.50 3.75 2.62 4 0.63 1.38 0.50 0.06 6.00 6.00 6.85 7.36 3.94 0.12 6.5 3
3/4 0.75 4.62 3.25 4 0.75 1.69 0.56 0.06 7.00 7.00 6.85 7.36 3.94 0.15 11.3 4
1 1.00 4.88 3.50 4 0.75 2.00 0.62 0.06 8.00 8.00 7.56 8.03 5.51 0.19 13.1 6
1 1/2 1.50 6.12 4.50 4 0.87 2.88 0.75 0.06 9.00 9.00 8.90 9.61 6.30 0.19 26 14
2 2.00 6.50 5.00 8 0.75 3.62 0.81 0.06 10.50 10.50 10.33 11.28 7.87 0.25 45 33
2 1/2 2.50 7.50 5.88 8 0.87 4.12 0.94 0.06 11.50 11.50 11.46 12.72 7.87 0.25 70 65
3 3.00 8.25 6.62 8 0.87 5.00 1.06 0.06 12.50 12.50 12.57 13.85 9.84 0.28 87 100
4 4.00 10.00 7.88 8 0.87 6.19 1.19 0.06 14.00 14.00 14.75 16.29 9.84 0.31 130 170
6 6.00 12.50 10.62 12 0.87 8.50 1.38 0.06 17.50 17.50 19.25 21.63 13.78 0.38 252 375
8 8.00 15.00 13.00 12 0.98 10.62 1.56 0.06 22.00 22.00 23.50 26.96 17.72 0.44 495 710
10 10.00 17.50 15.25 16 1.13 12.75 1.81 0.06 24.50 24.50 26.02 30.47 23.62 0.50 810 1000
12 12.00 20.50 17.75 16 1.26 15.00 1.94 0.06 28.00 28.00 29.65 35.59 23.62 0.56 1060 1720
14
(161-161 1/2) Dk
31 34 52
33
H1 TACK WELD 40
OPEN
32
7
36
8
38
9
39
H 10
21 B
2
21 A
1
6 t
11
4 TACK WELD
D1
D2
D3
D
5
n x ød
a f
L L1

End Flange
Bolt Hole
1/2 0.50 3.75 2.62 4 0.63 1.38 0.56 0.26 6.50 6.50 — — — 0.13 8.5 3
3/4 0.75 4.62 3.25 4 0.75 1.69 0.62 0.26 7.50 7.50 — — — 0.16 13 4
1 1.00 4.88 3.50 4 0.75 2.00 0.69 0.26 8.50 8.50 — — — 0.19 17 6
1 1/2 1.50 6.12 4.50 4 0.88 2.88 0.88 0.26 9.50 9.50 — — — 0.22 36 14
2 2.00 6.50 5.00 8 0.75 3.62 1.00 0.26 11.50 11.50 10.33 15.43 7.87 0.25 58 33
2 1/2 2.50 7.50 5.88 8 0.87 4.12 1.12 0.26 13.00 13.00 11.46 17.00 7.87 0.28 140 65
3 3.00 8.25 6.62 8 0.87 5.00 1.25 0.26 14.00 14.00 12.57 18.82 9.84 0.31 180 100
4 4.00 10.75 8.50 8 1.00 6.19 1.50 0.26 17.00 17.00 14.75 20.91 9.84 0.38 260 170
6 6.00 14.00 11.50 12 1.13 8.50 1.88 0.26 22.00 22.00 19.25 26.57 13.78 0.50 610 375
8 7.88 16.50 13.75 12 1.25 10.62 2.19 0.26 26.00 26.00 23.50 28.39 17.72 0.62 760 710
10 9.75 20.00 17.00 16 1.38 12.75 2.50 0.26 31.00 31.00 26.02 38.27 23.62 0.75 890 1000
12 11.75 22.00 19.25 20 1.38 15.00 2.62 0.26 33.00 33.00 29.65 42.28 23.62 0.91 1290 1720
15
Swing Check Valves
Class 300

2 Cover A351-CF8M A351-CF3M A351-CG8M A351-CG3M A351-CF8 A351-CN7M
4 Arm A351-CF8M A351-CF3M A351-CG8M A351-CG3M A351-CF8 A351-CN7M
6 Arm Pin A276-316 A276-316L A276-317 A276-317L A276-304 B473-N08020
8 Disc Nut A276-316 A276-316L A276-317 A276-317L A276-304 B473-N08020
Gasket Cl. 150 Graphite Sheet W/ GHE
10
Gasket Cl.300&above Spiral Wound / Graphite + 316
13 Side Plug A276-316 A276-316L A276-317 A276-317L A276-304 B473-N08020
14 Split Pin A276-316 A276-316L A276-317 A276-317L A276-304 B473-N08020
16 Side Plug Gasket Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Stainless Steel
18 Disc Washer Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Stainless Steel
20 Eyebolt Steel Steel Steel Steel Steel Steel
16
(137-137 1/2)
NPS 6" & Over 13
16
20 11
2 12 6
10
H
1 Hinge Pin Detail
3 t
5
D1
D2
D3
D
n x ød
4 18 8 14
a f
L L1

End Flange
Bolt Hole
1/2 0.50 3.50 2.38 4 0.63 1.38 0.31 0.06 4.25 4.25 2.72 0.11 4 9
3/4 0.75 3.88 2.75 4 0.63 1.69 0.34 0.06 4.62 4.62 2.95 0.12 6 10
1 1.00 4.25 3.12 4 0.63 2.00 0.38 0.06 5.00 5.00 3.41 0.16 8 22
1 1/2 1.50 5.00 3.88 4 0.63 2.88 0.50 0.06 6.50 6.50 3.74 0.19 15 55
2 2.00 6.00 4.75 4 0.75 3.62 0.56 0.06 8.00 8.00 4.59 0.22 21 82
2 1/2 2.50 7.00 5.50 4 0.75 4.12 0.62 0.06 8.50 8.50 5.26 0.22 30 170
3 3.00 7.50 6.00 4 0.75 5.00 0.69 0.06 9.50 9.50 5.89 0.22 43 170
4 4.00 9.00 7.50 8 0.75 6.19 0.88 0.06 11.50 11.50 6.69 0.25 68 295
6 6.00 11.00 9.50 8 0.87 8.50 0.94 0.06 16.00 16.00 10.35 0.28 128 830
8 8.00 13.50 11.75 8 0.87 10.62 1.06 0.06 19.50 19.50 12.19 0.31 226 1525
10 10.00 16.00 14.25 12 1.00 12.75 1.12 0.06 24.50 24.50 14.39 0.34 317 2400
12 12.00 19.00 17.00 12 1.00 15.00 1.19 0.06 27.50 27.50 16.13 0.38 530 3500
17
(149-149 1/2)
NPS 6" & Over 13
16
20 11
2 12 6
10
H
1 Hinge Pin Detail
3
t
5
D1
D2
D3
D
n x ød
4 18 8 14
a f
L L1

End Flange
Bolt Hole
1/2 0.50 3.75 2.62 4 0.63 1.38 0.50 0.06 6.00 6.00 3.11 0.12 12 9
3/4 0.75 4.62 3.25 4 0.75 1.69 0.56 0.06 7.00 7.00 3.35 0.15 16 10
1 1.00 4.88 3.50 4 0.75 2.00 0.62 0.06 8.50 8.50 3.62 0.19 29 22
1 1/2 1.50 6.12 4.50 4 0.87 2.88 0.75 0.06 9.50 9.50 4.17 0.19 30 55
2 2.00 6.50 5.00 8 0.75 3.62 0.81 0.06 10.50 10.50 5.61 0.25 42 82
2 1/2 2.50 7.50 5.88 8 0.87 4.12 0.94 0.06 11.50 11.50 6.10 0.25 62 170
3 3.00 8.25 6.62 8 0.87 5.00 1.06 0.06 12.50 12.50 7.01 0.28 80 170
4 4.00 10.00 7.88 8 0.87 6.19 1.19 0.06 14.00 14.00 7.82 0.31 118 295
6 6.00 12.50 10.62 12 0.87 8.50 1.38 0.06 17.50 17.50 11.42 0.38 212 830
8 8.00 15.00 13.00 12 0.98 10.62 1.56 0.06 21.00 21.00 13.70 0.44 330 1525
10 10.00 17.50 15.25 16 1.13 12.75 1.81 0.06 24.50 24.50 15.93 0.50 528 2400
12 12.00 20.50 17.75 16 1.26 15.00 1.94 0.06 28.00 28.00 18.41 0.56 802 3500
18
(165-165 1/2)
NPS 6" & Over 13
16
20 11
2 12 6
10
H
1 Hinge Pin Detail
3
t
5
D1
D2
D3
D
n x ød
4 18 8 14
a f
L L1

End Flange
Bolt Hole
1/2 0.50 3.75 2.62 4 0.63 1.38 0.56 0.26 6.50 6.50 — 0.13 10 9
3/4 0.75 4.62 3.25 4 0.75 1.69 0.62 0.26 7.50 7.50 — 0.16 18 10
1 1.00 4.88 3.50 4 0.75 2.00 0.69 0.26 8.50 8.50 — 0.19 24 22
1 1/2 1.50 6.12 4.50 4 0.87 2.88 0.88 0.26 9.50 9.50 — 0.22 40 55
2 2.00 6.50 5.00 8 0.75 3.62 1.00 0.26 11.50 11.50 7.36 0.25 53 82
2 1/2 2.50 7.50 5.88 8 0.87 4.12 1.12 0.26 13.00 13.00 7.87 0.28 69 170
3 3.00 8.25 6.62 8 0.87 5.00 1.25 0.26 14.00 14.00 8.27 0.31 88 170
4 4.00 10.75 8.50 8 1.00 6.19 1.50 0.26 17.00 17.00 10.08 0.38 170 295
6 6.00 14.00 11.50 12 1.13 8.50 1.88 0.26 22.00 22.00 12.95 0.50 400 830
8 7.87 16.50 13.75 12 1.25 10.62 2.19 0.26 26.00 26.00 14.33 0.62 610 1525
10 9.75 20.00 17.00 16 1.38 12.75 2.50 0.26 31.00 31.00 18.27 0.75 995 2400
12 11.75 22.00 19.25 20 1.38 15.00 2.62 0.26 33.00 33.00 19.13 0.91 1310 3500
19
DSI ® Stainless Steel Valves Pressure Temperature Ratings
Pressure temperature ratings are based on ASME B16.34 Special consideration should be given to such items as
(1996 edition). trim, bonnet gasket material, and packing to assure that

CF8M CF8M CF8M CF8M CF8M
Service CG8M CF8 CG8M CF8 CG8M CF8 CG8M CF8 CG8M CF8
Temperature CF3M CF3M CF3M CF3M CF3M
Temperature ˚F Class 150 Class 300 Class 600 Class 900 Class 1500
-20 to 100 275 275 720 720 1440 1440 2160 2160 3600 3600
200 235 230 620 600 1240 1200 1860 1800 3095 3000
300 215 205 560 540 1120 1080 1680 1620 2795 2700
400 195 190 515 495 1025 995 1540 1490 2570 2485
500 170 170 480 465 955 930 1435 1395 2390 2330
600 140 140 450 435 900 875 1355 1310 2255 2185
650 125 125 445 430 890 860 1330 1290 2220 2150
700 110 110 430 425 870 850 1305 1275 2170 2125
750 95 95 425 415 855 830 1280 1245 2135 2075
800 80 80 420 405 845 805 1265 1210 2110 2015
850 65 65 420 395 835 790 1255 1190 2090 1980
900 50 50 415 390 830 780 1245 1165 2075 1945
950 35 35 385 380 775 765 1160 1145 1930 1910
1000 20 20 350 320 700 640 1050 965 1750 1605
1050 20 (1) 20 (1) 345 310 685 615 1030 925 1720 1545
1100 20 (1) 20 (1) 305 255 610 515 915 770 1525 1285
1150 20 (1) 20 (1) 235 200 475 400 710 595 1185 995
1200 20 (1) 20 (1) 185 155 370 310 555 465 925 770
1250 20 (1) 20 (1) 145 115 295 225 440 340 735 565
1300 20 (1) 20 (1) 115 85 235 170 350 255 585 430
1350 20 (1) 20 (1) 95 60 190 125 290 185 480 310
1400 20 (1) 20 (1) 75 50 150 95 225 145 380 240
1450 20 (1) 15 (1) 60 35 115 70 175 105 290 170
1500 20 (1) 10 (1) 40 25 85 55 125 80 205 135
Hydrostatic Shell Test Press. 450 1125 2250 3350 5575
Valve Closure Liquid 320 825 1650 2450 4080
Note: (1) For welding end valves only. Flanged end ratings terminate at 1000˚F.
Specify Zy-Tech Global Industries’ DSI® Stainless Steel valve products for your
next project. Discover why more companies are turning to Zy-Tech for
reliable, high performance fluid control products. Visit www.zy-tech.com to
research and specify Zy-Tech products, and track & order online in real-time.
20
Zy-Tech General Terms and Conditions of Sale
By acceptance of the goods described herein, the Buyer expressly acknowledges and agrees as follows:
1. Warranty
The warranty described below applies only to new or unused goods or goods reconditioned by Zy-Tech Global Industries, Inc.
(Seller). The Seller specifically disclaims any warranty for used goods or goods sold as is.
For a period of one (1) year after date of purchase of any of the goods described herein, Seller warrants such goods shall remain
free from failure due to defects in workmanship and materials incorporated therein by or for Seller provided such failure shall
not have been caused or contributed to by improper usage, service or application, improper installation or maintenance, repairs,
alterations, or modifications effected by or for the user, misuse, negligence or accident.
In the event of failure for which Seller has assumed warranty obligations hereunder, and provided written notification of such
failure shall be immediately given to Seller, it agrees to repair, or at its option, to replace the goods sold at its sold expense.
Apart from the warranty and undertaking above set forth, or unless otherwise specifically consented to in writing by Seller, Seller
assumes no obligation or liability for losses, expense or damages, direct or consequential, suffered or incurred as a result of any
failure of, or defect in, the goods described herein, including but not limited to, such costs, expenses or damages as may result of
any failure of, or defect in, the goods described herein, including but not limited to, such costs, expenses or damages as may result
from the necessity to remove, replace, restore or transport the goods from any location or service in which they may be used,
regardless of the cause of such failure or defect.
with. There are no other warranties, express or implied, of any kind given with respect to the goods, their merchantability, fitness
for any particular purpose or usage, or otherwise, nor is any person authorized to extend on behalf of Seller any form of war-
ranty other than that above set forth.
The goods described herein are not sold or distributed by Seller for personal, family or household purposes, nor are they nor-
mally suited for use as such.
2. Prices
Prices and other terms of sale where set forth in current price sheets are subject to change without notice. Stenographic or cleri-
cal errors are subject to correction.
3. Acceptance of Orders and Special Orders

All orders are subject to acceptance by Seller at its home office, Stafford, Texas, only. No assignment of the Purchaser’s rights may
be made without the written consent of the Seller. Orders for special materials are subject to cancellation only upon agreement to
make payment for the work performed, material used, and a reasonable profit.
4. Terms, Payment and Partial Shipment

All accounts are payable net 30 days of invoice date. One percent (1%) per month interest charged on accounts after 30 days, or
twelve percent (12%) annually. All accounts are payable in United States dollars, free of exchange, collection, or any other charges.
If in the sole discretion of Seller, the financial condition of the Purchaser at any time so requires, Seller retains the right to require
full or partial payment in advance, to set spending limits for credit accounts or to require other adequate assurances of financial
responsibility. Seller reserves the right to make partial shipments from time to time and render invoices therefore, which shall be
due and payable as provided in said invoices.
5. Freight Charges
Unless otherwise specifically noted, standard shipping charges (calculated by product weight, not including packaging) shall be
added or be in addition to the price quoted and Purchaser agrees to pay the same to Seller.
21
6. Taxes
Unless otherwise specifically noted, the amount of any sales, use, occupancy, excise tax, or other tax, of any nature, federal, state,
or local, for which Seller is legally liable, either initially or through failure of payment by Purchaser, shall be added or be in addi-
tion to the price quoted and Purchaser agrees to pay the same to Seller.
7. Unavoidable Conditions
Seller shall not be liable for failure to deliver or delays in delivery occasioned by causes beyond its control, including, without
limitation, strikes, lockouts, fires, embargoes, war or other outbreaks of hostilities, acts of God, inability to obtain shipping space,
machinery, breakdowns, delays of carriers or suppliers, and governmental acts or regulations.
8. Returns and Cancellations

No product may be returned without Seller’s prior written consent. All goods returned are subject to a handling charge plus
freight in both directions, restocking fees and charges for any required reconditioning, unless otherwise specified in writing by
Seller. Overages, shortages and incorrect material claims must be made in writing within ten (10) days of receipt of goods.
Cancellation of orders once placed with and accepted by Seller may be made only with its written consent.
9. No Waiver
Seller’s failure to insist upon any of the terms, covenants, or conditions listed herein or to exercise any right hereunder shall not
be construed as a waiver or relinquishment of the future performances of any such term, covenant or condition, or the future
exercise of such right or a waiver or relinquishment or waiver of any other term, covenant or condition or the exercise of any other
rights hereunder.
10. Drawings, Data and Confidential Information

The weights, dimensions, capacities, prices, performance ratings and other data included in catalogues, prospectuses, circulars,
advertisements, illustrated matter and price lists constitute a guide. These data shall not be binding except to the extent that they
are by reference expressly included in the purchase order.
Any drawings or technical documents intended for use in the manufacture of machinery, equipment, plants, parts, or other mate-
rial and any ancillary services associated therewith (Material), or a part thereof, and submitted to the Purchaser prior or subse-
quent to the formation of the purchase order, remain the exclusive property of the Seller. They shall not, without the Seller’s con-
sent, be utilized by the Purchaser or copied, reproduced, transmitted or communicated to an unauthorized third party, provided,
however, that the said plans and documents shall be the property of the Purchaser if it is expressly so agreed in writing.
Any drawings or technical documents intended for use in the construction of the Material or of part thereof and submitted to the
Seller by the Purchaser prior or subsequent to the formation of the purchase order remain the exclusive property of the Purchaser.
They shall not, without Purchaser's consent in writing, be utilized by the Seller or copied, reproduced, transmitted or communi-
cated to an unauthorized third party.
11. Governing Law

This contract shall be governed by, construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of Texas.
12. Totality of Agreement, Special Provisions, Modifications

This instrument constitutes the entire agreement of the parties with respect to all matters and things herein mentioned. Purchaser
warrants, represents and agrees that it has inspected the goods and otherwise made inquiry and review, upon its own behalf, con-
cerning the nature, characteristics and quality of the materials and workmanship incorporated therein at or prior to delivery, that
it is fully contented and satisfied therewith and has independently determined that the goods are in all respects fit and usable for
all purposes for which they are intended to be employed by Purchaser. It is expressly acknowledged and agreed by and between
the parties that neither party has, nor is now, relying upon any collateral, prior or contemporaneous agreement, written or oral,
assurance or assurances, representation or warranty, of any kind or nature as to or respecting the condition or capabilities of the
goods and the other matters and things, rights and responsibilities herein fixed and described. No modification, waiver or dis-
charge of any term or provision of this instrument shall be implied by law, nor shall any alteration, modification or acquittance of
any such term or provision be effective for any purpose unless in writing signed by or upon behalf of the party charged therewith.
22
12. Totality of Agreement, Special Provisions, Modifications, Continued
1. Returns are accepted within 180 days of shipment. Restocking charges for returned standard materials is 15%. Cancellation of
orders for standard materials prior to shipment may incur a 10% minimum cancellation charge. Cancellation of non-standard mate-
rial may incur up to 100% cancellation charge depending on stage of work in progress. All material returned to Zy-Tech Global
Industries must be accompanied by a prior written Returned Goods Authorization (RGA) form and freight must be prepaid. All
material is subject to inspection and final disposition by Zy-Tech Global Industries quality department. A clean up and or re-certi-
fication charge may apply to any returned materials. Special items, buyouts, and modified products are non-returnable.
2. All products are subject to prior sales.
3. All sales are subject to Zy-Tech Global Industries standard Terms & Conditions.
13. Export Regulations

Zy-Tech products can only be exported in accordance with U.S. Export Administration Regulations and other U.S. legal require-
ments. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.

23
Contact your
local Zy-Tech
representative
about other DSI® Brand
www.zy-tech.com

(281) 565-1010 • (800) 231-3530 • Fax (281) 565-3171
sales@zy-tech.com
©2004 Zy-Tech Global Industries, Inc. • DSI® is a registered trademark of Zy-tech Global Industries, Inc. • ZGI-DSI-CSSV-6/04
HASTELLOY® is a registered trademark of Haynes International, Inc.
CONTENTS
WARNING.....................................................................................................................................2
FOREWARD ................................................................................................................................................. 2
STORAGE..................................................................................................................................................... 2
INSTALLATION............................................................................................................................................. 2
OPERATION ................................................................................................................................................. 3

Rising stem
1 Revised 3/26/07
WARNING
THE LINE:
SUPERVISOR.
CAVITY.
INSTALLATION
body.
cover.
2 Revised 3/26/07
subsequent welding.
WARNING
OPERATION

3 Revised 3/26/07
action.
operation.

4 Revised 3/26/07

and approved shops.


Stafford, TX 77477
(281) 565-1010
(800) 231-3530
(800) 392-1868 (TX)
FAX: (281) 565-7942
5 Revised 3/26/07
KF Series 35 Check Valves
page 1 of 3
Old Shaft Style & NewSpringlessShaft Style
Installation,
Operation,And
Maintenance
? G U I D E
Installation Reconditioning
Important! Prior to disassembly, valve must first be
Note: This sheet does not cover “drop-in disc” style
isolated from system pressure and flow.
Series 35 Check Valves.
Disc & Shaft Removal: After observing the above
Install valve in system using proper size and type mat- precaution, the valve is ready to be serviced. At the
ing flanges and appropriate gaskets (for RF) or seal option of the service personnel, the valve may be
rings (for RTJ). Observe the following precautions: removed from the pipeline or serviced in line.
• Do not install the valve whereby it directly discharges Remove the bonnet nuts, bonnet and bonnet seal.
downstream into a tee or elbow fitting. Next, unscrew and remove two pipe plugs located on
• KF Series 35 Check Valves should not be used in ver- either side of the body. The disc shaft may now be
tical downflow installations. removed by sliding it through the disc, disc spring and
• KF Series 35 Check Valves should not be used in bushings and out one side of the body. Remove shaft
severe pulsating services such as reciprocating com- bushings and disc from body. Inspect all parts for
pressor discharges. damage and wear.
• It is recommended that the check valves be installed On valves which include an integral face seal in the
a minimum of three pipe diameters downstream of the disc, seal may be removed from it's dovetail holding
pump or compressor. groove. Clean and inspect seal and groove area.
Replaceable Seat Removal: (If applicable) After
• KF suggests installing the check valves downstream
removal of disc, as described above, seat may be
of the silencer in an air or gaseous system.
accessed and removed by unscrewing, in a counter-
• KF suggests installing the check valves downstream clockwise direction, until seat is free of valve body. The
of any pulsation dampeners in any system. use of a center-punch will be required to loosen seat.
Remove and inspect both the seat face seal (if includ-
Maintenance ed) and the seat sub seal.
KF Series 35 Check Valves are permanently lubricated Clean and inspect all parts for wear and/or damage.
and normally require no routine maintenance. Observe seat pocket bore on replaceable seat
Engineering Solutions for the World’s Flow Control Industry

1500 S.E. 89th Street Tel: 405 631-1533
Oklahoma City, OK 73143-5249 Fax: 405 631-5034
http://www.kfvalves.com Email: kfinfo@kfvalves.com
©1998 KF Industries, Inc. • KF35SHIOM398 • KF reserves the right to change designs, materials or specifications without notice or without obligation to furnish or install such changes on products previ-
ously or subsequently sold.
page 2 of 3
Old Shaft Style & NewSpringlessShaft Style
seat by placing it in the body and screwing it into the
Installation, body in a clockwise direction. Tighten with center-
punch to fully engage o-ring seal.
Operation,And Note: Do not use a petroleum based grease or oils

on EPDM or EPT seals or seal damage will occur.
Maintenance Caution: Be very careful not to cross-thread the seat
into the body. Cross-threading the seat may result in
? G U I D E irreparable damage to the valve.
Install bushings into the body. Reinsert disc into body
models for rust pits and scale. If necessary, use fine cavity with shaft holes inline with side shaft ports. Slide
emery for removal of deposits on the machined sur- shaft into the body through shaft bearing on one side.
faces. Cuts or nicks in any seal is cause for replace- Continue sliding shaft through disc, disc spring and
ment. Flush all foreign matter from side shaft ports, remaining bushing. Install pipe plugs into body using
bonnet seal and seat pocket areas. a good industrial grade thread sealant compound.
Reassembly Install bonnet seal making sure that the seal lays flat in
Use new replacement parts, as required. Install O-ring the bonnet seal step. Lower the bonnet onto the body
seals in their proper locations. Use a liberal amount of and replace bonnet nuts on studs. Bonnet nuts should
general purpose grease (such as Mystic JT-6) on seals be tightened using a cross-tighten method.
and machined mating surfaces. After replacing seals, as A quality thread lubricant should be used when mak-
necessary, on removable seat (if applicable) reinstall ing up the bonnet nuts.
Component Parts, Old Shaft Style

Parts List
No. Description
1 Body
2 Bonnet
3 Disc
4 Shaft
5 Bushing
7 Spring
8 Repl. Seat
9 Face Seal
10 Back-up Seal
11 Bonnet Seal
12 Stud
13 Nut
14 Shaft Plug
15 Bonnet Plug Return to top
1500 S.E. 89th Street Tel: 405 631-1533
page 3 of 3
Component Parts
New Springless Shaft Style
? G U I D E
Parts List
No. Description No. Description No. Description
1 Body 8 Seat Face Seal 14 Nut
2 Bonnet 9 Seat Sub Seal 15 Shaft Plug
3 Disc 11 Seat Retainer 16 Bonnet Plug
4 Shaft 12 Bonnet Seal
7 Repl. Seat 13 Stud Return to top

1500 S.E. 89th Street Tel: 405 631-1533
Model 5500
Control Valve
The Model 5500 is a durable and reliable control

valve, well suited for throttling or on/off control of
non-lubricating, viscous, or other hard-to-handle
fluids. The Model 5500 is used over a broad range of
pressure drops and temperatures where accurate and
reliable control is required. This valve is available in a
wide variety of integral end connection styles, and
comes complete with a pneumatic spring return fail-
open or fail-close diaphragm actuator.
Features:
• Rugged Construction - The heavy-duty steel

body / bonnet constructions enable the Model
5500 to provide reliable service in harsh industrial
environments.
• Optimized Flow Path - Engineered with wide

flow passages for maximized flow capacities.
• Variety of Trim Materials - Available with 316

SST, or 17-4PH SST plug / cage / seat materials.
Hardened seating surfaces (Alloy 6 for cage control
or tungsten carbide for plug control) are available for
erosive / abrasive services and TFE soft seating
surface is available for tight shutoff requirements.
• Variety of Trim Designs - Available with equal

percentage, linear, or quick opening flow
characteristic for cage control and modified
percent characteristic for plug control. Anti-
cavitation or noise abatement trim sets are
also available (cage control design only).
• Balanced Trim Design - The pressure-balanced

plug reduces actuator thrust requirements,
enabling cost savings on the valve actuator.
• Excellent Shutoff Performance - Zero leakage

(ANSI Class VI) is achieved with the TFE soft
seating trim option.
• Spring-loaded Packing - Packing is "Live Loaded"

by means of a load spring so the packing does
not need to be constantly adjusted.
• Simple Maintenance - The design of the Model

5500 allows for fast and easy inspection or
replacement of the trim without removing the
valve from the line. Special tools are not required.
zMallard Control Company, Inc. 2003; All Rights Reserved 8/04

Page 2
Specifications
Available Body Sizes Allowable Pressure Drops

2", 3", 4", or 6” See Tables 2A through 2K
End Connections / Pressure Ratings1 Temperature Limits

FNPT2 3750 psig (259 bar) Standard Valve Configuration:
150# RF 290 psig (20 bar) • -20 to 400° F (-29 to 204° C)
300# RF 750 psig (52 bar) Modified Valve Configurations3:
600# RTJ 1500 psig (103 bar)
900# RF 2250 psig (155 bar) Materials of Construction
900# RTJ 2250 psig (155 bar) See Tables 3A and 3B
1500# RF 3750 psig (259 bar)
1500# RTJ 3750 psig (259 bar) Leakage Rates
Flow Characteristics Metal-to-Metal Seating ANSI Leakage Class

Equal Percent (Cage Control) 0.25” - 0.75” IV
Linear (Cage Control) 1.00” III
Quick Opening (Cage Control) 1.5” -6.0” IV
Anti-cavitation (Cage Control) Soft Seating ANSI Leakage Class
Noise Abatement (Cage Control) All Sizes VI
Modified Percent (Plug Control)
Flow Coefficients
See Tables 1A and 1B
Figure 2. Sectional View
1. Pressure ratings @ 100°F (38°C).

2. 2" valve body only.
3. Consult Factory.
Page 3
Table 1A. Flow Coefficients (Cv), Modified Percent and Quick-Opening
Body Orifice Valve Opening (% Travel)

Size Size 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
0.25” .284 .506 .657 .767 .875 .989 1.10 1.20 1.32 1.43
0.38” .311 .621 .942 1.28 1.64 2.07 2.51 2.93 3.35 3.70
0.50” .592 1.17 1.76 2.34 2.95 3.70 4.57 5.50 5.95 6.08
2” 0.75” .882 1.76 2.76 3.82 5.53 6.57 8.49 10.8 15.0 16.2
1.00” 1.01 2.02 3.14 5.07 9.68 11.9 14.9 17.2 19.3 20.9
1.5” 4.74 7.67 9.53 12.9 18.4 24.9 33.6 44.0 53.4 59.5
2.0” 5.01 11.0 20.3 33.8 48.9 61.4 67.2 69.5 70.8 71.6
0.25” .284 .506 .657 .767 .875 .989 1.10 1.20 1.32 1.43
0.38” .311 .621 .942 1.28 1.64 2.07 2.51 2.93 3.35 3.70
0.50” .592 1.17 1.76 2.34 2.95 3.70 4.57 5.50 5.95 6.08
0.75” .882 1.76 2.76 3.82 5.53 6.57 8.49 10.8 15.0 16.2
3”
1.00” 1.01 2.02 3.14 5.07 9.68 11.9 14.9 17.2 19.3 20.9
1.5” 4.74 7.67 9.53 12.9 18.4 26.2 35.6 46.2 57.0 65.1
2.0” 5.01 9.85 16.6 30.6 47.2 62.9 77.0 88.8 96.4 101
3.0” 6.15 14.9 27.7 52.5 80.3 104 118 124 128 129
0.25” .284 .506 .657 .767 .875 .989 1.10 1.20 1.32 1.43
0.38” .311 .621 .942 1.28 1.64 2.07 2.51 2.93 3.35 3.70
0.50” .592 1.17 1.76 2.34 2.95 3.70 4.57 5.50 5.95 6.08
0.75” .882 1.76 2.76 3.82 5.53 6.57 8.49 10.8 15.0 16.2
4” 1.00” 1.01 2.02 3.14 5.07 9.68 11.9 14.9 17.2 19.3 20.9
1.5” 4.74 7.67 9.53 12.9 18.4 26.2 37.9 50.6 62.1 67.4
2.0” 6.20 11.5 20.9 37.1 53.1 70.3 82.1 93.3 104 110
3.0” 7.60 19.0 36.1 59.1 80.6 111 135 151 166 172
4.0” 8.42 21.6 38.3 71.5 114 148 177 196 207 211
Table 1B. Flow Coefficients (Cv), Equal Percentage

Size Size 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
1.5” 1.03 1.52 2.15 2.89 4.08 6.52 9.85 15.1 21.7 27.4
2”
2.0” 1.20 2.54 4.75 7.84 12.6 19.2 28.8 40.1 50.4 62.2
2.0” 1.40 2.73 4.96 8.12 12.8 20.4 32.6 49.7 71.6 90.4
3”
3.0” 2.95 5.89 8.76 16.2 26.9 44.2 68.1 92.6 111 124
3.0” 3.14 6.04 8.96 16.8 27.8 46.3 74.3 108 124 148
4”
4.0” 4.51 10.2 19.0 31.1 51.7 78.4 120 155 183 192
4.0” 5.2 11.4 21.2 33.0 53.8 83.9 129 178 220 265
6”
6.0” 11.3 24.5 42.8 67.5 102 161 239 319 358 392
Table 1C. Flow Coefficients (Cv), Anti-Cavitation (linear characteristic)

Size Size 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
1.5” 0.47 0.58 2.03 4.82 7.46 10.2 12.5 14.6 16.6 18.0
2”
2.0” 0.89 1.09 3.84 9.11 14.1 19.3 23.6 27.5 31.4 34.0
3” 3.0” 1.97 2.40 8.47 20.1 31.1 42.7 52.0 60.7 69.3 75.1
4” 4.0” 3.26 21.3 40.7 59.6 76.9 94.3 109 123 135 142
6” 6.0” 6.58 8.03 28.3 67.3 104 143 174 203 232 251
Page 4
Table 2A. Plug Control Allowable Pressure Drops, PSID - No. 70 Actuator, Direct Acting (Fail Open), Flow Up
Air to Diaphragm, psig

Trim Size
18 20 33 35
1.5” 880 1300 1560 2260

2.0” 700 1040 1260 1800
3.0” 470 830 970 1270
4.0” 280 520 680 890
Table 2B. Plug Control Allowable Pressure Drops, PSID - No. 120 Actuator, Direct Acting (Fail Open), Flow Up

Trim Size
18 20 33 35
1.5” 1560 2340 2820 3750

2.0” 1250 1900 2330 3375
3.0” 870 1330 1740 2360
4.0” 640 920 1350 1550
Table 2C. Plug Control Allowable Pressure Drops, PSID - No. 70 Actuator, Reverse Acting (Fail Close), Flow Up
Initial Actuator Spring Setting¹, psig

Trim Size 3 6 9 6 9 12 15
(3-15 spring) (6-30 spring)
1.5” 980 1260 1600 940 1280 1450 1850
2.0” 890 1100 1300 850 1120 1160 1560
3.0” 520 660 910 500 680 860 1290
4.0” 370 440 660 350 460 570 970
Table 2D. Plug Control Allowable Pressure Drops, PSID - No. 120 Actuator, Reverse Acting (Fail Close), Flow Up

Trim Size 3 6 9 6 9 12 15
1.5” 1700 2620 3750 1550 2700 3340 3750
2.0” 1380 2120 3180 1400 2360 2680 3400
3.0” 990 1530 2280 840 1460 1990 2550
4.0” 800 1200 1780 760 990 1370 1780
1. Initial Actuator Spring Setting is the signal pressure to the diaphragm required to initially lift the plug from the valve seat, while the valve is not in service.
(Sometimes referred to as “bench set”.)
Page 5
Table 2E. Cage Control Allowable Pressure Drops, PSID - No. 70 Actuator, Direct Acting (Fail Open), Flow Down

Trim Size
18 20 33 35
1.5” 330 720 3280 3750

2.0” 280 670 3180 3550
3.0” 180 570 2950 3350
4.0” 70 370 2350 2650
Table 2F. Cage Control Allowable Pressure Drops, PSID - No. 120 Actuator, Direct Acting (Fail Open), Flow Down

Trim Size
18 20 33 35
1.5” 750 1440 3750 3750
2.0” 690 1350 3750 3750
3.0” 585 1225 3750 3750
4.0” 400 900 3750 3750
6.0” 120 400 2250 2535
Table 2G. Cage Control Allowable Pressure Drops, PSID - No. 180 Actuator, Direct Acting (Fail Open), Flow Down

Trim Size
18 20 33 35
4.0” 780 1550 3750 3750
6.0” 330 750 3500 3750
Table 2H. Cage Control Allowable Pressure Drops, PSID - No. 70 Actuator, Reverse Acting (Fail Close), Flow Down

Trim Size 3 6 9 6 9 12 15
1.5” 320 920 1520 800 1400 2100 3350
2.0” 270 850 1440 730 1320 2000 3200
3.0” 185 750 1300 640 1190 1850 3000
4.0” 70 520 980 400 850 1420 2350
Table 2J. Cage Control Allowable Pressure Drops, PSID - No. 120 Actuator, Reverse Acting (Fail Close), Flow Down
Trim Size 3 6 9 6 9 12 15
1.5” 750 1780 2800 1600 2600 3750 3750
2.0” 690 1700 2700 1530 2520 3650 3750
3.0” 580 1540 2500 1400 2330 3450 3750
4.0” 400 1175 1950 1000 1700 2750 3100
6.0” 120 550 975 400 800 1400 2100
Table 2K. Cage Control Allowable Pressure Drops, PSID - No. 180 Actuator, Reverse Acting (Fail Close), Flow Down
Trim Size 3 6 9 6 9 12 15
4.0” 780 1950 3120 1740 3320 3750 3750
6.0” 340 970 1600 780 1400 2250 3000
1. Initial Actuator Spring Setting is the signal pressure to the diaphragm required to initially lift the plug from the valve seat, while the valve is not in service.
(Sometimes referred to as "bench set".)
Page 6
Table 3A. Materials of Construction

Temperature Limits
Part Material
°F °C
WCC Steel -20 to 1000 -29 to 538
Body
316 SST -50 to 1000 -45 to 538
A105 Forged Carbon Steel -20 to 1000 -29 to 538
Bonnet
CF8M Forged Carbon Steel -50 to 1000 -45 to 538
Yoke Ductile Iron -20 to 1000 -29 to 538
Valve Stem 316 Stainless Steel -50 to 1000 -45 to 538
PTFE V-Ring -50 to 400 -45 to 204
Packing
Graphoil -50 to 750 -45 to 400
Actuator Housing Steel -20 to 1000 -29 to 538
Actuator Spring Steel -20 to 1000 -29 to 538
Diaphragm Nylon-Reinforced Buna-N -20 to 200 -29 to 93
Table 3B. Materials of Construction - Trim Options
Trim Code Cage Guide Plug Seat Seal Ring(7)
17-4PH SST 17-4PH SST 17-4PH SST

1(1,2) --- TFE
(H1150M) (H1150M) (H1150M)
316 SST with tungsten 316 SST with tungsten
2(5) 316 SST 316 SST TFE
carbide insert carbide seating surface
3(3) 316 SST 316 SST 316 SST 316 SST TFE
17-4PH SST 316 SST with Alloy 6 316 SST with Alloy 6
6(4) --- TFE
(H1150M) hard-faced seating surface hard-faced seating surface
316 SST with TFE 316 SST with TFE
8(6) 316 SST 316 SST TFE
insert insert
1. Standard material combination for Cage Control trim design.

2. Standard material combination for Plug Control trim design, sizes 1” and smaller.
3. Standard material combination for Plug Control trim design, sizes greater than 1”.
4. Available for Cage Control trim only.
5. Available for Plug Control trim only.
6. For Cage Control trim, TFE insert is part of the seat. For Plug Control trim, TFE insert is part of the plug.
7. Consult Factory for temperature requirements above 400°F.
HOW TO ORDER
If Valve Specifics are Known: If Valve Specifics are Unknown:

1. Specify Valve Size with Model 5500. 1. Collect as much information about the application as
(Example: 3" 5500) possible per the following guidelines:
2. Locate the product model code on the back page of A. Valve application (i.e. suction, back pressure,
this bulletin and select the proper code corresponding pressure reducing, dumping, recycle, etc.)
to the specifications required. B. Media being controlled (i.e. water, oil, natural
3. Call Mallard Control or your local representative with gas, carbon dioxide, steam, etc.)
the valve size, model, and model code for pricing and C. Specific gravity
delivery. D. Operating temperature
E. Shut-off pressure(s)
F. Inlet pressure(s)
G. Outlet pressure(s) or pressure drop(s)
H. Flow rate(s)
I. Actuator action, fail open or close
J. Accessories (if any)
2. Call Mallard Control or your local representative with
the information for assistance in valve sizing, model
code development, pricing, and delivery.
Page 7
Valve Body Dimensions, inches (mm)
Body End 2” 3” 4” 6”
Connection B B B B
Style A C A C A C A C
Max. Max. Max. Max.
11.25
FNPT
(286)
11.25
BWE
(286)
11.25
SWE
(286)
10.00 11.75 13.88 17.75
150# RF
(254) (298) (352) (451)
10.50 12.50 14.50 18.62
300# RF
(266) (317) (368) (473) 10.50 12.63
11.25 5.38 9.00 13.25 15.50 20.00 (267) (321)
600# RF
(286) (136) (228) (336) (393) (508)
11.38 13.38 15.62 20.12
600# RTJ
(289) (339) 6.75 9.25 (397) 7.75 10.12 (511)
14.75 15.50 (171) (235) 17.00 (197) (257)
900# RF
(374) (393) (431)
14.88 15.62 17.12
900# RTJ
(378) (397) (435)
14.75 18.12 20.88
1500# RF
(374) (460) (530)
14.88 18.25 21.00
1500# RTJ
(378) (463) (533)
Actuator Dimensions, inches (mm)
D
Actuator Size E Boss Size
Direct Reverse
No. 70 24.12 (612) 23.88 (606) 12.50 (317) 2.81 (71)
No. 120 29.50 (749) 31.38 (796) 16.75 (425) 2.81 (71)
No. 180 30.12 (765) 32.12 (816) 20.50 (521) 2.81 (71) 3.50 (89)
E (DIA.)
A
Page 8
Model Number Information

Sample Model Number: 5500 - 2 F 6 - G 73 R S - 3 A E
BODY SIZE CODE
2” 2
3” 3
4” 4
6” 6
END CONNECTIONS CODE
Female NPT S
Raised Face (RF) Flange F
Ring Type Joint (RTJ) Flange J
ANSI CLASS (PRESSURE RATING) CODE
150 (275 psig) 1
300 (740 psig) 3
600 (1480 psig) 6
900 (2220 psig) 9
1500 (3750 psig) 5
MATERIALS OF CONSTRUCTION CODE
Carbon Steel - Standard Service -
Carbon Steel - High Temperature Service H
Carbon Steel - NACE MR-01-75 N
BODY STYLE CODE
Globe G
Globe with Drain D
Globe with Pressure Connection Ports P
ACTUATOR SELECTION CODE
No. 70 Actuator with 3-15 Spring 73
ACTUATOR TYPE CODE
Reverse Acting (spring closes/air opens) R
Direct Acting (spring opens/air closes) D
GASKET MATERIAL CODE
304/Grafoil - Standard S
Inconel/Grafoil - NACE MR-01-75 N
TRIM MATERIAL CODE
17-4PH SST Cage, Plug and Seat Ring 1
316 SST Cage, Plug, and Seat Ring with Tungsten Carbide Seating Surfaces 2
316 SST Cage, Plug, and Seat Ring 3
17-4PH SST Cage / 316 SST Plug and Seat Ring with Alloy 6 Hard-faced Seating Surfaces 6
316 SST Cage, Plug, and Seat Ring with TFE Soft-Seat Insert 8
TRIM SIZE CODE
Full Port A
Reduced Port, one size down (6” body X 4” trim, 3” body X 2” trim, 2” body X 1.5” trim) B
Reduced Port, two sizes down (4” body X 2” trim, 3” body X 1.5” trim) C
Reduced Port, three sizes down (4” body X 1.5” trim) D
1/4” 2
3/8” 3
1/2” 4
3/4” 6
1” 8
TRIM CHARACTERISTIC CODE
Equal Percentage E
Linear L
Quick Opening (on/off) Q
Anti-cavitation C
Noise Abatement D
Modified Percent M
While this information is presented in good faith and believed to be accurate, Mallard Control Company does not guarantee results based upon such information.
Mallard Control Company reserves the right to change the design or specifications of these products without notice.
Mallard Control Company, Inc.

4970 Washington Boulevard
Beaumont, Texas, USA 77707
409 842-5392 Phone
409 842-8165 FAX
www.MallardControl.com
Installation, Operation and
Maintenance Instructions
MODEL 5500
July 2003
CONTENTS
1.0 GENERAL
1.1 Model Number --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2

1.2 Specifications ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3
1.3 Parts List ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8
1.3.1 Model 5500 – Cage Control Trim ---------------------------------------------------------------------- 8
1.3.2 Model 5500 – Plug Control Trim ----------------------------------------------------------------------- 10
1.3.3 Model 5500 Actuator – Reverse ------------------------------------------------------------------------ 12
1.3.4 Model 5500 Actuator – Direct --------------------------------------------------------------------------- 14
1.4 Dimensions ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 16
2.0 INSTALLATION ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 17
3.0 MAINTENANCE
3.1 Packing Replacement ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 18

3.2 Trim Replacement ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 19
3.3 Actuator Diaphragm Replacement ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 19
3.4 Preventive Maintenance -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 20
3.4.1 Valve Body -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 20
3.4.2 Valve Trim -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 20
3.4.3 Packing ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 20
3.4.4 Actuator Assembly ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 20
3.5 Troubleshooting ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 21
Model 5500
1.0 GENERAL
1.1 Model Number Information
Sample Model Number: 5500 - 2 F 6 – G 73 R S - 3 A M

BODY SIZE CODE
2” 2
3” 3
4” 4
6” 6
END CONNECTIONS CODE
Female NPT S
Raised Face (RF) Flange F
Ring Type Joint (RTJ) Flange J
ANSI CLASS (PRESSURE RATING) CODE
150 ( 275 psig) 1
300 ( 740 psig) 3
600 (1480 psig) 6
900 (2220 psig) 9
1500 (3750 psig) 5
MATERIALS OF CONSTRUCTION CODE
Carbon Steel - Standard Service -
Carbon Steel - NACE MR-01-75 N
BODY STYLE CODE
Globe G
Globe with Drain D
Globe with Pressure Connection Ports P
ACTUATOR SELECTION CODE
ACTUATOR TYPE CODE
Reverse Acting (spring closes/air opens) R
Direct Acting (spring opens/air closes) D
GASKET MATERIAL CODE
304/Grf - Standard S
INC/Grf - NACE MR-01-75 N
TRIM MATERIAL CODE
17-4PH SST Cage, Plug, and Seat Ring 1
316 SST Cage, Plug, and Seat Ring with Tungsten Carbide Seating Surfaces 2
316 SST Cage, Plug, and Seat Ring 3
17-4PH SST Cage / 316 SST Plug and Seat Ring with Alloy 6 Hard-faced Seating Surfaces 6
316 SST Cage, Plug, and Seat Ring with TFE Soft-Seat Insert 8
TRIM SIZE CODE
Full Port A
Reduced Port, one size down (6” body X 4” trim , 4” body X 3” trim, 3” body X 2” trim, 2” body X 1.5” trim) B
Reduced Port, two sizes down (4” body X 2” trim, 3” body X 1.5” trim) C
Reduced Port, three sizes down (4” body X 1.5” trim) D
1/4” 2
3/8” 3
1/2” 4
3/4” 6
1” 8
TRIM CHARACTERISTIC CODE
Equal Percentage E
Linear L
Quick Opening (On/Off) Q
Anti-cavitation C
Noise Abatement D
Modified Percent M
Page 2
1.2 Specifications
Available Body Sizes Allowable Pressure Drops

2”, 3”, 4”, or 6” See Tables 2A through 2K
End Connections / Pressure Ratings1 Temperature Limits

2
FNPT 3750 psig (259 bar) Standard Valve Configuration:
150# RF 290 psig ( 20 bar) • -20 to 400° F (-29 to 204° C)
300# RF 750 psig ( 52 bar) Modified Valve Configurations3:
600# RTJ 1500 psig (103 bar)
900# RF 2250 psig (155 bar) Materials of Construction
900# RTJ 2250 psig (155 bar) See Tables 3A and 3B
1500# RF 3750 psig (259 bar)
1500# RTJ 3750 psig (259 bar) Standard Leakage Rates
Flow Characteristic Metal-to-Metal Seating ANSI Leakage Class

Equal Percent (Cage Control) 0.25” - 0.75” IV
Linear (Cage Control) 1.00” III
Quick Opening (Cage Control) 1.5” – 6.0” IV
Anti-cavitation (Cage Control) Soft Seating ANSI Leakage Class
Noise Abatement (Cage Control) All Sizes VI
Modified Percent (Plug Control)
Flow Coefficients
See Tables 1A and 1B
1. Pressure ratings @ 100°F (38°C).

2. 2” valve body only.
3. Consult Factory.
Page 3
Model 5500
Table 1A. Flow Coefficients (CV), Modified Percent

Size Size 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
0.25” .284 .506 .657 .767 .875 .989 1.10 1.20 1.32 1.43
0.38” .311 .621 .942 1.28 1.64 2.07 2.51 2.93 3.35 3.70
0.50” .592 1.17 1.76 2.34 2.95 3.70 4.57 5.50 5.95 6.08
2” 0.75” .882 1.76 2.76 3.82 5.53 6.57 8.49 10.8 15.0 16.2
1.00” 1.01 2.02 3.14 5.07 9.68 11.9 14.9 17.2 19.3 20.9
1.5” 4.74 7.67 9.53 12.9 18.4 24.9 33.6 44.0 53.4 59.5
2.0” 5.01 11.0 20.3 33.8 48.9 61.4 67.2 69.5 70.8 71.6
0.25” .284 .506 .657 .767 .875 .989 1.10 1.20 1.32 1.43
0.38” .311 .621 .942 1.28 1.64 2.07 2.51 2.93 3.35 3.70
0.50” .592 1.17 1.76 2.34 2.95 3.70 4.57 5.50 5.95 6.08
0.75” .882 1.76 2.76 3.82 5.53 6.57 8.49 10.8 15.0 16.2
3”
1.00” 1.01 2.02 3.14 5.07 9.68 11.9 14.9 17.2 19.3 20.9
1.5” 4.74 7.67 9.53 12.9 18.4 26.2 35.6 46.2 57.0 65.1
2.0” 5.01 9.85 16.6 30.6 47.2 62.9 77.0 88.8 96.4 101
3.0” 6.15 14.9 27.7 52.5 80.3 104 118 124 128 129
1.5” 4.74 7.67 9.53 12.9 18.4 26.2 37.9 50.6 62.1 67.4
2.0” 6.20 11.5 20.9 37.1 53.1 70.3 82.1 93.3 104 110
4”
3.0” 7.60 19.0 36.1 59.1 80.6 111 135 151 166 172
4.0” 8.42 21.6 38.3 71.5 114 148 177 196 207 211
Table 1B. Flow Coefficients (CV), Equal Percentage

Size Size 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
1.5” 1.03 1.52 2.15 2.89 4.08 6.52 9.85 15.1 21.7 27.4
2”
2.0” 1.20 2.54 4.75 7.84 12.6 19.2 28.8 40.1 50.4 62.2
2.0” 1.40 2.73 4.96 8.12 12.8 20.4 32.6 49.7 71.6 90.4
3”
3.0” 2.95 5.89 8.76 16.2 26.9 44.2 68.1 92.6 111 124
3.0” 3.14 6.04 8.96 16.8 27.8 46.3 74.3 108 124 148
4”
4.0” 3.26 21.3 40.7 59.6 76.9 94.0 109 123 135 142
4.0” 5.2 11.4 21.2 33.0 53.8 83.9 129 178 220 265
6”
6.0” 11.3 24.5 42.8 67.5 102 161 239 319 358 392
Table 1C. Flow Coefficients (CV), Anti-Cavitation (linear flow characteristic)

Size Size 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
1.5” 0.47 0.58 2.03 4.82 7.46 10.2 12.5 14.6 16.6 18.0
2”
2.0” 0.89 1.09 3.84 9.11 14.1 19.3 23.6 27.5 31.4 34.0
3” 3.0” 1.97 2.40 8.47 20.1 31.1 42.7 52.0 60.7 69.3 75.1
4” 4.0” 3.26 21.3 40.7 59.6 76.9 94.3 109 123 135 142
6” 6.0” 6.58 36.1 69.4 128 166 207 240 275 307 324
Page 4
Table 2A. Plug Control Allowable Pressure Drops, PSID – No. 70 Actuator, Direct Acting (Fail Open), Flow Up

Trim Size
18 20 33 35
1.5” 880 1300 1560 2260
2.0” 700 1040 1260 1800
3.0” 470 830 970 1270
4.0” 280 520 680 890
Table 2B. Plug Control Allowable Pressure Drops, PSID – No. 120 Actuator, Direct Acting (Fail Open), Flow Up

Trim Size
18 20 33 35
1.5” 1560 2340 2820 3750
2.0” 1250 1900 2330 3375
3.0” 870 1330 1740 2360
4.0” 640 920 1350 1550
Table 2C. Plug Control Allowable Pressure Drops, PSID – No. 70 Actuator, Reverse Acting (Fail Close), Flow Up
1
Initial Actuator Spring Setting , psig
Trim 3 6 9 6 9 12 15
Size
1.5” 980 1260 1600 940 1280 1450 1850
2.0” 890 1100 1300 850 1120 1160 1560
3.0” 520 660 910 500 680 860 1290
4.0” 370 440 660 350 460 570 970
Table 2D. Plug Control Allowable Pressure Drops, PSID – No. 120 Actuator, Reverse Acting (Fail Close), Flow Up
1
Trim 3 6 9 6 9 12 15
Size
1.5” 1700 2620 3750 1550 2700 3340 3750
2.0” 1380 2120 3180 1400 2360 2680 3400
3.0” 990 1530 2280 840 1460 1990 2550
4.0” 800 1200 1780 760 990 1370 1780
Page 5
Model 5500
Table 2E. Cage Control Allowable Pressure Drops, PSID – No. 70 Actuator, Direct Acting (Fail Open), Flow Down
Trim Size
18 20 33 35
1.5” 330 720 3280 3750
2.0” 280 670 3180 3550
3.0” 180 570 2950 3350
4.0” 70 370 2350 2650
Table 2F. Cage Control Allowable Pressure Drops, PSID – No. 120 Actuator, Direct Acting (Fail Open), Flow Down
Trim Size
18 20 33 35
1.5” 750 1440 3750 3750
2.0” 690 1350 3750 3750
3.0” 585 1225 3750 3750
4.0” 400 900 3750 3750
6.0” 120 400 2250 2535
Table 2G. Cage Control Allowable Pressure Drops, PSID – No. 180 Actuator, Direct Acting (Fail Open), Flow Down
Trim Size
18 20 33 35
4.0” 780 1550 3750 3750
6.0” 330 750 3500 3750
Table 2H. Cage Control Allowable Pressure Drops, PSID – No. 70 Actuator, Reverse Acting (Fail Close), Flow Down
1
Trim 3 6 9 6 9 12 15
Size
1.5” 320 920 1520 800 1400 2100 3350
2.0” 270 850 1440 730 1320 2000 3200
3.0” 185 750 1300 640 1190 1850 3000
4.0” 70 520 980 400 850 1420 2350
Table 2J. Cage Control Allowable Pressure Drops, PSID – No. 120 Actuator, Reverse Acting (Fail Close), Flow Down
1
Trim 3 6 9 6 9 12 15
Size
1.5” 750 1780 2800 1600 2600 3750 3750
2.0” 690 1700 2700 1530 2520 3650 3750
3.0” 580 1540 2500 1400 2330 3450 3750
4.0” 400 1175 1950 1000 1700 2750 3100
6.0” 120 550 975 400 800 1400 2100
Table 2K. Cage Control Allowable Pressure Drops, PSID – No. 180 Actuator, Reverse Acting (Fail Close), Flow Down
1
Trim 3 6 9 6 9 12 15
Size
4.0” 780 1950 3120 1740 3320 3750 3750
6.0” 340 970 1600 780 1400 2250 3000
Page 6
Table 3A. Materials of Construction
Temperature Limits
Part Material
°F °C
WCC Steel -20 to 1000 -29 to 538
Body
316 SST Steel -20 to 1000 -29 to 538
A105 Forged Carbon Steel -20 to 1000 -29 to 538
Bonnet
CF8M Forged Stainless Steel -20 to 1000 -29 to 538
Yoke Ductile Iron -20 to 1000 -29 to 538
Valve Stem 316 Stainless Steel -50 to 1000 -45 to 538
PTFE V-Ring -50 to 400 -45 to 204
Packing
Graphoil -50 to 750 -45 to 400
Actuator Housing Steel -20 to 1000 -29 to 538
Actuator Spring Steel -20 to 1000 -29 to 538
Diaphragm Nylon-Reinforced Buna-N -20 to 200 -29 to 93
Table 3B. Materials of Construction – Trim Options
(7)
Trim Code Cage Guide Plug Seat Seal Ring
(1, 2) 17-4PH SST 17-4PH SST 17-4PH SST

1 --- Reinforced TFE
(H1150M) (H1150M) (H1150M)
316 SST with 316 SST with

(5)
2 316 SST 316 SST tungsten carbide tungsten carbide Reinforced TFE
insert seating surface
(3)
3 316 SST 316 SST 316 SST 316 SST Reinforced TFE
316 SST with Alloy 6 316 SST with Alloy 6

(4) 17-4PH SST
6 --- hard-faced seating hard-faced seating Reinforced TFE
(H1150M)
surface surface
(6) 316 SST with TFE 316 SST with TFE

8 316 SST 316 SST Reinforced TFE
insert insert
1. Standard material combination for Cage Control trim design.

2. Standard material combination for Plug Control trim design, sizes 1” and smaller.
3. Standard material combination for Plug Control trim design, sizes greater than 1”.
4. Available for Cage Control trim only.
5. Available for Plug Control trim only.
6. For Cage Control trim, TFE insert is part of the seat. For Plug Control trim, TFE insert is part of the plug.
7. Consult Factory for temperature requirements above 400°F.
Table 4. Approximate Shipping Weight, lbs (Kg)
Valve Act. End Connections

Size Size NPT 150# Flg 300# Flg 600# Flg 900# Flg 1500# Flg
No. 70 135 (53) 150 (59) 165 (65) 180 (71) 200 (78) 200 (78)
2”
No. 120 190 (75) 205 (80) 220 (86) 235 (92) 255 (100) 255 (100)
No. 70 - 185 (73) 205 (80) 225 (88) 275 (108) 375 (147)
3”
No. 120 - 240 (95) 260 (102) 280 (110) 330 (129) 430 (167)
No. 70 - 255 (100) 285 (112) 315 (124) 420 (165) 540 (212)
4”
No. 120 - 310 (121) 340 (133) 370 (145) 475 (186) 595 (233)
No. 120 - 835 (327) 875 (343) 910 (357) - -
6”
No. 180 - 875 (343) 915 (359) 950 (372) - -
Page 7
Model 5500
1.3 Parts List
1.3.1 Model 5500 – Cage Control Trim
10
21
14
20
13 16
12A 11
12B
22
12C
18
17
19
7
4 15
6
5
2 1
9 8
1B
1A
SOFT SEAT DETAIL
Page 8
PART NUMBER
ITEM DESCRIPTION QTY. 2" 3" 4" 6" MAT'L.
1.5" PORT 2" PORT 2" PORT 3" PORT 3" PORT 4" PORT 4" PORT 6" PORT
55614 55006 55615 55138 55616 55218 55617 55555 17-4PH SST
*1 SEAT 1 55614-1 55006-1 55615-1 55138-1 55616-1 55218-1 55617-1 55555-1 316 SST
55614-4 55006-4 55615-4 55138-4 55616-4 55218-4 55617-4 55555-4 316 SST/ Alloy 6
*1A SEAT 1 55635 55637 55637 55639 55639 55641 55641 55643 TFE
*1B SEAT INSERT 1 55634 55636 55630 55638 55628 55640 55626 55642 316 SST
55591 55502 55502 55504 55504 55506 55506 55557 17-4PH SST
*2 PLUG 1 55591-1 55502-1 55502-1 55504-1 55504-1 55506-1 55506-1 55557-1 316 SST
55591-4 55502-4 55502-4 55504-4 55504-4 55506-4 55506-4 55557-4 316 SST/ Alloy 6
55590 55501 55501 55503 55503 55505 55505 55556 17-4PH SST
CAGE EQUAL PERCENT
55590-1 55501-1 55501-1 55503-1 55503-1 55505-1 55505-1 55556-1 316 SST
55650 55652 55652 55654 55654 55656 55656 55658 17-4PH SST
CAGE NOISE/CAVITATION
55650-1 55652-1 55652-1 55654-1 55654-1 55656-1 55656-1 55658-1 316 SST
3 1
55670 55672 55672 55672 55672 55676 55676 55678 17-4PH SST
CAGE LINEAR
55670-1 55672-1 55672-1 55674-1 55674-1 55676-1 55676-1 55678-1 316 SST
55690 55692 55692 55694 55694 55696 55696 55698 17-4PH SST
CAGE QUICK OPEN
55690-1 55692-1 55692-1 55694-1 55694-1 55696-1 55696-1 55698-1 316 SST
55594 55516 55516 55517 55517 55518 55518 55562 TFE
*4 BUSHING 1
55702 55703 55703 55704 55704 55705 55705 55706 GRAPHITE
*5 BACK-UP RING 2 55593 55507 55507 55508 55508 55509 55509 55561 TFE
55607 55510 55510 55512 55512 55514 55514 55539 BUNA
*6 O-RING 1
55592 55511 55511 55513 55513 55515 55515 55560 VITON
55064 55519 55519 55520 55520 55521 55521 55551 304/GRF.
*7 GUIDE GASKET 1
55066 55522 55522 55523 55523 55524 55524 55551-1 ‡ INCONEL/GRF.
VALVE BODY, NPT 55072
VALVE BODY, SW 55074
VALVE BODY, BW, SCH. 80 55076
VALVE BODY, 150# RF 55078 55174 55264 55526
VALVE BODY, 300# RF 55080 55176 55266 55527
8 VALVE BODY, 600# RF 1 55082 55178 55268 55529 WCC STL.
VALVE BODY, 600# RJ 55084 55180 55270 55618
VALVE BODY, 900# RF 55086 55182 55272
VALVE BODY, 900# RJ 55088 55184 55274
VALVE BODY, 1500# RF 55090 55186 55276
VALVE BODY, 1500# RJ 55092 55188 55278
55094 55190 55280 55553 304/GRF.
*9 SEAT GASKET 1
55096 55192 55282 55553-1 ‡ INCONEL/GRF.
10 VALVE STEM 1 55098 55549 316 SST
55100 55544 302 SST
11 PACKING SPRING 1
55102 55538 ‡ INCONEL
12 PACKING KIT 85000 85230
55106 55543 TFE
12A PACKING 1
55712 55713 GRAPHOIL
12B PACKING WASHER 1 55108 55545 SST
12C PACKING SPACER 1 55110 55548 SST
13 UPPER PACKING RETAINER 1 55104 55542 316 SST
14A PACKING STUD 2 10182 10183 SST
14B PACKING NUT 2 10184 SST
ROLL PIN 55114 55550 SST
* 15 1
DRIVE PIN 55116 55117 ‡ 316 SST
VALVE BONNET, BELOW ANSI 1500 55118 55194 55284 55558 WCC STL.
16 1
VALVE BONNET, ANSI 1500 55118 55196 55286 WCC STL.
55120 55198 55288 55552 304/GRF.
* 17 BONNET GASKET 1
55122 55200 55290 55552-1 ‡ INCONEL/GRF.
BONNET STUD, BELOW ANSI 1500 8 55124 55124 55292 55292
18 B7
BONNET STUD, ANSI 1500 12 55124(8) 55202(8) 55202
BONNET NUT, BELOW ANSI 1500 8 55126 55126 55296 55296
19 B7
BONNET NUT, ANSI 1500 12 55126(8) 55204(8) 55204
20 PACKING FLANGE 1 55128 55541 316 SST
21 WIPER 1 55130 55575 TFE
22 1/4" PIPE PLUG 1 55432 55432 STEEL
* INCLUDED IN REPAIR KIT
‡ MEETS NACE SPECIFICATIONS
5500 CAGE CONTROL (CC) TRIM REPAIR KIT (INCLUDES: PLUG, SEAT, GASKETS, O-RING, PIN)
2" 3" 4" 6"
MAT'L
1.5" PORT 2" PORT 2" PORT 3" PORT 3" PORT 4" PORT 4" PORT 6" PORT
17-4 85205-1 85207-1 85209-1 85211-1 85213-1 85215-1 85217-1 85219-1
316 85205-3 85207-3 85209-3 85211-3 85213-3 85215-3 85217-3 85219-3
316 / Alloy 6 85205-6 85207-6 85209-6 85211-6 85213-6 85215-6 85217-6 85219-6
316 / TFE 85205-8 85207-8 85209-8 85211-8 85213-8 85215-8 85217-8 85219-8
Page 9
Model 5500
1.3.2 Model 5500 – Plug Control Trim
10 21
14 20
13
12A
11 12B
22 12C
16 18
17 19
15 7
4 6
3 5
2
8
2A 2D
BACK-UP RING
FOR CARBIDE INSERT
2E
2B
2C
Page 10
PART NUMBER
ITEM DESCRIPTION QTY. 2" 3" 4" MAT'L.
1.5" PORT 2" PORT 2" PORT 3" PORT 3" PORT 4" PORT
55002 55006 55134 55138 55124 55218 316 SST
*1 SEAT 1
55004 55008 55136 55140 55216 55220 316 SST/CARBIDE
*2 SOLID VALVE PLUG, MOD. PCNT. 1 55010 55012 55148 55150 55230 55232 316 SST
VALVE PLUG KIT, TFE, MOD. PCNT. 55044 55046 55206 55210 55234 55238
*2 1
VALVE PLUG KIT, CARBIDE, MOD. PCNT. 55040 55042 55208 55212 55236 55240
2A BUTT PLUG 1 55018 55020 55020 55142 55222 55224 316 SST
55022 55026 55026 55144 55144 55226 TFE
2B PLUG INSERT 1
55024 55028 55028 55146 55146 55228 CARBIDE
2C PLUG RETAINER, MOD. PCNT. 1 55030 55032 55152 55154 55242 55244 316 SST
2D PLUG O-RING 1 55034 55036 55036 55156 55156 55168 TFE
2E PLUG SOCKET SCREW 1 55038 55038 55038 55038 55038 55038 316 SST
3 CAGE 1 55048 55050 55158 55160 55248 55250 17-4PH SST
4 PLUG GUIDE 1 55052 55054 55162 55164 55252 55254 316 SST
*5 GUIDE BACK-UP RING 1 55056 55058 55058 55166 55166 55256 TFE
*6 GUIDE O-RING 1 55060 55062 55062 55168 55168 55258 TFE
55064 55068 55068 55170 55170 55260 304/GRF.
*7 GUIDE GASKET 1
55066 55070 55070 55172 55172 55262 ‡ INCONEL/GRF.
VALVE BODY, NPT 55072
VALVE BODY, SW 55074
VALVE BODY, BW, SCH. 80 55076
VALVE BODY, 150# RF 55078 55174 55264
VALVE BODY, 300# RF 55080 55176 55266
8 VALVE BODY, 600# RF 1 55082 55178 55268 WCC STL.
VALVE BODY, 600# RJ 55084 55180 55270
VALVE BODY, 900# RF 55086 55182 55272
VALVE BODY, 900# RJ 55088 55184 55274
VALVE BODY, 1500# RF 55090 55186 55276
VALVE BODY, 1500# RJ 55092 55188 55278
55094 55190 55280 304/GRF.
*9 SEAT GASKET 1
55096 55192 55282 ‡ INCONEL/GRF.
10 VALVE STEM 1 55098 316 SST
55100 302 SST
11 PACKING SPRING 1
55102 ‡ INCONEL
12 PACKING KIT 1 85000
12A PACKING 1 55106 TFE
12B PACKING WASHER 1 55108 SST
12C PACKING SPACER 1 55110 SST
13 UPPER PACKING RETAINER 1 55104 316 SST
14A PACKING STUD 2 10182 SST
14B PACKING NUT 2 10184 SST
ROLL PIN 55114 SST
*15 1
DRIVE PIN 55116 ‡ 316 SST
VALVE BONNET, BELOW ANSI 1500 55118 55194 55284
16 1 WCC STL.
VALVE BONNET, ANSI 1500 55118 55196 55286
55120 55198 55288 304/GRF.
*17 BONNET GASKET 1
55122 55200 55290 ‡ INCONEL/GRF.
BONNET STUD, BELOW ANSI 1500 8 55124 55124 55292
18 B7
BONNET STUD, ANSI 1500 12 55124(8) 55202(8) 55202
BONNET NUT, BELOW ANSI 1500 8 55126 55126 55296
19 B7
BONNET NUT, ANSI 1500 12 55126(8) 55204(8) 55204
20 PACKING FLANGE 1 55128 316 SST
21 WIPER 1 55130 TFE
22 1/4" PIPE PLUG 1 55432 STEEL
‡ MEETS NACE SPECIFICATIONS
* INCLUDED IN REPAIR KIT
5500 PLUG CONTROL (PC) TRIM REPAIR KIT (INCLUDES: PLUG, SEAT, GASKETS, O-RING, PIN)
2" 3" 4"
MAT'L
1.5" PORT 2" PORT 2" PORT 3" PORT 3" PORT 4" PORT
316 85034 85036 85038 85040 85042 85044
316/TFEG 85046 85048 85050 85052 85054 85056
316 /CARBIDE 85058 85060 85062 85064 85066 85068
Page 11
Model 5500
1.3.3 Model 5500 Actuator – Reverse
18 21 12 29 30
19
14
17
20
26 16
15 27
24 28
8
10
6
25
5
23
2
11
1
9
7
3 4
13
Page 12
PART NUMBER
ITEM DESCRIPTION (TRIM SIZE) QTY. MAT'L.
#70 #120 #180
TRAVEL INDICATOR SCALE (.250"-1.00") 55305
TRAVEL INDICATOR SCALE (2.00") 55300
SST
1 TRAVEL INDICATOR SCALE (3.00") 1 55302
2 ROUND HEAD SCREW 2 33070 SST
3 HEX JAM NUT 2 55306 SST
4 HEX CAP SCREW 2 55321 SST
5 HEX JAM NUT 1 55348 55414 C. STL. PLTD
6 ACTUATOR SPRING ADJ. SCREW 1 55350 55416 C. STL.
7 TRAVEL INDICATOR 1 55312 55368 55570 SST
8 LOWER SPRING RETAINER 1 SEE SPRING CHART C. STL.
9 STEM CONNECTOR, 1 55320 55374 C. STL.
10 ACTUATOR SPRING 1 SEE SPRING CHART C. STL.
11 ACTUATOR STEM 1 55352 55418 55606 SST
12 HEX JAM NUT 1 55336 C. STL. PLTD
13 ACTUATOR YOKE 1 55354 55420 55598 DUCTILE IRON
14 MOLDED DIAPHRAGM 1 55360 55428 55573 NITRILE/NYLON
15 SPRING LOCK WASHER 8 51322 C. STL. PLTD
16 LOWER DIAPHRAGM HOUSING 1 55342 55396 55563 C. STL.
17 DIAPHRAGM HOUSING NUT (x) 51316 (12) 51316 (24) C. STL. PLTD
18 UPPER DIAPHRAGM HOUSING 1 55344 55398 55564 C. STL.
19 HEX CAP SCREW (x) 51314 (12) 51314 (24) C. STL. PLTD
20 DIAPHRAGM PLATE 1 55362 55400 55566 DUCTILE IRON
21 BREATHER PLUG 1 11002 55599 PLASTIC
23 RETAINER BEARING SPRING 1 55408 C. STL. PLTD
24 WASHER THRUST 1 55410 C. STL./MOLY
25 RING RETAINING 1 55412 C. STL. PLTD
26 HEX CAP SCREW 8 51314 70188 C. STL. PLTD
27 O-RING YOKE HOUSING 1 55358 55424 NITRILE
28 O-RING STEM 1 60078 55426 NITRILE
29 WASHER LOCK 3/4" 1 55430 C. STL. PLTD
30 WASHER BEARING 1 55356 C. STL.
Spring Chart
Spring
Spring Retainer
Body Plug Control Cage Control
Trim Size
Size #70 #120 #70 #120 #180 #70 (PC) #70 (CC) #120 #180
3-15 6-30 3-15 6-30 3-15 6-30 3-15 6-30 3-15 6-30 3-15 6-30 3-15 6-30 3-15 6-30 3-15 6-30
0.250" - 1.00" 55324 55318
2" 1.50" 55332 55718 55386 55719 55318
55322 55324 55376 55378 55314 55318 55318 55370
2.00" 55322 55324 55376 55378 55314
0.250" - 1.00" 55324 55318

1.50" 55322 55324 55376 55378 55314 55318
3"
2.00" 55322 55324 55376 55378 55314 55318
55326 55328 55380 55382 55314 55314 55370
3.00" 55326 55328 55380 55382 55314 55314
0.250" - 1.00" 55324 55318

1.50"
55322 55324 55376 55378 55314 55318
4" 2.00"
3.00" 55326 55328 55380 55382 55314 55314
55330 55332 55384 55386 55314 55318 55370
4.00" 55330 55332 55384 55386 55314 55318
4.00" 55384 55386 55716 55717

6" 55370
6.00" 55714 55715 55567 55568
Page 13
Model 5500
1.3.4 Model 5500 Actuator – Direct
18 22
19 14
20
17
16
21 12
10 26
25 15
13
24
5
23
11
6 9
4 3
1
Page 14
PART NUMBER
ITEM DESCRIPTION (TRIM SIZE) QTY. MAT'L.
#70 #120 #180
TRAVEL INDICATOR SCALE (.25"-1") 55305
TRAVEL INDICATOR SCALE (2") 55300
1 TRAVEL INDICATOR SCALE (3") 1 55302 SST
2 ROUND HEAD SCREW 2 33070 SST
3 HEX JAM NUT 2 55306 SST
4 HEX CAP SCREW 2 55321 SST
5 LOCK NUT 1 55308 55364 DUCTILE IRON
6 ACTUATOR SPRING ADJ. SCREW 1 55310 55366 C. STL.
7 TRAVEL INDICATOR 1 55312 55368 55570 SST
8 LOWER SPRING RETAINER 1 SEE SPRING CHART C. STL.
9 STEM CONNECTOR 1 55320 55374 C. STL.
10 ACTUATOR SPRING 1 SEE SPRING CHART C. STL.
11 ACTUATOR STEM 1 55334 55388 55565 SST
12 HEX JAM NUT 1 55336 55390 C. STL. PLTD
13 ACTUATOR YOKE 1 55338 55392 55554 DUCTILE IRON
14 MOLDED DIAPHRAGM 1 55340 55394 55574 NITRILE/NYLON
15 SPRING LOCK WASHER 8 51322 C. STL. PLTD
16 LOWER DIAPHRAGM HOUSING 1 55342 55396 55563 C. STL.
17 DIAPHRAGM HOUSING NUT (x) 51316 (12) 51316 (24) C. STL. PLTD
18 UPPER DIAPHRAGM HOUSING 1 55344 55398 55564 C. STL.
19 HEX CAP SCREW (x) 51314 (20) 51314 (24) C. STL. PLTD
20 DIAPHRAGM PLATE 1 55346 55400 55566 WCC
21 BREATHER PLUG 1 11002 55599 PLASTIC
UPPER SPRING GUIDE, 3-15 PSI 55404
22 1 STEEL PLTD
UPPER SPRING GUIDE, 6-30 PSI 55406
23 SPRING BEARING RETAINER 1 55408 C.S.
24 THRUST WASHER 1 55410 C. STL./MOLY
25 SNAP RING 1 55412 STEEL PLTD
26 HEX CAP SCREW 8 51314 70188 C. STL. PLTD
Spring Chart
Spring
Spring Retainer
Body Plug Control Cage Control
Trim Size
Size #70 #120 #70 #120 #180 #70 (PC) #70 (CC) #120 #180
3-15 6-30 3-15 6-30 3-15 6-30 3-15 6-30 3-15 6-30 3-15 6-30 3-15 6-30 3-15 6-30 3-15 6-30
0.250" - 1.00" 55324 55318
2" 1.50" 55332 55718 55386 55719 55318
55322 55324 55376 55378 55314 55318 55318 55370
2.00" 55322 55324 55376 55378 55314
0.250" - 1.00" 55324 55318

1.50" 55322 55324 55376 55378 55314 55318
3"
2.00" 55322 55324 55376 55378 55314 55318
55326 55328 55380 55382 55314 55314 55370
3.00" 55326 55328 55380 55382 55314 55314
0.250" - 1.00" 55324 55318

1.50"
55322 55324 55376 55378 55314 55318
4" 2.00"
3.00" 55326 55328 55380 55382 55314 55314
55330 55332 55384 55386 55314 55318 55370
4.00" 55330 55332 55384 55386 55314 55318
4.00" 55384 55386 55716 55717

6" 55370
6.00" 55714 55715 55567 55568
Page 15
Model 5500
1.4 Dimensions
Valve Body Dimensions, inches (mm)

2” 3” 4” 6”
Body End
Connection
Style A B C A B C A B C A B C
Max. Max. Max. Max.
11.25
FNPT
(286)
11.25
BWE
(286)
11.25
SWE
(286)
10.00 11.75 13.88 17.75
150# RF
(254) (298) (352) (451)
10.50 12.50 14.50 18.62
300# RF
(266) (317) (368) (473) 10.50 12.63
11.25 5.38 9.00 13.25 15.50 20.00 (267) (321)
600# RF
(286) (136) (228) (336) (393) (508)
11.38 13.38 15.62 20.12
600# RTJ
(289) (339) 6.75 9.25 (397) 7.75 10.12 (511)
14.75 15.50 (171) (235) 17.00 (197) (257)
900# RF
(374) (393) (431)
14.88 15.62 17.12
900# RTJ
(378) (397) (435)
14.75 18.12 20.88
1500# RF
(374) (460) (530)
14.88 18.25 21.00
1500# RTJ
(378) (463) (533)
Actuator Dimensions, inches (mm)

D
Actuator Size E Boss Size
Direct Reverse
No. 70 24.12 (612) 23.88 (606) 12.50 (317) 2.81 (71)
No. 120 29.50 (749) 31.38 (796) 16.75 (425) 2.81 (71)
No. 180 30.12 (765) 32.12 (816) 20.50 (521) 2.81 (71) 3.50 (89)
Page 16
2.0 INSTALLATION
WARNING: Personal injury or equipment damage caused by sudden release of pressure

may result if the valve is installed where service conditions cound exceed valve limits.
CAUTION: When ordered, the valve configuration and construction materials were selected
to meet particular pressure, temperature, and controlled fluid conditions, especially since
some primary plug/cage material combinations are limited in service temperature ranges due
to differences in thermal expansion rates. Do not apply any other conditions to the valve
without first contacting your Mallard sales representative.
1. Prior to valve installation, inspect it for damages which might have occurred during shipment and handling.
Remove any items covering the process connections of the valve. Inspect the inlet and outlet connections to
assure that no debris has become lodged inside the valve. Clean out all pipelines to remove scale, welding
slag, and other foreign materials.
2. Unless limited by seismic criteria, the control valve can be installed in any position. The normal method is with
the actuator vertical above the body. Size 180 actuators mounted within 45° of horizontal should be supported.
If forces other than normal gravitational forces are experienced, smaller size actuators may also need to be
supported when they are not in a vertical position.
3. Flow through the body must be in the direction indicated by the flow arrow on the valve body.
4. Install valve using good piping practices. Do not install the valve in a system were the working pressure might
exceed the class rating marked on the nameplate.
WARNING: Working pressure of control valve body does not necessarily reflect the
shut-off pressure of which the actuator is capable. Check actuator shut-off charts or call
the factory.
5. Connect instrument air to the actuator. Keep the length of tubing or piping as short as possible to avoid
transmission lag in the control signal. If other devices are installed (i.e., volume booster, valve positioner, etc.),
be sure that the device(s) is properly connected to the actuator.
6. Adjust spring load if necessary.
Reverse (Fail Close) Actuators: To increase shut-off capability, increase spring pre-load by turning spring
adjusting screw clockwise. To decrease spring pre-load, turn spring adjusting screw counter-clockwise.
Direct (Fail Open) Actuators: To increase opening capability, increase spring pre-load by turning spring
adjusting nut clockwise. To decrease spring pre-load, turn spring adjusting nut counter-clockwise.
Page 17
Model 5500
3.0 MAINTENANCE
Valve parts are subject to normal wear and must be inspected and replaced as necessary. Inspection and
maintenance frequency depends on the severity of service conditions. This section includes instructions for packing
replacement, trim replacement, and lapping the metal seat.
3.1 Packing Replacement
WARNING: System pressure must be bled off to 0 psig or the valve must be isolated with
the pressure bled off prior to any maintenance involving disassembly of the valve or valve
actuator.
For spring-loaded TFE V-ring packing, the packing flange nuts are to be tightened until the shoulder on the
packing follower contacts the bonnet. If there is still undesirable packing leakage, replace the packing
following the numbered steps below.
If there is undesirable packing leakage with other than spring-loaded packing, first try to limit the leakage
and establish a stem seal by tightening the packing flange nuts to at least the minimum recommended
torque in table 4. However, do not exceed the maximum recommended torque in table 4, or excessive
friction may result. If the packing is relatively new and tight on the stem and tightening the packing flange
nut does not stop the leakage, it is possible that the valve stem is worn or nicked so that a seal cannot be
made. It the leakage comes from the outside diameter of the packing, it is possible that the leakage is
caused by nicks or scratches around the packing box wall. While replacing the packing following the
numbered steps below, inspect the valve stem and packing box wall for nicks and scratches.
1. Exhaust all actuator pressure and disconnect the actuator supply. Remove the cap screws in the
stem connector and separate the two halves of the stem connector.
2. Remove the yoke nut, then remove the actuator from the valve bonnet. Loosen the packing flange
nuts so that the packing is not tight on the valve stem.
3. Unscrew the bonnet nuts and carefully lift the bonnet off the valve stem. If the valve plug and stem
start to lift with the bonnet, use a brass or lead hammer on the end of the stem to tap it back down.
Set the bonnet on a wooden or cardboard surface to avoid damage to gasket surfaces.
4. Remove all gaskets.
5. Cover the valve body to protect the gasket surface and prevent foreign material from getting into
the valve body cavity.
6. Remove the packing flange nuts, packing flange, wiper, and packing follower. Carefully push out
all the remaining packing parts from the body side of the bonnet using a rounded rod or other tool
that will not scratch the packing box wall. Clean all parts carefully, inspecting for damage. Inspect
valve stem threads for any sharp edges that might cut the packing. Use emory cloth to smooth the
threads, if necessary.
7. Remove the cover protecting the body cavity and install new gaskets. Slide the bonnet over the
valve stem and onto the stud bolts.
8. Lubricate the stud bolt threads and the faces of the hex nuts with a suitable lubricant. Tighten the
hex evenly with a crisscross pattern to the torque recommended in table 4.
9. Install new packing and the metal packing box parts. Slip a smooth-edged pipe over the valve
stem and gently tap each soft packing part into the packing box, being sure that air is not trapped
between adjacent soft parts.
10. Slide the packing follower, wiper, and packing flange into position. Lubricate the packing flange
studs and the faces of the packing flange nuts and tighten into place. For TFE V-ring packing,
tighten packing flange nuts until the shoulder on the packing follower contacts the bonnet.
CAUTION: Do not clamp just the tip of either the valve stem or the actuator stem in the
stem connector. Incomplete engagement of both valve stem and actuator stem in the stem
connector may result in stripped threads or improper operation. Be sure that the length of each
stem clamped in the stem connector is equal to or greater than the diameter of that stem.
11. Mount the actuator on the valve body assembly and reconnect the actuator and valve stem.
Page 18
12. Align the travel indicator scale to show valve position.
3.2 Trim Replacement
actuator.
1. Exhaust all actuator pressure and disconnect the actuator supply.

2. Unscrew the bonnet nuts and carefully lift the actuator and bonnet off the valve stem.
3. Pull the seat and gasket out of seat pocket and lift out of valve body.
4. Clean seat pocket in valve body as required.
5. Insert new Seat and gasket.
6. To disassemble the plug from the stem, drive the retaining pin out of valve plug and unscrew the plug
from the valve stem.
7. Slide the plug from the cage.
8. Install new plug bushing, O-ring and back-up Ring on new valve plug.
9. Slide new plug into the cage.
10. Place new cage (or guide) gasket onto the cage (or guide, for plug control).
11. Screw new plug onto the valve stem until pinning holes line up and drive new retaining pin into place.
12. Reinstall actuator assembly by sliding the bonnet over the valve stem and onto the stud bolts, making
sure the bonnet is aligned correctly with the body..
13. Lubricate the stud bolt threads and the faces of the hex nuts with a suitable lubricant. Tighten the hex
evenly with a crisscross pattern to the torque recommended in table 4.
14. Reconnect instrument air supply to actuator.
15. Adjust actuator spring as outlined in Step 6 of Section 2.0, “Installation”.
Table 4. Recommended Body-to-Bonnet Bolt Torque (Foot Pounds)
ANSI Pressure Class

Valve Size
150 300 600 900 1500
Stud Size 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75
2”
Torque 75 80 80 175 175
Stud Size 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 1.00
3”
Torque 90 90 90 140 275
Stud Size 0.88 0.88 0.88 0.88 1.00
4”
Torque 145 145 145 225 288
Stud Size 0.88 0.88 0.88 --- ---
6”
Torque 145 145 145 --- ---
3.3 Actuator Diaphragm Replacement
actuator.
1. Remove air supply from actuator.

2. Relieve all spring compression.
3. Remove screws and nuts around diaphragm housing.
4. Remove upper diaphragm housing.
5. If direct-acting, remove actuator diaphragm and replace with new diaphragm.
6. If reverse-acting, remove diaphragm plate nut and/or diaphragm plate. Remove actuator diaphragm
and replace with new diaphragm.
7. Reassemble actuator by reversing steps 1-4.
3.4 Preventive Maintenance
The following preventative maintenance should be performed periodically as dictated by the severity of the
application or by maintenance schedule.
Page 19
Model 5500
3.4.1 Valve Body

The internal valve body should be inspected every time trim is replaced, packing is changed, or
the actuator is worked on. Under normal operating conditions the valve body should show no signs
of wear. If wear is noticed within the valve body from high pressure drops, abrasive flows, or
chemical corrosion, the valve body should be replaced to assure safety during valve operation.
3.4.2 Valve Trim

Check the valve plug and seat for wear that might be caused by high pressure drops, abrasives in
the media, or corrosion. If signs of wear are present, then trim replacement is recommended for
optimum valve performance.
3.4.3 Packing
Check the “weep” hole in the bonnet for discharge. Discharge is a sign of packing leakage. If
discharge is present then packing replacement is recommended.
3.4.4 Actuator Assembly

Visually inspect the actuator operation of the valve by observing the travel indicator while the valve
is stoking for a smooth, consistent movement. Jerking type movements may indicate a problem
within the valve. De-pressurize the valve and inspect it internally.
Listen for a “hissing” sound during operation. This may indicate a worn seal or diaphragm. Replace
any worn seal or diaphragm.
3.5 Troubleshooting
Problem Possible Cause Fix

Valve leaks excessively when Reverse Acting: Actuator spring Reverse Actuator: Increase actuator
closed (Section 1.2 defines the load not sufficient. spring pre-load.
Model 5500 leakage rates. Refer
to ANSI / FCI 70-2-1976 for Direct Acting: Inadequate air Direct Acting: Increase air supply
control valve allowable leakage supply pressure. pressure but do not exceed
classifications.) maximum rating on nameplate.
Debris between the plug and seat Remove debris.

preventing tight shut-off.
Plug and seat are not sealing. Re-lap trim.
Plug and seat are worn out. Replace trim.
Actuator force not enough for Consult factory or local

shut-off (actuator to small). representative for proper actuator
sizing.
Valve will not open Reverse Acting: Not receiving air Check air supply source and
supply. tubing to the actuator connection.
Reverse Acting: To much spring Decrease spring pre-load by

pre-load. turning adjusting screw counter-
clockwise.
Direct Acting: Inadequate spring Increase spring pre-load by turning

pre-load. adjusting nut clockwise.
Debris lodged behind valve plug. Remove debris.

Discharge evident from bonnet Packing is worn. Replace packing.
“weep” hole.
Supply air leaking out of breather Diaphragm is worn out or torn. Replace diaphragm.
plug during operation.
Page 20
I. O. & M. Manual
Installation
Operation
Maintenance
.187 and .250 Orifice

Valves and Manifolds with
Pressure-Core™ or O-Ring
Stem Seal
Form IOM-VMPC, Revision 01

Apr. 2003 PGI International
Excellence Through Innovation
16101 Vallen Drive Houston, Texas 77041
(713) 466-0056 (800) 231-0233 Fax: (800) 568-9228

Apr. 2003
1 of 13
I. I. O. & M. INSTRUCTIONS
For .187 and .250 Orifice Valves and Manifolds
with Pressure-Core™ or O-Ring Stem Seal
1.0 INTRODUCTION
This valve/manifold is supplied with either a soft seat or a hard seat sealing option.
Also, an optional Pressure-Core™ or O-Ring seal is available. These stem seals
require no adjustment and are positioned below the threads for long service life.
2.0 INSTALLATION
2.1 Remove the valve/manifold from the shipping box and check the body stamping
for correct part or identification number.
2.2 Prior to valve/manifold installation, check the piping to which the valve or
manifold is to be connected for cleanliness and remove any foreign debris.
2.3 Thread Valve Installation
2.3.1 All pipe or fitting connections must be made tight. NPT pipe joints depend
on a good, smooth engagement between the male and female pipe threads,
usually with the use of a thread sealant. Typically, Grafoil tape is used in
high temperature applications. For low temperature applications, Teflon
tape or other standard pipe thread sealants may be used.
2.3.2 Check the threads on both the valve/manifold and the mating pipe for
cleanliness.
2.3.3 Do not use excessive wrenching force on an NPT pipe joint. Refer to the
chart below for the proper torque for your NPT pipe connection fitting.
PIPE OR TUBE TIGHTENING TORQUE
ANSI/ASME B1.20.1 INCH-POUNDS FOOT-POUNDS METER-NEWTONS
NOMINAL INCH IN-LBS FT-LBS M-N
1/4 600 50 68
3/8 700 58 79
1/2 850 71 96
3/4 1,000 83 113
1 1,200 100 136
3.0 OPERATION
3.1 Hand valves which have been reasonably matched to a typical service application
and properly installed in its piping system can be expected to have a long service
life with minimum attention. However, valves have moving and wearing parts and
depend on long term preservation of highly finished surfaces on certain working
parts for satisfactory performance.
3.2 The handle of the valve has been designed to provide an adequate seating force to
seal the valve against the maximum pressure of the valve without the use of
additional mechanical advantage. The use of a “cheater” to operate the valve is
not necessary, not recommended, and can cause valve damage.
3.3 All valves have rising stems with right-hand thread. Rotate the handle counter-
clockwise to open and clockwise to close.
Apr. 2003
2 of 13
I. I. O. & M. INSTRUCTIONS
3.0 OPERATION (cont’d)
3.4 Valves with rising stems are provided with a backseat. The backseat is a
shoulder on the stem or other part of the stem-disk assembly which engages a
corresponding seat shoulder on the inside of the bonnet.
It has become generally recognized that the use of the stem backseat for stem
sealing may mask unsatisfactory condition of the stem seal. For this reason, the
use of the backseat for normal operation stem sealing is NOT recommended.
The backseat in rising stem valves should be regarded simply as a “stop” to
prevent overtravel when opening the valves. Normal practice should be to
unseat the backseat slightly.
If it is necessary to use the backseat for stem sealing, it should be recognized that
backseats are usually smaller than the main seat and care should be taken to
avoid applying excessive stem force in backseating.
4.0 VALVE / MANIFOLD MAINTENANCE

4.1 The important performance parameters are “pressure boundary integrity”,
“actuating force required”, and “internal leak tightness”. Maintenance should
logically address the importance of preserving these performance parameters.
4.2 Valves which remain in one position for long periods of time may be subject to
some loss of operability due to the loss of effective lubricants in threads, aging
of packing surface, corrosion of moving parts, or accumulation of harmful
solids. In some applications, it may be desirable to schedule periodic partial or
full cycle operation of those valves.
4.3 Pressure-Core™ and O-Ring Stem Seals require no adjustment and are not field
serviceable. Should leakage occur, the entire bonnet assembly must be replaced.
4.4 Pressure-Core™ and O-Ring Bonnet Assembly Replacement Instructions
CAUTION
REMOVE ALL PRESSURE FROM
THE VALVE BEFORE SERVICING.
Refer to Section III, beginning on page 5, for BONNET ASSEMBLY
REPLACEMENT INSTRUCTIONS.
4.5 Soft Seat Replacement Instructions
CAUTION
REMOVE ALL PRESSURE FROM
THE VALVE BEFORE SERVICING.
Refer to Section IV, beginning on page 9, for SOFT SEAT REPLACEMENT
INSTRUCTIONS.
5.0 POST ASSEMBLY INSPECTION
Turn the handle to fully open and close the valve. Check for binding, rubbing or
any resistance to smooth operation.

Apr. 2003
3 of 13
II. REPLACEMENT PARTS
A. Manifold Flange Seal Kits
Part Number Description Material
P5-018-R0 Manifold Flange Seal Teflon®
P5-018-R1 Manifold Flange Seal Grafoil®
B. .187” Orifices
SEATS
Part Number Description
SP3-003-R1 Kel-F® Cone Seat
SP3-003-R2 PEEK® Cone Seat
SP3-003-R3 Teflon® Cone Seat
SP3-003-R4 Delrin® Cone Seat
SP3-003-R9 Tefzel Cone Seat
BONNET ASSEMBLIES
Part Number Stem Seal Seat Bonnet Material
®
SAV100CCV Viton
SAV100CCT Teflon® Pressure-Core™ Carbide Ball Carbon Steel
®
SAV100CCJ Low Temp Teflon Pressure-Core™
SAV100SCV Viton®
SAV100SCT Teflon® Pressure-Core™ Carbide Ball 316 SS
SAV100SCJ Low Temp Teflon® Pressure-Core™
SAV101C-V Viton®
SAV101C-T Teflon® Pressure-Core™ Soft Cone Carbon Steel
®
SAV101C-J Low Temp Teflon Pressure-Core™
SAV101S-V Viton®
® Soft Cone 316 SS
SAV101S-T Teflon Pressure-Core™
C. .250” Orifices
SEATS
Part Number Description
SP3-012-R4 Delrin® Cone Seat
SP3-012-R1 Kel-F® Cone Seat
SP3-012-R2 PEEK® Cone Seat
PRESSURE-CORE™ BONNET ASSEMBLIES

Part Number Stem Seal Seat Bonnet Material
®
SAV123C-T-HH Teflon Pressure-Core™
Soft Cone Carbon Steel
SAV123C-J-HH Low Temp Teflon® Pressure-Core™
SAV123S-T-HH Teflon® Pressure-Core™
Soft Cone 316 SS
SAV123S-J-HH Low Temp Teflon® Pressure-Core™

Apr. 2003
4 of 13
III. HARD SEAT BONNET
REPLACEMENT INSTRUCTIONS
.187 AND .250 ORIFICE VALVES WITH

PRESSURE-CORE™ or O-RING STEM SEAL
HARD SEAT OPTION
O-RING PRESSURE-CORE
STEM SEAL STEM SEAL
Bonnet
Handle Assembly
Viton O-Ring Stem Seal Stem
(Optional)
Lock Plate Assembly
Lock Pin 300 Series SS (Optional)
(Standard) Pressure-Core Stem Seal
Ball Seat (Standard)
Seal Retainer
Valve / Manifold Body
Flow

Apr. 2003
5 of 13
CAUTION
Remove all pressure from the valve or
manifold before servicing. Failure to do so
could result in serious injury or death.
NOTE: Pressure-Core™ and O-Ring Stem Seals require no adjustment and are not field
serviceable. Should leakage occur, the entire Bonnet Assembly must be replaced.
Tools Needed: 3/4” Open-End Wrench 9/64” Allen wrench Vise Grips
Small, Flat Blade Screwdriver 1/4” Punch Hammer
1. After removing all pressure from the 2. Place the Vise Grips over the Lock Pin,
valve or manifold, turn the Handle as shown, and pull the pin upward
Assembly counter-clockwise until the while rocking the pin back and forth.
valve is fully open. This MUST be
done prior to bonnet assembly and IMPORTANT
disassembly. The used Lock Pin must be discarded.
3. Place the 3/4” open-end wrench on the Bonnet Body and remove the Bonnet Assembly
from the valve/manifold by turning counter-clockwise.

Apr. 2003
6 of 13
4. Clean and inspect the threads on the 6. Lightly lubricate the replacement
replacement Bonnet Assembly and Bonnet threads with a Nickel-based
inside the valve/manifold seat pocket. Anti-Seize.
Lightly Lubricate
Bonnet Threads
Clean and
Inspect Threads
7. Install the replacement Bonnet Assembly
into the valve/manifold and torque to
CAUTION
30/35 ft.-lbs.
If the Bonnet or seat pocket threads
appear damaged or corroded, DO See NOTE below for
NOT try to repair the valve or put it torque approximation
back in service.
5. CAUTION
Make sure the stem of the
replacement Bonnet Assembly is fully
opened (turned counter-clockwise)
prior to installation to your valve/ As you approach the desired torque, align
manifold. Failure to do so could one of the hex flats on the Bonnet Body to
damage the seat and/or the bonnet. permit the Lock Pin to be installed.
Stem end
should be only
slightly beyond Lock Pin Hole
bonnet body
when the stem
is fully open.
NOTE
A solid pull-down with a 6” long,
open-end wrench by hand, with
no cheater devices, will
approximate the required torque.

Apr. 2003
7 of 13
8. Turn the Handle Assembly clockwise until the valve is
fully closed; hand-tight only.
9. Pressurize the system and check for leaks. If leakage appears around the seat pocket, be
sure the Bonnet Assembly has been tightened to 30/35 ft.-lbs.
10. Once no leakage is detected, insert a new Lock Pin into the Lock Pin Hole and, using the
1/4” punch and hammer, drive the Pin to the bottom of the hole.
IMPORTANT!
Never reuse an old Lock Pin.
Be sure the Lock Pin is driven to the
bottom of the hole.
11. Your valve/manifold is now ready for normal operation. Place the Stem in the desired
operating position.

Apr. 2003
8 of 13
IV. SOFT SEAT & BONNET
.187 AND .250 ORIFICE VALVES WITH

PRESSURE-CORE™ or O-RING STEM SEAL
SOFT SEAT OPTION
O-RING PRESSURE-CORE
STEM SEAL STEM SEAL
Bonnet Handle Assembly

Viton O-Ring Stem Seal Stem
(Optional) Lock Plate Assembly
(Optional)
Lock Pin 300 Series SS
(Standard) Pressure-Core Stem Seal
(Standard)
Soft Seat
Seal Retainer
Valve / Manifold Body
Flow

Apr. 2003
9 of 13
CAUTION
Remove all pressure from the valve or
manifold before servicing. Failure to do so
could result in serious injury or death.
NOTE: Pressure-Core™ and O-Ring Stem Seals require no adjustment and are not field
serviceable. Should leakage occur, the entire Bonnet Assembly must be replaced.
Tools Needed: 3/4” Open-End Wrench 9/64” Allen wrench Vise Grips
Small, Flat Blade Screwdriver 1/4” Punch Hammer
1. After removing all pressure from the 2. Place the Vise Grips over the Lock Pin,
valve or manifold, turn the Handle as shown, and pull the pin upward
Assembly counter-clockwise until the while rocking the pin back and forth.
valve is fully open. This MUST be
done prior to bonnet assembly and IMPORTANT
disassembly. The used Lock Pin must be discarded.
Handle Assembly
3. Place the 3/4” open-end wrench on the Bonnet Body and remove the Bonnet Assembly
from the valve/manifold by turning counter-clockwise.

Apr. 2003
10 of 13
4. Each time the Bonnet Assembly is 7. Inspect the cone seat for gouges,
replaced, it is mandatory to inspect scratches, etc.
the condition of the cone seat.
To minimize downtime, any seats
showing signs of wear and tear should be
5. To inspect the cone seat, place an Allen
replaced.
Wrench (or a small screwdriver) into
the through hole, as shown below, and
strike the wrench with the palm of your 8. Lightly lubricate the cone seat to be
hand, as indicated. installed with a silicone based lubricant.
9. Align the through holes in the cone seat

with the line of flow in the valve or
manifold body and guide seat into the
Pocket with an Allen Wrench or small
screwdriver.
Through Hole Line of flow
6. Clean and inspect the seat pocket and

threads in the valve/manifold body and
on the Bonnet Assembly.
Clean and Inspect
Threads & Seat Pocket
10. Once the cone seat is aligned with the

line of flow, use the tip of your finger
to press the seat downward.
DO NOT USE HARD
OBJECTS TO DRIVE THE
SEAT DOWNWARD.
The use of such objects may cause

damage to the pocket seal surface.
CAUTION The cone seat will become fully seated
If the Bonnet or seat pocket when the Bonnet Assembly is installed
threads appear damaged or to the valve/manifold.
corroded, DO NOT try to repair
the valve or put it back in service.

Apr. 2003
11 of 13
11. Make sure the Bonnet Assembly to be “CLOSED” Position “OPEN” Position
installed is in the “OPEN” position prior to
installation (turned counter-clockwise).
12. Lightly lubricate the Bonnet threads and the Lubricate Threads
Seal Lip with Nickel-based Anti-Seize. and Seal Lip
13. Install the Bonnet Assembly into the valve/ See NOTE below for
manifold and torque to 30/35 ft.-lbs. torque approximation
As you approach the desired torque, align one of the hex flats
on the Bonnet Body to permit the Lock Pin to be installed.
Lock Pin Hole
NOTE
A solid pull-down with a 6” long,
open-end wrench by hand, with
no cheater devices, will
approximate the required torque.

Apr. 2003
12 of 13
14. Turn the Handle Assembly clockwise until the valve is
fully closed; hand-tight only.
15. Pressurize the system and check for leaks. If leakage appears around the seat pocket, be
sure the Bonnet Assembly has been tightened to 30/35 ft.-lbs.
16. Once no leakage is detected, insert a new Lock Pin into the Lock Pin Hole and, using the
1/4” punch and hammer, drive the Pin to the bottom of the hole.
IMPORTANT!
Never reuse an old Lock Pin.
Be sure the Lock Pin is driven to the
bottom of the hole.
17. Your valve/manifold is now ready for normal operation. Place the Stem in the desired
operating position.

Apr. 2003
13 of 13
Quality Products at a Value Price
ISO 9001:2000 Certified Quality System
16101 Vallen Drive ▪ Houston, Texas 77041 USA

713-466-0056 ▪ 800.231.0233
www.pgiint.com ▪ sales@pgiint.com
LS-050508-Rev3
Table of Contents
Model Number Index Single & Dual Static Pressure Instrument
1 Cross reference of model/page numbers Manifolds
table of contents Warranty, Sales Policy & Mfg Standards
27 Hard Seat - .187" Orifice
3 Product Warranty, Sales Policy, Special

2 - Valve Static Pressure M-800 Series
Orders, Oxygen/Chlorine Service and
Manifolds
Manufacturing Standards Overview
28 Hard Seat - .125" Orifice NPT x Flange
Miniature "Mini" Valves
2 - Valve Block & Bleed Static Pressure
4 Soft & Metal Seat - .136" Orifice
Manifolds
29 Hard & Soft Seat - .136" Orifice NPT X NPT
Instrument Needle Valves 30 Hard Seat - .187" Orifice NPT x NPT
5 Soft Seat - .187" Orifice 31 Soft Seat - .187" Orifice NPT x NPT
6 Hard Seat - .187" Orifice 32 Hard Seat - .187" Orifice NPT x Flange
33 Soft Seat - .187" Orifice NPT x Flange
Instrument Needle Valves—90º Angle Style 34 Hard Seat - .187" Orifice Flange x Flange
7 Soft Seat - .187" Orifice 35 Hard Seat - .187" Orifice Flange x Flange
3–Valve Differential Pressure Miniature
Instrument Needle Valves Manifolds
9 Soft Seat - .375" Orifice 36 Soft & Metal Seat .136" Orifice
3–Valve Differential Pressure M-800
Multi-Port Gauge Valves Series Manifolds
11 Soft Seat - .187" Orifice 37 Hard Seat - .125" Orifice
13 Soft Seat - .375" Orifice 3-Valve Differential Pressure Manifolds
14 Hard Seat - .375" Orifice 38 Hard Seat - .187" Orifice
Bleeder Screw Gauge Valves 40 Soft Seat - .187" Orifice
15 Hard Seat - .187" Orifice 41 Soft Seat - .375" Orifice
16 Soft Seat - .187" Orifice
5-Valve Differential Pressure Wafer Style
Series Manifolds (Natural Gas Pattern)
Bleeder Plugs and Valves 42 Hard Seat - .125" Orifice NPT x Flange
17 Bleeder Plugs
18 Bleed "T" Valves
5-Valve Differential Pressure M-800
Gauge Siphons & Swivels Series Manifolds (Power Pattern)
19 Gauge Siphons 43 Hard Seat - .125" Orifice NPT x Flange
19 Gauge Siphons with Excess Flow Check
19 Gauge Siphons with Excess Flow Check 5-Valve Differential Pressure Manifolds
and Swivels 44 Soft Seat - .187" Orifice
19 Gauge Swivel 45 Hard Seat - .187" Orifice
5-Valve Wide Pattern Differential

Block & Bleed Static Pressure Manifolds
Pressure Manifolds
20 Hard Seat – .187" Orifice
Bracket Mount Block & Bleed
Static Pressure Manifolds 5-Valve 90º Angle and Compact Design
21 Hard Seat – .187" Orifice Differential Pressure Manifolds
Stabilized Block & Bleed
Static Pressure Manifolds Lone Star Specifications
22 Hard Seat - .187" Orifice 49 Lone Star Options
50 Lone Star Options (continued)
3– or 5– Valve Chart Recorder/Meter 51 OS & Y Teflon Packed Bonnet Design
Manifolds 52 Teflon Packed Bonnet Design
23 Soft Seat - .187" Orifice NPT X Flange .136" .187" .375" Orifice
53 Viton O-Ring Bonnet Design
.136" .187" .375" Orifice
Meter & Equalizer Manifolds 54 Lone Star Valve Seats & Packing Designs
24 Soft Seat - .187" Orifice 55 Lone Star Spare Parts
Liquid Level Manifolds Additional PGI International Product Offerings

25 Hard Seat - .187" Orifice 56 PGI Instrument Valves, Fugitive Emission
26 Soft Seat - .187" Orifice Valves & Manifolds, PGI Instrument
Manifolds, Pulsation Testing, Engineered
Products, ThermoElectric Battery Chargers,
ThermoSync Temperature Measurement
Model Number Index
Model Number Page Model Number Page
model no. index BV10N2

BV10N4
B8-597
B8-598
A7-507
Bleeder Plugs
Bleeder Plugs
Bleed “T” Valves
Bleed “T” Valves
Gauge Siphons & Swivels
17
17
18
18
19
M-657
M-658
M-675
Soft Seat Liquid Level Manifolds
Hard Seat Liquid Level Manifolds
Soft Seat 5-Valve Wide-Pattern Differential
Pressure Manifolds
26
25
46
M-698 Hard Seat Single & Dual Static Pressure
A7-508 Gauge Siphons & Swivels 19 Instrument Manifolds 27
A7-509 Gauge Siphons & Swivels 19 M-715 Hard Seat Flange x Flange 2-Valve
A7-520 Bleeder Plugs 17 Block & Bleed Static Pressure Manifolds 35
A7-521 Bleeder Plugs 17 M-716 Hard Seat Flange x Flange 2–Valve
A7-522 Gauge Siphons & Swivels 19 Block & Bleed Static Pressure Manifolds 34
A7-524 Gauge Siphons & Swivels 19 M-717 Hard Seat Flange x Flange 2-Valve
A7-526 Bleeder Plugs 17 M-718 Hard Seat Flange x Flange 2-Valve
A7-529 Bleeder Plugs 17 M-741 Soft Seat 5-Valve Differential Pressure
A7-530 Gauge Siphons & Swivels 19 Manifolds 44
M-500 Hard Seat 3-Valve Differential Pressure M-750 Hard Seat 3-Valve Differential Pressure
Manifolds 38 Manifolds 38
M-501 Soft Seat 3-Valve Differential Pressure M-751 Soft Seat 3-Valve Differential Pressure
M-502 Hard Seat 5-Valve Differential Pressure M-752 Hard Seat 5-Valve Differential Pressure
M-505 Soft Seat 1/2” FNPT x Flange 3 or 5 M-756 Hard Seat 1/2” FNPT x Flange 5-Valve
Valve Chart Recorder/ Meter Manifolds 23 Differential Pressure Wafer Style Series
M-506 Soft & Metal Seat 3-Valve Differential Manifolds (Natural Gas Pattern) 42
Pressure Miniature Manifolds 36 M-757 Soft Seat Liquid Level Manifolds 26
M-507 Hard & Soft Seat 1/2” NPT x 1/2” NPT M-758 Hard Seat Liquid Level Manifolds 25
2-Valve Block & Bleed Static Pressure M-775 Soft Seat 5-Valve Wide-Pattern Differential
Manifolds 29 Pressure Manifolds 46
M-508 Hard & Soft Seat 1/4” NPT x 1/4” NPT M-806 Hard Seat 1/2” FNPT x Flange 3-Valve
2-Valve Block & Bleed Static Pressure Differential Pressure M-800 Series
M-509 Soft Seat Meter & Equalizer Manifolds 24 M-814 Hard Seat 1/2” FNPT x Flange 3-Valve
M-517 Soft Seat 1/2” FNPT x 1/2” FNPT Differential Pressure M-800 Series
2-Valve Block & Bleed Static Pressure Manifolds 37
Manifolds 31 M-818 Hard Seat 1/2” FNPT x Flange 5-Valve
M-518 Hard Seat 1/2” FNPT x 1/2” FNPT Differential Pressure M-800 Series
2-Valve Block & Bleed Static Pressure Manifolds 43
Manifolds 30 M-820 Hard Seat 1/2” FNPT x Flange 3-Valve
M-575 Soft Seat 5-Valve Wide-Pattern Differential Differential Pressure M-800 Series
Pressure Manifolds 46 Manifolds 37
M-576 Hard Seat 1/2” FNPT x Flange 5-Valve M-822 Hard Seat 1/2” FNPT x Flange 2-Valve
Differential Pressure Wafer Style Series Static Pressure M-800 Series Manifolds 28
Manifolds (Natural Gas Pattern) 42 M3-500 Hard Seat 3-Valve Differential Pressure
M-581 Soft Seat Meter & Equalizer Manifolds 24 Manifolds 39
M-598 Hard Seat Single & Dual Static Pressure M3-551 Soft Seat 3-Valve Differential Pressure
Instrument Manifolds 27 Manifolds 41
M-615 Soft Seat 1/2” FNPT x Flange 2–Valve M3-575 Soft Seat 5-Valve Wide-Pattern Differential
Block & Bleed Static Pressure Manifolds 33 Pressure Manifolds 47
M-616 Hard Seat 1/2” FNPT x Flange 2–Valve M3-650 Hard Seat 3-Valve Differential Pressure
Block & Bleed Static Pressure Manifolds 32 Manifolds 39
M-617 Soft Seat 1/2” FNPT x Flange 2–Valve M3-651 Soft Seat 3-Valve Differential Pressure
Block & Bleed Static Pressure Manifolds 33 Manifolds 41
M-618 Hard Seat 1/2” FNPT x Flange 2–Valve M3-675 Soft Seat 5-Valve Wide-Pattern Differential
Block & Bleed Static Pressure Manifolds 32 Pressure Manifolds 47
M-641 Soft Seat 5-Valve Differential Pressure M3-750 Hard Seat 3-Valve Differential Pressure
M-650 Hard Seat 3-Valve Differential Pressure M3-751 Soft Seat 3-Valve Differential Pressure
M-651 Soft Seat 3-Valve Differential Pressure M3-775 Soft Seat 5-Valve Wide-Pattern Differential
Manifolds 40 Pressure Manifolds 47
M-652 Hard Seat 5-Valve Differential Pressure M3-873 Soft Seat 5-Valve 90º Angle and Compact
Manifolds 45 Design Differential Pressure Manifolds 48
M-654 Hard Seat 1/2” FNPT x Flange 5-Valve M3-875 Soft Seat 5-Valve 90º Angle and Compact
Differential Pressure Wafer Style Series Design Differential Pressure Manifolds 48
Manifolds (Natural Gas Pattern) 42
1 Lone Star by PGI International ▪ 713-466-0056 ▪ 1-800-231-0233 ▪ www.pgiint.com ▪ sales@pgiint.com Lone Star ▪ Rev 2
© Copyright October 2007
Model Number Index
model no. index Model Number Page Model Number Page
V-500 Hard Seat Instrument Needle Valves 6 V-620 Hard Seat Bracket Mount Block & Bleed
V-501 Soft Seat Instrument Needle Valves 5 Static Pressure Manifolds 21
V-508 Hard Seat Instrument Needle Valves 6 V-626 Hard Seat Block & Bleed
V-510 Hard Seat Instrument Needle Valves V-700 Hard Seat Stabilized Block & Bleed
90º Angle Style 8 Static Pressure Manifolds 22
V-511 Soft Seat Instrument Needle Valves V-702 Hard Seat Stabilized Block & Bleed
V-514 Hard Seat Instrument Needle Valves V-704 Hard Seat Stabilized Block & Bleed
V-516 Hard Seat Multi-Port Gauge Valves 12 V-706 Hard Seat Stabilized Block & Bleed
V-517 Soft Seat Multi-Port Gauge Valves 11 Static Pressure Manifolds 22
V-518 Hard Seat Multi-Port Gauge Valves 12 V-708 Hard Seat Stabilized Block & Bleed
V-519 Soft Seat Multi-Port Gauge Valves 11 Static Pressure Manifolds 22
V-520 Hard Seat Multi-Port Gauge Valves 12 V3-506 Hard Seat Instrument Needle Valves 10
V-522 Hard Seat Bleeder Screw Gauge Valves 15 V3-507 Soft Seat Instrument Needle Valves 9
V-523 Soft Seat Bleeder Screw Gauge Valves 16 V3-508 Hard Seat Instrument Needle Valves 10
V-526 Hard Seat Bleeder Screw Gauge Valves 16 V3-509 Soft Seat Instrument Needle Valves 9
V-527 Soft Seat Bleeder Screw Gauge Valves 15 V3-516 Hard Seat Multi-Port Gauge Valves 14
V-529 Soft Seat Instrument Needle Valves 5 V3-517 Soft Seat Multi-Port Gauge Valves 13
V-530 Hard Seat Instrument Needle Valves 6 V3-518 Hard Seat Multi-Port Gauge Valves 14
V-531 Soft Seat Instrument Needle Valves 5 V3-519 Soft Seat Multi-Port Gauge Valves 13
V-532 Hard Seat Multi-Port Gauge Valves 12 V3-520 Hard Seat Multi-Port Gauge Valves 14
V-540 Hard Seat Instrument Needle Valves 6 V3-529 Soft Seat Instrument Needle Valves 9
V-552 Soft/Metal Seats Miniature "Mini" Valves 4 V3-532 Hard Seat Multi-Port Gauge Valves 14
V-554 Soft/Metal Seats Miniature "Mini" Valves 4 V3-536 Hard Seat Instrument Needle Valves 10
V-556 Soft/Metal Seats Miniature "Mini" Valves 4 V3-537 Soft Seat Instrument Needle Valves 9
V-558 Soft/Metal Seats Miniature "Mini" Valves 4 V3-540 Hard Seat Instrument Needle Valves 10
V-570 Hard Seat Block & Bleed Static V3-541 Soft Seat Instrument Needle Valves 9
Pressure Manifolds 20 V3-542 Hard Seat Instrument Needle Valves 10
V-572 Hard Seat Block & Bleed Static V3-543 Soft Seat Instrument Needle Valves 9
Pressure Manifolds 20 V3-544 Hard Seat Instrument Needle Valves 10
V-573 Soft Seat Multi-Port Gauge Valves 11 V3-545 Soft Seat Instrument Needle Valves 9
V-574 Soft Seat Multi-Port Gauge Valves 11 V3-547 Soft Seat Instrument Needle Valves 9
V-597 Bleed “T” Valves 18 V3-573 Soft Seat Multi-Port Gauge Valves 13
V-598 Bleed “T” Valves 18 V3-574 Soft Seat Multi-Port Gauge Valves 13
V-612 Hard Seat Block & Bleed Static V3-577 Soft Seat Multi-Port Gauge Valves 13
Pressure Manifolds 20
V-614 Hard Seat Block & Bleed Static
V-616 Hard Seat Block & Bleed Static
Lone Star Warranty, Sales Policies and
Manufacturing Standards
PGI International
PGI International, founded as General Screw Products Company in 1941, began as a contract
manufacturer for the oil and gas industry. PGI International has since evolved into a leading designer,
manufacturer and distributor of innovative and diverse products for the energy and process industries.
Based in Houston, Texas, PGI International currently has over 180,000 square feet of manufacturing
capability and over 400 employees. As the markets we service expand, PGI International’s quality
products are demanded and specified worldwide. For companies that demand the best, PGI delivers
“Excellence through Innovation.”
Product Warranty
PGI International warrants its products to be free from defects in material and/or workmanship for a
period of one (1) year from date of shipment. This guarantee is valid only if such products have been
used in normal applications consistent with our recommendations. Our liability is limited to repair or
replacement and no responsibility is assumed for consequential damage or expense. Any controversy
arising out of the sale of PGI International products shall be determined in accordance with the laws of
the State of Texas, United States of America (USA).
PGI International reserves the right to change materials, specifications or designs without notice. PGI
International will not be obligated to install or furnish such changes on products previously sold.
Sales Policy
Our products are sold through authorized manufacturer representatives or direct from our factory sales
office. All orders are subject to acceptance by PGI International, headquarters located in Houston, Texas
(USA). Prices are subject to change without notice and any errors in published prices are subject to
correction. No materials may be returned for credit without written authorization from our Houston
office. In issuing credit for returned material, we reserve the right to deduct a reconditioning and
handling charge. Special items, not conforming to our standard line, will not be accepted for credit.
Special Orders
PGI International has been a custom manufacturer of valve components since 1941. PGI invites inquiries
for special variations on our line of valves and will work with you to solve your specific application
problems.
Oxygen & Chlorine Service

To insure the quality, safety and cleanliness levels of our products, PGI International has a verifiable,
environmentally controlled system of precision cleaning for Oxygen and Chlorine Service.
• Parts are cleaned with an approved liquid cleaner in an ultrasonic vibrator.
• Inspection of parts is done with an Ultraviolet light to detect contaminants such as hydrocarbons
and minute particles that are not visible to the naked eye.
• Each part is tagged and heat-sealed in a double bag to prevent contamination in transit.
• Upon completion of cleaning process, Carbon Steel Valves discolor to a silver-greenish sheen. This
does not affect manifold performance in any way.
Manufacturing Standards & Compliances

Lone Star Products are Manufactured, Conform and are Certified to the Following Agencies and
Associations:
• ISO 9001:2000 Certified Quality System • ASME/ANSI B16.11 Fittings/Socket Weld,
• Canadian Registration Number (CRN) etc.
• CE - Pressure Equipment Directive • ASME/ANSI B31.3 Process Piping

Conformity • MSS SP-25 Standard Valve Markings
• National Association of Corrosion Engineers • MSS SP-82 Valve Pressure Testing
(NACE MR0175) Methods
• ASME/ANSI B1.20.1 General Pipe Threads • MSS SP-99 Instrument Valves
• ASME/ANSI B16.34 Valves Flanged, • MSS SP-105 Instrument Valves for Code
Threaded Applications
Miniature "Mini" Valves SOFT &
METAL SEAT
SOFT "WASHER" SEATS: .136" Orifice INTEGRAL METAL TO METAL SEAT: .136" Orifice
Features Benefits Features Benefits
• PGI "Washer" • Throtting and shut-off design • PGI Integral • Throtting and shut-off design
Seat • Interchangeable between soft Metal Seat • Interchangeable between soft
or metal seats or metal seats
• Easily replaced
• Available in a variety of
materials
Dimensions, inches [mm]
V-556
Pressure vs. Temperature Part Number Selection

Base Model
Inlet x Outlet
V- 552 1/4" MNPT x 1/4" FNPT Angle
V- 554 1/4" MNPT x 1/4" MNPT
V- 556 1/4" MNPT x 1/4" FNPT
V- 558 1/4" FNPT x 1/4" FNPT
Body Material Code
C ASTM A108
S ASTM A479-316 SS
Seat Material Code
M Metal (Standard)
D Delrin® (Standard)
K Kel-F®
P Peek®
Stem Packing/Seal Code
T Mini Teflon® Packed
V Viton® O-Ring
See page 54
for more press/ V- - Options [pages 49-50]
temp details.
Materials of Construction Max Cv Ratings Notes

Part Carbon Steel 316 Stainless Steel Body Style • PGI Carbon Steel products are
ASTM A479-316 .136" Orifice Alkaline Zinc plated for corrosion
Body / Bonnet ASTM A108 Straight Angle
Packing "T" / "V" Teflon® / Viton® O-Ring Teflon® / Viton® O-Ring prevention
Soft Seat .22 .27
Stem ASTM A479-316 ASTM A479-316 • PGI 316 SS products meet the
Packing Nut (TFE Packed Only) ASTM A108 Metal Seat .25 .32 requirements of NACE MR0175/
ASTM A582-303
Approx. Valve Weight: ISO 15156-3
Handles: Soft Seated Valves CS or SS Round Handles are Standard
Handles: Hard Seat Valves CS or SS Bar Handles are Standard .25 lbs. [.11 kg] ea.
4 Lone Star by PGI International ▪ 713-466-0056 ▪ 1-800-231-0233 ▪ www.pgiint.com ▪ sales@pgiint.com

Lone Star ▪ Rev 2
Instrument Needle Valves SOFT
SEAT
SOFT SEAT: .187" Orifice

Features Benefits
• PGI Soft • Roddable straight-through design
Cone Seat • Leak free, bubble tight seating
• Easily replaced
• Available in a variety of materials
• Bi-directional flow
V-507

Base Model
Bi-Directional Flow
V- 501 1/4" MNPT x 1/4" FNPT
V- 503 1/4" FNPT x 1/4" FNPT
V- 507 1/2" MNPT x 1/2" FNPT
V- 509 1/2" FNPT x 1/2" FNPT
V- 529 3/4" MNPT x 1/2" FNPT
V- 531 1/2" MNPT x 1/4" FNPT
Body Material Code
C ASTM A108
S ASTM A479-316 SS
P ASTM A105 CF
Seat Material Code
K Kel-F®
P Peek®
P Teflon® (Below threads)
See page 54 V Viton® O-Ring
for more press/
temp details.
V- - Options [pages 49-50]

Part Carbon Steel A105 Carbon Steel 316 Stainless Steel Straight Body Style • PGI Carbon Steel products
.187" Orifice are Alkaline Zinc plated for
Body / Bonnet ASTM A108 ASTM A105 ASTM A479-316 .83
Teflon®/Viton® O-Ring Teflon®/Viton® O-Ring Teflon®/Viton® O-Ring corrosion prevention
Packing "P" / "V"
Approx. Valve Weight: • PGI 316 SS products meet
Stem ASTM A479-316 ASTM A479-316 ASTM A479-316
Packing Adjuster / 1.30 lbs. [.58 kg] ea. the requirements of NACE
Retainer ASTM A105 ASTM A105 ASTM A479-316 MR0175/ISO 15156-3
Packing Follower ASTM A479-316 ASTM A479-316 ASTM A479-316 • 100% Pressure Tested
Jam Nut (TFE Packed Only) ASTM A105 ASTM A105 ASTM A582-303
Handle Assembly ASTM A108 ASTM A108 300 Series SS
Instrument Needle Valves HARD
SEAT
HARD BALL SEAT: .187" Orifice

Features Benefits
• PGI Standard • Non-rotating ball eliminates seat
316 SS Ball galling and ball creasing
Seat • Leak free, bubble tight seating
V-506

Base Model
Inlet x Outlet
V- 500 1/4" MNPT x 1/4" FNPT
V- 502 1/4" FNPT x 1/4" FNPT
V- 506 1/2" MNPT x 1/2" FNPT
V- 508 1/2" FNPT x 1/2" FNPT
V- 530 1/2" MNPT x 1/4" FNPT
V- 540 3/4" FNPT x 3/4" FNPT
Body Material Code
C ASTM A108
S ASTM A479-316 SS
P ASTM A105 CF
Seat Material Code
6 316 SS Ball (Standard)
C Carbide Ball
N Monel®
V Viton® O-Ring
See page 54
for more press/
temp details. V- - Options [pages 49-50]

ASTM A105 ASTM A479-316 .187" Orifice are Alkaline Zinc plated for
Body / Bonnet ASTM A108 .53
Packing "P" / "V"
Stem ASTM A479-316 ASTM A479-316 ASTM A479-316 1.30 lbs. [.58 kg] ea.
Packing Adjuster / the requirements of NACE

Lone Star ▪ Rev 2
Instrument Needle Valves - 90° Angle Style SOFT
SEAT

Features Benefits
• Easily replaced
V-511

Base Model
Bi-Directional Flow
V- 511 1/2" MNPT x 1/2" FNPT
Body Material Code
C ASTM A108
S ASTM A479-316 SS
P ASTM A105 CF
Seat Material Code
K Kel-F®
P Peek®
V Viton® O-Ring
See page 54
for more press/

Body / Bonnet ASTM A108 ASTM A105 ASTM A479-316 .187" Orifice are Alkaline Zinc plated for
.83 corrosion prevention
Packing "P" / "V" Teflon®/Viton® O-Ring Teflon®/Viton® O-Ring Teflon®/Viton® O-Ring
Stem ASTM A479-316 ASTM A479-316 ASTM A479-316 1.00 lbs. [.45 kg] ea.
Instrument Needle Valves - 90° Angle Style HARD
SEAT

Features Benefits
V-510

Base Model
Inlet x Outlet
V- 510 1/2" MNPT x 1/2" FNPT
V- 514 1/4" FNPT x 1/4" FNPT
Body Material Code
C ASTM A108
S ASTM A479-316 SS
P ASTM A105 CF
Seat Material Code
C Carbide Ball
N Monel®
V Viton® O-Ring
See page 54
for more press/
temp details.

Packing "P" / "V"
2.00 lbs. [.91 kg] ea. the requirements of NACE
Packing Adjuster / ASTM A105 ASTM A105 ASTM A479-316
Retainer MR0175/ISO 15156-3

Lone Star ▪ Rev 2
Instrument Needle Valves SOFT
SEAT

Features Benefits
• Easily replaced
V3-509 V3-545 V3-547

Base Model
V3- 507 1/2" MNPT x 1/2" FNPT
V3- 509 1/2" FNPT x 1/2" FNPT
V3- 529 3/4" MNPT x 1/2" FNPT
V3- 537 1" MNPT x 1/2" FNPT
V3- 541 3/4" FNPT x 3/4" FNPT
V3- 543 1" FNPT x 1" FNPT
V3- 545 1" MNPT x 1" FNPT
Body Material Code
C ASTM A108
S ASTM A479-316 SS
Seat Material Code
K Kel-F®
P Peek®
V Viton® O-Ring
See page 54
for more press/
temp details.
V3- - Options [pages 49-50]

Body / Bonnet ASTM A108 ASTM A105 ASTM A479-316 3.00
Packing "P" / "V" Teflon®/Viton® O-Ring Teflon®/Viton® O-Ring Teflon®/Viton® O-Ring Approx. Valve Weight: corrosion prevention
Stem ASTM A479-316 ASTM A479-316 ASTM A479-316 3.00 lbs. [1.36 kg] ea. • PGI 316 SS products meet
Instrument Needle Valves HARD
SEAT

Features Benefits
V3-506 V3-508

Base Model
Inlet x Outlet
V3- 506 1/2" MNPT x 1/2" FNPT
V3- 508 1/2" FNPT x 1/2" FNPT
V3- 536 1" MNPT x 1/2" FNPT
V3- 540 3/4" FNPT x 3/4" FNPT
V3- 542 1" FNPT x 1" FNPT
V3- 544 1" MNPT x 1" FNPT
Body Material Code
C ASTM A108
S ASTM A479-316 SS
P ASTM A105 CF LINDA: Delete??
Seat Material Code
C Carbide Ball
N Monel®
for more press/
temp details.

Packing "P" / "V" Teflon®/Viton® O-Ring Teflon®/Viton® O-Ring Teflon®/Viton® O-Ring corrosion prevention
Approx. Valve Weight:
Stem ASTM A479-316 ASTM A479-316 ASTM A479-316 3.00 lbs. [1.36 kg] ea. • PGI 316 SS products meet the
Packing Adjuster / requirements of NACE MR0175/
Retainer ASTM A105 ASTM A105 ASTM A479-316 ISO 15156-3
Jam Nut (TFE Packed Only) ASTM A105 ASTM A105 ASTM A582-303 • Carbon Steel Weld End
Handle Assembly ASTM A108 ASTM A108 300 Series SS Connection Bodies are
ASTM A105 CS

Lone Star ▪ Rev 2
SOFT
Multi-Port Gauge Valves SEAT

Features Benefits
• Easily replaced
V-517

Base Model
Inlet x Outlets
V- 517 1/2" MNPT x (3) 1/2" FNPT (Standard)
V- 573 1/2" MNPT x (3) 1/2" FNPT (Long)
V- 574 3/4" MNPT x (3) 1/2" FNPT (Long)
Body Material Code
C ASTM A108
S ASTM A479-316 SS
P ASTM A105 CF
Seat Material Code
K Kel-F®
P Peek®
V Viton® O-Ring
See page 54
for more press/

Part Carbon Steel A105 Carbon Steel 316 Stainless Steel Straight Body Style • PGI Carbon Steel products are
.187" Orifice Alkaline Zinc plated for corrosion
Packing "P" / "V" Teflon®/Viton® O-Ring Teflon®/Viton® O-Ring Teflon®/Viton® O-Ring Approx. Valve Weight: prevention
2.30 lbs. [1.04 kg] ea. (Standard) • PGI 316 SS products meet the
3.00 lbs. [1.36 kg] ea. (Long) requirements of NACE MR0175/
Packing Adjuster / ASTM A105 ASTM A105 ASTM A479-316 ISO 15156-3
Retainer
ASTM A108 Connection Bodies are
Handle Assembly ASTM A108 300 Series SS
ASTM A105 CS
HARD

Features Benefits
V-516

Base Model
Process x Instrument
V- 520 1/2" MNPT x (3) 1/2" FNPT (Long)
V- 532 3/4" MNPT x (3) 1/2" FNPT (Long)
Body Material Code
C ASTM A108
S ASTM A479-316 SS
P ASTM A105 CF
Seat Material Code
C Carbide Ball
N Monel®
V Viton® O-Ring
See page 54
for more press/

corrosion prevention
Packing "P" / "V" Teflon®/Viton® O-Ring Teflon®/Viton® O-Ring Teflon®/Viton® O-Ring Approx. Valve Weight:
Stem ASTM A479-316 ASTM A479-316 ASTM A479-316 2.30 lbs. [1.04 kg] ea. (Standard) • PGI 316 SS products meet
3.00 lbs. [1.36 kg] ea. (Long) the requirements of NACE
Packing Adjuster / ASTM A105 ASTM A105 ASTM A479-316 MR0175/ISO 15156-3
Retainer
ASTM A105 CS

Lone Star ▪ Rev 2
Multi-Port Gauge Valves SOFT
SEAT

Features Benefits
• Easily replaced
V3-519 V3-574

Base Model
V3- 517 1/2" MNPT x (3) 1/2" FNPT (Standard)
V3- 573 1/2" MNPT x (3) 1/2” FNPT (Long)
V3- 574 3/4" MNPT x (3) 1/2" FNPT (Long)
V3- 577 1" MNPT x (3) 1/2" FNPT (Standard)
Body Material Code
C ASTM A108
S ASTM A479-316 SS
Seat Material Code
K Kel-F®
P Peek®
V Viton® O-Ring
See page 54
for more press/
temp details.

Approx. Valve Weight: corrosion prevention
HARD

Features Benefits
V3-518 V3-520

Base Model
V3- 520 1/2" MNPT x (3) 1/2" FNPT (Long)
V3- 532 3/4" MNPT x (3) 1/2" FNPT (Long)
Body Material Code
C ASTM A108
S ASTM A479-316 SS
P ASTM A105 CF
Seat Material Code
C Carbide Ball
N Monel®
V Viton® O-Ring
See page 54
for more press/
temp details. V3- - Options [pages 49-50]

Body / Bonnet ASTM A108 ASTM A105 ASTM A479-316 2.40 corrosion prevention
Packing "P" / "V" Teflon®/Viton® O-Ring Teflon®/Viton® O-Ring Teflon®/Viton® O-Ring Approx. Valve Weight: • PGI 316 SS products meet
Stem ASTM A479-316 ASTM A479-316 ASTM A479-316 2.30 lbs. [1.04 kg] ea. (Standard) the requirements of NACE
Packing Adjuster / 3.00 lbs. [1.36 kg] ea. (Longbody) MR0175/ISO 15156-3
Retainer ASTM A105 ASTM A105 ASTM A479-316
• 100% Pressure Tested
Packing Follower ASTM A479-316 ASTM A479-316 ASTM A479-316 • Carbon Steel Weld End
Jam Nut (TFE Packed Only) ASTM A105 ASTM A105 ASTM A582-303 Connection Bodies are
Handle Assembly ASTM A108 ASTM A108 300 Series SS ASTM A105 CS

Lone Star ▪ Rev 2
Bleeder Screw Gauge Valves HARD
SEAT

Features Benefits
V-522

Base Model
V- 522 1/2" MNPT x 1/2" FNPT
V- 526 3/4" MNPT x 1/2" FNPT
Body Material Code
C ASTM A108
S ASTM A479-316 SS
P ASTM A105 CF
Seat Material Code
C Carbide Ball
N Monel®
V Viton® O-Ring
See page 54
for more press/
temp details.

Packing "P" / "V" Teflon®/Viton® O-Ring Teflon®/Viton® O-Ring Teflon®/Viton® O-Ring Approx. Valve Weight: corrosion prevention
1.30 lbs. [.58 kg] ea. • PGI 316 SS products meet
the requirements of NACE
Retainer
ASTM A479-316 ASTM A479-316 ASTM A479-316 • 100% Pressure Tested
Packing Follower
ASTM A105 ASTM A105 • Carbon Steel Weld End
Jam Nut (TFE Packed Only) ASTM A582-303
Connection Bodies are
Bleeder Screw Gauge Valves SOFT
SEAT

Features Benefits
• Easily replaced
V-523

Base Model
V- 523 1/2" MNPT x 1/2" FNPT
V- 527 3/4" MNPT x 1/2" FNPT
Body Material Code
C ASTM A108
S ASTM A479-316 SS
P ASTM A105 CF
Seat Material Code
K Kel-F®
P Peek®
V Viton® O-Ring
See page 54
for more press/

Teflon®/Viton® O-Ring Teflon®/Viton® O-Ring Teflon®/Viton® O-Ring Approx. Valve Weight: prevention
Packing "P" / "V"
Stem ASTM A479-316 ASTM A479-316 ASTM A479-316 1.30 lbs. [.58 kg] ea. • PGI 316 SS products meet the
requirements of NACE MR0175/
Retainer ISO 15156-3
ASTM A105 CS

Lone Star ▪ Rev 2
Bleeder Plugs
BV10 A7-521 /520
A7-525 /526 A7-528/529
Part Number Selection

Base Model
Connection Seat Material Other Material
BV10N2 1/4" MNPT
440 SS Ball Drive Screw 300 SS
BV10N4 1/2" MNPT
A7-520 1/2" MNPT
Carbide Ball
A7-521 1/2" MNPT
A7-525 1/4" MNPT
Bleed Screw 316 SS
A7-526 1/2" MNPT
Integral Metal
A7-528 1/4" MNPT
Bleed Tube 316 SS
A7-529 1/2" MNPT
Pressure vs. Temperature Body Material Code
10 ASTM A108
10,000 PSI @ 200° F Max
Carbon Steel
1,500 PSI @ 500° F Max
60 ASTM A105 CF
10,000 PSI @ 200° F Max C0 ASTM A479-316 SS
316 SS
1,500 PSI @ 1,000° F Max
-
Materials of Construction Weights Notes
See Body Material Code. Approx. Valve Weight: • PGI Carbon Steel products are
.50 lbs. [.22 kg] ea. (BV10N2/N4) Alkaline Zinc plated for corrosion
.50 lbs. [.22 kg] ea. (A7-520/521) prevention
.30 lbs. [.13 kg] ea. (A7-525/526) • PGI 316 SS products meet the
.50 lbs. [.22 kg] ea. (A7-528/529) requirements of NACE MR0175/
ISO 15156-3
Bleed "T" Valves
Dimensions, inches [mm] Part Number Selection

V-598 Base Model
Shown with V- 597- 1/2" MNPT x (3) 1/2" FNPT
B2 Option
V- 598- 3/4" MNPT x (3) 1/2" FNPT
B8- 597- 1/2" MNPT x (3) 1/2" FNPT Body Only
B8- 598- 3/4" MNPT x (3) 1/2" FNPT Body Only
Body Material Code
10 ASTM A108
60 ASTM A105 CF
C0 ASTM A479-316 SS
Bleeder Installed
B1 Carbide Ball Bleed Plug (A7-520)
B2 Bleed "T" Plug (A7-529)
B4 Mini-Hex Bleed Plug (A7-526)
B1 Option B6 SS Ball Bleed Plug (BV10N4)
- -
Pressure vs. Temperature

B2 Option
10,000 PSI @ 200° F Max
Carbon Steel
1,500 PSI @ 500° F Max
10,000 PSI @ 200° F Max
316 SS
1,500 PSI @ 1,000° F Max
B4 Option
B6 Option
Materials of Construction Weights Notes

See Body Material Code. Approx. Valve Weight: • PGI Carbon Steel products are
1.00 lbs. [0.45 kg] ea. (V-597/598) Alkaline Zinc plated for corrosion
0.50 lbs. [0.22 kg] ea. (BX Options) prevention
• PGI 316 SS products meet the
requirements of NACE MR0175/
ISO 15156-3

Lone Star ▪ Rev 2
Gauge Siphons & Swivels
The PGI Gauge Siphon replaces the old style "Pigtail" siphon. The siphon provides a
thermal barrier, protecting your instruments from harmful vapors. The siphon can be
used as either a freeze or steam protector when used with the proper fill fluids.
When very high heat is present, the siphon, used in conjunction with the PGI V-506
Grafoil packed Hand Valve, reduces temperatures seen at the instrument by lengthening
the condensate leg.
A7-524 A7-507 A7-509 A7-530
Part Number Selection

Model Numbers
Gauge Siphons: Process x Instrument
A7-524-C0 1/2" MNPT x 1/2" FNPT; CS Coupling; 316 SS Material
A7-524-C0S 1/2" MNPT x 1/2" FNPT; 316 SS Material
A7-522-C0 3/4" MNPT x 1/2" FNPT; CS Coupling; 316 SS Material
ESTIMATED GAUGE TEMPERATURES A7-522-C0S 3/4" MNPT x 1/2" FNPT; 316 SS Material
By knowing the material of construction, saturated steam conditions, and ambient temperature, the chart With Excess Flow Check & Swivel;
below can estimate the gauge temperature for the A7-522/524-C0 & C0S. For example, if using an A7-507-C0
A7-524-C0 in an application of 500 psig, 470° F saturated steam, and 90° F ambient temperature, Chart 1
1/2" MNPT x 1/2" FNPT; 316 SS Material
(Carbon Steel) can be utilized by following the 90° F ambient temperature curve to 500 psig. An estimated A7-508-C0 3/4" MNPT x 3/4" FNPT; 316 SS Material
gauge temperature of 180° F is shown. With Excess Flow Check; 1/2" MNPT x 1/2" FNPT;
A7-509-C0
The same method will be applied for an A7-524-C0S on Chart 2 (Stainless Steel.) The estimated gauge 316 SS Material
temperature will be 144° F.
Gauge Swivel Only; 1/2" MNPT x 1/2" FNPT;
°F [°C] °F [°C] A7-530-C0
190 [88] 100 [38]
316 SS Material
180 [82] 90 [32]
80 [27]
Pressure vs. Temperature
Estimated Gauge Temperature
170 [77]
Chart 1: 70 [21]
60 [16]
Carbon 160 [71]
50 [10] Part Pressure @ Temperature
Steel 150 [66] Ambient 6,000 PSI @ 200° F Max
Temp. A7-524-C0
140 [60] Curves 1,500 PSI @ 500° F Max
130 [54] 6,000 PSI @ 200° F Max
A7-524-C0S
120 [49]
1,500 PSI @ 1,000° F Max
10,000 PSI @ 200° F Max
110 [43] A7-530-C0
0 50 100 200 300 400 500 600 psig 1,500 PSI @ 1,000° F Max
298 338 388 422 448 470 489 °F
[3.4] [6.9] [13.8] [20.7] [27.5] [34.5] [41.4] [barg]
[148] [170] [198] [217] [231] [243] [254] [°C] A7-507-C0 1,500 PSI @ 1,000° F Max
Saturated Steam Pressure [Saturated Temperature]
°F [°C]
10,000 PSI @ 200° F Max
170 [77] A7-508-C0
1,500 PSI @ 800° F Max
160 [71] °F [°C]
Estimated Gauge Temperature
150 [66] 100 [38] A7-509-C0 1,500 PSI @ 1,000° F Max

Chart 2: 90 [32]
Stainless 140 [60]
80 [27]
Steel 130 [54] 70 [21] Weights
120 [49] 60 [16]
Approx. Weights:
110 [43] 50 [10]
Ambient
1.51 lbs. [0.68 kg] ea. (A7-508 and A7-522/524-C0/C0S)
100 [38] Temp. 0.58 lbs. [0.26 kg] ea. (A7-530-C0)
Curves 0.60 lbs. [0.27 kg] ea. (A7-507-C0)
90 [32]
0 50 100 200 300 400 500 600 psig 1.00 lbs. [0.45 kg] ea. (A7-509-C0)
298 338 388 422 448 470 489 °F
[3.4] [6.9] [13.8] [20.7] [27.5] [34.5] [41.4] [barg]
[148] [170] [198] [217] [231] [243] [254] [°C]
Saturated Steam Pressure [Saturated Temperature]
Block & Bleed HARD SEAT
Static Pressure Manifolds
Features Benefits
V-570 V-612 V-626

Base Model
Process x Instrument x Vent
V- 570 1/2" MNPT x 1/2" FNPT x 1/4" NPT
V- 572 3/4" MNPT x 1/2" FNPT x 1/4" NPT
V- 612 1/2" MNPT x 1/2" MNPT x 1/4" NPT
V- 614 1/2" FNPT x 1/2" MNPT x 1/4" NPT
V- 616 3/4" MNPT x 1/2" MNPT x 1/4" NPT
V- 626 1/2" FNPT x 1/2" FNPT x 1/4" NPT
Body Material Code
C ASTM A108
S ASTM A479-316 SS
P ASTM A105 CF
Seat Material Code
C Carbide Ball
N Monel®
for more press/

Teflon®/Viton® O-Ring Teflon®/Viton® O-Ring Teflon®/Viton® O-Ring Approx. Valve Weight: corrosion prevention
Packing "P" / "V"

Lone Star ▪ Rev 2
Bracket Mount Block & Bleed HARD SEAT
Features Benefits
V-620 V-622 V-624
VCH/VSH
Bracket
Shown for
Reference
Only
See Options
Page XX

Base Model
V- 620 (2) 1/2" FNPT x 1/2" MNPT x 1/4" NPT Bracket Mount
V- 622 (2) 1/2" FNPT x 1/2" FNPT x 1/4" NPT Bracket Mount
V- 624 1/2" FNPT x 1/2" MNPT x 1/4" NPT Bracket Mount
Body Material Code
C ASTM A108
S ASTM A479-316 SS
P ASTM A105 CF
Seat Material Code
C Carbide Ball
N Monel®
V Viton® O-Ring
See page 54 V- - Options [pages 49-50]

for more press/
temp details.
Packing "P" / "V"
Stabilized Block & Bleed HARD SEAT
Features Benefits
V-700 V-704 V-708

Base Model
V- 700 1/2" MNPT x 1/2" MNPT x 1/4" NPT
V- 702 3/4" MNPT x 1/2" MNPT x 1/4" NPT With
V- 704 1/2" MNPT x 1/2" FNPT x 1/4" NPT Stabilizer
V- 706 3/4" MNPT x 1/2" FNPT x 1/4" NPT Nut
V- 708 1/2" MNPT x (2) 1/2" FNPT x 1/4" NPT
Body Material Code
C ASTM A108
S ASTM A479-316 SS
P ASTM A105 CF
Seat Material Code
C Carbide Ball
N Monel®
V Viton® O-Ring
See page 54
for more press/

Packing "P" / "V"

Lone Star ▪ Rev 2
3- or 5- Valve Chart Recorder / SOFT SEAT
Meter Manifolds 1/2" FNPT x Flange

Features Benefits
• Easily replaced
M-505

Base Model
M-505 3-Valve Chart Recorder/Meter Manifold
Body Material Code
C ASTM A108
S ASTM A479-316 SS
Seat Material Code
K Kel-F®
P Peek®
V Viton® O-Ring
5-Valve Meter Manifold Option
(2) V-507 Block Valves
C4
Included
See page 54
for more press/ Options
temp details. M-505 - [pages 49-50]

Part Carbon Steel 316 Stainless Steel Straight Body Style • PGI Carbon Steel products are
Body / Bonnet ASTM A108 ASTM A479-316 .83
Teflon®/Viton® O-Ring Teflon®/Viton® O-Ring Approx. Manifold Weight: prevention
Packing "P" / "V"
Stem ASTM A479-316 ASTM A479-316 3.70 lbs. [1.67 kg] ea. • PGI 316 SS products meet the
Retainer ASTM A105 ASTM A479-316 ISO 15156-3
Packing Follower ASTM A479-316 ASTM A479-316 • 100% Pressure Tested
Jam Nut (TFE Packed Only) ASTM A105 ASTM A582-303
Meter & Equalizer Manifolds SOFT SEAT

Features Benefits
• Easily replaced
M-509 M-581

Base Model
Process x Instrument x Vent/Test
M- 509 1/4" FNPT x 1/4" FNPT x 1/4" FNPT
M- 581 1/4" FNPT x Flange x 1/4" FNPT
Body Material Code
C ASTM A108
S ASTM A479-316 SS
Seat Material Code
D Delrin®
K Kel-F®
P Peek®
V Viton® O-Ring
See page 54
for more press/ M- - Options [pages 49-50]
temp details.

Body ASTM A108 ASTM A105 ASTM A479-316 .83
Approx. Manifold Weight: corrosion prevention
Bonnet ASTM A105 ASTM A105 ASTM A479-316
Packing "P" / "V" Teflon®/Viton® O-Ring Teflon®/Viton® O-Ring Teflon®/Viton® O-Ring 5 lbs. [2.26 kg] ea. • PGI 316 SS products meet
the requirements of NACE
Stem ASTM A479-316 ASTM A479-316 ASTM A479-316 MR0175/ISO 15156-3
Retainer • 100% Pressure Tested
Packing Follower ASTM A479-316 ASTM A479-316 ASTM A479-316

Lone Star ▪ Rev 2
Liquid Level Manifolds HARD SEAT

Features Benefits

M-658 M-758

Base Model
Process x Instrument x Purge
M- 658 1/2" FNPT x Flange x (2) 1/4" NPT
M- 758 Flange x Flange x (2) 1/4" NPT
Body Material Code
C ASTM A108
S ASTM A479-316 SS
P ASTM A105 CF
Seat Material Code
C Carbide Ball
N Monel®
V Viton® O-Ring
See page 54
temp details.

Packing "P" / "V" Teflon®/Viton® O-Ring Teflon®/Viton® O-Ring Teflon®/Viton® O-Ring Approx. Manifold Weight: corrosion prevention
Stem ASTM A479-316 ASTM A479-316 ASTM A479-316 6.1 lbs. [2.76 kg] ea. (M-658) • PGI 316 SS products meet
Packing Adjuster / 6.8 lbs. [3.08 kg] ea. (M-758) the requirements of NACE
Liquid Level Manifolds SOFT SEAT

Features Benefits
• Easily replaced

M-657 M-757

Base Model
Process x Instrument x Purge
M- 657 1/2" FNPT x Flange x (2) 1/4" FNPT
M- 757 Flange x Flange x (2) 1/4" FNPT
Body Material Code
C ASTM A108
S ASTM A479-316 SS
P ASTM A105 CF
Seat Material Code
D Delrin®
K Kel-F®
P Peek®
V Viton® O-Ring
See page 54
temp details.

Part Carbon Steel A105 Carbon Steel 316 Stainless Steel Straight Body Style • PGI Carbon Steel
.187" Orifice
.83 products are Alkaline
Body ASTM A108 ASTM A105 ASTM A479-316
Approx. Manifold Weight: Zinc plated for corrosion
Bonnet ASTM A105 ASTM A105 ASTM A479-316 prevention
Packing "P" / "V" Teflon®/Viton® O-Ring Teflon®/Viton® O-Ring Teflon®/Viton® O-Ring 6.1 lbs. [2.76 kg] ea. (M-657)
6.8 lbs. [3.08 kg] ea. (M-757) • PGI 316 SS products
Stem ASTM A479-316 ASTM A479-316 ASTM A479-316 meet the requirements
Packing Adjuster / ASTM A105 ASTM A105 ASTM A479-316 of NACE MR0175/ISO
Retainer 15156-3
Packing Follower ASTM A479-316 ASTM A479-316 ASTM A479-316

Lone Star ▪ Rev 2
Single & Dual Static Pressure
HARD SEAT
Instrument Manifolds
M-598
Features Benefits
M-698
M-598 M-698

Base Model
M- 598 Single Instrument 1/2" FNPT x 1/2" FNPT with 1/4"
Vent and 1/2" Purge Connections
M- 698 Dual Instruments (MNPT Instrument Adapter Available)
Body Material Code

C ASTM A108
S ASTM A479-316 SS
P ASTM A105 CF
Seat Material Code
C Carbide Ball
N Monel®
V Viton® O-Ring
Vent Valve(s) Seal Material Options
-CVSCF Fluorosilicone O-Ring
-CVSCG Grafoil® Packed
See page 54 -CVSCP Teflon® Packed
for more press/
temp details.
M- - Options [pages 49-50]
prevention
Packing "P" / "V" Teflon®/Viton® O-Ring Teflon®/Viton® O-Ring Teflon®/Viton® O-Ring Approx. Manifold Weight:
Stem ASTM A479-316 ASTM A479-316 ASTM A479-316 5 lbs. [2.26 kg] ea. (M-598) • PGI 316 SS products meet the
Packing Adjuster / 10 lbs. [4.53 kg] ea. (M-698) requirements of NACE MR0175/
Retainer ASTM A105 ASTM A105 ASTM A479-316 ISO 15156-3
ASTM A105 CS
2-Valve Static Pressure HARD SEAT
M-800 Series Manifolds 2-1/8" Centers 1/2" FNPT x FLANGE

Features Benefits
M-822

Base Model
M-822 1/2" FNPT x Flange x 1/4" NPT
Body Material Code
S ASTM A479-316 SS
P ASTM A105 CF
Seat Material Code
C Carbide Ball
N Monel®
V Viton® O-Ring
See page 54 M-822 - Options [pages 49-50]

for more press/
temp details.

Part A105 Carbon Steel 316 Stainless Steel Straight Body Style • PGI Carbon Steel products are
Approx. Manifold Weight: prevention
Packing "P" / "V" Teflon®/Viton® O-Ring Teflon®/Viton® O-Ring
5.20 lbs. [2.35 kg] ea. • PGI 316 SS products meet the
Stem ASTM A479-316 ASTM A479-316 requirements of NACE MR0175/
Packing Adjuster / ASTM A105 ASTM A479-316 ISO 15156-3
Retainer

Lone Star ▪ Rev 2
2-Valve Block & Bleed HARD & SOFT SEAT
Static Pressure Manifolds NPT x NPT
• Easily replaced
materials
M-507 M-508
1/2" NPT 1/4" NPT

Base Model
M- 507 1/2" MNPT x 1/2" FNPT x 1/2" NPT
M- 508 1/4" FNPT x 1/4" FNPT x 1/4" NPT
Body Material Code
C ASTM A108
S ASTM A479-316 SS
Seat Material Code
M Integral Metal (Standard)
K Kel-F®
P Peek®
V Viton® O-Ring
See page 54
temp details.

Body / Bonnet ASTM A108 ASTM A105 ASTM A479-316 .136" Orifice .25 = Integral Metal Seat are Alkaline Zinc plated for
Packing "P" / "V" Teflon®/Viton® O-Ring Teflon®/Viton® O-Ring Teflon®/Viton® O-Ring .22 = Soft Washer corrosion prevention
Stem ASTM A479-316 ASTM A479-316 ASTM A479-316 Approx. Manifold Weight: • PGI 316 SS products meet
Packing Adjuster / 2.7 lbs. [1.22 kg] ea. (M-507) the requirements of NACE
Retainer ASTM A105 ASTM A105 ASTM A479-316 2.4 lbs. [1.08 kg] ea. (M-508) MR0175/ISO 15156-3
2-Valve Block & Bleed HARD SEAT
Static Pressure Manifolds 1/2" FNPT x 1/2" FNPT

Features Benefits
M-518

Base Model
M-518 1/2" FNPT x 1/2" FNPT x 1/2" NPT
Body Material Code
C ASTM A108
S ASTM A479-316 SS
P ASTM A105 CF
Seat Material Code
C Carbide Ball
N Monel®
V Viton® O-Ring
See page 54
for more press/
temp details. M-518 - Options [pages 49-50]

Body / Bonnet ASTM A108 ASTM A105 ASTM A479-316 .187" Orifice Alkaline Zinc plated for corrosion
Packing "P" / "V" Teflon®/Viton® O-Ring Teflon®/Viton® O-Ring Teflon®/Viton® O-Ring .83 prevention
Stem ASTM A479-316 ASTM A479-316 ASTM A479-316 • PGI 316 SS products meet
Approx. Manifold Weight:
Packing Adjuster / the requirements of
ASTM A105 ASTM A105 ASTM A479-316 3.1 lbs. [1.40 kg] ea.
Retainer NACE MR0175/ISO 15156-3
ASTM A105 CS

Lone Star ▪ Rev 2
2-Valve Block & Bleed SOFT SEAT
Static Pressure Manifolds 1/2" FNPT x 1/2" FNPT

Features Benefits
• Easily replaced
M-517

Base Model
M-517 1/2" FNPT x 1/2" FNPT x 1/2" NPT
Body Material Code
C ASTM A108
S ASTM A479-316 SS
P ASTM A105 CF
Seat Material Code
K Kel-F®
P Peek®
V Viton® O-Ring
See page 54
for more press/
temp details.
M-517 - Options [pages 49-50]

Packing "P" / "V" Teflon®/Viton® O-Ring Teflon®/Viton® O-Ring Teflon®/Viton® O-Ring .83 prevention
Stem ASTM A479-316 ASTM A479-316 ASTM A479-316 • PGI 316 SS products meet the
Approx. Manifold Weight: requirements of NACE MR0175/
Packing Adjuster / ASTM A105 ASTM A105 ASTM A479-316 3.1 lbs. [1.40 kg] ea.
ASTM A105 CS
Static Pressure Manifolds 1/2" FNPT x Flange

Features Benefits
M-616 M-618

Base Model
M- 616 1/2" FNPT x Flange x 1/4" NPT Slim Body
M- 618 1/2" FNPT x Flange x 1/2" NPT Standard Body
Body Material Code
C ASTM A108
S ASTM A479-316 SS
P ASTM A105 CF
Seat Material Code
C Carbide Ball
N Monel®
V Viton® O-Ring
See page 54
for more press/
temp details. M- - Options [pages 49-50]

.53 prevention
Packing Adjuster / ASTM A105 ASTM A105 ASTM A479-316 2.60 lbs. [1.17 kg] ea. (M-616)
5.00 lbs. [2.26 kg] ea. (M-618)
ASTM A105CS

Lone Star ▪ Rev 2
2-Valve Block & Bleed SOFT SEAT
Static Pressure Manifolds 1/2" FNPT x Flange

Features Benefits
• Easily replaced
M-615 M-617

Base Model
M- 615 1/2" FNPT x Flange x 1/4" NPT Slim Body
M- 617 1/2" FNPT x Flange x 1/2" NPT Standard Body
Body Material Code
C ASTM A108
S ASTM A479-316 SS
P ASTM A105 CF
Seat Material Code
K Kel-F®
P Peek®
V Viton® O-Ring
See page 54
for more press/

Teflon®/Viton® O-Ring Teflon®/Viton® O-Ring Teflon®/Viton® O-Ring .83 prevention
Packing "P" / "V"
5.00 lbs. [2.26 kg] ea. (M-617)
ASTM A105 CS
Static Pressure Manifolds Flange x Flange

Features Benefits
M-716 M-718

Base Model
M- 716 Flange x Flange x 1/4" NPT Slim Body
M- 718 Flange x Flange x 1/2" NPT Standard Body
Body Material Code
C ASTM A108
S ASTM A479-316 SS
P ASTM A105 CF
Seat Material Code
C Carbide Ball
N Monel®
V Viton® O-Ring
See page 54
temp details.

Teflon®/Viton® O-Ring Teflon®/Viton® O-Ring Teflon®/Viton® O-Ring .53 prevention
Packing "P" / "V"
5.50 lbs. [2.49 kg] ea. (M-718)
ASTM A105 CS

Lone Star ▪ Rev 2
Static Pressure Manifolds Flange x Flange

Features Benefits
• Easily replaced
M-715 M-717

Base Model
M- 715 Flange x Flange x 1/4" NPT Slim Body
M- 717 Flange x Flange x 1/2" NPT Standard Body
Body Material Code
C ASTM A108
S ASTM A479-316 SS
P ASTM A105 CF
Seat Material Code
K Kel-F®
P Peek®
V Viton® O-Ring
See page 54
for more press/
temp details.

Body / Bonnet ASTM A105 ASTM A479-316 .187" Orifice Alkaline Zinc plated for corrosion
ASTM A108 .83
Teflon®/Viton® O-Ring Teflon®/Viton® O-Ring Teflon®/Viton® O-Ring prevention
Packing "P" / "V" Approx. Manifold Weight:
3.00 lbs. [1.36 kg] ea. (M-715) requirements of NACE MR0175/
ASTM A105 CS
3-Valve Differential Pressure SOFT &
Miniature Manifolds METAL SEAT
• Easily replaced
materials
M-506

Base Model
Inlet x Outlet
M-506 1/4" MNPT x 1/4" FNPT
Body Material Code
C ASTM A108
S ASTM A479-316 SS
Seat Material Code
M Metal (Standard)
K Kel-F®
P Peek®
P Teflon®
V Viton® O-Ring
See page 54 M-506 - Options [pages 49-50]

for more press/
temp details.

Part Carbon Steel 316 Stainless Steel Straight Body Style • PGI Carbon Steel products
Body ASTM 1016-1018/A108 ASTM A479-316/A479-316 .136" Orifice .25 = Integral Metal Seat are Alkaline Zinc plated for
Teflon® / Viton® O-Ring Teflon® / Viton® O-Ring .22 = Soft Washer corrosion prevention
Packing "T" / "V"
Stem ASTM A479-316 ASTM A479-316 Approx. Manifold Weight: • PGI 316 SS products meet
ASTM A108 1.8 lbs. [.81 kg] ea. the requirements of NACE
Packing Nut (TFE Packed Only) ASTM A582-303
MR0175/ISO 15156-3
Handles: Soft Seated Valves CS or SS Round Handles as Standard
Handles: Hard Seat Valves CS or SS Bar Handles as Standard

Lone Star ▪ Rev 2
3-Valve Differential Pressure HARD SEAT
M-800 Series Manifolds 2-1/8" Centers
Features Benefits
M-820

Base Model
M- 806 1/2" FNPT x 1/2" FNPT x 1/4" NPT
M- 814 Flange x Flange x 1/4" NPT
M- 820 1/2" FNPT x Flange x 1/4" NPT
Body Material Code
S ASTM A479-316 SS
P ASTM A105 CF
Seat Material Code
C Carbide Ball
N Monel®
V Viton® O-Ring

See page 54
for more press/
temp details.

Packing "P" / "V" Teflon®/Viton® O-Ring Teflon®/Viton® O-Ring Approx. Manifold Weight: prevention
Retainer ASTM A105 ASTM A479-316 ISO 15156-3
3-Valve Differential Pressure Manifolds HARD SEAT

Features Benefits
M-500 M-650 M-750

Base Model
M- 500 1/2" FNPT x 1/2" FNPT x 1/4" FNPT
M- 750 Flange x Flange x 1/4" FNPT
Body Material Code
C ASTM A108
S ASTM A479-316 SS
P ASTM A105 CF
Seat Material Code
C Carbide Ball
N Monel®
V Viton® O-Ring
See page 54
temp details.

4.20 lbs. [1.90 kg] ea. (M-500) • PGI 316 SS products meet the
Stem ASTM A479-316 ASTM A479-316 ASTM A479-316 requirements of NACE MR0175/
Packing Adjuster / 5.20 lbs. [2.35 kg] ea. (M-650)
ASTM A105 ASTM A105 ASTM A479-316 5.70 lbs. [2.58 kg] ea. (M-750) ISO 15156-3
Retainer
ASTM A479-316 ASTM A479-316 ASTM A479-316 • 100% Pressure Tested
Packing Follower
ASTM A105 ASTM A105 • Carbon Steel Weld End
Jam Nut (TFE Packed Only) ASTM A582-303
Connection Bodies are

Lone Star ▪ Rev 2
M3-500
Features Benefits
M3-650
• Available in a variety of materials M3-750
M3-500 M3-650 M3-750

Base Model
M3- 500 1/2" FNPT x 1/2" FNPT x 1/4" NPT
M3- 650 1/2" FNPT x Flange x 1/4" FNPT
M3- 750 Flange x Flange x 1/4" NPT
Body Material Code
C ASTM A108
S ASTM A479-316 SS
P ASTM A105 CF
Seat Material Code
6 316 SS Ball
C Carbide Ball
N Monel®
V Viton® O-Ring
See page 54
for more press/ M3- - Options [pages 49-50]
temp details.

Body / Bonnet ASTM A108 ASTM A105 ASTM A479-316 .375" Orifice are Alkaline Zinc plated for
2.4 corrosion prevention
9.00 lbs. [4.08 kg] ea. (M3-500) the requirements of NACE
Retainer 7.00 lbs. [3.17 kg] ea. (M3-650) MR0175/ISO 15156-3
Packing Follower ASTM A479-316 ASTM A479-316 ASTM A479-316 7.60 lbs. [3.44 kg] ea. (M3 -750) • 100% Pressure Tested
ASTM A105 CS
3-Valve Differential Pressure Manifolds SOFT SEAT

Features Benefits
• Easily replaced
M-501 M-651 M-751

Base Model
M- 501 1/2" FNPT x 1/2" FNPT x 1/4" NPT
Body Material Code
C ASTM A108
S ASTM A479-316 SS
P ASTM A105 CF
Seat Material Code
K Kel-F®
P Peek®
V Viton® O-Ring
See page 54
temp details.

ASTM A105 ASTM A479-316 .187" Orifice are Alkaline Zinc plated for
Body / Bonnet ASTM A108 .83
Packing "P" / "V" Approx. Manifold Weight:
4.20 lbs. [1.90 kg] ea. (M-501) the requirements of NACE
Retainer 5.20 lbs. [2.35 kg] ea. (M-651) MR0175/ISO 15156-3
Packing Follower ASTM A479-316 ASTM A479-316 ASTM A479-316 5.70 lbs. [2.58 kg] ea. (M-751) • 100% Pressure Tested
ASTM A105 CS

Lone Star ▪ Rev 2
M3-551
Features Benefits
• Easily replaced
M3-651
• Available in a variety of materials M3-751
M3-551 M3-651 M3-751

Base Model
M3- 551 1/2" FNPT x 1/2" FNPT x 1/4" NPT
Body Material Code
C ASTM A108
S ASTM A479-316 SS
P ASTM A105 CF
Seat Material Code
L Rylon (Standard)
D Delrin®
K Kel-F®
P Peek®
V Viton® O-Ring
See page 54
M3- - Options [pages 49-50]
for more press/
temp details.

Body / Bonnet ASTM A108 ASTM A105 ASTM A479-316 2.4 corrosion prevention
Packing "P" / "V" Teflon®/Viton® O-Ring Teflon®/Viton® O-Ring Teflon®/Viton® O-Ring Approx. Manifold Weight: • PGI 316 SS products meet
Stem ASTM A479-316 ASTM A479-316 ASTM A479-316 9.00 lbs. [4.08 kg] ea. (M-500) the requirements of NACE
Retainer 7.00 lbs. [3.17 kg] ea. (M-650)
ASTM A105 CS
5-Valve Differential Pressure
HARD SEAT
Wafer Style Series Manifolds 1/2" FNPT x Flange
(Natural Gas Pattern) 2-1/8" Centers

Features Benefits
M-756

Base Model
M- 576 1/2" FNPT x 1/2" FNPT x 1/4" NPT
Body Material Code
S ASTM A479-316 SS
P ASTM A105 CF
Seat Material Code
C Carbide Ball
N Monel®
V Viton® O-Ring
See page 54
for more press/
temp details.

.125" Orifice
Body / Bonnet ASTM A105 ASTM A479-316 .25 Trivalent Alkaline Zinc, clear
Packing "P" / "V" Teflon®/Viton® O-Ring Teflon®/Viton® O-Ring Approx. Manifold Weight: plated then yellow die coated
Packing Adjuster / requirements of NACE
Retainer ASTM A105 ASTM A479-316 MR0175/ISO 15156-3
• Carbon Steel Weld End
Handle Assembly ASTM A108 300 Series SS Connection Bodies are ASTM
A105 CS

Lone Star ▪ Rev 2
5-Valve Differential Pressure M-800
HARD SEAT
Series Manifolds (Power Pattern) 1/2" FNPT x Flange
2-1/8" Centers

Features Benefits
M-818

Base Model
M-818 1/2" FNPT x Flange x 1/4" NPT
Body Material Code
S ASTM A479-316 SS
P ASTM A105 CF
Seat Material Code
C Carbide Ball
N Monel®
V Viton® O-Ring
M-818 - Options [pages 49-50]

See page 54
for more press/
temp details.

Part A105 Carbon Steel 316 Stainless Steel Straight Body Style • PGI Carbon Steel products are Alkaline
.125" Orifice
Body / Bonnet ASTM A105 ASTM A479-316 .25 Zinc plated for corrosion prevention
Packing "P" / "V" Teflon®/Viton® O-Ring Teflon®/Viton® O-Ring Approx. Manifold Weight: • PGI 316 SS products meet the
Stem ASTM A479-316 ASTM A479-316 6.10 lbs. [2.76 kg] ea. requirements of NACE MR0175/ISO
Packing Adjuster / 15156-3
Retainer ASTM A105 ASTM A479-316
Packing Follower ASTM A479-316 ASTM A479-316
Jam Nut (TFE Packed Only) ASTM A105 ASTM A582-303 • Carbon Steel Weld End Connection
Bodies are ASTM A105 CS

Features Benefits
• Easily replaced
M-641 M-741

Base Model
Body Material Code
T Ductile Iron
Seat Material Code
K Kel-F®
P Peek®
V Viton® O-Ring
See page 54
for more press/

Part Ductile Iron Straight Body Style • PGI Carbon Steel products are Alkaline
.187" Orifice
Body ASTM A395 GR. 60-40-18 .83 Zinc plated for corrosion prevention
Bonnet ASTM 105 Approx. Manifold Weight: • PGI 316 SS products meet the
Packing "P" / "V" Teflon®/Viton® O-Ring 5.2 lbs. [2.4 kg] ea. requirements of NACE MR0175/ISO
15156-3
Stem ASTM A479-316
Packing Adjuster / Retainer ASTM A105
Packing Follower ASTM A479-316
Jam Nut (TFE Packed Only) ASTM A105
Handle Assembly ASTM A108

Lone Star ▪ Rev 2

Features Benefits
M-502 M-652 M-752

Base Model
M- 502 1/2" FNPT x 1/2" FNPT x 1/4" NPT
Body Material Code
C ASTM A108
S ASTM A479-316 SS
P ASTM A105 CF
Seat Material Code
C Carbide Ball
N Monel®
V Viton® O-Ring
See page 54
temp details.

Body / Bonnet ASTM A105 ASTM A479-316 .187" Orifice are Alkaline Zinc plated for
ASTM A108 .53 corrosion prevention
4.70 lbs. [2.13 kg] ea. (M-502) requirements of NACE MR0175/
Retainer 5.70 lbs. [2.58 kg] ea. (M-652) ISO 15156-3
5-Valve Wide-Pattern™ SOFT SEAT
Differential Pressure Manifolds

Features Benefits
• Easily replaced
M-575 M-675 M-775

Base Model
M- 575 1/2" FNPT x 1/2" FNPT x 1/4" NPT
Body Material Code
C ASTM A108
S ASTM A479-316 SS
P ASTM A105 CF
Seat Material Code
K Kel-F®
P Peek®
V Viton® O-Ring
See page 54
temp details.

ASTM A105 ASTM A479-316 .187" Orifice products are Alkaline
Body / Bonnet ASTM A108 .53 Zinc plated for corrosion
Packing "P" / "V" Teflon®/Viton® O-Ring Teflon®/Viton® O-Ring Teflon®/Viton® O-Ring Approx. Manifold Weight: prevention
Stem ASTM A479-316 ASTM A479-316 ASTM A479-316 4.30 lbs. [1.95 kg] ea. (M-575) • PGI 316 SS products
Retainer 6.30 lbs. [2.85 kg] ea. (M-675) meet the requirements of
ASTM A479-316 ASTM A479-316 ASTM A479-316 7.00 lbs. [3.18 kg] ea. (M-775) NACE MR0175/ISO
Packing Follower
15156-3
Handle Assembly ASTM A108 ASTM A108 300 Series SS • 100% Pressure Tested

Lone Star ▪ Rev 2
5-Valve Wide-Pattern™ SOFT SEAT

Features Benefits
• Easily replaced
M3-575 M3-675 M3-775

Base Model
M3- 575 1/2" FNPT x 1/2" FNPT x 1/4" NPT
Body Material Code
C ASTM A108
S ASTM A479-316 SS
P ASTM A105 CF
Seat Material Code
L Rylon (Standard)
D Delrin®
K Kel-F®
P Peek®
V Viton® O-Ring
See page 54 M3- - Options [pages 49-50]

for more press/
temp details.

Body / Bonnet ASTM A108 3.0 Zinc plated for corrosion
Packing "P" / "V" Teflon®/Viton® O-Ring Teflon®/Viton® O-Ring Teflon®/Viton® O-Ring Approx. Manifold Weight: prevention
Stem ASTM A479-316 ASTM A479-316 ASTM A479-316 7.10 lbs. [3.22 kg] ea. (M3-575) • PGI 316 SS products
Retainer 7.70 lbs. [3.49 kg] ea. (M3-675) meet the requirements of
ASTM A479-316 ASTM A479-316 ASTM A479-316 8.30 lbs. [3.76 kg] ea. (M3-775) NACE MR0175/ISO
Packing Follower
15156-3
5-Valve 90° Angle and Compact Design SOFT SEAT

Features Benefits
• Easily replaced
M3-873 M3-875

Base Model
M3- 873 Flange x Flange x 1/4" FNPT (Compact)
M3- 875 Flange x Flange x 1/4" NPT (90° Angle)
Body Material Code
C ASTM A108
S ASTM A479-316 SS
P ASTM A105 CF
Seat Material Code
L Rylon (Standard)
D Delrin®
K Kel-F®
P Peek®
V Viton® O-Ring
See page 54 M3- - Options [pages 49-50]

for more press/
temp details.

Body / Bonnet ASTM A108 3.0 Zinc plated for corrosion
5.75 lbs. [2.60 kg] ea. (M3-873) • PGI 316 SS products
Retainer 7.26 lbs. [3.29 kg] ea. (M3-875) meet the requirements
ASTM A479-316 ASTM A479-316 ASTM A479-316 of NACE MR0175/ISO
Packing Follower
15156-3

Lone Star ▪ Rev 2
Lone Star Options
M-505 C D P -
Add Options in Alpha-Numeric Order
OPTIONS
OPTION CODE DESCRIPTION
AB 1/2" INTEGRAL TUBE FITTING - PARKER A-LOK WELDED IN COMPRESSION FITTING
AC 1/2" INTEGRAL TUBE FITTING - SWAGELOK WELDED IN COMPRESSION FITTING
AM7 1/2" MALE PIPE SOCKET WELD - INLET ONLY (Process Ports)
AP 1/2" FEMALE PIPE SOCKET WELD INLET & OUTLET
AP7 1/2" FEMALE PIPE SOCKET WELD INLET ONLY (Process Ports)
AP8 1/2" FEMALE PIPE SOCKET WELD OUTLET ONLY
AS 6" TUBE STUB INLET & OUTLET
AS7 6" TUBE STUB INLET ONLY
AU INTEGRAL PARKER A-LOK INLET & OUTLET
AU7 1/2" INTEGRAL TUBE FITTING - PARKER A-LOK DUAL FERRULES INLET ONLY (Process Ports)
AY INTEGRAL PARKER CPI INLET & OUTLET
AY7 INTEGRAL PARKER CPI INLET ONLY
B1 BLEED VALVE INSTALLED BALL SEAT A7-521 (1/4") OR A7-520 (1/2")
B2 BLEED VALVE INSTALLED BLEED TEE STYLE A7-528 (1/4") or A7-529(1/2")
B3XX MINI BLEED VALVE INSTALLED V-585 STYLE XX = SEAT AND SEAL CODE ON V-585
B4 BLEED VALVE INSTALLED Mini Hex STYLE A7-525 (1/4") or A7-526 (1/2")
B5 BLEEDER VALVE 1/4" NPT INSTALLED IN VENT PORT (BV10N2)
B6 BLEEDER VALVE 1/4" NPT INSTALLED IN VENT PORT (BV10N4)
GA ANTI-TAMPER BONNET (ALL POSITIONS)
GC ANTI-TAMPER BONNET (ISOLATION VALVE ONLY)
GD ANTI-TAMPER BONNET (EQUALIZER VALVE ONLY)
GE ANTI-TAMPER BONNET (VENT VALVE ONLY)
GJ BONNET LOCK OUT (ALL POSITIONS - LOCK NOT PROVIDED)
GK BONNET LOCK OUT (ISOLATION VALVE ONLY-LOCK NOT PROVIDED)
GL BONNET LOCK OUT (EQUALIZER VALVE ONLY - LOCK NOT PROVIDED)
GM BONNET LOCK OUT (VENT VALVE ONLY - LOCK NOT PROVIDED)
HCB 2" BLOCK VALVE HANDLES CS FOR USE WITH DP TO DP ADAPTER PLATE (HANDLE CLEARS ADAPTER BAR)
HSB 2" BLOCK VALVE HANDLES 316 SS FOR USE WITH DP TO DP ADAPTER PLATE (HANDLE CLEARS ADAPTER BAR)
H3EV 1.5" CS HANDLES ON EQUALIZER & VENT VALVES WIDE PATTERN 5 VALVE MANIFOLDS (2" STANDARD)
H4EV 1.5" SS HANDLES ON EQUALIZER & VENT VALVES WIDE PATTERN 5 VALVE MANIFOLDS (2" STANDARD)
H5 CS MINI ROUND HANDLES
H6 SS MINI ROUND HANDLES
H7 CS MINI "T" / BAR HANDLE
H8 SS MINI "T" / BAR HANDLE
IEC IEC INSTRUMENT FLANGE SEAL(S) & BOLT HOLES (DERATES MANIFOLD TO 6,000 PSI MAX PRESSURE)
M1 PANEL MOUNT NUT
M7 REQUIRED SLOTTING FOR ROSEMOUNT 1151 TRANSMITTERS SERIES 6 & 7 (FLANGE MANIFOLDS ONLY)
MA VERSA-MOUNT BRACKET HOLES (M3-500 ONLY)
Options Continued on Next Page
LoneStar Options
M-505 C D P -
Add Options in Alpha-Numeric Order
OPTIONS
OPTION CODE DESCRIPTION
MD VERSA-MOUNT BRACKET HOLES (M3-775 ONLY)
ME SLOTTED INSTRUMENT FLANGE BOLT HOLES WHEN USING BOLT LENGTHS OVER 3"(M-750 & M-751 ONLY)
MF IEC FLANGE SEALS WITH PGI STANDARD BOLT HOLES
MH VITON O-RING FLANGE SEALS(FLANGE MANIFOLDS ONLY)
MJ VITON O-RING FLANGE SEALS (AK-003/079-CO ONLY)
MN DIELECTRIC ISOLATION (AK SERIES ADAPTERS AND CONNECTORS)
MT TAYLOR INSTUMENT FLANGE SEALS
MY DIELECTRIC ISOLATION (FLANGE MANIFOLDS ONLY)
P1 PURGE OR TEST CONNECTIONS
P4 (2) 1/4" VENT/TEST PORTS(BOTTOM)
P9 1/4" NPT HEX HEAD PIPE PLUG IN VENT/TEST PORT
PB (2) 1/8" CONSTANT PURGE PORTS(BOTTOM - M3-575/775 ONLY)
PS (2) 1/4" SIDE PURGE W/PLUGS (M3-775 ONLY)
PT (2) 1/4" CONSTANT PURGE PORTS(TOP)
S1 MONEL STEM MATERIAL
ST THROTTLING STEM TIP(CARBIDE STANDARD)
TC STEAM TRACE BLOCK -CARBON STEEL
TH HYDROSTATIC TESTING
TC STEAM TRACE BLOCK - CARBON STEEL
TS STEAM TRACE BLOCK - STAINLESS STEEL
VA BRACKET SPACER FOR FLANGE TO FLANGE MANIFOLDS - 316 SS ONLY
VC CS VERSA MOUNT BRACKET
VCH CS HEAVY DUTY VERSA MOUNT BRACKET
VS 316SS VERSA MOUNT BRACKET
VSH 316SS HEAVY DUTY VERSA MOUNT BRACKET
VMC MANIFOLD BRACKET KIT (L STYLE) CARBON STEEL
VMS MANIFOLD BRACKET KIT (L STYLE) 316 STAINLESS STEEL
W SAFETY BONNET LOCK PLATE
W1 316 SS TAG (20 Characters)
W9 316 SS STANDARD LENGTH BOLTS
WA CS 2-1/4" BOLTS FOR ROSEMOUNT 3051C OR 2024 W/ COPLANAR FLANGE MANIFOLD ONLY
WAW9 316SS 2-1/4" BOLTS FOR ROSEMOUNT 3051C OR 2024 W/ COPLANAR FLANGE MANIFOLD ONLY
X3 (2) 1/4" TEST PORTS ON INSTRUMENT FLANGE ON INSTRUMENT FLANGE (FLANGE MANIFOLDS ONLY)
X8 GRAFOIL FLANGE SEALS (NOT AVAILABLE WITH MN OPTION)
XL CLEAN FOR CRITICAL SERVICE (Oxygen or Chlorine)
XS SPECIAL STAMPING
XV MANIFOLD MOUNTED TO CUSTOMERS TRANSMITTER AND PRESSURE TESTED
Y OS & Y BONNET

Lone Star ▪ Rev 2
OS & Y Teflon® Packed Bonnet Design CODE
P
.375" Orifice .187" Orifice .136" Orifice Teflon® Packed Bonnet Design CODE
P

Lone Star ▪ Rev 2
Viton® O-Ring Bonnet Design CODE
V
.136" Orifice
.187" Orifice
.375" Orifice
Pressure & Process Temperature Ratings
STANDARD BODY MATERIAL CODES

CODE DESCRIPTION PRESSURE & PROCESS TEMPERATURE LIMITS
10,000 PSI Max. @ 200° to -100°F Min. 689 bar Max. @ 93° to -73° C Min.
S ASTM A479-316 Stainless Steel
1,500 PSI Max. @ 1,000° F Max. 103 bar Max. @ 538° C Max.
C ASTM A108 Carbon Steel
1,500 PSI Max. @ 500° F Max. 103 bar Max. @ 260° C Max.
P ASTM A105 Carbon Steel
T ASTM A395 GR 60-40-18 Ductile Iron
STANDARD STEM SEAL MATERIAL CODES

CODE DESCRIPTION ORIFICE SIZES PRESSURE & PROCESS TEMPERATURE LIMITS
P Teflon® Packed Style .187" .250" .375"
T Mini Teflon® Packed .136" 6,000 PSI Max. @ 200° F Max. to -80°F Min. 14 bar Max. @ 93° C Max. to -62° C Min.
V Viton® O-Ring .187" .250" .375"
STANDARD SOFT SEAT MATERIAL CODES

CODE DESCRIPTION ORIFICE SIZES PRESSURE & PROCESS TEMPERATURE
L Rylon® Cone .375" 1,500 PSI Max. @ 200° F Max. to -40°F Min. 103 bar Max. @ 93° C Max. to -40° C Min.
Delrin® and Kel-F® Cone .187" .250" .375" 6,000 PSI Max. @ 200° F Max. to -40°F Min. 414 bar Max. @ 93° C Max. to -40° C Min.
D&K
Delrin® and Kel-F® Washer .136" 3,000 PSI Max. @ 200° F Max. to -40°F Min. 207 bar Max. @ 93° C Max. to -40° C Min.
.187" .250"
PEEK® Cone
6,000 PSI Max. @ 200° to -40°F Min. 414 bar Max. @ 93° C Max. to -40° C Min.
P .375"
PEEK® Washer .136"
T Teflon® Washer .136"
500 psi Max. @ 450° F Max. 34 bar Max. @ 232° C Max.
STANDARD HARD SEAT MATERIAL CODES

CODE DESCRIPTION ORIFICE SIZES PRESSURE & PROCESS TEMPERATURE
C Carbide Ball
6 316 SS Ball .187" 10,000 PSI Max. @ 1,000° F Max. to -100°F Min. 689 bar Max. @ 538° C Max. to -73° C Min.
N Monel® Ball
M Integral Metal to Metal Seat .136" .187" See Pressure & Temperature of Body and Stem Seal Materials.
C Carbide Ball
6 316 SS Ball .375" 6,000 PSI Max. @ 1,000° F Max. to -100°F Min. 414 bar Max. @ 538° C Max. to -73° C Min.
N Monel® Ball
Notes:
Monel®is a registered trademark of International Nickel Company.
Hastelloy® is a registered trademark of Haynes International Inc.
Delrin®, Viton®, Tefzel® and Teflon® are registered trademarks of
the E.I. duPont de Nemours and Company.
Grafoil® is a registered trademark of UnionCarbide Corporation.
PEEK® is a registered trademark of Victrex PLC.
Kel-F® is a registered trademark of the 3M Company.

Lone Star ▪ Rev 2
Lone Star Spare Parts
.136" Orifice
.136" ORIFICE SEATS .136" ORIFICE BONNET PACKING
PART NO. DESCRIPTION PART NO. DESCRIPTION PACKING CODE
P5-020-R0 Mini Teflon® Seat SP5-019-R0 Mini Packed Teflon® Seal T
P5-020-R1 Mini Kel-F® Seat SP7-025-C0 Stainless Steel Backup Washer
P5-020-R2 Mini Delrin® Seat .136" ORIFICE MINIATURE BONNET ASSEMBLIES
P5-020-R3 Mini PEEK® Seat BONNET BONNET HANDLE PACKING/
P7-024-C0 Wavey Washer PART NO. SEAT
PACKING/SEAL MATERIAL MATERIAL SEAL CODE
SAV106C-V-H5 Carbon Round CS
.136" ORIFICE HANDLES Steel
SAV106C-V-H7 Bar CS
PART NO. DESCRIPTION Viton® V
SAV106S-V-H6 Integral NACE Round SS
SAV-001-10 Round Handle - Carbon Steel 316 SS
SAV106S-V-H8 Metal or Bar SS
SAV-002-10 Bar Handle - Carbon Steel
SAV107C-T-H5 Soft Carbon Round CS
SAV-002-A0 Bar Handle - Stainless Steel
SAV107C-T-H7 Teflon® Above Washer Steel Bar CS
SAV-100-A0 Round Handle - Stainless Steel T
SAV107S-T-H6 Threads NACE Round SS
SAV107S-T-H8 316 SS Bar SS
.187" Orifice Note: Soft Seats are ordered separately.
.187" ORIFICE SEATS .187" ORIFICE BONNET ASSEMBLIES

PART NO. DESCRIPTION BONNET PACKING/ BONNET PACKING/SEAL
PART NO. SEAT
SP3-003-R1 Kel-F® Cone Seat SEAL MATERIAL CODE
SP3-003-R2 PEEK® Cone Seat SAV182P6V-HC Viton® A105 V
SP3-003-R4 Delrin® Cone Seat SAV166P6P-HC Teflon® Below Threads Carbon Steel P
316 SS Ball
SAV182S6V-HS Viton® V
NACE 316 SS
SAV166S6P-HS Teflon® Below Threads P
Note: Seats are Integral to the Bonnet Assembly.
.187" ORIFICE BONNET ASSEMBLIES
BONNET PACKING/ BONNET PACKING/SEAL
PART NO. SEAT
SEAL MATERIAL CODE
SAV193P-V-HH Viton® A105 V
SAV185P-P-HH Teflon® Above Threads Carbon Steel P
Soft Cone
SAV193S-V-HH Viton® V
NACE 316 SS
SAV185S-P-HH Teflon® Above Threads P
Note: Soft Seats are ordered separately.
.187" ORIFICE BONNET ASSEMBLIES
PACKING/
PART NO. BONNET SEAT BONNET MATERIAL
SEAL CODE
SAV127L-P-H3 Teflon® Packed 1016/1018 P
Teflon® Above Soft
SAV127P-P-H3 A105 Carbon Steel P
Threads Washer
SAV127S-P-H4 NACE 316 SS P
Note: Soft Seats are ordered separately.
.375" Orifice
.375" ORIFICE SEATS .375" ORIFICE SOFT SEAT BONNET ASSEMBLIES
PART NO. DESCRIPTION BONNET PACKING/ BONNET PACKING/SEAL
PART NO. SEAT
SP3-007-R1 Kel-F® Cone Seat SEAL MATERIAL CODE
SP3-007-R2 PEEK® Cone Seat SAV300P-V-HH Viton® A105 V
SP3-007-R4 Delrin® Cone Seat SAV301P-P-HH Teflon® Below Threads Carbon Steel P
Soft Cone
SP3-007-R8 Rylon® Cone Seat SAV300S-V-HH Viton® V
NACE 316 SS
SAV301S-P-HH Teflon® Below Threads P
Note: Seats are ordered separately.
Note: .375" ORIFICE HARD BALL SEATS BONNET ASSEMBLIES
BONNET PACKING/ BONNET PACKING/SEAL
Handle included in all PART NO. SEAT
SEAL MATERIAL CODE
Bonnet Assemblies.
SAV300P6V-HH Viton® A105 V
SAV301P6P-HH Teflon® Below Threads 316 SS Carbon Steel P
SAV300S6V-HH Viton® Ball V
NACE 316 SS
SAV301S6P-HH Teflon® Below Threads P
Note: Seats are Integral to the Bonnet Assembly.
Additional PGI International Product Offerings
PGI Instrument Valves

Hand, Gauge, Bleed, Root and Multi-port designs. Carbon Steel, 316 SS to
NACE MR0175/ISO 15156-3 and exotic materials available. Offered with our
patented Teflon® Pressure-Core® Stem Seal with an unmatched 5 year warranty.
Fugitive Emission Valves & Manifolds

PGI International’s patented Teflon® Pressure-Core® Stem Seal allows us to offer
a line of fugitive emission products. Controlled venting and no bonnet
maintenance help create a virtually leak free line of products. Offered with our
patented Teflon® Pressure-Core® Stem Seal with an unmatched 5 year warranty.
PGI Instrument Manifolds

A complete line of Block & Bleed, Meter, Two, Three and Five Valve styles
available in Carbon Steel and 316 SS to NACE MR0175/ISO 15156-3. Specialty
alloys available. Offered with the patented Teflon® Pressure-Core® Stem Seal
with an unmatched 5 year warranty.
Pulsation Testing
In conjunction with the Gas Machinery Research Council (GMRC), PGI
International developed its patented Square Root Error (SRE) and Gauge Line
Error (GLE) Testers. These products quantify the effect of pulsation on natural
gas orifice measurement. In addition, PGI offers on-site testing using the latest
equipment to provide a full technical report.
Engineered Products
PGI International offers a complete line of Gas and Liquid Composite Samplers.
The Interceptor and Nova samplers are FM and CSA Approved, Intrinsically safe
for Class I, Division 1, Group C and D hazardous locations, when used with an
approved PGI furnished power supply. Our NOVA system samples refined
liquids, dense phase CO2 and wet, dry or dirty gas. Engineered Products division
also offers sample cylinders, sample probes and cylinder valves. Our Hot-Shot™
Heated Enclosure System is designed to be used with natural gas samplers and
will heat the sampling system to temperatures above the hydrocarbon dew point
of the gas, assisting in the compliance of the new API Standard 14.1.
ThermoElectric Battery Chargers

We offer a low cost alternative to solar panel chargers. PGI’s Thermo Electric
Chargers (TEC) are natural gas or propane fueled 12 and 24-volt power sources
ideal for electronic instruments, transmitters, flow computers, AFR (Air Fuel
Ratio) and communication systems on gas pipelines. The TEC-2 produces 1.7 to
2.0 watts, while the TEC-8 produces 6.3 to 7.3 watts, to keep the lead acid
batteries state-of-charge and temperature. TEC excels in cold, snowy or rainy
conditions. The compact and reliable TEC battery is continuously charged and is
environmentally friendly, using low-emission catalyst technology. CSA approved
for Class 1, Div 2.
ThermoSync® Temperature Measurement System

PGI International’s ThermoSync thermowell and optional RTD probe provide the
most accurate pipeline gas temperature measurement system available. The
unique patented design optimizes thermo-coupling at the RTD tip while
minimizing pipe wall induced errors. Reducing pipe temperature effects on flow
calculations provides greater accuracy and minimizes unaccountable errors. The
ThermoSync Temperature system measures the true flowing gas temperature by
including a finned thermowell with a RTD that has PVC insulation, thus reducing
the transfer of outside temperature effects to the RTD.

Lone Star ▪ Rev 2
INSTRUMENTATION PRODUCTS
Instrument Valves & Manifolds
Power and Steam Plant Valves & Manifolds
Purge Adapters for the Process Industry
ENGINEERED PRODUCTS
Gas & Liquid Sampling Systems
Natural Gas Sampling System Heated Enclosures
Sample Cylinders and Accessories
MEASUREMENT ACCURACY PRODUCTS

ThermoSyncTM Thermowells & Temperature Probes
Direct-MountTM Systems
Square Root Error (SRE) & Gauge Line Error (GLE) Indicators
ZEUS POWER GENERATION SYSTEMS

TECTM ThermoElectric Battery Chargers
DB1TM Differential Pressure Battery Chargers
ADDITIONAL PGI INTERNATIONAL PRODUCTS & SERVICES

Valve Fittings & Wellhead Components
Propane and Anhydrous Ammonia Valves
Contract Machining
16101 Vallen Drive ▪ Houston, Texas 77041 USA

713-466-0056 ▪ 800.231.0233
www.pgiint.com ▪ sales@pgiint.com
Series 20CC & CS
2-Piece Carbon Steel Ball Valve
FEATURES
• AISI 1017 Carbon Steel Bodies and Tailpieces
• 2000 WOG Rating on All Sizes
• 150 PSIG Saturated Steam Rating
• All Models are NACE MR-01-75 Compliant
• 316 Stainless Steel Ball & Stem Available
• ”Live Loaded” Stem Packing Design
• “Tamperproof” Locking Handles Available in Carbon
and Stainless Steel
• Locking Oval Handles Available in Carbon and
Stainless Steel
• Competitively Priced
E
11
RATINGS
4 5 8 2000 PSIG @ 100F Water, Oil, Gas
12 All Sizes ... 150 PSIG Saturated Steam
10
D
9 MATERIALS OF CONSTRUCTION
7 PART DESCRIPTION STANDARD MATERIAL OPTIONAL MATERIAL(S)
1 BODY AISI Gr. 1017

2 TAILPIECE AISI Gr. 1017
A 3 BALL ASTM A276 Gr. 304SS ASTM A276 Gr. 316SS
4 STEM AISI 1045 Carbon Steel ASTM A276 Gr. 316SS
5 PACKING NUT Carbon Steel-Plated
6 SEATS (2) R-PTFE
2
7 PACKING R-PTFE
13 1
3 6 8 WASHER ASTM A276 Gr. 304SS
B
9 THRUST WASHER (2) TFE
C 10 BELLEVILLE WASHER (2) Carbon Steel-HT
11 HANDLE ASSY Carbon Steel-Plated 304 Stainless Steel
2000
R-PTFE SEATS 12 HANDLE NUT Carbon Steel-Plated 304 Stainless Steel
13 BODY SEAL R-PTFE
1500
DIMENSIONS, WEIGHTS, CV FACTORS &
MAXIMUM OPERATING TORQUE
PRESSURE - PSIG
SIZE A B C D E WEIGHT LBS. Cv MAX. TORQUE

1000
1/4-3/8” .40 1.0 2.0 1.7 4.2 .6 9 40 IN-LB
800 1/2” .54 1.1 2.3 1.7 4.2 .75 16 75 IN-LB
600 3/4” .68 1.4 2.8 2.1 5.9 1.6 27 120 IN-LB
1” .88 1.6 3.2 2.3 5.9 2.4 42 150 IN-LB
400
1-1/4” 1.0 1.9 3.8 2.8 7.0 3.5 52 250 IN-LB
200
1-1/2” 1.25 2.3 4.6 3.0 7.3 5.4 80 300 IN-LB
50 2” 1.5 2.4 4.9 3.6 8.7 6.8 115 320 IN-LB
0° 100° 200° 300° 400° 450°
TEMPERATURE ºF
QUADRANT VALVE & ACTUATOR, LLC • 108 BLUFFWOOD DR. • BROUSSARD, LA 70518 • www.QUADRANTVALVE.com
337-837-8650 • FAX 337-837-8651 • TOLL FREE 1-877-625-5858
SERIES 20CC & CS
NUMBERING SYSTEM ... HOW TO ORDER:
20 R C C R R LH TT 100
SERIES PORT SIZE BODY MATERIAL BALL/STEM MAT’L SEAT MAT’L SEAL MAT’L HANDLE TYPE ENDS SIZE
20 = 2 F = FULL C = CARBON C = PLATED R = R-PTFE R = R-PTFE LH = CS LEVER TT = FNPT 025 = 1/4”
PIECE (1/4”-1/2”) CARBON LL = CS LATCH MT = MxF NPT 038 = 3/8”
R = REDUCED STEEL LOCK 050 = 1/2”
(3/4”-2”) S = 316 SH = STAINLESS 075 = 3/4”
STAINLESS LEVER 100 = 1”
SL = STAINLESS 125 = 1-1/4”
LATCH LOCK 150 = 1-1/2”
SO = STAINLESS OVAL 200 = 2”
OTHER QUADRANT PRODUCTS ... to solve your Fluid Control Problems:

SERIES 20-NP Forged Brass 400WOG Reduced Port Ball Valves
SERIES 20-BP & BS Cast Bronze 600WOG Full & Reduced Port Ball Valves with Brass or 316SS Trim
SERIES 20-CC & CS Carbon Steel Bar Stock 2000WOG Reduced Port Ball Valves with Carbon or 316SS Trim
SERIES 21 Stainless Steel 2-Piece 1000WOG Full Port Ball Valves
SERIES S1 Seal Welded Stainless Steel 1000WOG Full Port Ball Valves
SERIES S2 Seal Welded Stainless Steel 2000WOG Reduced Port Ball Valves
SERIES SB Seal Welded Stainless Steel 2160WOG Reduced Port Ball Valves
SERIES S3 Seal Welded Stainless Steel 3600WOG Reduced Port and Full Port Ball Valves
SERIES S5 Seal Welded Stainless Steel 5000WOG Reduced and Full Port Ball Valves
SERIES S6 Seal Welded Stainless Steel 6000WOG Reduced Port and Full Port Ball Valves with
FNPT, MxF NPT & Socket Weld Ends
SERIES M1 3-Piece 4-Bolt Maintenance Design Brass 600WOG Full Port Ball Valves with
Plated Brass or 316SS Trim
SERIES UU 3-Piece Double Union High Pressure Full Port Ball Valves in Carbon and Stainless
Steel Construction with FNPT or Socket Weld Ends
SERIES BFV-D 2”- 48” Ductile Iron Butterfly Valves with Ductile, Aluminum Bronze, or CF8M Discs
and Buna-N, EPDM or Viton Seats- Lever, Gear Operators or Pneumatic/Electric
Actuators
SERIES BFV-A 2”- 12” A-395 Ductile Iron Butterfly, Split Shaft, all Disc Materials and Buna-N or
Viton Seats, NACE Compliant, Lever, Gear Operators or Electric/Pneumatic Actuators
QUADRANT VALVE & ACTUATOR, LLC • 108 BLUFFWOOD DR. • BROUSSARD, LA 70518 • www.QUADRANTVALVE.com
337-837-8650 • FAX 337-837-8651 • TOLL FREE 1-877-625-5858
Quadrant Valve & Actuator Engineering Specification
Number: IOM- 1
Date: 1/10/2001, Revised 12-27-2002
Title: 2-Piece NPT & Seal-Welded Ball Valve IOM, for:
20-NP (NPT) 20-BP/BS (NPT)

20-CC/CS 23-CS
21-SS S1-SS & S2-SS
SB-CS/SS S5-SS & S3-CS/SS
S6-SS (NPT) S10-SS (NPT)
I. Initial Inspection
A. Remove valve from packaging; remove thread protectors and discard, if

so equipped.
B. Inspect pipe threads for any damage caused in shipment or handling.
C. Confirm Valve Size is correct for installation.
II. Installation
A. Confirm Male NPT threads on piping to be assembled to valve meet

gauging specifications of ASME B1.20.1 (NPT) or B1.20.3 (NPTF).
B. Thread sealant/lubricant is required to establish a bubble-tight seal
between piping threads and valve threads. It will not be possible to
establish a leak-free seal without thread sealant.
C. We recommend that the “tailpiece” (Part # 2) end of the valve be installed
on the high pressure side, towards the pressure generating source.
D. Hand-engage piping to each side of valve, and hand tighten.
E. Attach an adjustable wrench (NOT a pipe wrench) to the flats provided on
the valve body or valve tailpiece having the NPT thread being engaged.
Do not hold the body while torqueing pipe into tailpiece or vice-versa.
CAUTION: Valve will be permanently damaged or destroyed if tailpiece is
rotated relative to body, or body is rotated relative to tailpiece!!
F. Tighten piping into valve thread using reasonable torque to seal - DO NOT
OVER-TORQUE.
G. Use same method to install piping into alternate valve NPT port.
III. Operation:
A. After Installation, confirm handle has adequate clearance by rotating 90

degrees from open to closed position and back to open.
B. All Quadrant ball valves are designed for on-off operation only. DO NOT
attempt to “throttle” with Quadrant ball valves, unless they are specifically
designed for and tagged “FOR THROTTLING SERVICE”.
C. If application is in STEAM PIPING, be cautious when operating valve-
handle will be HOT!
IV. Initial Pressurization of System
A. Upon initial pressurization of piping system, check all connections for

leaks and correct if required.
B. Once system reaches “Steady State” conditions of operating pressure and
operating temperature, it will be necessary to make initial stem packing
adjustment. Tighten Part #5, “Stem Packing Nut” to 20-25 in-lbs on ¼”-
3/4” sizes, and 35-40 in-lbs on 1”-2” sizes.
V. Maintenance
A. Quadrant Ball Valves require no maintenance other than periodic stem

packing adjustment in applications where many cycles of on-off operation
occur on a weekly basis.
B. In high-cycle applications, check stem packing area regularly to confirm
there is no leakage from stem packing. If leakage occurs, follow step #IV-
B to correct.
VI. Repair
A. None of the Quadrant Ball Valves listed are field repairable or shop
rebuildable.
VII. Modification of Piping Layout
A. Many times, the reason valves are purchased is to allow modifications to

the original piping layout sometime in the future. In these cases, the valve
is closed, sometimes with full pressure on the “upstream” side of the
valve, and pressure/line fluid is drained from the downsteam side of the
valve.
B. The next step is the removal of piping from the “downstream” side of the
valve to allow downstream piping modifications:
CAUTION!! CAUTION!! CAUTION!! CAUTION!!
ALWAYS ENGAGE AN ADJUSTABLE WRENCH ON THE “FLATS” AT
THE END OF THE VALVE WHERE DOWNSTREAM PIPING IS ATTACHED,
AND CAREFULLY REMOVE PIPE FROM VALVE BODY, INSURING THAT
VALVE DOES NOT ROTATE AND TAILPIECE DOES NOT UNTHREAD FROM
BODY.

1117715-Tecpetrol Sa CD

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

1117715-Tecpetrol Sa CD

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

TECPETROL S.

(2) 30" HORIZONTAL 3-PHASE SEPARATOR

Alleyton, Texas 78935-2034

COMPRESS Pressure Vessel Design Calculations

Warnings for 30" OD 2:1 LEFT HEAD

Warnings for 30" OD 2:1 RIGHT HEAD

Warnings for SADDLE

4.00 LWN A105 Class

2.00 LWN A105 Class

2.00 LWN A105 Class

2.00 LWN A105 Class

N14 6" 600# RF LWN 6.00 LWN A105 Class

18.00 SA-350 LF2 HB A350 LF2 Cl.1

N2 4" 600# RF LWN GAS 4.00 LWN A105 Class

2.00 LWN A105 Class

N4 2" 600# RF LWN WATER 2.00 LWN A105 Class

N7A 2" 600# RF LWN LSL/LSL 2.00 LWN A105 Class

N7B 2" 600# RF LWN LSL/LSL 2.00 LWN A105 Class

N8A 2" 600# RF LWN WATER 2.00 LWN A105 Class

N8B 2" 600# RF LWN WATER 2.00 LWN A105 Class

N9A 2" 600# RF LWN RELIEF 2.00 LWN A105 Class

N9B 2" 600# RF LWN RELIEF 2.00 LWN A105 Class

tn: Nozzle thickness

30" OD 2:1 LEFT HEAD 1440.0 120.0 25.4 Note 1 0.063 No

30" OD X 10'-0" LG SHELL 1440.0 120.0 35.8 Note 3 0.063 No

30" OD 2:1 RIGHT HEAD 1440.0 120.0 25.4 Note 4 0.063 No

SADDLE 1440.0 120.0 N/A N/A N/A N/A

Chamber design MDMT is 43.00°F

Chamber Design MAWP hot & corroded is 1440.00 psi

This pressure chamber is not designed for external pressure.

Notes for Maximum Pressure Rating:

Note # Exemption Details

1. Straight Flange governs MDMT

Material impact test exemption temperature from Fig UCS-66 Curve B = 37 °F

Material impact test exemption temperature from Fig UCS-66 Curve B = 37 °F

4. Straight Flange governs MDMT

5. Flange rating governs: UCS-66(b)(1)(b)

Nozzle impact test exemption temperature from Fig UCS-66 Curve B = 37 °F

Design notes are available on the Settings Summary page.

No. Date Operator Notes

0 6/23/2004 rneuendorf Import COMPRESS 5 file: J:\HS-STD\VESSEL_00\CALC\SEPH3PHH\81530025.VSL.

COMPRESS Build 6258

Units: U.S. Customary

Datum Line Location: 3.00" from right seam

ASME Section VIII Division 1, 2004 Edition, A05 Addenda

Design or Rating: Get Thickness from Pressure

Shop Hydrotest Pressure: 1.3 times design P

Required Marking - UG-116

UG-116 (e) Radiography: RT2

Use Code Case 2547: No

UG-22 (a) Internal or External Design Pressure : Yes

Component Material Diameter Length Nominal t Design t Joint Load

Nominal t: Vessel wall nominal thickness

Weight ( lb) Contributed by Vessel Elements

SADDLE 212.00 212.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

TOTAL: 4,216.73 4,005.41 0.00 0.00 0.00 1,345.81 2,961.74

Weight ( lb) Contributed by Attachments

TOTAL: 0.00 0.00 2,683.73 2,641.23 27.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

Vessel operating weight, Corroded: 8,019 lb

Vessel center of gravity location - from datum - lift condition

Vessel Lift Weight, New: 6,900 lb

Vessel Capacity** (New): 349 US gal

Local test Test liquid UG-99 UG-99

Straight Flange on 30" OD 2:1 LEFT HEAD 1,873.29 1.291 1 1.30

t = PRo/(SE + 0.40*P) + Corrosion

K=(1/6)[2 + (D / (2h))2]=(1/6)[2 + (27.875 / (27))2]=0.994061

K=(1/6)[2 + (D / (2h))2]=(1/6)[2 + (27.75 / (26.9375))2]=1

t = PDoK / (2SE + 2P(K - 0.1)) + Corrosion

= (75t / Rf)(1 - Rf / Ro)

t = PRo/(SE + 0.40*P) + Corrosion